Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats

Wied gies
ti Lip ii Gi

tue
CEL:
Ze Yi

Zi LE,

peaewe wi i
4,
yy ue Ry

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

VOLUME 66

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1926

ian ; AMAT UNPRatiS ee ae aks
TP ee eens ee ay CAL oe

t ee a> — Se
: s

fo BOVIS —
MEATY IAAOLL EM BA Are Creed

The scientific publications of the National Museum include two
series, known, respectively, as Proceedings and Bulletin.

The Proceedings, begun in 1878, is intended primarily as a
medium for the publication of original papers, based on the collec-
tions of the National Museum, that set forth newly acquired facts
in biology, anthropology, and geology, with descriptions of new
forms and revisions of limited groups. Copies of each paper, in
pamphlet form, are distributed as published to libraries and
scientific organizations and to specialists and others interested in
the different subjects. The dates at which these separate papers
are published are recorded in the table of contents of each of the
volumes.

The present volume is the sixty-sixth of this series.

The Bulltin, the first of which was issued in 1875, consists of
a series of separate publications comprising monographs of large
zoological groups and other general systematic treatises (occasion-
ally in several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions,
catalogues of type-specimens, special collections, and other material
of similar nature. The majority of the volumes are octavo in size,
but a quarto size has been adopted in a few instances in which
large plates were regarded as indispensable. In the Bullctin series
appear volumes under the heading Contributions from the United
Stites Netional Herbarium, in octavo form, published by the
National Museum since 1902, which contain papers relating to the
botanical collections of the Museum.

ALEXANDER WETMORE,
Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.
Wasurneton, D. C., January 26, 1926.
Il

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AtpricH, J. M. New diptera or two-winged flies in the
United States National Museum. No. 2555, pp. 1-36.

UTE a gO ee ee eee ae es ee ee ee

New genera: Phobema, Balioglutum.

New species: Pholeomyia expansa, Chlorops kuwanae, Anastrepha
schausi, A. barnesi, A. cordata, A. obscura, A. ornata, Phobema
atrox, Lonchaea hirtithorax, Mesembrina magnifica, Balioglutum
illingworthi. Mesembrinella spicata, M. uniseia, M. semiflava, M.
flavicrura, Microcalliphora flavifrons, Notochaeta comata, N. town-
sendi, N. angusta, Sarcophaga placida, S. morosa, S. subaenescens,
Atacta crassiceps, A. argentifrons, Masicera arator, Dexia ventralis.

Bartscu, Paut. New mollusks from Santa Elena Bay,
Keuador. No. 2551, pp. 1-9. October 17, 19243__-..----

New species: Pyramidella (Longchaeus) elenensis, Turbonilla (Chem-

nitzia) theone, T. (C.) oenoa, T. (Turbonilla) axeli, T. (Striotur- _

bonilla) evagone, T. (S.) nychia, T. (S.) thyne, T. (Pyrgiscus)
melea, T. (P.) evadna, T. (Barischella) semela, Odostomia (Chrysal-
lida) olssoni, O. (C.) melitta, Melanella (Melanella) olssoni, M.
(Balcis) elenensis.

Berry, Epwarp W. A Pleistocene flora from the Island of
Gmmadad. ANo::2558; pp. 1-9: May 23, 1925 * 222. 22

New species: Clusia fossilia, Mimusops preduplicata, Phyllites
oropouchensis.

CuANDLER, ASA C. Some parasitic round worms of the rabbit
with descriptions of two new species. No. 2553, pp. 1-6.
LSC NYP STEC ELST BS a 2 Sa aS a ha ae pO

New species: Nematodirus leporis.

CocuraNn, Doris M. Notes on the herpetological collections
made by Dr. W. L. Abbott on the [sland of Haiti. No.
Zotogppe iio. ‘October 25, 19248 ee we ee ee

CocKkERELL, T. D. A. Plant and insect fossils from the Green
River Eocene of Colorado. No. 2556, pp. 1-13. February
fig tee ae iti vrs trate Ot Sik Mei, RTE eh

New genera: Alsinites, Holiarus.

New species: Lejeunea eophila, Populus wilmattae, Bumelia colora-
densis, Dalbergia knowltoni, Amorpha utensis, Clethra (?) lepi-
dioides, Potentilla (?) byrami, Alsinites revelatus, Lomatia obtusius-
cula, Banksites lineatulus, Liquidambar callarche, Cardiophorus
exhumatus, CEoliarus quadristictus, Thamnotettiz packardi,
Cyitaromyia obdurescens.

1 Date of publication.

Article

VI TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corron, Ricuarp T. A contribution toward the classifica-
tion of the weevil larvae of the subfamily Calendrinae occur-
ring in North America. No. 2542, pp. 1-11. October 11,
Ep Se ah Se ne ee rae eee

CusuMan, JosrpH A. A new genus of Eocene foraminifera,
No. 2567, pp. 1-4. January 23,1925. 22. - 23228 se
New genus: Hantkenina
New species: Hantkenina brevispina, H. longispina, H. mexicana, H.
alabamensis.

Dati, Witt1AmM Heatry, Illustrations of unfigured types of
shells in the collection of the United States National Mu-
seum. No. 2554, pp. 1-41. September 22, 19251___-..--

New species: Ancistrolepis decora, A. okhotensis, Antiplanes yes-
soensis, Cirsotrema plexis, Cocculina rhyssa, Coralliophila spinosa,
Cuspidaria trosaetes, Emarginula choristes, Euspira bahamensis,
Murex (Pieropurpura) esychus, Suavodrillia sagamiana, Turbo
asteriola, Turcicula japonica, Turricula (Surcula) hondoana,
Volutopsius minor, Yoldia (Cnesterium) excavaia, Y. (C.) johanni.

New subgenus: Orectospira.

FisHer,WaArREN S. Buprestid beetles collected by the Mul-
ford Biological Exploration in Bolivia, No. 2568, pp. 1-46.
Hiebrusigy Vo LOQ bet canon eS ees ee eee

New species: Chrysobothris rogaguaensis, C. beniensis, C. cuprifrons,
Actenodes manni, Autarchontes lopezi, Agrilus boliviensis, A. cavinas,
A. takana, A. tumupasaensis, A. gorai, A. beniensis, A. manni,
Paragrilus purpureus P. opacipennis, P. holomelas P. pulchellus,
Pachyschelus cavinas, P. nudus, P. nigriventris, P. beniensis, Brachys
takana, B. mositana, Taphrocerus parvus, Leiopleura gorai, L. boliv-
iana, Callimicra acuminata, C. festiva, C. cyanoptera, C. viridifrons.

GRAYBILL, H. W. A new species of round worm of the genus
Trichostrongylus from the rabbit. No. 2548, pp. 1-3.
RICO MER oy Vase eco epee eee eee wns hese eee eae

New species: Trichostrongylus affinis.

GREENE, CuarLes T. The puparia and larvae of Sarcophagid
flies, No. 2566, pp. 1-26. February 10, 1925!,........-

Hay, Ortiver P. A further and detailed description of the
type of Elephas roosevelti Hay and descriptions of three
referred specimens, No. 2571, pp. 1-6. May 22, 1925 1_._.

On remains of mastodons found in Texas, Anancus
brazosius and Gomphotherium cimarronis, No. 2572, pp.
1-15. April 25, 19251

Article

1 Date of publication.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

JORDAN, Eric Knicut. Notes on the fishes of Hawaii with
descriptions of six new species. No. 2570. pp. 1-43. Sep-
Rerannae a Ane oye hte, Sin ahe Ph Romer ese tas et ae boa) eae

New genera: Leihala, Opua.

New species: Lepidapolis atrorubens, Scaridea farrandi, Scarus
kraussi, S. galena, Opua nephodes, Cantherines verecundus.
Jupay, CHancey. Senecella calanoides, a recently described

fresh-water copepod. No. 2541, pp. 1-6. May 23, 1925 '-

Ke.tocG, Remineton. A fossil physeteroid cetacean from
Santa Barbara County, California, No. 2564, pp. 1-8.
EDGE C VE Geko Diet Ce os oie its obo clanae abink es <uasenne =

New species: Ontoceitus oxymycterus.

On the occurrence of remains of fossil porpoises of
the genus Eurhinodelphis in North America, No. 2563, pp.
Ayling 98. 1025 tS PROS Syhlinn eR Sea So

New species: Hurhinodelphis bosst.

Kirk, Epwiy. Harpidium, a new pentameroid brachiopod
genus from southeastern Alaska, No. 2569, pp. 1-7. April
Ieee ey eee re ere ree Anh ee a

New species: Harpidium insignis, H. rotundus, H. latus.

Lamwiaw, Frank Fortescue. Notes on oriental dragonflies
of the genus Aciagrion. No. 2547, pp. 1-9. October 13,
SEL + ali OE Ge, ©, Rg ie ne pe ORR ek ee Pec Yee

Mattocu, J. R. Descriptions of Neotropical two-winged flies
of the family Drosophilidae. No. 2540, pp. 1-11. Octo-
PeIeg ote cae eet een fe i ee eee |

New species: Stegana interrupta, S. cristimana, S. nigrimana,
Leucophenga brazilensis, Clastopteromyia floridana, C.triseta, Droso-
phila schildi, Scaptomyza nigripalpis, S. fuscinervis.

MANSFIELD, WENDELL ©. Miocene gastropods and scapho-
pods from Trinidad, British West Indies. No. 2559,
pio 54% Soppemibers(S 1925.t 202522 St awe oe ek

New species: Terebra (Strioterebra) trinitatensis, T. (S.) brassoénsis,
Conus springvaleénsis, C. trinitatensis, C. manzanillaénsis, Tur-
ricula springvaleénsis, Turris brassoénsis, Drillia pennyi, D.
tridadina, D.daditrina, D. propefusiformis, D.inniadda, D. nitrina,
D. inadrina, D. manzanillaénsis, D. niaddrina, D. ritianida,
Glyphostoma caronensis, G.(?), triniada, G.(?) addrina, Micro-
drillia trina, M. propetrina, Borsonia (Paraborsonia) brassoénsis,
Cancellaria springvaleénsis, C. bullbrooki, Pseudoliva guppyi,
Ancilla paralameliata, Marginella (Faba) bullbrooki, M. (F.)
brassoénsis, M. guppyana, M. (Closia) nitrina, M. (Gibberula)
trinitatensis, M. (Persicula) propeobesa, Phos trinitatensis, P.

vir

Article

32.

1 Date of publication.

VIII TABLE OF CONTENTS

bullbrooki, Alectrion brassoénsis, Metulella caronensis, Strom-
bina walli, Typhis sawkinsi, Cypraea trinitatensis, Caecum pro-
peregulare, Petaloconchus alcimus, Turritella montserratensis,
Amauropsis trinitaiensis, Calliostoma attrina, C. rhombotum,
Liotia machapoorieénsis, Teinostoma (Pseudorotella?) caronensis,
Adeorbis guppyi, Cadulus caronensis.

New subspecies: Conus multiliratus walli, Drillia consors bull-
brooki, D. c. trinitatensis, D. pennyi acaria, Glyphostoma amicta
rintriada, Ancilla caroniana springvalensis, Marginella solitaria
montserratensis, Turritella gatunensis caronensis.

MarsHatt, Wittiam B. New species of mollusks of the genus
Chilina. No. 2550, pp. 1-5. October 8, 1924 #___-...-.--

New species: Chilina aurantia, C. castanea, C. flammulina, C. felip-

ponet, C. oldroydae, C. olivacea.
New subspecies: Chilina parchappii minor.
New Uruguayan mollusks of the genus Corbicula.
Nos2552spp. 1-12... “November's, 1924" 3 aee ae
New species: Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) circularis, C. (C.) compacta,
C. (C.) delicata, C. (C.) exquisita, C. (C.) felipponet, C. (C.) fortis,
C. (C.) oleana, C. (C.) paysanduensis.
Miter, Gerrit S.Jr. <A Pollack whale from Florida present-
ed to the National Museum by the Miami Aquarium As-
sociation. No. 2546, pp. 1-15. December 11, 1924 1__-_-

A second instance of the development of rodent-
like incisors in an Artiodactyl. No.2545, pp.1-4. October
felon tee ee

Some hitherto unpublished photographs and meas-
urements of the blue whale. No. 2544, pp. 1-4. Novem-
DObioe ok ee ee ee Ce ee he oe, a rag] eee

REEsIDE, JoHN B. Jr. A rare Cretaceous sea urchin, Scutel-
laster cretaceus Cragin. No. 2557, pp. 1-4. December 9,
DO on ee ee

New genus: Scutellaster.
New species: Scutellaster cretaceus.

Scuwartz, Benyamin. A new proliferating larval tapeworm
from a porcupine, No. 2561, pp. 1-4. December 26, 1924 !-

New species: T'aenia twitchelli.

Parasitic nematodes from Tonkin, Indo-China, in-
cluding a new species of Ascaridia. No. 2538, pp. 1-9.
May 14,°1925%_-

New species: Ascaridia anseris.

1 Date of publication.

Article

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHANNON, Hart V. Mineralogy and petrography of Triassic
limestone conglomerate metamorphosed by intrusive diabase
at Leesburg, Virginia, No. 2565, pp. 1-31. May 22, 1925 '

The mineralogy and petrology of intrusive Triassic
diabase at Goose Creek, Loudoun County, Virginia. No.
253g mppat-So., Wecemberia, W924" 202. i562 Gecles Le

SmirH, Frank. A new earthworm from Texas belonging to
the genus Diplocardia. No. 2549, pp.1—6. October 6, 1924?

New variety: Diplocardia keyesi texensis.

STEJNEGER, LEONHARD. Chinese amphibians and reptiles in
the United States National Museum. No. 2562, pp. 1-115.
cL LUA ADEE RATS Rae ae i cs ee eed Fane ne

Van Duzer, M.C. A revision of the North American spe-
cies of the genus Argyra Macquart, two-winged flies of the
family Dolichopodidae, No. 2560, pp. 1-43. May 5,
2 ae ee ene oy eae AR anh eet eel Bee a. Be

New species: Argyra hirta, A. angustata, A. brevipes, A. barbipes, A.
scutellaris, A. nigriventris, A. argentiventris, A. femoralis, A.
bimaculata, A. velutina, A. splendida, A. thoracica, A. currani, A.
nigricoxa, A. californica, A. sericata, A. albicoxa, A. setipes, A.

flavipes, A. flavicornis, A. obscura, A. (Leucostola) johnsoni, A. (L.)
involuta, A. (L.) flavicoxa, A. (L.) inaequalis, A. (L.) spina.

Article

1 Date of publication.

80894—26—2

dp
¢
: _ . : ae iti bah

Pie lates ae ee AON ee |
Waa Getikeveorion Syst eee” ag adie

le Seis pt eee cident 2 Ve waaatic 1eTie *)igtasae wtami inet

7 : A a! , k bac A I Sheed wa tis PRES av. , itt pe #4
7 ine *, 3 S
fir [é ¥ Titleist; - se aie dopey”) seiheee) Sis "4,
a ; * Dig x j . E seth yee : 34 £3 if
ay, FE fr>] t = ; en A mn FF $ hy rresry f Rts
a =i Pre Ss iets , eM, bike 7 eri ted
' > * a
- & A eT
of Sclit. 89 Tinks ecfar sine } nee] gt
: a ¥
cs th ¥; Shi “ mite BS
7 a * ; 3
5% : Rae :
J h¥ z Ef, 4 i . ;
~ i. ref 7 . : rg a?
; : . Bs WG
‘ ae ;
; ~ ~
as ‘ rv ' es Bas Seige

rd: rim tas uaiybe

: : , yi } os ‘akin ey ah .

oy ¢ SRY. fe res nS

. Payee " é CIS o = sat aay oe } nes ane TE
A oa : wo amv C 2 + tenons’ a

. . se en: ti thes te

== : ee

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

PLATES

THE MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY OF INTRUSIVE TRIASSIC DIABASE AT GOOSB
CrEEK, Loupoun County, VIRGINIA

By Earl V. Shannon

Facing page
Ae Dighasespermatite: ingdiabase: sees sew oe ee 86
2 plite: Ginbase, ao diabase permaute oso.) ies! 2 Soe See ee 86
3. Diabase and diabase pegmatite cut by hornblendizing seam_-_-_-_-_-_--- 86
4. Photomicrographs of diabase and diabase pegmatite__.____._.___----- 86
5. Photomicrographs of diabase pegmatite_...........-.-------------- 86
feat bine perm atibe. in GIabase. co. Le ee 86
fq. Photomicrographs, of albitic pegmatite... .=-2 2 -5.=-=2-2--<2-- 45 86
a Augibe blades in Gisbase pegmatite... | Se 86
9. Micropegmatite in aplite and albite pegmatite_____._________-__----- 86
SENECELLA CALANOIDES, A RECENTLY DESCRIBED FRESH-WATER COPEPOD
By Chancey Juday
leetiomsalevor Senecella CaLaNOtdese ee ee es =e Sees ee ae ee ee 6
Doevialerand female of senecella CalaNOTdes=e en ee Se ee 6
See VM alevOrnS eeCelLG CALAN OL GCSE nae ae em ene te en re se eee 6
_A CONTRIBUTION TOWARD THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE WEEVIL LARVAE OF THE
P SUBFAMILY CALENDRINAE OCCURRING IN NorTH AMERICA
By Richard T. Cotton
1. Details of Cactophagus validus (LeConte) __._._.--.---------------- 12
2. Details of Rhodobaenus tredectmpunctatus (Illiger)_...-..----------- 12
3. Details of Sitophilus granarius (Linnaeus) -._......---------------- 12
4. Details of Cosmopolites. sordidus Germar__._....--.--.------------ 12
5. Details of Metamasius sericeus (Latreille)___._.........__..-_-.--- 12
62 Detailsof 'Calendra.callosus.(Olivier) Hesse: Bos teeth elas 2 Neale 12
7. Details of Rhynchophorus cruentatus (Fabricius)__.__.____---=------ 12
8. Details of Scyphophorus acupunctatus (Gyllenhal)__--..------------ 12
9. Details of the genus Yuccaborus LeConte._.......---.------------ 12
iwBoecal characters;or Calendrmace 2 a. a2 ee eS 12

SOME HITHERTO UNPUBLISHED PHOTOGRAPHS AND MEASUREMENTS OF THE
BLUE WHALE

By Gerrit 8. Miller, jr.

fab luejwhales=Dorsal-aspech Ob, SKU 202 ee eee eee se +
Zo nivenynalessVentraliaspect’of skull oe eee 4
powelue: whales Lateral aspect of skwiss 82 lowe = ----- t

XII

. Blue whale:
. Blue whale:
. Blue whale:
. Blue whale:

. Blue whale:

Blue whale:

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Facing page

Anterior aspect Of atlas= 223-2 2522.55) = eee
Anterior aspect: Of axis- 222-2 Ss eke 2 el es ee
Outer aspect. of sternum: 222 = S22 eee ee
Outér aspect. of right stapulai. 22 2__U*2b = ---- 22222
Inner aspect: of left: fore limb2= 2 ~ = 232252 See
Pelvic:elements 252222222 5 258 2 ee Le ee

SECOND INSTANCE OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF RODENT-LIKE INCISORS

IN AN ARTIODACTYL
By Gerrit S. Miller, jr.

Incisor teeth of Vicunia (1-9) and Guanaco (10-15) ---~-------------

A PoLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA PRESENTED TO THE NATIONAL Museum
BY THE Miami AQUARIUM ASSOCIATION

“Im Or Pf CON

10.
ete
12.

13.

14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

1. Details of dragonflies of the genus Aciagrion

A NEW SPECIES OF ROUND WORM OF THE GENUS

1. Trichostrongylus affinis, new species

. Pollack whale:
. Pollack whale:
. Pollack whale:
. Pollack whale:
. Pollack whale:
. Pollack whale:
. Pollack whale:
. Pollack whale:

. Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:

Pollack whale:

Nos. 1-19- -

Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:

Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:
Pollack whale:

By Gerrit S. Miller, jr.

Skull@tromiaboves=oe a 222 a5 ee ee
SkKullttrom: below cn ee eel eo
Skulitromuethetsid@es ss. ee ee eee
Obliquetviews ofibraincaseh== == s= === =e eee
Cervical vertebrae eNOS ly e2. and cease = eee
Cervical vertebrae Nos. 4, 5, and 6____------------
Cervical vertebra No. 7 and dorsal vertebra No. 1_--
Cervical vertebrae Nos. 4, 5, 6, and 7; dorsal vertebra

Dorsalivertelra IN@ sles me ee eae
Cervical vertebra No. 6 and dorsal vertebra No. 1___-_
Dorsal vertebrae Nos. 2-14 and lumbar vertebrae

Lumbar vertebra No. 1 and caudal vertebra No. 1__-
Lumber vertebra No. 1 and caudal vertebra No. 1__-
Right tibs:..<, #2422846) .2 Sarre wee ee Stats
Right scapula. tere ob ee ee Be eet
Sternum, stylohyal, and basithyal_____._.__..__.__--
Jugal and forearm 22292 Che An Bee hes ee ge
Bones of; thevhiand 4256s en AA Sc ees
Lacrimals and baleen plate from near middle of series_ -
Tympanic and:periotic bonéss2u-- s2ues sublets

NOTES ON ORIENTAL DRAGONFLIES OF THE GENUS ACIAGRION

By Frank Fortescue Laidlaw

TRICHOSTRONGYLUS
FROM THE RABBIT

By H. W. Graybill

Ph hh Pe

16
16
16
16

16
16

16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS XIII
NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CHILINA
By William B. Marshall :
Facing page
A New mollusks of the genus Chiling ev 2) 86 Sebo oes cece eeceee
NEW MOLLUSKS FROM SANTA ELENA Bay, Ecuapor
By Paul Bartsch
J=2, Newanollusks from-MeundGr’ 605s 2 02 ses wees bi ce Sa se Soes 10
New URvGUAYAN MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CORBICULA
By William B. Marshall
1-2. New Wragdayan Corpiculidae. 22500 So Piet so StL vou Re 12
SoME PARASITIC ROUNDS WORMS OF THE RABBIT WITH DESCRIPTIONS
OF TWO NEW SPECIES
By Asa C. Chandler
1. Trichostrongylus calcaratus and Nematodirus leporis._..-...---------- 6
De OUCeeUe CURIEIIL == PES El iii 2k 30 FG Oe Lee Ps 6
ILLUSTRATIONS OF UNFIGURED TYPES OF SHELLS IN THE COLLECTION
or THE UniTEp States NationaL Museum
By William Healey Dall
tt NUstFatiOns, Of byes. 88 soem Ae ee ee es 42
MONE SIO UTTNOLATZG ONCE TLD Bynes a oe pel en gee 42
eS ishrations Of ty pes-<i542- 0 e0at Bele ees ot ee Be 42
iepOMnysodomus Culimatus Dalles 2/6 a os oe ene ba 42
io leeeacmoaca digas Mschscholty oo" So oe oes ose ee eles 42
iy —aeee Pistrations OL bY Des==-- <5. S422 oe ee 42
PLANT AND INSECT FOSSILS FROM THE GREEN RIveR EOCENE OF
CoLoRADO
By T. D. A. Cockerell
1-2.) Fossils from the Green River Eocene_--.-=.....--..-...-.--.-=-- 14
A RARE CRETACEOUS SEA URCHIN SCUTELLASTER CRETACEUS CRAGIN
By John B. Reeside, jr.
eS CULCLLOSIETERCLECOIS CRAGIN 22) oe eee eee eee eee 4
A PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM THE ISLAND OF TRINIDAD
By Edward W. Berry
1-4, Pleistocene flora from the island of Trinidad_........-_..-------- 10
MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS FROM TRINIDAD, BRITISH WEST
INDIES
By Wendell C. Mansfield
1-6. Miocenc. gastropods from, Trinidad.2. 25-20 2 522223322 nce 66
7. Miocene gastropods and scaphopods from Trinidad__.....--..------ 66
8-10. Miocene gastropods from Trinidad =.............-.--.--------- 66

XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

A REVISION OF THE NorTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ARGYRA
MacqQuaRT, TWO-WINGED FLIES OF THE FAMILY DOoLiIcHOPODIDAE

By M. C. Van Duzee

Facing paze

1. North American species of the genus Argyra_----------------------

A NEW PROLIFERATING LARVAL TAPEWORM FROM A PORCUPINE

By Benjamin Schwartz
lee Paenva twiichells: NeW. SpCCiGS = - = a ee eee

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES OF THE GENUS
EURHINODELPHIS IN NorTH AMERICA

By Remington Kellogg

Dorsal and ventral views of type skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi__- -----
. Lateral view of type skull of Hurhinodelphis bessi-_----------------
Dorsal view of type mandible of Eurhinodelphis bossi__------------
Posterior view of type skull of Eurhinodelphis bosst__--------------
. Ventral view of a skull of EHurhinodelphis bossit_---.----------------
. Views of scapula, cervical, and epiphysis of Hurhinodelphis bossi --_---
. Views of dorsal vertebrae of Eurhinodelphis bossi.-----------------
Views of dorsal and lumbar vertebrae of Hurhinodelphis bossi_-------
Views of dorsal and lumbar vertebrae of Hurhinodelphis bossi__------
Views of caudal vertebrae of Eurhinodelphis bossit__-_--------------
. Lateral views of caudal vertebrae of Hurhinodelphis bosst__---------
Views of caudal vertebrae and humerus of Hurhinodelphis bosst_-----
. Ventral views of caudal vertebrae of EHurhinodelphis bosst.----------
. Lateral views of ribs of Eurhinodelphis bossi___.__....--------------
. Dorsal and ventral views of a skull of Eurhinodelphis bossi.---------
. Views of two skulls of Hurhinodelphis bossi-..-......--------=-----
. Lateral view of a skull of Eurhinodelphis bossi__._--..-.-.----------

CON AW R ON

ee ee
NOMPWNES

A FOSSIL PHYSETEROID CETACEAN FROM SANTA BARBARA COUNTY,
CALIFORNIA

By Remington Kellogg

1. Views of rostrum and mandibles of Ontocetus oxymycterus___.-.------
2. Views of rostrum and right mandible of Ontocetus oxymycterus.--_----

MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE CONGLOMERATE
METAMORPHOSED BY INTRUSIVE DIABASE AT LEESBURG, VIRGINIA

By Earl V. Shannon

1. Replacement of limestone conglomerate along fissure
2. Crust-ef datelite orystalse =: sh) See ee ee a
3. Anhydrite molds, calcite, datolite, and barite

THE PUPARIA AND LARVAE OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES
By Charles T. Greene

1-8. The puparia of Sarcophagid flies
9. The larvae of Sarcophagid flies

32
32
32

26
26

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

A NEW GENUS OF HOCENE FORAMINIFERA

By Joseph A. Cushman

Facing page

1. Hantkenina alabamensis, new species. ._......22-2.-L2222-2l-5 2 LL.
2. Side views of various species of Hantkenina_..-...-----_-----------

HaRPIDIUM, A NEW PENTAMEROID BRACHIOPOD GENUS FROM SOUTH-
EASTERN ALASKA

By Edwin Kirk

Mica aren tenes TON IS Pe Chee | ween et eC SU LGN Dose eS. tes
2. Harpdrem-latis,-H insignis, and 71: rotundus. 2 =. 22 2 8 ee le

NoTES ON THE FISHES OF HAWAII WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SIX NEW
SPECIES

By Eric Knight Jordan

1. Lethala tritor; Upper teeth of same; Lepidaplois atrorubens; Scaridea

A FURTHER AND DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE OF ELEPHAS ROOSE-
VELTI HAY AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE REFERRED SPECIMENS

By Oliver P. Hay

1, Right upper third molar of Hilenhas rooseveltt_.-_- = 2 a
2. Right lower third molar of Elephas roosevelti___......._...--.-------
iam MCE ERNIE IELC T)ESUT OMS EVELED cease car hm ap ee es ee pene
4. Upper teeth and palate of Hlephas roosevelti__.............---_-_-_-

ON REMAINS OF MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS, ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS AND
GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS

By Oliver P. Hay

tT. Lowen molar of Ananeus brazosiue_ 2202265 bese, eee eta liiet
are LOW EI aN Ole At anCusLDLOZOStUs 220 lou kee ete eet res Heyl ipe ee)
3. Teeth of Anancus brazosius and of Gomphotherium cimarronis-_---_----
4. Teeth and tusks of Gomphotherium cimarronis_____......-----------

TEXT FIGURES
PARASITIC NEMATODES FROM TONKIN, INDO-CHINA, INCLUDING A NEW
SPECIES OF ASCARIDIA
By Benjamin Schwartz
1. Ascaridia anseris (Tail of male): a, anus; s, sucker; sp., spicules;

il-6l, first to sixth lateral papillae, respectively; x, accessory
Seu rR EDERAL Re = = eye sn Se enh eho et sa a A

THE MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY OF INTRUSIVE TRIASSIC DIABASE AT
Goose Creek, Loupoun County, VirGINIA

By Earl V. Shannon

1. Augite from diabase; section on 6b(010) showing twinning and parting
parallel to a (100) and close parting parallel to c (001), also showing
extinction of 45° producing simultaneous extinction in both halves
EUG OU ae SR apa Rel et Bi Re a eh wl are RN

Page

44
44

DD &

16
16
16

XVI LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Page

2. Quartz—showing highly modified development of quartz crystals
occurring in miarolitic cavities --_------------------------------- 41

3. Albite—showing common habit of albite crystals occurring in miarolitic
CAVILICS_ oc = 2 ee ee os Se Se Se ea ee eee 43
4. Diopside; prismatic crystal from miarolitic Cavity 2 a2 542 oe eee ee 44

5. Albite; showing prismatic development of colorless transparent albite
crystals occurring in fractures and veins----------------------- 55

6. Epidote. Crystallographic drawing in clinographic and orthographic
projection of epidote of the hourglass type--_-------------------- 58

7. Epidote. Sketch showing optical directions and hourglass structure.
Projection on a (100)---_------------------------------------- 58

8. Epidote. Projection of “hourglass” crystals on b (010) showing
optical orientation---_---------------------------------------- 59

9, Axinite. Showing common habit of crystals from Goose Creek.
Orthographic and clinographic projection on c (010)-------------- 61
10. Prehnite. Type 1 crystal. Orthographic crystal drawings - -------- 62

11. Prehnite. Type 2 crystal elongated on the b axis showing crystal
habitiand stration of 6 (O01) 222 ee a eee 62

12. Prehnite. Type 3 elongated on the a axis showing striation and crys-
tal habit in orthographic and clinographic projection_-_-_--------- 63
13. Prehnite. Type 1 showing common “hourglass” form_------------ 63

14. Prehnite. Type 1 showing a modification of the “hourglass” struc-
ture where the two end sectors are not connected___---.--------- 64

15. Prehnite. Type 1 showing “hourglass” structure in a crystal bounded
only;#by, pinacoids 26 2. Ps a A ee 64

16. Prehnite. A variant of type 1 showing the growth of thickening at
thetendsetouprogduce! Slee aves ms ae ee rea 64

17. Prehnite. A side view of crystal aggregate similar to that shown in
irae.) Bic she Steen ee ee ee nO Tiwi apa ey eee 65
18. Prehnite showing optical structure of crystals of type 2----_-------- 65
19. Prehnite showing optical structure of crystals of type 3_-.-_-------- 65
20. Datolite of first generation showing acute habit____._._._..__.____.___-- 66

21. Datolite of second generation showing more prismatic habit by
elongation’ onthea axis see a ee epee 67

22. Datolite of second generation showing pronounced tabular develop-
ment. parsllel:to 2, (L02)) 282 sn cee ees eee Be ee tae 70

23. Chabazite showing unit rhombohedron, the common form at Goose
COB sca Pn ety ere Se See ee 1 ks 71
24. Stilbite of ‘‘Epidesmine”’ habit bounded only by three pinacoids- ---_- 72
25. Stilbite of the usual habit showing pyramidal faces____.__________-- 73

26. Laumontite showing common habit, the unit prism with the negative
domeyen(LO1) 222 ee ie ee a ee eee eae re 74
27. Apophyllite of cubic form showing only prism and basal pinacoid___-- 75

28. Apophyllite showing commonest combination of pyramid with small
POD ISTIU GL COS es 2 ea Ee ae PE Lh Pe 76
29. Apophyllite showing combination of pyramid with faces of four prisms_ 81

30. Apophyllite from specimen of Merrill and Wherry showing two prisms,
pyramid: and sbasew i): 22 Ue ee ies Ope Fea ee 82

31. Calcite showing the commonest habit of amber colored calcite occur-
Tin gin Che: Welns 2: See ee ee ere al 1 a 83

32. Calcite. Habit of a single white crystal observed resting on prehnite_ 84

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
NEW DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES IN THE UNITED [STATES NATIONAL
MusEuM
By J. M. Aldrich

1. Male genitalia. a, Sarcophaga subaenescens, new species; b, Sarcophaga
placida, new species; c, Masicera arator, new species; d, Sarcophaga
morosa, New species... 2. = FS eho Spee Me Sas So em

A RARE CRETACEOUS SEA URCHIN SCUTELLASTER CRETACEUS CRAGIN
By John B. Reeside, jr.

1. Hypothetical restoration of Scutellaster cretaceus Cragin, based on the
type and a VOCene CMe ae soe ae Se SeL en oe oe eee
2. Comparison of arrangement of plates of (B) actinal side of Scutella
subrotundata Lamarck with that of (A) Scutellaster cretaceus Cragin__

CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES IN THE UNITED States NATIONAL
MusEeum

By Leonhard Stejneger
1. Phoxophrys grahami. Type U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 65500. 2X nat.
. Eumeces pekinensis. Type U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 60683. 3Xnat. size__

. Lygosaurus sowerbyi. Type U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 65375. 4>Xnat. size__
. Takydromus intermedius. Type U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 64437. 3Xnat.

wm Gb

5. Number of ventrals in Natrix piscator, N. percarinata, and N. annularis
based on published records of 72 specimens_.___________...____--
6. Number of subcaudals in Natrix piscator, N. percarinata, and N. annu-

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES OF THE GENUS
EURHINODELPHIS IN NortTH AMERICA

By Remington Kellogg

1-4. Teeth of Eurhinodelphis bossi. Cat. No. 8842, U.S.N.M.X3. 1.
Anterior view of tooth. 2. Posterior view of a tooth. 3. Pos-
terior view of an anterior tooth. 4. Lateral view of a posterior
COOL JANeX OL Clown missing: = oe oe ee Cael. Sits _ oat

MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE CONGLOMER-
ATE METAMORPHOSED BY INTRUSIVE DIABASE AT LEESBURG, VIRGINIA

By Earl V. Shannon

1. Diopside. Habit of minute colorless crystals occurring in veins with
CEU TI aM — NRE Ra ty il ONES NLR}. 9 OR Eo ea ee A
2. Datolite. Small crystal showing common habit with apparently
DEUMOFNOMbIc SVMMetWy 24 oe 2 ee ee oe
3. Datolite. Similar to Figure 2 but having some negative pyramids not
represented by corresponding positive forms_______.____________-_
4. Datolite. Similar habit to Figure 3 but showing only positive hemi-

5. Datolite. Crystal from a specimen on which all the crystals, like the
one figured, are different from the prevailing habit at the locality.
SHOWASeVeral MnusuAl forms. 42 ee

XVIT

Page

40
49
53
59
67

XVIII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Page
6. Apophyllite. Habit of minute crystals which rest on datolite____-_- 28
7. Calcite. Habit of small yellowish to amber crystals___-.----------- 28
8. Calcite. Habit of larger colorless ¢rystale=....2-.----.----..-_.--- 30
A NEW GENUS OF EOCENE FORAMINIFERA
By Joseph A. Cushman
1. Hantkenina alabamensis, new species. Apertural view showing the
median aperture and the alar projections from it toward the base-- 3
A FURTHER AND DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE OF ELEPHAS ROOSE-
VELTI Hay AND DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE REFERRED SPECIMENS
By Oliver P. Hay
1. Tooth and part of the skull referred by Osborn to oe primige-
NUS (25. 2 oa w So sok hes os eee ieee see sbie 3a Se 4

ON REMAINS OF MASTODONS FOUND IN TExAs, ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS AND
GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS

By Oliver P. Hay

1-8. Gomphotherium cimarronisX5. Diagrams to show position of the

fangs of the roots. Viewed with crown directed downward. The

numerals indicate the crests supported. 1. Upper right second

molar. 2. Upper right third molar. 38. Lower left third molar-_- 9
4. Gomphotherium cimarronis. View of base of upper right tusk, seen

from outside. mz., fragment of maxilla. pmz., fragment of pre-

WON CASC LNT SRT DG 05 Sis cere Pe es Se en 11
5-7. Gomphotherium cimarronis. 5. Cross section of tusk of Figure £

where it emerges from the skull. Seen looking toward the skull.

Enamel band black. X .75. 6. Cross section of tusk 150 mm,

above distal extremity. Seen looking toward skull. xX .6.

a, Enamel band; b, upper surface; c, lower surface. 7. Cross sec-

tion of tusk taken 100 mm. above distal end. Seen looking toward

Bkuly~” 34:6. bere. as IndMigure O22 32 a2. 2 11
8-9. Gomphotherium cimarronis. 8. Cross section of an upper tusk taken

a short distance below the proximal end. The black center rep-

resents the pulp cavity; the black band, the enamel. X .6.

9. Cross section of distal end of lower jaw, showing right and

left rami and the right-tuski .5?ucsss cone eee ica rseese 12

PARASITIC NEMATODES FROM TONKIN, INDO-CHINA,
INCLUDING A NEW SPECIES OF ASCARIDIA

By BengamMin SCHWARTZ

Of the Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry, United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture

The following report is based on a small collection of nematodes,
largely from domestic animals, received from Maj. EK. Houdemer,
Chief of the Clinic at the Ecole Vétérinaire at Hanoi (Tonkin)
Indo-China. In addition to a new species of Ascaridia from the
goose which is described in this paper, there were found a species
of Rictularia from a rat which is probably a new species, and speci-
mens of the genus Porrocaecum from a heron (genus and species
unknown) which require further study.

Superfamily OXYUROIDEA
Family OXYURIDAE
Genus OXYURIS Rudolphi, 1803
OXYURIS EQUI (Schrank, 1788)

Host.—Equus caballus.

Location— Unknown.

Only short-tailed forms were found, but Major Houdemer states
that long-tailed forms also occur in horses in Tonkin.

Superfamily ASCAROIDEA
Family ASCARIDAE

Genus ASCARIS Linnaeus, 1758
ASCARIS LUMBRICOIDES Linnaeus, 1758

Host.—Homo sapiens.
The specimens which are sexually immature were vomited by a
breast fed infant (native) only two months old.

No. 2538.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. I.
23549—25 1 ; ft

9, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 66

Genus BELASCARIS Leiper, 1907

BELASCARIS CATI (Schrank, 1788)

Host.—Panther (felis, species).
Location.—Intestine.

Genus PORROCAECUM Railliet and Henry, 1912

Host.—* Crabier,” a species of heron.
Location Esophagus, stomach, intestine.
More than one species of Porrocaecum is present in the lot.

Family HETERAKIDAE

Genus HETERAKIS Dujardin, 1845

HETERAKIS BERAMPORIA Lane, 1914

Host.—Gallus domesticus.

Location —Cecum.

This species was deseribed from the cecum of the domestic fowl
at Berhampore, Bengal, India. It was also found by the present.
writer to be a common parasite of chickens in the Philippine Islands,
often living in association with a related species (Heterakis galli-
nae=H., papillosa) from which it may be differentiated by its smaller
size and by the fact that its spicules are considerably shorter and
nearly equal in length.

The present writer also found that the larvae of this parasite
occur in nodules that are located in the wall of the cecum, princi-
pally in the submucosa.

It may be noted in this connection that Travassos (1920) includes
the Heterakidae, from which he excludes the genus Ascartdia, with
the Oxyuroidea, largely on the basis of the esophageal bulb.

Genus ASCARIDIA Dujardin, 1845

ASCARIDIA LINEATA (Schneider, 1866)

Hosts—Gallus domesticus, Anser domesticus.

Location.—Intestine.

This species was described from Brazil from the intestine of Gallus
domesticus. Von Linstow (1883) records this species from the same
host in Turkestan. Travassos (1913) describes Ascaris lineata from
the common fowl in Brazil, the type locality of this species, and
records the length of the spicules as 1.4 mm. This species has also
been recorded from the Belgian Congo and from Europe.
Recently Boulenger (1923) records this species from Zanzibar,
having found a single specimen (male) in the stomach of the
domestic fowl. Boulenger calls attention to the - fact that
the figures of different authors do not agree in all details as

ART, 1 INDO-CHINA PARASITIC NEMATODES—SCHWARTZ 3

regards the shape and direction of certain papillae in the male and
ascribes these differences to individual variation. Thus, Schneider
(1866) figures the most cephalad papilla rounded in shape, whereas
Von Linstow, Boulenger, and Travassos figure it as being trans-
versely elongated. With regard to the direction of-the second lateral
papilla there is also a diversity of views, since Schneider and Bou-
lenger figure it as being directed ventrally, whereas Von Linstow
and Travassos figure it as being directed laterally. Boulenger also
regards Ascaridia hamia Lane, 1914, a synonym of Ascaridia lineata,
and the present writer concurs in this opinion. Lane’s figure shows
the second lateral papilla directed laterally and his drawing of the
most cephalad papilla agrees with that of Schneider.

Specimens examined by the present writer show considerable varia-
tion as regards the shape and direction of certain papillae as well as
regards the size of the spicules. In immature specimens from the
goose the spicules are from 530. to 570% long, the second
lateral papilla being directed ventrally in some specimens, and having
a lateral direction in others. In larger, though still immature speci-
mens, from the chicken, the spicules are from 700. to 800p
leng, and the second lateral papilla is directed laterally. The first
ventral papilla is transversely flattened in most speeimens examined
by the present writer, although in one immature specimen it was
found to be rounded, agreeing in shape with this papilla as figured
by Schneider and Lane. Sexually mature specimens of Ascaridia
lineata from the chicken agree in practically all respects with the
description of Ascaridia hamia Lane, which is also based on mature
specimens. In my specimens the spicules are up to 2.4 mm. in length
whereas Lane gives the length of the spicules as 2mm. The sucker
is 0.2 mm. in diameter, according to Lane, this measurement agree-
ing with that of Boulenger, so far as can be judged from the latter’s
figures. In specimens examined by the writer the sucker showed
considerable variation, being only 0.15 mm. in diameter in immature
specimens and attaining a diameter of 0.25 mm. in large sexually
mature forms.

The females also show considerable variation as regards the length
of the tail (from 0.5 mm. to 1.5 mm. depending upon the size of the
specimens) and as regards the length of that portion of the vagina
that extends cephalad (from 0.425 mm. to 1 mm.), the shortest dis-
tance corresponding to the youngest forms and the longest distance
to the largest forms. Similar variations were found as regards the
distance of the excretory pore and nerve ring from the cephalic
extremity the length of the tail in the male, and in other characters.

In this connection it may be noted that according to Travassos
(1920) the genus Ascaridia belongs to the family Ascaridae and is
placed in a distinct subfamily (Ascaridinae) on the basis of the

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

structure of the esophagus which is without a bulb. The fact that
the members of this genus have a pre-anal sucker and a bursa-like
tail in the male has been generally considered sufficient ground to
warrant their inclusion in the Heterakidae, and this classification
is followed by most helminthologists.

ASCARIDIA ANSERIS, new species

Male.—82 mm. long by 600y. wide. Cuticle finely striated. Head,
separated from rest of body, 172y wide, measured near the base.
Esophagus simple, 1.75 mm. long by 2854 in maximum width.
Nerve ring about 350 from cephalic extremity. Sucker circular,
138. by 1380p, its posterior margin being located at a distance of
172u. from the anus and at about 700 from the posterior extermity.
On one side of the body there are 14 papillae of which 5 are pre-anal
and § post-anal (fig. 1). The first three papillae are ventral in
position and are arranged in a row on each side of the sucker the
most cephalad papilla being anterior to the sucker, the middle one
lying in the region of sucker and the last papilla being posterior to
the sucker. Of the next two papillae, one is ventral and one is lateral
(iZ). In the following group of three papillae one is lateral (27) and
two appear to have a ventral position. Of the remaining 6 papillae
four are lateral (37, 42, 51, 6l) and two ventral. The distances
between the tips of the first four lateral papillae are almost equal
and greater than the distance between the last two lateral papillae.

The papillae on the other side of the worm are only 13 in number,
the corresponding first lateral papilla being absent. The remaining
papillae, though corresponding in number to those on the opposite
side, show in some respects a different arrangement; the third lateral
papilla appears to be absent, being replaced by a ventral papilla (a).
The fourth, fifth, and sixth lateral papillae correspond to those on
the opposite side.

The spicules nearly equal, 8202 and 827y long, respectively, and
terminate bluntly. The tip of the tail in my specimen is broken off,
as can be seen from the jagged posterior extremity in the illustration.

Female.—Unknown.

Host.—Anser domesticus.

Location —Small intestine.

Locality—Hanoi (Tonkin) Indo-China.

L'ype specimen.—u. S. National Museum Helminthological Collec-
tions No. 26011.

Variation in number and in position of papillae in the genus
Ascaridia is apparently not uncommon. In Ascaridia columbae,
as recently figured by Baylis and Daubney (1922), the papillae show
considerable variation in position. It is not improbable that the

ART. 1 INDO-CHINA PARASITIC NEMATODES—SCH WARTZ 5

asymetrical arrangement of the papillae in the specimen of A.
anseris is an abnormality.

i]
|

yiomm

Fig. 1.—ASCARIDIA ANSERIS (TAIL OF MALE): a, ANUS; 8, SUCKER; sp., SPICULES ; il-6l,
First Tro SrxtTH LATERAL PAPILLAN, RESPECTIVELY ; @, ACCESSORY VENTRAL PAPILLA

Lane (1914, 1917) has limited the definition of the genus As-
caridia to species having 10 pairs of papillae in the male. If Lane’s
suggestion were followed it would be necessary to create new genera
presumably on the basis of the number of papillae in the male, as

23549—25——2

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

these differ in number in certain species. For the present, at least,
it seems more advisable to adhere to the conception of the genus
Ascaridia as defined by Railliet and Henry (1914).

Superfamily STRONGYLOIDEA
Family STRONGYLIDAE

Genus PROTERACRUM Railliet and Henry, 1913

PROTERACRUM VENULOSUM (Rudolphi, 1809)
Host.—Capra hircus.

Location.—Intestine.

PROTERACRUM COLUMBIANUM (Curtice, 1890)
Host—Capra hircus.
Location.—Intestine.

Genus ANCYLOSTOMA (Dubini, 1843)

ANCYLOSTOMA CANINUM (Ercolani, 1859)

Hosts —Felis tigris and Canis familiaris.
Location.—Intestine.

ANCYLOSTOMA BRAZILIENSE (Gomez, 1910)
Host.—Panther (Felis, species).
Location.—Intestine.

Genus STRONGYLUS Goeze, 1782
STRONGYLUS EQUINUS* (Mueller, 1780)
Host.—Equus caballus.
Location —Unknown, presumably cecum or colon.
STRONGYLUS VULGARIS (Looss, 1900)
Host.—Equus caballus.
Location.—Unknown, presumably cecum or colon.
STRONGYLUS VULGARIS Looss, 1900)
Host.—Equus caballus.
Location.—Unknown, presumably cecum or colon.
Genus TRICHONEMA Cobbold, 1874
TRICHONEMA NASSATUM le Roux, 1924
Host.—Equus caballus.
Location—Unknown, presumably cecum.

Genus CYLICOSTOMUM Looss, 1901
Subgenus CyLicocErcus Ihle, 1922
CYLICOCERCUS CATINATUS (Looss, 1900)
Host.—Equus caballus.
Location—Unknown, presumably cecum.

1The five species of horse strongyles were determined by Miss BE. B. Cram of this
division.

ART. 1 INDO-CHINA PARASITIC NEMATODES—SCHWARTZ 7

Family TRICHOSTRONGYLIDAE
Genus MECISTOCIRRUS Railliet and Henry, 1912
MECISTOCIRRUS DIGITATUS (v. Linstow, 1906)

Host.—Bos taurus.

Location.—Stomach.

The spicules are nearly 6 mm. long, this size being larger than has
heretofore been recorded for this species. According to Railliet and
Henry (1912) the spicules of this species are from 3.8 mm. to 4.5
mm. long. ‘These writers disagree with Leiper as regards the iden-
tity of I. digitatus and MW. fordi and differentiate the two species as
follows:

M. fordi has longer spicules (6.2 mm. to 7.5 mm. long) ; its bursa is
almost as wide as long whereas the bursa of M/. digitatus is almost
twice as long as it is wide. Railliet and Henry state moreover that
the projecting lobule that is present at the level of the external dor-
sal ray in M. ford is absent in M. digitatus.

Family METASTRONGYLIDAE

Genus DICTYOCAULUS Railliet and Henry, 1907
DICTYOCAULUS VIVIPARUS (Bloch, 1782)
Host.—Bos taurus.
Location.—Bronchi.

Superfamily SPIRUROIDEA
Family RICTULARIIDAE

Genus RECTULARIA Froelich, 1802
Host==Rat.??
Location.—Stomach.

Family PHYSALOPTERIDAE
Genus PHYSALOPTERA Rudolphi, 1819
PHYSALOPTERA PRAEPUTIALIS v. Linstow, 1889

Host.—Felis domestica.
Location.—Stomach.

Superfamily FILARIOIDEA
Family FILARIIDAE

Genus DIROFILARIA Railliet and Henry, 1911
DIROFILARIA IMMITIS (Leidy, 1856)
Host.—Felis tigris.
Location.—Right side of heart.
This is a new host for this parasite, which has, however, on several
occasions, been reported from Felis domestica.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Genus SETARIA Viborg, 1795

SETARIA EQUINA (Abildgaard, 1789)

Host.—Equus caballus.
Location.—Unknown.
SETARIA, species

Host.—E quus caballus.

Location.—Kye.

A single immature female specimen from the eye of the horse.
The posterior end is smooth, as in Setaria digitata, but there is no
terminal knob. The specimen in question is probably Setaria digitata
(v. Linstow, 1906). This nematode was originally described from
Ceylon, and has also been recorded from India. It is possible that
the terminal knob appears only in mature forms, presumably as a
result of a constriction in the cuticle in the posterior region.
~ Heretofore young filarids from the eye of the horse have been
found to be Setaria labiate-papillosa by Railliet and Henry (1911).
According to Bauche and Bernard (1912) young forms of Setarza
labiato-papillosa occur in the eye of the horse in Anam.

Family THELAZIIDAE

Genus CHEILOSPIRURA Diesing, 1861
CHEILOSPIRURA HAMULOSA (Diesing, 1851)

Iost— Gallus domesticus.

Location.—Gizzard.

Several female specimens were found under the horny lining of
the gizzard, firmly attached to the inner surface of the lining.

REFERENCES TO LITERATURE CITED

BaucHe, J.; and Bernarp P. Nokt.
1912. Note sur quelques filaires animales de |’ Anam ential. Bull. de la
Société de Path. Exotique, vol. 5 (no. 8), pp. 622-624.
Baytis, H. A.; and DAuBNEY, R.
1922. Report on the parasitic nematodes in the collection of the Zoological
Survey of India. Mem. Indian Mus., Calcutta, vol. 7 (no. 4), pp. 263-347,
figs. 1-75.
BouLeENGErR, C. L.
1923. A collection of nematode parasites from Zanzibar. Parasitol., Cam-
bridge [Eng.], vol. 15 (no. 2), pp. 1138-121, figs. 1-5.
LANE, CLAYTON.
1914. Suckered roundworms from India and Ceylon. Indian Med. Journ.,
vol. 2 (no. 2), pp. 655, 669, pls. 74-81.
1917. Gireterakis girardi (n. g., n. sp.) and other suckered nematodes. In-
dian Journ. Med. Research, vol. 4 (no. 4), pp. 754-765, pls. 48-48,
figs. 1-30.

ART. 1 INDO-CHINA PARASITIO NEMATODES—SCHWARTZ 9

v. Linstow, O.
1883. Nematoden, Trematoden und Acanthocephalen, gesammelt von Prof.
Fedtschenko in Turkestan. Arch. f. Naturg., 49. Jahre., vol. 1 (no, 2),
pp. 274-314, pls. 6-9, figs. 1-52.
Rar.ret, A.; and Henry, A.
1911. Sur une filaire péritoneale des porcins. Bulletin de la Société de
Path. EXotique, vol. 4 (no. 6), pp. 387-389.
1912. Observations sur les Strongylidés du genre Nematodirus. Bull. Soc.
path. exot., vol. 5 (no. 1), pp. 35-39.
1914. Essai de classification des “ Heterakidae.” [Compt.-rend.] 9. Cong.
internat. de zool., Monaco, pp. 674-682.
ScHNEIDER, ANTON
1866a. Monographie der Nematoden. viii + 357 pp., 122 figs., 28 pls., 343
figs.
TRAVASSOS, LAURO.
1913. Sobre as especies brazileiras da subfamilia Heterakinae Railliet and
Henry. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 5 (no. 3), pp. 271-318, pls. 27-31,
figs. 1-38.
1920. Esboco uma chave de geral dos nematodes parasitos. Rey. de vet. et
zootech., vol. 10 (no. 2), pp. 50-70, 1 chart.

THE MINERALOGY AND PETROLOGY OF INTRUSIVE TRI-
ASSIC DIABASE AT GOOSE CREEK, LOUDOUN COUNTY,
VIRGINIA.

By Ear V. SHANNON,
Assistant Curator of Geology, United States National Museum.

INTRODUCTION.

- The present paper records observations made on several trips to
the Goose Creek trap quarry, together with the results of a large
amount of office and laboratory study of the specimens collected.
The data thus acquired have become somewhat voluminous and, since
other duties are forcing attention, it is considered best to present the
results thus far attained while they are fresh in mind. My work does
not by any means exhaust the locality but merely serves as a start-
ing point from which study of the interesting features may be con-
tinued. The locality is a pleasant journey from Washington and is
recommended to any petrologist or mineralogist seeking an educa-
tional day’s outing in the field to relieve the monotony of office

routine.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

I have enjoyed an unusual amount of cooperation in preparing
this paper and it seems appropriate to make some acknowledgments.
For the suggestion that the locality would be found worthy of study
I have to thank Dr. George P. Merrill. One of my visits to the
quarry was made in company with the following members of the
Mineralogical Society of Washington: W. F. Foshag, W. S. Burbank,
Frank L. Hess, Esper S. Larsen, jr,, Clarence S. Ross, Edward Samp-
son, Waldemar T. Schaller, Edgar T. Wherry, and Ralph W. G.
Wyckoff. Observations and opinions of all of these men and speci-
mens collected by them have been at my disposal. In addition to
the help of the above scientists, various points have been discussed
with Dr. Norman L. Bowen, who has pointed out similarities to his
Gowganda Lake area, and with Drs. Herbert E. Merwin and Clarence
N. Fenner, who are familiar with the locality. I have especially to
thank Drs. Esper S. Larsen and Clarence S. Ross for constant advice

No. 2539.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 2.
94110—24——1

9 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66.

and help in interpreting the various phenomena and in the micro-
scopic work, Dr. Henry S. Washington for courteously reviewing that
part of the discussion which deals with the quantitative classification,
and Dr. Edgar T. Wherry for carefully reading and editing the
manusctipt. To Harry Warner and Frank Reid, preparators for the
National Museum and Geological Survey, I am indebted for the
skillful preparation of the numerous thin sections required. Finally,
I would acknowledge as the work of J.S. Olmstead, photographer
of the National Museum, the excellent natural-size photographs here
reproduced. The photomicrographs I myself took in the Depart-
ment of Geology laboratory.

LOCATION.

The locality in question is a quarry opened in the diabase for ‘‘trap
rock” which is crushed and sold for road making, and is alongside the
right of way of the Washington & Old Dominion Electric Railway just
east of Goose Creek, about 6,400 meters (4 miles) southeast of Leesburg.
The quarry is about 800 meters (4 mile) northwest of Belmont Park
Station.

GENERAL RELATIONSHIPS.

No attempt was made to work out any areal geology except to casu-
ally examine a few outcrops in the general vicinity. The locality is
within the Harpers Ferry Quadrangle described by Keith. The out-
crop of the diabase as shown on Keith’s map is extremely irregular
with a maximum width at the south of the quadrangle of about 6,400
meters (4 miles). The section shown as crossing the diabase sheet
about 8,000 meters (5 miles) to the south of the quarry indicates an
intrusive mass of sill-like form, in general conformable with the bed-
ding, having a thickness computed from the section of some 750 meters
(2,400feet). The quarry here described lies within a few dozen meters
of the eastern edge of the outcrop and hence is presumably practically
at the base of the sill. The ridge on which the quarry is situated is
entirely composed of the trappean rock. The next ridge to the east
is seen, where cut through for the railroad, to consist of baked and
mottled Triassic shale, while the intervening vale is devoid of expos-
ures. Keith gives a brief description of the diabase' stating that it
is intrusive with a maximum width of possibly 250 meters (800 feet).
If it actually is as thin as this the base must be somewhat flatter than
shown on his section. The Triassic rocks of Virginia are now being
studied for a report to be published by the Virginia Geological Survey.
A preliminary paper on the diabases, including the diabase pegmatites

1Arthur Keith, Harpers Ferry Folio, Folio 10, U. S. Geol. Surv.

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 3

of Goose Creek quarry, has been published by Roberts.?_ In this paper
this mass of intrusive diabase is named the Belmont Stock.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

The quarry exposes no contacts of the intrusive-rocks with the
nclosing sediments. The material exposed consists in greatest part
of the igneous rock, described below as normal diabase. Next in
abundance comes a rock which does not differ greatly in composition
from the normal diabase but which is very coarse grained, the mate-
rial of the maximum coarseness containing augite blades 25 cm. (10
inches) in length and 3 cm. in width. A third type comprises other
masses, usually of small size, with a similar coarse texture but con-
sisting i the main of albite and quartz, the titaniferous augite which
is characteristic of the first two types being more or less completely
replaced by diopside. This type is considered to be in part an end
differentiate of the coarse second type and in part a hydrothermal
alteration product. The masses of the third type contain small
miarolitic cavities lined with contemporary crystals of quartz, albite,
titanite, and diopside, usually also with a later series of minerals con-
sisting of fine fibrous hornblende, epidote, chalcopyrite, and chlorite.
The fourth rock type consists also mainly of quartz and albite, and
occurs in narrow dikes of aplitic habit filling persistent narrow cracks
in the normal rock. These dikes are considered to be essentially of
the same origin as the magmatic third rock type, the principal dif-
ference being the textural change caused by their intrusion into
narrow cracks.

All of the rock types considered are cut by numerous joints and fis-
sures. Adjacent to these there is hydrothermal alteration of the
inclosing rocks of various types which are discussed below, and the
cracks and open spaces themselves are filled with minerals deposited
from solution. These minerals, which are described individually in
detail in the following pages, consist of several varieties each of horn-
blende and chlorite; epidote, albite; the sulphides, galena, chalcopyrite,
pyrite, and possibly pyrrhotite; diopside, axinite, datolite, prehnite,
apophyllite, quartz, calcite, laumontite, chabazite, stilbite, etc. There
appears to be represented in the limits of the quarry a gradation
from the original crystallization of the normal diabase through a
series of magmatic differentiates into high temperature hydrothermal]
deposits, represented by the hornblende in cracks and the minerals
in the miarolitic cavities. The latter overlap a sequence found in
the veins which grades into the series of minerals characteristic of

typical zeolitic deposits.
ee eee eae eC eR NE ee oe

+Joseph K. Reberts, Jurassic Intrusives of Virginia. Pan-American Geologist, vol. 39, pp. 289-296, May,
1923. :

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION.

OUTLINE.

The following detailed description may be represented by the fol-
lowing outline although the treatment does not strictly adhere to the
outline%in its entirety.

1. Jointing and fissuring.

2. Normal diabase.

a.=Macroscopic features.
b. Texture.
c. Minerals.
(1). Feidspar.
(2). Pyroxene.
(3). Accessories.
(a) Iron ore.
(6) Biotite.
(c) Quartz and micropegmatite.
(d) Apatite.
3. Diabase Pegmatite. Definition.
a. Macroscopic features.
6. Texture.
c. Minerals.
(1) Feldspar.
(2) Pyroxene.
(3) Accessories.
(a) Micropegmatite.
(6) Ilmenite, Iron ore.
(c) Biotite.
(d) Apatite.
(ec) Alteration products.
4. Albitic pegmatites—definition.
a. Macroscopic features.
b. Texture.
c. Minerals.
(1) Feldspar.
(2) Micropegmatite.
(3) Pyroxenes.
(4) Titanite.
(5) Apatite.
d. Composition.
e. Origin and comparison.
5, Aplitic albite rocks.
a. Occurrence, size.
b. Macroscopic features.
c. Microscopic features, texture.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. a

5. Aplitic albite rocks—Continued.
d. Minerals.
(1) Quartz.
(2) Feldspars.
(3) Diopside.
(4) Epidote.
(5) Alteration products.
e. Discussion, Origin.
6. Miarolitic cavities.
a. Occurrence, size.
b. Original minerals.
(1) Quartz.
(2) Albite.
(3) Diopside.
(4) Titanite.
c. Second generation minerals.
(1) Hornblende (byssolitic).
(2) Chalcopyrite.
(3) Epidote.
(4) Chlorite.
d. Discussion of origin.
7. Hydrothermal alteration along seams and fissures.
a. Diopside-filled cracks accompanied by diopsidization of the
adjacent diabase.
b. Chlorite seams accompanied by hornblendization of the
normal rock.
c. Hornblende-filled cracks without alteration of the adjacent
diabase. ,
d. Bluish hornblende coatings on fracture surfaces.
e. Alteration of normal diabase adjacent to zeolite-bearing
veins.
jf. “Diabantite varnish” on slickensided joints.
g. Alteration of diabase pegmatite where intersected by diop-
side seams.
h. Hornblendization of normal diabase pegmatite along cracks
and seams.
?. Hornblendization of diopside of albite-diopside pegmatite
rocks.
8. Hydrothermal joint and cavity fillings.
a. Occurrence.
b. Minerals.
(1) Albite.
(2) Chlorites.
(3) Hornblende (byssolitic).
(4) Epidote.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

8. Hydrothermal joint and cavity fillings—-Continued
b. Minerals.—Continued.
(5) Axinite.
(6) Quartz.
(7) Prehnite.
(8) Datolite.
(9) Chabazite.
(10) Stilbite.
(11) Laumontite.
(12) Opal-hyalite.
(13) Apophylite.
(14) Galena, Pyrite, Calcite.
c. Paragenesis.
d. Origin.
JOINTING AND FISSURING.

The diabase exposed in the walls of the quarry is very strongly
dissected in what seems, at first glance, to be an intricate complex
of joints and fractures. More thorough study resolves this fractur-
ing into two relatively simple systems. For convenience of descrip-
tion and reference these have been designated the north-south joint
system and the east-west fissures.

The north-south joint system is a series of closely spaced, steeply
dipping joints which slice the diabase into slabs of the magnitude of
50 ecm. in thickness, the variation being from 10 cm. to 100 cm.
At the southwest corner of the quarry these joints, which are very
pronounced, have an average strike of N. 15° E. and dip 60° to 65°
east. At the northwest corner these joints, which are not nearly so
well defined or so well exposed, seem to strike about N. 15° W. and
to dip east at 85°. In the main face of the quarry, which is more
or less parallel with the strike of this joint system, they vary in strike
from about N. 15° E. to N. 30° E. and dip from 70° to 80° west.
The change from east to west dip in this jomt system js not gradual”
but in the south quarry wall is seen to take place suddenly ata
fissure marked by a considerable zone of shearing. This break seems
to extend in a north-south direction across the floor of the quarry
and probably intersects the north wall in a notch marked by unusu-
ally deep weathering.

The joints are almost invariably coated by a black shining and
slickensided veneer of the chlorite here referred to diabantite. This
coating, which may be lumpy, fibrous or grooved, is usually from one
to five millimeters thick and consists of the chlorite in relatively pure
form. There is relatively little crushing along the north-south direc-
tion, although occasionally a joint thickens into a zone of sheared
rock from 5 to 30 cm. wide. One such streak of sheared rock in the

arr, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 7
southwest corner of the quarry was seen to contain diabantite-coated
fragments with interstitial apophyllite, datolite, and calcite; and one
in the northeast corner furnished calcite, datolite, prehnite, laumontite,
and stilbite. The rock adjacent to these joints is for the most part
fresh and free from indications of high temperature hydrothermal
alteration. It is not believed that any single north-south joint has
been the locus of any great movement. However, such a closely
spaced joint system, where each fracture contributed its share to the
total, might have resulted in a large aggregate movement, and this
would be aided by the diabantite which would serve as a lubricant to
facilitate slipping with a minimum of crushing. The general slickensid-
ing of the susceptible diabantite may well be the result of a long
series of relatively slight creepings of adjacent blocks.

What is here designated the east-west fissure system consists of a
number of somewhat irregular or curved fractures varying in strike
from N. 30° W. to N. 75° W. with a dip of from 75° to 85° northeast.
These are not close spaced enough to be designated a joint system,
well marked breaks being separated by an average distance of 10 me-
ters. There are many features which differentiate these fractures from
the north-south joints, even when, as sometimes happens, the two
coincide approximately in strike. The east-west fissures have more
the appearance of sharp breaks and are more frequently accompanied
by crushed and sheared zones. They are not notably slickensided,
mainly because they are not coated with the easily polished diaban-
tite. The coating on the surfaces is mostly light colored in tones of
gray to blue-green or gray-green, and consists in the main of finely
fibrous hornblende or of a light gray-green chlorite which contrasts
sharply with the glossy black of the diabantite varnish on the north-
south joints. All of the aplites seen in place occupied or were par-
allel to the east-west fractures and in some places coarse ‘‘ pegmatite’”’
phases seemed somewhat aligned in this direction. Moreover the
east-west system seems characterized by more hydrothermal alter-
ation contiguous to the joints. The various later secondary hydro-
thermal vein minerals, including prehnite, datolite, apophyllite, and
zeolites appear to be developed along shears in this direction some-
what more frequently than along the north-south jomts. Although
most of the specimens of such minerals which were studied came
from broken piles of rock, the system of fractures in which they
occurred was indicated in the altered nature of the inclosing diabase,
the material from the north-south system being much darkened by
diabantite coatings, while the hydrothermal alteration of rock
from the east-west fissures has resulted in a bleached and chalky
appearance.

The relative age of the two systems above considered is not estab-
lished entirely. There is, as has been mentioned, an occasional

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL, 66.

vague tendency of the coarse diabase masses to be aligned in the
east-west direction, which might indicate that the east-west fractures.
had their inception during the final consolidation of the diabase.
In most of the cases where the coarse rock bears a strictly intrusive
relation to the inclosing diabase of normal grain the streaks are
either extremely ragged or irregular, or fill fractures of very flat
attitude, which seems to indicate that few if any of the steeply dip-
ping breaks were in existence at the time of their intrusion. The
aplitic dikes, however, tend unmistakably to follow the east-west fis-
sures and conclusively date this series of fractures with the final mag-
matic stages when the products of differentiation at an accessible dis-
tance were still fluid enough to be forced along cracks. The aplites are
few in number, but many of them have been affected by a type of
hydrothermal alteration, which is probably indicative of high tempera-
ture. This alteration is not confined to the vicinity of the relatively
few cracks which contain aplitic material, but is conspicuous adjacent.
to many other cracks where there is no igneous material and is rather
universally present contiguous to the east-west fissures and their
subsidiary cracks, the hornblendic veneer, which is a characteristic
of these fissures, being in all probability a manifestation of this hydro-
thermal process, as discussed in detail below.

So far as observed, no aplitic injection follows the north-south
joint system, nor is there much high temperature alteration with
development of hornblende, secondary titanite, or other minerals con-
sidered as indicative of high temperature hydrothermal processes,
contiguous to fractures of this system. The diabantite is considered
to be a relatively late and low temperature mineral, and the earliest
vein mineral seen in the shear zones of the north-south system is
datolite.

For these reasons the east-west system of fractures is assumed to be
older than the north-south joint system. Opposed to this conclusion
is the appearance that the north-south joints are truncated by the
strong east-west fractures. This is not a serious contradiction, how-
ever, since the fissures may have accommodated movements at inter-
vals down to the present. That repeated movements took place is
shown by the aplites, intruded along fractures, being sliced by sub-
sequent movements, the later cracks being filled with secondary
minerals.

In the above the postulation of two distinct systems of stresses has
been inferred, a necessity more apparent than real. It is entirely
conceivable that strong compressive stresses operating in a north-
westerly or westerly direction and finding relief in the east-west frac-
tures might induce the strong jointing in a direction perpendicular
to the direction of compression.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 9

As a necessary complement of the strong divisions of the rock by
both north-south joints and east-west fractures there developed nu-
merous cracks of various attitudes, mainly at a small inclination to
the horizontal, connecting the steeply dipping breaks. These were
relieved of the necessity of accommodating movement after the for-
mation of the major fractures and were consequently readily healed
by minerals deposited from solution. Examination of the walls of
the quarry is more or less unsatisfactory, a large part of the standing
rock being bounded either by north-south joints or east-west trac-
tures in which the structure of the rock is concealed by diabantite or
hornblende coatings. Rock thrown down by blasting furnishes the
best cross sections of the blocks between the veneers. These broken
blocks tend to split along the lines of weakness formed by the old
mineral-healed cracks.’ This results in the exposure of druses of va-
rious minerals, the drusy surface of a block uniformly coated with a
layer of a single mineral sometimes amounting to 10 square meters
or more. The original attitude of these druses was somewhat in
doubt until chabazite- and calcite-coated druses were seen in place
as horizontal connecting seams between steep north-south joints in
the southwest corner of the quarry. Usually the druses are occu-
pied by a single mineral so that they yield little paragenetic evi-
dence. Among the most common druse minerals are hornblende,
chabazite, stilbite, laumontite, and calcite. Chabazite and one vari-
ety of hornblende are found in no otherform. Ina few cases calcite
chabazite, and stilbite occupy the same druses, one overlying the
other. Most of the druse minerals are not notably different from
the same minerals which form the fillings of open spaces in shear
zones. They are described in detail below under the head of hydro-
thermal! vein fillings.

NORMAL DIABASE.

Although not possessing a strictly diabasic texture, the rock making
up the body of the intrusion will be designated diabase, especially
since most of the intrusive rocks of the Triassic of similar attitude
and composition have long been referred to in the literature as
diabase; and to call the present intrusion a gabbro or diorite, which
it approaches in texture might lead to some confusion.

The normal rock was studied in some 15 specimens and thin sec-
tions from various parts of the quarry and in three specimens col-
lected for comparison from the point where the Belmont Park road
joms the Leesburg Pike 2,000 meters (14 miles) northeast of the
quarry.

The rock is medium gray in the hand specimen and white feldspar
and greenish black pyroxene are easily distinguishable under a lens.
The average grain size throughout the quarry is about 1 millimeter,

94110—24—_2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66.

except in the extreme northern part, where it coarsens perceptibly
to an average grain diameter of 2mm. It is noticeable that where
the grain of the rock is coarse there are no pegmatites.

Under the microscope the essential constituents of the diabase are
seen to be pyroxene and plagioclase. The texture is dioritic, both
the feldspar and the pyroxene tending to euhedral development.
Distinct dibase or ophitic textures are lacking, and, although the
proxene is not sufficient in amount to form a mesh, it has not crys-
tallized definitely after the feldspar, the crystallization of the two
minerals probably being more or less simultaneous. The texture is
illustrated in the photomicrograph, plate 4, upper.

The feldspar, which is the most abundant constituent, occurs in
lath-shaped crystals variously oriented, although at one place diabase
was seen which had a parallel orientation of the feldspar yielding a
faint schistosity and tendency to cleavage in one direction. The
plagioclase is, for the most part, unaltered in the body of the rock
away from seams and veins, and is all twinned on the albite law with
medium broad twin lamellae. Grains showing also carlsbad and
pericline twinning occur but rarely. Chance sections suitable for
determination of the plagioclase by measurement of extinction angles
are rare. One section showing the combination of albite and carls-
bad twinning gave extinction indicating the composition Ab,;An,;.
Study of the powdered rock by the immersion method shows the feld-
spar to be rather constant in composition, the optical properties
determined being: Biaxial positive (+), 2V large, indices of refrac-
tion a= 1.555, B=1.560, y=1.565, the composition indicated being
that of an acid labradorite, Ab,,An,,. Another determination on the
feldspar separated from the coarse phase at the north end of the
quarry gave 8= 1.563, corresponding to the composition Ab,,An,..

The alteration of the feldspar most frequently seen is by the
development of nests of rather coarse flakes of a micaceous mineral
of high birefringence as further discussed under the various types
of hydrothermal alteration below.

The pyroxene is all characterized by a more or less distinct pinkish
brown color in thin section, probably caused by the titanium content.
That in the rock from the quarry is not pleochroic, although a part
of the pyroxene of the rock from the side of the Leesburg Pike shows
a faint pleochroism in pale violet brown and pale green. Normally
the pyroxene is transparent and free from inclusions. In many sec-
tions, however, much of the pyroxene is darker in color due to the
presence of numerous microscopic opaque inclusions distributed in
planes parallel to the basal pinacoid ¢ (001) and probably connected
with incipient alternation. In sections normal to the prismatic elon-
gation the augite shows euhedral bounding by the unit prism m (110)
and the pinacoids a (100) and 6 (010) often with twinning parallel to

ART, 2: PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 11

a (100). Cleavage parallel to m (110) is well developed. The py-
roxene from all parts of the quarry is of uniform composition, as
shown by the constancy of optical properties. That from the coarse
(2 mm. grained) rock which has been mentioned as being the nor-
mal rock at the north end of the quarry was separated for analysis
by the use of heavy solutions and an electromagnet, yielding a prod-
uct which was homogeneous pyroxene although not entirely free
from fine dustlike inclusions. Upon analysis this gave the results
and ratios of columns I and II of the following table. Analyses of
pyroxenes separated from other Triassic diabases are quoted, for
comparison, in the other columns of the table.

Analyses of pyroxenes separated from Triassic traps.

Constituent. 1 | 2 | 3 4 5

re SIRO) POTS AOC 50. 26 | 0. 838 47.72 | 48.54 50. 71
Wins Bam verde pen Ae . 80 Orolo, SiOn eee eee
MeO fe os ee 2104) O29 | 3.44 5. 50 3. 55
Be Orns Fee RSS Nonesiie.% oh eee eer | 5.93 lib ees ie He
abe a Li pecls eben Puke, te 18620. 0. 253 | SS GAs bo O I Oh 15. 30
Pinta ee ee ee 2 G0 |. OOG\ tigre ieee see seeea: .81
rE IE AT AAG AE 15.56 | .279 | dE 40 10. 97 13. 35
a eciae cet na} 13. 30 333 |. 12: 89 7. 67 13. 63

Cee ane ire te nin en are eos 3. 10 1. 48
AO@mame eres EO TUISR TY O81i| 9 ee ae 82 1:17
Mepis a Senge TOMA sEitipes| hap senor eames | 100. 95 | 100.62 | 100. 00

1. Pyroxene separated from diabase of Goose Creek, Va. E. V. Shannon,
analyst.

2. Ratios of analysis 1.

3. Pyroxene from diabase of Rocky Hill, N. J. A. H. Phillips, analyst.

4. Pyroxene, Rocky Hill, N. J. A. H. Phillips, analyst.

5. Pyroxene, from diabase of West Rock, New Haven, Conn. G. W. Hawes,
analyst. Last three analyses quoted from J. Volney Lewis, Ann. Rept. State
Geologist of New Jersey for 1907, p. 117.

While the normal fresh pyroxene of the Goose Creek diabase is
characterized simply by the m (110) cleavage and twinning on a (100),
most sections show a distinct very fine lamination parallel to the
base ¢ (001). This seems to be due to strains or pressure and in its
incipient stages is only a faint parting or cleavage in the transparent
crystals. With further development this becomes a strong parting
with very minute polysynthetic twinning on this plane. These part-
ing and twinning planes are particularly favorable to alteration and
are frequently marked by innumerable opaque, minute, dust-like
grains, probably of magnetite orilmenite. With more alteration, films
of chlorite are usually developed along these partings. The optical
properties of the pyroxene are uniform with the indices of refraction

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

a=1.697,8=1.710, y=1.725,2V medium,r>vslight. The extinction
ZAcis43°-48°. Sections on (010) are frequently encountered where,
as shown in figure 1, the basal parting is combined with twinning on
(100), giving a “‘herringbone”’ appearance. Frequently these give
uniform extinction in both individuals of the twin due to the extinc-
tion angle being exactly 45°, X of one individual coinciding with Z
of the other, as is easily shown with a quartz wedge. In some sec-
tions the basal lamination and twinning are absent except in a line of
pyroxenes across the section,
and a long prismatic pyroxene
which lies athwart the line may
Z have the polysynthetic twin-
ning where the line intersects
the crystal and not in the other
portions which may be clear.
Along these lines there is a con-
centration of iron ore and _ bio-
tite which are thought to be
late introductions as well as
secondary chlorite and other
alteration products which seem
to indicate the presence of mi-
nute fractures.
Biotite is always present in
~y thin sections but is never con-
spicuous. Occasionally a large
clear-cut grain is seen, which
may be an early crystallization,
Fu Lr mow nsssss: seemes 9% ¥ but usually the mineral occurs
AND CLOSE PARTING PARALLEL TO c(001), ALSOSHOW- AS small ragged grains grown
me Ramer of 4° monuane sacimiseet® ground the boundaries of PY-
roxene or iron ore and more or
less associated with a yellowish green fine scaly serpentinous or chlo-
ritic alteration product. The biotite may in large part be a late reac-
tion product. It is mostly of the usual type with small axial angle,
biaxial negative character, and intense pleochroism in light and dark
red-brown shades, the absorption being, however, unusual in that it is
greatest in the direction perpendicular to the cleavage. Some crys-
tals are pleochroic in pale brown to almost colorless parallel to the
cleavage and violet-black to greenish black and almost opaque per-
pendicular to the cleavage. Minute ragged grains of biotite occur
mixed with grains of hornblende and opaque iron ore in altered
pyroxene individuals, the biotite here evidently being a secondary
product derived from alteration of the augite.

Parting en {roo}

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON., 13

Apatite is a common though not abundant accessory. It seldom
occurs in the earlier plagioclase and never in the pyroxene. One
crystal of biotite contained small sharp apatite crystals. The char-
acteristic position of the apatite is in the interstitial micropegmatite,
where it forms long needle like prisms penetrating both quartz and
feldspar.

Quartz is present in small amount with orthoclase, forming rare
patches of fresh sharp micropegmatite occupying small angular inter-
stices between the other minerals.

Iron ore, probably titaniferous magnetite, occurs sporadically as
large irregular skeletal patches devoid of symmetry. Much of it ap-
pears to bea late introduction developed by metasomatic replace-
ment of the earlier constituents. The fine opaque black inclusions in
the pyroxene appear to be iron ore and probably formed by separa-
tion of some of the iron and titanium originally contained in the
pyroxene.

A sample of the diabase from the central part of the quarry face,
which, upon microscopic study, was found to be typical and unaltered
was analyzed in the Museum laboratory yielding the results of column
1 of the following table. In column 2 are given the ratios of this
analysis, and in the other columns there are quoted, for comparison,
other analyses of Triassic diabases and basalts from localities in the
Newark series.

Analyses of Goose Creek normal diabase and other Triassic traps.

1 SOLDIT 3 4 5

Reeve Ce Otte PS OIG | 51.56) 0.860) 51.78} 50.34] 52.68
Odeiaeei ir Nis ih aly 13.81; .135/ 14.20] 15.23! 44.44
BO Gua Ftc do he eae -96/ .006/ 3.59] 2.99 1. 95
ee ee FO RIS Ui a 11. 32 1573] BUDS 17 9.75
PO ST SAR) AT eae tn 7. 40 185 | 7.64] 5.81 6. 38
PO eT otay ayiel ee 10. 08 180 10.70] 9.61 9. 38
ee Oia ote a, 2.08} .0384| 2.14] 9) 98 2. 56
poeeascee ee Pr Pea Se Uh yn “eg eed aD . 88
MRC U NUNES Erion s Shah csae ce Mn optic oy el . 63 26 1. 60
se th ore TAB oor ONO 45. IAD. ot, BBall toan A
Een ee OE 28s TOC SE tert 14 14 lea
MO einai Sbocisy bynes 4 19 | . 003 | 43 14 44
aogalte ver et Wek lige ne POCO es ae | 101.30 | 101.03] 99, 76

1. Analysis of average diabase, Goose Creek, Va. E. V. Shannon, ad eae:
The summation (100%) is chance, all determinations being direct.

2. Ratios of 1.

3. West Rock, Conn., G. W. Hawes, analyst, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, p.
186, 1875.

4. Rocky Hill, N. J., A. H. Phillips, analyst, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 8, pp. 267-
285, 1899.

5. Mount Holyoke, Mass., G. W. Hawes, analyst, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 9, p.
186, 1875.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

The composition of the Goose Creek rock is shown by the analysis
to be similar to that of the ordinary diabases and basalts of the
Newark series. The analysis gives the following norm, calculated
according to the quantitative classification.

Norm of normal diabase.

Salic: Per cent.

Quantzos: . s23f280)40- 22 eee se iw eee Ee ee ae ak 0. 18

Ort CDSs Pgs a aa ag a Dla i a a aS RM Svc 6. 12

GAOT Tait as ay EEA Re Ee, Sg ea OR cee 17. 82

ATI Te ETE ea oe AI ap gaan oe ey 25. 02

Total 2.35) oso pe eh Bee eee ee Se eae ga ee aa ela 49.14
Femic:

TEM Sk ea a a ey ee 18. 79

Eiypersthene = oe Stee eee oe EA ee Se Peer eee eee hee 27. 62

Wapietites 2 iets oan See is 2h See ere eel Dae eees 1. 39

Dibra rn. 25s ee nei ee iy aE os “i ed Ae ae eee 2. 89

Ripa tiie Se = = oe ee ee ee eee . 34

Total Se eee eas SE Ee) a eee eee 51. 03

The rock falls in Class III, order 5, in the quantitative classifica-
tion and precisely on the boundary between rangs 3 and 4 so that
it can be placed either in subrang 4 of rang 3 (Camptonose), or sub-
rang 3 of rang 4 (Auvergnose).

The norm does not differ greatly from the mode except in that the
hypersthene does not occur as such in the rock but enters into the
monoclinic pyroxene. There is less quartz than is to be expected
from the amount of orthoclase indicated, assuming that all of the
orthoclase occurs as micropegmatite. This is chiefly due to the dis-
crepancy introduced by calculating all of the alumina as anorthite
when, modally, it occurs in part in the augite as shown by the analysis
of the separated mineral. It was found instructive to go through the
procedure of calculating a “norm” for the analysis of the pure
pyroxene separated from the diabase which gave the following results:

“Norm” of pyroxene analysis.

AMICI ee eae i Bek See AC ee Oe ee eee 1. 52
AmOEt Hite REE 2 Bh fo. Se Re Be 8 ee ee 5. 84
Diopside 2h. ee, ORR Ue CO OT ee ee ee ee 55. 73
Hyperstmene’. =.) Soe e BUSA LE ba be sie ee eee ee 28. 75
Ay AMILe! 22 here ad ee ale 2 oe See ee ae ee ee ee 8. 98

POEM ga tg ty ee Sas ee te eee Se eS 100. 82

The interest and significance of this ‘““‘norm” will be further dis-
cussed under the heading ‘‘differentiation.”’
DIABASE PEGMATITE.

The name diabase pegmatite is here applied to certain phases of

the rock which differ from the normal diabase chiefly in the size of

the constituent crystals. The name pegmatite is used in the looser

Arr, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 15

sense in which the term denotes any unusually coarsely crystalline
phase of an ordinary fine grained rock where it is necessary, to ac-
count for the abrupt change in coarseness of grain, to assume the
presence of some special factor, such as a greater concentration of
volatile constituents or mineralizers, which has been active in pro-
moting the growth of large crystals. The use of the name is not
defended against those who favor a rigid confinement of the term peg-
matite to its narrower usage to designate macrographic quartz-feldspar
intergrowths or the granitic veins in which such graphic-granite
occurs. It isa name which quite naturally suggested itself for the
rocks described below and, it is believed, is fairly descriptive, both
of their unique texture and of their most probable mode of origin.
Similar rocks have previously been described under a variety of
names. Hmerson has termed coarse phases of diabase in the Triassic
of Massachusetts plumose diabase and I have noted a similar rock
from the vicinity of Westfield as coarse gabbroid diabase. Bowen
called the coarse phases of the Gowganda Lake sills gabbro. Similar
variants of the Duluth gabbro, however, have been described by
Grout as gabbro pegmatites, and entirely analogous structures in the
granite of Quincy, Mass., have been called pegmatites by Palache
and Warren.

In general, the minerals of the Goose Creek diabase pegmatite are
the same as those of the normal diabase into which it grades. The
specimen illustrated in plate 2, lower, shows the appearance of a hand
specimen trimmed from a typical mass. The most conspicuous mac-
roscopic feature of the rock is the augite which forms long bladelike
crystals set in a greenish base of feldspathic material. In average
occurrences these pyroxene blades range from 4 to 10 cm. long and
4 to 8 mm. wide although occasionally much coarser rock occurs _
One block found in the woods south of the railroad, where it had been
thrown from the quarry by a blast, contained pyroxene crystals up
to 20 cm. long and 2 cm. wide. This pyroxene is found, by optical
study, to be purplish-brown titaniferous high-iron augite entirely like
that of the normal diabase, an analysis of which is given above. Like
the pyroxene of the normal rock, these blades show twinning on (100)
and polysynthetic twinning and parting on (001). In addition to the
features which it shares with that of the normal rock, the pyroxene
of the diabase pegmatite possesses a well defined parting (diallagic)
parallel to the (100) pinacoid. When the rock is broken this part-
ing surface is always exhibited by the augite, and when examined
carefully the parting surface shows a bronzy luster with innumerable
fine transverse striations which are caused by the trace of the (001)
parting and twinning. The blades almost invariably show also a
narrow median line which, so far as could be determined, is a narrow

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 66.

altered zone along a parting parallel to (010). The pyroxene has
quite clearly crystallized before the other constituents of the rock
and probably was subjected to some deforming stresses before final
consolidation, for many of the blades are bent considerably. The
diallagic parting, which is considered to be due to pressure, was
developed before the final consolidation of the magma, because many
of the larger pyroxenes are seen to have separated along this parting
into leaves between which are layers of feldspathic ground mass.

The other constituents of the rock are plagioclase and micropegma-
tite with accessory iron ore, biotite, and chalcopyrite, all of which
are, at times, visible under a lens.

Under the microscope the rock is like the normal diabase in com-
position except for the greater abundance of micropegmatite (pl. 4,
lower). The pyroxene has the same nonpleochroic pale violet-brown
color and shows the twinnings and partings previously described.
The greater portion of the large blades are fresh, clear, and trans-
parent, but there are patches where abundant minute dustlike inclu-
sions are developed along the basal parting. Other areas sometimes
show more intense alteration and are then filled with grains of iron
ore and minute shreds of biotite, chlorite, and hornblende. Some
partly altered blades show an outer border, in parallel position, of a
hornblende pleochroic in tones of light brownish olive green and deep
olive green.

The feldspar occurs as rather large crystals of plagioclase which
shade outward into surrounding haloes of micropegmatite. The
plagioclase is a labradorite of rather uniform composition, the 6 index
of refraction being about 1.560 indicating Ab,, An,;. A section
showing both albite and carlsbad twinning yielded extinctions indi-
cating Ab, Ang. The albite twinning lamellae are narrow and
rather sparsely distributed. Pericline twinning is also frequently
developed. There is no extensive alteration of the feldspars, although
rather large irregular patches of shreds and flakes of a micaceous min-
eral of high birefringence are occasionally developed in them.

The micropegmatite is a prominent constituent of the rock and
consists of a beautiful pattern of quartz and feldspar. There are
two kinds, orthoclase micropegmatite and plagioclase micropegmatite.
The plagioclase micropegmatite surrounds the plagioclase crystals
and the feldspar of the central crystal is optically continuous with
that of the surrounding micropegmatite, albite twinning lamellae
being traceable out into the micropegmatite while crooked fingers
of quartz penetrate the central feldspar crystal. The index of the
feldspar in the plagioclase micropegmatite is well above that of the
balsam of the slide, and the feldspar is limpid and free from altera-
tion. Quartz-orthoclase micropegmatite is common interstitially

ART, 2, PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 17

and is easily distinguished from the other by the fact that the feld-
spar, all of which has a refractive index well below that of the bal-
sam, is muddy from the presence of minute dustlike inclusions,
which are too small to be determined.

Apatite occurs sparingly as small crystals, usually disseminated in
the micropegmatite.

Iron ore forms large triangular skeletal individuals, probably late
replacements, which are developed regardless of the other minerals,
one such spongy mass looping around feldspars, pyroxene, and mi-
cropegmatite indiscriminately as shown in the photomicrogragh (pl.
5, lower). The triangular skeletons, which average 5 mm. in diame-
ter, are made up of plates parallel to the faces of the octahedron
which indicates that the mineral is isometric magnetite rather than
trigonal ilmenite, a fact further established by the fact that they are
lifted by a hand magnet. Material of a large skeleton crystal ground
and purified with a horseshoe magnet gave, however, a strong reac-
tion for titanium by the hydrogen peroxide test, so that the mineral
is titaniferous magnetite.

Biotite was noted in thin sections of the rock only as small flakes
which are distributed around the iron ore at its contact with feldspar,
and seems definitely to be areaction product. Numerous occurrences
of secondary biotite formed by reaction between iron ore and feld-
spar have been cited by Sederholm* and this seems to be a typical
case. A similar relationship has been noted for a considerable part
of the biotite in the diabase of normal grain. This secondary biotite
of the diabase pegmatite is pleochroic in pale brown and dark green-
ish brown, the direction of maximum absorption being, as is usual for
biotite, parallel to the basal cleavage in which it differs from the
biotite seen in the normal fine grained diabase, the direction of max-
imum absorption in which was anomalously perpendicular to the basal
cleavage. Although not seen in any of the thin sections there are
nests of coarse black biotite flakes occasionally in evidence in hand
specimens, which are probably original consituents of the rock. One
such nest was 5 mm. across and was made up of flakes 2 mm. in diam-
eter. This biotite is biaxial negative with 2V very small, r<v strong.
It is pleochroic in pale greenish brown perpendicular to the cleavage
and dark greenish brown parallel to the cleavage.

The mode of occurrence of this seems to indicate that it is definitely
younger than the diabase of normal grain and that it owes its pecul-
iar features to concentration of volatile constituents, notably water,

8J. J. Sederholm. On Synantectic Minerals. Bull. Comm. Geol. Finland, No. 48, pp. 2-5, 1916.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 66.

into spots of greater or less size which remained fluid after the main
mass of the diabase solidified and permitted the growth of large crys-
tals producing unusually coarse textures. In places the coarse rock
occurs in irregular and generally rounded to lenslike masses, some-
times of considerable size, isolated in fine homogeneous grained rock,
while elsewhere coarse grained fabric forms small spots so thickly
scattered as to make up approximately half of a hybrid mass of rock.
Most of the larger masses, however, are tabular bodies which occur
between parallel walls of the normal rock and appear to bear a truly
intrusive relation to it. These vary up to 50 cm. or possibly in
extreme cases to a meter in width. One such dike, which like most
of them, had a rather low dip, was some 10 to 15 em. wide and was
traceable with little variation in width for 12 meters in the face of
the quarry. Both ends were concealed. The dikes follow fractures
of no great displacement and many of them terminate abruptly as
in the small but typical example illustrated in plate 1. Another of
the dikes is illustrated in plate 3.

In considering the mechanics of this segregation of the residual
molten material which produced the pegmatites two hypotheses may
be considered: (1) The diabase solidified in areas, each given area
concentrically expelling its residual fluid molten fraction toward a
center which ultimately became a chamber of considerable size filled
with material which crystallized slowly, yielding rounded or irregularly
lenticular bodies of diabase pegmatite. Where a fracture developed
intersecting this mass previous to consolidation, the material was
forced along the crack and solidified as dikelike masses of the pegma-
titic rock; (2) the residual molten mineralizer-rich material was
distributed generally among the individual previously solidified crys-
tals of pyroxene and plagioclase of the diabase and, at the compression
of the mass and formation of fissures this residual liquor was pressed
into the fractures, there to solidify as the pegmatites. Definite proof
of either mode of formation can not be advanced and it is probable
that both were operative. That the material forming the pegmatites
must have been forced into its present position in the dikelike masses
in entirely molten form is shown definitely by the attitude of the
bladed pyroxenes. While it is clear that the order of crystallization
was pyroxene-feldspar-micropegmatite, the long bladed augites have
in nearly all of the observed dikes grown in fingerlike arrangement
perpendicular to the walls of the dike and have oriented themselves
on grains of the constituent pyroxene of the wall rock. While bent
and split, they do not show any flowage arrangement.

A typical sample of the diabase pegmatite was analyzed in the
museum laboratory yielding the results, ratios, and norm given below:

ART. 2, PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 19

Analysis, ratios, and norm of diabase pegmatite.

Per cent.) Ratio. Norm.

Siw Baie inal 52.94 | 0.881
Quartz22 2222 4. 80
PAGO vhs peg i523 3 2. 32 . 029
Orthoclase __ 8. 90

PATO) ee eee Us 14. 80 . 145 Salic, 57.44 per cent.

| Alpers! s 16. 77
FeOpet je vii . 16 . 001

| Anorthite ___ 26. 97
Bees. ob wl. 12. 00 . 167

| Diopside____ 9. 50
Mnigescere Li: . 24 . 003

| Hypersthene_ 27. 58
Be se eee be On om . 148

Magnetite___ .23> Femic, 42.39 per cent.
Migle S| 5. 42 . 135

Ilmenite ____ 4.41
Mais n gets: ton. SO - 016

| Apagite: ss = hah
Nae coe | 1. 98 . 032
Bae albu lat Leta Leo OUD

Total __| 99. 96

This rock falls in class III, order 5, rang 3, subrang 3, kentallenose.
The greater abundance of micropegmatite is reflected in the greater
amount of quartz in the norm and the higher percentages of alkalies.

Coarse phases of diabase sills have been described before from a
number of localities. Those of the Gowganda Lake region described
by Bowen‘ are very similar as called to my attention by Doctor Bowen
himself, who, upon examination of the hand specimen of typical dia-
base pegmatite illustrated in plate 2, remarked that it could be duph-
cated from the Gowganda Lake area. His description of the rock,
a gabbro, is as follows:

In places the diabase has moderately coarse phases with augite in stout prisms
showing one perfect cleavage face, the diallagic parting, which determines the
fracturing of the rock. The cleavage face is nearly always bent, sometimes into
a considerable arc. This bending is a constant character of the augite in the
coarse phase from widely separated points. Under the microscope this phase
shows a nearly simultaneous crystallization of augite and plagioclase, the feldspar
in broad areas generally inclosing the augite.

The feldspar is an acid labradorite Ab,, An;;, approximating that of the
outer zones of the crystals of the normal diabase. Some zonal growth was
shown in a few examples, the outer zone being slightly more acid.

The pyroxene is augite throughout, with cleavage parallel to 100 and a lamellar
structure parallel to the base. Enstatite is absent. Both augite and plagioclase

4 Norman L. Bowen, Diabase and granophyre of the Gowganda Lake district, Ontario. Journ. Geol ,
vol. 18, pp. 660-661, 1910.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VoL. 66.

are in stout prisms of about 3 mm. average length. There is no evidence of
granulation of any of the constituents, so the bending of the augite must be
attributed to disturbance during crystallization. A little iron ore occurs, and
moderately coarse micropegmatite interstices in small amount. The feldspar
of these could not be determined. Where micropegmatite is in contact with
iron ore and augite, secondary biotite has sometimes been built. The rock isa
gabbro near augite diorite.

No definite relation of the gabbro to the sill boundaries could be made out.
There is usually a gradual passage from diabase to gabbro, but in some cases
small dikelike masses of the gabbro were found in diabase. The gabbro prob-
ably represents the more slowly crystallized, slightly more acid parts of the sills.
This phase is well developed in the area west of Logan Lake. In places in this
area the gabbro becomes very coarse, with pyroxenes up to 3 inches in length
often showing alignment, indicating motion of the mass during crystallization.

The correspondence of the foregoing with the features of the Goose
Creek locality is striking. Rocks having points of similarity which
occur in diabase of the Holyoke trap sheet of the Connecticut Valley
in Massachussetts have been described by Emerson.’ His description
of “long plumose diabuse’’ may be quoted to show the similarity of
the augite in those phases to what has been described ; although I do
not agree that the large size of the augites indicates rapid growth.

One of the most remarkable of the schlieren rocks, which I have called long
plumose diabase, is found only in the immediate vicinity of the breccia band,
and contains filaments of the brightly rusting ankerite derived therefrom It is
a coarse-grained jet-black fresh-looking rock, in which the featherlike pyroxenes
have shot out in flat thin blades 3 or 4 inches long and nearly a fourth of aninch
wide which radiate in plumes like a radiated actinolite. They branch at small
angles and are bent gracefully or sharply twisted, as if they had shot out rap-
idly into the liquid glass and had been swayed in its currents like a tuft of
grass leaves in the wind. A twinning plane runs down the center of each blade
and close set basal partings run at right angles to the same. These have the
effect of the midrib and pinnulae of a feather. The resemblance to grass is
greatly heightened because the rock has been fissured across this band and
many of the pyroxenes have, from weathering, turned a bright green, or even
straw color and white like dry grass. This is a change to tale. This variety
appears in perfection only in a narrow irregular band about 10 inches wide,
traceable several feet in the ledge near the band of sandstone inclusions. This
growth is essentially spherulitic although the sheaves form only a small portion of
a sphere.

The pyroxene is an almost colorless sahlite which is slightly blackened by
refusion at surface and along certain cleavage planes. The basal parting is very
marked, and this causes the feathery appearance. The central suture is caused
by twinning according to the usual law on (100), and the crystal is uniformly
flattened on two of the prism faces (110), so that the twinning plane passes
obliquely through the thin plate, causing the broad central suture, which completes
the resemblance to a feather. The extinction is thus about 23 degrees obliquely
to right and left, and an optical axis appears in the border of the field. The
associated feldspar is labradorite, Ab; An,.

‘Benjamin K. Emerson, Plumose diabase and palagonite from the Holyoke trap sheet. Bull. Geol.
Soc. Am., vol, 16, pp. 91-130, 1905.

a a a i

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 21

Similiar coarsening in spots is a common phase of igneous rocks
and has many times been noted in diabases and gabbros. Regard-
ing the gabbro of the Baltimore area Williams states: °®

The most striking feature in the texture of the unaltered gabbro is the re-
peated and abrupt change in the coarseness of grain which is seen at some local-
ities. This phenomenon, as is well known, is one frequently observed in very
ancient massive rocks which cover considerable areas. It was undoubtedly
caused by some irregularity in the cooling of the original magma from the
molten state, for which it is now difficult to find a satisfactory explanation.

Coarse phases of the Duluth gabbro have been described by
Grout’ as follows:

There are patches in the banded gabbro, especially near the base and near
the top, in which the gabbro minerals have grown coarse, with grains up to 6
inches in diameter, and since the borders are ill-defined the masses may be at-
tributed to processes of segregation. Miarolitic cavities and a little biotite may
pe taken as indications of the presence of mineralizers but the biotite is scarcely
more abundant than in some common bands of the gabbro. The patches of
notably coarse grain range from a few inches to many feet across and are esti-
mated from incomplete exposures to be roughly ellipsoidal to somewhat tabular
in form. In many places near the base the patches are numerous.

Numerous other specific occurrences could be quoted but the pre-
ceding serve to show that there is nothing unique about the coarse
diabasic pegmatites of Goose Creek. The discussion of Iddings® is
concise and pertinent:

Another case of heterogeneous texture is found in rocks often of intermediate
composition, but also in others, in which in certain spots all the mineral com-
ponents appear in relatively large crystals compared with those in surrounding
portions of the rock. Apparently at these spots conditions existed favorable to
the formation of large crystals. These were most likely molecular mobility of
the magma, probably produced by a slightly greater content of gas, for a small
amount that would initiate crystallization would remain in the liquid since it
does not enter into the composition of the crystallizing solids.

Heterogeneous texture is characteristic of most pegmatitic rocks, especially
those composed of feldspar and quartz. In them coarsely graphic fabric and
radial fabric commonly mingle with granular consertal fabric, which may be
equigranular in some places and inequigranular in others, often varying greatly
in granularity.

There is nothing in the foregoing abstracts which is inconsistent
with the conclusion that the diabase pegmatite, as described above,
owes its texture to segregation of mineralizers into spots yielding a
fluid gas-rich magma which remained fluid after the solidification of
the surrounding diabase and permitted the growth of large crystals.

6 George H. Williams, The gabbros and associated hornblende rocks occurring in the neighborhood of
Baltimore, Md. U.S. Geol. Survey, Bull. 28, p. 25, 1886.

7Frank F. Grout, The pegmatites of the Duluth Gabbro. Econ. Geol., vol. 13, p. 185, 1918.

8 Joseph P. Iddings. Igneous Rocks, vol. 1, p. 242, 1909.

ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

This marked the initiation of the processes which, at a more advanced
stage, gave acid end-differentiates as further discussed following the
description of the albite-rich phases which follow.

ALBITIC PEGMATITES.

In addition to the normal diabase pegmatite last described, there
occur in the Goose Creek quarry, rocks very rich in albite which are
similar in structure and occurrence to the coarse plagioclase rock.
There are three principal types of these which intergrade, namely:
(1) Albite pegmatite having a structure identical with that described
as diabase pegmatite but in which the large crystals of feldspar are
albite as is all of the feldspar of the abundant micropegmatite which
they contain. In these rocks the pyroxene occurs in coarse-bladed
crystals with the curved branching habit, parting and lamination of
the augite of the diabase pegmatite, but the original purple augite has
been more or less completely replaced by pale green diopside so that
the present pyroxene is a pseudomorph of diopside-after diallagic
augite. The skeleton magnetites have been largely replaced by
pseudomorphs of titanite. By gradual decrease in the proportion of
diopside pseudomorphous after augite this rock grades into: (2) A
relatively coarse albite rock containing abundant quartz-albite micro-
pegmatite. Diopside is present in greater or less amount but is in
glassy imperfect prisms which are original crystals and not altera-
tion pseudomorphs after augite. These rocks contain frequent
small miarolitic cavities, giving them a porous character, which are
lined with quartz and albite crystals. These types are not sharply
differentiated from: (3) A rock consisting of interlocking areas of
quartz-albite micropegmatite surrounding nuclear crystals of albite, in
which diopside occurs in branching fern-like graphic intergrowths
with the feldspar.

The attitudes of many of the masses of albitic pegmatite are the
same as those of the normal pegmatite. Typical examples of the rocks
are shown in plates 6 and 8. The hand specimen shown in plate 8
composed essentially of albite and albite micropegmatite containing
long blades of augite narrowly bordered by secondary diopside is in
its greatest part typical of the first type, although the bottom of the
specimen grades toward normal diabase pegmatite. Plate 6 shows an
irregular mass of the micropegmatite-rich type containing dendritic
diopsides.

A large part of the albitic rock is not of definitely demonstrable
origin but a small part of the material seems clearly to be a product
of post-crystallization hydrothermal alteration, while a similar small
part of the occurrences are seemingly incapable of explanation as other
than a product of magmatic consolidation. The greater part of the

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 23

albitic rock showing the structure of the normal diabase pegmatite
is believed to be a product of secondary alteration immediately fol-
lowing crystallization or, if such be conceivable, a product of essen-
tially hydrothermal action by a magma of extremely differentiated
composition rich in water. This is shown by the structure, which is
pseudomorphous after the pegmatite. The diopsidic pyroxene is here
pseudomorphous after the augite, the titanite clearly preserves the
form of the skeletal octahedrons of titaniferous magnetite and the
albite-quartz micropegmatite and the albite core crystals are of
precisely the form of the plagioclase-quartz micropegmatites with
plagioclase cores of the normal pegmatite.

The albite with nonpseudomorphous diopsides, euhedral crystals
of titanite, and miarolitic cavities; and the micropegmatite rock
with plumose intergrown diopside, however, do not exhibit structure
clearly traceable to the normal pegmatite and may be assumed to
represent a true extreme alkalic magmatic differentiate, probably an
acid residuum from the crystallization of the larger masses of nor-
mal pegmatite. The specimen illustrated in plate 6 is of interest in
this connection and may be described in detail. The material of the
highly albitic mass seems to have been injected with its present com-
position into the cavity it now occupies since it is difficult to under-
stand how any extensive and thorough subsequent hydrothermal al-
teration which might have taken place could have confined itself to
the contents of the cavity and failed to produce any alteration of
the inclosing diabase which is perfectly fresh. It is equally difficult
to conceive an extremely sodic mass of this size having formed by
simple differentiation from the adjacent normal diabase. It seems
to have been injected from a short distance and probably these small
masses represent a little acid residuum squeezed from a considerable
mass of adjacent normal pegmatite. Where seen in place in the
quarry such small irregular white masses seemed always to be
connected by a stringer with considerable bodies of coarse normal
pegmatite.

Near the borders of this mass the pyroxenes are bronzy augite,
like that of the normal pegmatite and the diabase, and these are
grown outward from the walls. At their tips the pyroxenes are
changed to pale green diopside, clearly pseudomorphous after the
augite, with abundant inclosed large grains of iron ore. Further
from the wall the bladelike diopsides inclose residual nuclei ot
brown augite, immediately surrounding which the diopside is enor-
mously dusted with minute opaque grains. Around the exterior of
such diopside pseudomorphs there are grouped skeletons of iron ore
and crystals of titanite, the material of which was doubtless derived

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

from the pyroxene’s alteration. The diopside around the borders of
the mass is thus clearly pseudomorphous after original augite, being
in fact a reaction product between previously formed basic augites and
the acidic magma. The pyroxene of the main part of this rock is,
however, clear green diopside which shows no evidence of derivation
from original augite. It occurs as coarse graphic or plumose inter-
growths with albite. While this dendritic diopside is believed to be
an original consolidation product, it is possible that it also may be
secondary after an original intergrowth of augite, although few augite
intergrowths of this sort have been seen in the specimens studied.
The diopsides of this plumose form are associated with skeletal
octahedra of titaniferous magnetite and crystals of titanite, the latter
somtimes replacing the former.

The feldspar, like that of the normal diabase pegmatite, is in fairly
large prismatic crystals showing fine albite and pericline twin lamel-
lae. The indices of refraction in all directions are definitely below
that of the balsam and the feldspar is now entirely albite, all of
which is muddy from dustlike inclusions and is also in considerable
part sericitized by the growth of numerous variously orientated mica-
ceous flakes, probably of paragonite. These nucleal crystals are sur-
rounded by broad haloes of micropegmatite which make up the
greater part of the rock (see photomicrograph, pl. 9, lower). The
feldspar of the micropegmatite is also albite, in large part continuous
with the feldspar of the crystal which it surrounds. It is all mud-
died and much of it shows a microclinelike grating structure from
the combination of albite and pericline twinning. Apatite is abun-
dant in small crystals, especially in the micropegmatite at the coales-
cence of two or more separate areas. Texturally this rock differs
from the normal plagioclasic pegmatite chiefly in the absence of the
long diallagic ‘augites, in the presence of the dendritic diopsides, and
in the much greater abundance of micropegmatite. A sample of
rock having essentially the texture and composition of the central
portion of the specimen illustrated in plate 6, but from a much larger
mass, was analyzed. A thin section of the analyzed specimen is illus-
trated in the photomicrograph, plate 7, upper. This contained a
smaller number of the dendritic diopside intergrowths and no visible
iron ore. The larger feldspars were albite with albite and pericline
twinnning, and the albite of the micropegmatite was in considerable
part twinned to give the microcline grating. All of the feldspar was
muddy and some of that of the groundmass had a higher index of
refraction very slightly above that of the Canada balsam. The analy-
sis, ratios, and norm of this rock are as follows:

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 25

Analysis of albitic pegmatite.

Constituent. Per cent.| Ratios. Norm.

SiO Sat yr eo 68. 74 1145 Cy sep ese 3 sn f
TATE Oa re ead 13. 24 . 129 rthoclase__-_-_- .
is eid pi (92) "one" Albite ston 49,25 Salic 83. 19
ReQOh ge eg te ee 1. 38 .019 | Anorthite_____- 8. 62
Min Oe ore eg 8 eB: . 05
0 ene ie alle 202 | .051 | Apatite _.____- 1. 34
EGR GHeyE erence 5. 90 . 105 eee Je I. =
Nins@) 2 se ee ae 5. 76 . 094 Imenitet.-— 2 = 1. 6

5 petsen eligi aa a6 |"? 004 )Witanite. 1. 37( Femic 17. 61
RIO Ree Ree “THES ye) 1. 44 .018 | Wollastonite_-_ .35
Oe a ae re 59 . 004 | Diopside ------ 11. 02

= 9 pha na aw ee ga . 46

——__—— 100. 80
101. 16 |

This norm falls into class III, order 3, rang 2, subrang 5 of the
quantitative classification. The extreme difference between the
composition of this rock and that of the normal pegmatite is well
shown by their respective norms.

The field relations of the albitic pegmatites to the normal plagio-
clasic diabase pegmatite deserve further study as the work_in the
quarry progresses from year to year. In many cases the two types
of rock seem intimately mixed, probably as the result of fissuring
of the main rock body during consolidation. In many of the masses
the albitic rock, rich in micropegmatite, seems to be located more or
less centrally within a larger surrounding mass of the plagioclase rock,
which is where they should normally occur if the hypothesis of their
origin here favored is correct.

An interesting example of transition from one type to the other is
furnished by the specimen illustrated in plate 8. At the bottom of
the plate, the base of the feathery aggregate of augite, which presum-
ably grew outward from the wall of the chamber in which this mass
consolidated, the rock contains feldspar which seems to be largely
plagioclase. A short distance upward in the specimen the feldspar,
both in the larger crystals and in the interstitial micropegmatite,
becomes largely albite, and the borders of the augite blades are largely
altered to diopside. The rock contains small miarolitic cavities and
considerable amounts of chalcopyrite which has in part replaced feld-
spar of micropegmatite, giving quartz-chalcopyrite micrographic inter-
growths. The specimen as a whole seems pseudomorphous after
normal diabase pegmatite, the albite and diopside appearing to have
been developed by substitution of material from a residual liquid
located centrally in the pegmatite mass, although the possibility that
this reaction was hydrothermal rather than magmatic is by no means
precluded, nor is it certain that the albite of the rock is not a
product of original magmatic consolidation.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66,

Another example of transition from normal diabase pegmatite to
the albitic rock if furnished by a narrow persistent dike exposed at
the north end of the quarry. This dike is from 10 to 15 cm. in width
and occupies a straight walled fracture in the normal diabase which
dips at a low angle, and is traceable for about 10 meters in the wall
of the quarry. At its upper end the rock of this dike is coarse diabase
pegmatite of dark color with large blades of diallagic augite, which
are conspicuously developed normal to the walls, with broad cleavages
of translucent greenish feldspar. Under the microscope this rock is
found to consist, as usual, of large blades of perfectly fresh pyroxene
of the ordinary purplish brown color, and crystals of clear plagioclase
showing fine albite and pericline twin lamellae, with interstitial
micropegmatite. The micropegmatite is sharp and its feldspar is all
transparent and limpid with an index above that of the balsam. Iron
ore occurs in the common skeletal form. All of the minerals are
fresh and unaltered. In the field this rock can be clearly seen to pass
by transition downward into a much lighter colored rock by decrease
in the size and number of the pyroxenes and by the increase in the
amount of a pinkish micropegmatite which is easily visible under a
lens. A specimen from this dike halfway down the face shows cen-
tral sharp crystals of feldspar which are largely sericitized but which,
where unaltered, show the albite and pericline twin lamellae, have an
index above that of the balsam and are apparently plagioclase like
that of the rock above. These are surrounded by broad areas of
micropegmatite, the feldspar of which is dusted with kaolin and has
indices below that of the balsam and is doubtless albite. The augites
of this specimen are partly changed to diopside, biotite, and horn-
blende, and the iron ore is to some extent replaced by titanite and
secondary biotite. A specimen from the lower end of this dike is like
the last in the lesser amount of dark minerals and in the predomi-
nance of the pinkish matrix. A section cut at the wall shows large
plagioclase and purplish augite crystals and interstitial micropegma-
tite, in contact with the normal diabase. This grades outward into
a rock made up of greatly kaolinized and sericitized feldspars and
augite largely replaced by diopside. A section from the center of
the dike here consists of albite crystals, muddy from the development
of sericite and kaolin, with largely diopsidized augites, in an abun-
dant matrix of quartz-albite micropegmatite.

The albitic rocks can easily be distinguished in the hand specimen
after a little practice has been acquired, by the relatively lesser num-
ber and smaller size of the blades of pyroxene and by the white or
pinkish color and more opaque appearance of the feldspar. The micro-
pegmatite, when its amount becomes abundant, as in the albitic
rocks, can be readily seen under a lens.

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 27

However the albitic rocks have been formed, the most noteworthy
thing about the association of the two kinds of pegmatite is the fact
that the feldspars vary abruptly from labradorite to practically pure
albite without any intermediate members of the plagioclase series or
any definite composition gradation. In the normal diabase pegma-
tite the micropegmatite is for the most part a quartz-labradorite
intergrowth and this rock does not seem to contain any albite. An
alkali feldspar occurs interstitially as micropegmatite but, judging
from the analytic results as to potash, this seems to be entirely the
potassium feldspar, orthoclase.

APLITIC ALBITE ROCKS.

White to pinkish sugary granular aplitic rocks occur occasionally
_ as narrow persistent nearly vertical dikes averaging only about 3 cm.
in width. These seem to follow the east-west fractures and intersect
both diabase of normal grain and diabase pegmatite. They are
usually though not invariably accompanied by more or less alteration
of the adjacent rock, although this is not believed to have been due
to the aplite as such, but rather to reopening of the fracture to permit
the action of later solutions. One such dike showed absolutely no
alteration of the adjacent diabase and, on the other hand, where the
walls are altered the aplitic rock itself is affected by hydrothermal
processes.

The aplites are variable in their amount of quartz and micropeg-
matite. The narrowest dike examined in thin section was about 6
mm. in uniform width. This was bordered on either side by an
altered band of diabase 15 mm. wide which was probably altered after
the aplite solidified by solutions moving along a later crack which
intersects the zone, as the aplite is itself greatly altered. The aplite
dikelet consists of muddy altered interlocking albite grains with
abundant interstitial pale green spherulitic chlorite. Neither quartz
nor micropegmatite was observed.

Another persistent dike was traced up the wall of the quarry for
about 15 feet with an average width of about 2 cm. and intersected
both diabase and diabase pegmatite. This also was found im thin
section to be a granulitic aggregate of interlocking grains of albite,
in this case with less quartz and with lght colored transparent
diopside. This dike, like the other, was intruded along a fissure which
had later been reopened, and the aplite contained later seams filled
with diopside and a little axinite, etc. Another typical aplitic dike
is illustrated in contact with normal diabase in plate 2, upper. This
is cut by later cracks of two periods, those of the first period being
filled with diopside, while the latest crack, along which the specimen
is broken, is coated with laumontite. Like many of the dikes this is
porous from the presence of minute miarolitic cavities like those of
the coarse albitic pegmatite, though much smaller.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

The example of these aplites which was selected for analysis was a
dike about 2 cm. in width which penetrated fresh and unaltered dia-
base. Under a lens this shows abundant albite and quartz with con-
siderable pale green diopside and a few scattered crystals of titanite.
It also contains a few grains of diopside full of inclusions surrounding
nuclei consisting of short portions of blades of titaniferous diallagic
augite, apparently fragments broken from the wall of the crack where
it intersected 2 pegmatite mass, and arrested in process of alteration
by the aplite magma. Under the microscope this rock shows a border
made up of beautiful quartz-albite micropegmatite grown outward
from the wall along with an occasional colorless prismatic crystal of
diopside. The micropegmatite is well shown in the photomicrograph,
plate 9, upper. The central portion of the narrow dike consists of a
granular aggregate of albite with less quartz and some clear colorless
diopside. All of the albite is muddy. The results obtained upon
analysis of this rock are given in column 1 of the following table. In
column 2 is given the analysis by Hillebrand of the holyokeite or
‘“white trap’’ described by Emerson as fragments associated in an
agglomerate above the main extrusive Triassic diabase of the Connect-
icut Valley in Massachusetts * and in column 3 is repeated the analysis
by Washington of the thin acid dike described by Hovey " as kerato-
phyre trom Fair Haven, Connecticut.

Analysis of diabase aplite and related rocks.

3. Kera-

1. Ap- | ee tophyre

Constituent. lite Goose | Mt. Tom Fair

| Creek, Va. | Wiasasiit Haven,

| | aks Conn.

| i

SU ye ee a ate ee ky ce ed Te a ee | 71. 60 53. 83 60. 13
NU 0h5 bh LOE a an eae ae a bn Al 16. 36 20. 47
CFO sere cc cpt an ca I ee eae Se | 1. 28 |! 1. 04
Rea | 38 ae 72
Dita ORS? Cede OS 198s Cree i Sige ea a | . 03 Lost. | Trace.
ae os te oe he ks Nae | 2A ols 1.15
UID etal peperie nt dprenint opine ne Se fs Set eee 3. 76 9. 81 2. 59
KE OR See ett Sait ee te ee a ee . 10 1. 58 1. 06
ROS seat gE Boe tee he | 5. 92 7. 89 9. 60
JAG paella a ol Ane ete. emia Oe Binge > Trace. ee bee eee es
ae SEAS INDE LOSES. LASSE LES Re RAR . 34 | . 86 | Trace

Spe eee oi Oe, A eee aS ne eee None. oie al 2
NO ee eee Sim a ER me fi se None. 51 \ mee
Bee SASS RL EE ES eS NE a FS eht fh os 3 a ae 22 ee GLU PAT RS eae
ACG Se eas i oN Baas ee eee Net ee pene

| | Toa

gi Woy 121) [Ss oh Ea SU SOMME BMRA RD ae eer)? OOM Ce | 99. 29 99. 75 | 100. 20

9 Benjamin K. Emerson. Holyokeite, a purely feldspathie diabase from the Trias of Massachusetts.
Journ. Geol., vol.10, pp. 508-512, 1902.
10k. O. Hovey. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 3,1897, p. 237.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 99

The norm calculated from the analysis of the Goose Creek aplitic
dike, column 1 above, is as follows:

Norm of Goose Creek Triassic aplite.

Salic:
PNizryib a eee ere 2 ids Ea eel ak gt Nh i ee he ad 25. 98
Ant BOC IA Se eerie ee es ain ered PR Pe Neh oes DR oe Bk Nae ee Seana me 3. 89
Meier en Leet ad Og EE Seale Ua a af aE a Bees a thea hear 49. 78
PANTO TD EIU G cues Ne Pon vabelbly uae tae ee eke ie ie Bt I ore ah eye ek ts 7. 51
TPR tO ea RR pe ee 2 re he te ot ee a Trace
Mavens Sal 20 AN EOS She) TO OTe ttt ne SO! Sue o8 Foe I 87. 16
Femic:
MMC Tete ae eS ee ee re tet peices ee ree 1. 39
AUG GETING CS. sees Ake RRC ISy ME RAE EL SO PLE TG SR SER . 78
emurie S190 ULISN RLF) I Vero Se Ss SI To a Se 2 oe
iapsides Fea yr STOUR SSORiU eS Us Ne we Le PR Se 7. 99
Hypersthene ~------ b SABE By, FURIE, SRE PO Te eT ey 1. 60
STs ee a tk a ee ta nS 12. 08

This analysis, according to the quantitative classification, falls into
class I, order 2,rang 2, subrang 5. The similarity of the composition
of the rock to that of the albitic pegmatite is marked. It is obvious
that the aplites are, like the albitic pegmatites, final products of
a process of magmatic differentiation which yielded small amounts
of a fluid acid residuum rich in water, this having been, in the case
of the aplites, squeezed up narrow cracks in the solidified diabase.
These rocks, as represented by the above analysis, are much more
acid than any differentiate of the Triassic diabase yet described;
this is shown by comparison with the two analyses quoted, which
represent the most acid rocks previously known from the Newark
series. These are likewise albitic rocks but lack the abundant
quartz of the Goose Creek aplite.

So far as the magmatic processes are concerned in the production
of the rock types here considered there are but three phases, first the
normal diabase, second the diabase pegmatite, and third the albitic
rocks. The normal diabase grades into the diabase pegmatite by
gradual coarsening of grain but there seems to be a sharp break in
composition between the diabase pegmatite and the highly acid al-
bite rocks. The fourth product of the magmatic differentiation which
need be mentioned here is probably water, charged with materials in
solution, which doubtless produced all of the hydrothermal changes
hereinafter considered.

Differentiation of this sort is not well exposed at many places in
the Newark series and no example as extreme and striking as that
at Goose Creek has heretofore been described in the rocks of this
system. J. Volney Lewis, in considering the Palisade sill, has shown
that the main mass of the rock is a somewhat quartzose diabase which
has probably originated by gravitative differentiation through the

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

sinking of early olivine crystals which went to form a layer of oliv-
ine diabase near the bottom of the sill." His discussion of the dif-
ferentiation of this sill is very instructive and may well in large part
be quoted, as follows:

Inasmuch as the several types of rocks described above occur as continuous
portions of a single intrusive sill, they must be regarded together as constituting
a unit. There is no evidence that they are products to any extent whatever of
separate intrusions, or even of successive pulsations of an extended period of
injection. Their present constitution and relations are best understood as the
results of differentiation, or separation of the constituents of the molten magma
after its intrusion and during the long period required for cooling and solidifi-
cation.

The thickness of the sill or intrusive sheet varies considerably in its 100 miles
of outcrop in New York and New Jersey, but it is everywhere several hundred
feet thick, and in places, as along the Palisades above Weehawken, and in the
thicker parts of Rocky Hill and Sourland Mountain, it approximates 1,000 feet.
Under cover of a great blanket of overlying shales and sandstones, probably
many times its own thickness at the time of intrusion, though since partly re-
moved by erosion, this highly-heated molten magma cooled very slowly, and
probably remained in a liquid condition for a considerable period. The only
exceptions to this are the immediate contacts with the inclosing strata, which
must have been quickly chilled; on the other hand, the adjacent shales and sand-
stones themselves became highly heated, and subsequent cooling was probably
slow. The surrounding rocks are pocr conductors of heat, and once a crust had
formed, and the strata at the contact were well heated, the inclosed liquid mass
became in a measure insulated. Under such conditions the outer crust of the
magma would slowly thicken until the whole mass became solid.

Professor Iddings’ conclusion that the process differentiation which gives
rise to variations in the character of different parts of such a magma ‘‘must be
of a chemico-physical nature; that is, a chemical process resulting from varying
physical conditions, especially temperatures,” is doubtless true in most cases and
probably to some extent in all, but in the present state of our knowledge, it
seems scarcely justifiable to exclude entirely the possibility of purely physical
processes acting alone. This applies particularly to the settling of heavier
crystals in the more basic magmas, which are highly fluid, and might well
remain so long enough for such a process to produce considerable effect. In
fact, the extent of such gravitation of the heavier minerals may be regarded as
a measure of the degree and duration of the liquidity after the beginning of
crystallization, and the absence of such effects only as evidence that the partic-
ular magma has become too viscous to permit effective differentiation from
this cause.

Further, the time of crystallization of a particular mineral is held to have
some definite relation to its concentration in the solution, and this seems to
imply that the definite molecular group exists as the point of saturation is
approached, ready to crystallize when that point is reached. In acid magmas
the proportion of basic constituents is small, and saturation would occur only at
a correspondingly lower temperature than in those basaltic magmas which carry
basic substances in large amounts. Hence the crystallization of magnetite and
augite in rhyolite, for example, would probably not take place before the whole
magma has cooled to a highly viscous condition, particularly as this condition

uJ. Volney Lewis. Petrography of the Newark igneous rocks of New Jersey, Ann. Rept. State Geol-
ogist N. J. for 1907, pp. 129-133.

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. ‘Ba

would occur at a comparatively early stage of cooling in the more difficultly
fusible siliceous solvent.

The basaltic magma, on the other hand, with its low melting point and its
high content of dissolved basic constituents, would reach the point of saturation
for some of these (magnetite and olivine, for instance) at comparatively high
temperatures and while the lava is still quite fluid. If such minerals crystallize
any considerable length of time before the other constituents, the magma remain-
ing liquid, their concentration in the lower parts of the mass by gravitation
must result as a mechanical necessity, unless there are eddies or other currents
sufficiently strong to prevent; and such currents would probably prevent
differentiation by any process in the parts affected. In many rocks the ore
grains are much smaller than the silicate minerals, and would therefore offer
greater resistance to settling through the magma. In such cases gravitation
would affect the larger olivines particularly.

In the next stage of crystallization, there would undoubtedly be the same
tendency for the augite crystals to sink and the feldspars to rise toward the top
of the sheet, but by this time the increasing viscosity of the magma and the
clouds of new minerals forming would doubtless prevent any extensive segregation
of these by gravitation.

The degree of concentration finally attained by this process would depend
on the fluidity of the magma and the time intervening between the formation
of the first minerals and the next succeeding stages of crystallization. Further |
the position reached by such descending minerals would be determined by the vis-
cosity of the magma toward its lower contact, that is, by the extent of cooling due
to the rocks into which it was intruded.

The basic concentration forming the olivine-diabase ledge in the Palisades
was not formed at the cooler contact, nor is it duplicated in the corresponding
upper portions of the sill. Its formation can not, therefore, be attributed to the
action of Soret’s principle or any other process of concentration due to cooling.
If regarded as the result of chemical differentiation before intrusion, it must be
an earlier or later injection than the accompanying diabase above and below,
but its uniformly coarse texture and its great regularity in thickness and posi-
tion with reference to the base of the sill would seem to preclude this hypothe-
sis. The great overlying body of diabase, however, has been entirely freed from
olivine, except at the upper contact, and this mineral has been lodged in the
remarkably distinct zone of olivine-diabase 10 to 20 feet in thickness and lying
40 to 50 feet above the base of the sill. The bulk of the diabase, however, is
somewhat quartzose, but it often passes into normal diabase, and toward the
contacts into a somewhat olivinic facies, which is more basic in character,
though much less so than the diabase ledge referred to above.

The above is the only detailed discussion of differentiation of the
diabasic magma occupying sills in the Newark series known to the
writer, and is quoted because of the similiarity of the Palisade sill
to that of Goose Creek and because it forms an excellent exposition
of the principle of gravitative differentiation to serve as a back-
ground for other quotations.

As compared with the above hypothesis of purely gravitative proc-
esses operating in a sill chamber of molten magma is the explanation
of Daly ” of the Moyie sills of British Columbia, where large sills of

R.A. Daly, Geol. of the N. A. cordillera at the 49th Parallel, Mem. 38, Can. Geol. Sury., pp. 226-
256, 1912,

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

gabbro intrusive into quartzite have an uppermost layer of biotite
granite. These are regarded as having originated from the fusion
and assimilation of the intruded quartzite.

The view adopted includes what has been called the assimilation-differentiation
theory. The acid zone is thereby conceived as due to the digestion and assimila-
tion of the acid sediments, together with the segregation of most of the assimi-
lated material along the upper contact.

This theory of differentiation has since been greatly amplified by
the same author." It is teresting to quote the objection of Lewis '*
to its application to the Palisade sill.

A hypothesis of stoping or splitting off and engulfing slabs of overlying
strata, afterwards assimilated by solution in the magma, has been invoked instead
of some process of differentiation in explanation of certain facies eruptive rocks.
In case of the Palisade diabase, however, as in some eases at least to which this
theory has been applied, the process would seem to be mechanically impossible
on any important scale. The diabase is 20 per cent heavier than the inclosing
strata, and unless this was more than offset by expansion in the fused mass, it
would be impossible for sandstone or shale to sink into it, even if completely
broken away from the parent stratum. If stoping is possible at all in such cases
it must be underhand stoping, which the advocates of the hypothesis have not
yet claimed.

The Gowganda Lake sills described by Bowen* present some very
close analogies with the Goose Creek area, as may be seen from the
following quotations:

Thesills * * * arenotalways entirely composed of the dark gray diabase.
In places we often see little pink spots, found to be areas of micropegmatic
(quartz and albite). This material may increase in amount until it forms quite
the whole of the rock, giving rise to ‘‘red rocks” or granophyres. Moreover,
pink aplitic veins are often numerous in the sills. To the development of these
“red rocks” and their relations to the diabase and inclosing sediments atten-
tion will now be given. The sills almost uniformly show the albitic rocks at or
near their upper contacts. Summing up the evidence of the upper contacts of
the sills, just described, we have at the Foot Lake sill, in one place, the special
development of granophyric material in the diabase quite close to its contact
with altered slate or adinole, the granophyric interstices having practically the
same composition as the adinole and evidently derived from the latter by some
process of transfusion. A little farther south where the action has been more
intense a wider zone of adinole developed. Part of the adinole close to the
diabase has been to some extent recrystallized, giving the beginning of grano-
phyric structure. The writer believes that in the case of the Lily Lake and
Lost Lake sills the evidence points to a still more complete recrystallization of
part of the adinole with the production of typical granophyre. In other words,
some of the adinole was essentially in a state of aqueous fusion and crystallized
as granophyre. The melt thus formed was to a certain extent free to diffuse
into the diabase magma and gave rise to the abundant granophyre interstices
near the granophyre.

13 Tgneous Rocks and their origin. New York, 1914.
14 Petrography of the Newark Igneous Rocks of New Jersey, p. 132.
Journ. Geol., vol. 18, pp. 667-69, 1910.

ae?

ART: 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 33

If we inquire into the conditions of the formation of adinole from slates, we
will find that wholesale introduction of albite as such is not necessary. Some
magnesia, iron, and alumina are lost by the sediment. Silica has probably not
been introduced, for the loss of the above-mentioned constituents suffices to in-
crease the silica to the percentage in adinole. Finally potash, too, is lost and
at the same time is replaced by soda. Carbonate waters, bearing a little soda,
could accomplish the work necessary. That such waters exist in basaltic mag-
mas and have important effects during the late stages of crystallization is the
conclusion of Bailey and Grabham in a late article. If the conclusions of the
present writer are correct, such waters, emanating from the diabase, have pro-
duced the adinole and the adinole-rich granophyre here described. The waters
supplied most of the soda and the sediment supplied alumina and silica.
Calcite is an almost universal constituent of the aplite veins associated with the
granophyres. It hasin some cases apparently crystallized together with the aplite
minerals. This certainly points to the presence of carbonated waters. * * *
That the granophyre “‘solution,” formed as here imagined, was foreign to the
diabase magma is indicated by the intense alteration of the constituents of the
diabase near the granophyric interstices.

The aplitic veins (quartz and albite, often with calcite) which cut both gran-
ophyre and diabase, were formed from the more acid residuum of the granophyre.
They are especially numerous near a mass of granophyre. The extreme purity
of the albite * * * points to their aqueous origin, as does also their calcite
content. This aqueous residuum probably deposited also the valuable metallic
content of the aplite veins and of the associated calcite veins.

Another much studied example of the association of very basic
gabbroic rocks, with acid differentiates contrasting markedly in com-
position, is the Duluth gabbro mass with its associated ‘“‘red rocks,”
which are largely composed of quartz-feldspar micropegmatite. The
gabbro itself has formed numerous varieties by some modification of
the process of gravitative differentiation. The red rocks have been
carefully described by Grout,!* from whose paper the following ab-
stract is taken:

The gray gabbro rapidly gives place to a bright red rock very different from
the gabbro in mineral, chemical, and physical characters. * * *

The chief outcrops near Duluth are irregular patches at the top of the main
gabbro and apophyses into its roof; it occurs also near the top of the earlier feld-
spathie gabbro, in a large sill close above the gabbro, and in some small dikes
near the bottom of the gabbro.

The texture varies from sugary near contacts to very coarse in certain patches.
The rock is peculiarly friable, so that hand specimens can hardly be trimmed
fromit. A striking local variation contains long needles of dark minerals in a
red matrix. In thin sections it is micropegmatitic, varying to granitoid in some
large masses. Miarolitic cavities are numerous in some places. Variability is
as characteristic of the minerals as of the textures. The chief red mineral is a
feldspar stained with considerable hematite and badly kaolinized. Probably
most red rock contains two feldspars; zoning is especially common in the phases
grading into the gabbro. Quartz, though abundant, is rarely visible except with
the microscope as an intergrowth. Hornblende is the chief ferromagnesian

16 Frank F. Grout. A type of igneous differentiation. Journ. Geol., vol. 26, pp. 632-634, 1918.
94110—24 3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. 66.

mineral, but it is fibrous and mixed with secondary minerals as though itself
secondary. Biotite is rare and in most cases secondary. * * *

Possibly (the name) granophyre is appropriate for most of the rock.

In the sill in the eastern part of the city there is a remarkable example of
perfect gradation from diabase to red rock. The diabase is of ordinary type,
with a finer contact phase at the base. It is exposed almost continuously for
a width of a mile, equivalent to a thickness of several hundred feet. The dia-
base grades up into a red-rock zone of smaller thickness and less regularity,
though a belt may be followed for several blocks. It is noteworthy that while
the sill must be nearly 1,500 feet thick, the conspicuous gradation zone is less
than 50 feet thick, from black diabase to intensely red granophyre.

A somewhat different gradation is observed in Lincoln Park and near the top
of the inclined railroad to Duluth Heights. In these places it is possible to select
samples showing all stages between gabbro and red rock, but the relations are
not those of a regular zone. The upper part of the banded gabbro shows many
local patches with interstitial red granophyre, grading into dike like stringers
and patches of red rock of compiex form and relations. Many of these stringers
with sharply defined walls can be traced along their length into less sharply
defined markings and finally grade imperceptibly into the black gabbro which
formed the walls a few feet away. Both the gabbro and the red rock intrude
the roof, sometimes in the same crack, sometimes more distinctly. Although a
considerable part of the red rock is so much later in time of solidification that
it could intrude the gabbro, the texture of the red rock is coarse up to its con-
tacts and grades into that of the gabbro without a break, indicating that they
were about equally hot. The irregularity in form of the stringers may also be
a sign that the gabbro was not wholly solid. Such a relation may be described
as that of an aplite.

Similar relations of gabbro to red rock, both gradational and aplitic, are easily
traced for many miles along the belt at the northeast end of the gabbro in Cook
County, where the combined thickness is so reduced as to make the mass more
like a sill, and the red rock constitutes a larger portion of the intrusion than at
Duluth. The same relation may be expected in the central, thicker part of the
gabbro mass, but this has not been mapped in detail as yet.

A third gradation from red rock to gabbro is that in the pegmatites near the
base.

All three of these occurrences of red rock and gradations would seem from
field studies to be clearly attributable to a differentiation * * *. The sev-
eral occurrences may all be explained by supposing that the original magma
contained some vapors under pressure and that these tended to separate and
escape from the main magma bearing with them those acid and alkaline con-
stituents for which they seem to have a special affinity. The accumulation of
a definite upper zone of red rock would then be the result of a quiet rise of the
lighter vaporous separate under an impervious roof. The aplitic areas near the
top would be similar gravitative separates, disturbed by some movements at
about the time of solidification. The pegmatites and aplites below would be
located not so much by gravity as by simple vaporous tension; the lighter sep-
arate, being more fluid, might penetrate cracks on any side of the magma cham-
ber in advance of the main magma.

Bowen" has discussed the crystallization of basaltic magmas with
especial reference to the frequent association of diabase and grano-

» Norman L. Bowen, The later stages of the evolution of the igneous rocks. Journ. Geol., Supple-
ment to vol. 23, 1915.

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—-SHANNON. 35

phyre. He takes it as the starting point for a discussion of the
physical chemistry of silicates with the following introduction:

Diabases with micropegmatite interstices are very common. Sometimes the

micropegmatite (granophyre) is separated as a distinct body, a granite, grano-
diorite, or quartz diorite in composition. This association is of fundamental
importance in petrogenic theory and will be made the starting point for a dis-
cussion of the geologic evidence supporting crystaliization differentiation. It is,
in many cases, clearly shown that when the diabasic (basaltic) magma was
intruded as a small body and was therefore quickly chilled, it crystallized as a
normal plagioclase-pyroxene diabase without quartz. On the other hand, large
bodies usually show micropegmatitic interstices and often a similar salic dif-
ferentiate. This contrast between the larger and smaller bodies has led some
petrologists to the opinion that the more slowly cooled, large bodies has an
opportunity denied the quickly cooled bodies—the opportunity to assimilate
siliceous material, whence the siliceous differentiate. Direct evidence of ade-
quate assimilation is seldom if ever clear; its accomplishment is nearly always
inferred from the existence of the acid differentiate. * * *

Following a discussion of the equilibrium relations of the several
rock forming silicates, in the light of the results obtained from the
investigations of various systems, the following conclusions are at-

tained:

Crystallization with zoning.—When the cooling is too rapid to give crystalliza-
tion of the perfect equilibrium type and yet not rapid enough to give the great
degree of undercooling referred to in the foregoing, the formation of zoned crys-
tals of plagioclase will result. According as one or the other of the above-
named rates of cooling is approached the degree of zoning is reduced to a mini-
mum. With a certain intermediate rate of cooling maximal zoning results. In
this case, a crystal once separated suffers thereafter no change of composition,
the liquid disregarding crystals which have already formed, so that the crystal-
lization of the liquid may be regarded as beginning anew each instant.

The effect of this action may be realized by considering that during the erys-
tallization of the liquid F, as already outlined, the liquid portion is separated
from the crystalline portion at a temperature of, say, 1,220°. At this tempera-
ture the liquid has the composition K and we shall imagine that this separated
liquid is crystallized under perfect equilibrium conditions. Instead of becoming
completely crystalline at 1,200°, as it would if the crystals had not been re-
moved, it now becomes completely crystalline only at 1,i178°, and the final
liquid, instead of the composition M, has the composition §; i. e., is much
richer in albite. If the virtual separation of liquid from crystals is a continuous
process accomplished through the intervention of zoning, it is plain that the off-
setting in the composition of the final liquid is limited only by the eutectic al-
bite-diopside which it actually attains in the case of maximal zoning. This
fact is true, not only of the special liquids to which reference has been made, but
of any mixture of anorthite, albite, and diopside whatsoever.

* * * The sinking of crystals of plagioclase in a mass of liquid which is
very slowly cooled will obviously affect the upper layers from which the
crystals have settled in the same manner that zoning affects the residual
liquids s Sty oe

* * * When the liquid is very quickly cooled it crystallizes quickly, if at
all, and with little or no tendency to an offsetting in the composition of the
liquid. If it is cooled moderately slowly, zoning of the plagioclase causes a

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 66.

continual enrichment of the residual (interstitial) liquid in albite. If it is cooled
still more slowly, sinking of plagioclases causes a similar continual enrichment
of the residual (upper) liquid in albite. In favorable cases the final liquid may
be more than 90 per cent albite even although the original mixture were, say, 50
per cent diopside and 50 per-cent bytownite.

* * * * * * *

If we now combine the information furnished by the investigated systems,
important conclusions may be drawn with regard to the crystallization of basaltic
magma under various conditions. Instead of the simple pyroxene, diopside,
present in the mixtures of the last system discussed, we may consider one of the
intermediate pyroxenes, which melt with decomposition and the formation of
olivine, to be present in addition to plagioclase. Rapid cooling of such a liquid
would give merely plagioclase and pyroxene. On the other hand, slow cooling
permits radical variation from this simple result. The early formation of olivine
brings about an excess of free silica in the residual liquid if any process intervenes
to prevent the resorption of olivine by the liquid. The early formation of very
ealcic plagioclase brings about an enrichment of the liquid in albite if anything
intervenes to prevent the continual alteration in the composition of the crystals
by interchange with the liquid. Finally the early formation of magnesia-rich
pyroxene brings about an enrichment of the liquid in diopsidic pyroxene if simi-
lar conditions intervene.

The sinking of crystals affords a means of continually separating crystals from
the part of the liquid in which they formed and is therefore a process which will
give the results just outlined. If, therefore, the mixture of plagioclase and
pyroxene referred to were cooled slowly and continual sinking of crystals oc-
curred, the inevitable result would be a body consisting of calcic plagioclase,
olivine, and magnesian pyroxene in its lower parts (i. e., of a gabbroidal nature)
and of sodie plagioclase approaching albite, diopsidic pyroxene, and free silica
in its upper parts (i. e., of a granitic nature), with various intermediate types in
the intermediate layers. If the freedom of sinking of crystals were somewhat
restricted, one of these intermediate types, say a granodiorite or a diorite, would
occur as the uppermost differentiate, the limit of the process under these less
favorable conditions. The composition of the residual liquid might, moreover
have been similarly affected by zoning of the crystals even if there were no oppor-
tunity for the sinking of crystals, and in this case the interstitial material of late
crystallization would be the same salic material as that found in the upper layers
where sinking of crystals took place. Ifa certain amount of both zoning and
sinking of crystals took place, a body would result showing the salic differentiate
both as interstitial material and as a separate upper layer. * * *

It has been possible, then, to deduce from facts ascertained experimentally the
crystallization with quick and slow cooling of mixtures which give results closely
analogous to the occurrence observed in nature of diabase in small dikes and
small sills (quickly cooled) and of diabase with micropegmatite interstices or a
granitic or granodioritic differentiate in larger bodies (slowly cooled). There
are many differences and complications in the natural magma in the matter of
details, but it is clear that the broad scheme is well understood and that crys-
tallization is the sole control. There is no necessity for assuming that assimila-
tion of siliceous material is essential to the formation of the salic differentiate,
nor that its separation is accomplished by the process of liquid immiscibility.

It is necessary to consider all of the examples of differentiation
above described and the several explanations advanced to account

ART: 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON, 37

for the phenomena, in their relation to the phenomena observed in
the diabase at the Goose Creek quarry. i

The quarry is located practically at the base of a large intrusive
tabular mass of diabase, probably a sill or a very flat dike, some
hundreds of meters thick. Such a mass should be expected to dif-
ferentiate with the sinking of crystals, provided that cooling did not
take place too quickly. At the base, however, the heavier and more
basic minerals should be concentrated by this process, giving gab-
broic rocks, while higher in the sill the more acid differentiates should
be found, particularly at or near the roof. There is, however, no
evidence of any banded structure in the diabase, nor any increased
basicity toward the bottom, and the rock to the very bottom of the
mass, exclusive of a possible chilled border phase, seems to be repre-
sentative of the average of the mass. It is a diabase not in any
wise different from the undifferentiated basaltic rocks of the Newark
series, as shown by the comparison of analyses above. Although
observed occasionally, micropegmatitic interstices are not a conspicu-
ous feature of the rock, and the plagioclase is almost free from zon-
ing. Itis concluded from these facts that this diabase mass as a
whole cooled too quickly to give the differentiation effects obtained
upon slow cooling of diabasic magma and consequently crystallized
simply as a mixture of basic pyroxene and plagioclase.

The differentiates, ranging from rock only slightly different from
the normal diabase in composition to pure albite-quartz rock, are
another matter. These occur near the bottom of the sill instead of
at the top so that they can not have originated by the sinking of erys-
tals, and they occur as numerous more or less insolated bodies of
small size.'* These likewise can not be explained by the syntexis
or solution of engulfed blocks of the intruded rock unless they are
local syntetic bodies of material which has risen from the fioor of the
sill through the diabase or blocks from the roof which have sunk
through the magma in the chamber to the bottom, there to be dis-
solved. Neither of these possibilities has any concrete support and
the latter possibility seems precluded, as suggested by Lewis, by
the fact that blocks of shale or limestone would float on the molten
basalt. It is possible that the solution of the shale or limestone in
the magma would yield the effects obtained but there is no evidence
to support such a contention. Such an explanation of the origin of
the granophyres of the Gowganda Lake region, first favored by Bowen,
as quoted above, has since been abandoned by him:*

Somewhat similar sills in the Gowganda Lake district of Ontario, described
by the writer, have essentially the same relations. In the original paper it was

18Tt is of course possible that other similar dificrentiates occur near the top of the diabase sill but no
exposures favorable for study are available.
19Norman L. Bowen. Later Stages of Evolution, ete. Journ. Geol., vol. 2, appendix, p .49, 1915.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. ° vou. 66.

considered that the surrounding ssdiments played an important part in the for-
mation of granophyric bodies at the upper surface of the sills. This opinion was
arrived at principally because of the difficulty of picturing any process of pure
differentiation whereby a quartzose rock could be formed from basaltic magma.
With this difficulty removed the writer has no hesitation in concluding that the
granophyre and the micropegmatite interstices of the diabase were formed after
the manner detailed in the present paper and that interchange of material between
the granophyre and adinolized sediment was a subsidiary process contributing
to the soda-rich nature of the border phases.

There is no support, in the relation of the later differentiated types
of material at Goose Creek, of the theory of immiscible separation
of liquids in the magma. On the contrary, the clearly intrusive
relationship of the later rocks in many cases shows that the surround-
ing diabase must have been almost completely crystallized although
it unquestionably was at an elevated temperature and quite prob-
ably was more or less pasty rather than rigidly solid. It is clear
that the masses of diabase pegmatite, albitic pegmatite, and quartz
albite rock are the result of a differentiative process which took place,
locally, in a magma chamber wherein the magma, as a whole, cooled
and crystallized too rapidly to permit of general differentiation.
Obviously some special factor was active in the control of events and
it is pertinent to inquire into the nature of this factor.

The most strikingly conspicuous feature of these unusual rocks is
their extremely coarse texture, and it has been stated above and
substantiated by quotations, that the most probable cause of this
coarsening was water (or other volatile constituents) of the magma.
It is noteworthy that in a great majority of the described examples
wherein extremely alkalic differentiates have resulted from diabasic
magma, especially in smaller masses where, as here, the main sill
mass shows little evidence of differentiation with settling of crystals
or conspicuous zoning, the same sill contains abundant evidence of
the presence of more than ordinary amounts of volatile materiai,
notably water, as indicated by masses and dikes showing extremely
coarse textures and by intense hydrothermal alteration of the rock
immediately following their consolidation. Thus in the Gowganda
Lake region there are examples of extreme coarsening of grain in the
diabase and of intense adinolization of the enclosing rock at the con-
tact. In the Duluth gabbro the coarse structures are conspicuous
while the red rock is characterized by a porous texture and kaoliniza-
tion of the feldspar and uralitization of the ferromagnesian minerals.
It seems that differentiation resulting in moderate amounts of silicic
rocks is greatly faciliated by a richness of the magma in dissolved
water. ‘The source of this water is problematic. It may have been
original in the magma when it was intended or it may have been
subsequently derived in considerable part from the intruded rocks.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 39

The diabases of the Newark series were rather variable in the
amount of water which they contained, as indicated by the textures
of the consolidated rocks and the hydrothermal effects produced.
Shales are highly hydrated rocks, and the most conspicuous feature
of the shales adjacent to the intrusive, both at Goose Creek and else-
where, is a loss of the shaly structure and a compacting and hard-
ening doubtless due to loss of water. A body of molten magma of
diabasic composition, surrounded on all sides by hydrous shales,
would certainly tend to increase its content of dissolved water by
solution of the highly heated water of the adjacent shales. In sand-
stones there would be less necessity for the water to dissolve in the
magma since it would be more free to move outward from the heated
zone. This may explain the greater frequency of the occurrence of
differentiation and other aqueous effects in sills in shales than in
those in sandstone or in relatively anhydrous rocks. That water can
dissolve in molten silicates under pressure has recently been shown
conclusively by Morey.2® The presence of this water introduces
complications into consideration of the problem of crystallization.
Whereas in a simple silicate melt all of the constituents can enter
into the consolidated product, without regard to the rate at which
cooling took place, water or other volatile constituents of the melt
will be expelled by crystallization of anhydrous minerals and must
of necessity concentrate in the still fluid portions of the magma,
resulting in an increase of pressure and a lowering of final consolidat-
ing temperature. If the magma crystallizes from the early cooled
walls inward there must be a concentric inward expulsion of the
water, which in the ideal case would result in a centrally placed peg-
matite. Actually this happens in dikes and in some thin or small
intrusions, where it is easily demonstable. In larger intrusive masses,
however, the volatile constituents seem to concentrate in centers
whose location is determined by some unknown factor. Differential
movements might result in local areas of lessened pressures and here
gases would tend to concentrate and pegmatites might form. These
may occur thickly scattered in groups or widely spaced singly in the
mass of the rock, and they are well exhibited by coarse and pegma-
titic areas, which are common features not only in the gabbroic and
diabasic rocks but especially in many areas of granitic rocks. Typi-
cal of such “ pegmatite chambers’”’ are the pegmatites of the Quincy
granites as described by Warren and Palache.*

The mechanism of this concentration of volatile materials in re-
sidual magma chambers can not at present bedelineated. It is, how-

20 George W. Morey. The development of pressure in magmas as a result of crystallization, Journ.
Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 12, p. 219, 1922,

21 Charles H. Warren and Charles Palache. The pegmatites of the riebeckite-aegirite granite of Quincy,
Mass., U.S. A.; their structure, minerals, and origin. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, vol. 47, pp.
146-147, 1911.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

ever, a variant of erystallization-differentiation and can not be con-
sidered to be liquid immiscibility. Such volatile constituents would
doubtless carry with them constituents of the magma from which
they were expelled, principally silica and alkalies, especially soda, and
the residual mineralizer-rich magma is probably always enriched in
material thus derived. The diabase pegmatites of the Goose Creek
locality are of this nature. Whereas the main body of the dia-
base cooled too rapidly to be greatly differentiated, these small cham-
bers, having high molecular mobility due to dissolved gases with low-
ered consolidating temperature and under greatly increased pressure,
had an opportunity to crystallize more slowly with the production
of very large crystals. The minerals which crystallized out of these
melts were at first and in greatest amount the same as those which
were formed in the normal diabase, namely iron and titanium rich
augite and moderately calcic plagioclase. These grew outward from
the walls of the relatively small chambers and apparently left a central
residuum of liquid out of which subsequently crystallized albite and
diopside, leaving a final interstitial liquid which formed quartz-albite
micropegmatite. The process was interrupted at various stages by
strains which ruptured the consolidated surrounding diabase and
carried the liquid, at whatever stage, out as a dikelike mass into the
crack. Zoned crystals of the augite surrounded by diopside and of
calcic plagioclase surrounded by albite occur but are not common.
The most difficult feature to explain is the hiatus between the crystal-
lization of the augite and labradorite of what is called normal diabase
pegmatite and the relatively pure albite with diopside and abundant
quartz which form what has been described as albitic pegmatite and
aplite. Apparently the liquid attained its final very salic composition
solely by the crystallizing of relatively basic minerals. It behaved
as though the quartz-albite mineralizer magma were a solute and the
basic plagioclase, magnetite, and augite were dissolved materials which
were influenced in their crystallization from solution by the molecular
attraction of the same minerals in the adjacent diabase. The final
acid fluid was not stable in contact with these minerals at the close
of the magmatic phase as shown by the evident reaction between the
crystals and the residuum, with replacement of plagioclase by albite,
of augite by diopside, and of magnetite by titanite. This rarely if
ever reached equilibrium, however, probably because fissuring of the
mass of the diabase was going forward and the release of the pressure
of the dissolved gases, which must have been enormous in the later
stages, and upon which the fluid depended for its lowered crystal-
lization temperature, caused complete consolidation and release of
the volatile constituents. These constituents carried with them a
load of dissolved solids and continued to react in the same manner
upon whatever material they were in contact with, replacing plagio-

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 4]

clase by albite, augite by diopside, and magnetite by titanite. It is
consequently difficult to definitely separate magmatic from hydro-
thermal action.

The process is clearly a special phase of crystallization differentia-
tion, which may be termed “ pegmatitic differentiation,’ and presents
certain peculiarities depending
upon the abundant presence of
volatile constituents in the magma
system. While there are certain
hiatuses in the normal sequence
which can not now be explained,
it is important that the processes
are essentially the same as those
outlined by Bowen in his discus- _
sion based upon the investigation
of anhydrous systems. It is prob-
able that the differentiation of
any natural magma is speeded up
and that the reactions are facili-
tated by the presence of volatile
constituents.

The behavior of the water re-
leased after crystallization of the
final magmatic product is further
discussed below.

MIAROLITIC CAVITIES.

Under the term ‘ miarolitic cav- y/
ities” are comprised small open /s
spaces which occur in the coarser /
albitic rocks and are lined with /
quartz and albite crystals. Inmost |
cases in the rocks rich in micropeg- |
matite these cavities are at the |
junction of several areas of micro-
pegmatite, and the albite and
quartz crystals on the wallsareasa |
rule continuous with the same min-
erals of the adjacent rock and have’ Fic. 2—Qvuartz—sHOWING HIGHLY MODIFIED
onlysrormed:cubedral erysinlsbe,i; 2 ones civikis dcclesd Glad
cause of space being available for
development. Entirely similar cavities occur. also in coarse albite
rocks considered as possibly having originated through hydrothermal
alteration of normal plagioclase-pegmatite.

94110—24——_4

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

The minerals of these cavities have been referred to as: First gener-
ation, those which are the constituents of the surrounding rock and
seem to have only accidentally abutted against the cavity, namely,
albite, quartz, diopside, and titanite; and second generation, which are
considered to have been deposited on the others by hydrothermal
solutions, namely, epidote, fibrous hornblende, chalcopyrite, and chlo-
rite. In one thin section, however, typical fibrous hornblende was
seen incorporated in an albite crystal which was itself a later prod-
uct than the albite of the adjacent rock.

The cavities vary from very minute or microscopic to some which
are 3 cm. across. The minerals in them may be described individu-

ally as follows:
QUARTZ.

The quartz is in the form of transparent slightly smoky crystals
interspersed with the albite crystals. These reach a length of 2mm.
and are rather rich in faces. One such which was measured had the
development shown in figure 2 and gave the following forms and
angles:

Forms and angles of quartz fron a miarolitic cavity.

Form. Symbol. Measured. Calculated.
Quality de-
scription. |
No.|Letter.| Gdt. Miller. g p Y p
° / ° / ° / ° /,

1 b co) 1010 | Excellent __| 0 05! 90 00/00 00/90 00
2 |) 4 +10 LOR | “Good 2 2428 OO 0S |-5E. 8751.0 00 4) Stora eg
3 o —3 e032 | Poorss22=28 0 40); 62 I1 0 00 | 62 18
4 af +40 | 4041 | Vero good__| 0 00/78 54| 0 00| 78 52
5 8 +1 Ligt Good... = 29 57 | 65 29) 30 00) 65 33
Oe +51 SIGE (oe dov244) 8/58 4 Sl S64 SinSiy) SIAR aa
Til yeas +1% |...3253 |__--- dO. 2S. NG el Gi wo P a 232i li Gd puke

In their development some of the forms do not agree with the
ymmetry of the class, a discrepancy doubvless due to twinning.

ALBITE,

The albite, which is the most abundant mineral in the cavities,
occurs in crystals which reach an extreme diameter of about 4 milli-
meters. They vary from opaque to transparent and from white to
pale pinkish. They all have the relatively simple form shown in
figure 3. One which was measured on the 2-circle goniometer gave
the following angles:

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 43
Forms and angles of albite from miarolitic cavity.
orm Symbol Quality dds Measured Calculated
No. |Letter.| Gdt. | Miller. scription. ° | p ¢ p
r ° , | ° , ° , i ° a
1 a © PEG VEOOT nt ke = 61 21); 90 09) 60 30 90 00
2 1 co co 110 | Excellent __|120 26 | 90 09 |119 52 90 00
3 B 0 OOD Siar eee SV OZON a2 LZ oie col 27 601
4| z @82|ta11800\-Godde. 2s 1150 38 90 00 [149 44] 90 00
5 0 il Itt) Medium =. |135. 12 |, 3410: 185. 24) 34, 11
6 x 10 101 No reflection. Identified byzonal position.
The crystals tend to aggregate in parallel position. They are

twinned on the albite law. On many of them the
twinning is not conspicuous under a lens as the lam-
inae in reverse position are very thin, but a few are
composed of two individuals, each of them complete,
united in alternate positions on the (010) face.

When these crystals are crushed and examined
under the microscope they are found to be clear and
transparent with a mean refractive index of 1.530
to 1.531, indicating a nearly pure albite.

DIOPSIDE.

Diopside, which is absent from many of the cav-
ities, abuts against some as though by accident of
position. In a few, usually in altered albitic peg-
matite, it forms well developed transparent bottle
green crystals which are evidently deposits in the
cavity rather than diopsides of the surrounding rock
which have chanced to abut against the cavity.
Many of the diopsides have a terminal outgrowth of
silky fibers of hornblende in parallel position or as
loosely attached tufts and the cavity containing the
largest and best diopside crystals had its central por-
tion completely filled with a matted aggregate of
the silky hornblende.

ro
i \
\

FiGc.3.—ALBITE—SHOW*
ING COMMON HABIT
OF ALBITE CRYSTALS
OCCURRING IN MIA
ROLITIC CAVITIES.

A crystal from this cavity, 3 mm. by 7 mm.

im size, was measured, yielding the following measurements:

Forms and angles of diopside crystal from miarolitic cavity.

Form. Symbol. : Measured. Calculated.
B15 UTR Quality de-
No. |Letter.| Gdt. [Miller 8¢tiption. e i ibvlnte
° / ° , ° / | fe] /
1 a co 100 | Poor, striated_| 90 30} 90 00! 90 00) 90 00
2 b Ooo OLO. | POOR greet «. 0 06/90 00; O 00} 90° 00
3 m oo 110 | Very good____| 42 40 | 90 00); 43 383 | 90 00
4 f 300 310 | Medium nar-| 70 21/90 00/70 41 | 90 00
row.
5 c 0 001 | Fair, etched__| 90 21) 15 30] 90 00 | 15 51

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 66.

The habit of these crystals is shown in the drawing, figure 4. The
faces shown as wv (111) and s (111) are entirely dull and their iden-
tity was inferred from their zonal positions. Under the microscope
the powder of the diopside crystals was found to be colorless and
transparent. It is biaxial positive (+) with 2V medium large, the
refractive indices being a=1.672, B=1.682, y=1.702. The disper-
sion is perceptible, r>v.

TITANITE.

Titanite is a common constituent of the rock which surrounds the
miarolitic cavities and quite frequently a crystal abuts against a cay-
ity. No crystals of this mineral were seen
which were clearly later deposits in a cavity.
The crystals are of the usual resin-yellow color
and have the familiar envelope habit. They
are not better crystallized against the open
space than in the adjacent rock.

HORNBLENDE.

Hornblende is a widely distributed mineral
in the cavities although its amount varies
greatly. Itisall an asbestiform (byssolitic)
variety which is usually in masses of cottony
snowy fibers although the color occasionally
varies to pale buff or light green. Most of
the cavities have only a minute wisp of the
fibers but the largest cavity seen, from which
the measured diopside crystal was taken, was
packed full of the cottony hornblende. The
hornblende is a ‘‘ second generation”’ miner-
al in the cavities. The first wisp of fibers in
the smaller cavities does not seem to replace
anything, although where the action of the
solutions in the surrounding rock was more
extensive the diopsides are replaced by fluffy
Fic. 4—Duopstpe; prismatic cry- Masses of the hornblende fibers, and the
STAL FROM MIAROLIMIC CAVITY. —- materials of all the cavity-fillmg hornblende
may be derived from the diopside of the adjacent rock. Such fine
fibrous hornblende is widespread in distribution and was seen, in
thin sections, inclosed in calcite, in parallel growth on chlorite, and
inclosed in later albite crystals.

Under the microscope the thicker bundles of the very fine fibers,
although very pale, are seen to have some color and pleochroism,
being blue-green parallel to the elongation and brownish-green across
the elongation. The thinner fibers are colorless and transparent
with positive elongation and an average maximum extinction, ZA¢é,

ART. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—-SHANNON. 45

of about 16° or 17°. The index varies slightly but the range of the
mean index is between 1.65 and 1.67 indicating a rather high iron
content. This hornblende is the same, essentially, as that occurring
in the zeolite-bearing veins which is described in somewhat greater

detail below.
CHALCOPYRITE.

Chalcopyrite is of rather frequent occurrence in the cavities as single
crystals which are too striated to yield good measurements. These
reach a maximum diameter of about 3 mm. and are later than the
quartz and albite crystals of the lining of the cavities. In the altered
rock the chalcopyrite is often more or less decomposed on the outside
and along cracks to a dark brown to black material of brilliant pitchy
luster. This alteration product under the microscope is transparent,
golden-brown and completely isotropic, and has an index well above
1.82. It is doubtless limonite.

EPIDOTE,.

Epidote occurs rather sparingly in the miarolitic cavities as minute
greenish yellow crystals often aggregated into branching groups or
strung, beadwise, on a thin fiber of hornblende. In some cavities
larger greenish black crystals elongated on the 6 axis and showing
terminal planes were found. These were made up of a large number
of smaller crystals in parallel growth and did not yield good signals

on the goniometer.
CHLORITE.

Chlorite was seen in some cavities associated with the larger epl-
dote crystals as small deep emerald green spherules resting on albite
crystals and made up of groups of folia. Under the microscope the
mineral is found to be: Biaxial negative, with 2V small, 0° to 10°.
The acute bisectrix is perpendicular to the perfect cleavage. Indices
of refraction; a=1.630, 8=7=1.637, y—a=.007. Pleochroism X=
pale greenish-brown, Y =Z=deep blue green. Absorption X < Y =Z.
This is similar to the chlorite described below as a vein mineral of
which an analysis, made on a small sample, is given. It is tenta-
tively referred to aphrosiderite.

HYDROTHERMAL ALTERATION.

As has been stated in an earlier part of this paper, the bulk of the
diabase is entirely fresh and such alteration, aside from surface weath-
ering, as has been observed is confined to the immediate vicinity of
definite cracks, shear zones, and fractures in the norma! rock or the
diabase pegmatite. These seams which are accompanied by altera-
tion are of several types and may be advantageosly described sepa-
rately although they doubtless intergrade. The alteration, in most
cases, is confined to a narrow and straight-walled zone parallelinz

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

the crack on either side, which in the quarry shows as a narrow streak
with a black or greenish narrow median line, bordered by a lighter |
colored zone. Inthe pegmatites, however, the alteration spread much
further from the crack supplying the solutions, and gave larger masses
of altered rock whose precise relation to fractures is rarely demon-
strable. In this section are also described some fracture fillings which.
are not accompanied by alteration of the adjacent rock since the min-
erals of these fillings are the same as those which fill cracks elsewhere
accompanied by alteration of the walls. The agency producing these
phenomena is believed tc have been solutions emanating as a final
magmatic product, following the differentiation of the several tex-
tural and compositional facies of the diabase.

DIOPSIDE-FILLED CRACKS ACCOMPANIED BY DIOPSIDIZATION OF THE ADJACENT DIABASE.

‘Many of the streaks in the diabase have a green central line which
consists of diopside filling the original open space of the crack, usually
accompanied by intergrown contemporaneous chalcopyrite and pyrite.
On either side of these diopside seams is a zone wherein the rock is
greenish in color. This border extends to a variable distance from
the central seam, usually of from 3 to 10 mm. making the total width
of the streak from 6 to 20 mm. In extreme cases these streaks may
be 30 mm. or more wide. One such streak of unusual width
accompanied the narrow aplitic dike previously described and simi-
lar alteration often accompanies other such dikes. This is regarded
as a coincidence rather than the result of the action of the aplite,
since the alteration may have taken place previous to the aplitic
injection along the crack later occupied by the aplite or subsequent to
the intrusion of the aplite along the cracks formed by reopening of
the same fissure. The greenish color of the altered rock is due to
repiacement of the normai purplish augite by diopside, hence this
type of alteration is referred to as diopsidization of the rock.

In thin section the diopside along the center of the streak is like
that of the adjacent wall rock, and there is usually a later very thin
crack filled with chlorite. There are crystals of titanite along the
crack. On either side of the fracture too and extending the entire
width of the altered streak, diopside has replaced the original augite
of the rock. Near the outer border of the altered area the replace-
ment may be actually observed, as remnants of the original brown-
ish augite remain in the centers of diopside crystals. Near the par-
ent augite the diopside is crowded with opaque inclusions, but for the
most part this pyroxene is clear and transparent and colorless to very
pale green in section. Cross sections of the prismatic crystals show
euhedral boundaries, well developed cleavage on (110) and twinning
on (100). They have not, however, inherited the basal parting of
the parent augite.

ART, 2: PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 47

The feldspar of the altered zone is completely filled with a fine
flaky sericitic micaceous alteration product of high birefringence.
This extensive alteration masks the feldspar, making it indetermin-
able, although there is some evidence that it has been albitized in
the altered zone, as well as sericitized. Titanite occurs in euhedral
crystals along the crack and in irregular areas pseudomorphous after
iron ore in the altered rock. Near the outer border of this zone
replacement of titaniferous magnetite by titanite in all stages of
completeness may be observed.

The principal reactions of the alteration have been the removal
of iron and titanium from the augite and magnetite, with the sub-
stitution of some lime. The titanium has recombined in the titanite
and has remained behind while the iron has apparently been removed
from the vicinity. The total amount of alkalies has doubtless been
increased by addition of soda to the feldspar in the form of the seri-
citic mineral, which is probably paragonite, and also perhaps as
albite.

One diopside seam entirely like the one described and in normal
- rock was seen, having a central layer a millimeter or two thick of
granular purplish axinite. Another diopside seam which cut an
aplite dike contained a central seam of axinite in the diopside and
widened occasionally with minute cavities which contained tufts of
fibrous hornblende with crystals of axinite and epidote or were lined
with axinite crystals and later filled with a white mineral, probably
apophyllite. These occurrences are more fully described below
under axinite.

CHLORITE SEAMS ACCOMPANIED BY HORNBLENDIZATION OF THE NORMAL ROCK.

Certain seams which resemble the diopside seams in having a deep
green to black median line have been found to have a central filling
of chlorite accompanied by hornblendization of the augite of the adja-
cent normal diabase. A typical example of such seams is shown in
the illustrated specimen, plate 3, which may be described as follows:

The central chlorite-filled crack is 4 mm. in average width and on
each side of this for a width of 14 to 2 mm. the altered rock has a
vivid deep green color. Beyond this there is a border a millimeter
or so wide where the rock is whiter than normal.

In thin section under the microscope the central crack is seen to
be filled with chlorite in aggregates of curved scales which yield shad-
owy extinction. This chlorite is intensely pleochroic in tones of deep
blue-green parallel to the plates and pale brown in the direction per-
pendicular to the cleavage. The elongation of the traces of the
plates is Z; so, assuming that the acute bisectrix is perpendicular to
the basal cleavage, the mineral is negative. The chlorite merely fills
open spaces and does not replace any of the primary minerals.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66,

The hornblende which, in the altered zone, takes the place of the
augite of the unaltered rock, is intensely pleochroic with X= pale
brown, Y=deep greenish brown, Z=deep blue green. Absorption
Y> Z> X. It is biaxial negative with 2V medium, Extinction ZA
c=16° maximum. Sections perpendicular to the prismatic elonga-
tion show well developed prismatic hornblende cleavage. Toward
the border of the altered streak the hornblende grades into normal
augite of the pinkish-brown type and cores of the augite are sur-
rounded by the hornblende, lying in parallel position and extending
inward by replacement.

One large grain of calcite was seen along the crack and this calcite
contained included tufts of fine fibrous colorless hornblende, grown
out from adjacent chlorite. Where chlorite abuts against a small
open cavity the tufts of byssolitic hornblende occur grown in
crystallographic continuity on the chlorite.

Titanite occurs as idiomorphic crystals included in the chlorite and
also in the adjacent rock of the altered zone in all stages of replace-
ment of the skeletons of original magnetite.

The original feldspar of the altered streak is completely filled with
close packed sericitic alteration product, so that it is not possible
to determine whether any replacement of the orginal plagioclase by
albite has taken place. There are later borders of clear albite grown
around cores of the original sericited feldspars, however, and where
these abut against the chlorite filling, the outlines of the broken
plagioclases have been completed by albite deposited from solution.

It will be noted that the alteration here described is identical with
that along the diopside seams except in the nature of the ferromag-
nesian mineral which replaces the augite.

Where, as shown in the illustration, this seam crosses the coarse
pegmatite streak, the crack continues sharply across. Whereas in
the normal rock the alteration was confined to within some 3 mm.
of the crack, in the coarse pegmatitic rock the agents producing the
hornblendization of the augite, sericitization of the feldspar and
replacement of iron ore by titanite were able to effectively penetrate
farther and a completely altered large skeleton magnetite occurs
fully 2 cm. from the crack.

One mineral was observed with the sericite as an alteration
product of the feldspar adjacent to the crack which could not be
identified. This was especially noted in an altered feldspar of a
patch of micropegmatite. The mineral occurs as grains and small
prisms which are colorless and have an index of refraction lower than
that of the hornblende. It was roughly estimated to be about 1.60.
It has strong birefringence and some sections give abnormal blue
interference colors. It is biaxial positive with 2V small. The dis-

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 49

persien is very strong, r<v. Extinction highly inclined, about 45°
in one direction and parallel in the other.

HORNBLENDE-FILLED CRACKS WITHOUT ALTERATION OF THE ADJACENT DIABASE.

In the central part of the quarry there are frequently seen broad
plane surfaces veneered with glistening cleavages of a black mineral
up to 2 by 3 mm. in size associated with a little biotite and chalcopy-
rite These are found to be old joint fractures which have been healed
by later coarsely crystalline hornblende. Splitting tends to take
place along the hornblende filling and leave broad surfaces exposed.
Cross sections of these cracks show only a very narrow black line
with no alteration of the wall rock.

A cross section cut from one of these showed the hornblende to
‘be entirely a filling of the open space of the crack and the constitu-
ent minerals of the rock are entirely unaffected by any alteration.
Where an augite blade has been broken in two by the crack, the in-
tervening space is filled in by hornblende in parallel position. While
most of the hornblende is of the dirty brown color, an occasional one
is found tipped with blue hornblende in optical continuity.

The glistening black hornblende was examined in powder under
the microscope and found to be biaxial negative with 2V medium.
The indices of refraction are a= 1.660, B= 1.671, y=1.688, Birefring-
ence y—a=.028. The mineral is strongly pleochroic, with X= pale
greenish brown, Y=deep greenish brown, Z=deep brownish green.
The absorption is Z>Y>X. The optical orientation is Y=6 and the
maximum extinction ZA c= 16°.

BLUISH HORNBLENDE COATINGS ON FRACTURE SURFACES,

As has been noted under the discussion of jointing and fissuring,
the breaks which characterize the east-west fractures are surfaced
with a bluish gray coating, usually somewhat slickensided but easily
distinguishable from the glossy black ‘diabantite varnish” of the
north-south joints discussed under a later caption. This bluish
material is mainly hornblende, although a small proportion of a light
green chlorite also occurs. The best example of this hornblende
coating seen is about 1 mm. thick and is pale blue-green with a silky
luster and a peculiarly ribbed surface, recalling the ripple marks on
shallow water deposited sediments.

Under the microscope the material of this coating is found to be
finely fibrous with positive elongation, the extinction being about 13°
maximum. It is pleochroic in brownish blue-green across the length
and grayish blue-green parallel to the length. The indices of refrac-
tion are a=1.630, B=1.642, y=1.650. It is obviously a hornblende.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vob. 66,

The adjacent rock for an average distance of about 5 mm. is Visi-
bly altered, being somewhat bleached in appearance. In powder
under the microscope the feldspars of this bleached zone are found
to be filled with a fine muddy dust but show none of the coarse
flaky sericite, nor are they albitized. The pyroxene is altered to
colorless diopside which shows a grating structure, probably a pseudo-
morphous remnant of the cleavage cracks and basal parting of the
original augite.

ALTERATION OF NORMAL DIABASE ADJACENT TO ZEOLITE-BEARING VEINS.

The rock of a number of zeolite specimens from shear zones which
contained cavities filled with minerals, including prehnite, apophyl-
lite, laumontite, etc., was examined to determine the extent and
character of the hydrothermal alteration accompanying the filling of
the zeolite veins. In the hand specimen, in contrast with the nor-
mal rock, this has a peculiar dead lack of luster and harsh dry feel,
the feldspars are white and opaque-looking, and the dark minerals
have a brownish to pistachio tinge. Sections were cut from the
most intensely altered portions and under the microscope these were
found to have suffered some alteration but no drastic mineralogical
changes. The feldspars are extensively dusted with minute flakes
of sericite, but have not been otherwise altered. The principal action
on the augites has been the introduction of much finely flaky, yellow-
ish green material, probably serpentine or a chlorite, into some
crystals, while adjacent crystals are perfectly fresh. Iron ore is
unchanged showing none of the replacement by titanite which marks
the earlier hydrothermal alteration along seams.

A specimen from the strong shear zone at the south end of the
quarry, where the dip of the joint system changes from west to east,
had about the same microscopic characters.

These later vein-filling solutions apparently were lower in tempera-
ture and lacked the vigor of the earlier emanations which produced
the preceding types of alteration.

“DIABANTITE VARNISH’? ON SLICKENSIDED JOINTS.

The fact that the joints of the north-south systems are uniformly
coated with a lustrous coating of slickensided black chlorite has already
been noted. This forms layers up to 2 mm. in thickness having a
smooth-polished, grooved-fibrous, lumpy, or rugose structure. These
are entirely similar to coatings occuring in the Triassic traps through-
out the Newark series. I have specially noted their occurrence in
the quarries of the Westfield, Mass., where they are abundant.

When these layers are crushed and examined microscopically they
are found to consist very largely of chlorite, although there is always
some ground-up diabase incorporated with the chlorite, and for this
reason the material was not suited for analysis.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 51

Under the microscope the mineral is found to have a scaly struc-
ture and moderate pleochroism which, owing to the tangled character
of the aggregates, is not conspicuous, X = brownish green, Y = Z= deep
blue-green. The color and index vary somewhat, probably depend-
ing on slight differences in oxidation of the iron. The mineral is
biaxial and negative (—) with 2V very small (+5°); acute bisectrix
perpendicular to the basal cleavage, 8=1.600, varying .005.

The mineral is soluble in boiling 1:1 hydrochloric and nitric acids
with separation of flocculent silica and is more slowly soluble in boil-
ing dilute sulphuric acid. It is probably best referred to diabantite.

There is very little alteration of the adjacent rock along the
diabantite-coated joints. Even the fragments of augite and feld-
spar incorporated in the chlorite are relatively fresh and free from
alteration.

ALTERATION OF DIABASE PEGMATITE WHERE INTERSECTED BY DIOPSIDIC SEAMS.

While the processes which have developed the various coarse albite
rocks seem in the quarry are somewhat obscure, they seem in part
to be the result of both magmatic and hydrothermal processes. At
one place where 2 number of diopsizing seams like those last described
were traced from the normal diabase (where they produced the nar-
row altered zones described), into a coarse mass of diabase pegma-
tite, the seams became less well defined and alteration apparently
due to them spread over a considerable part of the pegmatitic rock.
This rock seemed to grade into normal diabase pegmatite away from
the seams although the exposures were poor. In the hand specimen
the material of this altered portion is light colored with the texture
of the normal pegmatite and shows clear light green glassy prisms of
diopside in a base of coarse granular snow-white to pinkish albite.
Numerous skeletons of titanite pseudomorphous after magnetite are
easily seen. The rock contains small cavities of the type here
termed miarolitic, which are lined with albite crystals and partly filled
with later tufts of snow white fibers of hornblende and occasional crys-
tals of chalcopyrite. Such rock is common in the quarry. It may be
a magmatic differentiate of the type called albitic pegmatite, and
the fact that it is intersected by the diopside seams may not be
significant.

In thin section under the microscope as shown in the photomicro-
graph, plate, 7 lower, this rock shows greatly sericitized and altered
feldspar which is apparently all albite, and large grains and crystals of
clear glassy diopside. No micropegmatite was seen. The pseudo-
morphs of titanite after skeletons of magnetite are abundant and
well defined and the space between the plates of titanite is filled with
spherulitic green chlorite. Where the small miarolitic cavities are
sectioned the fine colorless hornblende needles are seen to be grown

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

on the ends of the diopside prisms in parallel position and many of
the hornblende fibers are completely inclosed in the clear albite crys-
tals which line the cavity and are later than the muddy albite of
the rock on which they rest showing that the albite was contempora-
neous with or later than the hornblende.

Rock such as this may have originated either by hydrothermal or
magmatic processes and there has probably been a complex overlap-
ping of such processes in the exposures of the Goose Creek quarry.
While the material here described has many points in common with
the albitic pegmatites regarded as magmatic products, the minerals
formed secondarily are the same as those which were described as
developing in the normal diabase along the cracks which intersect
this particular mass.

HORNBLENDIZATION OF NORMAL DIABASE PEGMATITE ALONG CRACKS AND SEAMS.

Although a section was not made from the specimen illustrated in
plate 3 where it is cut by the hornblendizing seam, sections were
obtained from another larger mass of pegmatite where it was cut by
a similar altered streak. These sections show some interesting fea-
tures which may be described as follows.

he seam, which is traceable across the section, seems to contain
two varieties of hornblende, one a brownish-green amphibole having
a large extinction angle, up to 27°, which is pleochroic the color of
mineral being in all directions of about the same proportions of brown
and green but absorption is so complete in one direction that the
mineral is almost opaque. The other is greener amphibole occurring
in bundles of prismatic needles of positive elongation with the extinc-
tion Z/.¢=17°, which is pleochroic in X=pale greenish brown and
Z= deep emerald green. These hornblendes also replace the augite
of the rock. Usually the replacement in its first stages is by the
brownest type hornblende which often surrounds an unreplaced core
of augite. The completely replaced pyroxenes have a center of the
brown hornblende, which is optically a unit, surrounded by the green
one which has a confused uralitic structure. A little chlorite is
locally associated with the hornblendes.

One peculiar feature of the rock near the seam is that some of the
feldspars have altered by the development of a fine kaolinitic altera-
tion product which has later been replaced by the green hornblende, a
replacement which may be observed in allits stages. The end product
of this process where the feldspar of micropegmatite has been replaced
is a micrographic intergrowth of quartz and deep green hornblende
(pl. 5, upper). Most of the plagioclases are fresh and clear except
where they contain irregular and sporadic aggregates of coarse seri-
cite flakes. Iron ore occurs as large skeletons of octahedral form
largely replaced by titanite.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 53

HORNBLENDIZATION OF DIOPSIDE OF ALBITE-DIOPSIDE PEGMATITIC ROCKS.

Many specimens of the coarse grained rocks consisting essentially
of albite and diopside have suffered a change of the pyroxene, the
glassy green diopside being replaced to various degrees by light fluffy
aggregates of white fibers of hornblende, which is entirely like that
described above as a mineral occurring in the miarolitic cavities.
These altered rocks also show thin asbestiform coatings on cracks
which have a pale bluish color, especially when wet. On dry speci-
mens the blue material varies abruptly to white. Under the micro-
scope this is seen to be composed of very finely matted fibers in which
the pleochroism, which is not pronounced, is from pale greenish brown
to pale brownish green. The extinction ZAc is variable up to 20°.
The intermediate refractive index, 8, is about 1.670. A few plates
of “‘hour-glass’”’ epidote are associated with this hornblende and a
few grains of an unidentified mineral with an index well above 1.67
and intense pleochroism in deep grass green and purplish brown.
These smears are entirely like the fibrous hornblende occurring in
veins and miarolitic cavities as described in other sections of this
paper.

HYDROTHERMAL JOINT AND CAVITY FILLINGS.

What have been referred to throughout the paper as zeolite-bearing
veins are in reality small shear zones, usually only a few centimeters
wide, composed of a breccia of fragments of crushed diabase or of its
several differentiated phases, with the interspaces filled with second-
ary minerals deposited from solution. The earliest of these minerals
are essentially the same as those occurring in the miarolitic cavities
already described and are doubtless the product of deposition by the
same solutions.

These shear zones with zeolitic minerals may follow either the
north-south joints or the east-west fractures and there is no essential
and constant difference between the minerals formed in shears of the
two directions. In general specimens from the two series of ruptures
can be distinguished by the darkening of the rock surfaces along the
north-south system by diabantite varnish while the rock cemented by
later minerals from the east-west fractures is lightened in color by a
slight alteration which has already been mentioned.

Before discussing the origin and paragenesis of these veins the
several minerals will be described in detail.

In this section are also described the minerals occuring as druses
coating the surfaces of basalt blocks along early-formed flat cracks

ALBITE.

In addition to the abundant albite which occurs as a magmatic
product in the later differentiates of the diabase and that which has

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VoL. 66.

been described as occurring in crystals in the miarolitic cavities,
some albite occurs in the shear zones as water-clear colorless crystals
coating basalt, especially in specimens of one lot from along an east-
west fissure. ‘The specimens in which the albite occurred contained
also chlorite, laumontite, amphibole, calcite, etc., and the albite ap-
peared to be older than all of these. It is in druses of crystals which
are uniformly small, rarely reaching 1 mm. in length. They are
prismatic by elongation on the vertical axis and are untwinned. The
prismatic faces are vertically striated. A typical crystal was meas-
ured, yielding the following angles:

Measurements of albite crystals from vein.

Form. Symbol. Measure. Calculated.
pruneimehal anaes bie 80 E IT are (ee
scription. |
No. |Letter./ Gdt. |Miller. o p @ p
° / ° / ° / ° in

1 M Oa 010 | Very poor__--| 0 28/90 00] 0 00 90 00
2 e co 110 | Poor, striated_| 60 07 | 90 00/60 30} 90 00
3 l ©0 00. LEO ees dose se ess 119 07 | 90 00/119 52); 90 00
4 Z 03 130 Sano Go 2s2 48 149 35 | 90 00/149 44] 90 00
5| P _0| 001 | Poor, dull____-| 80 43] 26 25|81 51| 27 O1
6 P, 11 PE | 3 ges pee ee oY 36 46! 388 20] 36 53 | 38 30

The drawing, figure 5, shows the habit and appearance of these
vein albite crystals. The albite is optically biaxial positive, 2V
medium, B= 1.530, indicating pure soda feldspar.

CHLORITES,

The diabantite occurring as “‘ varnish’’ on slickensides has already
been noted and that coating the fragments of brecciated rock asso-
ciated with zeolites from along north-south shears is in no wise
different.

In several specimens from an east-west shear near the middle of
the quarry face in October, 1922, the earliest deposit coating the
rock fragments is a soft micaceous gray-green or blue-green layer
underlying a film of the ‘‘mountain-leather’’ hornblende, above
which is much stilbite and laumontite. Under the microscope this
chlorite is seen to be made up of transparent flakes, occasionally
with a suggestion of hexagonal outline, aggregated into rosettes. It
is biaxial and negative (—) but with 2V approaching zero. The
acute bisectrix is perpendicular to the basal cleavage. Refractive
indices, « = 1.625, B=y=1.630, y-«=.005. Pleochroism X, pale
yellow-green, Y and Z=bluish green, absorption X less than Y=Z.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 55

These optical properties are practically identical with those given by
Larsen for celadonite” but the material contains no potash and
seems to be an ordinary chlorite. In places the material is oxidized

somewhat, giving a yellow-brown color, increased
birefringence, and higher refractive indices. Kn-
tangled with both this chlorite and the overly-
- ing hornblende are abundant flat “hourglass” cry-
stals of epidote.

Another shear zone from about 100 feet south
of where the last chlorite was found was exposed in
August, 1923. This shear, which intersected broken
and mashed but otherwise unaltered diabase peg-
matite, contained prehnite and areas of a fine scaly
soft gray-green chlorite, not immediately associated
with the prehnite. This chlorite resembles the stilp-
nomelane from Westfield, Mass., which I have
described,” but it is decomposed without oxidation
by boiling with 1:1 nitric acid. Under the micro-
scope it is seen to be made up of minute hexagonal
scales. Basal scales are dark in all positions be-
tween crossed nicols and in convergent light yield a
faint uniaxial or small biaxial negative figure with
the acute bisectrix normal to the plates. The indices
of refraction are «=1.625, B=y=1.632. It 1s
pleochroic with X=clear brown, Y=Z=deep blue-
green, absorption X< Y =Z.

A single small portion of this material was ob-
tained in sufficient purity for analysis, yielding the
following results:

Analysis of chlorite from shear vein.

Fic. 5.— ALBITE;
SHOWING PRISMATIC
DEVELOPMENT OF
COLORLESS TRANS-
PARENT ALBITE CRY-
STALS OCCURRING IN
FRACTURES AND
VEINS.

Constituent. Per cent. Ratios.
SHOE et Ue oth ON De eh se ea da) ed 26. 28 | 0. 438 0. 0875 1,075
BATT reset Ss SE Sh 16. 24 . 159 . 0802 . 98X22
Ee PPE OPI Ee NSS PSI at a Py ae IN 31. 62 . 440 . 0885 1. O7X5
LAG) ae wa ee Ee eS Hea Ne Sie 5S . 56 Out

PIE Smee SET 1s 74 | Gar - 076X5 - 93X5
COS AIHO Re Cie aw sa 2 ene ye: en 8. 47 . 470 . O78X6 . 955
ERE © aOR Gee gee es ee et . 30

ELE Gem S eee HR epareelede NE so 98. 21

22Esper S. Larsen jr., Microscopic Determination of the Nonopaque minerals. U.S. Geol. Survey

Bull. 679, p. 257, 1921.

2% Barl V. Shannon. Diabantite, stilpnomelane, and chalcodite of the trap quarries of Westfield, Mass.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. 57, pp. 397-403.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

The chlorite thus approximates with moderate closeness to the

formula,
5FeO. 5MgO. 2Al,0,. 5810,. 6H,O,
or, H,,Fe,Mg,Al,Si,0,,.

It is assumed that the iron is all ferrous although the material was
too scanty to permit determination of its state of oxidation. This
composition is intermediate and is not definitely referable to any of
the named chlorites. It is doubtless related to diabantite and deles-
site but, for the present, no specific name will be applied to it. The
material, as found, seems to be purely an introduction by solutions
and not an alteration product of any constituent of the immediately
adjacent rock. Paragenetically it is probably one of the earliest
Introductions into the vein, being essentially contemporaneous with
the epidote and slightly earlier than the hornblende.

ASBESTIFORM HORNBLENDE,

In many specimens, especially of the lot collected from the shear
zone in the north central part of the quarry in October, 1922, there
is a snow white fibrous amphibole very similar to or identical with
that described as occurring in the miarolitic cavities. This forms
thin sheets of very fine fibers having a silky luster which occur coat-
ing joints in bleached and altered diabase along an east-west shear.
These sheets are of paperlike consistency and can be peeled from
the rock, giving a typical ‘‘ mountain leather.’’ The fibers are
apparently oriented and the sheet, when placed flat, gives, from the
ageregate of very fine fibers, a biaxial interference figure, with an
acute negative bisectrix nearly perpendicular to the sheet and 2V
large. The extinction in these fibers is strictly parallel. The min-
eral is insoluble in boiling concentrated hydrochloric acid although
enough iron is extracted to color the solution yellow. A very small
portion, only 14 milligrams, of this ‘mountain leather” was used for
an analysis which obviously could yield only approximate results
on so little material. This gave the following percentages:

Analysis of ‘mountain leather.”

TiO pee hea a CRS Ug cle ree ae eee a cet 40.14
SAL Os eee ee ae = Gel Os Rp a sc ea ne Co renee ILE eee 6.34
Re se NES SEND Pl Pl BPR re Ta CR ee ea oS a 27.24
Os 22 ak AE) ARS SP SESE has Se Cine ag a aia mapas ay 0 Sree 4.93
ENA ge O) aes e AN SAT Se ge SF kN ls Se Bide 3 a gue RYAN Be) ce Ocal 13.38

ENGR oe re cs ese Re ERED eat t eg NE Se Oe 92.03

The analysis serves to confirm the optical identification of the
mineral as hornblende and to show that, despite its very white color,
it is high in iron.

arr, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—-SHANNON. 57

On the same specimens there are also silky tufts of white fibers of
the same mineral which were better suited for a determination of
the optical properties. These are associated with calcite, laumontite
and albite crystals. They are definitely inclosed m calcite crystals
and are clearly older than the laumontite but seem later than the
water-clear prismatic albite crystals. One sheet of the papery variety
was seen to overlie a layer of the chlorite last described and _ to
underlie stilbite. This sheet of hornblende contained entangled
epidote crystals.

The thicker fibers from these tufts show a suggestion of very pale
blue green color under the microscope with pleochroism. They are
biaxial negative with 2V large, dispersion r < v weak. The extinction
ZA¢ is inclined 15° maximum, the mean of many measurements.
The refractive indices are a= 1.648, B=1.668, y=1.676, all variable
.005. Birefringence y —a=.028.

The mineral fuses in very thin splinters in the blowpipe flame to a
black glassy bead which is strongly magnetic.

This fine fibrous hornblende is widely distributed and has been
mentioned as being noted in thin sections. A specimen of hydro-
thermally altered aplite shows a later seam of diopside, along which
are small open spaces containing this white hornblende in fine silky
fibers on which are impaled crystals of epidote and axinite.

Although such asbestiform amphibole has not been frequently
noticed in association with the zeolites of traps, Col. W. A. Roebling
loaned the writer a specimen labeled paligorskite, regarding which
he writes the following note: ‘‘This paligorskite came from the old
Bergen Hill R. R. tunnel many years ago. I have forgotten who sent
it to me—probably Rev. Dr. Spencer of Tarrytown.”

This specimen contains small tufts of snowy fibers exactly like
those of the Goose Creek specimens. These are interspersed with
perfect stilbite crystals and larger calcites on a layer of drusy quartz.
The base of the specimen is coarse slickensided diabase, the augite
of which is chloritized. The slickensides are coated with diabantite
varnish.

Under the microscope these fibers show a birefringence which
reaches a maximum in first order yellow. They are biaxial negative
with 2V large, axial plane parallel with the length. The extinction
is inclined, ZA¢ about 16° average. The indices of refraction are
a= 1.652, B=1.672, y=1.675, y—a=.023.

The New Jersey amphibole is, therefore, almost identical in every
detail of property and occurrence with the Goose Creek mineral.

EPIDOTE,

Scattered through the scaly chlorite, which forms the first coating
on the altered rock of an east-west shear zone, as described above,

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

occur minute crystals of epidote of a peculiar type. These are also
found entangled in the asbestiform amphibole of a number of speci-
mens. These peculiar epidote
crystals were observed in all of the
specimens of this lot, but this is
not an isolated occurrence of the
mineral as shown by the fact that
numerous crystals of the same
type occur in specimens of preh-
nite collected in the quarry by
Doctors Merrill and Wherry some
eight years previously.

The crystals are flattened on
the front pinacoid a (100) in the
orientation adopted and _ are

moderately elongated on the b
Ty cuwootunme asenanoamarme Prawse gxis, the habit and development
OF EPIDOTE OF THE HOURGLASS TYPE. being uniformly as shown in or-
thographic and clinographic projections in figure 6. The angles meas-
ured on two different crystals with the elongation vertical are com-
pared with the calculated angles for these forms in the following table.
The agreement is as
good as can be ex- -
pected when the
minute size and thin-
ness of the crystals is
taken into considera-
tion. The dimen-
sions of the two meas-
ured were 0.25 mm.
long by 0.12 mm.
wide by 0.01 mm.
thick, this being the
average maximum

red > yellow

YS red < blue

size.
The drawing, fig-
ure 8, is an ortho- x

graphic projection FIG. 7.—EPIDOTE. SKETCH SHOWING OPTICAL DIRECTIONS AND HOUR
ee (010) hi GLASS STRUCTURE. PROJECTION ON @ (100).
O sSnhow-

ing the optical orientation of the flattened crystals. Their prin-
cipal peculiarity, optically, is an ‘‘hourglass’’ pattern which makes
them beautiful objects under the microscope between crossed nicols.
The appearance of the birefringence pattern is shown in the drawing

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 59

in figure 7, which is of a crystal between crossed nicols resting on
the pinacoid a (100), the broad flat face. The colors of a typical
example are indicated on the drawing.

This structure is not due to twinning but is due rather to difference
in composition resulting in varying birefringence. The variation is
probably in the amount of the iron-epidote molecule, this being great-
est in the end sectors and gradually decreasing from center to outside
in all sectors. The extinction is parallel to the sides of the crystals
and the axial plane across the length, this tabular face being nearly
perpendicular to the obtuse bisectrix. The crystals vary in color, in
ordinary light, from colorless to pale greenish yellow with noticeable
pleochroism, the color being distrib-
uted in the same pattern as the bire-
fringence. This color is visible in the
end sectors of the thicker crystals
and in the inner tips of the side
sectors.

The epidote is biaxial, negative
(—), with 2V large. The indices
vary with the zoning. One crystal
gave, at the outer edges of the side
sectors, which is the portion of mini-
mum birefrmgence and probably of
minimum index, a=1.748, B=1.754.

This is typical “hour-glass struc-
ture,” which is described by Iddings”!
as follows:

Differences in the molecular attractions
in different directions in a crystal also show
themselves in the constitution of some mixed !¢-8——Eripots. PRosEcTION oF “HOUR
crystals or crystals of isomorphous com- eee Secor EGIOY, SHOWING
pounds. It appears as though certain mole-
cules in the isomorphous series havea greater tendency to attach themselves in
one direction than another; that is they are more strongly attracted to certain
faces of the mixed crystal than to others. The crystal then differs in com-
position in segments built up of layers parallel to such faces, which may show
themselves in differences of color or refraction. In some minerals the segments
are pyramidal with the apexes Of the pyramids toward the center of the crystal,
and the bases at the surface. In sections of such crystals the reversed pyramids
sometimes suggest the shape of an hour-glass, hence the term hour-glass struc-

ture. The commonest examples of such structure are found in augite in certain
basaltic rocks.

While all of the epidote of this shear zone and that of the specimens
collected by Merrill and Wherry are of this peculiar type, the epidote
of the miarolitic cavities and that associated with the axinite were

43 P.Iddings. Rock Minerals, p. 72, New York, 1906.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vol. 66-

not of this type. A few hour-glass epidotes were seen, however,
entangled with the amphibole of bluish smears on cracks in albitie
pegmatite (see p. 53).

Paragenetically the epidote is contemporaneous with chlorite,
asbestiform amphibole and also with the earliest prehnite, indicating
that its formation covered a considerable period.

Angles of crystals of “hour-glass’’ epidote. Measured with elongation (6 axis)

vertical.
CRYSTAL 1.
Form. Symbol. Measured. Calculated.
Quality de- \
scription.
No. |Letter.| Gdt. |Miller. gl! pee o> ANS ip
fe} / ° / oO , ° /
1 t co 0 100 | Triplesignal__| 0 02 | 90 00 0 00 90 00
2 c 0 | O01 | Very poor, dull} 64 24) 91 49] 64 36] 90 00
3 r 109) 210k jen do: 52 03 | 90 00] 51 42 90 00
4 4) —} 102 | Medium, dou- | 81 25 | 90 00]! 81 03 90 00
ble.
5 n —1] 111 | Good. 5443) SSUNOOR | BI SAAN So) tS
6 0 01 011 | Very poor 64 47] 33 18 | 64 36 31 31
shim.
CRYSTAL 2.
Form. Symbol. Measured Calculated.
Quality de-
| scription.
No. |Letter.| Gdt. | Miller. : ¢’! p’’ gl! pie
Mees | sh
| ° ’ ° / ° , ° ,
af t co 0) 100 | Multiple sig- | O O11] 90 15 0 00; 90 00
nal.
2 c 0 | 001 | Very poor,dim}| 64 30 | 90 00 | 64 36) 90 00
3 r —10 101.|, Very poor, |.51 .:47 |.90,, 00.) 51.42. },90.,,.00
Bs narrow. vs s
4 a —% 102 | Medium, poor | 80 34/91 33] 81 03 90 00
5 n —1 P17 | Medrume tess 53 O02! (434-52. SP 42 Sb 1S
6 0 O1 011 | Very poor, | 66 43] 33 15] 64 36); 31 31
| shim. |

AXINITE.

Axinite was found in two places in the quarry. North of the
central part of the quarry face a diopside seam in a loose block of
normal diabase had a layer from 1 mm. to 2 mm. of granular axinite
in the center. This is purplish in color in the hand specimen and
under the microscope is colorless, transparent, biaxial negative (-),
with 2V medium large, r<v strong

ART. 2.

PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON.

South of the central part of the quarry face an aplite dike from
2 cm. to3 cm. wide is cut by later seams filled with diopside and
where these diopside seams widen they have a central layer of pur-

plish-gray axinite. In places the
axinite seams contain minute vugs
lined with acute wedge-shaped ax-
inite crystals of purplish-brown
color. The central portion of these
vugs is filled with cottony white
hornblende which contains embed-
ded perfect crystals of axinite and
a few long prismatic crystals of epi-
dote. One such axinite-lined cay-
ity was filled with a white mineral
which, when examined microscopi-
cally, was found to contain numer-
ous included colorless hornblende
fibers. This white mineral which
is biaxial, positive with 2V small,
r>v pronounced, has a perfect
cleavage perpendicular to the
acute bisectrix and is doubtless
apophyllite. Its refractive index,
B18 1.538.

The axinite crystal which was
measured was one of the perfect
individuals suspended on horn-
blende fibers. It has the form
and habit shown in figure 9 and
gave the following measurements:

Fic. 9.—AXINITE. SHOWING COMMON HABIT OF
CRYSTALS FROM GOOSE CREEK. ORTHOGRAPHIC
AND CLINOGRAPHIC PROJECTION ON c¢ (010)°

Measurements of axinite from Goose Creek.

Form. Symbol. Measured. Calculated.
asAaie hae TRE Quality
description.
No. |Letter.| Gdt. | Miller. e p " p
° / ° / | ° / ° /
Le oil Oo GLO 4h Bait ao Peles 0 27 90 00 0 00} - 90 00
Ley seth ©0 co 110, Good a ip 2 135 27 | 90 00 | 135 24 90 00
3 j 00 2 120 | Very poor___| 152 36 | 90 00 | 151 23 90 00
ca ae oo 3 130 es) Poor hao. 3 156 04 | 90 00 | 158 38 90 00
5| B | oF | 350 | Very Good __| 147 55 | 90 00 | 147 038 90 00
Be SG eco 2® OTT Oi. Poor. 25296 140 41 90 00 | 139 58 90 00
7 | New?| n.c. U5 €. Medium ____} 169 33 | 90 00 n.c. 90 00
8 iS 12 121 Bape Siu 153 39 68 17 | 153 49 68 32
9| e 61 OLR}. Mery goodye ss 7258 rho 12. es Pee G8 45 16

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

The faces of the crystals are all lustrous and brilliant but the
prismatic planes are striated vertically and somewhat rounded by
oscillation.

The optical properties of this axinite are: biaxial, negative (—),
2V medium large, r<v moderate, a=1.673, B=1.680, y=1.684,

Spe ee 8 y—a=.011. In the granular portion of the
/ si taxinite seam chalcopyrite, apparently con-
/ x temporaneous, is intergrown with theaxinite.
Paragenetically the axinite is placed as con-
/ temporaneous with chalcopyrite, epidote, and

/ e / hornblende, and earlier than apophyllite.

/ QUARTZ.

The scarcity of quartz is rather a nota-
ble feature of the Goose Creek assemblage
of vein minerals. This mineral, so common
elsewhere in association with zeolites in trap-
pean rocks, was seen only once in all the spec-

imens collected. In this instance it occurred
> $ ascombs of prismatic crystal grown out from

a - either wall of a vein. The crystals rested
Fic. 10.—PREHNITE. TYPE 1CRYS- l f hl fis Tt : di id ]
rat. OntHoGRAFHic crysta, UPON a layer Ol chlorite. le individua
DRAWINGS. quartz crystals average 2 millimeters long

by 1 millimeter thick and are transparent, colorless, and_bril-
liant. They have the common habit,
hexagonal prism terminated by a
symmetrical hexagonal pyramid.
The vein between the quartz combs
is filled with coarse granular datolite
which preserves molds of the quartz
crystals when they are broken out.
The whole vein averages about 1 cen-
timeter wide. A single small cube of
galena was seen in the chlorite under-
lying the quartz. Paragenetically
the quartz/is later-than:chlorite and). "1 eae ee ee
. GATED ON THE 5 AXIS SHOWING CRYSTAL
galena and older than datolite. Hine AND STRIMTION/OFc (O01):

PREHNITE.

Prehnite is the most abundant of the vein minerals and occurs in
a variety of forms.

In the lot of material collected from this locality in 1915 by Doc-
tors Merrill and Wherry, the prehnite exhibits the ordinary form, pale
green columnar crusts with botryoidal to ill-defined cockscomb
surface. This prehnite rests upon a layer of somewhat weathered

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 63

chlorite and contains embedded ‘ hour-glass’’ epidote crystals.
Apophyllite crystals rest upon the surface of the prehnite.

In the material collected from the east-west shear zone in the north-
central portion of the quarry face in October, 1922, prehnite is abun-

dant, especially as sheeted vein fillings made
of pale green material having a transverse-
bladed structure and showing evidence of
repeated reopening of the fissure during its
deposition by the inclusion of many layers of
chlorite and partings parallel to the walls, giv-
ing a sheeted structure. Small open spaces in
this material are lined with minute tabular
and very thin crystals. The thinner of these
have the form shown in figure 10 and give
very poor but definite reflections from the
prism faces indicating a prism angle of about
80°+2°. The faces of pinacoids, though vis-
ible, are etched dull and give no reflection.
When these smali euhedral crystals are ex-
amined in polarized light they give very re-
markable effects. Crystals like those indi-
cated in the drawing, figure 10, are shown in
figures 13 and 14 below, and in figure 15 is
shown a variant which is bounded by only
the two pinacoids, a (100) and b (010) giving
rectangular plates. These peculiar crystals
are referred to as ‘‘ hour-
glas” prehnites by

Fic. 12—PREHNITE. TYPE 3
ELONGATED ON THE @ AXIS
SHOWING STRIATION AND CRYS-
TAL HABIT IN ORTHOGRAPHIC
AND CLINOGRAPHIC PROJEC-
TION.

. Fic. 13—PREHNITE. TYPE 1
SHOWING COMMON “‘HOUR-
GLASS”? FORM.

analogy with the associated epidotes described
above. The cause of the appearance is very
different in the two cases as will be apparent
from the following description.

The crystal, figure 13, consists of an hour-
glass pattern at the ends and continuing as a
narrow line through the center of the crystal to
connect with an identical area at the corre-
sponding opposite end. The main portion of
this crystal, marked c—c! in the drawing,
shows, at the position of maximum illumina-

tion, a uniform pale-yellow birefringence color of the first order. The
extinction is parallel with the sides. The figure, in convergent light,
shows an optically biaxial positive character, with 2V medium, acute
bisectrix perpendicular to the plate, r>v distinct. Axial plane paral-
lel with the long direction which makes the optical orientation X =a,

Y=5b, Z=c.

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

When this main portion of the crystal is at the position of extinc-
tion the end portions, a—a! and 6—b',. have a uniform and
identical first-order yellow birefringence color, which is_ probably
their maximum birefringence. Their optical directions are thus

Fic. 14—PREHNITE. TYPE 1
SHOWING A MODIFICATION
OF THE ‘‘ HOUR-GLASS’’
STRUCTURE WHERE THE
TWO END SECTORS ARE NOT
CONNECTED.

inclined 45° to those of the main portion of the
crystal. They are moreover inclined 90° to
each other, as is shown by the insertion of a
first-order red gypsum plate when the sectors
a—a' become blue and b—b! become yellow
or vice versa.

These end sectors a—a! and b—)' yield no
true extinction between crossed nicols, but only
sweeping bars as the stage is rotated, and their
birefringence colors are
abnormal low-order blue
and liver brown. Any
area in these sectors, in
convergent light, gives a
confused interference fig-

ure which is biaxial, positive, with 2V very
small to small, r<v extreme, crossed disper-
sion extreme, acute bisectrix normal to the

piate.

The example illustrated in figure 14 is the

010

Fic. 16.—PREHNITE. A VARI-
ANT OF TYPE 1 SHOWING THE
GROWTH OF THICKENING
AT THE ENDS TO PRODUCE
SHEAVES.

same case except in the Fig. 15—PREHNITE. TYPE 1
SHOWING HOUR-GLASS STRUC-

shape of the “hour-glass” TURE IN A CRYSTAL BOUND-
pattern. ED ONLY BY PINACOIDS.

In the case of these crystals, which are the
simplest examined, the anomalous optical be-
havior can most easily and satisfactorily be ex-
plained by assuming an underlying normal preh-
nite crystal, of uniform thickness and normal
optical properties, overlain by a scale having
the outline of the hourglass and made up of
two crystal individuals oriented at right an-
gles to each other and at 45° to the underlying
crystal. All of the anomalous birefringence,
dispersion, and confused optical figures can be
simply accounted for by this interpretation.

The crystal illustrated in figure 15 is similar.
Here the plate is rectangular and is bounded

only by the pinacoids a (100) and 6b (010). When the main crystal

c—c’ is at the position of extinction, which is parallel to its edges, —

the hour-glass portions show only a very faint luminosity, which
gives the same effect as the preceding with the sensitive tint, but

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON,. 65

barely perceptibly. The main portion of the crystal shows inter-
ference colors mostly in subnormal blue and liver brown with a
very little first-order yellow. All portions of the pattern yield
a similar interference figure in convergent light,
biaxial positive, 2V approximately 10°, acute bisec-
trix perpendicular to the table, axial plane parallel
with the long direction, r>v strong. These inter-
ference figures are somewhat hazy and confused.
This is most probably like the preceding, but the
portions of scales making up the “hourglass’’ are so
exceedingly thin that they do not greatly obscure
the optical properties of the main crystal, even
though the latter is itself very thin.

The explanation implying an overgrowth of scales
: E P 5 Fic. 17.—PREHNITE.
is not purely hypothetical, especially since any of the 4 gm vw os
crystals when care- CRYSTAL. AGGRE-
fully examined un- es Ree ae
der a lens do show = "svRE 16.
such scales, indeed usually a group
of them, curving upward. This is
similar to the tendency of the crys-
tals of prehnite to form
FiG. 18.—PREHNITE SHOWING OPTICAL stRUC- Sheaves and the flat

TURE OF CRYSTALS OF TYPE 2. crystals, with a thin
overlying scale, grade into bundles of curved, scalelike
crystals. Two such aggregates are illustrated in figures
16 and 17; the form shown in figure 17 is very much
more common than any other and ‘has been referred to
as “dumb-bell’’ prehnite. Drusy surfaces are often
made up of this type grading into still more globular
forms and the crystals of the preceding descriptions
rest, in most cases, upon such shapes.

In an east-west shear zone exposed just south of the
center of the quarry in August, 1923, there were found
some specimens of prehnite made up of pale yellowish-
green columnar bladed crusts up to 1 em. thick lining
an open space. The surfaces of these crusts are smooth Fic. 19.—Prep-
botryoidal but are made up of the terminations of innum- = 17=_snowmye
erable closepacked crystals. Attached to this crust as Se ee
though later are single. well-defined crystals of prehnite = 18 or TvPr3.
up to 3mm. broad, which are more abundant and more perfect where
the space between the crusts is narrow. These have the crystal habit
shown in figure 11, showing the prism m (110), the front pinacoid

94110—24——_5

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

a (100), and the base c (001). They are thick tabular, parallel to
the base, and are elongated on the 6 axis, as contrasted with the fore-
going, which are elongated on the ¢ axis. The pinacoid a (100) is
etched dull but the prismatic faces give good reflections, indicating
the angle m (110) A m’‘’’ (110)=80° 39’.. The basal pinacoid is
striated parallel to the axis as indicated in the drawing.

Between crossed nicols these crystals also show optical anomalies,
the pattern being as shown in figure 18. These are in many respects
like the ones previously described but they are somewhat more com-
plicated. When the sectors ¢ and c’ are at the position of extinc-
tion a, a’ and 6 and 0’ are similarly illuminated and show a uni-
form first-order yellow interference color. These sectors give sym-
metrical extinction of 8° on either side of
the dividing line. The extinction is not
uniform, however, but sweeps as a bar
from the inner tip of the sector outward.
At 45° position all sectors are similarly 1l-
luminated. aanda’, band 6’ shade from
a broad central yellow field downward
through black to blue at the edge. c and
c’ shade similarly from a yellow central
field through black and then have a nar-
row outer border of higher colors. No
segment issimple. Even thecand c’ sec-
tors which have homogeneous parallel
extinction give, in convergent fight, an
interference figure like that obtained from
twomuscovite plates superposed at right
Fro. 20.—Datourre or yest Genera. a@lgiles to each other, while the end sectors

TION SHOWING ACUTE HABIT. give still more complicated interference
figurse, suggesting 3 mica plates at 60° to each other. The acute
bisectrix of allof the intergrown crystal units is perpendicular to the
table.

The simplest explanation which will fit these several peculiarities
is that the crystals are made up, as before, of an underlying homo-
geneous crystal which, however, is not of uniform thickness but thick-
ens in all directions from the center. Thinning would produce the
same result but the thickening is actually noticeable when the prehn-
ite crystals are examined. This simple tapering crystal is overlain
by layers having the arrangement of the sector pattern, figure 18.
In ¢ and ec’ there is one overlying plate with optical directions at
right angles to those of the fundamental crystal beneath. In a—a’
and b—b’ three layers, the two upper being oriented at 90° to each
other and 45° to the underlying crystal.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 67

A small vein in the south end of the quarry varied from 1 to 2 cm.
wide and was filled with granular fine green porous prehnite. The
cavities are lmed with brilliant little crystals which are elongated on
the ¢ axis and have the crystal habit shown in the orthographic and
clinographic drawings of figure 12. The prism faces gave good
measurements indicating the prismatic angle to be 80° 59’. The
front pinacoid also gave good signals but
the side pinacoid (010) is etched dull. The
base is horizontally striated as indicated.
Between crossed nicols these crystals gave
the pattern shown in figure 19. Although
at first glance appearing more complicated,
this is found to be only a variation of the
structure shown in figure 18, and is capable
of the same interpretation.

These interpretations are applicable only
to the prehnites here described and _ this
mineral seems to adopt numerous other con-
fused intergrowths producing other effects
as shown by the discussions of Mallard and
Emerson abstracted in Dana’s Mineralogy.

The green prehnite from one of the sheeted
veins was purified for analysis and analyzed
in the Museum laboratory yielding the results
given in column 1 below. In column 2 are
quoted the results obtained on analysis of Fic. 21—Datoure oF sxconp
prehnite from Admiralty Inlet, andincolumn S!X®84TON sHowING MORE

Bi, PRISMATIC HABIT BY ELONGA-
3 the theoretical composition. TION ON THE @ AXIS

Analyses of prehnite.

1. Goose | 2. Admi-

Creek. |ralty Inlet. 3. Theory.

RNR Ne nds atta A AEN foetal nesh ane Ud 2 41. 90 44, 35 43.7
ARO Ss GT 1 DAWU AB OST 19. 38 19. 44 24. 8
AO, ee dle) Son FW 8 a Ek 6. 93 GxoSa eee ee
PAG ieee eee han) at rg Bae wg ty ol pa ae Se) oe eke Pe are a OR
Caren WO RBG BID Ti Snes Ge Sei 26. 70 25. 50 ia
EOE Nagel te El Lida, lb ag hes cal ge oe A Tate ares eS al Ne ette, Pere
Ogee Me oy aut erage ee RPACe eipeN Fey eee aire oe
HoO-PUtOs Casi Vil OOM! AnW BINT 4. 84 4. 00 4.4
Pia Oe OAT Ls Coa Ee he 5 OG sees ed red Tt ond ge
RGU ee Oe ges gs ed A DY 100. 70 99. 87 100. 0

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

The. comparison of the above analyses indicates that the prehnite
from this locality is ordinary in composition except in being rather
higher than usual in ferric-iron, a little higher, in fact, than the prehn-
ite from Admiralty Inlet described by Johnston® to which the vari-
etal name “ ferriprehnite’’ has been applied. That the iron is pres-
ent as ferric oxide replacing alumina rather than as ferrous oxide re-
placing lime was definitely determined.

The optical properties of the analyzed powder were found very
difficult of determination. The confused optical structures observed
in the relatively simple crystals described above are greatly multi-
plied in the massive material. Although composed of pure prehnite
the sample gave variable refractive indices and is clearly somewhat
zoned with some variable constituent, probably ferric oxide, affecting
the indices of the different zones. The average indices, which are
the best that could be obtained, are a=1.635, B=1.640, y=1.655.
The mineral is biaxial positive and the value for 2V varies from
nearly 0° to about 30° or more with an average of 15°. The dis-
persion, r<v, varies from weak to extreme, most intense in the
grains of smallest axial angle. Confused interference figures give
extreme crossed dispersion.

Paragenetically the prehnite is early, definitely earlier than stilbite,
laumontite, apophyllite, and calcite. In most specimens it precedes
datolite but in other specimens crusts of datolite crystals are over-
lain by clearly later crusts of ‘‘dumb-bell’”’ prehnite. Evidence
definitely proving whether this means two generations of prehnite or
two of datolite was not found. From the existence of two types of
crystallization of the datolite, however, it is assumed that there are
two generations of the datolite and only one of prehnite.

DATOLITE.

Datolite occurs in a large number of specimens and has been
assumed to be of two generations because in many specimens it is
underlain by a thick crust of prehnite while in others the datolite
crystals are more or less covered by a later crust of prehnite, although
both generations of datolite were nowhere found in the same specimen.

The first datolite found in the quarry, in October, 1922, was only
yellowish transparent granular material on diabase, not associated
with any other mineral, although laumontite occurred on the opposite
sides of the same specimens. This was identified by its character-
istic optical properties which are: Biaxial, negative (—), 2V large,
r>v weak, 8=1.653+.002.

R.A. A. Johnston, Canada Geol. Surv. Victoria Memorial Museum, Bulletin 1, p. 95, 1913

ART, 2, PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 69

The second lot of datolite specimens was obtained from a north-
south fissure in April, 1923, and contained numerous crystals of
datolite as the earliest mineral of the veins, covered by later prehnite,
laumontite, stilbite, and calcite. These are greenish transparent crys-
tals of acute pyramidal habit as illustrated in figure 20. They
average 3 mm. in length and greatly resemble the crystals of datolite
from Bergen Hill. Entirely similar crystals line narrow veins later
solidly filled with white apophyllite..

The crystals are fairly simple in combination with the forms a
(100), m (110), n (111), and x (102) prominent with smaller faces of
pw (114), e (112), m, (011), and g (012). The crystals of this type
which were measured gave the following angles:

Measurements of datolite crystals, Figure 20.

Form. Symbol. Measured. Calculated.
Quality de- és poeta
scription.
No. |Letter.| Gdt. | Miller. 9 p 9 p
| ° ’ ° , ° ’ ° ,

1 a co) 100 | Excellent ___-| 90 00| 90 00/90 00); 90 00
2 b Qo 010 | Very poor__--| 0 00} 90 00 0 00; 90 00
3 m co 110 | Excellent ___-|.57 30 | 90 00) 57 387; 90 00
Al mes OI Obs le. 22. Goi: at See 0,04 51 80) 0 07 | 51 Al
5 g Peerage | Very: poor-_.-| 0° 04 |. 30° 30°| 70: 14 1-32; 19
6 2 +4 102 | Excellent ___-| 89 19 | 44 41) 90 00] 45 00
7 n aieee Di be 2 G65: 2h 57 26 | 67 04] 57 38 | 67 04
8 € —4 112 | Very good___-| 57 20) 49 42) 57 33) 49 42
Sit —} 114 | Medium ____-_ 57. 25.| 30 25-) 57 ~29:| 30 29

When overlain by prehnite or other minerals these crystals often
have some of the faces etched to complete dullness, although those
which are completely covered by apophyllite are brilliant with all of
the faces lustrous.

The second type of datolite, which invariably rests upon a columnar
or bladed green crust of earlier prehnite, was first seen in a little speci-
men picked up on the quarry floor by W.S. Burbank in April, 1923.
These crystals have the same yellow-green color and are transparent.
They differ in habit, however, and are more prismatic by elongation
on the a axis, making the clinodomes prominent. In this respect
they somewhat resemble the crystals from Westfield, Mass. One
such crystal was measured and had the development shown in the
drawing, figure 21. This gave the following angles:

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66,

Measurements of datolite, Figure 21.

Form. Symbol. Measured. Calculated.
| Quality de- 8
scription.
No. |Letter.| Gdt. |Miller.) ¢ p ¢ 0
° / ° / ° , ° ,

i m ©o 110 | Very good__--_| 57 35 | 90 00] 57 37 90 00
2 0 co2 120 | Very poor__--| 37 47 | 90.00] 38 14 90. 00
3 r co 2 DBO eee ao 2 at 43 02:90 00}; 46 25; 90 00
4 x 30 102 | Excellent _---| 90 00 | 45 02/90 00] 45 O00
Sol Mey sl DL OLL. | ee do varie ke On. 10) Bk AL |) OP vOT i abLy at
6 g 3 O12) Se done ase. OF 28 oe, ie Oo AAS 2a
if n 1 Lit-ees dewewoh: 57 37 | 67 16/57 38] 67 04
8 € —} 112 | Very good_.--| 57 31]49 25157 33] 49 42

The forms r (230) and
0 (120) are present as small
and dull etched faces. No
measurement was obtained
ony (111), which was iden-
tified by its position; e
(112) is etched so as to give
a reddish signal. All of
the other faces are plane
and brilliant, giving excel-
lent reflections.

In the late summer, 1923:
numerous specimens of this
postprehnite datolite were
found, mostly granular but
some showing free crystals.

A specimen handed to
me by the owner of the
quarry in August, 1923,
Fi@. 22.—DATOLITE OF SECOND GENERATION SHOWING PRO- had been laid aside by the

NOUNCED TABULAR DEVELOPMENT PARALLEL TO Z (102). quarry foreman, and what
part of the quarry it came from was not known. This had a relatively
large cavity filled with datolite surrounded by an earlier crust of prehn-
ite. The datolite crystals of this specimen are the most flattened
crystals of this mineral which have come under my notice. The largest
of these may reach a breadth of 15 mm. with a thickness of only 1 mm.
They are imperfectly developed and it was found impossible to orient
them except by placing them on the flat side and examining them
optically. The emergence of an optic axis nearly perpendicular to
the flat face identified it as the dome x (102), and this, together with
the position of the optic axial plane, served to orient them. It was

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 71

found most advantageous to measure these in the Goldschmidt posi-
tion. The faces, except x (102), are small, and those of @ (100),
m (110), and e (112) are etched to complete dullness. The tabular
face x (102) and n (111) give fair reflections and m, (011) gives
excellent signals. The broad face of z (102) is marked by triangular
elevated spots with apices pointing toward a (100) and bases upward
toward the position of ¢ (001). The habit of the crystals is indicated
in the drawing, figure 22, although in this position the tabular habit
of the crystals is not so obvious.

CHABAZITE.

Chabazite is one mineral which was
found only as drusy coatings along very ‘
narrow cracks in unaltered basalt and not F
in the wider shear zone veins associated
with the other minerals. The drusy coat-
ings are common and often cover consid-
siderable areas, sometimes of a square me-
ter or more. The chabazite ts deposited
directly on the basalt and is often over-
lain by later stilbite and calcite.

This zeolite is usually in the form of
simple rhombohedral crystals of the com-
mon unit rhombohedron r as shown in
figure 23, or, rarely, interpenetrating
twinned rhombohedra. The crystals,
which are transparent-colorless to trans-
lucent white average only about 1 mm. in
diameter. They sometimes are grown
into groups in parallel position.

. . FIG. 23.—CHABAZITE SHOWING UNIT

Phe comparatively peor crystals whichis” eyousonepnoN tik Common Ow
Ewere measured “indicated an” average "47 Goose’Cuzzx.
rho angle of 52° 48’ for the rhombohedron (calculated = 51°
25’). There is a moderately perfect cleavage parallel to_this
rhombohedron.

Optically examined in powder under the polarizing microscope the
mineral is found to be zoned parallel to the rhombohedral faces. The
- central portion of the crystal has the lowest refractive indices, lowest
birefringence, and smallest axial angle, the index of refraction, bire-
fringence, and axial angle increasing toward the outside. The
mineral, thus varies from uniaxial at the center to biaxial with 2V
moderate at the peripheries. The indices of refraction vary simi-
larly from a= 1.485, 6 = 1.485, 7 = 1.490 toa= 1.488, 8 = 1.490, y= 1.495.
The optical character is positive.

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, vou. 66.
STILBITE.

Stilbite is a common mineral in the veins, being exceeded in
amount only by prehnite, apophyllite, laumontite, and datolite. It
occurs characteristically as minute colorless transparent crystals and
larger groups of parallel crystals or nearly parallel individuals form-
ing larger units. These stilbite crystals are associated with all of the
other vein minerals and often rest upon prehnite. The smallest of
these are all rectangular prisms bounded only by
three pinacoids at right angles to each other as shown
in figure 24. These become less perfect with increase
in size until the larger ones, which are 1 cm. long
by 4 mm. wide and 2 mm. thick, show a group struc-
ture, the smaller individuals making up the group
showing a slight tendency to diverge and form sheaves,
although made up of rectangular units. These have
a not very pronounced pearly luster on the broader
face. One specimen showed minute colorless trans-
parent rectangular crystals bristling in all directions
from the base to which they are attached and form
ing a loose hemisphere. These rest upon a ‘‘moun-
tain leather’? layer of hornblende and are overlain
by laumontite. One of the most perfect of these was
measured and gave angles of 90 degrees between the
pinacoids, within the limit of error of the measure-
ments. These crystals are biaxial, negative, 2V small,
r>v weak, 8=1.498. Lying on the broad face be-
tween crossed nicols these show the emergence of the
ria. 24.—Smurte or Optic normal with a very small inclination, of but a

“gripesMINE” degree or two, of the extinction to the edge, and show

aay py tuner, & faint suggestion of twinning. When crushed they

PINACOIDS. exhibit two cleavages, one perpendicular to the optic
normal or parallel to the plane of the optic axes (010), and a second,
nearly as perfect, parallel to the front pinacoid (100) which is per-
pendicular to the obtuse bisectrix. This makes the optical orientation,
if the crystals are set with their elongation vertical, Y=), Z=a,
XAc=0° —2°.

Another specimen showing the larger crystals or rather bundles of
crystals in parallel position, furnished material for a partial analysis
which furnished the results of column 1 of the following table. In
column 2 are given the figures of the theoretical composition of stil-
bite, taken from Dana, and in column 3 the analysis by Thugutt and
Rosicky of epidesmine.*®

2% Appendix III, Dana Syst. Min., p. 27.

ART. 2 PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—-SHANNON. 73

Constituent. ons Theory. Ppldess

BOT IRe DA Sie Nie tg yk a ae am eS 54. 40 57. 40 56. 66
PO ee ae eee ee ee eee 17. 88 16. 30 16. 00
CAO beer aed bep erie eld vane tad ww. epee d ES 8. 56 era 7. 58
ihe ies a ei es se eee oda eee oe a

ee et Steen ee nee See Meee Seen eee ee eee
pep et ee Ob.
Ee @ etal OG emcee el Fae a ok See ate ie ;
PROUT ORO. UMEDA I DRAFT IO 2. 32 \ ioed
Tmagible: exiga eye igse py te Magee Ve ences ty reece. Lp ete bye yeh Se 2

PCH e eeeeee ee PERE AS POR A 99. 16

Enough of the Goose Creek material was not avail-
able for determination of the alkalies which, judg-
ing from the summation of the analysis, must be
small in amount. The analyzed material had the
following optical properties: Biaxial, negative, 2V
medium, a=1.490, 6 =1.500, y=1.502, y-a=.012.
There are two perfect cleavages parallel to the two
elongated pinacoids. The best of these adopted as
b (010), gives maximum birefringence and is par-
allel to the optic plane, giving extinction varying
from 0° to 5°. The other cleavage is perpendicu-
lar to the obtuse bisectrix which makes the orienta-
tion, like that of the smaller crystals from another
s ecimen described above, X A\c=0°-5°, Y=6,Z=a.

Stilbite has been considered monoclinic and is so
gi.en by Dana, although crystals with the symmetry
of that system have apparently never been found.
T e assignment of the mineral to the monoclinic sys-
tem of crystallization depends upon the optical struc-
ture of crystals which, when lying on the 6b (010) face,
show optical anomalies with two twinning planes Fic. 25—smzrtz or
intersecting each other at right angles and divid- 7) 0 Ua
ing the crystal into 4 identical quarters. DAL FACES.

Goldschmidt has disregarded the optical structure and classes
stilbite (= desmin, Germ.) as orthorhombic.

Epidesmine has been described as an orthorhombic mineral having
crystals bounded by three pinacoids at right angles to each other.
While the formula given for epidesmine is slightly different than that
here adopted for stilbite, the analysis, quoted above, is well within
the limits of variation of stilbite analyses. The only distinction
between stilbite and epidesmine would then appear to be that the
crystals of the latter are presumably homogeneous with parallel ex-
tinction on (010) while the crystals of stilbite are twinned with a

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vow. 66.

small inclined extinction, up to 5°, on either side of the twinnin
plane.

The crystals of stilbite described above have the habit of epides-
mine while the analysis gives the composition of stilbite. The crys-
tals are zoned somewhat, the zones differing in refractive index but
seeming to cover the very small range between the refractive indices
of stilbite and those of epidesmine. When the crys-
tals are oriented similarly, the optical directions coin-
cide exactly with those of epidesmine. As regards
the internal twinning structure, numerous crystals
from various specimens from the Goose Creek quarry
were carefully mounted in balsam, lying on the
(010) face and carefully examined in comparison
with each other and with fine little stilbites from
the Faroes. Although otherwise similar with one
another the Goose Creek stilbites varied in degree
of visibility of the twinning. In these crystals the
extinction ranged from 3°, when the twinning could
be discerned, down to 0° when, of necessity, the
twinning ceased to exist. There is some ‘‘aggre-
gate effect’’ in the optical behavior, since some crys-
tals which when measured against the edges gave
essentially parallel extinction, yielded when crushed,
fragments showing extinction inclined up to 5°, meas-
ured from the (100) cleavage.

I am inclined to the belief that ‘‘epidesmine”’ has
no right to be considered a distinct species, the mate-

rial described under that name being merely a variety
Be. 33. TAUON: of stilbite in which the angle of extinction has varied
von uasit, tac through 5° to zero. The crystallography, cleavages,
vein Peis wiz and optical directions of the two coincide when the
DOME € (101). elongation is made vertical and the most perfect cleay-
age is made b (010). Epidesmine, then, may be regarded as ortho-
rhombic stilbite which does not show ananomalous small inclined
extinction. The same conclusion has been reached from studying
similar crystals from Idaho. Stilbite is best regarded, crystallo-
graphically, as orthorhombic, the optical anomalies being disregarded
as mere anomalies. In some minerals the dissociation of the crys-
tallography from the optical structure could not be tolerated, but
in this case it seems permissible, especially when the cases of some
other zeolites are compared.

In the great pile of blasted-down rock in the central portion of
the quarry in August, 1923, some of the larger blocks showed sur-
faces of cracks, sometimes totaling 4 square meters in area, coated
with drusy stilbite crystals, somewhat stained by ocherous limonite.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 75

These, in part, rested on practically unaltered basalt and in part
upon an earlier druse of small colorless chabazite crystals. The stil-
bite of these druses is in crystals averaging about 1 mm. in length,
which differ from those found in the wider sheared veins in the pos-
session of 4 pyramidal plains as shown in Figure 25. They are thus
typical crystals of stilbite. Oriented as drawn with the broadest,
pearly-lustered face, as the 6 (010) pinacoid, the measured crystal
gave the following angles:

Measurements of stilbite crystal from druse.

Form. Symbol. Measured. Calculated.
Quality de-
scription. | |

No. |Letter.| Gdt. |Miller. d p dp p
° / ° / ° / ° ,
1 b Oxo 010 | Fair, striated _| 0 00; 90 00; O 00; 90 00
2 b Ooo 010 | Poor, blurred_| 1 43 | 90 00 0 00 90 00
3 oO OOS ao. * CG See wa 88 12; 90 00] 90 00; 90 00
4 a co) FOO: PW Waire 2 eS 90 10/90 00}; 90 00}; 90 00
5 p 1 111 | Very poor___-| 45 04] 48 35|47 08) 48 O1
6 Pp 1 Pode ola do 4 Sie 26 44 23 | 50 13/47 08 | 48 OL
i p 1 111 | Medium -_-_-_- 44 14|47 33|47 08| 48 O1
8 Pp 1 PE AP oor. aes 47 30/48 42|47 08); 48 O1

The lack of agreement in the angles is
due to the poor quality of the faces, even
the smallest of these stilbites, like the others,
exhibiting irregularities showing that they
are made up of numerous smaller units not
quite in parallel position.

Lying on the 6 (010) face, these crystals,
like the simple rectangular ones, give varia-
ble very small extinction and some show
visible twinning while others do not. The
cleavage is almost equally good parallel to
(010) and (100). The optical properties
are biaxial, negative (—),2V medium; r>v
weak, a=1.500, 6=1.504, y=1.508, y—a=
.008; orientation (as drawn) XAc=0°-—3°,
Ye

Occasionally the stilbite of the druses is
overlain by later crystals of calcite.

LAUMONTITE. Fig. 27.—APOPHYLLITE OF CUBIC
Bs ot = FORM SHOWING ONLY PRISM AND
Laumontite is one of the commoner PDH soar, eoacor.
erals of the locality and was found in a
variety of situations. It is all in the form of white prismatic crys-
tals varying from 1 mm. to 1 em. in length, sometimes in radiating

aggregates.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

It frequently rests on prehnite, stilbite, and datolite,

and is clearly earlier than apophyllite and
calcite.

When first exposed in the quarry the lau-
montite crystals are water clear and colorless.
Upon drying out, however, they become
opaque and white from partial dehydration
and become very friable, falling to pieces by
splitting along the perfect prismatic cleavage.
This dehydration tends to swell the crystals
so that they do not yield accurate goniomet-
ric measurements. They are all simple in
habit, the forms being the unit prism, the
average angle measured on which was ¢ = 43°
15’ or mAm’’’=98° 30’ as compared with
93° 44’, the value given by Dana. The term-
ination is always by an oblique face with an-
gles ¢=90° 00’, p=35° 20’ which indicate
that the form is the negative dome e (101),
the calculated p for which is 35° 40’. The
habit and appearance of the crystals, which
are all vertically striated, are shown in fig-
ure 26.

Whitish opaque material which had been

Fic. 28.—AporuyLute sHowwe exposed to the air of the laboratory forsev- -
COMMONEST COMBINATION OF eral months was analyzed in the Museum lab-

PYRAMID WITH SMALL PRISM

oratory yielding the following results:

FACES.
Analysis of lawmontite from Goose Creek.

Constituent. Found. Theory.
“210 aewee sage ph AS CORRE STS ores Le Oe 52. 00 51.1
AS Ore te a ee alps wet rs Fea Tae pee en ee ae 22. 90 21k
Bess ee cer at Ss Oe OD ER Pe ES Cs” Re ‘Drace! |sose sees
CRON data an Pat IE mahi ey i Pare vonage gles, poe SM Rin ag 11. 90 11.9
NYE ie Gye pata eet WIA a CoO NN pg aL eT SO eee ne ae
BOS ot a7 ee tae SL) ele Dan UE a eee PRON | Tracey 4|°23) Bas
H,0+110° C a a | ae PS he Bn eee ae a ade ae Oe en els | eel] et el ee Ft 12. 00 \ 15 3

Shek ce Mae at attra TaN oc ES ap ea ee 1. 44 ;
rghit PS ad oy rtp piping nie oy: Bee bel Dy a 100. 50 100. 0

ART. 2. PETRCLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—-SHANNON. 77

The analyzed material, examined microscopically, was found to be
biaxial negative (—), 2V medium, r<v strong, 8B=1.515-1.518. The
mineral powders to laths by splitting on the prismatic cleavage and
these give extinction varying from 32° to 44°.

OPAL (HYALITE).

Hyalite opal was noted on a single specimen where it coated a
joint crack in normal diabase with a thin small botryoidal or globu-
lar layer of colorless transparent globules reaching 1 mm. in diameter.
This layer is in part overlain by globular calcite.

The hyalite, which is brittle with a conchoidal fracture, is trans-
parent and colorless under the microscope, with a concentric struc-
ture. It exhibits a very faint birefringence with a sweeping extinc-
tion cross. The index of refraction is variable, between 1.452 and
1.458.

APOPHYLLITE.

Apophyllite, which is an abundant mineral in the veins, occurs in
a variety of forms, both as simple crystals and as platy cleavable
masses without distinct crystal outlines. Veins solidly filled with
the latter may be 3 cm. wide. Sometimes the cleavage surfaces are
irregular with a structure resembling the ‘‘A”’ or ‘“‘feather”’ structure
in mica. Ocassionally platy blades of the apophyllite are arranged
radially, giving rosettes up to 2 cm. across.

Pure white apophyllite from a solid vein was analyzed and gave
the following results, which are compared with the theoretical com-
position given by Dana:

Analysis of apophyllite.

Constituent. Found. Theory.
Baa g 7 18h pte te ok te ye Rose SS ee eee FP Bh 51. 80 53. 7
remit yer a2 rata mace nern erence empl ent nn me eh shee ccereterrerne
Oe ere Sea Si ol oy, ee 25. 54 | 25. 0
BIGOT GO O78 SU) SPOR. ie 0) SEE BD sith eu tas TERT ROT Ook.
EO tee ats PEN et a MAE i ee Eon 5. 52 52
Na,O ey ea ee emg ee een Se ee ee ee ee le ee ar er LS) | ape arene
PE hegn ys oii “wiederialy deep eid | 15. 31 16. 1
en ee erage 4 Sok a mag Lia = ee
101. 76 100. 0
Ce ri 4 Me eee ee . 74
Fatale Miwon! Iden bl eved waged Vy hoe b etl. OF

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

The apophyllite of the analyzed sample is biaxial positive (+) with
2V very small, r<v strong, a=B=1.534, y=1.537.

In addition to the platy forms apophyllite also occurs as distinct
crystals. The simplest of these are tetragonal square prisms termi-
nated by a basal pinacoid, greatly resembling cubes. Some crystals
of this type reach 3 cm. in diameter. The largest crystals are dull
externally and their outer layer has a pinkish color, although the inte-
riors are transparent and colorless. One specimen shows a narrow
vein 1.5 cm. wide with tufts of laumontite crystals grown from either -
wall and the central portion filled with cleavable apophyllite. Small
cavities in this vein contain cubical crystals of apophyllite up to 8mm.
onanedge. The prismatic faces are horizontally striated and the base
has a pearly luster. Such crystals are illustrated in figure 27. Some
of these are partly coated with minute colorless scalenohedral crystals
of calcite.

Many of the smaller apophyllite crystals which are interspersed with
or rest upon stilbite crystals are acute pyramidal with the simple habit
shown in figure 28, or the slightly more modified habit of Figure 29.
Such of the crystals of this type as were measured gave the following
average angles:

Measurements of apophyllite crystal, Figure 28.

Form. Symbol. Measured. | Calculated.
Quality de-
| seription. | |
No. |Letter.| Gdt. |Miller. ¢ p | 9 p
org
| ° / ° , fe} / ° ,
oie OcotHOROr aime coemiee 0 00/90 00} 0 00] 90 00
2 m 9 110 | Very poor—very narrow—no signal.
3 y So | to) aE tees cine 18 29/90 00/18 26) 90 00
4 | New OOF |= SO) | POON aia rrsree-we 29 46); 90 00 | 30. 58.) 90.00
Deal iP i 111 | Very pave. | 45 15 | 60 18 | 45 00); 60 382

The triangular markings on the prisms (130) and (350) are a pecu-
liar feature of the crystals as shown in figure 29. The prism (350) is
apparently new but it is not definitely established by these measure-
ments. There is a rounding of the faces of these two prismatic forms
and neither gives satisfactory signals.

Translucent small white crystals resting on a crust of prehnite col-
lected by Drs. Merrill and Wherry have the habit shown in figure 30.
These gave the following angles:

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 19

Measurements of apophyllite, Figure 29.

Form. Symbol. Measured. Calculated.
Pe Se Quality de-
scription. : |
No. |Letter.| Gdt. Bei Q p g p
EE) AE ee ats |_
| | ° ° , ° / ° / ° ,
Bote afr 0 | OOP '| Good uses slashed: OwrOOth SSH 0 00
2 a | Oo | 010 | Very good...-| 0 00/90 00; 0 00}; 90 00
3 He (on Saat 1o0') Very. poor.---) 18 - Of | 90°" 00 I 1s 26;| 90 00
4 pe jneeraeh See 1a ar Ls ie 45 12/61 19/45 00] 60 32
| | |

Apophyllite is frequently observed resting on stilbite and laumon-
tite in such a manner as to show it to be later than both of these.
It is thus near the end of the series although earlier than calcite
which was several times seen coating apophyllite crystals. The
apophyllite associated with the axinite has been mentioned under
that mineral. It was frequently noted that apophyllite crystals
associated with the other zeolites were largely dissolved and removed,
mere friable skeletons of the crystals remaining.

CALCITE,

Calcite is not an abundant mineral at this locality, although it
was found at several places, but nowhere in great amount. It is
present in the lot of material from the east-west shear zone collection
from the north central part of the quarry face in October, 1922, as
numerous crystals up to 5 mm. in length associated with albite,
white hornblende, laumontite, etc. These crystals are brilliant, trans-
parent, pale amber colored rhombohedra. They appear to be later
than all of the other minerals in the specimens, even the laumontite.
The dominant form is the rhombohedron g* (2241) with or without
other smaller modifying faces, a typical crystal from this lot having
t he habit shown in figure 31. This gave the following measurements:

Measurements of calcite crystal, Figure 31.

|
Form. |; Symbol. | Measured. Calculated.
| | Quality de-
| | | scription. |
No. | Letter. Gdt. hoe 2 p ° p
| es | | |
| | | ° fool , ° PN ° ,
1} @ | -2 | 2241 Good, blurred_| 30 04 62 38/30 00, 63 07
we p | +1 | 1121 Excellent_____ 30) 05m) 44... 31 |. 30). 00 44 36
3 m | +4 4481 | Medium _____ SU, Otho 745030) OO doe An
BYP | 452 | 5271 | Poor...) -..| 16 03/75 43/16 06! 74 18
| | | |

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

Crystals of similar form, size, and color but etched and dull were
found in April, 1923, in a north-south vein near the north end of the
quarry face, associated with datolite, prehnite, and laumontite, and
definitely later than all of these.

Crystals of similar habit but smaller and of a greenish color were
seen overlying chabazite druses on horizontal cracks in diabase near
the southwest corner of the quarry.

The stilbite crystals showing pyramid planes which form broad
limonite stained druses on basalt are often overlain by calcite crystals
which are either scalenohedral or rhombohedral in habit. Some of
these are minute but others, of flattened rhombohedral form, reach
1 cm. in greatest dimension and some obscure flattened crystals of
hexagonal outline are 3 cm. across.

One translucent white calcite crystal 3 mm. long, which rested upon
prehnite, had the habit shown in figure 32 and gave the following

angles:
Angles of calcite crystal, Figure 32.

Form. Symbol. Measured. -— Calculated.
Quality de-
bets | ; | seription. Sal Beg
No. ipo: Gdt.| Miller. | p
aa | f | i | :
° ick .O ° t ° ,
1 ¢ —2 2241 | Poor, rounded! 830 49 | 64 49 | 30 00 | 63 07
2 thnks —3 3361 Fair, rounded) 29 40 | 71 37} 30 00] 71 20
3 |.m +4 4481 Very good.__| 30 00 | 75 46/380 00) 75 47
Sart asc —32 3251 Medium ____| 24 20/| 68 48] 23 25
Sara Mis ae Se ee 4a Weipa ee 3 28! 82 30 | 3 40 | 82 36

Calcite occurs also as indistinct radial fibrous globular masses over-
lying a small botryoidal crust of opal on a specimen of ordinary
basalt. The globular patches of calcite reach a diameter of 5 mm.

GALENA.

Galena is a rare constituent of the zeolite-bearing vein fillings but
was noted several times, as small isolated crystals with perfect cubic
cleavage. It was found embedded in chlorite, in prehnite, one of
the earlier minerals, and in apophyllite, one of the latest minerals

of the veins.
CHALCOPYRITE,

Chalcopyrite is also rare in the later veins, being comparable with

galena in this respect. Like galena it was noted in isolated crystals
inclosed in prehnite and in apophyllite. It is much more common

Art. 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 81

in the pegmatitic rocks, both the normal diabase pegmatite and the
albitic rocks where it forms grains and crystals in porous spots or
small miarolitic cavities. It is also of fre-
quent occurrence embedded in diopside in
diopside-filled seams.

SPHALERITE.

How rare sphalerite is may be adduced
from the fact that only a single grain of
this zine sulphide was found in all of the
specimens collected. This grain, which
was about 2 mm. in diameter, possessed
good cleavage and was vivid greenish yel-
low incolor. It was embedded in a broad
cleavage surface of apophyllite and was
obviously contemporaneous with the
apophyliite.

PARAGENESIS.

The minerals observed in the secondary
deposits in the veins occur, usually, in
groups of from one to three or four in any
given specimen and the relative ages can
only be adduced by a process of fitting
together the evidence derived from a
study of a large number of specimens.

Overlapping sequences were not proven
to occur and it is assumed, tentatively,
that all of the minerals belong to a sin-
gle series. This series, as well as it can

ae : ; F Fic. 29.—APOPHYLLITE SHOWING COM-
be worked out, is as follows, Dept Be fades Syria whee

with the earliest cavity-filling mineral: or rou rrisus.
1. Albite. 8. Datolite.
2. Chlorite. 9. Chabazite.
3. Hornblende (asbestiform). 10. Stilbite.
4. Epidote (hour-glass). 11. Laumontite.
5. Axinite. 12. Opal (hyalite).
6. Quartz. 13. Apophyliite.
7. Prehnite. 14. Calcite.

The position of albite is rather definitely fixed by its occurrence
underlying both chlorite and hornblende.
Chlorite is in most cases a very early mineral although it may also
occur as a later deposit,
94110—24—_6

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

The asbestiform hornblende definitely underlies laumontite and
stilbite in one specimen, but on another, fibers seem to penetrate
albite crystals, and in still another it appeared to rest upon prehnite.
Fibers of hornblende of this type were also seen inclosed in albite in
a thin section of the albitic pegmatite and it may precede albite in
formation or, more probably, its deposition extended over a consid-
erable range.

Epidote of the hour-glass type was seen imbedded in chlorite in
asbestiform hornblende, and in prehnite, so that it is apparently con-

- temporaneous with all of these. Prismatic
Lt crystals associated with the axinite are about
contemporaneous with the latter and the

accompanying hornblende.

Axinite was found in circumstances which
indicate it to be later than diopside, con-
temporaneous with hornblende and _ epi-

pe dote and earlier than apophyllite.

Quartz was seen in only one specimen
where it was later than chlorite and dis-
tinctly earlier than datolite.

Prehnite is apparently about contempo-
raneous with the last of the epidote and is
earlier than some datolite and later than
other datolite crystals, on which it forms an
overlying crust. This is considered to indi-
cate two generations of datolite.

Datolite has been mentioned in its rela-
tion to prehnite. It was distinctly earlier
than stilbite.

Chabazite occurred only on joints and
was not associated with any earlier mineral,
but is distinctly older than the overlying
stilbite.

Stilbite is clearly younger than chabazite
Fic. 30.—APoPHYLLITE FROM SPECI- jn some specimens, and older than laumon-

MEN OF MERRILL AND WHERRY ,- : 7

SHOWING TWo PRISMS, Prramp tite in others. It was seen to be younger

AND BASE. than datolite and prehnite.

Laumontite is definitely younger than stilbite and as definitely
older than apophyllite.

Opal (hyalite) is known only to be older than calcite. Its placing
in the table is thus arbitrary.

Apophyllite is definitely younger than stilbite and laumontite, and
is clearly older than calcite which often forms pseudomorphs after
apophyllite crystals.

Calcite is, so far as observed, the youngest mineral of the veins.

ART, 2. PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 83

The sulphides, which include galena, chalcopyrite, and sphalerite,
are of uncertain position and are not included in the above table.
Galena was observed included in, and apparently contemporaneous
with, chlorite, prehnite, and apophyllite, which would seem to indi-
cate that it was deposited at three different times. Chalcopyrite
was found included in prehnite and apophyllite, and sphalerite in
apophyliite.

ORIGIN OF THE ZEOLITES AND
ASSOCIATED MINERALS.

There is a continuous sequence of
events from the close of the mag-
matic period, marked by consolida-
tion of albitic rocks, and the dep-
osition of the zeolites. Where the
solutions were confined at the final
consolidation the albite rocks contain
miarolitic cavities in which were de-
posited, in addition to the lining of
quartz and albite, diopside, chalcopy-
rite, byssolitic hornblende, epidote,
and chlorite. Moreover, the reac-
tions of these solutions on the adja-
cent pegmatites produced, in the
first stage, diopside from augite,
albite from plagioclase, and titanite
by the replacement of magnetite. At
a later stage the diopside was re-
placed by fibrous hornblende.

In the most common type of
hydrothermal alteration along the
diopsidizing seams, the reactions of
the solutions upon the previously
consolidated normal diabase forming
the walls of the crack are the same,
namely, albitization of the plagio- a Maree enue ae sere
clase, followed by sericitization, — occurrine rn mx vers.
diopsidization of the augite and replacement of the magnetite by
titanite. In the open space of the central crack the minerals de-
posited were diopside with less chlorite and titanite and, rarely,
axinite.

No definite line can be drawn separating the thin seams accom-
panied by hydrothermal alteration, from the miarolitic cavities on
the one hand and from the zeolite bearing veins on the other. The

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66,

sequence of minerals in the zeolite assemblage from first to last prob-
ably resulted from gradual decrease of temperature and pressure away
from the source of the solutions. Toward the end of the series the
solutions apparently had lost their vigor and exercised only a mild
alteration effect upon the rock intersected by the sheared zones,
with some kaolinization and sericitization of the feldspar and staining
of the pyroxene by chloritic material. There can exist no reasonable
doubt that the agency which deposited all of the vein minerals was
water and that this water was magmatic, the final product of the
consolidated diabase, ascending (or
traveling laterally) through fissures in
the previously consolidated material.

This conclusion is in entire agree-
ment with the excellent statement of
Lewis ”” of the mode of origin of the zeo-
lites and associated minerals of the
New Jersey localities.

In the quarry at Goose Creek the
only veins seen are contained in the
parent diabase. In a quarry at Lees-
burg in limestone immediately above
the sill the veins penetrate the Trias-
sic limestone fanglomerate and have
deposited much calcite and datolite
with some barite, apophyllite, etc.
The minerals of this Leesburg quarry
are to be described in another paper
which is now in preparation; a third
paper in the series will describe the
phenomena observed at Dickerson,
Maryland, where the diabase has pene-
trated and altered Triassic shale.

The total net effect of the hydro-
Hig. 32 Calcite. “Has Or 4 SINCE” thermal alteration OL the nuruigt ta-

WHITE CRYSTAL OBSERVED RESTING ON 2 a

PREHNITE. base can not be definitely arrived at
in the absence of an analysis of the altered material. ‘The effect along
the diopside seams probably has been a considerable addition of soda
with removal of lime and iron. It seems probable that the alkalies
and at least part of the silica were originally contained in the solu-
tions but the later minerals of the series in the veins may in large
part be made up of materials extracted from the adjacent rock.
Thus much of the lime of the apophyllite, prehnite, datolite, and

27 J, Volney Lewis. Origin of the secondary minerals of the Triassic trap rocks. New Jersey Geol
Survey Bull. 16, Ann. Rept. for 1914, pp. 45-49, 1915.

ART, 2, PETROLOGY AT GOOSE CREEK—SHANNON. 85

zeolites probably was not originally present in the solutions but was
derived from the plagioclase of the altered rock by substitution of
soda. The boric acid of the datolite and axinite, the sulphur of the
chalcopyrite and pyrite, and the fluorine entering the apophyllite
near the end of the series were doubtless from the magma.

It appears then that the solutions were rich in soda in some form,
possibly combined with silica in solution, and contained appreciable
amounts of boric acid, sulphur, and fluorine. Bailey and Grabham”8
have considered that. the solutions forming the end product of cooling
of a basaltic magma are richly charged with sodium carbonate in
solution. Such a solution might be capable of producing all of the
effects here described, although one objection to assuming the soda
in the solutions at the Goose Creek locality to have been in the form
of carbonate is the very limited amount of calcite there found.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate 1,

Diabase pegmatite intrusive as a tabular body in ordinary diabase. 3 natural
size.

PLATE 2,

Upper: Aplite dike in contact with normal diabase. The aplite is cut by later
cracks of two ages, the first filled with diopside and the second (along which the
specimen is broken) filled with laumontite. zo Natural size.

Lower: Hand specimen of diabase pegmatite showing long blades of augite
with diallagic parting, etc. zo natural size.

PLatTE 3.

Diabase pegmatite in ordinary diabase, cut by later seam along which hydro-
thermal alteration has changed the augite to hornblende, ete. 5%, natural size

PuatTEe 4,

Upper: Photomicrograph of ordinary diabase showing structure, outlines and
cleavage of augite and irregular form of iron ore. Ordinary light. Magnified
13 diameters.

Lower: Diabase pegmatite showing large augites, feldspars partly replaced by
sericite, and interstitial micropegmatite. Ordinary light. Magnified 13 diameters.

PLATE 5.

Upper: Diabase pegmatite cut by a seam along which hydrothermal deposition
of hornblende has taken place. The black portion of the field is hornblende
with some chlorite. The gray is altered feldspar and the white is quartz. The
section shows the replacement of altered feldspar of micropegmatite by horn-
blende giving quartz-hornblende micrographic intergrowths. To the right at the
bottom of the picture is an area of hornblende which still contains a core of unre-
Placed augite. Ordinary light. Magnified 13 diameters.

#8 E. B. Bailey and G. W. Grabham. Albitization of basic Plagioclase feldspars. Geol. Magazine, vol.
6, Dp. 250-256, 1909.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66.

Lower: Diabase pegmatite—somewhat altered. The most conspicuous feature
of the field is the large skeletal growth of iron ore largely confined to an altered
pyroxene crystal. The interstices of the iron ore are filled with secondary
biotite and the feldspar of the micropegmatite at the bottom of the plate is
largely replaced by biotite and hornblende. Ordinary light. Magnified 13
diameters.

PuatTE 6.

Albitic pegmatite in normal diabase, showing feathery albite-diopside micro-
graphic intergrowths. % natural size.

PLATE 7.

Upper: Photomicrograph of the analyzed albitic pegmatite. The plate shows
the characteristic composition and structure of the rock. The large gray pris-
matic grains and the gray material of the micropegmatite is albite. A spear-
shaped prism pointing downward from the top of the photograph to the left of .
the center is diopside and this connects with an intergrowth of diopside and
albite. Ordinary light. Magnified 13 diameters.

Lower: An albitic pegmatite devoid of quartz and micropegmatite. The clear
mineral is colorless diopside and the gray is kaolinized albite. The large irreg-
ular dark areas in the section are skeleton magnetites largely replaced by titan-
ite and filled with chlorite. Ordinary light. Magnified 13 diameters.

PLATE 8.

Albitic pegmatite grading into diabase pegmatite. Shows long blades of dial-
lagic augite. At the lower end of the specimen the groundmass is largely pla-
gioclase but the feldspar of the balance is albite. The long pyroxene blades are
replaced along their borders and at the tips by diopside. 3% natural size.

PLATE 9.

Upper: Micropegmatite in patches growing out from the wall (left) toward
the granular center of the analyzed aplite dike. Ordinary light. Magnified 13
diameters.

Lower: Albitic pegmatite from wall of the mass illustrated in Plate 6. Ordi-
nary light. Magnified 13 diameters.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2 PL. |

DIABASE PEGMATITE IN DIABASE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 86

Pie

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

APLITE, DIABASE, AND DIABASE PEGMATITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 85

PL. 3

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

DIABASE AND DIABASE PEGMATITE CUT BY HORNBLENDIZING SEAM

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 85

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2. PL. 4

PHOTOMICROGRAPHS OF DIABASE AND DIABASE PEGMATITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 85

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2 PL. 5

Heit
r

&
2

a. Pt P

Bhd 8
ef WAS SOX

PHOTOMICROGRAPHS OF DIABASE PEGMATITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 85 AND 86

PL. 6

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

IN DIABASE

ALBITIC PEGMATITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 86

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2 PL. 7

PHOTOMICROGRAPHS OF ALBITIC PEGMATITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 86

PL. 8

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 65, ART. 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

AUGITE BLADES IN DIABASE PEGMATITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 86

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 2 PL. 9

MICROPEGMATITE IN APLITE AND ALBITE PEGMATITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 86

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL TWO-WINGED FLIES
OF THE FAMILY DROSOPHILIDAE.

By J. R. Matiocy,
Of the Biological Survey, United States Department of Agriculture.

In this paper are presented descriptions of a number of new
species and notes on one or two previously described species of
Drosophilidae represented in the collection of the United States Na-
tional Museum.

The species of Stegana, except two, were briefly diagnosed in a
synoptic key printed in the Entomological News? and the present de-
scriptions are given to furnish details not included in that paper,
as well as to place upon record the type-numbers and other data
not included therein.

The types collected by Borgmeier, Wetmore, and Holt are de
posited in the National Museum with the others, those of the first
collector being sent to the author by the collector, of the second
being found in the collection of the Biological Par ets and of the
third from W. L. McAtee.

STEGANA NIGRITA Malloch.

Male and female—Brownish black, shining. Antennae, and some-

times the humeral angles, part of scutellum, sides of abdomen at

_ base, and upper margin and middle of pleura paler brown, the pleura

__ never whitish yellow in center and the upper and lower vittae never

- conspicuously darker than the other parts of pleura. Legs pitchy
black, usually with apices of tibiae and all of tarsi whitish yellow,
_ sometimes the tibiae but little darkened. Wings brown, paler along
hind margin. Halteres brown.

_ Frons at anterior margin not over one-half as wide as its length,
- and about three-fourths as wide as at vertex; eyes about one-fourth
_ higher than long; cheek linear; face not carinate above; antennae
_ extending to mouth; palpi broad. Scutellum slightly pointed, apical
bristles about three-fourths as long as basal pair. Inner cross-vein
at middle of discal cell; marginal cell obtuse at apex; fourth vein

1 Ent. News, pp. 96-100, 1924.

No. 2540.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEuM, VOL. 66, ART. 3.
94117— 24 1

a PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

gradually approaching third on apical section; apex of fifth vein
deflected.

Length, 2-3 mm.

Type, and 10 paratypes, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P.
Schild).

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26684, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA ATRIMANA Malloch.

Female.—Head testaceous yellow, ocellar region fuscous, cheek sil-
very white; antennae yellow, third segment mostly black; palpi
yellow. Thorax yellowish brown, whitish at humeral angles and in
center of pleura, the upper pleural vitta and one below middle dis-
tinct, mesonotum not vittate. Abdomen shining fuscous. Legs pale
tawny yellow, apices of fore femora, fore tibiae from near bases to
near apices, and basal four segments of fore tarsi black, mid and
hind femora largely brown, tibiae more or less brownish basally.
Wings brown, subhyaline along hind margin. Knobs of halteres
brown.

Eye fully as long as high; cheek about half as high as width of
third antennal segment; facial carina very low; antennae extending
to mouth. Scutellum shorter than usual, apical bristles about half
as long as basal pair; each humeral angle with one bristle. Inner
cross-vein at middle of discal cell; fifth vein deflected at outer cross-
vein.

Length, 2-2.5 mm.

Type and two paratypes, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P.
Schild).

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26683, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA CURVIPENNIS Failen.

Confined to North America and Europe. In National Museum
collection.
STEGANA INTERRUPTA, new species.

Female-—Head stramineous; frons with a large spot on anterior
margin and another on ocellar region connected by a black line, with
an hour-glass shape; apex of third antennal segment, vibrissal angle,
sides of labrum, and apices of palpi deep black; upper half of oc-
ciput fuscous, lower half, orbits and cheeks silvery white. Thorax
tawny yellow, whitish on humeral angles and middle of pleura, with
two broad brown, poorly defined discal vittae which are most dis-
tinct anteriorly, a V-shaped black mark which has its apex below
prothoracic spiracle, one arm running upward in front of wing base
en to disc, and the other extending along middle of pleura to base
of haltere; a second fuscous vitta over lower part of pleura; disk

ART. 3. DROSOPHILID TWO-WINGED FLIES—MALLUCH, 8

of scutellum brown. Abdomen brown, apices of tergites blackish.
Legs tawny, fore coxae, and the greater part of all femora and tibiae
fuscous. Wings brown, paler towards hind margins, and with a very
small subhyaline spot beyond outer cross-vein. Knobs of halteres
dark brown.

Eye higher than long; cheek less than half as high as width of
third antennal segment, the latter extending to slightly below mouth
margin. Each humeral angle with one bristle; scutellum almost
semicircular, apical bristles half as long as basal pair. Inner cross-
vein at middle of discal cell; last section of fourth vein slightly
curved ; last section of fifth not abruptly deflected at outer cross-vein,
rather curved downward.

Length, 3.25 mm.

Type and one paratype, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa, Rica (P.
Schild).

T'ype.—Female, Cat. No. 26678, U.S.N.M.

The type specimen has a white egg protruded from apex of ab-
domen. The portion which is visible is shaped like a flat-bottomed
boat, the margins near upper side carinate and with a fringe of pale
closely placed hairs.

STEGANA TEMPIFERA Malloch.

Male and female—Head yellow testaceous, frons with an hour-
glass shaped dark mark as in interrupta, but not so distinct, some-
times only brownish; face with two narrow dark cross-bands, one
below bases of antennae and the other above mouth; labrum brown;
palpi mostly fuscous; cheek pale yellow; upper occiput brown.
Thorax tawny yellow, whitish yellow on pleura, disk with three
partial brown vittae, one on lateral margin, another just above it
from anterior margin, and another mesad of that which does not
extend as far forward. Abdomen dark brown, sides of some of the
basal tergites yellowish. Legs testaceous yellow, fore femora with
a basal and an apical brown band, nearly all of mid and hind femora
and a broad median band on same tibiae dark brown, fore tibiae with
a faint median ring. Wings brown, paler towards hind margins.
Halteres yellow.

Kye about as long as high; cheek nearly linear. Scutellum shehtly
pointed, apical bristles about two-thirds as long as basal pair. Inner
cross-vein at or close to middle of discal cell; last section of fourth
vein not absolutely straight, very close to third at apex; fifth vein
deflected at outer cross-vein

Length, 2.5 mm.

Type and four paratypes, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P.
Schild).

Type—Male, Cat. No. 26680, U.S.N.M.

-4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VoL. 66.
STEGANA FLAVIFRONS Malicch.

Female.—Head yellow, ocellar region and palpi fuscous, sides of
labrum and third antennal segment brown. Thoracic dorsum brown,
paler along anterior margin and without distinct vittae; pleura pale
yellow, upper black vitta conspicuous, lower one absent or present
only on upper margin of sternopleura. Abdomen blackish brown,
sides of some of basal tergites yellowish. Legs pale yellow, fore
femora with a large apical blackish spot, fore tibiae with black
apices, basal segment of fore tarsi black or brown; mid and hind
femora nearly all blackish brown, bases of mid tibiae and middle of
hind pair broadly brown. Wings brown, paler along hind margin.
Halteres yellow.

Eye higher than long; frons at anterior margin about half as
wide as its length; cheek linear; palpi broadened; antenne extend-
ing to mouth. Scutellum almost rounded, apical bristles about two
thirds as long as basal pair. Fore metatarsus dilated. Wing as in
last species.

Length, 2.5-3 mm.

Type and paratype, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 26679, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA MAGNIFICA Hendel.

This species, originally described from Peru, is not present in the
available material. The data presented in the key should enable
students to identify it.

STEGANA PLANIFACIES Malloch.

Female-——¥rons glossy black, yellowish only on sides below pro-
clinate orbital bristle and at anterior lateral angle; middle of face
broadly black on entire width; palpi yellow; cheeks silvery white;
occiput blackish on upper half and with a black spot at level of
pleural vitta; third antennal segment almost entirely black. Thorax
brownish black on disk, paler on anterior and lateral margins, but
not distinctly vittate; scutellum black, with a conspicuous white
central vitta, broadest posteriorly; upper pleural vitta complete.
Abdomen black, paler on sides at base. Legs pale yellow, apical
spot of fore femora faint; mid and hind femora each with an oblique
fuscous streak on anterior side from near middle to near apex, that
on hind pair least distinct; mid and hind tibie or at least the mid
pair with a basal fuscous band. Wings brown, almost hyaline along
hind border. Halteres obscurely yellow.

Eye longer than high; frons wider than in last species, especially
at vertex; cheek almost as high as width of third antennal segment;
palpi broad; antennae extending to mouth; face not carinate above.
Scutellum very little pointed, apical bristles about two-thirds as

De a te

}

ART. 3. DROSOPHILID TWO-WINGED FLIES—-MALLOCH. 5

long as basal pair. Fore tarsus slender. Wing a little narrower
than usual; discal cell not as wide at apex as at inner cross-vein.,
the latter noticeably in front of middle of cell; fifth vein continued
straight beyond outer cross-vein for about half the length of latter,
then rather abruptly deflected, the section beyond cross-vein dis-
tinctly longer than the latter; last section of fourth vein not entirely
straight.

Length, 3 mm.

Type and paratype, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

L’ype.—Female,.Cat. No. 26682, U.S.N.M.

In this and the following four species each humeral angle has two
distinct bristles, except in coleoptrata which has the second bristle
either minute or absent. Hendel in describing magnifica did not
mention the humeral bristle, but it very probably is present in du-
plicate as in the others.

STEGANA ATRIEFRONS Malloch.

Female.—Similar to the last species, but the frons and -scutellum
are entirely black, the mid and hind femora are black on apical
half and the tibiae of these legs are broadly blackened basally.

The face has a sharp carina on upper half in center, the inner
cross-vein is at middle of discal cell, the wing is broader as is also
the discal cell, and the outer cross-vein is at its own length from apex
of fifth vein, while the latter is defiected closer to the cross-vein.
Juast section of fourth vein appreciably curved.

Length, 2.5 mm.

Type, Higuito, San mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Lype.—Female, Cat. No. 26681, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA SCHILDI Malloch.

Male and female—Head pale yellow, frons with ocellar region
fuscous, and the anterior third glossy black; face with a narrow
transverse band of black below base of antennae; third antennal
segment almost entirely black: palpi and labrum yellow; upper occi-
put fuscous, a black spot in line with anterior extremity of pleural
vitta; cheeks silvery white. Mesonotum with six brown vittae, in
part fused; scutellum dark brown, usually with a rather faint
median pale line. Abdomen black, paler on sides at base. Legs pale
yellow, fore pair with a pale brown spot at apices of femora on an-
terior side: mid legs with apical half of femora, except extreme
apices, dark brown, and bases of tibiae rather broadly brown; hind
femora pale brown on anterior side on almost their entire length.
hind tibiae sometimes faintly brown basally. Wings brown, pale
towards hind margin. Halteres yellow.

Anterior width of frons much greater than half the median leneth
of same; third antennal segment extending below mouth margin;

94117—24——2

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

head otherwise as in last species. Apical scutellar bristles about half
as long as basal pair. Inner cross vein at or a little in front of
middle of discal cell, and at about its own length from apex of fifth
vein; last section of fourth vein noticeably curved.

Length, 3-4 mm.

Type, male, allotype, and five paratypes, Higuito, San Mateo,
Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Type—Male, Cat. No. 26674, U.S.N.M.

Named in honor of the collector.

STEGANA UNIFORMIS Malloch.

Male and female.—Head pale yellow; frons with a large black
mark on ocellar region which extends to middle of frons but not to
lateral margins, and the anterior third glossy black: face with a
broad transverse black band below bases of antennae; occiput fus-
cous on upper half, and with a black spot in line with the pleural
vitta; cheek silvery white; third antennal segment black except at
base; palpi and labrum yellow. Dorsum of thorax with three broad
biack vittae on a yellow ground, the median one broadened pos-
teriorly; scutellum blackish brown: pleura with a complete black
vitta above. Abdomen black. Legs yellow, fore femora with an api-
eal black spot on anterior side, mid and hind femora with apices
black, mid pair most conspicuously so; tibiae of same legs brown at
bases. Wings brown, paler along hind margin. Halteres yellow.

Head as in schildi, frons about half as wide at anterior margin as
its median length; face not two thirds as high as back of head;
antennae extending to mouth; cheek as high as width of third an-
tennal segment. Both humeral bristles long: apical scutellar bristles
about two-thirds as long as basal pair. inner cross vein at about
one-third from base of discal cell; last section ef fourth vein parallel
to third on its basal half, then curved forward towards third: cuter
cross vein at about its own length from apex of fifth.

Length, 44.5 mm.

Type, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild). Paratype,
Erwin Island, Panama Canal Zone, July 18, 1923 (R. C. Shannon).

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 26675, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA COLEOPTRATA Scopoli.
The humeral angles each have one bristle. Occurs in North
America and Europe.
STEGANA (ORTHOSTEGANA) ACUTANGULA Hendel.

This species was used as the genotype of Orthostegana by Hendel.
As in the preceding five species the humeral bristle is duplicated,
but the head is more like that of curvipennis, the eye being much
higher than long. The microscopic erect hairs on the interfrontaha

ART. 3. DROSOPHILID TWO-WINGED FLIES—-MALLOCH. i

distinguish it from the species of Stegana, but some species of Leuco-
phenga have the interfrontalia more or less hairy. The latter are
distinguished, however, by the widely open first posterior cell of the
wing, the fourth vein being not or very little bent forward at its
apex, and much weaker on its last section than the other veins, I
incline to the retention of Orthostegana as a good subgenus.

The absence of the pleural vitta is a very good superficial character
for the recognition of this species.

Originally described from Bolivia. One female, Higuito, San
Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

STESANA BRUNNEA Malloch.

Female.—Head testaceous yellow; ocellar spot and apex of third
antennal segment black; upper occiput fuscous. 'Thorax brownish
vellow, darker posteriorly; disk of scutellum brown; upper pleural
vitta deep black, lower one absent. Abdomen dark brown. Legs
yellow, apices of fore femora on anterior side, and a large mark on
anterior side of mid femora dark brown, hind femora and mid and
hind tibiae faintly or not at all marked with brown. Wings brewn,
paler posteriorly. Haiteres yellow.

Eye much higher than long; cheek about half as high as width of
third antennal segment; face with a low sharp carina on upper half
in center; antennae extending to mouth. Humeri with one bristle.
Fore tarsi slightly compressed. Inner cross-vein a little in front of
middle of discal cell.

Length, 2 mm.

Type and two paratypes, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P.
Schild).

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 26676, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA AFFINIS Malloch.

Male.—Head testaceous yellow, ocellar spot, a transverse line above
mouth, and the third antennal segment black. Mesonotum brownish
yellow, darker on sides; disk of scutellum brown; upper pleural
vitta complete, lower one present only on sternopleura. Abdomen
dark brown. Legs yellow, fore femora at apices on anterior side,
fore tibiae on most of apical half, mid and hind femora except bases
brown, tibiae of mid and hind legs hardly darkened basally. Wings
brown, paler posteriorly. Halteres brown.

Eye as high as long; cheek at least half as high as width of third
antennal segment; antennae extending to mouth. Thorax and wing
as In last species.

Length, 2.5 mm.

Type, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26677, U.S.N.M.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you, 66.
STEGANA CONFGRMIS Mailech.

Female-—Differs from affinés in having the labrum and upper part
of face brownish, the mid and hind femora less broadly browned.
lower pleural vitta absent, and as stated in the key.

The eye is distinctly higher than long and the inner cross-vein is
ut middle of discal cell.

Leneth, 2.5 mm.

Type and paratype, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Type—Female, Cat. No. 26673, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA FLAVIMANA Malloch.

Male—Head fuscous, bases 6f antennae, cheeks and lower half of
occiput yellow. Mesonotum and abdomen fuscous brown; pleura
pale yellow, with the upper pleural vitta black and complete. Wings
brown, paler posteriorly. Halteres yellow.

Frons at anterior margin less than half as wide as its median
length; eye one fourth higher than long; cheek linear. Apical
scutellar bristles nearly as long as basal pair. Inner cross-vein at
viddle of discal cell.

Length, 2 mm.

Type, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Tyne.—Male, Cat. No.» 26672, U.S.N.M.
Y}
STEGANA FUSCIBASIS Malloch.

Male.—Similar to favimana, differing as stated in the key.

The eve is a little longer and the frons a trifle wider than in
flavimana.

Length, 2.5 mm.

Type, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26671, U.S.N.M.
STEGANA CRISTIMANA, new species.

Male—Shining yellowish brown, apical half of third antennal
segment, a vitta on upper half of pleura, and apical three segments
of fore tarsi black; ocellar spot, upper part of sternopleura, and tip
of abdomen darkened. Wings browned, more noticeably on anterior
half. Halteres yellow.

Eyes higher than long, not oval but almost subquadrate, occupying
almost all of side of head; cheek almost linear; front glossy, an-
teriorly not over one-fourth of head width, at vertex about one-half
the head width; proclinate bristle opposite middle of frons; orbits not
differentiated; carina on upper half of face low, rounded; antennae
extending to mouth-margin. Scutellum broader than long, rounded
in outline, apical bristles not half as long as basal pair. Fore tarsi

ART. 3. DROSOPHILID TWO-WINGED FLIES—-MALLOCH. 9

with segments 1 to 4 compressed, first nearly as high as long, second
about twice as high as long, third and fourth each with a long dorsal
extension which is blunt at apex, of uniform width and about four
times as high as length of segment. Inner cross-vein at middle of
discal cell; second vein bent towards costa at its middle, j joining costa
almost at a right angle.

Length, 2.5 mm.

Type, Alhajuelo, Panama, March 12, 1912 (A. Busck).

In my key to the species of this genus already referred to this
species will run to caption 8. From both species therein included
it will be readily distinguished by the remarkably compressed fore
tarsi as well as their color, and from tarsalis by the yellow palpi.

Type.—Cat. No. 26997, U.S.N.M.

STEGANA NIGRIMANA, new species.

Male—F¥rons more suffused with brown than in the last species,
lower margin of face brown or fuscous, dorsum of thorax fuscous
brown, abdomen largely fuscous, fore tarsi black except the base of
first segment, apices of fore femora, almost all of mid and hind
femora, and the greater part of mid tibiae brown; halteres brown;
wings more uniformly brown than in last species.

Structurally similar to last species, but the fore tarsi are less con-
spicuously compressed, segments 2 to 4 being equally high, and about
twice as high as long.

Length, 2 mm.

Type and one male paratype, Alhajuelo, Panama, March 12, 1912
(A. Busck).

This species will run to the same caption as last in my key already
referred to but may be distinguished from tarsalis by the yellow
palpi, and from the other species by the differ sae colored fore tarsi.

Type.—Cat. No. 26998, U.S.N.M.

LEUCOPHENGA BRAZILENSIS, new species.

Male—Head rufous, occiput dark brown, palpi infuscated.
Thorax brownish yellow, pleura paler. Abdomen marked as in
varia Walker, but the black spots are more transverse and those on
second and third visible tergites are connected along the hind
margins; the maculation is obviously 2, 5, 5, 5, 2, though in type only
the second tergite has outer spot on each side separated from the next
one. Legs pale yellow. Wings hyaline, with a fuscous cloud from
apex of subcostal cell to inner cross-vein and extending basally as
far as furcation of second and third veins, a similar cloud from be-
fore middle of second section of costa to tip of wing and suffusing
disk of wing between third vein and costa, and a conspicuous
clouding over outer cross-vein.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL, 66.

Each orbit with three strong bristles, the anterior two at middle
and almost at same height; palpi shghtly broadened. Wing vena-
tion as In varia.

Length, 3 mm.

Type, Petropolis, Brazil (P. Borgmeier).

Type.—Cat. No. 26700, U.S.N.M.

CLASTOPTEROMYIA FLORIDANA, new species.

Female—Similar to inmversa in color and habitus. Differs as
follows: Mesonotum with a rather indistinct central vitta and traces
of two similar vittae between this and lateral margins; mesonotal
setulae in front of dorsocentrals longer, finer, and less numerous than
in inversa; wings as in that species, the cross-veins more pronouncedly,
clouded; comparative lengths of penultimate and ultimate sections
of fourth vein 9.5:15, in énversa about 10:20; outer cross-vein at
very little more than its own length from end of fifth vein.

Length, 1.5 mm.

Type, Fort Lauderdale, Fla., February 18, 1919 (A. Wetmore).

Nothing is known of the habits of this species.

Type.—Cat. No. 26699, U.S.N.M.

CLASTOPTEROMYIA TRISETA, new species.

Male.—Similar to inversa Walker in color and habitus. General
color pale brown, third antennal segment and palpi subfuscous,
thorax not vittate, abdomen dark brown, legs stramineous, wings
almost uniformly pale brown.

Each orbit with three bristles, the upper reclinate and the pro-
clinate one equally long, the lower reclinate one situated about half
as far in front of proclinate one as the latter is in front of the -
upper reclinate; palpi rather longer than usual. Thorax similar to
that of znversa, but the prescutellar acrostichals are absent. Last
section of fourth vein as compared with preceding section 16: 10;
outer cross-vein at less than twice its own length from apex of fifth
vein; second section of costa twice as long as third.

Length, 1.5 mm.

Type, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P. Schild).

Type—Male. Cat. No. 26686, U.S.N.M.

DROSOPHILA SCHILDI, new species.

Female—Similar in general color and habitus to calliptera
Schiner. Differs in having the ocellar spot and the mark surround-
ing the vertical bristles on upper extremity of each orbit larger and
darker, the scutellum dark brown with gray pruniescent marks on
margin and on a small round one in center of disk; the tibiae with
a faint brown preapical mark which is absent in calliptera, and the
wings differently marked. In calliptera there are but three fuscous
spots between apices of first and second veins exclusive of the dark
mark on first, the third one covering apex of second vein, in schildi

ART. 3. DROSOPHILID TWO-WINGED FLIES—MALLOCH. tt

there are four such spots, the second and third connected along
second vein, the first with a spur of a vein in its center which is
emitted from second vein, the dark mark over apex of first vein
extending more into the cell; in calliptera there is a large spot
on apex of third vein and a narrow brown mark along wing tip
between and beyond apices of veins 3 and 4, but in schéldi the dark
spot is well removed from the apex of third vein and there is no
brown marginal mark along tip of wing between the veins; in
schildi there is also a fuscous spot in the submarginal cell below
the first spot in marginal cell which is not present in calliptera.

Length, 3 mm.

Type and three paratypes, Higuito, San Mateo, Costa Rica (P.
Schild).

Type—Female, Cat. No. 26685, U.S.N.M.

SCAPTOMYZA NIGRIPALPIS, new species.

Female.—Reddish testaceous, thorax slightly, abdomen distinctly
shining. Head clay colored, paler on frontal orbits; ocellar region
brown; apices of palpi black or fuscous. Thoracic dorsum with gray
pruinescenece and three broad brown vittae, the median one extend-
ing to tip of scutellum; pleura with a broad brown vitta along upper
margin. Each tergite of abdomen blackish, with an interrupted
black facia on anterior half. Legs yellow. Wings hyaline.

Palpi normal, apices with a rather long setulose hair. Humeral
angle with one bristle; only two distinct pairs of dorsocentrals pres-
ent; apical pair of scutellar bristles not over half as long as basal
pair. Abdomen slender. Legs normal. Inner cross-vein at about
one third from, base of discal cell; penultimate section of fourth
vein about three fourths as long as ultimate section; last section of
fifth vein about one third longer than outer cross-vein.

Length, 1.5 mm.

Type and three paratypes, Alto Itatiaya Serro do Itatiaya, south-
east Brazil, 7,150 feet, February 21, 1922 (KE. G. Holt).

Type.—Cat. No. 26701, U.S.N.M.

SCAPTOMYZA FUSCINERVIS, new species.

Female.—Differs from the last species in having the thorax more
shining posteriorly on dorsum, the dorsal vittae much less noticeable,
the median one not evident on scutellum; the scutellum shorter and
convex, not flattened on disk, the abdomen almost uniformly glossy
dark brown; and the bases of the wing veins distad of the humeral
cross-vein and including the costal vein on almost its entire length
darker than the remainder of the veins.

Length, 1.5 mm.

Type and two paratypes, same locality as last species.

Type.—Cat. No. 26702, U.S.N.M.

SENECELLA CALANOIDES, A RECENTLY DESCRIBED
FRESH-WATER COPEPOD

By Cuancey Jupay
Biologist of the Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey

During the summers of 1910 and 1918 limnological studies of
the Finger Lakes of New York were made for the United States
Bureau of Fisheries. Plankton catches were obtained from the va-
rious lakes that were visited, and a recent taxonomic study of the.
copepods in this material led to the discovery of an interesting cala-
noid form which represented not only a new species but also a new
genus of fresh-water Copepoda. This copepod was found in catches
obtained from the lower water of 3 of the 10 lakes that were studied,
namely, Seneca, Cayuga, and Owasco. It was briefly characterized
in Science

Genus SENECELLA Juday

Senecella Jupay, Science (n. s.), vol. 58, 1923, p. 205.

Generic characters of male and female.—The cephalothorax is
nearly three times as long as its maximum width, evenly and grad-
ually vaulted anteriorly, without a rostrum or rostral filaments at
the anterior end. The head is only indistinctly separated from the
first thoracic segment. In the female the first thoracic segment is
strongly carinated on its ventral surface. The abdomen is sym-
metrical, consisting of four segments in the female and five in the
male, the fifth segment in the latter being very short. The caudal
rami in both sexes are rather short; each ramus bears five terminal
setae and a small seta on the upper surface near the middle of the
inner edge, ciliated on the inner margin.

The first antennae are longer than the cephalothorax, with 25
segments. The right antenna is exactly like the left in the adult
male. Each antenna bears 15 sensory appendages in the adult male,
but only 7 in the female. The eighth and ninth segments are more

1 New Series, vol. 58, 1923, p. 205.

No. 2541.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuSEuM, VOL. 66, ART. 4

9112—25

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

distinctly separated in the male than in the female. The outer
rami of the second antennae consist of 7 segments.

The mandible, the maxilla, and the first maxilliped of the adult
male are greatly reduced. The terminal part of the second maxil-
liped consists of five short segments which are reflexed on the
second basal segment in both sexes.

The inner ramus (endopodite) of the first pair of swimming legs
consists of one segment, that of the second pair of two segments,
and those of the third and fourth pairs of three segments. The
outer ramus (exopodite) of the first to fourth pairs of swimming
legs is three-segmented, The fifth pair of legs is absent in the
female, but large and greatly modified in the adult male.

SENECELLA CALANOIDES Juday

Senecella calanoides JuDAY, Science (n. s.), vol. 58, 1923, p. 205.

One female has been selected as the type of the species and has
been given Cat. No. 57707, U.S.N.M. There are in addition 10 para-
types, females, Cat. No. 57708, U.S.N.M., and 11 male specimens.
Cat. No, 57709, U.S.N.M.

Characters of female.—In a dorsal view (pl. 1, fig. 1) the body
is evenly rounded in front, but it is rather sharply truncated pos-
teriorly; in a side view (pl. 1, fig. 2) the ventral margin is nearly
straight, while the dorsal margin is evenly rounded both anteriorly
and posteriorly. The last segment of the thorax bears only mod-
erate sized lateral expansions.

The abdomen is made up of four segments. The first or genital
segment is nearly as long as the other three combined and is some-
what dilated on the ventral surface, with the genital opening ap-
proximately in the middle of the segment. Caudal rami less than
twice as long as broad. More than 200 females were examined for
ovisacs, but none was found; it seems probable therefore that the
eggs are not carried during the period of incubation in this form.

The first antenna (pl. 1, fig. 5) is made up of 25 segments, the
eighth and ninth being somewhat coalesced. When reflexed, the
antenna reaches the end of the first segment of the abdomen. Each
antenna bears seven sensory appendages, one each on the second,
fifth, ninth, twelfth, fourteenth, nineteenth, and twenty-fifth seg-
ments.

The second antenna (pl. 1, fig. 4) is medium sized; the inner
ramus is somewhat broader than the outer. The outer ramus is made
up of seven segments, of which the second and the seventh are the
longest; the inner ramus is two-segmented.

The mandible (pl. 1, fig. 5) bears only a moderately expanded
masticatory part; the cutting edge is armed with several teeth.

arr. 4 SENECELLA CALANOIDES—JUDAY 3

The maxilla is foliaceous and bears a number of setae of various
lengths. (pl. 1, fig. 6.)

The first maxilliped (pl. 2, fig. 7) is well developed and is armed
with a number of plumose setae. The second maxilliped (pl. 2, fig.
8) is elongated and the terminal part is reflexed on the second
basal segment.

The inner ramus of the first pair of swimming legs (pl. 2, fig. 9)
has only one segment; it bears three setae on the inner margin and
two at the apex. There is a ciliated prominence on the outer mar-
gin of this ramus. The penultimate segment of the outer ramus
is armed with a spine at its outer distal angle.

The inner ramus of the second pair of swimming legs (pl. 2,
fig. 10) has two segments; the first segment bears a plumose seta on
its inner margin and the second has two setae on the inner margin,
two at the apex, and one on the outer margin. The first and sec-
ond segments of the outer ramus possess a spine of moderate size
und one of minute size at the outer distal angle. The third segment
has one spine on its outer margin and three terminal spines; the
inner terminal spine is large and is armed with teeth on its outer
margin.

The first basal segment of the third pair of swimming legs (pl. 2,
fig. 11) bears a plumose seta on its inner margin as does that of the
second pair of legs. The first basal segment of the fourth pair of
legs (pl. 2, fig. 12) has a spine on the inner margin which is shaped
somewhat like a spur; this pair of spines probably has some sexual
function since one lies on either side of the genital opening when
these legs are reflexed against the body.

The inner ramus of the third and fourth pairs of swimming legs
is three-segmented; the armature is the same as that of the inner
ramus of the second pair of legs with an extra seta on the additional
segment. The outer ramus of the third and fourth pairs of legs is
hke that of the second pair.

The fifth pair of legs is absent in the female.

Length of female, 2.65 to 2.85 millimeters.

Characters of male-—The male is somewhat smaller and more
slender than the female. (pl. 2, figs. 13 and 14.) The abdomen is
made up of five segments; the first four are about equal in length,
but the fifth is small. The genital opening is situated on the left
side of the first abdominal segment. The caudal rami are small, only
a little longer than broad.

The first antenna is made up of 25 segments (pl. 3, fig. 15); the
right antenna is not modified in any way, but is exactly like the
left. Each antenna bears 15 sensory appendages.

The second antenna is like that of the female.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The mandible, the maxilla, and the first maxilliped are much
reduced in the adult male. (pl. 3, figs. 16-18.) In immature
males which are only 0.1 to 0.2 millimeter shorter than the adults,
these mouth parts are like those of the female; this indicates that
the reduction takes place during the final moult in transforming to
an adult. Figure 16 shows that the masticatory part of the mandi-
ble is very weak and has only a small cutting edge.

The second pair of maxillipeds and the first three pairs of swim-
ming legs of the male are like those of the female. The fourth pair
of legs of the male differs from that of the female in that the
first basal segment does not possess a spine on the inner margin,
but it has instead a small, cuplike depression about two-thirds of
the way toward the outer end.

The fifth pair of legs of the male (pl. 3, fig. 20) is unusually
large, asymmetrical, and greatly modified for the transfer of the
spermatophores. The proximal third of the first basal segment is
fused. The second basal segment of the right leg is large, quad-
rangular, and about as long as broad. The inner ramus of the
right leg is elongated, reaching beyond the second segment of the
outer ramus, with the outer margin and the distal third hyaline.
The first segment of the outer ramus of the right leg is elongated,
subtriangular in outline, with a small spine on its outer margin.
A narrow hyaline lamella arises at the inner distal angle of this
segment and extends outward along the second segment and the
base of the terminal hook. The second segment of the outer ramus
is small and bears a small, inward-projecting spine at its outer
distal angle; it also bears a long terminal hook which is recurved
at the outer end.

The second basal segment of the left leg is oblong, nearly twice
as long as broad. The inner ramus of this leg consists of a broad,
somewhat triangular basal portion, with a digitiform process at
the outer distal angle; the outer margin and the fingerlike process
are hyaline. The second segment of the outer ramus of the left
leg is larger than the first and possesses a protuberance at the
inner proximal angle; the second segment terminates in a conical
process, with a small spine at the base of this process.

Length of adult male, 2.45 to 2.55 millimeters.

The fifth pair of legs of an immature male 2.35 millimeters long
is shown in plate 3, figure 19. These appendages are still com-
paratively simple when this stage is reached, the chief modification
taking place between this and the adult stage. The first antenna
of an immature male of this size is like that of the female, with
seven sensory appendages and with the eighth and ninth segments

ART.4 5 SENECELLA CALANOIDES—JUDAY . 5

somewhat coalesced. Likewise the mandible, the maxilla, and the
first maxilliped are like those of the female.

The absence of the fifth pair of swimming legs in the female,
the reduction of three oral appendages in the adult male, and the
fact that the right member of the first pair of antennae is like the
left in the adult male serve to distinguish Senecella calanoides from .
the other fresh-water Calanoida that are known at the present time.
These characters give it a much closer relationship to some of the
marine calanoids than to the other fresh-water members of this
group.

Distribution—Senecella calanoides was obtained, from the lower
water of Seneca Lake and of Cayuga Lake, N. Y., in September,
1908, in August, 1910, and in July, 1918, and from Owasco Lake
in August, 1910. Through the kindness of N. K. Bigelow of the
Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology and of Dr. W. A. Clemens of the
University of Toronto, plankton material containing Senecella has
been obtained from two Canadian lakes, namely, Lake Timagami
and Lake Nipigon.

In a personal communication dated May 8, 1924, Dr. C. Dwight
Marsh states that he collected immature specimens of an unknown
copepod in Pine Lake, Michigan, in 1894, and in Lake Superior
near Duluth, Minn., in 1898, and he now finds that these juvenile
specimens are identieal with those of Senecella calanoides from Sen-
eca Lake.

In a recent note? attention was called to the fact that Senecella
was not associated with Zimmnocalanus in the New York lakes, but
the material from Lake Nipigon contains both forms, the latter being
much more abundant than the former. In the New York lakes Sen-
ecella was not present in the upper 15 meters of water in the sum-
mer, but in Lake Nipigon it has been taken where the water was
less than 2 meters deep.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of female, X 28.
2. Side view of female, X 28.
3. First antenna of female, < 48.
4. Second antenna of female, X 75.
5. Mandible of female, * 114.
6. Maxilla of female, < 114.

2Science (new ser.), vol. 58, 1923, p. 205.

Teo <7.

Fie.

15.

16.
at
18.
19.
20.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vot. 66, 4n?..4

PLATE 2

First maxilliped of female, X 114.

. Second maxilliped of female, X 114.

. Left member of first pair of swimming legs of female, X 75.
10.
Lk
12,
13.
14,

Left member of second pair of swimming legs of female, X 75.
Left member of third pair of swimming legs of female, X 75.
Left member of fourth pair of swimming legs of female, X 75.
Dorsal view of adult male, X 28.

Side view of adult male, X 28.

PLATE 3

First antenna of adult male, X 43.
Mandible of adult male, X 114.

Maxilla of adult male, X 114.

First maxilliped of adult male, X 114.
Fifth pair of legs of immature male, X 75.
Fifth pair of legs of adult male. X 75.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 4 PL. |

FEMALE OF SENECELLA CALANOIDES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 4 PL. 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL.’66, ART. 4 PL. 3

A CONTRIBUTION TOWARD THE CLASSIFICATION OF
THE WEEVIL LARVAE OF THE SUBFAMILY CALEN-
DRINAE, OCCURRING IN NORTH AMERICA.

By Ricuarp T. Corron,

Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

INTRODUCTION.

Until quite recently the larvae of the family Curculionidae have
received little attention from taxonomic workers in entomology.
Numerous descriptions of economic forms have appeared from time
to time but for the most part they are so vague and fragmentary as
to be useless for purposes of identification. In recent years Hopkins,
Béving, Grandi, Trigardh, Donisthorpe, Pierce, and others have
published detailed descriptions of certain economic forms, which
will serve as a basis for future study of this most interesting group
of larvae.

Several years ago the writer became interested in the study of the
larvae of the family Curculionidae, particularly those belonging to
the subfamily Calendrinae, and as opportunity offered, studies were
made of the different forms of this group. The writer is very much
indebted to Dr. A. G. Boving for his constant help and advice in the
preparation of this paper. Through the kindness of Dr. L. O.
Howard the collection of Calendrine larvae belonging to the United
States National Museum was made available for study and made.
possible the completion of the work. The writer is also indebted
to A. F. Satterthwait for the loan of his collection of larvae of the:
genus Calendra.

SUBFAMILY CALENDRINAE IN NORTH AMERICA.

The subfamily Calendrinae is represented in North America by
eleven genera and about ninety species. Of the ninety known species
more than two-thirds belong to the genus Calendra (Sphenophorus).

The following classification deals only with generic characters and
is based on a study of the larvae of all the genera of this subfamily

No. 2542.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 5.
94987—24 1 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

found in North America with the exception of 7'richischius, the larva
of which is unknown, and L’ucactophagus, of which the species listed
for North America are introduced forms not known to be established
in this country.

SUBFAMILY CHARACTERS.

The following characters which are common to all larvae of this
subfamily will serve to distinguish them from other Curculionid
larvae:

1. Curculionid larvae with head free, subglobular. Eighth and
ninth abdominal segments forming a sort of pygidial plate, eighth
with tergum declivous and without distinct tergal areas, ninth rather
small, somewhat flattened dorsally, either broadly rounded posteriorly
or terminating with two fleshy latero-caudal projections, segment
usually with four long terminal setae on each side. Tenth abdominal
segment small and ventral.

2. Abdominal segments usually with three plicae on dorsal side but
occasionally with two or four. Abdominal hypopleura subdivided
into at least two and usually three or more superposed lobes.

3. Ocellus one.

4. Antennae fleshy, two-jointed, basal joint with several small
papillae.

5. Mandibles stout, triangular, with simple or slightly bifid apex;
two dorsal setae.

6. Maxillary palp two-jointed.

7. Hypopharynx composed of a fleshy median area and two setose
lateral lobes.

8. Spiracles bifore except in Rhynchophorus where bilabiate; all
spiracles lateral with air tubes pointing dorsad except on eighth
abdominal segment where they are placed dorsally and with air tubes
pointing caudad. Spiracular opening oval.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION.

The full-grown larvae of the subfamily Calendrinae do not differ
radically in general appearance but vary in length from 2.5 mm. in
the genus Sttophilus to about 85 mm. in the genus Rhynchophorus.
They are white, legless, fleshy grubs, very thick-bodied. Body in-
tegument usually soft and eee hn ies with numerous chiti-
nized setae-carrying areas as in Aynchophorus, and in some species
of Cactophagus with rows of small spines.

Ten abdominal segments, ninth flattened and forming with the
eighth a sort of pyg eal plate, tenth reduced and ventral.

Head from very pale yellowish-brown to dark reddish-brown in
color; longer than broad and somewhat wedge-shaped, the sides

ART. 5. LARVAE OF CALENDRINAE—COTTON. 3

broadly rounded from middle to apex, which is somewhat angular;
the sides nearly straight from middle to posterior angles.

Epicranial and frontal sutures distinct; in many genera a longi-
tudinal suture, the adfrontal suture, branches from each of the
frontal sutures and usually continues to the posterior end of the
lead limiting the so-called adfrontal region. In Cosmopolites an
additional suture runs parallel to and a short distance from the
adfrontal suture.

Frons subtriangular, sometimes with endocarina indicated by a
short, dark, median line on the surface. Frons provided with five
pairs of setae.

Clypeus broadly transverse and bearing at suture separating cly-
peus and epistoma two fine setae on each side.

Labrum subtriangular, broader than long. On the dorsal surface
labrum bears six large setae, usually simple but in Cosmopolites and
Metamasius with some of them branched; on the margin it has 10
or more thickened setae that are simple in some species and branched
in others or both simple and branched.

Each epicranial half bears nine large setae and usually one or
more minute setae near occiput.

Eye represented by a single ocellus.

Antennae fleshy, two-jointed, located at the lateral angle of frons;
first joint broad and short and supplied with several small papillae,
second slender and short.

Mandible stout, triangular, at tip with single blunt tooth or slightly
bifid, two dorsal setae, no molar part.

Maxilla with cardo distinct and simple. Maxillary mala entire,
tip obtuse, ventral surface smooth and lghtly chitinized, dorsal
surface with a longitudinal row of simple or branched setae and in
Rhynchophorus proximally with a group of setae. Tip of mala
usually with a group of three strong setae. Maxillary palp ex-
tending slightly beyond mala, two-jointed, borne by a large mem-
braneous palpifer. Proximal joint thick, cylindrical and bearing
a single seta on apical membrane, distal joint finger-like, bearing
several small terminal papillae. There are three other setae on
maxilla, two near base of palpifer and one about midway between
palpus and end of cardo. A very minute seta with sensory spot is
present near stipes labii but usually concealed by folded skin.

Mentum, submentum, and maxillary articulating area fused into
a fleshy region. Three pairs of setae are present. EKulabium
posteriorly enforced by a median triangularly-bent chitinization.
Between the palpi a small slightly bilobed ligula. Labial palp
short, conical, two-jointed, distal joint with several small terminal
papillae. Eulabium bears two setae on ventral surface; ligula bears
four setae and two sensory spots. These setae are simple in some

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

and branched in others. In some genera the buccal side of ligula is
smooth, partly provided with, or in others entirely covered with a
dense mat of hairs.

The main part of the floor of the buccal cavity is composed of the
hypopharynx, a fleshy median area, with two setose lateral lobes by
many authors interpreted as the maxillulae or paragnathae. Each
side of this hypopharyngeal complex is strengthened by a chitinized
arm of mentum.

Epipharynx carries a pair of epipharyngeal rods. Between these
rods there are four or more small, thickened setae, the number and
arrangement differing in the different genera. These setae are simple
in most genera but branched in Scyphophorus. Epipharynx is often
more or less densely setose.

Prothorax dorsally not divided, but the two areas praescutum and
scuto-scutellum may be roughly indicated by rows of setae.

The mesothoracic and metathoracic segments are divided into the
spindle-shaped praescutum, the scuto-scutellum, and the alar area.
Praescutum has one pair of setae and scuto-scutellum four pairs of
setae.

The sternum of the thorax consists of eusternum and two coxal
or parasternal lobes more or less connected medianly behind the
eusternum. The eusternum of each thoracic segment bears a pair of
hairs.

The abdominal segments are divided dorsally into from two to
four transverse areas. In Rhynchophorus and Cosmopolites an ad-
ditional intersegmental fold is present in front of praescutum. Be-
low these transverse areas and adjacent to epipleurum is the alar
area. Epipleurum itself dorsally limited by a somewhat indis-
tinct dorso-lateral suture and ventrally by a well-defined ventro-
lateral suture; it is large and not subdivided. Below the ventro-
lateral suture is hypopleurum. This is subdivided into at least two
and usually three or more superposed lobes. The ventral areas are
the coxal or parasternal lobes, eusternum, and sternellum. The anus
is transverse. Abdominal segments provided with setae as follows:
On each side of all typical segments praescutum bears one seta,
scutellum from three to five setae, alar area one or two setae, and
the epipleural lobe a pair of setae. One of the lobes of hypopleurum
bears one or two setae, the coxal lobe one seta, and eusternum two
pairs of setae.

Eighth abdominal segment smaller than the typical segments,
tergum declivous and without distinct tergal areas. Ninth segment
rather small, somewhat flattened dorsally, either broadly rounded
posteriorly or terminating with two fleshy latero-caudal projections;
segment usually with four long terminal setae on each side. Tenth
abdominal segment ventral and small.

ART. 5. LARVAE OF CALENDRINAE—COTTON. 5

Spiracles lateral except on the eighth abdominal segment, where
they are placed dorsally. Spiracular opening oval.

Both thoracic and abdominal spiracles located anteriorly and in
a separate corner area. The area containing the mesothoracic spir-
acles, however, is epipleural, while the areas with the abdominal
spiracles are derived from the alar area. With the exception of
Rhynchophorus, where the spiracles are bilabiate, they belong in all
genera to the bifore type.

Only one pair of thoracic spiracles are present, the mesothoracic
pair; no vestige of a metathoracic spiracle found. All spiracles of
same size except the mesothoracic and eighth abdominal; the meso-
thoracic being about twice as large and the eighth abdominal spiracle
considerably larger than the average abdominal spiracle.

The air tubes of the bifore spiracles distinct but varying in size
according to the genera; those of mesothorax and abdominal seg-
ments 1-7 point dorsad but those of the eighth abdominal segment
are directed caudad.

The closing apparatus of the spiracle is similar to that found by
Boving in the larvae of the Donaciinae, a detailed description of
which appears in his Natural History of the Larvae of Dona-
ciinae.}

As shown in plate 7, figure 4, 6 and c, the apparatus consists of
a constriction of the walls at the beginning of the trachea, formed
by a chitinized, wedge-shaped ridge or fold that projects into the
lumen of the trachea, and an opposing soft fold that, by the action
of a muscle between two hollow arms at the fold, may be forced
against the chitinized ridge, thus effectually closing the entrance
to the trachea.

" KEY TO GENERA.2

1. Mala with simple setae or with not more than one branched seta________ 2
Malan Ln branched ’seta cu teen be eee as a) alia eau ee cya. alle 4

2. Mala dorsally with longitudinal row of eight setae one of which is branched.
Distal end of palpifer dorsally with a tuft of hair____Cactophagus, p. 6.
Mala dorsally with longitudinal row of six or seven setae none of which

aresbraneched.. Distal end .of palpifer naked 222) 2 bela es 3

3. Mala with seven dorsal setae. Body elongate, more than 5 mm. in
I eSNG; EN eee AI rE DM 8 Le ee Pg ea alae ena Rhodobaenus, p. 6.
Mala with six dorsal setae. Body almost globular, not more than 3.5 mm.
MLE Sih Sone OR ERNE. RO Ies iy rah Sitophilus, p. 6.

4, Dorsal (or buceal) side; of ligula: Setosess) [eciceslel fee le 5
Dorsal (or buccal) side of ligula not setose___...__._._..._ pele

* Internationale Revue der Gesamten Hydrobiologie und Hydrographie. 1910. Pp. 50—-
51, 60-62.

*Leng’s catalogue has been followed in the use of generic names with the following
exceptions: Calendra of Leng’s catalogue is replaced by Sitophilus, and Sphenophorus of
Leng’s catalogue by Calendra.

94987—24——2

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

5. Dorsal side of ligula not densely setose. Eulabium with posterior setae
branched. Marginal setae of epipharynx all branched. Intersegmental
area, present,.1in front,of praescutum se ee ee _ Cosmopolites, p. 7.

Dorsal side of ligula densely setose. Eulabium with simple setae. Margi-
nal setae of epipharynx not all branched. No intersegmental fold in front

OL (PEACSC UCU LE eee AS TA Oe Sas Ve ae eee 2 ene 6

G4 Mala idistally “truncatess: 2.81 Re ee SEE eke 2 Metamasius, p. 7.
Mola distally ;moundeduss (tet wee lune. pirer iW ie eal as Calendra, p. 7.
7. Mala distally truncate, proximally on dorsal side thick set with setae.
Large forms about 35 mm. in length-____________ Rhynchophorus, p. 8.
Mala distally rounded. Proximally on dorsal side with none or a few
Setae (lhe Se ae Se SE eee See ee ee ee

8. Dorsal (or buccal) side of mala with eight branched setae. HEulabium with
simple setae. Marginal setae of epipharynx mostly simple, only a few
branche dete je 8 ey Be ee Scyphophorus, p. 8.

Dorsal (or buccal) side of mala with more than eight branched setae.
Hulabium with branched setae. Most of marginal setae of epipharynx
branchedsor tuhtalikees yee ee Ue i cee el ns eee oes ter gee Sed Yuccaborus, p. 8.

Genus CACTOPHAGUS LeConte.
Plate 1, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 3.

The larvae of this genus breed in Cactus plants and attain a length
of about 30 mm. Labrum with twelve simple, thickened, marginal
setae. Epipharynx somewhat setose and with two pairs of small
thickened setae between the epipharyngeal rods. Maxillary mala
oval at tip, with a row of seven simple and one branched setae on
dorsal surface and with three simple setae at tip. Ligula not setose.
Hypopharynx fleshy and laterally densely setose. Body with rows
of small spines. Abdominal terga above divided into three distinct
areas. Abdominal hypopleurum four-lobed.

Genus RHODOBAENUS LeConte.
Plate 2, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 2.

The larvae of this genus inhabit the stems of various weeds of the
Compositae. They are somewhat elongate and may attain a length
of about 16 mm. Labrum with twelve simple, thickened, marginal
setae. Epipharynx with two pairs of small thickened setae between
the epipharyngeal rods. Maxillary mala oval at tip, dorsal surface
with a longitudinal row of seven simple, stout setae, tip with three
simple setae. Ligula not setose. Hypopharynx fleshy and laterally
densely setose. Abdominal terga above divided into four distinct
areas. Abdominal hypopleurum two or three lobed.

Genus SITOPHILUS Schonherr.

Plate 3, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 1.

The larvae of this genus are seed inhabiting. The three species
found in North America are all small, none exceeding 3.5 mm. in

ART. 5. LARVAE OF CALENDRINAE—COTTON. 7

length. Labrum with ten simple thickened marginal setae. Epi-
pharynx with from eight to fourteen small setae between the epi-
pharyngeal rods, the number of these setae differing in the three
species. Maxillary mala oval at tip, with a longitudinal row of
six simple, stout setae on dorsal surface and with four simple setae
at tip, two of the latter being smaller than the others. Ligula not
setose. Hypopharynx fleshy and laterally hghtly setose. Abdominal
terga above divided into two or three distinct areas. Abdominal
hypopleurum three-lobed.

Genus COSMOPOLITES Chevrolat.

Plate 4, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 4.

The larvae of the only species of this genus found in North America
breeds in the roots of the banana. The larvae attain a length of at
least 13 mm. Labrum with twelve marginal thickened setae all of
which are branched. Epipharynx setose with two pairs of thickened
setae between the epipharyngeal rods. Maxillary mala oval at tip,
with a row of nine branched setae on dorsal surface and with one
branched and two simple setae at tip. Ligula with two somewhat
triangular setose areas on dorsal surface. Hypopharynx fleshy,
laterally densely setose. Abdominal terga above divided into four
distinct areas and an additional intersegmental fold. Abdominal
hypopleurum four-lobed.

Genus METAMASIUS Horn.
Plate 5, fig. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 6.

The larvae of the species found in North America breed in the
roots of sugarcane. They attain a length of about 15mm. Labrum
with twelve thickened marginal setae, some of which are branched
and others simple. Epipharynx somewhat setose, and with two pairs
of small thickened setae between the epipharyngeal rods. Maxil-
lary mala truncate at tip, with a row of eight many branched setae
on dorsal surface, and with one branched and two simple setae at tip.
Ligula densely setose on dorsal surface. Hypopharynx fleshy, lat-
erally densely setose, chitinized mental arms very prominent. <Ab-
dominal terga above divided into four distinct areas. Abdominal
hypopleurum three or four lobed.

Genus CALENDRA Clairville.

Plate 6, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 8.

The larvae of this genus breed in the roots of many grasses and
grass-like plants. This genus contains many species, some of them
attaining a length of about 15 mm. Labrum with twelve marginal,

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

thickened setae that are simple in some species and branched in
others. Epipharynx somewhat setose and with two pairs of small
thickened setae between the epipharyngeal rods. Maxillary mala
oval at tip, with a row of eight branched setae on dorsal surface,
the basal two being bifurcate at tip, the rest many-branched, tip of
mala with two simple and one branched setae. Ligula dorsally
setose. Hypopharynx fleshy, laterally densely setose and with a
tuft of hairs at posterior limit. Abdominal terga above divided into
three distinct areas. Abdominal hypopleurum four-lobed.

Genus RHYNCHOPHORUS Herbst.

Plate 7, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 9.

The larvae of this genus breed in the trunks of palm trees. They
are the largest of the Calendrid larvae that occur in North America
and may attain a length of 35 mm. or more. Labrum with about
twenty simple, thickened marginal setae. Epipharynx setose and
with two pairs of small thickened setae between the epipharyngeal
rods. Maxillary mala subquadrate at tip, with a row of simple and
branched setae and a basal group of numerous branched setae on dor-
sal surface, and with three simple setae at tip. Ligula not setose.
Hypopharynx fleshy and laterally densely setose. Body provided
with numerous small chitinous seta-carrying areas. Abdominal
terga divided above into three distinct areas and with additional
intersegmental fold. Abdominal hypopleurum four-lobed.

Genus SCYPHOPHORUS Schonherr.
Plate 8, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 7.

The larvae of this genus breed in plants of the Yucca family and
related familes. They may attain a length of at least 18 mm.
Labrum with twelve thickened, marginal setae of which some are
simple and others branched. Epipharynx setose and with two pairs
of branched thickened setae between the epipharyngeal rods. Maxil-
lary mala oval at tip, with a row of eight branched setae on dorsal
surface and with one branched and two simple setae at tip. Ligula
not setose. Hypopharynx fleshy, laterally densely setose. Abdomi-
nal terga above divided into three distinct areas. Abdominal hypo-
pleurum five-lobed.

Genus YUCCABORUS LeConte.
Plate 9, figs. 1-7; plate 10, fig. 5.

The larvae of this genus breed in the plants of the Yucca family.
They may attain a length of at least 15 mm. Labrum with about
eighteen marginal setae nearly all of which are very much branched.

ART. 5.

LARVAE OF CALENDRINAE—COTTON,. 9

Epipharynx setose and with three pairs of small thickened setae
between the epipharyngeal rods. Maxillary mala oval at tip, with
a row of about twelve many-branched setae on dorsal surface and
with one branched and two simple setae at tip. Ligula not setose.
The usual setae found on ligula are all branched. Hypopharynx

fleshy, laterally setose.

Abdominal terga above divided into three

distinct areas. Abdominal hypopleurum four-lobed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Ime err Nr asl SR rt Le Pirie eit pie ee ee hypopharynx
(ULTRA a PE RAID R SRE LE apa ee cs oe Ue hypopleurum
ON pene NS rete es TMU SGLOR eit ae ed a labrum
COT Se ee eit. See 2 COMAIGLODER Ie Lidar ere ee Se ae oe ligula
CPi Se es ee SES CHITINO NS EA Ley Be a a ee mala
Fy epipleurumy | Pies=— =< ae ee ee praescutum
CT es ee epipharyneeall rod:\| ses2= 52 = - a seutum
CL Eaten aes ON a a eCuSterninm ||| SCG. ts ee scutellum
a a ie Be Pee 2 A PIR OTUS GOs ee ee Se ee rene soft fold
(ED ga asses RS Pull el SO. Ee hollowsarme nha Sos 8 te Ra trachea
PLATE 1.

Cactophagus validus (WLeConte).

. Labrum,

. Head, dorsal view.
. Epipharynx.
Thoracic spiracle.

. Mouth parts, ventral view.
. Mouth parts, dorsal view.

SI OR OD

. Full grown larva, lateral view.

BEArinn 2:

Rhodobaenus tredecimpunctatus (Illiger).

Fig. 1. Labrum.
. Epipharynx.
. Thoracic spiracle.

Head, dorsal view.

Mouth parts, ventral view.
. Mouth parts, dorsal view.

AAA wh

Full grown larva, lateral view.

PLATE 3.

Sitophilus granarius (Linnaeus).

Fic. 1. Labrum.
. Head, dorsal view.
. Epipharynx.

. Thoracie spiracle.

. Mouth parts, ventral view.
. Mouth parts, dorsal view.

ID OB oo bo

Full grown larva, lateral view.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vor. Ge

PLATE 4.

Cosmopolites sordidus (Germar).

Fic. 1. Labrum.
2. Head, dorsal view.
3. Epipharynx.
4. Thoracic spiracle.
5. Full grown larva, lateral view.
6. Mouth parts, ventral view.
7. Mouth parts, dorsal view.
PLATE 5.
Metamasius sericeus (Latreille).
Fic. 1. Labrum.
2. Head, dorsal view.
3. Epipharynx.
4, Thoracic spiracle.
5. Full-grown larva, lateral view.
6. Mouth parts, ventral view.
7. Mouth parts, dorsal view.
PLATE 6.
Calendra callosa (Olivier).
Fig. 1. Labrum.
2. Head, dorsal view.
3. Epipharynx.
4. Thoracic spiracle.
5. Full-grown larva, lateral view.
6. Mouth parts, ventral view.
7. Mouth parts, dorsal view.
PLATE 7.
Rhynchophorus cruentatus (Fabricius).
Tig. 1. Labrum.
2. Head, dorsal view. ’
3. Epipharynx.
4, Thoracic spiracle.

a. Opening.
b. Longitudinal section of spiracle and trachea showing closing
apparatus.
c. Cross section showing closing apparatus of spiracle.
5. Full-grown larva, lateral view.
. Mouth parts, ventral view.
7. Mouth parts, dorsal view.

ART. 5.

Fic.

Tie.

Fig.

OWMDADNAP WH

AAOarwndre

AAT wD

LARVAE OF CALENDRINAE—COTTON. LT

PLATE 8.

Scyphophorus acupunctatus (Gylenhal).

. Labrum.

Head, dorsal view.

. Epipharynx.

Thoracic spiracle.

. Full-grown larva, lateral view.
. Mouth parts, ventral view.
. Mouth parts, dorsal view.

PLATE 9.

Yuccaborus lentiginosus (Casey).

. Labrum.

Head, dorsal view.
Hpipharynx.

Thoracic spiracle.

Full-grown larva, lateral view.

. Mouth parts; ventral view.
. Mouth parts, dorsal view.

PLAte 10.

. Sitophilus, buccal side of mala.
. Rhodobaenus, buccal side of mala.

Cactophagus, buccal side of mala,

. Cosmopolites, buceal side of mala.

. Yuecaborus, buccal side of mala.

. Metamasius, buccal side of mala,

. Scyphophorus, buccal side of mala.

. Calendra, buceal side of mala.

. Rhynchophorus, buccal side of mala.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. |

DETAILS OF CACTOPHAGUS VALIDUS (LECONTE)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 2

DETAILS OF RHODOBAENUS TREDECIMPUNCTATUS (ILLIGER)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 3

DETAILS OF SITOPHILUS GRANARIUS (LINNAEUS)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 4

DETAILS OF COSMOPOLITES SORDIDUS GERMAR

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 10

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 5

DETAILS OF METAMASIUS SERICEUS (LATREILLE)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 10

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 6

DETAILS OF CALENDRA CALLOSUS (OLIVIER)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 10

Peat

ART. 5

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

G7,

ANY

Do A

)

DETAILS OF RHYNCHOPHORUS CRUENTATUS (FABRICIUS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 10

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 8

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

DETAILS OF SCYPHOPHORUS ACUPUNCTATUS (GYLLENHAL)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE II

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 9

DETAILS OF THE GENUS YUCCABORUS LECONTE

FOR EXPLANATIION OF PLATE SEE PAGE If

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 5 PL. 10

BUCCAL CHARACTERS OF CALENDRINAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE {1

NOTES ON THE HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS
MADE BY- DR. W. L. ABBOTT ON THE
ISLAND OF HAITI

By Doris M. Cocuran

Aid, Division of Reptiles and Batrachians, United States National Museum

For the past thirty-five years Dr. W. L. Abbott has enriched the
collections in the United States National Museum by frequent con-
tributions of the results of his collecting expeditions in various parts
of the world. Since 1916 he has turned his attention particularly
to the island of Haiti, from which he has sent much valuable material,
including many new or rare species of animals and plants.

During the summer and autumn of 1916 Doctor Abbott collected
natural history specimens on the Samana Peninsula in northeastern
Santo Domingo. This trip proved so beneficial to the needs of the
National Museum that Doctor Abbott has returned to the island each
year. His second trip was made during the first six months of 1917
when he secured many specimens from Tortuga Island and from the
northern and northwestern parts of the Republic of Haiti. In
November of the same year he made a third trip, this time covering
southwestern Haiti and Cayemites Island. From February to Octo-
ber, 1919, he visited the Samana Peninsula once more, and worked
to the southwest toward Duvergé. In the spring and early summer
of 1920, Doctor Abbott visited Gonaives Island and some small
villages in the vicinity of Furcy, Haiti. The three expeditions taken
since that time have all been to the Samana Peninsula, from which
district very rich collections have been secured where formerly few
specimens had been obtained.

ELEUTHERODACTYLUS WEINLANDI Barbour

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 65709) collected at Las Cafiitas on

_.February 27, 1923; one (No. 65054) at Laguna in May, 1923, and

three (Nos. 65706-65708) at Samana and Laguna in March, 1928.
Our specimens agree in color-pattern with the figure published by
Schmidt, but the disks on the toes of our specimens are somewhat
larger than those of the figured specimen.

1Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1921, vol. 44, art. 2, p. 8.

No. 2543.—PROcEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 6.
94118—24—__1 1

9 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66
ELEUTHERODACTYLUS FLAVESCENS Noble

Nine specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65697-65705) collected at Samana
and Laguna in March, 1923. Of these, seven are young, but the skin
is fully as warty as in the adult.

ELEUTHERODACTYLUS ABBOTTI Cochran

The type (U.S.N.M., No..65055) and two paratypes (Nos. 65056
and 65057) collected at Laguna, Samana Peninsula, in May, 1922.
Twenty-five more specimens were secured at Samana and Laguna in
March, 1923. Out of the twenty-five, eleven resemble the type in
having a very definite white line beginning at the snout, bifurcating
above the vent and continuing on the posterior femur, on the distal
half of the tibia and to the sole of the foot. The remaining fourteen
specimens lack the white line, although there is the same distinct
mid-dorsal ridge in the skin from snout to vent, which in the typical
specimens appears without pigment. The largest specimen (No.
65683) measures 21 mm. from snout to vent.

ELEUTHERODACTYLUS MONTANUS Schmidt

Eleven specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 60627-60635, 60650-60651) col-
lected in Moron during December, 1917.

ELEUTHERODACTYLUS SCHMIDTI Noble.

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 60626) collected in Moron on Decem-
ber 23, 1919.
ELEUTHERODACTYLUS INOPTATUS (Barbour)

Seven specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65022-65027, 65089) from Lag-
una taken in May, 1922; one (No. 65721) from Samana and Laguna
taken in March, 1923; three (Nos. 65722-4) from Las Cafiitas taken
February 27, 1923; two (Nos. 55085-55086) taken in 1916, no defi-
nite locality other than Santo Domingo.

ELEUTHERODACTYLUS RUTHAE Noble

Four specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65710-65713) from Jovero taken
February 4 and 5, 1923; seven (Nos. 65714-65720) taken at Samana
and Laguna in March, 1923.

LEPTODACTYLUS DOMINICENSIS Cochran

The type (U.S.N.M., No. 65670) was taken at Las Cafnitas on
February 25, 1923. This is probably the most important of the
herpetological discoveries made by Doctor Abbott. Two more speci-
mens (Nos. 66675-6) received after the foregoing list was made,
show a very definite color pattern on the dorsal surface. These two
frogs were collected four miles west of Jovero on December 4, 1923,
from a muddy gully in the forest.

ART, 6 HAITIAN HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTION—COCHRAN 3

HYLA VASTA Cope

One adult male (U.S.N.M., No. 65090) taken at Lo Bracito on
April 15, 1922, at an altitude of 1,000 feet; eight adult males (Nos.
65752-65759) taken at Liali on February 9 and 10, 1923; one (No.
55301) taken at Hl Rio on October 8, 1916.

HYLA DOMINICENSIS (Tschudi)

Two specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 60637-60688) collected at Jeremie
on December 10, 1917; one (No. 60639) at “ La Grotte,” Jeremie, on
December 9, 1917; ten (Nos. 60640-60649) from Moron taken in
December, 1917; one (No. 65091) from Lo Bracito collected on April
12, 1922; twenty-seven (Nos. 65028-65039, 65040-65058, 65120) from
Laguna taken in May, 1922; one (No. 65725) from Las Cafiitas on
February 25, 1923; two (Nos. 65726 and 65727) from Liali captured
February 9 and 12, 1923; two (Nos. 65728 and 65729) from Samana
and Laguna taken in March, 1923; one (No. 64909) from Petit Trou
taken February 16, 1922; one (No. 60636) from Jeremie on Decem-
ber 2, 1917; one (No. 61930) from Laguna near Samana on March
10, 1919; six (Nos. 55087-55092) taken in 1916, with no definite
locality other than Santo Domingo.

HYLA PULCHRILINEATA Cope

Thirty-one specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65658-65688) from Laguna
taken May 11 to May 15, 1922; twenty-two (Nos. 65730-65751) from
Laguna and Samana taken in March, 1923.

HEMIDACTYLUS MABOUIA (Moreau de Jonnés)

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 65782) from Samana and Laguna,
Samana Peninsula, collected in March, 1923; one specimen (No.
65783) from Jovero, collected February 6, 1923.

ARTISTELLIGER LAR Cope

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 62362) from Sanchez, taken on
August 23, 1919.
SPHAERODACTYLUS DIFFICILIS Barbour
One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 65781) from Samana and Laguna
collected in March, 1923. Doctor Barbour has compared this speci-
men with the type in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. He
writes that this specimen (33 mm. from snout to vent) is larger than
any of his specimens, but with no differences from the type not due
to size and age.
SPHAERODACTYLUS TORREI Barbour
One specimen {(U.S.N.M., No. 60617) from Haiti, taken in the
winter of 1917-18. This lizard has also been examined by Doctor
Barbour. He says that it is just like a specimen in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology (No. 18481) from Thomazeau, Haiti.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ANOLIS RICORDII Duméril and Bibron

Four specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 55048-55051) from Santo Do-
mingo collected in 1916; one specimen (No. 55302) from El] Rio
taken October 8, 1916; two more (Nos. 62104-62105) from the same
place taken May 13 and 19, 1919; one specimen (No. 61928) from
Cayo Hondo, Samana Bay, collected in February, 1919; one specimen
(No. 61929) taken in 1919 at Laguna near Samana.

ANOLIS DISTICHUS Cope

Ten specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 55058-55067) from Rojo Cabo
near Cape Samana, collected August 28-31, 1916; one specimen
(No. 60625) from Jeremie taken December 10, 1917; one specimen
(No. 65769) from Jovero collected on February 16, 1923.

ANOLIS CYBOTES Cope

Three specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65763-5) from Jovero collected
on February 19, 1923; two specimens (Nos. 65766-65767) from Liali
taken February 10 and 15, 1923; three specimens (Nos. 55803-55305)
from Jarabacoa collected October 16, 1916; seventeen specimens (Nos.
55068-55084) from Rojo Cabo taken August 28-31, 1916; one specimen
(No. 60624) from Moron taken December 20, 1917; one specimen
(No. 65768) from Santo Domingo taken in 1923. None of these speci-
mens have any indications of keels on the ventral scales.

ANOLIS CHLOROCYANUS Duméril and Bibron

Two specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65761-65762) from Jovero col-
lected on February 19, 1923; one specimen (No. 65762) from Liali
taken February 10, 1923.

ANOLIS OLSSONI Schmidt

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 62103) from the hills 5 miles south
of Constanza, collected on April 29, 1919, is referred to this species.
Its total length is 160 mm.; the tail 121; the tip of snout to the ear
10.5; the body 28.5. A paratype (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 15300),
which is now before me, differs from the figure of the type specimen ”
in the following points: The paratype has a row of scales separating
the supraorbital semicircles from each other, while in the type these
semicircles are in contact. In the paratype, the enlarged supraocu-
lars are quite smooth, and the scales between the supraoculars and
the anterior supraciliaries are relatively large; in the figure of the
type, the supraoculars are shown to be keeled, and the scales between
them and the anterior supraciliaries are relatively small, almost
granular. The scales between the occipital and ‘the posterior por-

eee —

‘ Notes on the Herpetology of San Domingo, Schmidt, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1921,
vol. 44, art. 2, p. 11.

ART. 6 HAITIAN HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTION—COCHRAN 5

tion of the supraorbital semicircles are small in the figure, but rela-
tively larger in the paratype. In comparing our specimen from Con-
stanza (No. 62103) with the paratype, I find the following discrepan-
cies: The temporal region in the paratype is covered with very fine
granules; in No. 62103 these granules are much coarser, although
this is the smaller specimen (the paratype measures 42 mm., and
No. 62103, 39 mm.). The supraorbital semicircles are separated
rather widely in the paratype, but in contact anteriorly in No. 62103.
The supraoculars in No. 62103 have low keels, and the scales lying
in front of them are very small, in these respects agreeing with the
figure of the type but disagreeing with the paratype. The outline
of the snout when viewed from above is nearly the same in the
figured type and in No. 62103. The snout of the paratype, however,
seems much longer in proportion to the width of the head, and this
observation holds also in comparing the profiles of No. 62103 and the
paratype. In nearly all aspects No. 62103 seems to resemble the
figure of the type far more closely than it resembles the paratype.
If the paratype be a true olssoni, then the species is certainly ex-
tremely variable. I am convinced, however, that the paratype is not
a true Anolis olssonz, a conviction which is also shared by Doctor
Ruthven, who has examined the specimens now under discussion.

CYCLURA RICORDII (Duméril and Bibron)

In 1789 Abbé Bonnaterre described an iguana with a remarkable
frontal horn, calling it Lacerta cornuta.2 The specimen upon which
the description was based was taken in 1784 “dans les mornes de
Phopital, entre l’Artibonite et les Gonaives,” Santo Domingo (now
the Republic of Haiti). This same specimen was described in more
detail by Duméril and Bibron‘ under the name of Metopoceros
cornutus, and since their time the species has come to be fairly well
known to science. Doctor Abbott has sent to the National Museum
a good series of these lizards, which will be discussed in detail a
little later in this paper.

Another large iguanid lizard collected in Santo Domingo by M.
Alexandre Ricord and sent by him to the Museum of Natural History
in Paris was described by Duméril and Bibron in the same work®
as the monotype of a new genus, Aloponotus ricordit. This species
also was based upon a single skin, which until 1919 remained
unique. In that year Doctor Abbott sent home a skin of a rock
iguana which agrees in most respects with Duméril and Bibron’s
description of Aloponotus ricordii. Doctor Stejneger exhibited this
skin at a meeting of the Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists

’Tabl. Ene. wee Erp., Pe any pl. 4, fig. 4. 5 Idem, p. 190.
4Erp. Gén., vol. , 1837, 211,

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

on May 14, 1920. It is due to Doctor Abbott’s rediscovery that the
old name of Aloponotus ricordii may now be taken out of the syn-
onymy of Cyclura cornuta, where it was placed provisionally by
Boulenger.*®

As the specimen upon which the original description was based was
in very poor condition, it will not be amiss to furnish a complete
description of the one in our collection.

Description—Adult, male, U.S.N.M., No. 62557, Duvergé, Santo
Domingo; October 3, 1919; W. L. Abbott, collector. Rostral wide, as
wide as mental, broadly in contact with nasals; nasal large, irregu-
larly rectangular, slightly higher than wide, perforated by a round
nostril equal in diameter to one-half the height of the rostral; post-
nasal large, two-thirds size of nasal and broadly in contact with it;
nasals in contact with each other in middle line of snout behind ros--
tral for about half their width, when they are separated by a single,
flat, triangular shield; no conical, horn-like scales on snout; the top
of the head covered by irregularly polygonal shields, rather larger
and wrinkled on snout, more tubercular on frontal region, and simi-
lar but smaller in interorbital space; interorbital scales in 5 rows;
supraocular semicircles evident, though the component keeled scales
hardly exceed the similar scales which form the supraorbital disk;
occipital region only slightly elevated above supraorbital region;
semicircles separated by about 4 rows of smaller tubercular scales;
occipital scale two-thirds height of rostral, located between posterior
borders of semicircles from which it is separated by 2 rows of scales;
a series of moderately keeled suboculars continued backwards as a
supratympanic series to above the ear; shields very small and tuber-
cular above and below the posterior half of this series; 7 or 8
supralabials to a point beneath the center of the eye; a series of small
scales separating the suboculars and supralabials; tympanum ellip-
tical, erect, large; 7 or 8 lower labials to center of eye; a series of
enlarged malar scales, the posterior ones moderately keeled and sepa-
rated from the lower labials by one or two rows of flat scales as large
as the anterior malars; dorsal and ventral scales rhomboidal, ob-
liquely keeled, the keels pointing toward the median line; dorsal
scales very small, about 110 scales measured posteriorly from the
axillary contained in the distance from end of snout to anterior edge
of tympanum; ventral scales slightly larger than dorsals and more
distinctly keeled; from the occiput along the median line of the neck
and back a series of enlarged, strongly keeled scales forming a high
serrated crest which is much reduced on the shoulders and on the
rump but is continuous with the caudal crest; scales of nuchal crest

ee a i SE Ee SS SSS

6 Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., vol. 2, 1885, p. 1881.

ART. 6 HAITIAN HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTION—-COCHRAN 7

narrower and appreciably longer than those of dorsal crest; height:
of the crest-scales on the middle of the back 14 times the height
of the rostral, 6 to the distance from end of snout to anterior edge
of tympanum; about 35 scales in the dorsal crest between shoulder
and rump; throat covered with scales similar to the ventrals but
smaller; sides of neck with numerous folds; a large transverse fold
underneath neck and a longitudinal one on each side of the body;
upper surface of front limbs and femur of hind limbs with slightly
imbricated, keeled scales, much larger than the dorsals; on the lower
arm about 50 to the distance from the end of snout to anterior edge
of tympanum; on the front of the tibia from the knee half way to
the foot the scales greatly increasing in size, each bearing a long,
sharp spine pointed backwards, partly surrounded by small, irregu-
larly placed shields bearing a small spine; scales abruptly diminish-
ing in size on the back of the leg; a single series of 18 femoral pores;
inner side of second toe with one comb, of third toe with two combs,
the proximal one being much the larger; a tendency to form 3 combs
on the fourth toe; nails long and sharp; tail covered with large
obliquely keeled scales in vertical rows forming prominent verticils
which on the half of the tail nearest the body become spiny and very
much enlarged between the fifth and tenth scales, counting trans-
versely from the caudal crest; about 3 rows of scales between verticils
at their greatest enlargement and 5 near the caudal crest and beneath
the tail where the verticils are less prominent; verticils becoming less
well-marked toward extremity of tail.

Dimensions

Mm
Beale er eG lnemnvet in coker PERE Pe COR Sassen ea eee Sih Seek 756
ADSTG) CONE, SAOVO RUT Gof CO) om (3) 0 eee aod PC de PIC se ie ae eee 326
Resnick Caaifis Oris, tell) eave Meus ead) ey Pee See ey A ee Ef 430
TOL SHO WO CABLE Me a ase en ee 8 oy ey are ee ey 70
WARN Of bea Cliees ae a Se ey eel ay en a a 50
FEES CERN LO esse ese eae err e sem re a en ke ete 136
ERTL BEd YI) eee ratieck ates ae Rete as EE Se Ears 186
Wer iieal: CHATS TO TS Of: jE yr ea NNN a a Se eee 12

Coloration: Head and nuchal region hght; throat black; fore-
limbs black above, lighter underneath; a light patch on shoulder
bordered behind with dark extending to base of nuchal crest; on
the back a pattern of about 9 light bands bordered with dark arising
from the dorsal crest; five of these extending obliquely down-
ward on sides; pattern indistinct on sides becoming marked beneath
in 5 or 6 dark transverse streaks alternating with broader bands of
light; sides, back and anterior surface of femur spotted with black;
hind legs and tail light.

8 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Doctor Stejneger has given me permission to use his notes on the
differences between our specimen and the description of the type.
He says:

The principal characters relied upon for the diagnosis of Aloponotus ricordii
were (1) the alleged lack of scales on the upper part of the body; (2) a
small dewlap on the foreneck; (3) a long double row of femoral pores; (4)
a verticillated tail with spines at certain intervals; (5) small, equal, polygone
plates on top of the head.

The alleged absence of scales on the back is emphasized by the authors’
saying, “The saurian, for which we establish this genus, is the only one we
know of which has almost the entire upper surfaces of the body devoid of
seales * * *, The skin of these regions resembles that of some sharks
* *« * Wxamined under the lens the surface seems covered with very small
granules extremely ‘serrés les uns contre les autres.’”’ Unfortunately the
figure given by the authors on Plate 38 flatly contradicts this description show-
ing, aS it does, the entire back and sides covered with rather large, nearly
uniform, rhomboidal scales. In addition this same figure shows a verticillate
tail with a homogeneous scutellation and without the spiny rings as described
in the text. This discrepancy between the description and the illustration has
contributed largely to the discredit and oblivion into which this species has
fallen.

With regard to the alleged unique lack of scales on the back, Cope has
shown" that in certain specimens of Metopoceros in the island of Navassa,
the dorsal seales or granules vary in size from being minutely granular in
some places to forming distinct scales everywhere. Duméril and Bibron’s
own description, moreover, shows that by the expression “skin entirely
devoid of scales” they did not mean that the skin was naked, only that the
“seales ” were reduced to very small granules. Our specimen has a single row
of femoral pores, while the lepidosis on the back is that of very small scales
without keels, rather than granules. The latter character, as we have seen in
another form of the same genus, seems to be a variable one, and as for the
femoral pores, we know that the additional series is of no systematic importance,
one or two rows being found in several species.

Dr. G. K. Noble, of the American Museum of Natural History,
succeeded in capturing alive a number of these lizards, which he
brought back to New York in 1922. Some observations on the habits
and coloration of the living animals would be very interesting.

CYCLURA CORNUTA (Bonnaterre)

One adult male (U.S.N.M., No. 65189 from Trujin taken February
19, 1922, measured 1,410 mm. in length, the head and body being 640
mm. Another male (No. 60599) from Cayemite Island, captured
January 13, 1918, measured 1,035 mm., the tail being 530 mm. long.
From the same island, taken the same day, another male (No. 60600)
was 1,030 mm. in length, the tail being 490 mm., according to notes
made by Doctor Abbott. A female (No. 60601) was taken at the
same place on January 11, 1918. Three specimens (Nos. 62558-

wads) ete A dia, et Je ee eee ee ee

7 Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 23, 1886, p. 263.

ART. 6 HAITIAN HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTION—COCHRAN 9

62560) were taken at Duvergé on October 2, 1919, the first two fe-
males, the last a male measuring 1,055 mm. in length. A specimen
(No. 68112) was secured off Petit Gonaive Island on July 10, 1920.
A very young specimen from Tortuga captured February 1, 191%,
measures only 112 mm. from snout to vent.

I have noticed very great variation in the arrangement of the
scales on the snout, and I do not think that specific characters can
be found there. The conditions in each specimen are given briefly
as follows:

No. 59455.—Nasals and rostral narrowly in contact on the right
side, separated by small scales on the left side; frontal and prefron-
tals separated by two rows of small scales.

No. 60599.—Nasals and rostral separated by medium-sized scales;
frontal and prefrontals separated on the right side by numerous
small granules, on the left side by two rows of small scales.

No. 60600.—Nasals and rostral separated by a row of medium-sized
scales; frontal and prefrontals in close contact.

No. 60601.—Nasals and rostral separated by one row of medium-
sized scales; frontal and prefrontals in contact on the right side,
separated by a narrow strap-like scale on the left side.

No. 62588.—Nasals and rostral in contact rather broadly on both
sides; frontal and prefrontals separated by one row of very narrow
scales.

No. 62559.—Nasals and rostral separated by a row of rectangular
medium-sized scales; frontal and prefrontal separated by a row of
- moderate-sized polygonal scales and an additional row of very nar-
row strap-like scales which encircle the base of the frontal horn.

No. 62560.—Nasals and rostral in contact, rather broadly so on
the left side, narrowly on the right side; frontal and prefrontals in
close contact.

No. 68112.—Nasals and rostral separated on the right side by
medium-sized scales, on the left side by a very narrow scale; frontal
and prefrontals widely separated by two rows of polygonal scales.

No. 65139.—Nasals and rostral narrowly in contact on the right
side, separated by a row of very small scales on the left side; frontal
and prefrontals separated by a row of very narrow scales.

LEIOCEPHALUS MELANOCHLORUS Cope

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 60621) from Jeremie, Haiti, col-
lected November 22, 1917.

LEIOCEPHALUS SCHREIBERSII (Gravenhorst)

Thirteen specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 59442-59454) from Tortuga
Island collected on January 30, 1917. These specimens agree well
with Haitian examples in our collection.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

LEIOCEPHALUS PERSONATUS Cope

Nine specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65770-65778, 65775-65779) col-
lected during February, 1923 at Jovero.

CELESTUS SEPSOIDES (Gray)

Three specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 65784-65786) from Samana and
Laguna collected in March, 1923. These very rare skinks are a wel-
come addition to the collection in the National Museum.

CELESTUS COSTATUS (Cope)

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 60622), from 8 miles southwest of
Jeremie, collected on December 9, 1917; one (No. 60623) from Moron
taken December 20, 1917; two (Nos. 61931-61932) from Laguna,
near Samana, taken March 10 and March 7, 1917; three (Nos. 62361,
62363-62364) from Sanchez captured August 11 and 12, 1919; one
(No. 65780) from Las Cafiitas taken February 23, 1928; two (Nos.
55056-55057) from Santo Domingo taken in 1916; one (No. 59435)
from Rivier Bar, north Haiti, collected February 21,1917. This last
specimen is badly mutilated about the head, so that the relation in
the size of the interparietal and parietals can scarcely be distin-
guished. It seems, however, that the interparietal is smaller than the
parietals, and this would exclude it from Cope’s C. rugosus, the type
of which is here in the National Museum. The Rivier Bar specimen
has very heavily keeled scales, but as the lizard is a very large one,
the largest in our collection, the keels are probably due to its size

and age.
AMEIVA TAENIURA Cope

Four specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 55052-5) from Santo Domingo
collected in 1916; one (No. 65018) from Laguna, Samana Peninsula,
taken in May, 1922.

AMEIVA CHRYSOLAEMA Cope

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 59925) from Moustique Bay col-
lected May 3, 1917; one (No. 60618) from Lake Assuei taken March
10, 1918; one (No. 60619) from Trou Caiman taken March 11,
1918; one (No. 59434) from Tortuga Island captured January 31,
1917. The specimen from Tortuga is slightly different from the
Haitian examples, as it has only three supraoculars instead of four.
Between the frontoparietals and the third supraocular of the Tor-
tuga specimen there are small scales distinctly larger than the
granules which are found in the other specimens. Without ad-
ditional material to prove that these differences are constant, I do
not think it advisable to describe a new species from Tortuga Island.

ART. 6 HAITIAN HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTION—COCHRAN 11
AMPHISBAENA INNOCENS Weinland

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 60620) from Moron taken on De-
cember 25, 1917, has 2 scales behind the postmental, 211 rings around
the body, and 15 rings around the tail.

TYPHLOPS PUSILLUS Barbour

A single specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 64271) taken from the stomach
of a snake (Leimadophis parvifrons, U.S.N.M., No. 64270) collected
in the Mao- Yaqui Valley in 1921. In spite of having been swallowed
by the larger snake, the worm-snake is in good condition, and it is
easy to see that the cephalic squamation agrees with Barbour’s figure
of the type of the species. There are 20 scales around the body,
about 380 scales on the midventral line from the chin to the vent, and
about 16 under the tail, which terminates in a spine.

TYPHLOPS LUMBRICALIS (Linnaeus)

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 55298) was taken at Sanchez, Santo
Domingo, in October, 1916.

EPICRATES STRIATUS (Fischer)

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 59486) from Bombardopolis, cap-
tured on March 28, 1917, at an altitude of 1,500 feet; one (No. 59437)
from Tortuga Island taken February 1, 1917; two (Nos. 59918-59919)
from Port au Prince, Haiti, taken April 16 and 17, 1917, the former
a female which contained 11 eggs, the latter a male; one (No. 60603)
from Moline taken January 28, 1918, at an altitude of 2,000 feet; one
(No. 60604) from Les Basses on January 9, 1918; two (Nos. 55044—
55045) with no precise locality other than Santo Domingo, collected
in 1916. The ring of scales around the eye is incomplete in all the
specimens except one (No. 60604) in which there is a small subocular
scale completing the circle on the right side only, the left having
a supralabial reaching the eye. In none of these specimens do three
labials enter the eye, as is the case in the Cuban /. angulifer; the
majority of the Santo Domingan snakes have two labials reaching
the eye, and in a slightly lesser number only one labial reaching the
eye. When the loreal itself is divided (as in Nos. 59436, 59437, and
59919) there are two scales intercalated above the upper labials;
when the loreal is whole, there is but a single intercalated scale (in
two instances none at all on one side of the head) between the loreal
and the upper labials.

The specimen from Tortuga Island does not seem to differ specifi-
cally from the Haitian form. There are 55 scales around the body,
286 ventrals, a divided anal and 63 caudals (tail defective). There

5 Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 44, No. 2, p. 323.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

are 17 supralabials on each side of the mouth, but as two from Haiti
(Nos. 59436 and 60603) have 16, this discrepancy with Boulenger’s
description seems very slight.

EPICRATES GRACILIS (Fischer)

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 55026) was captured at Rojo Cabo,
Samana Peninsula, Santo Domingo, on August 29, 1916. This speci-
men, the only representative of this rare species in the collection of
the National Museum, has 39 scale rows around the body, 274 ven-
trals, 60 caudals (the tail is defective), 12 upper labials on the right
side and 13 on the left. The coloration (in alcohol) is as follows:
The head purplish-brown, becoming lighter on the upper labials and
on the neck; a few indistinct darker markings on the occiput and
temporal region; the body brown, with a series of roundish black
spots about five scales long on each side of the mid-dorsal line;
these spots separated from each other by brown interspaces about
three scales in length; saddle-like blotches across the back often
formed by confluent spots of the two series; two lateral series of
smaller black spots on each side; the larger series very irregular in
shape, occupying the four or five outer scale rows; the inner and
smaller series usually on the sixth, seventh, and eighth rows and some-
times anastomosing with the outer series; the throat pale yellow;
the ventral surface light anteriorly, becoming posteriorly more and
more suffused with gray mottlings until only the edge of each ventral
and caudal scale remains light; a few dark spots scattered irregularly
near the ends of the ventrals and on the caudals. The snake is not
large in size, being 700 mm. in length from the snout to the end of
the tail, which is incomplete.

TROPIDOPHIS CONJUNCTUS Fischer

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 55046) taken near Cape Samana on
August 30, 1916. This snake has 27 scales around the body, 186 ven-
trals, an undivided anal, and 35 caudals. It differs from the figure
of the type specimen ® in having two pairs of praefrontals, the second
pair the smaller, instead of only one pair. In the type specimen,
fusion has probably taken place, and the occurrence of two pairs of
praefrontals is apparently the normal condition. In No. 55046 the
frontal is relatively shorter than in the figured specimen, but the
difference is not great enough to warrant specific distinction.

TROPIDOPHIS MACULATA HAETIANA Cope

One young specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 64910) was taken at Paradis,
near Barahona, in 1922. This snake has 27 scale-rows around the
body. There is a very tiny scale between the parietal shields.

® Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst., vol. 5, 1888, p. 81, pl. 3, fig. 5.

ART. 6 HAITIAN HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTION—COCHRAN tS

UROMACER CATESBYI (Schlegel)

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 55299) taken at Sanchez, Santo
Domingo, on October 26, 1916; one (No. 63115) from Gonaives Island
on March 16, 1920; one (No. 63116) at Etang Saumatre on May 6,
1920; two (Nos. 63598-63599) taken at Laguna on December 20, 1920;
two (Nos. 65019-65020) taken at the same place in May, 1922; three
(Nos. 61925-61927) taken near Samana in March, 1919; six (Nos.
55033-55038) with no other definite locality than Santo Domingo
taken in 1916. The specimen from Gonaives Island has 17 scale-
rows around the body, 172 ventrals, a divided anal, and 72 caudals
(part of the tail missing). As in U. catesbyt from Haiti, the snout
is twice as long as the eye, and the rostral shield is twice as broad as

deep.
UROMACER SCANDAX Dunn

The type, an adult female (U.S.N.M., No. 59488), was taken Jan-
uary 31, 1917, on Tortuga Island.

UROMACER OXYRHYNCHUS Duméril and Bibron

Five specimens (U.S.N.M., Nos. 55039-55043) from Santo Domingo
taken in 1916; two (Nos. 59923-59924) from Tortuga Island captured
on May 22 and 23, 1917; five (Nos. 59456-59460) from the same place
collected in February, 1917; two (Nos. 59462-59463) from the same
place on January 30 and February 3, 1917; one (No. 55300) from

~Jarabacoa caught October 16, 1916; one (No. 65790) from Samana
on March 4, 1923; two (Nos. 63596-63597) from Laguna on December
21, 1921; one (No. 65021) from the same place in May, 1922; one
(No. 59461) from Port de Paix on February 27, 1917; one young
specimen (No. 65791) taken at Samana and Laguna in March, 1923.

UROMACER FRENATUS (Giinther)

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 59928) from Tortuga Island taken
on April 6, 1917; four (Nos. 60611-60614) from Jeremie, caught in
December, 1917, and in January, 1918.

ALSOPHIS ANOMALUS (Peters)

One adult female (U.S.N.M., No. 59917), taken at Jean Ravel on
May 8, 1917, contained 22 eggs. This snake has 21 scale-rows, 215
ventrals, and a divided anal. The tail is incomplete. The head and
body together measure 1,770 mm. in length.

RACES OF LEIMADOPHIS PARVIFRONS (COPE)

Dr. E. R. Dunn has divided this species into three races.1? He
writes that the typical parvifrons comes from the western peninsula
of Haiti and is characterized by the very low ventral count. To

10 Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 7, January 20, 1920, pp. 37-39.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

this subdivision the first three specimens on the list (Nos. 60607,
60609, and 60610) might be said to belong. The next race, Leimado-
phis parvifrons protenus (Jan) is “the best known of these forms.
It was named by Jan, whose specimens came from Port au Prince.
Boulenger’s specimens also belong to this race, with the exception of
one which is of the following form [1. e. niger].” The stomach of
No. 64270 contained the specimen of Z'yphlops pusillus mentioned
above. This young snake (No. 64280) is much less vivid in colring
than the other specimens; the dark lateral bands, while quite distin-
guishable, are more subdued in tone than on the larger specimens.
The third race, Leimadophis parvifrons niger Dunn, is marked by
its melanism. It is probable that the paratypes of Dunn’s ZL. niger,
labeled simply Santo Domingo, 1916, came from the Samana Penin-
sula, as Doctor Abbott did most of his collecting in that region in 1916.
The two specimens from Laguna (Nos. 63600 and 63601) agree well
with the paratypes of this subspecies. The specimen from Liali (No.
65788) has a very distinct light stripe on the fifth and sixth scale-
rows. In No. 65787 from Jovero, the ventral scales are lighter than
those of the paratypes. In this specimen the black middorsal line is
very distinct, and the light stripe on the side is also apparent.

List of specimens

Museum | No. | Sex Locality ener Mi sae Remarks
U.S.N.M_-| 60607 |...--- Moline, southwest Haiti---_) Jan. 31,1918 | 148 |__-_-- 2,000 feet
60609 |__._.- Moron, southwest Haiti_...- Dec. 22,1917| 146] 118 |.--------- 2 : vee
eostoi| if. ahi doit aioe MAT. eet Dec. 23,1917 | 146] 117 |_-------_- Toes
59441 9 Moustique, northwest Haiti_| Mar. 4,1917 | 159] 112 | 2,000 feet
55306 9 Jarabacoa, Santo Domingo-_-} Oct. 12,1916 | 154 |_____- 1,800 feet
55307 O Fra eee Got FUE ee ee ee ee Ee 4 OL eee 4 157 215 ahs Bee
55308 9 E] Rio, Santo Domingo----- Oct 16,1916) 156/222 == 4,000 feet
55309 On| cae Gorte A i293 AS Sopa Ss al | ues do.tetsee3 5S] ae 4,000 feet
55310 Oi | eels 08 CLO tea a eS Sa eee Gowen ee Happ | et 4,000 feet
55311 OF Tees a ok Got et = of eee Oct. 5,1916 DS | sees 4,000 feet
ppgia dcr qteel. Gli atte ee ae LE joa 161 | 111 | 4,000 feet (?7ee"™S+
55313 2 Constanza (5 miles north)---| Oct. 18,1916 | 153 | 116 | 4,000 feet
| 55814 | gt |e... acts Beis ee eee Oct. 2,1916 | 158 |_..__- 4,000 feet
55315 © al Beare Os Se ae Se oe Sept. 29, 1916 159 114 | 4,000 feet
64270 |-2s-3- Mao-Yaqui Valley, Santo | 1921_-_.------- 1637)|\ Aad N| Sone
Domingo. ¥
GHTBO a= ee Las Cafiitas, Santo Domingo_| Feb. 25,1923 | 157 | 128 |_---------
55026 | o | Santo Domingo--__..------- OIG 2u ooo ae oo 152 | 126|)/Para-
DOULT ese meee Oe See eae Ne ie 5 EN eae Gover LOO se eees types
55028) clu as: COsKde 135 Pee ee Te doz 24 LGGp see of 3h
SDOZOG CF ees GO sas see ek ee eee Oe eee ae Delay eee parvi-
55030 Os eee GOs fz Eee eh RA Rae doe 147 | 125 frons
SHOST A io? + laze G0 sso 25 eee eee, enn Goweessee 151132 niger
650321) 9% \=see GOR Rte Bee. ee alee e SS or 222855 Th5 es Dunn migen
65787 Eee Jovero, northwest Santo | Feb. 18,1923 | 150 | 126 |_---------
Domingo. .
65788, jbo aese Liali, northwest Santo } Feb. 12,1923 | 151} 125 |_-.-.-..--
Domingo.
63600 |_.-.-- Laguna, northwest Santo | Dec. 23,1920 | 153 | 124 |----------
Domingo.
63600 || 235 28)- es Geet 5 oe ete Dec: 26,1920) f\ 954) 4) 124d ee on

ART. 6 HAITIAN HERPETOLOGICAL COLLECTION—COCHRAN 15

LEIMADOPHIS ALLENI Dunn

One specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 60608) from Govaives Island caught
on February 25, 1918 has 19 scale-rows around the body, 161 ventrals,
a divided anal, and 71 caudals, the tail being defective. On the
anterior part of the body the color of scale-rows one and two and
the outer half of scale-row three is uniformly light, with a very,
abrupt change to the black stripe which occupies the inner half of
the third, all of the fourth, and nearly all of the fifth. It is not until
the middle of the body is reached that the “shading ” from the light
to the dark tone becomes apparent.

LEIMADOPHIS TORTUGANUS Dunn

The type (U.S.N.M., No. 59440) a female from Tortuga Island
taken February 4, 1917; a paratype (No. 59439) a female taken
February 7, 1917; a female (No. 59921) taken June 2, 1917. The
last-mentioned specimen has 19 scale-rows and 169 ventrals, as in the
type; the caudals are 122 in number (the tip of the tail has been
broken off). The light edges on the first two scale rows are not
noticeable except upon close inspection.

IALTRIS DORSALIS Giinther

One adult male (U.S.N.M., No. 59922) from Cape Haitien taken on
April 26, 1917; two (Nos. 60605-60606) from Moron captured on
December 23, 1917; one specimen (No. 55047) from Santo Domingo
collected in 1916.

PSEUDEMYS PALUSTRIS (Gmelin)

_ One female specimen (U.S.N.M., No. 63096) from Fonds Parisien,
EKtang Saumatre, Haiti, collected May 4, 1920, and some eggs (No.
63097) from the same place collected on April 14, 1920.

pas a : eins oheb

| heels res apenas :
‘sili ee area ‘pow: (aeo0e of) LGD) #
eebeinat tan pchodee fuastuaniacut-oiags Gh tok eke he ptt
alee Oe cep teiale gniaelotian sihe ahs tuaaoe ore ‘eck, yarn
Sau ows Runs ons awonalasel thoy tel) oxlteghod ode Thy Amare 3
cea she tele ig herve bia sh oil vertobese Ter eae BAD, a
ap! Peal raat aah bale ionehtin. edithy aivehhy oda ay sen ado ayube 4
otitis jaiak We aliticadb to ite ebieat Kam Anieihsih te
nak sik" ine pager’ e sells stot ete oh ans net 4
i mts aa fa’ Ce Pees ‘ crherortenyey ae watinn di gate: aah lod
pete, Lae Page encsivag “enteaia ey ae ?

eagn sdb 50 tists By (GES
hae | 3. fohhes ony acest aye 18
Uh: A setsthe lps : Cea Gn}. Atay .
age aE hes GUL aad aed ti:
Aah ee ‘ei gaia iY, areas Ti Be | me ae
ot gem, on ee Ae {10 eats tt :
_sHoldosueal ee

ee mae 4%
ee

Fer e Eas 2 PUY Poke. ,

f WS ee ete Ave wihy ergs: eee a3 a chet ventana BARE tc aaa i
we toned noriinll oqe Dd ingth (S00ei OF ail. SFE) ofene shih wat

aes hori qay ee cant (ON0GDGO00e ey one Ea

; aoe mot (7000 on se oe ante TAAL
ai ies LOL 7

Bed Suk

os ce © a an

ce By : bas. SP e ;
ae sir i eee Bie gn Seat
Leap 1a ae aie wih: Ose, ae ee. Sued |e he

SS Ee es Aa:

WP Sirs Collah. US Ney AOD ee nce ae
eu Esge SaAi iran Rin ua a se

i pet

LTTE beg seis e

SOME HITHERTO UNPUBLISHED PHOTOGRAPHS AND
MEASUREMENTS OF THE BLUE WHALE.

By Gerrit S. Mitier, Jr.,

Curator, Division of Mammals, United States National Museum.

Two noteworthy specimens of the blue whale were collected for the
National Museum in Newfoundland during the summer of 1903 by
Dr. F. A. Lucas assisted by Mr. J. W. Scollick and Mr. William
Palmer. Both were taken in the vicinity of Balena Station, Her-
mitage Bay. One is the cast of an adult female, 79 feet in length
(No. 237567), obtained through the courtesy of the Cabot Steam
Whaling Co. The other is the skéleton of an adult male 75 feet long
(No. 49757), a gift from the Colonial Manufacturing Co. of St. Johns.
They were received in Washington too late to be mentioned in Dr.
F. W. True’s monograph of the Whalebone Whales of the Western
North Atlantic.t Before the skeleton was placed on exhibition in
the Museum nine photographs were made by Mr. T. W. Smillie
under the direction of Doctor True. None of these has yet appeared
in print. Figures of the skull and other bones of Sibbaldus musculus
are not easy to find, a fact which is particularly emphasized by their
absence from the important work to which allusion has just been
made. It has therefore seemed desirable to publish Mr. Smillie’s
remarkably fine photographs together with some measurements
found among the MS. notes left by Doctor True.

Table of measurements of Sibbaldus musculus, No. 49757 U.S. National Museum.

| Per cent

| Measure-

jet” |i

Skull. |

=ip of beak to condyles (straight) ___..........__- meters__| 5. 79 100
Greatest breadth at orbital processes of temporal____- do. eh Oa7e 47. 4
Diameter of foramen magnum____-_---------- millimeters: 3) 010: (oil os 2s
meric ripirum A. ee ee on meters__ 3. 99 68. 9
Breadth of rostrum at middle (curved)_____________- dow? 1. 63 28. 2
Breadth of rostrum at base (curved)____.______-___- dose =| V2006 35. 6
Bresorh) of skull at summit. 2°. - 22 oe millimeters__| 570 10. 0
Height of occipital from top of foramen magnum_-__meters__ 1. 16 20. 0
Length of maxilla from tip to end of nasal process___.do___- 4. 57 78.9
Length of maxilla from tip to end of malar process. _do___- 4. 20 72. 5

1 Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 33. August 29, 1904.

No. 2544.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuSsEuM, VOL. 66, ART. 7.
94991—24}

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM.

VOL. 66,

Table of measurements of Sibbaldus musculus, No. 49757 U.S. National Museum—

Continued.

Skull—Continued.

Distance between condyles inferiorly ____-_____- millimeters - _)
Distance between outer borders of condyles - - - - - ~~ -- dpss2s)
Distance between zygomatic and glenoid processes of tem- |

Oma Wee eR AE eC ee en in ee es ee meters __|
Breadth of orbital margin of frontal above____- millimeters __|
Breadth of orbital process of frontal at base___-___- meters _ _|
Singll aiameter:of orbits ey) .62ves = gee millimeters.

Length of anterior border of orbital plate of frontal__meters_ -
Length of posterior border of crbital plate of frontal__do-____!

Length of orbital portion of jugal____________- millimeters) |
Breadth of orbital portion of jugal_._ =" = 2° ==. - 2 CLOm eres
Length of upper surface of nasal (straight)__________- dois)
Breadth of -2-nasals.anteriorly_22__- . 4-)- 2. 52-2. do = _3|
Breadth of 2 nasals posteriorly _____---------------- Coe 24]
Distance between outer margins of intermaxille, 1.20 meters
from extremity. soe ate ak le ‘millimeters _-
Distance between outer margins of intermaxillz, 2.02 meters |
from extremly” Orie ey Sete ee OSE Se BL millimeters ___
Distance between outer margins of intermaxillze, 4.04 meters |
fPOM, EX brent ys oo a eee cee eee ae millimeters __)
Breadth of upper surface of intermaxille, 1.20 meters from
exthemality swe eee cee a see sire Se cone gl meters __|
Breadth of upper surface of intermaxillze, 2.02 meters from |
extremity n ww sis MORE enh ete E t eS meters__}|
Bencthyotintermanilla. 2 Soro pee ee dose |
Breadth of intermaxilla at middle_____________ millimeters ___
Greatest breadth between inner margins of intermaxille |
eI AEB ca OW a aoe Sey a a tae area millimeters__
Length of inferior margin of palatine_____________- meters __|
Length of inferior margin of maxilla__________---_--- dont 4
Breadth of maxilla at basezi.. 22.40. =24s402 millimeters __|
Breadth of nasal process of maxilla at extremity_-____- do
Distance from tip of nasal process of maxilla to tip of malar |
SFOCESS OR VA RE S A ee a Ce oe aa Ne ee meters __|
Mandible.
Teng th stra ciate oes 8 oie Sees ena See SA ea meters __|
Tsere Hae OMG UT Ves te eee ie aes Be ee a pe dost
Height at sympiyasis= oo 8b eee ee millimeters__
Height atimiddle. 4%. 1.520.552.) bie” 2) Pere ae Oe We
Height aticoronoid:(tosumimit) =] 2252-22552 Gi
Radius.
Length along middle (without inferior epiphysis) --__meters__
Breadth at proximal end... _ 2. 2 Se millimeters _ -
Breadthin nid@le sk. oS. 8 io a ee eae er AO 2-114
Breadth st Gigush eng 5.44 oe oo eee Qe 25
Ulna.
Length above middle (without inferior epiphysis) ----do_---
Breadth at proximal end (with olecranon) -__-------- dons
Bresdthrat mid dle:+ asain! sre ee eee ee ie doL=s2
Breadth atidistal ends 25 sees-6 4 =. pee ea ee doxs.-

Length of insertion of olecranon cartliage___.-_------ GOs2a

Measure-
ments.

30
430

500
280

250

| 280

250
250

_| 700

690
580

320
360

1. 22
3.

710
150

330
390
850

220
216
290

950
340
170
250
190

~ LS
27

19
. 02

. 23

. 64
4,78

eS)

. 68
. 12

. 02

Per cent
of greatest
length.

>
es
OD AWN UD

Per cent
of greatest
length.

ART, 7. MEASUREMENTS OF THE BLUE WHALE—MILLER,
Table of measurements of Sibbaldus musculus, No. 49757 U.S. National Museum—
Continued.
Measure-
ments.
Phalanges.
Second digit:
Hirst pMalanK wee Vee en as Bie ae millimeters__| 230
SSO COT CID Hi call a as ane is ek Cea ee do____} 180
‘Dhirdvpba pine eo es eet as ee Pe doeZ=217 100
Third digit
SPUR te pen eee se ated eI OER? lebet e the h do__._| 250
SECONGRD NAAN K mrs te anette aemee teres 2 en dose a 70
SAE url poi ay ear esoees yas (hos ee os a ee ee dose s-} 100
Pigurplippelis tami. Oe esac eae ie cae gS oe dons cee 80
FRIT tipo se ees yer. See he ea ee ae do2=25|.60
Fourth digit: ;
SHES Geto re aK Det ere ee ult aN ee ee ae dos. 22} 230
NeECOnGaphslarmxesn epee Nel eee yee en doze ska
PPS ITIRCNGh RNIN Pag hh Soa oe Se doz s.-|+100
Ponrulrpnalanme: ene a ee a doe s2 a =80
SOUR Ee ya ae eae oe ee oh dows liero0
Sing bin onetime Ea Rois dow ss |25
Fifth digit:
ATS G Tose Ue ee 2 enna lands eee een a done i350
Second: phalanxe etre ee aes ie aes dose ss 4:
nard: — hetlaraen 2 26. cee Se ek” eS hoa doss=s i) 260
Metacarpais (length)
PC cheapest eee NT eat Ne alent eb NSH Sa a Gonesale240
BIST lie aera 9 leet eae atm yt ve Se NY doz 4 Ws20
TOUR Re earrtss eo i ee seems VP ek Se doles.) 250
PRE neta eee Ny A MwA Bt ToL dole LAN T5O
Sternum.
ets ee ee aE Coie ya Bh as Ra ae Pe do____} 480
Serica REY Delt es hn Led ene esl UR EE ae do____| 560
Ribs
Length, straight:
PS oe Spe ee area ena CR oe SS IEC a meters__ 1. 75
PSCC Nate ge Se ON Ea IS Meni 3 Se Cepek hPL doxs4= 1. 78
PEGE CAP 3a ices hoes AV eh a2! SNE ae Ss ABS dor wce 2. 13
BPO PE Gite CU cere ee ets 2 os amped On a Goze 2. 24
Um EA ater Lele eek seer cs ny ees See a doze. 2. 41
PPR Meo. 1s GR eB CES 2 yee neers a V5, dosent 2. 39
PIE IG HES: iit omer nee seme Je epee nasa ee doze. 2. 39
Bib 2 <0 ye ae ieee ae ea DRT RE dole 2. 29
Reha 2 SECC ert ae oy eres Gonsn! 2. 24
PUTIN Se Se ene Pe RRM, ce ORI = Gowen 2. 22
Hleventhh. y02 asec ene Oho g “abt eet ae ie GoLss- 2.15
PECL Lia cee ey 2 ae teeta ae its PE Ne aa donae 2. 07
EIT GEGT UIT cemetery phe eee ah ea Ce Gowen 1. 99
FP DWEteen Ole es eS ee ian ak Les UN ete USE hk ws Goes 1. 89
Pulpee Ghee OSes Oe eas an eS ag qdoleae* i. 80
Vertebrae.
Atlas:
PMT ANG ices ks Pgs enna ee OA eer Vek elas rar Se mm__}| 480
ES reed GPa a ener ere ee gn do____| 490
Axis
Bee ee ee Eee Co Rene ey ot meters__ 1. 23
First dorsal (8), height of neural spine___________ mm__) 160

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66

Table of measurements of Sibbaldus musculus, No. 49757 U.S. National Museum—

Continued.
Per cent
M ”
ments, | of sreatest
Vertebrae—Continued.

Axis:
First dorsal (8), length of transverse process- - ~~~ - mm__ 420) )\ tea
Kirst lumbar (22), neural spine-2--....-+.-.4 meters__ Dg 3 Ul ye ps
First lumbar (22), length transverse process- ----- mm_- 480 Joi et oe
First caudal (36), height of neural spine_-------- dose 670) j= eee
First caudal (36), length of transverse process___-do---- 300; |ze3a sees

Chevrons (height).
Rae et ae ays CP atin een ee acre een ee ee aE dosss3 90 2ee aoe
2 Se ET TIF Sanh RNa te cP gl Me pay a a Sede Bf Botan) Sy a do=s2 GOO} 22 see
Scapula.
|
Height from middle of glenoid margin_-_-_.--_-------- dolse 940 16. 2
Breadth; ereatests [2 5 xe ie ce tai ne als en al Sed ee meters__ 1. 45 25. 0
Hheneth of acromion 2 Une #2 Us 8 heb eee Oe ee mm_- ARS |e ee cee
Breadth of acromion-at distal endassy2 ee eee doses! 250) eee ees
Peng Ol COPACGIO sic 2 pe PO Ne pn Se ee eee doves! 200: Dice iaae
Humerus.

otal lemebla 228 2 eA osc he) Fe Maaty os haha Ue EN ie nie ala Gone O80 Vee. ee
Breadthsat distal extremity.) 2 2255s eek eee dos2k2 2O0) ees saree

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 1.
Skull, dorsal aspect.

PLATE 2.
Skull, ventral aspect.

PLATE 3.
Skull, lateral aspect.

Puate 4.
Atlas, anterior aspect.

PuatTe 5.
Axis, anterior aspect.

PuaTeE 6.
Sternum, outer aspect.

PLATE 7.
Right scapula, outer aspect.

PLATE 8.
Left fore limb, inner aspect.

PLATE 9.
Pelvic elements.

PL.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

ee
EER aa arti

ee ree nee = ea

iia as |

DORSAL ASPECT OF SKULL

BLUE WHALE.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL. 2

BLUE WHALE. VENTRAL ASPECT OF SKULL

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL. 3

BLUE WHALE. LATERAL ASPECT OF SKULL

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL. 4

BLUE WHALE. ANTERIOR ASPECT OF ATLAS

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL. 5

BLUE WHALE. ANTERIOR ASPECT OF Axis

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL. 6

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BLUE WHALE. OUTER ASPECT OF STERNUM

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL.7

BLUE WHALE. OUTER ASPECT OF RIGHT SCAPULA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL. 8

BLUE WHALE. INNER ASPECT OF LEFT FORE LIMB

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 7 PL. 9

BLUE WHALE. PELVIC ELEMENTS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

A SECOND INSTANCE OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF
RODENT-LIKE INCISORS IN AN ARTIODACTYL.

By Gerrir 8. Minrer, Jr.

Curator of the Division of Manvmals, United States National Museum.

The rodent-like incisors of the extinct Balearic Island goat, Myo-
tragus balearicus Bate,’ have been regarded as the only instance of
the development of such teeth by an even-toed ungulate. “ The
_ peculiar character of the incisors [of Myotragus] * * *,” writes
Dr. C. W. Andrews,? “has no parallel among the Artiodactyle un-
gulates, and the steps by which it has been acquired can only be
surmised.” Although this appears to be the generally accepted opin-
ion on the subject, teeth whose structure nearly approaches that
present in the incisors of MWyotragus occur in a well-known living
artiodactyl, the vicunia; and through the unusual conditions seen
_ in these recent teeth the probable history of the still more specialized
_ dentition of the fossil Balearic goat may be traced.

_ Photographs of incisors of Vicugna* and Lama are reproduced
in the accompanying plate; those of Vicugna are at the left, and
_ In each instance the upper three figures represent milk teeth. The
characters are so very obvious that they scarcely require any detailed
comment. In Lama the general outline of the tooth in both adult
- and young is strongly cuneate with the greatest width ranging from
about one-fifth to about one-fourth the greatest length. The root
tapers rapidly to a closed base; the enamel on the lingual side of the
crown extends from the distal extremity at least one-third of the
distance to the base. The milk (figs. 10-12) and permanent (figs.

Geol. Magazine, ser. 5, vol. 6, p. 385. September. 1909.

2A description of the Skull and Skeleton of a Peculiarly Modified Rupicaprine Antelope
_ (Myotragus balearicus, Bate), with a notice of a New Variety, M. belearicus var. major.
© Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, ser. B, vol. 206, pp. 281-305, pls. 19-22. June 30,
1915.

- Gray, Cat. Rum. Mamm. Brit. Mus., p. 101, 1872, type Camelus vicugna Molina.
Under the provisions of the International Code the availability of this name does not
appear to be interfered with by the existence of the earlier Vicunia Rafinesque (Analyse
de ja Nature, p. 55, 1814), proposed as a substitute for Lama Cuvier. The peculiarities
of the incisors are so great that I would separate the vicunia generically from the
“Hama and guanaco.

No. 2545—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 665, ART. &.
94986—24

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. You. 66.
|

13-15) teeth are therefore essentially alike in form and structure.
In Vicugna the permanent teeth (figs. 5-9) are strikingly different |
from their predecessors (figs. 1-8). The milk teeth are more elon-
gate than those of either adult or young Lama (greatest breadth
about one-sixth or less of the greatest length), but their form is still
obviously cuneate; the bases, however, remain open, and there is no
enamel on the lingual side of the crown. The enamel of the labial
side occupies shghtly more than half the length of the tooth, a con-
dition intermediate between that which is seen to oceur in the milk
und permanent teeth of Lama. The adult teeth of Vicugna have lost
all trace of the cuneate form. They are parallel-sided, fully ten
times as long as wide, armed with a rodent-like plate of enamel
confined to the Hngual aspect of the tooth and extending to within
2 or 3 millimeters of the widely open base. Apparently these teeth
continue to grow through most of the animal’s life; but in extreme
senility (in a captive individual at least) growth may cease and the
teeth may become completely worn down to stubs (fig. 4).

Comparison of the figures here published with Figure 8 of Doctor
Andrews’s Plate 20 will show the striking likeness which exists be-
tween the teeth of Vieugna and Myotragus. Aparently it is not defi-
nitely known whether the incisors of the goat were truly ever-grow-
ing as they are in rodents or whether they exhibit the same conditions
with regard to maner of growth as those found in the vicunia. As-
suming that they were strictly rodent-like in this respect they would
represent a stage of development a step farther advanced than that
exemplified by the adult incisors of Vicugna. The transitional condi-
tions leading back from the structure present in the adult vicunia to
the one normal to the incisors of artiodactyls in general may be seen
in the vicunia’s milk teeth. Here the origina! cuneate form has be-
come elongated, the base of the rcot has been permanently opened, and
the enamel has been eliminated from the lingual aspect of the crown.
While the morphological elements of the problem of the development
of rodent-like incisors in artiodactyls therefore no longer present
any special obscurities the physiological impulse which may have
initiated the change of form in the teeth of both the vicunia and the
Balearic goat appears to be still entirely unknown.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
incisor teeth of Vicunia and Guanaco. All figures slightly reduced.
Vieugna vieugna.
Fie. No, 58451. Milk dentition, i. left, lingual surface.
No. 58451. Milk dentition, i; left; lateral surface.
No. 88451. Milk dentition, i; right, labial surface.
No. 199253. Completely worn out stubs of ik, right and i: left, in
senile captive individual.
do. No, 194297. Permanent dentition, i. left, lingual surface.

r= oe to hou

ART. 8.

Fie. 6.

re 10:
net

12.

15.

14.
15.

RODENT-LIKE INCISORS—MILLER. 3

No. 194297. Permanent dentition, i: right. split longitudinally to
show pulp cavity.

No, 194297. Permanent dentition, i, left.

No. 96611. Permanent dentition, i; right, split longitudinally to show
pulp cavity. (A younger individual than No. 194297.)

No. 194297. Permanent dentition, i, right, labial surface.

Lama huanachaus.

No. 194291. Milk dentition, i: left, lingual surface.

No. 194291. Milk dentition, i: left. lateral surface.

No. 194291. Milk dentition, i, right, labial surface.

No. 194294. Permanent dentition, i. left, lingual surface.
No. 194294. Permanent dentition, i: right, lateral surface.
No. 194294. Permanent dentition, i, left. labial surface.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 8

INCISOR TEETH OF VICUNIA (1-9) AND GUANACO (10-15)

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 3-4

BES

ee a Ee hee.

A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA PRESENTED TO
THE NATIONAL MUSEUM BY THE MIAMI AQUARIUM
ASSOCIATION.

By Gerrit S. Mier, Jr.

Curator, Division of Mammals, United States National Museum.

Among the whalebone whales found on the Atlantic coast of North
America the Pollack Whale (Balenoptera borealis) is the species
about whose occurrence the least is known. Hitherto the only re-
corded eastern American specimens have been some blades of baleen
from Newfoundland, in the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences,
and one jaw, several blades of baleen, and two ribs from Chatham
Light, Massachusetts, in the Museum of the Boston Society of Nat-
ural History. The species was omitted from the main text of Dr.
F. W. True’s elaborate paper on “The Whalebone Whales of the
Western North Atlantic; ”+ and in Dr. Glover M. Allen’s “ Whale-
bone Whales of New England”? the description of it was chiefly
based on the published accounts of specimens from Europe and
Japan.

The generosity of the Miami Aquarium Association has now made
it possible to examine the complete skeleton of an American Pollack
Whale. This individual, an adult male (No. 236680, U. S. National
Museum), was cast ashore at Pablo Beach, about 18 miles east of
Jacksonville, Duval County, Florida, in May, 1919. The skeleton
was prepared, according to directions sent from the United States
National Museum, by Mr. R. J. Wallace, of Jacksonville, who, after
exhibiting it during several months, finally offered it for sale. It
was then purchased by the Aquarium Association through the special
interest of Mr. James Asbury Allison, president, and Mr. John Oliver
La Gorce, treasurer, and presented to the United States National
Museum in September, 1920.

Good general accounts of the habits and distribution of the Pol-
lack Whale are readily accessible in the paper by Dr. G. M. Allen
cited above, and in Mr. Roy C. Andrews’s “The Sei Whale

1 Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 33. August 29, 1904.
2Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, No. 2. 1916.

No. 2546.—PROCEEDINGS OF U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 9.
94992—24 ti

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

(Balenoptera borealis Lesson) ,” (Monographs of the Pacific Cetacea,
II).2. These ‘authors have so fully covered this part of the sub-
ject that it seems unnecessary to repeat the details in the present
connection, especially as I have no new observations to record. The
Pollack Whale was first described in 1822 from an individual cast
up three years before at Grémitz, on the Baltic coast of the Province
of Holstein, Germany. Since then it has become rather well known
as a summer visitant to the coastal waters of the North Sea, where
it is frequently taken at whaling stations in Norway, Ireland, and
Iceland. The fact of its occurrence in the western North Atlantic
was not established until the publication of a note by True in 1903,*
recording the capture of four individuals in Placentia Bay, New-
foundland, during the previous summer. It is now known to fre-
quent the Newfoundland coast regularly in small numbers. One was
stranded at Chatham, Massachusetts in August, 1910, and this speci-
men, represented, unfortunately, by nothing more than a photograph
and a few pieces of baleen and bone, is the only one hitherto recorded
from the coast of the United States. While the range of the true
Pollack Whale is centered in the North Atlantic, that of the group
to which the animal belongs has recently been found to be much
more extensive, embracing the South Atlantic,® the Antarctic Ocean,’
the Indian Ocean, and the North Pacific. (See the paper by
Andrews already referred to.) Whether the one species Bale-
noptera borealis occurs throughout this area or whether there are two
or more nearly related local forms are questions which can not now
be answered. Probably they must remain unanswered until a suffi-
cient number of skulls from some one locality can be studied to give
a definite idea of the limits of individual variation. In habits the
Pollack Whale does not appear to differ conspicuously from the
other finbacks. It undoubtedly moves about extensively as the sea-
sonal food supply changes, and it may perform regular migrations;
but accurate data on these subjects are at present lacking. The
bristles of its baleen are fine in texture, and this may indicate that
unusually much of its food consists of pelagic crustaceans. It is
known, however, to feed occasionally on small fish.

I have prepared the following account of the Jacksonville speci-
men somewhat in the form of a supplement to Dr. F. W. True’s
monograph of the whalebone whales of the North Atlantic, adopt-
ing so far as possible the plan of arrangement and treatment fol-
lowed in this well-known work.

8 Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., n. s., vol. 1 pt. 4, pp. 291-460, pls. 29-42. 1916.

4 Science, n. s., vol. 17, p. 150. January 23, 1903.

5 Saldanha Bay, near Capetown; Olsen, Bergens Museums Aarbog, No. 5, p. 52. 1915.
8 Liouville, Deuxiéme Expéd. Ant. Francaise, Cétacés, pp. 100-110, 19138.

ART, 9 A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA—MILLER. 3

COMPARISON OF THE POLLACK WHALE WITH THE BETTER-KNOWN
NORTH AMERICAN FINBACKS.

Good photographs of the fresh specimen were not obtained at
Pablo Beach, and no detailed measurements were taken. The length
of the animal is said to have been 45 feet. Nothing can therefore
be added to that which was previously known of the external char-
acters. From the various published accounts it appears that stranded
individuals of the Pollack Whale may be distinguished among the
American finbacks by the following peculiarities.

(1) Size moderate (total length usually ranging from 35 to 50
feet), greater than in the Pike Whale (usually less than 30 feet),
less than in the Common Finback (usually 55 to 75 feet), and the
Blue Whale (usually 60 to 90 feet).

(2) Whalebone plates (pl. 20, fig. 2) uniformly blackish horn
color, the extremely fine and hair-like bristles a very pale horn color
appearing conspicuously whitish by contrast, and therefore usually
described as “ white” (plates and coarse bristles all pale horn color
in the Pike Whale, all blackish horn color in the Blue Whale, some
dark, some light, in the Common Finback).

(3) Folds on the throat in region between the flippers about 40
to 60, as in the Pike Whale, not about 60 to 80 as in the large Com-
mon Finback and Blue Whale.

(4) Flippers uniformly dark colored, as in the Common Finback
and Blue Whale, not conspicuously pied as in the Pike Whale.

(5) Dorsal fin relatively high, as in the Pike Whale (its height
equal to about one-third depth of body measured at base of fin; in
the Common Finback and Blue Whale it is equal to only about one-
fifth or one-sixth the depth of body in same region).

The structure of the skeleton in the Pollack Whale shows many
pecularities as compared with that in the other American finbacks.

Skull (pls. 14).—The skull has the general form seen in the Pike
Whale and the Common Finback—that is, the rostrum when viewed
from above or below is triangular in outline, with lateral margins
essentially straight or faintly curved from base to tip. It therefore
differs conspicuously from the skull of the Blue Whale, in which the
rostrum is not triangular, its sides being parallel, or nearly so, from
the base almost to the middle, then rather strongly curved to the
tip, the curve of each side following approximately the are of a
circle whose radius is about as long as the intermaxillary bone.
Further comparison with-the Blue Whale is scarcely necessary, as
this animal is so different from the other finbacks that I do not re-
gard it as a member of the genus Balenoptera. It may be men-
tioned, however, that in the Pollack Whale the nasals are relatively
larger than in the Blue Whale (their length is contained about 93

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

times instead of about 15 to 20 times in length of intermaxillary
and about 64 times instead of 8 to 11 times in interorbital breadth) ;
the intermaxillaries decrease gradually in breadth beyond middle;
the palatines leave a considerable portion of the basisphenoid ex-
posed when the skull is viewed from below; the malar bone is rela-
tively larger (in somewhat the same proportion as the nasal); the
articular part of the squamosal is, in lateral view, much deeper in
proportion to its length; the coronoid process of the mandible is low
and triangular instead of high and irregular in outline; and the
groove marking the hmit between the angular and articular por-
tions of the mandible is better developed, particularly on the inner
side.

When contrasted with skulls of the Pike Whale and the Common
Finback of eastern North America, that of the Pollack Whale is dis-
tinguishable by (a) the greater relative length of the rostrum with
regard to the rest of the skull as well as by the narrowness and shal-
lowness of the rostrum as compared with its own length (the length
of the rostrum, measured in photographs, from anterior border of
posterior maxillary concavity to tip is equal to slightly more than
twice distance in median line from level of maxillary concavity to
back of occipital condyles, while in both the other species it equals
decidedly less than twice this distance; the greatest width of the
rostrum immediately in front of region where the maxillary border
turns abruptly outward is equal to less than half the distance from
this widest region to anterior extremity of maxillary, while in both
the other species it is equal to more than half this distance; the
depth of the rostrum at anterior margin of posterior maxillary con-
cavity is contained a little more than five times instead of about four
times in distance from anterior margin of maxillary concavity to
tip); (6) the low, broadly triangular instead of irregularly short
ligulate form of the coronoid process of the mandible (compare
pl. 3, figs. 2 and 3, with True’s pl. 3, fig. 3, and pl. 27, fig. 2.) 4 (¢)
the extension of the palatine bones so far backward that the portion
of the basicranial region exposed behind them (when skull is viewed
from below) is squarish in outline instead of longer than broad;
(d) the presence on the supraorbital portion of the frontal of a
noticeable oblique ridge extending outward and backward from re-
gion of middle of posterior maxillary concavity to region of middle
of orbit (this ridge is present in the two skulls of the Pollack whale
examined, one from Florida, the other from Japan; it is absent in
the four skulls of the Common Finback figured by True, and in a fifth
skull, No. 237566, received from Newfoundland in 1904; it is also
absent. in. the four skulls of the Pike Whale figured by True); (e)
the conspicuously greater depth and robustness of the articular por-

ART, 9 A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA—MILLER. 5

tion of the squamosal and the less concave lower border and less
evenly crescentic form of this bone when viewed from the side (pos-
terior limb of crescent much wider (deeper) than anterior limb) ; (/)
the unusually deep and narrow sulcus formed at the region of junc-
ture between the squamous and articular portions of the squamosal
(see pl. 4, sg. sule.; also compare pl. 2 with True’s pl. 2, B. physalus,
pl. 24, B. acutorostrata, pl. 30, Megaptera, and pl. 47, Rhachianec-
tes); and (g) the depth, particularly on the inner side, of the groove
lying between the articular and angular portions of the mandible.

Tn addition to these characters which distinguish it from the skulls
of both the Common Finback and the Pike Whale the skull of the
Pollack Whale may be recognized as follows:

As compared with the Common Finback (see pls. 1, 2, and 3, also
pls. 41 and 42 of Andrews’s monograph; compare with pls. 14 of
True’s Whalebone Whales of the North Atlantic) : Nasal bones (a)
much larger, their anterior border extending forward about to level
of anterior border of posterior maxillary concavity instead of fall-
ing conspicuously short of this level, (6) their anterior margin nearly
straight instead of deeply concave, (c) the greatest combined width
of the two bones much less than length of median suture instead of
about equal to median suture; nasal process of maxillary conspicu-
ously broader, its least width contained about two and one-half
times instead of about five times in its length.

As compared with the Pike Whale (compare with pls. 22-27 of
True’s Whalebone Whales): Extreme of contrast between size of
rostrum as compared with rest of skull; less relative width of in-
termaxillary gutter immediately in front of nasals; auditory bulla
relatively smaller (its length about one-third width of basioccipital) ;
jugal relatively shorter (its length contained about two and one-half
times instead of about one and one-half times in length of outer
portion of articular process of squamosal).

Vertebre (pls. 5-15).—The vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 14, L.
13, Ca. 19 (+4?)=57. The boundary between lumbars and caudals
is not certain. There appear to be four caudals lacking at the distal
extremity of the series. Last vertebra with neural spine, No. 46;
last with distinct tranverse process, No. 43 (vanishing traces on Nos.
4446) ; first with perforated transverse process, No. 38.

In its general features the vertebral column is characterized by the
height and erectness of the spinous processes, peculiarities that are
most noticeable at the middle of the series. In the last dorsal and
first seven lumbars the length of the spinous process equals about
three times the depth of the centrum, while in the Common Finback
from Maryland figured by True (pl. 5) the processes are barely twice
as high as the centra. In the skeleton from Danzig, Germany, figured

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

by Menge,’ they are even shorter, little more than one and one-half
times the depth of the centra. In the Pike Whale, however (see
True, pl. 27, fig. 2), the relative height of the spinous processes is
essentially as in the Pollack Whale. With regard to the backward
slant of the spinous processes the Pollack Whale differs from both the
Common Finback and the Pike Whale. In the two better-known
animals the processes rake backward to such a degree that in the
median portion of the series the entire upper margin of the process
is frequently carried back beyond the level of the posterior margin
of the centrum. (See figures by True and Menge already referred
to. This character is readily observed in a mounted skeleton of
the Common Finback from Cape Cod, U.S.N.M. No. 16045. It is
even more pronounced in a skeleton of the Blue Whale from New-
foundland, No. 49757.) The spinous processes in both the Florida
skeleton and the Japanese specimen (Andrews, figs. 18-20) are, on
the other hand, so little inclined backward that in no vertebra of
either individual does the antero-upper angle of the process attain
the level of the posterior articular surface of the centrum. <A near
approach to this condition may be seen in some of the Japanese
vertebrae, notably lumbars 3 and 8, but all the vertebre in this in-
dividual appear to lack the epiphyses, thus making the backward
extension of the centra less than normal. The more detailed features
of the vertebre are shown by the photographs reproduced in the
plates

Ribs (pl. 16).—The bifid head of the first rib, a character nearly
always present in the Pollack Whale, is clearly shown by the Florida
specimen. In another peculiarity the ribs differ from those of the
mounted skeletons of the Common Finback (No. 16045) and Blue
Whale (No. 49757) in the National Museum: The combined neck
and head form a large and conspicuous process in the second, third,
and fourth ribs of the two better-known finbacks, projecting inward
toward the centra beyond the tubercle; this projection is a mere ir-
regular knob on the second and fourth * rib of the Pollack Whale,
fairly well developed, though short, on the third only. This is prob-
ably a specific character, as the devolpment of the combined neck and
head is essentially alike in both of the skeletons of the better known
species, though the Blue Whale is fully adult, while the Common
Finback is an immature individual with the epiphyses of the vertebra
not fused to the centra. In the skeleton of the Pike Whale (No.
20931), however, a third condition is represented: The collum is
present and distinct but short on the second rib, very rudimentary
on the third, and absent from the fourth. It is possible that the

7Schr. naturforsch. Gesellsch. Danzig, vol. 3, pt. 4. 1875.
® Too large as restored, judging by the structure of the left rib.

ART. 9 A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA—-MILLER. 7

slight development of the collum in this specimen and in the Pol-
lack Whale from Florida may in each case be an individual peculi-
arity; that immaturity does not account for it is shown by the fact
that both skeletons came from aged individuals with the epiphyses
of the vertebrie so completely fused that they are scarcely distinguish-
able. The separated ribs of the Common Finback shown by True
(pl. 6, fig. 1) are from an animal too young to have developed the
characters in question; the same is the case with those of the Pollack
Whale figured by Andrews. In the mounted skeleton of a Common
Finback from California, photographs of which are reproduced by
True as text figures 95 and figure 4 of plate 6, the long collum of
ribs 2, 3, and 4 may, however, be distinctly seen, especially in figure 95,

Chevron bones—The chevron bones were all lost before the skele-
ton was received in Washington.

Sternum (pl. 18, fig. 1).—The outline of the sternum differs from
that in all of the 25 sterna of the Common Finback figured by True
on pages 140 and i41 and of the 10 of the Pike Whale on page 205.
The portion of the cross which les in front of the transverse arms
is relatively larger than in any of those of the two better-known
species; the length of the posterior median projection, in proportion
to the width of the sternum, is about the same as the average for
the Common Finback, but is less than in any of the sterna of the
Pike Whale.

Scapula (pl. 17).—As compared with the scapula of the other
American finbacks, so far as can be judged from very inadequate
material, that of the Pollack Whale is distinguishable by greater
width in proportion to the height and by the length, distinctness,
and narrowness of the neck. The least width of the neck above the
base of the coracoid process is contained a little more than four times
in the greatest width of the blade, while in the other Atlantic fin-
backs it appears to be usually contained about three and one-half
times. The acromion process is long and slender, with parallel sides,
as in the Pike Whale, and without the tendency to broaden toward
the tip, which is seen in the acromion of the Common Finback and
the Blue Whale. The coracoid process is more slender than appears
to be usually the case with that of the two larger finbacks; it thus
agrees with the coracoid of the Pike Whale.

Bones of the arm and hand (pl. 19).—The bones of the arm are
characterized by length and slenderness, features which are partic-
ularly noticeable in the humerus and radius. Apart from this gen-
eral feature, which appears to distinguish the arm from that of
all the other finbacks, I do not detect any peculiarities worthy of
special note.

The metacarpals and such phalanges as are preserved agree in
general form with those of the Common Finback and the Pike

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 66

Whale—that is, they are decidedly more constricted at middle in
proportion to their length than in the Blue Whale.

Pelvic rudiments.—No pelvic rudiments were preserved.

Hyoid bones (pl. 18, figs. 2 and 3).—Though the material for com-
parison is not sufficient to give positive results, it idicates that the
hyoid bones of the Pollack Whale differ noticeably from those of
the other finbacks in the great depth of the concavity on the dorsal
side of the combined basihyal and thyrohyals (fig. 3). In the
Florida specimen the depth of this concavity is 225 mm. and the dis-
tance between the inner margins of the tips of the thyrohyals is 685
mm. The depth of the concavity is therefore 32.8 per cent of the
width. In a hyoid of the Blue Whale from Newfoundland (No.
237567) the same measurements are, respectively, 275 and 1310. Here
the depth of the concavity is only 20.9 per cent of the width. Yet
the hyoids of this Blue Whale and of the mounted specimen (No.
49757) appear to be distinctly more concave than in the mounted
specimens of the Common Finback (No. 16045) and Pike Whale
(No. 20931). The thyrohyals in the Pollack Whale are much longer
relatively to the central mass of the bone than in the Pike Whale,
and they are not expanded at the middle as in the two specimens of
the Blue Whale. The photograph does not give a proper idea of the
size and length of the thyrohyals in the Florida specimen. It shows
the bone from the ventral side with the thyrohyals curving away
from the camera and consequently much reduced in apparent size
as compared with the central portion of the bony mass. The same
is true of the figure published by Andrews (fig. 18, p. 356). I can
see no important features in the stylohyal (fig. 2).

Tympanic and periotic bones (pl. 22).—The smaller auditory
bones have been lost. Probably they were jarred out of place during
the period when the skeleton was being carried about the country
ona truck. The tympanic and periotic of the left side are shown in
several aspects on plate 22. Material for comparison with the ear
bones of other finbacks is not very satisfactory, owing to the absence
of fully authenticated specimens of Stbbaldus, but there appear to
be rather well-marked characters by which the various Atlantic
species of baleen whales can be identified on the basis of the periotic
bone.

The periotic of Kubalena (family Balenide) is immediately dis-
tinguishable from that of the finbacks and humpback (family
Balanopteride) by the relative positions of the anterior and poster-
ior petrous processes. The anterior process in H'ubalena is drawn
inward toward the posterior process, so that the axes of the two pro-
cesses converge at an angle which is decidedly less than a right angle
instead of somewhat greater than a right angle as in the finbacks
and humpback. Apparently this difference is due almost entirely

ART. 9 A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA—MILLER. y

to alterations in the position of the anterior process, since the rela-
tionship of the posterior process to the cochlear mass is essentially
identical in the two types of periotic. The anterior process, however,
is so placed in the right whale that its axis is about parallel to a pro-
longation of that of the internal acoustic meatus, while in the fin-
backs and humpback its axis forms at least a right angle with the
prolonged axis of the meatus. Another peculiarity of the periotic
in the right whale is the relatively small size of the cochlear mass,

a character which is not readily described, but which is immediately

apparent on comparison of the periotic of a right whale with that

of the humpback or of any of the finbacks.

Among the Balwnopteride the genus Megaptera appears to be
distinguished by a conspicuous tendency toward heightening the
cochlear portion of the periotic, so that the orifices appear to stand
at the base or on the side of a nearly perpendicular wall, while in
the finbacks they are situated on an oblique or nearly horizontal
surface. In Balenoptera physalus the orifices of the internal acoustic
meatus and the facial canal are separated from each other by a
mass of bone whose diameter is fully as great as that of the canal,
a peculiarity which appears to be diagnostic of the species. The
opposite condition is seen in Balenoptera acutorostrata, in which
the two orifices le at the bottom of a common pit or tube with no
definite septum between them. <A well-developed but narrow septum
is found in Balenoptera borealis and Sibbaldus musculus, but the
periotic bones of these two animals are readily distinguished by the
different development of the fossa for the stapedial muscle, this fossa
having a very narrow, contracted area in B. borealis, while in
Sibbaldus it is of the normal widely spread type.

The material examined (representing four individuals of Huba-
lena, two of Megaptera, three of Balenoptera physalus, two of B.
acutorostrata, one of B. borealis, and two supposedly S7zbbaldus)
is not sufficiently extensive to form the basis of any generalizations
as to the true value of all the characters which I have mentioned,
but it appears to be reasonably probable that most of these peculiar-
ities represent features which are constant. Assuming that they
have a definitely taxonomic value, the characters of the ear bones
in the baleen whales of the North Atlantic may be arranged as
follows:

Axis of anterior petrous process approximately parallel with axis of internal
acoustic meatus; axes of anterior and posterior petrous processes converging
at an angle much less than a right angle; auditory region proper relatively
small; tympanic squarish or irregularly rhomboidal in outline____Balenide.

Axis of anterier petrous process approximately at right angles with axis of in-
ternal acoustic meatus; axes of anterior and posterior petrous processes con-
verging at an angle obviously greater than a right angle; auditory region
proper relatively large; tympanic ovate in outline__________ Balenopteride.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

Auditory region conspicuously elevated; orifices situated on the side or at
the base of a nearly perpendicular wall_______________ Megaptera nodosa.
Auditory region not conspicuously elevated; orifices situated on an oblique
or nearly horizontal area.
Internal acoustic meatus separated from cerebral orifice of facial
canal by a bony septum about as wide as the orifice of the canal
BT SR es aa Se ee Balenoptera physalus.
Internal acoustic meatus not separated from cerebral orifice of
facial canal by a broad bony septum.

Cerebral orifice of facial canal and internal acoustic meatus
opening together at bottom of deep common pit -___________
cr i Nien Sage pl oh dl be A Balenoptera acutorostrata.

Cerebral orifice of facial canal and internal acoustic meatus
separated by a narrow, high, bony septum. ®

Fossa for stapedial muscle small, its greatest width less
than half that of cochlear region__Balenoptera borealis.
Fossa for stapedial muscle large, its greatest width more
than half that of cochlear region__Sibbaldus musculus.

COMPARISON OF THE FLORIDA SPECIMEN WITH THE JAPANESE
SKELETON IN THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.

Through the kindness of the authorities of the American Museum
of Natural History I have been enabled to examine the Japanese
skeleton of Balenoptera borealis collected by Mr. Andrews and to
bring some of the smaller bones to Washington for direct compari-
son with our specimen. The two individuals shows numerous points
of difference in structure. In our present state of ignorance on the
subject of variation in the baleen whales I shall not, however, try to
draw any conclusions as to the meaning of these differences.

Comparison of plates 1, 2, and 3 with Mr. Andrews’s plates 41
and 42 will show the principal features of difference between the two
skulls. In dorsal view these are to be found in the shape of the
occipital shield, in the relative length and breadth of the nasal and
of the nasal process of the intermaxillary, in the outline of the or-
bital wing of the frontal and the apparently greater area of the wing
in the Japanese specimen as compared with that of the occipital
shield, and in the conspicuous swelling outward in the Florida speci-
men of the upper part of the parietal and squamous portion of the
squamosal beyond the edge of the dorsal shield. The less swollen
condition of the squamous portion of the squamosal in the Japanese
specimen is further indicated by the photographs reproduced in
plate 4 showing an oblique view into the temporal fossa. In lateral
view the rostrum appears to be deeper in proportion to its length
and less curved in the Japanese specimen. The articular portion of
the squamosal is also deeper in proportion to its length. How far
these peculiarities may result from the slight difference of orientation
in the two photographs I am unable to say, but I do not believe that
they are all due to this cause. In ventral view the longer narrower

ART. 9 A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA—MILLER. Et

palatine and the more robust articular portion of the squamosal of
the Japanese specimen are conspicuous features. A character which
may be more important is seen in the different backward projection
of the exoccipitals and the postero-external angle of the squamosal
behind the level of the occipital condyles. This backward projection
is slight in the photograph of the skull from Florida, conspicuous
in the one from Japan. Apparently the orientation is nearly the
same in the two photographs, but the difficulty of making an exact
comparison of such a character between two skulls of such large size,
one of which is in New York and the other in Washington, is so great
that not much reliance can be placed on the peculiarities which ap-
pear to exist.

In the cervical vertebre there are many features of difference
between the two specimens. These can be best understood by com-
paring my plates 5 to 8 with Mr. Andrews’s text figures 14 to 17.
In general they consist principally in the greater width relatively
to the height in the Japanese specimen and in differences in the
angle of outward projection of the processes when viewed from the
side. In reckoning the height the spinous process is not to be in-
cluded, as this is uniformly low in the relatively immature Japanese
skeleton. The differences, as will at once be seen, are conspicuous,
extending even to the shape of the centra; but it is impossible to
say how far they are due to the considerable disparity in the age
of the two animals, or to possible specific features which may eventu-
ally be found to distinguish the representatives of Balenoptera
borealis in the two oceans. In comparing the figures of the other
vertebrae, my plates 12 to 15, Andrews’s text figures 18 to 28, the
fact must be kept in mind that the centra of the Japanese specimen
lack the epiphyses.

Other peculiarities will be seen on comparing the figures of the
scapula, the limb bones, and the jugal. The jugal of the Japanese
specimen (pl. 19, fig. 2) is remarkable for its robustness as compared
with that of the much older individual from Florida (pl. 19, fig. 1).

MEASUREMENTS.

Length of skull (straight), 3 m. 480 mm.

Greatest breadth (squamosal), 1 m. 600 mm.

Breadth of orbital wing of frontal at distal end, 390 mm.
Length of maxillary along upper surface, 2 m. 550 mm.

Length of intermaxillary along upper surface, 2 m. 690 mm.
Breadth of beak at middle (curved) 670 mm.

Length of nasal, 260 mm.

Breadth of exposed portion of two nasals at distal end, 185 mm.
Breadth of exposed portion of two nasals at proximal end, 90 mm.
Length of mandible (straight), 3 m. 290 mm.

Length of mandible (curved), 3 m. 415 mm.

Depth of mandible at middle, 275 mm.

Depth of mandible through coronoid process, 370 mm.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

Greatest breadth of axis, 680 mm.

Depth of body of axis, 155 mm.

Greatest breadth of fourth cervical, 668 mm.

Height of fourth cervical from lower border of centrum, 320 mm.

Greatest breadth of fifth cervical, 608 mm.

Height of fifth cervical from lower border of centrum, 295 mm.

Greatest breadth of sixth cervical, 570 mm.

Height of sixth cervical from lower border of centrum, 365 mm.

Greatest breadth of seventh cervical, 572 mm.

Height of seventh cervical from lower border of centrum, 420 mm.
Greatest breadth of first dorsal, 630 mm.

Height of first dorsal from lower border of centrum, 430 mm.

Centrum of first dorsal: Width, 215 mm.; depth, 160 mm.; length, 75 mm.
Greatest breadth of seventh dorsal, 770 mm.

Centrum of seventh dorsal: Width, 215 mm.; depth, 155 mm.; length, 175 mm.
Greatest breadth of first lumbar, 915 mm.

Centrum of first lumbar: Width, 325 mm.; depth, 175 mm.; length, 210 mm.
Greatest breadth of first caudal, 640 mm. .
Centrum of first caudal: Width, 265 mm.; depth, 220 mm.; l@ngth, 260 mm.
Greatest length of sternum, 320 mm.

Greatest breadth of sternum, 285 mm.

Greatest breadth of scapula, 1 m. 50 mm.

Greatest depth of scapula, 590 mm.

Length of humerus, 350 mm.

Greatest width of humerus (proximal), 215 mm.

Greatest width of humerus (distal), 190 mm.

Greatest width of humerus (median), 145 mm.

Length of radius, 710 mm.

Length of ulna (outer side), 700 mm.

Length of ulna (inner side), 6835 mm.

Combined width of radius and ulna (proximal), 310 mm.

Combined width of radius and ulna (distal), 240 mm.

Combined width of radius and ulna (median), 180 mm.

Length (median) of first right metacarpal, 115 mm.

Length (median) of second left metacarpal, 140 mm.

Length (median) of third left metacarpal, 133 mm.

Length (median) of fourth left metacarpal, 107 mm.

Length (median) of first phalanx, first right digit, 115 mm.

Length (median) of first phalanx, second right digit, 132 mm.

Length (median) of second phalanx, second right digit, 122 mm.

Length of first rib (greatest in straight line), 925 mm.

Greatest diameter of first rib, 270 mm.

Section of first rib at middle, 124 by 36 mm.

Length of seventh rib (greatest in straight line), 1 m. 640 mm.

Length of seventh rib (following curve), 2 m. 45 mm.

Length of stylohyal (greatest in straight line), 445 mm.

Length of basihyal, 265 mm.

Width of basihyal (greatest in straight line), 750 mm.

Width of basihyal (following curve), 910 mm.

Length of lacrimal, 265 mm. .
Greatest width of lacrimal, 113 mm.

Length of jugal (greatest in straight line), 325 mm.

Largest baleen plates, 640 mm.

ART. 9 A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA——MILLER. 3

Greatest diameter of auditory bulla, 223 mm.
Distance from stapes to tip of anterior petrous process, 173 mm.
Distance from stapes to tip of posterior petrous process, 560 mm.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Skeleton of Balenoptera borealis.
PLATE 1.

Skull from above.

PLATE 2.

Skull from below.

PLATE 3.

Skull from the side.

Fig. 1. Skull from right side.

. Left mandible from outer side.
. Left mandible from inner side.
. Left mandible from above.

He Oo bo

PLATE 4,

Oblique view of braincase.

Fic. 1. No. 236680 U. S. Nat. Mus. (Florida).

2. No. 34871 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Japan).
fr. frontal. oce. occipital.
1. intermaxillary. p. parietal.
ip. interparietal. sq. Squamosal.
me. Maxillary. sq. sule. squamosal sulcus.
n. nasal,
PLATE 5.

Servical vertebre Nos. 1, 2, and 3.

Fic. 1. Viewed from the side.
2. Viewed from in front.
PLATE 6.

Cervical vertebre Nos. 4 (fig. 1), 5’ (fig. 2) and 6 (fig. 3) viewed from in front.
PPAT Ei

Cervical vertebra No. 7 (fig. 1) and dorsal vertebra No. 1 (fig. 2) viewed from
in front. Fig. 2 is slightly more reduced than fig. 1.

PLATE 8.

Cervical vertebrxe Nos. 4 (fig. 1), 5 (fig. 2), 6 (fig. 3), and 7 (fig. 4) ; dorsal
vertebra No. 1 (fig. 5) viewed from the side.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. 66

PLATE 9.

Cervical vertebra No. 6 viewed from in front.

Fie. 1. No. 236680 U. S. Nat. Mus. (Florida).
2. No. 34871 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Japan).

PLATE 10.

Dorsal vertebra No. 1. viewed from in front.

Fig. 1. No. 236680 U. S. Nat. Mus. (Wlorida).
2. No. 34871 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Japan).

PLATE 11.

Cervical vertebra No. 6 (figs. 1 and 2) and dorsal vertebra No. 1 (figs. 3 and 4)
viewed from the side.

Fic. 1 and 3. No. 236680 U. S. Nat. Mus. (Florida).
2 and 4. No. 34871 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Japan).

PEATE eI:
Dorsal vertebre Nos. 2-14 and lumbar vertebra Nos. 1-5 viewed from the side
PLATE 18.
Lumbar vertebre Nos. 6-13 and caudal vertebre Nos. 1-19 viewed from the side.
PLATE 14.

Lumbar vertebra No. 1 (fig. 1) and caudal vertebra No. 1 (fig. 2), viewed
from in front.

PLATE 15.

Lumbar vertebra No. 1 (fig. 1) and caudal vertebra No. 1 (fig. 2), viewed from
the side.

PLATE 16.
Right ribs viewed from behind.
PEATE 17;

Right scapula.
Fic. 1. Outer aspect.

2. Inner aspect.
PLATE 18.

Sternum (fig. 1).
Stylohyal (fig. 2).

3asihyal (fig. 3).

ArT 9 A POLLACK WHALE FROM FLORIDA—MILLER. 15
PLATE 19.
Jugal (figs. 1 and 2).

Fic. 1. No. 236680 U. S. Nat. Mus. (Florida).
2. No. 34871 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Japan).

Forearm (fig. 3).
PLATE 20.
Bones of the hand.

. Fourth left metacarpal.

. Second phalanx, second right digit.
. First phalanx, second right digit.
First phalanx, first right digit.

. Third left metacarpal.

. Second left metacarpal.

. First right metacarpal.

Fig.

OR oo bo

PLATE 21.

Lacrimals (figs. 1 and 2).
Baleen plate from near middle of series (fig. 3).

PEATE 22.

Tympanie and periotic bones.

Fig. 1. Outer aspect, tympanic in place.
2. Superior aspect, tympanic in place.
3. Outer aspect, tympanic removed.
4. Inner aspect, tympanic removed.
a. c. Aqueduct of cochlea. i.a.m. Internal acoustic meatus.
«. p. Anterior petrous process. m. Malleus.
a. v. Aqueduct of vestibule. p.ap. Posterior apophysis of Beaure-
c.f.n. Channel for facial nerve. gard.
f. ¢. Cerebral orifice of facial canal. p. p. Posterior petrous process.
f.m. Fossa for head of malleus. s. p. Sigmoid process.
f. st. Fossa for stapedial muscle. st. Stapes.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66. ART. 9 PL. |

POLLACK WHALE: SKULL FROM ABOVE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE I3

665 ART... 9 "PLL

PROCEEDINGS, VOL.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

SPE

te ae a

‘
f
Pe

Ee
k
?
ie s
e.

POLLACK WHALE: SKULL FROM BELOW

SEE PAGE 12

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 3

POLLACK WHALE: SKULL FROM THE SIDE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 13

A RRile eo ier eas

66,

VOL.

PROCEEDINGS,

NATIONAL MUSEUM

€] gDVd 33S Alwid 40 NOlLYNW1dx3a3 HO4

AsvONIVYG JO MAIA ANDIIEO *AIVHM yOVv110d

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 5

POLLACK WHALE: CERVICAL VERTEBRA Nos. |, 2, AND 3

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 13

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PEOS6

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

POLLACK WHALE: CERVICAL VERTEBR/E Nos. 4, 5, AND 6

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 13

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 7

—* =—2 2 io

POLLACK WHALE: CERVICAL VERTEBRA No. 7 AND DORSAL VERTEBRA
No. |

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 13

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 8

POLLACK WHALE: CERVICAL VERTEBRAE NOS. 4, 5, 6, AND 7; DORSAL
VERTEBRA No. |

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 13

Cae eS |

Dt De es ee

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 9

POLLACK WHALE: CERVICAL VERTEBRA No. 6

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14

NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66,

POLLACK WHALE: DORSAL VERTEBRA NO.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14

ART. 9

PL.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. II

Mee

: ae
3. en 4.

POLLACK WHALE: CERVICAL VERTEBRA No. 6 AND DORSAL
VERTEBRA No. |

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PASE I4

pl) 39Vd 35S 3lvid 40 NOILVNV1dxXa HOS

G-| “SON 3/u¥eaSly¥sA HVEWN-] GNV I-d “SON AvesalLeaA qvsHyoq :‘31IVHM X9V110d

Pea 2

ee ee

66, ART.

VOL.

PROCEEDINGS,

NATIONAL MUSEUM

Ss.

66s eARi oo ible ts

VOL.

PROCEEDINGS,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

lel

bl 39Vd 33S 3lW1d JO NOILYNW1dx3 HOS

“SON 47YsSLYSA IVGNVD GNV €1-9 “SON AVYSSLYSA YVEWNT :SIVHAA

HOV110d

LN SRE: eea amma
si 910d Liye 8105

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 14

hk.

POLLACK WHALE: LUMBAR VERTEBRA No. | AND CAUDAL VERTEBRA
No. |

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14

PE:

VOL. 66, ART. 9

PROCEEDINGS,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

‘0

bl S39V¥d 3aS AlWid 4O NOILYNV1dxX3 YOY

VddsaluaA IWGNVD GNV | ‘ON VYSSLYaA YVEWN] :3IWHM MO0V1I0d

ViOl66q. ARI: oer Eas alG

PROCEEDINGS

NATIONAL MUSEUM

Ss.

p| g39VvVd 33S 31Vid 4O NOILVNV1dx3 YO4

SaIYy LHDIN ‘J IVHM HO0V110d

U, S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 17

POLLACK WHALE: RIGHT SCAPULA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 18

PoLLACK WHALE: STERNUM, STYLOHYAL, AND BASIHYAL

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 19

POLLACK WHALE: JUGAL AND FOREARM

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 16

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 20

POLLACK WHALE: BONES OF THE HAND

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 16

U. S, NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 21

POLLACK WHALE: LACRIMALS AND BALEEN PLATE FROM NEAR MIDDLE
OF SERIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE [5

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 9 PL. 22

POLLACK WHALE: TYMPANIC AND PERIOTIC BONES

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 15

NOTES ON ORIENTAL DRAGONFLIES OF THE GENUS
ACIAGRION.1

By Frank Forrescur Laipnaw
of Uffeulme, England.

)

INTRODUCTION.

In accordance with the hope I entertain of completing, some day,
a survey of the Oriental Odonata fauna, I have contributed in
this paper an account of the genus Aciagrion to be followed, I trust,
in due course by similar accounts of other genera of the Coena-
grioninae.? As no monographic revision of this subfamily has as yet
appeared, it seems advisable to deal with the genera of the subfamily
in more detail than is necessary, for example, in the case of the
Libellulinae. As the systematic arrangement of the Coenagrioninae
is still largely unsettled the method of dealing with it, genus by genus,
has considerable advantages, since by a careful examination of the
evidence available it should be possible to obtain some data of use
to those who will undertake the task of constructing a natural classi-
fication of the subfamily which should have some right to be con-
sidered final. ©

Genus ACIAGRION de Selys.

Aciagrion DE Sretys, Ann. Mus. Civico di Genova, vol. 30, p. 159 (pp. 77-79
of separate). Type of genus.—Aciagrion hisopa de Selys.

The genus includes a number of small, delicate insects, and ranges,
so far as known at present, from Ceylon and South India to the
East Himalayas, thence through Assam and Burma down the Malay
Peninsula to Borneo, whilst an outlying species is recorded by Till-
yard from Australia.

1 This is the fourth of a series of papers, the first and second of which, by E. B.
Williamson, of Bluffton, Ind., were on The Dragonflies (Odonata) of Burma and Lower
Siam, as follows: 1. Subfamily Calopteryginae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 28, pp.
165-187, published April 22, 1905. 2. Subfamilies Cordulegasterinae, Chlorogomphinae,
and Gomphinae, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 33, pp. 267-317, published December 18, 1907.

The third paper in the series, by Frank Fortescue Laidlaw, of Uffeulme, England, car-
rying the same general title of The Dragonflies (Odonata) of Burma and Lower Siam—IIT,
was on the Subfamily Aeschninae and was published in the Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 62,
pp. 1—29, pl. 1, and was issued on June 21, 1923.

? Coenagrioninae— Legion Agrion of de Selys. See Kennedy, Ohio Journal of Science,
vol. 21, pp. 27-28, 1920.

No. 2547.—PROcEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 10.
100461—24 1 ni

9 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. "you. 66.

Amongst old world genera it is rivaled only by Amphicnemis for
extreme delicacy, though structurally it does not seem particularly
closely allied to that genus.

The species are probably abundant in suitable localities, and it
is likely that several new forms await discovery. The fragility of
papered specimens makes it difficult in many cases to determine
satisfactorily the more minute details of structure, more especially
the anal appendages of the male. Hence it is often difficult to give
adequate descriptions or clear figures of these structures. Moreover,
in papered specimens the colors are very likely to be faded, so that
the discrimination of species is not always an easy matter.

The genus may be defined as follows: A coenagrionine genus, with
short tibial spines and a rounded frons. Wings petiolated to level of
ac, this lying about halfway between the first and second antenodals.
Costal margin of quadrangle about one-third the length of the anal
margin in the forewing, about one-half in the hind wing. Rs aris-
ing from vein descending from nodus, M, from a point imme-
diately proximal to it. Pterostigma of forewing distinctly larger
than that of hind wing. Female with spine at apex of eighth sternite
of abdomen. Male with apex of terminal segment deeply emarginate
and slightly elevated. Upper anal appendages more or less bifid,
lower appendages rather flattened, each of these latter carrying on
its upper part a thickened process which may be separated by a
cleft from the rest of the appendage so as to stand out from it as a
strong conical spine.

In the species examined for this structure the penis has the distal
part of the shaft armed with fine lateral spines. The third segment
(employing Kennedy’s nomenclature) has a well-developed internal
fold; the terminal fold is present but reduced. The inner surface
of the distal lobe of the third segment is armed with a number of
fine shagreenlike denticles, and the lateral margin of this lobe carries
a strong spine on either side. Its apex may be cornuate (A. bor-
neense) or simple and rounded (4. hisopa). Lastly, the coloring of
the two sexes is similar, no dimorphic females have been known to
occur, and postocular spots are present.

The relationship of the genus is evidently with the E’'nallagma
series of genera. It resembles them in the shape of the frons, in the
presence of a spine on the eighth segment of the abdomen of the
female, in the similar coloring of the two sexes, and in the post-
ocular markings. It differs, I think, from all of them in the greater
amount of petiolation of the wings, and in the extremely slender
build of the body.

It resembles some of the American species of Z’nallagma, and the
African Proischnura subfurcatum (de Selys) in having the pteros-

ART. 10. DRAGONFLIES OF GENUS ACIAGRION—LAIDLAW. 3

tigma of the forewing larger than that of the hind wing, whilst the
anal appendages of the males of some of the species at least (A.
tillyardi, A. olympicum) bear a strong resemblance to the corre-
sponding structure of some of the African species, Africallagma
glaucum (Burmeister)* for example.

On the whole we may conclude that the genus is a specialized end-
branch of the great Hnallagma series.

In the following table I have attempted to give the differential
characters of all the species (six in number) which I have been able
to identify in the material available to me. To make the table as
‘complete as possible I have added a note on species I have not seen,

derived from the descriptions given by the author in each case.

' In this table the expressions “ moderate size,” “rather large” must
be taken as relative only.

a." With blue coloring on abdomen, the blue being especially vivid on the
first three and on the last three segments. Head and synthorax also
with blue markings, the latter with blue antehumeral stripes, and with
the sides blue.

b.* Species of moderate size (abdomen of male 24-26 mm., of female 24
mm.; hind wing of male 15-16 mm., of female 16-17 mm.). In
the male, segments 8, 9, 10 of abdomen entirely blue (or in speci-
mens from some localities segment 8 has small, paired, black basal
markings on the dorsum). Female similar, but blue less vivid,
and segment 8 has a longitudinal, black band on the dorsum not
reaching the apex of the segment, whilst 9 has small, paired,
basa] spots. Postnodal nerves on forewing 10-11.
A. hisopa de Selys.
b.2 Species of moderate size (abdomen of male 24.5 mm., of female 22.5
mm.; hind wing of male 17.5 mm., of female 17.5 mm.). Rather
robust for its size when compared with other species of the genus.
In both sexes the last three segments of the abdomen are defi-
nitely dilated. In the male, segments 8 and 9 of abdomen bright
blue, dorsum of segment 10 black. The female has a dorsal,
black band on segments 8 and 9, not quite reaching the apex of 9,
whilst 10 is apparently blue, unmarked with black. Postnodal
Mervesion forewing 12es Os) os ae A, tillyardi Laidlaw.
b.2 Small species (abdomen of male 22-24 mm., of female 23 mm.; hind
wing of male 15 mm., of female 15.5 mm). Very slender. In the
male, segments 8, 9, 10 rich blue, 8 with a black, dorsal triangle,
its apex anterior but not usually reaching the base of the seg-
ment, 9 entirely blue, 10 has a black X-shaped mark on the dor-
sum. Female with a broad dorsal band of uniform width on 8,
segment 9 with a broad basal triangular mark of black, 10 en-
tirely blue. Postnodal nerves on forewing 9.
A. occidentale Laidlaw.
a ee en ee ee oe es a LY Eee eg ee
®T have used Kennedy’s generic names here. It seems to me convenient to distinguish
African from American forms by according to them subgeneric rank where there is strue-
tural modification sufficient to justify such a proceeding.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66,

a. With blue coloring on abdomen, ete.—Continued.

v.6 Very small species (abdomen of male 19 mm., of female 18 mm.;
hind wing of male 13 mm., of female 13.5 mm.). In the male, seg-
ment 8 has a dorsal band of uniform width of black, and 10 has a
dorsal, black mark relatively broader than in the last species ; 9 is
usually entirely blue, but some specimens have a diamond-
shaped, black mark on the dorsum of this segment also. The
female has the whole dorsal surface of 8 and 9 covered with a
broad black band, narrowing apically on 9, whilst 10 has a basal
bilobed black mark. Postnodals 8 or 9_____-_ A. borneense Ris.

a.” Without any blue coloring on abdomen.

b.. Rather large species (abdomen of male 34 mm., of female 32 mm.;
hind wing of male 22 mm., of female 22.5 mm.). Ground color
generally creamy-white; rather darker on sides of synthorax
and of segments 1, 2, 3 of abdomen. In the male, segments 8,
9, 10 are without markings, 2 has an isolated triangular black
mark on the distal half of the dorsum surrounded by a pale
margin; 3 to 7 with black dorsal bands widened apically on each
segment, pointed basally in 3. The female has a longitudinal
black band on the dorsum of segments 2 to 7 of the abdomen, and
8 has a black, dorsal mark, narrow basally, widening distally,
but not touching either end of the segment. Thirteen postnodals
on forewing. Each femur marked with black line in both
SORE Ge Lites. spewets int 6 Vb I ke So torseaten A, olympicum Laidlaw.

b. Species of moderate size (abdomen of male 28 mm., of female 29
mm.; hind wing of male 18 mm., of female 19 mm.). Very fragile
and slender. In the adult male the ground color of the dorsum
of the head and thorax appears to be a dull blue with a greenish
tinge. In immature males, and in females this color is replaced
by fawn color. Antehumeral stripes not so sharply defined as in
other species. Ground color of abdomen white or buff-white of a
warmer tone on the dorsum. Segments 1 to 7 each with a longi-
tudinal dorsal band of metallic green. Segments 8, 9, 10 without
markings. In immature males and females the dorsal band is
present on the first and second segments and on the base of the
third; it is also well developed on segments 6 and 7. In both
sexes the femora are without markings, but the joints of the legs,
and the spines, are brownish. Postnodals 10 to 12.

A. pallidum de Selys.
a.’ Species which are not known to me.

b.2 A. approximans (de Selys).

This species has never been fully described. It is said by de
Selys to be related to A. hisopa in venation and by the form of
the anal appendages. The last 8 segments of the abdomen of the
type are missing. The female is unknown. Said to come from
the Kjasi Hills. Abdomen of male 27 mm. (approximately) ;
hind wing 17.5 mm. (Possibly A. tillyardi is synonymous, but
the anal appendages of that species are strikingly different from
those of A. hisopa in appearance.)

ART. 10. DRAGONFLIES OF GENUS ACIAGRION—LAIDLAW. 5

a. Species which are not known to me—Continued.
b2 A. fragilis Tillyard.

Postocular markings blue. Narrow antehumeral stripes and
sides of synthorax blue, legs gray. Abdomen of male with
segments 1 to 8 black, with narrow, transverse, white lines
along the sutures. Segment 2 marked with blue at the sides
as is 7. Segment 9 bright blue, 10 black above, blue at the
sides. Female as in the male, but segment 8 has the sides, base
and apex blue, 9 has a bronze basal spot, and 10 is blue. Post-
nodal nerves in forewing 9. Length of abdomen of male 22 to
23 mm.; hindwing 14 mm. ;

6° A. azureum Fraser.

Rather large species (abdomen of male 30 mm.; hind wing
°o mm.). Markings on head pale yellow, but with large blue
pastocular spots. Few blue antehumeral stripes on synthorax,
sides blue, changing to creamy yellow below. Abdomen with
sround color of segments 1 to 2 and 8 to 10 blue; black, mark-
ings on the dorsum of 1 to 7; the last three segments un-
marked. Anal appendages similar to those of A. elympicum, the
upper pair more conical and not bifid, black in color. Post-
nodal nerves on forewing 10 to 11. Said to be very like A.
oiympicuwn.

ACIAGRION HISOPA de Selys.
Plate Wy heres:
Aciagrion hisopa DE Setys, Ann. Mus. Civico di Genova, vei. 30, p. 159 (pp.

80-81, separate).

Specimens evamined—Four males and three females from Pulau
Ubi, a small island near Singapore, and the Botanic Gardens at
Singapore. One female from Biserat in Jalor (Siamese Malay
State), N. Annandale. Two males and two females from Burma, col-
lection E. B. Williamson, collected by R. A. Earnshaw.

None of these spicemens is in good condition, and it is not pos-
sible to make a satisfactory figure of the anal appendages of the male.

T have, however, no doubt as to the correctness of my identification.
The accompanying plate figure illustrates the structure of the ter-
minal parts of the penis; it is drawn from a specimen from Singa-
pore.

The type specimen is said to have come from Pulo Besoar in Malaya
and the species ranges from the Malay Peninsula and Lower Siam
through Burma and Assam to peninsular India, as far south as the
Nilgiri Hills at any rate. Fraser * has recorded a race krishna from
Mahableshwar in which the male has occasionally a small black spot
on either side of the eighth segment of the abdomen, and sometimes
a black dorsal mark on the tenth, and the female has segments 9 and

Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1921, p. 542.
100461—24——2

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. Vou. 66.

10 blue with an oceasional black mark on the base of 9. Individuals
emerged from the larval state in large numbers on May 23. The
specimens that I described as race occidentalis® belong to a distinct
species subsequently deseribed as paludense Fraser (see occidentale).

ACIAGRION TILLYARDI Laidlaw.
Plate 1, fig. 15.

Actagrion tillyardi Latwriaw, Rec. Indian Museum, vol. 16, no. 2, 1919, p. 187.
Enallagma assamica FRASER, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 26, 1919, p. 877.

Specimens examined—One male (paratype) from Tura Garo
Hills, Assam, 1,550 feet. One male and one female from Shillong
(from Major Fraser).

This is by far the most robust of the species I have seen. The
dilatation of segments 8, 9, and 10 of the abdomen is a character not
found in other species of the genus.

The species appears to be confined to Assam.

T have not been able to examine the structure of the penis.

ACIAGRION OCCIDENTALE Laidlaw.

. Plate 1, figs. 11 and 16.
Aciagrion hisopa (2?) race occidentalis Latpuaw, Ree. Indian Museum, vol. 16,

no. 2, 1919, p. 187.

Aciagrion paludense FRAsER, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1922, pp. 698-699.

Specimens examined.—Two males and two females from Ceylen
{collection E. E. Green). One male from Cochin Strait (collection
Indian Museum).

Tt is very unfortunate that my brief account of this form is quite
incorrect. Nevertheless in accordance with the laws of nomenclature
I imagine my name must take precedence over that proposed by
Major Fraser.

My description states that the black mark on segment 8 of the
abdemen has its apex directed toward the hinder end of the segment.
This should read * directed toward the base of the segment.”

The penis, like that of the next species, has the apex of the third
segment cornuate and not truncate as in Aisopa. It differs from that
of borneense chiefly in not having the most basally situated denticles
ot the inner surface of this segment enlarged. Like it, it has a
bilobed boss on this surface of this segment lying just basally to the
denticles, whilst the lateral marginal projections are relatively larger
and more apically placed.

The species is quite distinct from Adsopa and apparently near
borneense. It has been recorded from the Nilgiri Hills southward
to Ceylon.

* Laidlaw, Rec. Indian Museum, yol. 16, no. 2, 1919.

shen

ART. 10. DRAGONFLIES OF GENUS ACIAGRION——-LAIDLAW. 7

“Very conspicuous though small, by reason of the bright blue
color, and can easily be picked out from the more somber /hzsopa with
which they mix.” (Fraser.)

ACIAGRION BORNEENSE Ris.
Plate 1,figs, 10; 12,13:

Aciagrion borneense Rrs, Ann. Soe, Entomol. Belgique, vol. 55, 1911, pp. 254—

235, figs. 2 and 3.

Specimens examined—KHight males and seven females, collected
by W. L. Abbott, Trong, Lower Siam (collection of the United States
National Museum). I have also seen specimens from the Malay
State.

his is the smallest species of the genus. The female has not been
deseribed; it is similar in coloring to the male save that segments 8
and 9 of the abdomen havea longitudinal band covering the whole of
the dorsum of these segments, whilst the tenth has a basal, bilobed
black mark.

The type specimen (from Borneo) is said to have the ninth seg-
ment of the abdomen entirely sky-blue. Two of the males from
Trong have a small, diamond-shaped, black mark on the dorsum of
this segment. I have figured one of these specimens. The anal ap-
pendages have been figured by Ris; they are very similar to those of
A. occidentale.

The apex of the third segment of the penis is cornuate; the spur-
hke projections of the lateral margins are small and lie far back from
the apex: the most basally situated of the denticles of the inner sur-
face are enlarged and lie considerably more distad than the lateral
projections, and between them and the projections there is a small
bilobed swelling. The internal fold is small.

The species ranges from Borneo through the Malay Peninsula as
far north approximately as the Isthmus of Kra.

ACIAGRION PALLIDUM de Selys.

Plate 1, figs. 1-7, 9.

Aciagrion pallidum bE Srtys, Ann. Mus. Civico di Genova, vol. 30, 1891, pp.
SO-S1 (separate).—LarpLaw, Ree. Indian Museum, vol. 16, no. 2, 1919.
Specimens examined—Very numerous females and males from

Lower Burma, collected by R. A. Earnshaw, in Mr. Williamson’s

collection. T have seen also specimens from Assam and from peninsu-

Jar India from the north Kanara District and Nagpur.

As the species is structurally a typical member of the genus I have
figured certain details of venation, etc., in some detail. In color-

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

ing pallidum is possibly more specialized than other Aciagrion (ex-
cept perhaps olympicum). At any rate it departs more widely in
this respect than do most of its congeners from the usual H'nallagma
pattern. Young specimens are curiously suggestive of Amphicnemis.
though there is, I believe, no close relationship.

As in hisopa the penis has the apex of the third segment truncate
and without cornua. It differs from hésopa in that the most basally
situated denticles are much enlarged and project backward like barbs
between the two large, lateral marginal spurs.

ACIAGRION OLYMPICUM Laidlaw.
Plate 1, fig. 14.

Aciagrion olympicwn LAarLaw, Rec. Indian Museum, vol. 16, no. 2. 1919.

pp. 184-186.

Specimens examined.—One male (paratype) from Darjiling Dis-
trict. :

This is the largest species of the genus so far as | know. Its mark-
ings are on the whole similar to those of the most of the species
of the genus, save perhaps that in the male the marking on the
dorsum of the second segment of the abdomen is reduced to a pen-
tagonal or triangular spot. The coloring is however remarkable in
that blue is altogether absent, and that the ground color is a fawn or
buff. I have not been able to examine the penis. The anal appendages
of the male as already noted are similar in plan to those of some of
the African species of A fricallagma figured by Doctor Ris.

A. olympicum Nas been recorded only from the foothills of the
Himalaya, near Darjiling.

The following are the references to the three species [ have not had
an opportunity of examining.

ACIAGRION APPROXIMANS (de Selys).

Pseudagrion microcephalum (7?) race approximans pe Setys, Bull. Aead.
Belgique, ser. 2, vol. 42, 1876, pp. 507-508.
Aciagrion approzimans pe SkEnys, Ann. Mus. Civico di Genova, vol. 30,

1891, p. 80.
ACIAGRION FRAGILIS (Tillyard).

Ischnura (7) fragilis 'Tittyarp, Proc. Linn, Soc. New South Wales, 1906, pt. 2,
pp. 186-187, pl. 17, fig. 6.

Aciagrion fragilis Trtuyarp, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 37, pt.
3, 1912, p.. 472, pl. 46, figs. 21, 22+ pl. 49) fig: 22:

ACIAGRION AZUREUM Fraser.

Aciagrion azureum FRASER, Mem. Dept. Agr. in India, vol. 7, no. 7, 1922, p. 51.

ART. 10. DRAGONFLIES OF GENUS ACIAGRION—LAIDLAW. 9

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

(All figures drawn by the author. )

Fig. 1. Forewing of male Aciagrion pallidum from collection of E. B. William-.
son.

- Detail of base of forewing of Aciagrion pallidum.

. Detail of base of hind wing of Aciagrion pallidum.

. Apex of abdomen of male Aciagrion pallidum, from the side.

Apex of abdomen of female Aciagrion pallidum, from the side.

. Pterostigma of hind wing of Aciagrion pallidum.

. Pterostigma of forewing of Aciagrion pallidum.

. Terminal parts of penis of Aciagrion hisopa.

. Terminal parts of penis of Aciagrion pallidum, seen obliquely from the
side.

10. Apex of abdomen of male Aciagrion borneense, seen from above.

11. End-on view of tenth segment of abdomen of Aciagrion occidentale.

12, Terminal parts of penis (slightly diagrammatic) of Aciagrion borneense.

13. Apex of abdomen of female Aciagrion borneense, from above.

14. Anal appendages of male Aciagrion olympicum, from the side and a

little ventrally.

15. Apex of abdomen of Aciagrion tillyardi, seen from side.

16. Apex of abdomen of male Aciagrion occidentale, seen from above.

Coan m om w to

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 10 PL. |

borneense occidentale

14 Olympicum

tillyardi

16 occidentale

DETAILS OF DRAGONFLIES OF THE GENUS ACIAGRION

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

A NEW SPECIES OF ROUND WORM OF THE GENUS TRI-
CHOSTRONGYLUS FROM THE RABBIT

By H. W. Graypiun

Of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research

In making autopsies on two wild rabbits of Princeton, N. J., an
apparently undescribed species of Z'richostrongylus was found in
the large intestine of one. In addition to this nematode, it will be
of interest to note that both rabbits were infested with Odbeliscus
cuniculi, a new genus of nematode which the writer described from
the domestic rabbit? and with 77ichostrongylus calearatus Ransom,
1911. The latter species has also been collected here from one of
our domestic rabbits kept for experimental purposes.

So far as the writer has been able to determine, three species of
Trichostrongylus have been described from rabbits: 7’. retortaeformis
(Zeder, 1800) Loos, 1905; 7. pigmentatus (von Linstow, 1904) Hall,
1916; and 7. calcaratus Ransom, 1911.

TRICHOSTRONGYLUS AFFINIS, new species

Male—The maximum width of the body occurs at the base of the
bursa. From there it tapers uniformly to the anterior end. Length
5-7.5 mm., maximum width 123, width of head 12u. The anterior
end is rounded. The esophagus is broadest near the posterior end
and tapers gradually anteriorly. Its length is 562-787y, maximum
width 27, and the nerve ring 127y from the anterior end.

The lateral lobes of the bursa are rolled inward in preserved
specimens, making it very difficult to observe the shape and arrange-
ment of the rays. A dorsal lobe has not been observed. The ventro-
ventral and externo-dorsal rays at their distal ends curve ventrally
and dorsally, respectively (fig. 1). The other rays le close together.
The externo-lateral ray is very broad, the latero-ventral ray is not
so broad, and the postero- and medio-lateral rays are relatively
narrow. ‘The dorsal ray divides distally into two short branches.
The spicules and gubernaculum are brown in color. The spicules
are about equal, short, stout, curved ventrally, and at the proximal

1 Parasitology, vol. 15, No. 3, p. 340, 1928.
No. 2548.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. Il.
100460—24 du

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 66.

end are provided with a thin, rounded, projecting appendage, concave
on its anterior face (fig. 2). They taper somewhat, and at the distal
end are provided with two rather blunt, recurved hooks on the
ventral side. In the left spicule one hook is larger and forms the
end of the spicule and the other is located just a very little anterior
and to one side. The right spicule is likewise terminated by a hook,
which is the smaller, and the other is located considerably further
forward. Length of spicules 131-156, maximum width 29. The
gubernaculum (figs. 1 and 2) is roughly boat-shaped when seen from
the dorsal aspect, but from the side it consists of a roughly triangu-
lar body with a narrow, curved, slightly tapering process extending
anteriorly from the antero-dorsal angle; length 74-86y, width 21-33u..

Female—The maximum width is in the posterior region of the
body. Anteriorly the body tapers gradually to a thin filament, pos-
teriorly to a fine point (fig. 3). Anterior end rounded. Length 8.7-:
9.25 mm., maximum width 106-177p, width of head 16p. Anus 141-
164, from posterior end, vulva 1.6-1.7 mm. from posterior end.
Oesophagus same shape as in male. Length 816-955, maximum
with 37p, nerve ring 131y from anterior end.

The vulva is a crescentic slit lying apparently in.a lateral (left)
instead of a ventral position with the long axis directed longitudi-
nally. Well-developed ovijectors are present (fig. 4).

Ova present in the ovijectors were studied. They are ellipsoidal,
surrounded by a very thin shell, and are in process of segmenting,
the cell mass filling the entire space within the egg. Size 57—66y long
by 33-40p broad. :

The type specimen has been deposited in the Helminthological Col-

e
- etions of the U. S. National Museum, where it is registered as No. -

7304. Pavatypes are also included and are entered as 7805.

Y This species resembles somewhat 7’. retortaeformis, but differs in
the size and shape of the spicules and guber naculum, size of the eggs,
and various other characters.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Trichostrongylus afinis, new species
All drawings made with a camera lucida.

’ Fic.1. Dorso-lateral view of bursa showing dorsal ray, left externo-dorsal
ray, and all six rays in right lobe of bursa. Spicules and gubernacu-
lum shaded X 345.

2. Spicules and gubernaculum X 545.

3. Posterior end of female X< 395.

4. Oviiectors of female, vulva not shown, X 170.

ae a ae all

_ ee Oe ee ee e e

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDNGS, VOL. 66, ART. II PL. |

TRICHOSTRONGYLUS AFFINiIS, NEW SPECIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 2

A NEW EARTHWORM FROM TEXAS BELONGING TO THE.
GENUS DIPLOCARDIA.

By Frank SMITH,

Of the University of Illinois, Urbana.

The genus Diplocardia includes a considerable number of species
already described, and presumably an even larger number yet to be
made known. They constitute a group of indigenous species, ap-
parently limited to North America, which exhibit an unusual range
of variation in the position of the spermiducal pores. The ordinary
position of these pores in the nearly related groups is on the eight-
eenth somite. In the majority of species of Diplocardia they are on
the nineteenth somite; in one species, at least, they are on somite 20;
and in still another one, D. keyesi, they are on somite 21. This last-
named species was based on one specimen obtained by Eisen in Lower
California and originally described (Eisen, 1896) under the name
Aleodrilus keyest.

The writer recently received from Dr. C. V. Piper of the Bureau
of Plant Industry at Washington, D. C., two specimens of a closely
allied form, which had been collected in Texas, and which represent
a variety of D. keyest. As a matter of convenience in making com-
parisons, a brief summary of the distinguishing characters of the
type form of the species from a later paper of Eisen (1900) will be
first presented; this will be followed by a similar summary of im-
portant characters of the new variety; and then a more extended de-
scription and comparison will be undertaken.

This paper forms No. 245 of the series of contributions from
the zoological laboratory of the University of Illinois.

DIPLOCARDIA (ALEODRILUS) KEYESI (Eisen).

Definition.—Color, flesh, marbled violet, no pigment. Size, 70 mm.
by 5 mm. Somites 150. Prostomium divides somite I about one-
half. Dorsal pores, the most anterior one, VIII/IX. Spermiducal
pores in XXI. Spermathecal pores, two pairs, in VIII and IX, in
front of setae a. Prostate pores in XX and XXII. Oviducal pores

No. 2549.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 12.
10082824 i

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

in front of setae a Setae all ventral; a-b slightly larger than e-d;
o-a larger than b-c. No sculpture. Penial setae, none. Spermathecal
setae not differentiated. Clitellum ringlike anteriorly, posteriorly
saddle shaped. Genital zone not distinct; two parallel grooves in
3 XX-} XXIT; groove almost straight, with a knob at each apex;
concavity turned ventrally. Esophagus without calcic concretions.
Gizzards in V and VI. Sacculated intestine in XV. Dorsal vessel
single, not covered with chloragogen cells. Hearts in X, XI, XII
with large pulsating divisions; no chloragogen cells. Nephridia,
meganephridia, no coelomic mantle: Testes in X and XI. Sperm-
funnels in X and XI. Sperm-ducts, which join at XII/XIII in a
common muscular sheath; fuse in XX/XXI. Sperm-sacs, one pair
preseptal in IX, one pair postseptal in XII. Sperm-masses in X
and XI. Oviducts in XIV. Prostates confined to one somite each;
small, tubular, thicker at apex. Spermathecae, two pairs in VIII
and IX; distal end knoblike; the duct is very slender and long, with
a minute wartlike and ear-shaped diverticle situated about the
middle. :
Septal formula.

VI/VU, VII/VIU, VIIl/Tx, 1X/X, X/Xi
DIPLOCARDIA KEYESI TEXENSIS, new variety.

Length, 80 mm. Diameter (maximum), slightly less than 2 mm.
Somites, 139-146. Color, pale; no obvious pigment. Clitellum.
13-20; thin on midventral strip. Genital papillae, transverse band
between oviducal pores. Setae, anteriorly, aa: ab: be: cd=7:2:6:24;
near somite 25=6:2:6:2; ventral setae absent on 21 and slightly
modified on 20 and 22. Dorsal pore, most anterior, 9/10 or 10/11.
Nephridiopores, dorsad of setae d; first in 2. Spermiducal pores,
1 21; in seta line 6. Prostate gland pores, 20 and 22; with ventral
setae. Oviducal pores, anterior part 14; slightly mesad of seta line
a. Spermathecal pores, near anterior margins 8 and 9; nearly in
seta line a. Septa, 7/8 and 8/9 strongly thickened; 6/7 and 9/10
less strongly thickened. Gizzards in 5 and 6. Expanded intestine,
begins in 19. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts, dorso-intestinal in 10-12;
dorsal hearts in 7-9. Nephridia, paired; first in 2. Spermaries and
spermiducal funnels, paired in 10 and 11. Sperm ducts of either
side fuse in 21 near their openings. Prostate glands, paired in 20
and 22. Sperm sacs, paired in 9 and 12. Ovaries and oviducal
funnels, paired in 13. Ovisacs, paired in 14. Spermathecae, paired
in 8 and 9; small diverticula attached at junction of ducts and sacs.

Two specimens collected at Chillicothe, Texas, in Bermuda grass
sod.

Agt.12. AN EARTHWORM OF THE GENUS DIPLOCARDIA—SMITH. 3

Holotype—Cat. No. 19116, U.S.N.M. Paratype.—tIn collection of
the writer.

Sagittal sections were made of one-half of the anterior 24 somites
of the specimen having the clitellum best developed, and this speci-
men was used as the type of the new variety. Transverse sections
were made of the anterior 25 somites of the other specimen which is
designated as the paratype. The general condition of the reproduc-
tive organs of both worms indicate that they had passed the climax
of a state of sexual activity and that the reproductive organs are not
at a stage of maximum development. The new form agrees in sev-
eral important characters with Diplocardia keyesi, described by
Eisen (1896) from a specimen collected in Lower California. Since
there is agreement between the new form and Eisen’s species in most
characters which usually serve as a basis for distinguishing between
species in this genus, it seems preferable to treat the new form as a
variety of the species mentioned.

Eisen’s original description included many details concerning some
of the organs and was accompanied by numerous illustrations. The
same species was later described more briefly (Eisen 1899) in a paper
which dealt in a preliminary way with all of the species of Dzplo-
cardia known at the time, and which included descriptions of some
new species of that genus. In the following year Eisen (1900) pub-
lished a more extensive paper which contained descriptions of the
known species of Diplocardia and of still another new species. There
are several discrepancies between some of the statements made in the
original description of D. keyest and those made in the two later
papers. Although no statement with reference to it is made in either
of the later papers, it is probable that some of the changes were in-
tended to correct errors made in the original description. In other in-
stances it is by no means clear which of the differing statements is
more nearly correct.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS,

The two Texas worms are similar in size, about 80 mm. in length,
and have a maximum diameter of slightly less than 2 mm. The
type specimen has 139 somites and the paratype 146. (Eisen’s speci-
men is stated in all three papers to be 70 mm. by 5 mm. Figure 66 of
his first paper is described as of natural size, and is about 85 by 3 mm.
In the first paper the number of somites is given as 80 and in the
other two papers as 150.) The worms preserved in alcohol are pale
and without obvious pigment in the body wall. The formula aa: ab:
be: cd=7:2:6: 21% indicates the relative setal distances of a consider-
able number of anterior somites and is based on averages of several]
measurements. In the vicinity of somite 25 the formula aa:ab:
be: cd=6:2:6:2 is more nearly accurate. (A similar formula

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

based on Eisen’s first paper would be aa:ab: be: ced=7:3:6:4. In
his last two papers he writes * a—} slightly larger than c-d.”) Ven-
tral setae are lacking on 21; and those of 20 and 22, related to the
prostate gland pores, differ but slightly from those of other somites,
being somewhat straighter. The ventral setae of the spermathecal
somites are not modified in character, as are those of several other
species of the genus. Similar statements are made by Eisen con-
cerning D. hkeyes?.

The chtellum on the dorsal side includes all of 13-20 and a part
of 12. Ventrally it extends from 1413-1420, but thins out on a nar-
row median strip. A transverse glandular thickening extends across
this median area between the ovidueal pores. Eisen describes and
figures two longitudinal grooves connecting the prostate gland pores
of the corresponding sides. No such grooves are present in the speci-
mens of the new form, but the absence is probably due to the sexually
nonactive condition. Such grooves are present at the time of sexual
activity in most known species of the genus. The first dorsal pore
is at the anterior margin of 10 in the type, and in 11 of the paratype.
The nephridiopores are near the anterior margins of the somites.
Those of the most anterior pair are in the second somite and are
dorsad of seta line d by a distance at least twice as great as cd, the
distance between the setae of the dorsal bundle. Several of those in
the clitellar somites are dorsad of seta line d by a distance nearly as
great as cd, or even greater. The majority of those of the anterior 25
somites are but slightly dorsad of seta line d. The nephridiopores
of somites posterior to 25 have not been studied. The spermiducal
pores are on the ventral side of 21; are scarcely one-fourth of the
length of the somite from the anterior margin; and are nearly in
seta line 6. The prostate gland pores are in close relation to seta 6
of somites 20 and 22. Eisen describes and figures the spermiducal
pores of D. keyest as opening midway of the length of 21 and midway
between the corresponding prostate gland pores. In the new variety
the distance from the spermiducal pore to the anterior gland pore
of the same side is scarcely one-half as great as that to the posterior
pore. The oviducal pores are on the anterior part of 14 and slightly
mesad of seta line a. The spermathecal pores are near the anterior
margins of 8 and 9 and nearly in seta line a.

INTERNAL CHARACTERS.

Septa 7/8 and 8/9 are most strongly developed and are about as
thick as the body wall. Septa 6/7 and 9/10 are also thickened, but
not as much as the two first mentioned. Septum 5/6 is normally
developed and extends to the body wall, and so also does an extremely
thin but perfectly evident septum 4/5 which is the most anterior

Art.12. AN EARTHWORM OF THE GENUS DIPLOCARDIA—SMITH. 5

one. In D. keyest Eisen describes 7/8, 8/9, and 9/10 as much thicker
than the body wall; 5/6 is said to not join the body wall, but is
described and figured as forming a sort of sac including the pharyn-
geal region of the esophagus. He found no trace of a septum an-
terior to 5/6.

Two well-developed gizzards are present in 5 and 6. The pharyn-
geal region and the esophagus as far back as 13 are not noticeably
different from those of other species. The walls have an extensive
blood supply in 9-18 through numerous branches of the supra-
intestinal vessel. The walls of 14 and 15 are also highly vascular.
They have several connections with the dorsal vessel and have a few
low longitudinal folds of the epithelial layer. In the type specimen
there is a considerable dilation of these two somites, but not in the
paratype. The contracted part of the esophagus beginning with 16
has no such extensive blood supply as has the part anterior to it, and
has a diameter only about one-third as great as that in 19, where the
expanded intestine begins. The walls of the latter have an exten-
sive blood supply. Eisen makes no reference to the place of the
beginning of the widened intestinal part in his original description
of D. keyesi, but a figure in that paper conforms with the brief state-
ment in each of the two later papers—“ sacculated intestine in XV.”
Eisen states that no typhlosole is present in that species, but the new
form has one that is perfectly obvious.

The dorsal and supra-intestinal vessels in a few somites of the
type specimen are not included in the piece that was sectioned, but
there is nothing to indicate that the character and relations of these
vessels and of the hearts in the type specimen differs from those
found in the paratype. The dorsal vessel has not been found to be
double in any part of its course. The supra-intestinal vessel is a
definite, distinct trunk from the middle of the ninth to the middle
of the thirteenth somite. The “ hearts” of 10 to 12 are much larger
than the others, and are of the dorso-intestinal type, regularly found
in the genus, while those of 7 to 9 are of the dorsal type. In his
description of D. keyesi, Eisen writes simply of vessels in 7-12 con-
necting the dorsal and ventral vessels, and states that those of 10, 11,
and 12 are larger and of “the form of so-called hearts.” At the
time that he wrote it had not been noticed that the posterior pairs of
hearts in Diplocardia are of the dorso-intestinal type.

The nephridia are meganephric and the first pair is in the second
somite. The nephridial ducts with nephridiopores, but slightly dorsad
of seta line d have a course which is slightly ventrad and posteriad
through the layer of circular muscle fibers in the body wall to a level
of seta line d, and then through the layer of longitudinal muscle
fibers to the coelome. Their course in this latter layer is between the
two bands of fibers which further posteriad separate and extend on

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66.

either side of the d setae. The ducts of the second somite and of the
clitellar somites which have the more dorsally placed nephridiopores:
pass through the longitudinal muscle layer at a level considerably
dorsad of seta line d.

The reproductive organs in most respects are similar to those al-
ready known in the genus. Paired spermaries and spermiducal
funnels have the usual positions and relations m 10 and 11. The
sperm ducts of either side are in close proximity in their course
posteriad, but fusion into one duct does not take place until they
have reached 21, on which they open to the exterior. The prostate
glands are paired in 20 and 22, a position known heretofore only in
DP. keyest. The glands are relatively small and each occupies but a
small space in one somite. The duct is rather short and the lumen
is very definite. It has a diameter 14 to 14 as great as that of the
gland itself. Sperm sacs are paired in 9 and 12. Ovaries and ovi-
ducal funnels are paired in 13, and the paired oviducts have a fairly
direct course to their outlets on the next following somite. <A pair
of ovisacs in 14 have their communications with 13 through openings
dorsad of the oviducal funnels and near the esophagus. Paired
spermathecae in each of somites 8 and 9 are of relatively small size,
due in part to the fact that the worms were not sexually active when
collected. Minute diverticula are attached at the junction of the
short sacs with the ducts. In PD. keyesi the ducts are relatively much
longer and the diverticula are attached to them approximately mid-
way of their length. Eisen (1900, fig. 136) figures the length of the
duct as about three times that of the sac, while in the new form the
lengths of the duct and of the sac are approximately equal.

LITERATURE CITED.
EISEN, GUSTAV

1896. Pacific coast Oligochaeta II. Mem. California Acad. Sci., vol. 2,
pp. 123-198, pls. 46-57.

1899. Notes on North American earthworms of the genus Diplocardia.
Zool. Bull., vol. 2, pp. 161-172.

1900. Researches in American Oligochaeta, with especial reference to those
of the Pacific coast and adjacent islands. Proc. California Acad. Sci.,
ser. 3, vol. 2, pp. 85-276, pls. 5-14.

NEW SPECIES OF MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CHILINA.

By Witi1am B. Marseatt,
Assistant Curator, Division of Mollusks, United States National Museum.

Of the species herein described as new, four were received from
Mrs. T. S. Oldroyd, of Stanford University. Three of them come
from obscure lakes and rivers in the Andes along the border be-
tween Chile and Argentina. The fourth comes from Southern
Chile, with no more specific locality given. One new species from
Lake Nahuel Huapi in the Andes in the Province of Rio Negros,
Argentina, and a new subspecies of Chilina parchappit Orbigny
from Mar del Plata, Argentina, were received from Dr. Florentino
Felippone of Montevideo, Uruguay. A new species, from the
stomach of a bird on Lake Wafrel, Chile, has lain for many years
without identification in the Museum collection.

CHILINA AURANTIA, new species.
Plate 1, fig. 6.

Shell elongate-ovoid, rather solid, smooth and slightly glossy, the
satures obscurely margined. Last whorl very large; aperture very
wide. Surface closely spirally striated, the last whorl malleated
behind the aperture. Aperture flaring, outer lip simple; columella
white, not very wide, flattened and a little twisted, and bearing a
white twisted tooth on the inner side of its upper end; parietal wall
entirely covered with a white callus, and bearing a linear rudi-
mentary tooth on its middle portion. Color bright orange yellow
with four ashy spiral bands which show also within the aperture.

The type, Cat. No. 360163, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 20 mm.;
diameter, 12 mm.; length of aperture, 15 mm. KH is from the
stomach of a “ pejerey bird,” taken on Lake Wafrel, Chile, Decem-
ber 31, 1903. Cat. No. 226315, U.S.N.M., includes 14 other speci-
mens taken from the same bird.

This species is very similar to that described in this paper under
the name of Chilina castanea, but differs in the color, the greater

No. 2550.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VoL. 66, ART. [3.
100813—24 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

size, and especially in the numerous spiral striae. The two may,
however, be but variations of the same species. It is hardly possible
to tell to just what extent the process of digestion in the bird’s
stomach has affected the color of the shells. That digestion had not
progressed very far is indicated by the generally fine condition of
the periostracum and the clear, clean, enamel-like appearance of the
white columella and callus.

CHILINA CASTANEA, new species.

Plate 1, fig. 5.

Shell ovoid, moderately thin; suture very narrowly channeled;
entire surface of the shell obscurely, spirally striated, the striae more
pronounced just below the suture; axial growth lines numerous, vary-
ing from fine striae to rather coarse riblets; last whorl malleated,
especially behind the outer lip. General color a rich, glossy chest-
nut, with several faint spiral bands made up of arrow-head markings
of darker color. The aperture is about three-fourths of the length
the shell would have were not a small portion of the apex eroded.
Columella not very broad, its edges slightly arcuate, and bearing a
moderately strong, transverse tooth on the inner edge of its upper
end. Parietal wall covered with a callus and bearing a small trans-
verse tooth at its middle portion. Columella and teeth white. Outer
lip simple, slightly sinuous. Interior of aperture whitish with a livid
cast and with four fairly distinct spiral bands of purplish color.

The type, Cat. No. 359911, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 18.5
mm.; diameter, 11.5 mm.; length of aperture, 14 mm. It and two
other specimens, Cat. No. 359912, U.S.N.M., come from Rio Corco-
vado, Province of Chubut, Argentina, and were received from Mrs.
T. S. Oldroyd. The label with the specimens states that this river
is in the Pacific drainage. Three other specimens from the same
locality were returned to Mrs. Oldroyd.

The rich glossy chestnut color serves to distinguish this species.

CHILINA PARCHAPPII MINOR, new subspecies.

Plate 1, fig. 7.

Similar to the typical species except that it is smaller, the tooth
is very small, and within the aperture there are four interrupted
purplish revolving bands corresponding to similar bands on the
exterior.

The type, Cat. No. 360164, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 18 mm.;
diameter, 9 mm.; length of aperture, 12mm. It comes from the Mar
del Plata, Argentina. Cat. No. 348256, U.S.N.M., includes three

art.18 NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CHILINA—MARSHALL. 3

other specimens from the same place. All were presented by Dr.
Florentino Felippone, of Montevideo, Uruguay. All four specimens
are remarkably uniform in all respects.

CHILINA FLAMMULINA, new species.
Plate 1, fig. 4.

Shell thin, elongate, somewhat oliviform; sutures minutely mar-
gined and edged with whitish; whorls but slightly rounded, body
whorl very long, rather narrow; spiral striae lacking; axial sculpture
of regularly spaced growth lines, so fine and close as to resemble
striae. Aperture long and narrow, its outer lip simple, slightly ad-
vanced at the middle portion. Columella white, narrow, a little flat-
tened obliquely and with a slight twist and bearing a moderate tooth
on the inner edge of its upper portion, the tooth almost invisible in
a full front view of the shell. Parietal wall covered with a white
callus. Color yellowish with an olive tinge, much flamed with verti-
cal waved stripes of reddish chestnut; interior of aperture brownish,
the flammulations of the exterior showing through the shell.

The type, Cat. No. 359913, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 14.25
mm.; diameter, 8 mm.; length of aperture, 10 mm. It comes from
Rio Fitaleufa, Province of Chubut, Argentina, a stream in the Pacific
drainage. Cat. No. 359914, U.S.N.M., includes three other specimens
from the same place. All were received from Mrs. T. S. Oldroyd,
and five specimens from the same locality were returned to her.

CHILINA FELIPPONEI, new species.
Plate 1, fig. 2.

Shell small, globose, smooth, glossy; sutures slightly channeled,
body whorl inflated; surface obscurely spirally striated; back of
body whorl] somewhat malleated ; axial sculpture of a few low growth
lines; aperture very large, white within, outer lip simple, nearly cir-
cularly rounded; columella white, flattened and slightly excavated
and with a moderate, slightly oblique tooth near its upper end;
parietal wall with a narrow band of white callus at its lower part;
its upper portion like the exterior of the shell. Color brownish olive
with zigzag reddish vertical lines, each of which becomes broader at
intervals to help form four spiral bands. Apical whorls lost.

The type, Cat. No. 360165, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 10 mm.;
diameter, 7.5 mm.; length of aperture, 9 mm. It comes from Lake
Nahuel Huapi in the Andes of Western Rio Negro Province, Argen-
tina. Cat. No. 360166, U.S.N.M., includes another specimen from
the same place. Both were received from Dr. Florentino Felippone.

This is one of the smallest species yet recorded for this genus. Its
nearest ally is C. olivacea, described in this paper.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

CHILINA OLDROYDAE, new species.
Plate tines des eed 0

Shell elongate, acuminate, thin, translucent, consisting of about
seven whorls (apical whorl eroded). Whorls slightly convex, body
whorl somewhat constricted behind the outer lip; suture minutely
margined; surface with numerous axial striae and slight plicae of
growth, and obscurely spirally striated, the striae more prominent at
the lower part of the last whorl; a number of fine incised spiral lines
and a few broken or continuous incised lines here and there over the
whole body whorl. Aperture ear-shaped, occupying about half the
length of the shell, its outer lip thin and slightly sinuous. Columella
broadly flattened, slightly excavated, its edges somewhat arcuate, and
bearing at its upper inner end a prominent oblique fold. Color, pale
yellowish olive; body whorl with a band of arrow-head markings
of chestnut near the suture, a similar band encircling the base, and
two faint broad bands on the middle portion of the whorl. On the
penultimate whorl all the bands are concealed by the body whorl,
except one band of arrow-head markings near the middle of the
whorl. Earlier whorls pale. Columella and parietal callus white,
interior of shell whitish tending to livid flesh color.

The type, Cat. No. 359906, U.S.N.M., measures: length, 42 mm.;
diameter, 19 mm.; length of aperture, 22.5 mm. It comes from Lake
Fetalafquen, in the Andes, in the northwestern part of the Province
of Chubut, Argentina, and was received from Mrs. T. S. Oldroyd.

In a general way this shell in form and size recalls the well-known
Lymnaea stagnalis Linnaeus. Its nearest relatives are Chilina
fulgurata hatchert Pilsbry and C. smithi Pilsbry. Its size and
locality at once separate it from the former, while its thin texture,
color, and locality distinguish it from the latter.

Like C. smithi, this species varies much in form and size. Its
coloration in the eight specimens at hand is fairly uniform except in
the varying intensity of the color bands. Five of the specimens are
more chunky (for example one has a length of 30 mm. and a diam-
eter of 1614 mm.). All the color bands on these show a more or less
strongly marked tendency to have all four of the color bands made
up of arrowheads. One specimen, typical in form, has the whole
surface covered with zigzag lines of reddish, with accentuated arrow-
head spots to form the four color bands. One specimen is so dis-
tinctly shouldered that it is turrited. 5

CHILINA OLIVACEA, new species.
Plate 1, fig. 9.

Shell ovoid, moderately solid, smooth, unctuous, distinctly slopingly
shouldered, upper whorls angulated, sutures distinctly margined,

eS ne.

art.18 NEW MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CHILINA—-MARSHALL. 5

surface obscurely spirally striated, the striae more distinct on and
above the shoulder and on the lower portion of the body whorl;
axial sculpture consisting of low lines of growth hardly visible to the
unaided eye. Apex eroded, whorls apparently about five, the body
whorl very large. Aperture slightly flared, wide and high, about
three fourths as long as the shell. Outer lip simple, angled at the
shoulder. Columella white, flattened, slightly arcuate, with a moder-
ately thick tooth near its upper end resembling the thread of a stout
screw. Half the height of the parietal wall covered with a thick white
callus, the upper portion of the parietal wall like the outer surface
of the shell. Interior of aperture pinkish white with four broad
dark bands. Color of shell light olive greenish with numerous zigzag
axial stripes of chestnut which, on the body whorl, are emphasized
to form four spiral bands.

The type, Cat. No. 359908, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 20 mm.;
diameter, 12.5 mm.; length of aperture, 15 mm. It comes from
Southern Chile and was received from Mrs. T. S. Oldroyd. Cat. No.
359909, U.S.N.M., includes two other specimens from the same lot,
and three others were returned to Mrs. Oldroyd.

This species is characterized by the smooth, olivaceous periostracum
and the beautiful zigzag coloration emphasized into four bands on
the body whorl. Its nearest relative is Chilina fluctuosa Gray.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
All figures X 114,

Fic.1. Chilina oldroydae, new species.

. Chilina felipponei, new species, type.

. Chilina oldroydae, new species,

. Chilina flammulina, new species, type.

Chilina castanea, new species, type.

Chilina, aurantia, new species, type.

Chilina parchappii minor, new subspecies, type.
. Chilina oldroydae, new species.

. Chilina, olivacea, new species, type.

Chilina oldroydae, new species, type.

Aa op wld

fet
oS © 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 13 PL. |

NEw MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CHILINA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 5

NEW MOLLUSKS FROM SANTA ELENA BAY, ECUADOR.

By Pau Barrscu.

Curator of Mollusks, United States National Museum.

Dr. R. A. Olsson has recently submitted to the United States Na-
tional Museum a small lot of Pyramidellidae and Melanellidae col-
lected by him in Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador. This is the first ma-
terial that we have had from this locality. In fact, very little has
been collected excepting the gathering made during the forties of the
last century at this place by Hugh Cuming, which did not stress
the minute species.

A very careful comparison of these specimens with the magnifi-
cent Panama series in the United States National Museum reveals
the fact that every species represented in this gathering proves to be
undescribed. This should certainly stimulate future efforts in this
region, as well as in the territory to the south of it, from which very
little minute material has come to hand.

All the species described in this paper are based upon Doctor Ols-
son’s collecting at Santa Elena Bay. The specimens have been do-
nated to the United States National Museum.

PYRAMIDELLA (LONGCHAEUS) ELENENSIS, new species.

Plate 1, fig. 5.

Shell elongate-conic, pinkish white, with a lighter median zone on
each whorl. Nuclear whorls decollated. Postnuclear whorls flat-
tened, narrowly tabulatedly shouldered at the summit, which is also
minutely crenulated. Periphery of the whorls marked by a slender
incised groove, crossed by numerous minute riblets and bounded
posteriorly by a rather strong keel. The summit of the succeeding
whorls falls below the groove and causes the suture to appear deeply
channeled and finely denticulated. Base short, well rounded, smooth.
Aperture fractured in both of our specimens; outer lip provided with
four conspicuous spinal lamine within, of which two are posterior
and two anterior to the peripheral sulcus. Columella short, very
stout, provided with a very broad lamellar fold about one-third of
the distance from its insertion to the tip anterior to the insertion,

No. 255!.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 14.
100827—24 Gi

9 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

and two additional folds which are much weaker, the anterior one
being the weaker.

The type, Cat. No. 359747, U.S.N.M., has lost the nuclear whorl
and probably the first two and a half postnuclear turns. The 7.5
remaining measure: Length, 6.4 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm. Cat. No.
359748, U.S.N.M., contains another specimen from the same locality.

This species suggests in size Pyramidella (Pharidella) panamensis
Dall and Bartsch, but it is distinguished from this at once by its
much broader whorls and less deep sutural channels, and absence of
the axial riblets.

TURBONILLA (CHEMNITZIA) THEONE, new species.

Plate 1, fig. 6.

Shell short, stout, elongate-conic. Nuclear whorls decollated.
Postnuclear whorls slightly rounded, narrowly slopingly shouldered
at the summit, marked by broad, strongly protractively curved axial
ribs, of which 16 occur upon the second, 18 upon the third, 20 upon the
fourth, 22 upon the fifth, 24 upon the sixth, 26 upon the seventh and
the last whorl. These ribs render the summit of the whorls feebly
crenulated. The intercoastal spaces are a little less wide than the
ribs, and only feebly impressed, terminating at the periphery. Base
rather long, strongly rounded. Aperture oval; posterior angle ob-
tuse; outer lip fractured; inner lip reflected and appressed to the
base for two-thirds of its length, provided with a feeble oblique fold
a little anterior to its insertion; parietal wall covered by a thin
callus.

The type, Cat. No. 359756, U.S.N.M., has lost the nucleus. The
7.5 whorls remaining measure: Length, 4.9 mm. diameter, 1.7 mm.
Cat. No. 359757, U.S.N.M., contains another specimen from the type
locality.

This species differs from all the other members of the West coast
by its almost elongate oval outline and stout shape.

TURBONILLA (CHEMNITZIA OENOA, new species.
Plate 1, fig. 3.

Shell small, subdiaphanous, yellowish white, with a bluish band
at the summit of the whorls where this is appressed to the preceding
turn. This band gives the shell the appearance of being ornamented
by a string of beads at this place. Nuclear whorls decollated. Post-
nuclear whorls slightly rounded, rather strongly obliquely tabu-
latedly shouldered at the summit, crossed by slightly protractive
ribs, which render the summit crenulated, and which are about as
wide as the spaces that separate them. Of these ribs, 16 occur upon
the first and second, 18 upon the third, 20 upon the fourth, 22 upon

ART. 14. NEW MOLLUSKS FROM ECUADOR—BARTSCH. 3

the fifth and sixth, 24 upon the seventh, and 28 upon the last turn.
Intercostal spaces moderately, deeply impressed, terminating at the
periphery, which is well rounded. Base moderately long, well
rounded, marked by lines of growth only. Aperture oval; posterior
angle acute; outer lip thin, showing the external sculpture within ;
inner lip slightly sinuous, reflected over and appressed to the base,
for almost its entire length, provided with a feeble, oblique fold at
its insertion.

The type, Cat. No. 3859753, U.S.N.M., has 8.5 whorls and measures:
Length, 4.2 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm. Cat. No. 359754, U.S.N.M.,
contains two additional specimens from the same locality.

The present species is nearest related to Zurbonilla (Chemnitzia)
kelseyi Dall and Bartsch, but differs from it by its much more ele-
gant features, strongly tabulated shoulder, with the crenulations at
the termination of the ribs at the summit forming a more conspicuous
beaded pattern.

TUREBONILLA (TURBONILLA) AXELI, new species.

Plate 1, fig. 1.

Shell small, elongate-conic, bluish white. Nuclear whorls two and
a half, smooth, forming a decidedly elevated spire which has its axis
at right angles to that of the succeeding whorls, in the first of which
the nuclear spire is about one-fourth immersed. Postnuclear whorls
rather high between summit and suture, with a broad, sloping, tabu-
lated shoulder. The whorls are crossed by strong axial ribs which
extend strongly from the summit to the periphery and feebly over
the base, forming slender cusps at the shoulder near the summit. Of
these ribs, 16 occur upon the first and second, 18 upon the third and
fourth, 10 upon the fifth, 22 upon the sixth, and 24 upon the last
turn. These ribs are about half as wide as the spaces that separate
them. The latter are decidedly excavated between the shoulder and
the suture, the termination of the excavation forming almost a keel
at the periphery of the last whorl. Suture somewhat constricted.
Base short, well rounded. Aperture oval; posterior angle obtuse;
outer lip thin at the edge, showing the external sculpture within;
inner lip curved, slightly reflected and appressed to the base for its
anterior three-fifths.

The type, Cat. No. 359749, U.S.N.M., has 8 postnuclear whorls, hav-
ing lost the nucleus, and measures: Length, 3.9 mm.; diameter, 1.2
tram. The nuclear whorls were described from a young specimen.
Cat. No. 359750, U.S.N.M., contains another specimen from the type
locality.

This species differs from Turbonilla (T'urbonilla) centrota Dall
and Bartsch in being stouter and having the tabulated shoulder at the
summit much more sloping.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66,
TURBONILLA (STRIOTURBONILLA) EVAGONE, new species.

Plate 1, fig. 4.

Shell elongate-conic, bluish white. Nuclear whorls decollated.
Postnuclear whorls flattened on the sides, almost excurved at the
summit, which is narrowly tabulatedly shouldered, crossed by numer-
ous axial ribs, which have a decidedly protractive slant, and which
feebly crenulate the summit. Of these ribs, 18 occur upon the first
and second, 20 upon the third to fifth, 22 upon the sixth and seventh,
26 upon the eighth, 28 upon the ninth, and 30 upon the last turn.
These ribs are about as wide as the spaces that separate them. The
latter are deeply impressed and terminate a little anterior to the
periphery, leaving a narrow, smooth band at the suture. Periphery
of the last whorl well rounded. Base moderately long, well rounded,
smooth, excepting lines of growth. The entire surface of the spire
and base is marked by microscopic spiral striations. Aperture oval;
posterior angle acute; outer lip moderately thick, showing the ex-
ternal sculpture within; inner lp somewhat sinuous, reflected and
appressed for its posterior third to its preceding turn, and provided
with an oblique obsolete fold a little anterior to the insertion of the
columella; parietal wall covered by a thin callus.

The type, Cat. No. 359751, U.S.N.M., has 10.6 postnuclear whorls
and measures. length, 6.2 mm.; diameter, 1.7 mm. Cat. No. 359752,
U.S.N.M., contains 7 additional specimens from the type locality.

This is nearest related to Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) panamensis
C. B. Adams, but differs from it by its larger size, more robust form
and more numerous ribs,

TURBONILLA (STRIOTURBONILLA) NYCHIA, new species.
Plate 2, fig. 6.

Shell broadly elongate-conic, bluish white. Nuclear whorls two
and a third, forming a depressed helicoid spire, the axis of which is
at right angles to the nuclear turns, in the first of which the nuclear
spire is about one-third immersed. Early postnuclear whorls strongly
rounded, the later ones less so, appressed at the summit, crossed by
curved, protractively slanting axial ribs, of which 20 occur upon
the first and second and 22 upon the remaining turns. These ribs
become somewhat enfeebled toward the summit, which they render
shghtly sinuous. Intercostal spaces a little wider than the ribs,
crossed by 23 incised spiral lines, of which the 11 occurring on the
posterior two-fifths are a little finer and closer spaced than the rest,
the twelfth being a little stronger. The 10 succeeding are again
subequal, while the twenty-third forms a deep peripheral pit. The
latter is separated from the rest by a little wider space. The space

a a Nl te

ART. 14. NEW MOLLUSKS FROM ECUADOR—BARTSCH. ane

separating the twenty-second from the twenty-third is much wider
than the rest and appears like a smooth girdle. Periphery of the
last whorl well rounded. Base short, well rounded, marked by
twenty-five fine, incised spiral lines, those on the columella separating
cords a little stronger than the rest.

The type, Cat. No. 359758, U.S.N.M., has 8.5 postnuclear whorls
and measures; length, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 1.3 mm.

TURBONILLA (STRIOTURBONILLA) THYNE, new species.

Plate 1, fig. 2.

Shell very regularly conic, subdiaphanous, bluish white. Nuclear
whorls two and a half, forming a moderately elevated spire, the axis
of which is at right angles to that of the succeeding turns, in the
first of which the nuclear spire is about one-third immersed. Post-
nuclear whorls slightly rounded, narrowly shouldered at the summit,
marked by strong, retractively slanting, slightly curved axial ribs,
of which 14 occur upon the first and second, 16 upon the third to
sixth, and 18 upon the last turn. These ribs extend prominently
from the summit, which they render slightly wavy, to the periphery.
Intercostal spaces a little wider than the ribs, strongly impressed,
terminating at the periphery. Suture moderately constricted. Pe-
riphery of the last whorl well rounded. Base short, well rounded,
smooth. Aperture subquadrate; posterior angle acute; outer lip
thin, showing the external sculpture within; inner lip almost ver-
tical, slightly flexuous, reflected over the posterior half to the base,
provided with an obsolete fold a little anterior to its insertion.

The type, Cat. No. 359759, U.S.N.M., has almost 8 whorls and
measures: length, 3.4 mm.; diameter, 1.1 mm.

The extremely regular conic outline and large ribs will distinguish
this from any of the other species.

TURBONILLA (PYRGISCUS) MELEA, new species.

Plate 2, fig. 8.

‘

Shell very slender, elongate-conic, yellowish white, with a little
deeper yellow band about one-fourth of the distance between the
summit and the suture anterior to the summit. Nuclear whorls and
early postnuclear whorls decollated. Postnuclear whorls very high
between summit and suture, appressed at the summit, marked by
broad, low, rounded, almost vertical axial ribs, of which 20 occur
upon the first and second of the remaining turns, 21 upon the third
and fourth, and 28 upon the last whorl. Intercostal spaces about
half as wide as the ribs, marked by 18 slender spiral threads which
leave the spaces between them as deeply impressed oblong pits.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 66.

Suture slightly constricted. Periphery of the last whorl well
rounded. Base short, well rounded, marked on the anterior two-
thirds by 6 subequally spaced incised spiral lines, of which the pos-
terior four are a little stronger than the rest. Aperture oval; pos-
terior angle acute; outer lip thin, showing the external sculpture
within; inner lip flexuous, reflected over and appressed to the base
for three-fourths of its length, and provided with a rather strong
fold a little anterior to its insertion; parietal wall covered by a thin
callus.

The type, Cat. No. 359760, U.S.N.M., has 5.8 whorls remaining,
which measure: Length 4.1 mm., diameter 1 mm.

TURBONILLA (PYRGISCUS) EVADNA, new species.
Plate 2, fig. 7.

Shell elongate-conic, bluish white, semidiaphanous. Nuclear
whorls decollated. Postnuclear whorls high between summit and
suture, appressed at the summit, crossed by low, rounded, almost ver-
tical axial ribs, of which 18 occur upon the first and second of the
remaining turns, 20 upon the third, 22 upon the fourth, 24 upon the
fifth, 26 upon the sixth, and 27 upon the last whorl. These ribs be-
come enfeebled toward the summit, which they render slightly sin-
uous. Intercostal spaces a little wider than the ribs, crossed by 11
incised spiral lines, which are of somewhat irregular strength and
spacing, the peripheral and the one posterior to the periphery being
much wider than the rest. Suture moderately constricted. Periph-
ery of the last whorl well rounded. Base short, strongly rounded,
marked by 8 rather strongly incised spiral lines, between which finer
striations occur. Aperture oval; posterior angle obtuse; outer lip
thin, showing the external sculpture within; inner lip sinuous, re-
flected over and appressed to the base for the posterior two-thirds of
its length, provided with a strong obtuse oblique fold a little anterior
to its insertion; parietal wall covered by a thick callus.

The type, Cat. No. 359761, U.S.N.M., has 8.5 whorls remaining
and measures: Length 5.4 mm., diameter 1.3 mm.

TURBONILLA (BARTSCHELLA) SEMELA, new species,
Plate 2. he. de

Shell elongate-conic, bluish-white, semitranslucent. Nuclear
whorls, at least two, forming a depressed helicoid spire, which is
obliquely half immersed in the first of the succeeding turns. Post-
nuclear whorls strongly rounded, appressed at the summit, marked
by very slightly protractive slender axial ribs, of which 22 occur
upon the first, 24 upon the second and third, and 26 upon the remain-

ArT. 14, NEW MOLLUSKS FROM ECUADOR—BARTSCH. 7

ing turns. The intercostal spaces are a little wider than the ribs. In
addition to the axial sculpture, the whorls are marked by 5 spiral
cords of which the first is at the summit, and is a little broader than
the rest. These spiral cords are equally spaced. The intersections
between them and the axial ribs form low, rounded nodules, while
the spaces enclosed between them form slightly elongated pits, the
long axis of which coincides with the spiral sculpture. Suture
moderately constricted. Periphery of the last whorl marked by a
spiral cord similar to those on the spire. Base short, well rounded,
marked by 5 spiral cords between the peripheral cord and the inser-
tion of the columella, which grow consecutively smaller from the
posterior anteriorly, the columella being marked by 3 slender spiral
threads. Aperture broadly oval; posterior angle acute; outer lip
thin, showing the external sculpture within; inner lip almost straight,
reflected over and appressed to the base for almost its entire length,
provided with a moderately strong fold a little anterior to its inser-
tion. -

The type, Cat. No. 359762, U.S.N.M., has 6.5 postnuclear whorls
and measures: length, 3.5 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm.

The present species is nearest related to Zurbonilla (Bartschella)
andrewst Dall and Bartsch from Panama, from which it differs by
its white color, much larger size and more elegant sculpture

CDOSTOMIA (CHRYSALLIDA) OLSSONI, new species.

Plate 2, fig. 3.

Shell elongate-ovate, bluish white. Nuclear whorls decollated in
part, the remaining portion deeply immersed in the first of the suc-
ceeding turns. Postnuclear whorls strongly, tabulatedly shouldered
at the summit, marked by very strong, slightly protractively slant-
ing, almost vertical axial ribs, of which 18 occur upon the first, 20
upon the second, and 18 upon the remaining turns. Intercostal
spaces about one and a half times as wide as the ribs. The spiral
sculpture consists of 4 spiral cords which are not as strong as the
axial ribs, the first of which is at the summit. These cords divide
the space between the summit and the periphery into three equal
spiral zones of pits. In the later whorls the summit of the turn
drops below the periphery and leaves the peripheral cord in the
suture. This is as strong as the spiral cords on the spire. Suture
strongly channeled. Base rather long, marked by 5 strong spiral
cords, the spaces between which are crossed by numerous fine axial
threads. Aperture oval; posterior angle obtuse; outer lip fractured;
inner lip stout, reflected over and appressed to the base, and provided
with a very strong oblique fold a little anterior to its insertion.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

The type, Cat. No. 859763, U. S. N. M., has 614 postnuclear whorls
and measures: Length, 3.1 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm.

The present species is related to Odostomia (Chrysallida) excelsa
Dall and Bartsch from Panama, but differs from it in having 5 in-
stead of 8 much stronger spiral cords on the base.

ODOSTOMIA (CHRYSALLIDA) MELITTA, new species.
Plate 2, fig. 2.

Shell elongate-conic, bluish white, semitranslucent. Nuclear
whorls decollated. Postnuclear whorls narrowly, tabulatedly shoul-
dered at the summit, flattened in the middle, marked by very strong,
slightly protractively slanting axial ribs, of which 16 occur upon the
first of the remaining turns, 18 upon the second, third, and fourth,
and 20 upon the last. These ribs are almost as wide as the spaces
that separate them. The spiral sculpture consists of 4 strong spiral
cords which do not quite equal the ribs in strength. The first of
these is at the summit, while the other three divide the spaces between
the summit and the suture into three equal areas. The junction of
the axial ribs and spiral cords forms low rounded tubercles, while
the spaces between them enclose rounded pits. Beginning with the
antipenultimate turn, the peripheral cord shows at the suture, and
on the last turn it is completely free therein. This cord is a little
less strong than those on the spire. Base rather long, marked by 7
strong spiral cords, those near the columella being a little less devel-
oped than the rest. The latter equal the peripheral cord in strength.
The spaces between the cords equal the cords and are crossed by fine
axial riblets. Aperture oval; posterior angle obtuse; outer lip thin,
showing the external sculpture within; inner lip very stout, reflected
over-and appressed to the base, and provided with a very strong,
almost lamellar oblique fold a little anterior to its insertion; parietal
wall covered by a thick callus.

The type, Cat. No. 359764, United States National Museum, has 6
whorls remaining and measures: Length, 4.2 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm.

This also belongs to the group of Odostomia (Chrysallida) excelsa
Dall and Bartsch, but differs from it by its elongate-conic form
(excelsa is elongate-ovate) and by its much larger size.

MELANELLA (MELANELLA) OLSSONI, new species.
Plate 2, fig. 4.

Shell regularly elongate-conic, bluish white, semitranslucent.
Nuclear whorls decollated. Postnuclear whorls almost flattened,
giving to the spire an almost straight outline, appressed at the sum-
mit. The basal portion of the preceding whorl shines through the
substance of the succeeding turn at its summit, and gives this the
appearance of having a double suture. Periphery strongly rounded.

BARTSCH. 9

ArT. 14." NEW MOLLUSKS FROM ECUADOR

Base rather long, well rounded. The entire surface of the shell is
smooth, with a silky luster. Aperture oval. Posterior angle acute;
outer lip slightly contracted near the summit, rather protracted in
the middle, but scarcely produced into a clawlike element, thin;
inner lip stout, reflected over and appressed. to the base; parietal
wall covered by a moderately thick callus.

The type, Cat. No. 359765, U.S.N.M., has 8.5 whorls and measures:
length, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 1.4 mm.

MELANELLA (BALCIS) ELENENSIS, new species.
Plate 2, fig. 5.

Shell elongate-conic, slightly falciform, bluish white. Nuclear
whorls decollated. Postnuclear whorls appressed at the summit,
very slightly rounded, forming an almost straight-sided spire.
Suture but slightly constricted. Periphery of the last whorl well
rounded. Base produced, well rounded. Entire surface smooth
with a silky luster. Aperture suboval; posterior angle acute; outer
lip thin, slightly contracted immediately below the posterior angle,
but scarcely produced into a claw-like element anterior to this; inner
lip stout, very oblique, reflected over and appressed to the base;
parietal wall covered by a thin callus.

The type, Cat. No. 359766, U.S.N.M., has 8.5 whorls and measures:
length, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 1.2 mm. Cat. No. 359767, U.S.N.M., con-
tains a young specimen of 5.8 whorls from the same locality.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE 1.

Fie.1. Turbonilla (Turbonilla) azxeli.
2. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) thyne. Spiral sculpture too fine to be
shown in figure.

. Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) oenoa.

4. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) evagone. Spiral sculpture too fine to be
shown in figure. ;

5. Pyramidella (Longchaeus) elenensis.

6. Turbonilla (Chennitzia) theone.

PLATE) 2:

Fic. 1. Turbonilla (Bartschella) semele.

. Odostomia (Chrysallida) melitia.

. Odostomia (Chrysallida) olssoni.

. Melanella (Melanella) olssoni.

. Melanella (Balcis) elenensis.

. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilia) nychia.
. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) evadne.

. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) melea.

ANAakh WH

r ‘ =a
PETA SICK gee.

¥ >
Sia

i
der toh ae,
ae

PE. |

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 14

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

New MOLLuUsKs FROM ECUADOR

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 14 PL. 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

New MOLLUSKS FROM ECUADOR

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

NEW URUGUAYAN MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS COR.
BICULA.

By WiuuraM B. MarsHatn,

Assistant Curator, Division of Moflusks, United States National Aluseum.

A large collection of Uruguayan Corbicula recently received from
Dr. Florentino Felippone, of Montevideo, part as a gift to the United
States National Museum and part for identification, necessitated a
careful study of the South American shells of this genus. At once
it became apparent that much of the material received does not fall
into any of the known species and in order properly to classify them,
it became necessary to describe the eight new species herein named.
A specimen and an odd valve from Mr. S. Olea, of Montevideo, have
lain in the collection unidentified for about 18 years An odd valve
of the same kind just received from Doctor Felippone further con-
firms the belief that these shells belong to a new species which is
herein described under the name oleana. The preeminent Corbicula
of the Uruguayan and southern Brazilian region is limosa Maton, the
first species described. It seems to be the most abundant Corbicula
in the region, but there may be several species or subspecies included
under this name. Surely the shells placed here exhibit a wide range
of variation in form. size, and color. Some of the southern Brazilian
forms are long, but little resembling the typical triangular forms.
Abundant material and a study of the distribution in the various
river systems is needed to clarify this species.

The narrow radiating lines of color (usually reddish or chestnut)
so often seen in some of the species deserve some notice. In speci-
mens of the same species they may or may not be present. They
seem to be in the periostracum but in fact they are in the calcareous
portion of the shell and are seen through the periostracum. The
collection of the National Museum contains a number of specimens
in which part of the periostracum has been rubbed away and in
which the color rays are very prominent on the calcareous part thus
exposed to view. No color rays are to be seen in the periostracum

No. 2552.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 15.

1
100812—24

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VoL. 66

where it remains but has curled away from the ray in the shelly
substance.

The two chief facts which have been discovered in the Corbiculidae
since the time at which these mollusks were segregated into a family
by themselves lie in a discovery made by Prime and a later one made
by Dall. Prime’s discovery is given in the following sentence quoted
from his Monograph of American Corbiculadae (Recent and fossil) .*
“A peculiarity of the Corbicula found in America, which they share
with our Cyrena, lies in the fact that the pallial impression always
terminates in a sinus, whereas in the species from other regions it
is simple.”

Dall discovered the fact that Corbicula limosa and C. obsoleta are
viviparous. See his Note on WVeocorbicula Fischer.?

Two specimens from Doctor Felippone from Colonia, Uruguay,
contain nepionic young, thus. proving anew that at least some of the
species are viviparous as pointed out by Dall.

Both shells are quite small, showing that breeding begins at an
early stage. One, at least, is positively Corbicula limosa. This spec-
imen measures 11 mm. in length and 9 mm. in height. It contains
embryos from the egg up to shells of a considerable size, giving one
the idea that the production of young must be somewhat continuous,
at least during the breeding season, and that it does not take place in
a short space of time. The largest of the young, probably ready
for extrusion, measures 2 mm. in length and 1.75 mm. in height.
This is a considerable size when compared with the size of the parent.

The tip of the young shell is transparent, glasslike, and very small.
It is prominent like the tip of the genus Musculium. A fairly well-
marked concentric groove indicates the first period of development.
This is followed by several concentric impressed striae and the later
portion of the shell has concentric striae resembling on a small scale
those of the adult. These little shells are flesh colored, with bright
rays of pale chestnut, not evenly distributed, but arranged singly or
in pairs or trios. In coloring, the baby shell thus resembles the
mother.

The other specimen mentioned as containing young is of about the
same size as the one we have been considering, but it has no rays of
color, and it is a little off form for Corbicula limosa. The nepionic
young in this specimen resemble the mother in having no rays of
color. i

The nepionic young of a specimen of Corbicula obsoleta in the col-
lection of the United States National Museum mimic the mother in

1 Smiths. Mis. Coll. No. 145, p. 3, Dec. 1865.
2'The Nautilus, vol. 16, pp. 82, 83, Nov., 1902.

ART, 15 MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CORBICULA—-MARSHALL, 3

form. The young have an oblique splash of purple in front and
back of the beaks, both splashes pointing in a general way toward
the posterior ventral angle. The beaks of the mother shell are much
eroded so that purple as splashes can not be seen, but the beak in
general is purple.

Data regarding the nepionic young of the various species are woe-
fully lacking, but from what has been observed one gathers the idea
that a very careful study of the embryology of the Corbdiculas would
lead to a more accurate understanding of what species there are.
This, with geographic distribution, should clarify our knowledge of
the South American species of this genus.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) CIRCULARIS, new species.
Plate 2, figs. 1-3.

Shell subcircular in outline, very compressed, rather solid, poste-
rior margin very slightly, obliquely truncated. Hinge line much
arched, anterior and ventral margins regularly, nearly circularly,
curved ; beaks not much elevated, posterior and anterior ridges nearly
equal in height, the whole surface being nearly of a uniform con-
vexity; color in type bleached straw, becoming greenish around the
margin (in the cotype the whole surface is a dirty greenish with
an undertone of straw color); sculpture consisting of a number of
engraved concentric lines with concentric striae between them and
several more plainly marked growth lines. Both cotypes are left
valves. The hinge area broad, the middle cardinal tooth bifid, the
anterior one smaller but strong, the posterior one very small and
weak, long and knifelike. Anterior lateral standing out prominently
on the hinge plate, thin, long, slightly bowed, undulated on its edge,
coarsely striated and with radiating oblique grooves on its outer
surface. Posterior lateral holding the same direction as the third
cardinal, shghtly bowed, its front end elevated, its edge crenulated,
and its outer face rudely striated. The ligamental scar (sinulus)
relatively large. Pallial line in type about 5 mm. from ventral mar-
gin, well marked, the sinus rather small. Color of interior of both
cotypes plain white.

The type, Cat. No. 347860, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 25 mm.;
height, 24 mm.; diameter if both valves were present would be 12 mm.
The cotype measures: Length, 20 mm.; height, 18.5 mm. They come
from the Uruguay River, Uruguay, and were presented by Doctor
Felippone.

The nearly circular outline, the compressed form, and the nearly
regular convexity distinguish this species from all others yet known.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) COMPACTA, new specics.
Plate 2, figs. 10-12.

Shell moderately inflated, thick, compact, subrotund in outline,
narrower in front. Ventral margin slightly curved, anterior margin
narrowly curved, posterior margin sweepingly curved. Beaks rather
high and full, so placed as to give the shell an appearance of being
tilted forward. Posterior ridge prominent, obscurely subangular;
anterior ridge hardly apparent. Sculpture of rather distant but mod-
erately strong concentric growth striae, which are much stronger on
the anterior area. Periostracum clothlike, dull. Color light chestnut
brown, with several indistinct, hairlike darker rays. These rays are
on the calcareous portion of the shell, but-at places may be seen
through the translucent periostracum. Beaks eroded, allowing it to
be seen that the texture of the shell is of a pink color. Interior rose
pink, paler toward the margins. Cardinal teeth widely diverging.
In the right valve the first cardinal is reduced to a mere point, the
middle cardinal rather strong and bifid, the third about as strong as
the second and obscurely bifid. Anterior laterals of the valve rather
long, slightly bowed, the inner one the stronger and striated on its
upper face, the outer one weak. Posterior laterals of this valve very
short, the inner one stronger and weakly striated on its upper face,
the outer one very weak. In the left valve the first cardinal tooth is
thin and platelike, the second is stronger and obscurely bifid, the
third is an elevated, thin plate. The anterior lateral tooth of this
valve is bowed and irregularly crenulated and striated. The poste-
rior lateral is extremely short and weakly striated. Adductor scars
and pallial line impressed, the pallial sinus very marked.

The type, Cat. No. 349175, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 25 mm. ;
height, 22.5 mm.; diameter, 17.5 mm. It comes from Doctor Felip-
pone, who collected it at Paysandu, Uruguay.

The chunky form, compactness, pinkish color, and especially the
very small posterior lateral teeth afford easy means of identifying
this species.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) DELICATA, new species.

Plate 2, figs. 4-6.

Shell moderately compressed, subquadrate in outline, wide poste-
riorly, where it is roundly truncate. Anterior end shortly rounded,
ventral margin slightly rounded, hinge line very lightly arched, beaks
a little behind the middle. Posterior ridge moderately high, rounded,
posterior dorsal area sloping gently from the ridge to the margin,
wide. Sculpture of very fine concentric striae, the rest periods indi-
cated by a deeper line and of dark color. Periostracum clothlike, not

ArT, 15 MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CORBICULA—MARSHALL. 5

shining. General color light olive green, the margin salmon color,
posterior area with three broad rays of salmon color and three rays
of greenish. Faint indication of narrow dark rays elsewhere. In-
terior of the shell purplish gray with whitish margin, the posterior
end with three broad rays of purple and three of salmon. Cardinal
teeth widely divergent, more plainly bifid than in most Corbicula.
Anterior laterals of right valve rather long, plainly curved at the
lower end, posterior laterals short, high at its upper end. Pallial
line and sinus fairly well marked.

The type, Cat. No. 347862, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 11 mm.;
height, 9 mm.; diameter, 4 mm. It was presented by Doctor Felip-
pone, who collected it in the Department of Paysandu, Uruguay,
It is a young specimen, but was selected for type as it is the only one
of the lot received which is nearly perfect. The species becomes much
larger—another specimen measuring: Length, 20 mm.; height, 17
mm.; diameter, 9 mm. Its nearest relative is limosa Maton, from
which it differs slightly in form and greatly in coloring.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) EXQUISITA, new species.
Plate 1, figs. 9, 10, 12.

Shell thin, very inflated, cordate, beaks turning forward, dorsal
line lightly arched, posterior margin nearly squarely truncate, dis-
tinctly angled above, obscurely angled below. Anterior margin
rounded, the anterior portion of the shell advancing, giving the shell
a pouting appearance. Ventral margin rounded, posterior ridge
high, rounded, posterior area very broad, obscurely, cordately sulcate
beaks a little back of the middle of the dorsal line, eroded but retain-
ing traces of rather heavy concentric, raised lines. Color very light
chestnut, uniform, but sparingly rayed with very narrow darker
chestnut lines. Posterior area with three broad radiating livid stripes.
Beaks with a pinkish tinge. Sculpture consisting of numerous con-
centric raised lines, which are stronger anteriorly and crowded and
much finer posteriorly. Periostracum thin, somewhat shining. Lig-
ament very short, close to the beaks. Interior of shell pinkish every-
where. Anterior cardinal tooth of right valve very small, triangular,
very sharp, the other two fairly strong, and both of them markedly

‘bifid. Laterals in this valve double, the inner ones crenulate on edge
and coarsely striate on upper surface. In left valve the first and
second cardinals are fairly strong and slightly bifid, the third cardi-
nal thin, high, platelike, pointed. Anterior lateral crenulated,
strongly striate on its outer face and with oblique shallow grooves
cntting across the striae. Posterior lateral remote from beaks very
high, nearly pointed at its middle, obscurely crenulated and striated.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66

Pallial line well marked, about 4 mm. from ventral margin, pallial
sinus distinct, acutely pointed.

The type, Cat. No. 347866, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 19 mm.;
height, 17 mm.; diameter, 13 mm. It and an odd valve, Cat. No.
347867, U.S.N.M. come from the Department of Colonia, Uruguay,
and were collected and presented by Doctor Felippone. His collec-
tion (No. 1580) contains one right valve from the same place.

This species is entirely different from any hitherto known and will
be easy to recognize. Structure, color, form, and other feature of the
shell are so superior to the usual Corbicula that they have suggested
the specific name. A general pinkish or salmon tinge pervades the
whole shell. The valve in Doctor Felippine’s collection is decorti-
cated, thus showing the shell color unobscured by the periostracum.
Jt is plainly to be seen that not only the surfaces of the calcareous
portion of the shell but the texture of this portion itself is of this
color.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) FELIPPONEI, new species.

Plate 1, figs. 1, 7, 11.

Shell large, thick, heavy, subcircular in outline, posterior margin
slightly truncated. Beaks eroded, high, located just in front of the
middle. Anterior margin sloping slightly from the beaks, then cury-
ing regularly into the regularly curved ventral margin which joins
the posterior margin in a rounded angle. Posterior dorsal area
appearing to be pinched. Posterior dorsal ridge rounded but promi-
nent. Sculpture consisting of a number of rude lines of growth,
with minor lines between them. Growth lines crowded anteriorly
and posteriorly and near the ventral margin. Color of exterior
blackish brown, with chestnut tints here and there. Color of interior
very striking, of various shades of white, flesh-color, pink, lavender,
and purple. Cavity of the beaks white, teeth and a broad irregular
band round the whole margin pink, flesh color, or lavender; a broad
zone of which the pallial line marks the middle is of various tints of
purple. Between the pallial line and the ventral margin are nine
or ten purple rays pointing toward the beaks. A broad purple ray
extends from near the beak to the upper part of the posterior ad-
ductor scar. Cardinal teeth of the usual type but large and thick;
between the cardinals and the beginning of the posterior lateral
teeth the hinge plate is very broad, somewhat as in Batissa. Lateral
teeth very strong, double in the right valve, single in the left, all of
them rather short. Anterior laterals of right valve nearly straight,
the groove between them narrow, the inner one the stronger, its
upper edge undulating and crenulated. Posterior laterals of right
valve with a wide groove between them, the inner lateral nearly

ART, 15 MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CORBICULA—MARSHALL,. G

straight, its edge crenulated and its upper face with several oblique
grooves, the outer tooth much arched. Anterior lateral of left rudely
crenulate and undulating, posterior lateral of this valve very high,
especially at its upper end, its edge finely crenulate and undulating,
its upper face with granulous striae and with several oblique shallow
grooves. Pallial line about 7 mm. from ventral margin, well marked,
the sinus large and acutely pointed, the space between the pallial
lie and ventral margin radially roughened. Anterior adductor
scar deep and with many strongly marked growth lines; posterior
scar well marked but not deep, its growth lnes hardly visible.

The type, Cat. No. 347868, U.S.N.M., measures: length, 39 mm.;
height, 35 mm.; diameter, 20 mm. It comes from the Department of
Colonia, Uruguay, and was collected and presented by Dr. Florentino
Felippone. A specimen in Doctor Felippone’s collection, (his No.
1624) is labelled Rio Uruguay, Uruguay. It measures: length, 32
min.; height, 25 mm.; diameter, 16 mm.

Two odd valves, Cat. No. 347871, U.S.N.M., from the Uruguay
River, Nueva Palmira, Department of Colonia, Uruguay, are more
infiated, have a cordate form and have a number of ribs for concen-
tric sculpture. More material may show these to belong to a sub-
species.

This is the largest American Corbicula known, the nearest ap-
proach to it in size being C’. coloniensis Pilsbry, for one specimen of
which Pilsbry gives the measurements as: Length, 824 mm.; altitude,
274 mm.; diameter, 153mm. In size and coloring felipponei reminds
one of some of the species from the Far East, but of course this species
being South American shows a very well-marked sinus near the
posterior end of the pallial line.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) FORTIS, new species.
Plate 2, figs. 7-9.

Shell subtriangular, inflated, very thick, especially at the upper
portion. Posterior margin long and straight, making a sharp angle
with the ventral margin. Anterior margin nearly straight, not quite
so long, shortly rounding into the ventral margin, the latter nearly
regularly curved. Posterior and anterior ridges both high, the for-
mer subangulate, the latter rounded. Posterior area very wide,
nearly at right angles to the convexity of the shell. When the valves
are closed their united posterior areas are distinctly wedge-shaped.
Beaks high and narrow, well separated. Hinge line greatly arched,
especially between the third cardinal tooth and the posterior laterals.
Sculpture consisting of numerous fine concentric lines of slightly
raised lamellae. Color uniform brownish-olive (Saccardo’s olive).
Color of interior deep purple, white around the margin. In right

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66

valve the first cardinal tooth is a mere point, the second is strong, and
thick and weakly bifid, the third is moderately stout, long, and promi-
nently bifid—anterior laterals of this valve short, the inner one very
thick and wavingly striated on its upper face, outer one weak, sharp,
its lower end abruptly curved to join the inner lateral, groove very
wide and deep. In the left valve the first cardinal is triangular, high
and sharply pointed, the second is strong and so deeply bifid as to
appear like two teeth fused at the base, the third cardinal is long
and platelike. Anterior lateral of this valve thick with edge very
undulating and it and the upper face coarsely striated. Posterior
lateral of this valve thick with both its outer and inner faces coarsely
striated. Adductor scars, pallial line and sinus all deeply impressed.

The type, Cat. No. 347874, U.S.N.M., measures: Length, 21 mm.;
height, 20 mm.; diameter, 14 mm. It comes from the Department of
Colonia and was collected and presented by Doctor Felippone.

Cat. No. 109265, U.S.N.M., contains two small specimens and four
odd valves from Arroyo de Pando, Department of Canelones, which
were received many years ago from Mr. S. Olea, of Montevideo.
Cat. No. 347876, U.S.N.M., contains a number of odd valves from
the Department of Paysandu received from Doctor Felippone. Un-
like the type, many of them show several radiating lines of color.
These lines show on the calcareous portion of several specimens
which are almost entirely decorticated, and apparently it is in this
part of the shell that the color lines are located, showing through
the periostracum when it is present.

The nearest relative of this species is C’. felipponei, which, however,
is much larger, more rounded, not so thick, and of different color.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) OLEANA, new species.

Plate 1, figs. 2-4.

Shell cordate, very oblique, very thick, much inflated, slopingly
rounded on posterior margin, angularly rounded on anterior margin.
Ventral margin regularly rounded. Beaks very high, projecting far
above the hinge line, which is much arched. Posterior ridge high,
rounded. Upper portion of shell with several very high, thin, con-
centric ridges, and whole surface with obscure concentric growth
striae. Posterior dorsal area with several obscure curved radiating
striae. Periostracum smooth, dull, unctuous, of a yellowish-olive
color, marked with a number of narrow radiating lavender-colored
lines. Area occupied by cardinal and lateral teeth, wide, thick, solid,
and strong. Cardinal teeth subparallel, fairly strong, all of them
bifid at the top. Laterals of right valve double, short, sightly bowed,
the inner ones moderately strong, the outer ones low and weak, the
grooves between the outer and inner ones very wide. Laterals of left

ARTS 15 MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CORBICULA—MARSHALL. 9

valve very thick, especially at the base. Color of interior various
shades of purple and ash-gray, the latter color forming a narrow
band around the margin, and inside of this are two irregular zones
of purple with ash-gray between them. Adductor scars purple and
a spot of the same color at the upper end of the lateral teeth of each
valve. Cavity of the shell lavender. Adductor scars and sinus of
the pallial line deeply impressed.

The type, Cat. No. 109261, U.S.N.M., measures: length, 7.5 mm.;
height, 9 mm.; diameter, 9 mm. It and an additional left valve
come from Arroyo de Malvin, Department of Montevideo, Uruguay,
and were presented by Mr. S. Olea, in whose honor the species is
named. It was in specimens of Corbicula presented by Mr. Olea
that Doctor Dall made the first discovery of viviparity in this genus.

Cat. No. 334554, U.S.N.M., contains a left valve of this species
from the Uruguay River, Paysandu, Uruguay, from Doctor Felip-
pone.

The obliquity, the strength, the very cordate form, and especially
the concentric ridges on the upper half of each valve make this
species easy of identification.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) PAYSANDUENSIS, new spccies.
Plate 1, Figs. 5, 6, 8.

Shell inflated, subquadrate in outline, shortly rounded anteriorly,
nearly squarely truncated posteriorly, beaks a little back of the mid-
dle, posterior ridge high, subangular, anterior end’ of shell pouting
forward. Periostracum not glossy, smooth, unctuous. Sculpture
consisting of a number of elevated concentric ridges near the beaks
and similar concentric ridges on most of the anterior area which die
out before reaching the main convexity of the shell. There are
numerous weak growth striae, but the principal rest. periods are well
marked by a stronger line and a band of darker color. Posterior
area with indications of several weak radiating raised lines. Color
dark olive green, with indications of several narrow radiating, chest-
nut-colored lines. Color of interior purplish gray, the radiating
chestnut lines of the exterior showing between the pallial line and
the margin. Cardinal teeth moderately diverging. In the right
valve the first cardinal is small and pointed, the second is strong and
bifid, the third not quite so strong but more deeply bifid. In the left
valve the first cardinal is high and pointed, the second bifid on its
ventral face, the third long and with a raised point at its lower end.
Anterior laterals of right valve nearly straight, subequal in strength,
the inner one sharply crenulate. Posterior laterals in this valve
remote from beaks, short, much bowed, the inner one crenulate. In
the left valve the anterior lateral is thin, crenulated; posterior one

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. you. 66

remote from beaks, very short, its middle point high and moderately
sharp. Pallial line well marked, the sinus quite large for a shell of
this size.

The type, Cat. No. 270895, U.S.N.M., measures: length, 18 mm. ;
height, 11.5 mm.; diameter, 7 mm. It comes from the Uruguay
River, Paysandu, Uruguay, and was collected and presented by Dr.
Florentino Felippone. In form this species approaches C. exquesita,
but differs in color and especially in possessing the strong concentric
ridges near the beaks and on the anterior area.

SPECIES OF CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) CHRONOLOGICALLY ARRANGED AND WITH ORIGINAL
GENERIC DESIGNATIONS.

1809. Tellina limosa MAton.
Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 10, p. 325, pl. 24, figs. 8-10.
Type locality: Rivers of South America.
18385. Cyrena variegata ORBIGNY.
Mag. de Zool., vol. 5, p. 44.
Type locality: Rivers of Uruguay, La Plata River at Buenos Aires,
Parana River as far as Corrientes.
A synonym of limosa@ Maton.
1835. Cyrena paranacensis ORBIGNY.
Mag. de Zool., vol. 5, p. 44.
Type locality: Parana River from its mouth to above Corrientes.
1844. Cyrena cuneata JONAS.
Zeit. fiir Malak., p. 186.
Type locality: Orinoco River.
1844. Cyrena globulus JoNAs (in litt.).
Zeit. fiir Malak., p. 186. (Not described. Here Jonas states that it is
the same as C. cuneata Jonas.)
1846. Cyelas paranensis ORBIGNY.
Voy. Amer. Merid., p. 56, pl. 83, figs. 25-27.
A correction for Cyrena paranacensis Orbigny.
1854. Corbicula brasiliana DESHAYES.
Bivalves Brit. Mus., p. 232.
Type locality: Para, Brazil.
Deshayes refers to Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 232, 1854, as place o
original description. No such description occurs there.
1854. Corbicula convera DESHAYES.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 22, p. 342.
Type locality : Central America.
1854. Corbicula incrassata DESHAYES.
Proce. Zool. Soe. London, vol. 22, p. 342.
Type loeality: Unknown.
Prime places it in the synonymy of Corbicula cuneata Jonas.
1854. Corbicula obsoleta DESHAYES.
Proce. Zool. Soe. London, vol. 22, p. 348.
Type locality: Uruguay.
1854. Corbicula semisulcata DESHAYES.
Proc. Zool. Soe. London, vol. 22, p. 348.
Type locality: Victoria River, Australia.
Locality evidently an error. Prime and Clessin place this in the
synonymy of Corbicula limosa Maton.

=
I

art, 15 MOLLUSKS OF THE GENUS CORBICULA—MARSHALL. be

1860. Corbicula rotunda PRIME.

Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 80.

Type locality: Surinam River, Guiana.
1865. Corbicula perplera PRIME.

Smiths. Miscell. Coll. No. 145, p. 75.

Type locality : South America.
1870. Corbicula amazonica (Anthony) PRIME.

Prime in Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. 9, p. 299.

Type locality: Amazon River (in stomach of a fish).
1879. Corbicula surinamica CLESSIN.

Conch, Cab., vol 9, pt. 8, p. 178, pl. 31, figs. 7-9.

Type locality: South America (in stomach of a fish, Doras costatus).
1896. Corbicula coloniensis PILsBRY.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 562, pl. 26, fig. 9.

Type locality: Rio de la Plata, above Colonia, Uruguay.
1914. Corbicula approximans PRESTON.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 18, p. 528.

Type locality: Rio Bermejo, a tributary of Rio Chaco, N. Argentina.
1914. Corbicula bermejoensis PRESTON.

~ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 13, p. 528.
Type locality: Rio Bermejo, a tributary of Rio Chaco, N. Argentina.

SPECIES HERE DESCRIBED.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) circularis. Type locality: Uruguay River, Uruguay.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) compacta. Type locality: Barra del Arroyo Sacra, De-
partment of Paysandu, Uruguay.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) delicata. Type locality: Department of Paysandu,
Uruguay.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) exquista. Type locality: Department of Colonia,
Uruguay.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) felipponei. Type locality: Department of Colonia,
Uruguay.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) fortis. Type locality: Department of Colonia, Uru-
guay.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) oleana. Type locality: Arroyo de Malvin, Depart-
ment of Montevideo, Uruguay.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) paysanduensis. Type locality: Uruguay River, Pay-
sandu, Uruguay.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
All figures X1%.
iPAwE, t.

Fic. 1. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) felipponei, new species. Interior of left valve.

. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) oleana, new species. Exterior of left valve.

. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) oleana, new species. Interior of left valve.

4. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) oleana, new species. Dorsal view.

. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) paysanduensis, new species. Interior of left
valve.

6. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) paysanduensis, new species. Exterior of left
valve.

7. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) felipponei, new species. Dorsal view.

8. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) paysanduensis, new, species. Dorsal view.

Tre,

12.

coh

10.
MOL

BSD OAD

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL, 66

. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) exquisita, new species. Dorsal view.
10.
aa

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) exquisita, new species. Exterior of left valve.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) felipponei, new species. Exterior of left
valve.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) exquisita, new species. Interior of left valve.

PUA Ok

. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) circularis, new species. Exterior of left valve.
. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) circularis, new species. Interior of left valve.
. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) circularis, new species. Dorsal view of left

valve.

. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) delicata, new species. Exterior of left valve.
. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) delicata, new species. Dorsal view.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) delicata, new species. Interior of left valve.
Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) fortis, new species. Exterior of left valve.

. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) fortis, new species. Dorsal view.
. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) fortis, new species. Interior of left valve.

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) compacta, new species. Exterior of left valve.
Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) compacta, new species. Dorsal view.

. Corbicula (Cyanocyelas) compacta, new species. Interior of left valve.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. [5 PL. |

NEw URUGUAYAN CORBICULIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES II AND [2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 15 PL. 2

NEw URUGUAYAN CORBICULIDAE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 12

SOME PARASITIC ROUND WORMS OF THE RABBIT
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES.

By Asa C. CHANDLER,

Of the Biological Laboratory, Rice Institute, Houston, Texas.

In the course of parasitological examinations of domestic rabbits
kept in the animal house of the Rice Institute biological laboratory,
it was found that nearly every specimen was infested by trichostrongy-
lid worms, and in some instances three different species were present
in considerable numbers at the same time. The fact that immature
specimens of all three species were present in some of the rabbits
which had been kept in the animal house for from six weeks to two
months, would seem to indicate that the infection, in some instances
at least, was acquired in the animal house. Since all of the rabbits
which have been kept in the house have been obtained in Texas, from
breeders either in Houston or New Braunfels, it is probable that the
worms originally came from Texas.

One of the species, and the one found in greatest abundance and in
the largest number of individuals, is Trichostrongylus calearatus,
described by Ransom (1911) from cotton-tail rabbits, Sylvilaqus
floridanus mallurus, in Maryland. A number of young individuals
of this species were found. The males, up to a length of about 3 to
3.5 mm., have the posterior end of the body terminated in a bulb
with a conspicuous spine on the postero-dorsal extremity of it (fig.
1). Within the bulb the bursa of the adult develops, the body then
drawing away somewhat from the larval cuticle, as shown in the
figure. No doubt the final moult takes place shortly after this.

NEMATODIRUS LEPORIS, new species.
Plate 1, figs. 2-5.

Specific diagnosis. Long slender worms of small size, blood red
when freshly removed. Inflated cuticle of neck asymmetrical, and
conspicuously striated.

Male 8 to 13 mm. long with a maximum diameter of from 95 to
135 p. Esophagus 400 to 500 uw in length. Bursa (fig. 3) well ex-
panded, its breadth (250 »), greater than its length (210 p), an

No. 2553.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEuM, VOL. 66, ART, 16
80092—24 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

unusual condition in the genus. Dorsal lobes of bursa set off from
lateral lobes by a distinct notch and separated from each other by a
shallow indentation. Dorsal ray moderately stout, bifurcated to |
about one-fourth its length from the tip of the longest prong. Ex-
terno-dorsal rays long and very slender, about midway between
dorsal ray and postero-lateral ray. Postero-lateral and medio-lateral
rays close together, arising from a common trunk, and extending
almost to the margin of the bursa. Externo-lateral ray stout, curv-
ing sharply away from other lateral rays in its distal third, and
ending at some distance from the bursal margin. Latero-ventral
and ventro-ventral rays in contact for their whole length, curved for-
ward, and ending at some distance from the bursal margin. These
rays are much more slender than the lateral rays, but much thicker
than the dorsal ray. Their length is only about half that of the
externo-lateral and medio-lateral pair. Bosses numerous and small,
occupying the portion of the bursa from near the ventral margin
to the externo-lateral and medio-lateral pair of rays. Spicules (figs.
4-5) deep brownish red in color, 0.65 to 1.05 mm. long, united for
the greater part of their length, and showing distinct striations on
the proximal half. Tip of spicule curved ventrally, and ending in
a membranous bulb. A pair of membranous wing-like expansions
occur along the ventral side distally, ending in obtuse angles just
proximal to the bulb. These membranous expansions have very fine
markings as shown in figure 5. The body of the spicule ends in a
finger-like process bent sharply dorsal, and ending on the dorsal
margin of the bulb.

Female 16.5 to 20 mm. in length, with a maximum diameter of
180 to 220 wat the vulva. Diameter abruptly but moderately reduced
behind vulva. Head diameter 35 to 40 p, exclusive of inflated cuticle:
latter well developed, usually markedly asymmetrical, conspicuously
striated, reaching a diameter of from 55 to 75 yw and extending back
on the neck to a point 130 to 145 ». from the anterior end. Esophagus
450 to 600 ». in length. Tip of tail truncated and provided with the
usual bristle-like process. Anus 105 to 115 u from truncated end of
body. Vulva a transverse slit 420 to 486 p, almost exactly one-fourth
length of body, from posterior end. Eggs long oval, measuring 160
to 180 p». by 80 to 90 uw, in various stages of development ftom morula
to fully formed embryo when deposited.

Host.—Domestic rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus.

Location.—Duodenum.

Locality.—Houston, Texas.

Type.——Male, U.S.N.M., Helm. Coll. 7733; paratypes, males and
females, U.S.N.M., Helm. Coll. 7734.

This species of Vematodirus seems to come closest to jilicollis,
which it resembles in general bursal characteristics, short spicules,

ant. 16. PARASITIC ROUND WORMS OF THE RABBIT—-CHANDLER, 3

and position of vulva, and distinctly falls into the filcollis group as
described by May (1920). The male differs, however, in the form of
the tip of the spicules, in the shape of the bursa, in details of the
arrangement and relative size of the bursal rays, in the number and
arrangement of bosses, and in the thickness of the body. The female
differs in its more slender body, the greater length of the tail, and in
the more posterior position of the vulva. The latter characteristic is
sufficient to distinguish the females from any other species of the
genus. In this respect it approaches the genus Mecistocirrus, but
does not approach it at all, as do some other species, in length of
spicules, size of eggs, or presence of cervical papillae. This still
further bears out May’s (1920) contention that Mecistocirrus is not
justifiably separated from Vematodirus.

OBELISCUS CUNICULI Graybill (1923).
Plate 2, figs. 6-11.

Since the original draft of this paper was written, the description
of this worm by Graybill (1923), as a new genus and species, has
appeared. It seems desirable, however, to add a few details to
Graybill’s description.

The worms are relatively large and robust for Trichostrongylids.
Graybill describes them as whitish in color with some dark streaking
due to the color of the intestine, but when living, in a freshly
opened stomach, the worms are blood red in color. The longitudinal
cuticular ridges vary in number from 16 to 26 in males and from 36
to 40 in females. These ridges are broken by transverse indentations
at intervals of about 200 » in the anterior portion of the female, and
at somewhat shorter and more irregular intervals in the male. Ex-
tremely fine and inconspicuous transverse striations are present,
most evident in the region of the vulva and on the tail of the female.
The nerve ring crosses the esophagus a little anterior to the middle
of its length.

The bursa (fig. 7), as mentioned by Graybill, consists of two large
rounded lateral lobes, separated from each other dorsally by a
relatively small dorsal lobe. At the obtuse angles formed where
the ventral rays on the one hand, and the medio and postero lateral
rays on the other, terminate near their margins, the bursal lobes
have a maximum width of about 400 to 450 yp, while their maximum
length, measured to the point where the externo-lateral ray ter-
minates, is about 500 to 600 p. The entire ventral surface of the
bursa, except a fluted margin about 40 » in width, is thickly covered
with dew-drop-like bosses, giving the bursa a beautifully sculptured
appearance. The ventro-ventral ray is smaller than any of the
other rays in the lateral lobes except the externo-dorsal. The latero-

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

ventral ray is the largest of all. It is very stout basally and runs
nearly parallel with the externo-lateral for about-half its length,
being widely separated from the ventro-ventral. The distal half,
which tapers markedly, performs a wide sweeping curve forward
until it comes very near to the ventro-ventral at the inner limit of
the fluted bursal margin. At this point it bends outward again,
so that the tips of the two ventral rays come to lie parallel in the
fluted margin of the bursa, in an obtuse angle formed in the bursa
at this point, directly opposite a similar obtuse angle formed where
the medio- and postero-lateral rays terminate. These latter two
rays are of moderate size, approximately equal, parallel, and curving
dorsally. The externo-lateral ray is much larger than the other
lateral rays, curves toward the ventral rays, and terminates in a
sharply constricted finger-like tip at a point on the margin of the
bursa about midway between the ventral and the other lateral rays.
The small but stout externo-dorsal ray curves dorsally and ter-
minates in the margin of the bursa about midway between the tips
of the postero and medio-lateral rays and the junction of dorsal and
iateral lobes.

The small dorsal lobe (fig. 8) is of very peculiar structure. It
is overlapped, as Graybill has pointed out, by the lateral lobes, and
is sharply marked off from them. It is supported by a single dorsal
ray which forks distally into two bifurcated tips. Near the middle
of its length a pair of branches are given off which curve ven-
trally, pass through a minute foramen, and enter a vesicular swell-
ing as in Cooperia. Ventral to this swelling there is an additional
membranous flap, supported by a pair of very minute, delicate par-
allel rays.

In some of the specimens measured the spicules (figs. 9-10) are
considerably larger than those measured by Graybill, a number of
them varying between 500 and 540 » in length with a lateral diame-
ter of 50 p. Although the chitinous portion of the spicules is
cleft distally, and terminates in a dorsal and a ventral hook, the
spicules can not be said to be cleft, since these parts are connected
by a membrane as shown in figures 9 and 10. The ventral hook
is the larger and coarser, bending in a medioventral direction; the
dorsal hook bends dorsally, laterally, and then distally, ending in a
slender point. The membranous expansions at the distal ends of the
spicules extend beyond the chitinous hooks.

A. few of the females reach a length of 20 mm. Graybill gives
the maximum length as 18.5 mm. He records the maximum width
of one specimen as 546 p, but in the Texas specimens the greatest
width, of about a dozen specimens measured, was 400 yp, just an-
terior to the vulva. At this point there is a marked reduction in

art, 16. PARASITIC ROUND WORMS OF THE RABBIT—CHANDLRER. 5

diameter to from 305 to 340 p. The diameter of the head anteriorly
is only 80 p, but 110 » from the anterior end it has widened out to
150 u. Graybill gives the diameter of the head as 119 p. The vulva,
guarded by a pair of inconspicuous lips, is situated about one-fifth
the length of the body (3.6 to 4.5 mm.) from the posterior end, its
location being readily recognized by the abrupt diminution in diame-
ter of the body and the angular bending of the body at this point.
The vagina is very short, joining the divergent ovijectors almost im-
mediately. The muscular portions of the ovijectors can hold four or
five eggs apiece; there is no well-marked sphincter between the mus-
cular and nonmuscular portions, but a very strong sphincter sepa-
rates the nonmuscular portion from the uterus. The terminal por-
tion of the uterus is also muscular, and can contract so that only one
egg at a time can reach the sphincter. The eggs in the Texas speci-
mens measure 80 to 92 » by 56 to 64 uw, whereas Grayhill records
measurements of 76 to 86 uw by 44 to 45 p in the New Jersey speci-
mens.

In spite of a number of slight discrepancies in the descriptions

and measurements of the Texas and New Jersey specimens, it is
very unlikely that more than one species is represented. My meas-
urements were made from living narcotized worms, whereas Gray-
bill’s may have been made from preserved and prepared specimens,’
which would account for some of the differences.
_ When present in considerable numbers this worm produces a very
marked erosion and ulceration of the stomach wall. The worms are
found adhering firmly to the mucous membranes, and in some in-
stances seem to have their heads buried deeply in the wall. In
most of the rabbits examined only from one to five or six worms
were found, but in one specimen about 50 adult worms and a number
of immature specimens were found. Part of the material described
above has been deposited in the Helminthological Collections of the
U. S. National Museum, Nos. 7735 and 7736.

LITERATURE CITED.
GRAYBILL, H. W.:
1923. A New Genus of Nematodes from the Domestic Rabbit. Pavrasit.,
vol. 15, pp. 340-842, pl. 11.
May, HE. G.:
1920. Observations on the Nematode genus Nematodirus with Descrip-
tions of new Species. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, pp. 577-588,
pls. 29-35
Ransom, B. H.:
1911. Two New Species of Parasitic Nematodes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 41, pp. 363-369

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 66.

EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES.

@.—anus. n. m. Ovtj7—Non-muscular portion of
a. d. l.—accessory dorsal lobe. ovijector.

a. d. v.—accessory dorsal ray. oé€.—esophagus.

a. 0v.—ascending oviduct. p. l.—postero-lateral ray.

d.—dorsal ray. &.—sphineter of ovijector.

ad. h.—dorsal hook. u.—uterus.

d. 1—dorsal lobe. v.—vulva.

d. v.—ventral branch of dorsal ray. vé.— vagina.

e. d.—externo-dorsal ray. v. l.—ventral hook.

e. l.—externo-lateral ray. v. 1—ventral lobe.

i. v.—tlatero-ventral ray. v. S.—vesicular swelling under dorsal
nv. l.—medio-lateral ray. lobe.

m. ovij—muscular portion of ovi- v. v.—yventro-ventral ray.
jector.

PEATEs

Fic. 1.—Trichostrongylus calearatus. Posterior end of young male, showing
bulb-like expansion of larval cuticle. with developing bursa
inside.

2-5.—NVematodirus leporis, new species. 2, adult worms, entire. 3, bursa,
from left side. 4, spicules, entire, from left side. 5, tip of
spicules, from left side.

PLATE 2.

Fics. 6-11.—Obeliseus cuniculi. 6, adult worms, entire. 7, bursa, dorsal view.
8, dorsal lobe and accessory parts, from ventral side. 9, spicule,
entire, lateral view. 10, Distal portion of spicule, dorsal view,
slightly medial. 11, Vulval region of female, showing ovijectors.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I6 PL. |!

0.2mm.

TRICHOSTRONGYLUS CALCARATUS AND NEMATODIRUS LEPORIS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6

Ss mm.

16S PEN2

Pres

erect

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

OBELISCUS CUNICULI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6

ILLUSTRATIONS OF UNFIGURED TYPES OF SHELLS
IN THE COLLECTION OF THE UNITED STATES NA-

TIONAL MUSEUM

By Witu1am Herarry Dati

Honorary Curator of Mollusks, United States National Museum

In past years it has happened that it had been advisable to print
preliminary diagnoses of new species in order that established names
might be used in reports, or for other reasons.

As opportunity offered, drawings were secured of these species and
put aside until publication could be made.

The present paper collects together a large number of these figures.
In addition to the figures of types, a few figures of species elsewhere
inadequately illustrated, or which are figured in publications diffi-
cult of access, have been included.

The earlier of these drawings were made by the late Dr. J. C.
McConnell, whose work of this kind has never been surpassed. The
figures on plate 9, 19 to 26, and a few scattered ones on other plates
are by him, and form probably the final publication of any of his
work. Plates 1 to 8, 10 to 14, and 17 to 18 are from photographs
artistically retouched by Mrs. E. B. Decker. Plates 27 to 36 are
chiefly from drawings by Miss Evelyn Mitchell. Plates 15 and 16
are from untouched photographs by Prof. F. W. Kelsey, of San
Diego.

For convenience of reference the species are arranged in alpha-
betical order, and an index of genera referred to is supplied.

A large proportion of the species included are from the northern
waters of the Pacific, from the seas about Japan, northward and
eastward to the northwest coast of North America. Nearly two
hundred species are illustrated, and it is believed the student of
these faunas will find the paper useful.

No, 2554.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. I7.
20001—25——1 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ACILA CASTRENSIS Hinds
Plate 9, fig. 5
Nucula castrensis Hinps, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1848, p. 98; Voy. of the

Sulphur, Zool., Moll., p. 61, 1844.
Puget Sound. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 106861.

ACMAEA DIGITALIS Eschscholtz
Plates 15 and 16

Acmaea digitalis EscuscHo.itz, Zool. Atlas, pt. 5, p. 20, 18383.
Southern California. Photographed by Prof. F. W. Kelsey, San Diego.

AGATHOTOMA QUENTINENSIS Dall
Plate 8, fig. 1

Cytharella (Agathotoma) quentinensis DALL, West Amer. Scientist, San Diego,
vol. 19, No. 3, p. 21, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 383134.
ALIGENA NUCEA Dall
Plate 28, fig. 2

Aligena nucea DAuLL, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 597, 1918.
Gulf of California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No, 267149.

AMPHISSA (COSMIOCONCHA) PALMERI Dali

Plate 21, fig. 8

Amphissa (Cosmioconcha) palmeri DALL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, No.
2002, p. 589, 19138.
Head of the Gulf of California. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 96720.

AMPHISSA (COSMIOCONCHA) PARVULA Dall
Plate 21, fig. 1

Amphissa (Cosmioconcha) parvula Datu, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, No.
2002, p. 590, 1918.
Off La Paz Bay, Gulf of California, in 112 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 211029.
AMPHISSA (COSMIOCONCHA) PERGRACILIS Dall

Plate 21, fig. 9

Amphissa (Cosmioconcha) pergracilis Datu, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p.
590, 19138.
Off Cape Lobos, Gulf of California, in 58 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 211030.
ANATINA (RAETINA) INDICA Dall

Plate 20, fig. 2

Raeta (Raetinu) indica Dati, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci. Phila., vol. 3, p.
882, 1898.
Bombay. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 90276.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 3

ANCISTROLEPIS BERINGIANUS Dall
Plate 7, fig. 1

Ancistrolepis beringiannus Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p.

313, 1919.
Bering Sea, off Staritchkoff Island, in 58 fathoms. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat.

No. 205401.
ANGISTROLEPIS CALIFORNICUS Dall

Plate 3, fig. 9

Ancistrolepis californicus Datt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 313,

1919.
Cortez Bank, off San Diego, Cal., in 984 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

122667.
ANCISTROLEPIS DAMON Dali
Plate 34, fig. 5

Ohrysodomus (Ancistrolepis) damon Dati, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p.

150, 190%,
South coast of Yesso, Japan, in 175 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

110474.
ANCISTROLEPIS DECORA, new species

Plate 35, fig. 10

Shell of moderate size, white under an olivaceous furfuraceous
periostracum, with six somewhat turrited whorls exclusive of the
(lost) nucleus; the periostracum shows projecting hairs at the in-
tersections of the reticulate sculpture; the upper whorls are a good
deal eroded in the type specimen; suture distinct, narrow, deep, but
not channelled; spiral sculpture of a prominent strong cord at the
shoulder, another, somewhat smaller, a little way in front of the
suture, and numerous small threads with equal or wider interspaces,
over the general surface; axial sculpture only of rather prominent
and widely spaced incremental lines forming a minute reticulation
with the spirals; aperture ample, outer lip thin, body with a thin
wash of enamel, pillar very short, wrinkled over a well marked
siphonal fasciole; canal hardly differentiated from the aperture;
operculum normal, height 58; diameter, 34 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 110775.

Dredged in the Japan Sea at station 4991, in 325 fathoms, mud,
by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/batross.

ANCISTROLEPIS GRAMMATUS Dall
Plate 30, fig. 8 ‘

Chrysodomus (Ancistrolepis) grammatus Dat, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol.
50, p. 158, 1907.
Sugaru Strait, Japan, in 300 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110472.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ANCISTROLEPIS OKHOTENSIS, new species
Plate 30, fig. 1

Shell of moderate size, white under a velvety grey periostracum,
with seven well rounded whorls exclusive of the (eroded) nucleus;
suture deep and very narrow; axial sculpture of incremental lines,
indicated by regularly spaced lamellae of the periostracum; spirel
sculpture of fasciculated fine threads, with subequal intervals be-
tween the fascicles, also spirally threaded; aperture amply rounded,
outer lip thin, not reflected, body erased, pillar short, callous, con-
cavely arcuate, shorter than the aperture, distally twisted; base
imperforate; operculum normal to the genus; height of shell, 47;
of last whorl, 33; maximum diameter, 28 mm. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 110777.

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/lba-
tross at station 5022, off Sakhalin Island, in 109 fathoms, mud,
bottom temperature 30° 1 F.

ANTIPLANES BULIMOIDES Dall
Plate 31, fig. 2

Antiplanes bulimoides Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, p. 34, 1919.
Bowers Bank, Bering Sea, in 344 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 111051.

ANTIPLANES PIONA Dall
Plate 21, fig. 5

Antiplanes piona Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 514, 1902.
Southwestern Bering Sea. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 109179.

ANTIPLANES THALAEA Dall
Plate 22, fig. 1
Pleurotoma (Antiplanes) thalaea Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 514,
1902.
Off San Luis Obispo, California, in 252 fathoms. U. S. Nat Mus. Cat. No.

122568.
ANTIPLANES YESSOENSIS, new species

Plate 21, fig. 3

Shell acute, solid, olivaceous, with a polished periostracum and seven
whorls exclusive of the (lost) nucleus; suture closely appressed and
constricted; axial sculpture of inconspicuous incremental lines;
spiral sculpture of an obscure furrow in front of the anal fasciole,
and feeble threading on the base which becomes stronger on the
canal; there are also irregular markings which may be due to shrink-
age of the periostracum; anal sulcus wide and shallow; outer lip
thin sharp and arcuately produced; body erased, pillar attenuated,
gyrate, the axis almost pervious; aperture rounded ovate, canal
distinct, slightly recurved; height of shell, 38; of last whorl, 23;
diameter, 14 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 111053.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 5

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Alba-
tross at station 5036, in 464 fathoms, mud, off the south coast of Yesso
(Hokkaido), bottom temperature 37.9° F.

ARCA (NOETIA) MACDONALDI Dall
Plate 17, fig. 9

Arca (Noetia) macdonaldi Dat, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, p. 9, 1912.
Later Tertiary of Costa Rica. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 214344.

ARCA (SCAPHARCA) PITTIERI Dall
Plate 17, fig. 7
Arca (Scapharca) pittieri DatL, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 59, p. 9, 1912.
Later Tertiary of the Canal Zone, Panama. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 214348.
ASTRAEA PERSICA Dall
Plate 35, figs. 4, 6

Astraea persica DAL, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 56, p. 167, 1907.
Off Kagoshima Bay, Japan, in 103 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110507.

Genus BASILISSA Watson

Subgenus ORECTOSPIRA, new subgenus

BASILISSA (ORECTOSPIRA) BABELICA Dall
Plate 32, figs. 8, 12

Basilissa dbabelica Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 168, 1907.

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross off
Hondo, Japan, at station 4973, in 600 fathoms, gravel, bottom temperature
39.8° F. Height of shell, 37 mm.

Watson named no type for his genus and I select his first species
B.lampra. The present species differs from the typical form by the
absence of the sinus where the outer lip joins the body, the elevation
of the spire and in other minor features. It is possible that Watson’s
B. superba may belong in this subgenus.

BERINGIUS INDENTATUS Dall

Plate 7, fig. 3

Beringius indentatus Dau, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 312, 1919.
Bering Sea, off the Khudubine Islands, in 53 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.

No. 213318.
BERINGIUS MALLEATUS Dall

Plate 6, fig. 5

Strombella malleata Datu, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 7, p. 525, 1884.
Point Barrow, Alaska. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 15170.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

BERINGIUS STIMPSONI Gould

Plate 7, fig. 2

Buccinum stimpsoni Gouin, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, p. 325, Sept.
1860.
Arikamcheche Island, Bering Strait. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 225469.

BOLMA BARTSCHI Dall

Plate 36, fig. 9

Bolma bartschi Datu, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 591, 1918.
Off Dowarra Island, near Ternate, Molucca Passage, Hast Indies, in 205
fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 214444.

BOREOSCALA GREENLANDICA Perry
Plate 22, fig. 2

Scalaria greenlandica Perry, Conchology, pl. 28, fig. 8, 1811.
Cape Espenberg, Arctic Ocean. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122546.

BORSONELLA CALLICESTA Dall

Plate 21, fig. 10
Pleurotoma callicesta Datu, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 515, Mar. 1902.
Dredged off Acapulco, Mexico, by the United States Bureau of Fisheries

steamer Albatross at station 3418, in 660 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature
39° F.

The apex, as in most of these abyssal species, is eroded; the shell
remaining measures 20 mm. in length. The ridge on the pillar which
is characteristic of the genus Borsonella is not visible from the aper-
ture, but half a whorl back is evident.

BUCCINUM ACUTISPIRATUM Dall
Plate 33, fig. 8

Buccinum acutispiratum Datu, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 146, 1907.
Sea of Japan, in 390 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus, Cat. No. 110525.

BUCCINUM ANIWANUM Dall

Plate 30, fig. 6
Buccinum aniwanum Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 147, 1907.

Aniwa Bay, at the south end of Sakhalin Island, in 40 fathoms. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 110528.

BUCCINUM BOMBYCINUM Dall

Plate 30, fig. 7

Buccinum bombycinum Datt, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 149, 1907.
Off east coast of Sakhalin Island, in 29 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
110531.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—-DALL 7

BUCCINUM CASTANEUM FLUCTUATUM Dall
Plate 5, fig. 3

Buccinum castaneum, var. fluctuatum Dat, Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56,

Now2295, p: o2t, 1919)
Off St. George Island, Bering Sea, in 30 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.

No. 217152.
BUCCINUM CASTANEUM INCISULUM Dall

Plate 3, fig. 7

Buccinum castaneum, var. incisulum Dat, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56,
Non 2295" 1p: 2a0, Lolo!
Unimak Pass, Aleutian Islands. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 213159.

BUCCINUM CHARTIUM Dall
Plate 6, fig. 2

Buccinum chartium Datu, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 325, 1919.
Off Honshu Island, Japan Sea, in 260 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
224198.
BUCCINUM CNISMATOPLEURA Dall

Plate 4, fig. 4

Buccinum angulosum, var. cnismatopleura Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56,
No. 2295, p. 328, 1919.
Point Barrow, Arctic Ocean, Alaska. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 332759.

BUCCINUM ECTOMOCYMA Dall

Plate 33, fig. 9

Buccinum ectomocyma Datu, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 148, 1907.
Fast coast of Sakhalin in 75 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110530.

BUCCINUM EPISTOMIUM Dall

Plate 31, fig. 1

Buccinum epistomium Datu, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 144, 1907.
Off Cape Rollin, Simushir Island, Kuril Islands, in 229 fathoms. U. 8S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 110519.

BUCCINUM LIMNOIDEUM Dall

Plate 32, fig. 7

Buccinum limnoideum Dati, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 149, 1907.
Off Hakodate, Japan, in 47 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110532.

BUCCINUM NIPPONENSE Dall

Plate 35, fig. 9

Buccinum nipponense Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 142, 1907.
South coast of Nippon, Japan, in 175 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
110515.

20001—25——_2

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

BUCCINUM OPISTHOPLECTUM Dall
Plate 33, fig. 4

Buccinum opisthoplectum Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 142, 1907.
Japan Sea, in 86 fathoms. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110514.

BUCCINUM PEMPHIGUS Dall
Plate 5, fig. 2; plate 31, fig. 7

Buccinum pemphigus DALL, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 151, 1907.
Off Dalnoi Point, Kamchatka, in 682 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

110537.
BUCCINUM PHYSEMATUM Dall

Plate 4, fig. 5

Buccinum physematum Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 328,
1919.
Bering Sea, in about 30 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122555.

BUCCINUM PLANETICUM Dall
Plate 5, fig. 1

Buccinum planeticum DAuLu, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 326, 1919.
Bering Sea, southwest of Hagmeister Island, in 23 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus.

Cat. No. 223098.
BUCCINUM POLIUM Dall

Plate 33, fig. 1

Buccinum polium DALL, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 145, 1907.
Aniwa Bay, Sakhalin Island, in 42 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110523.

BUCCINUM ROSSICUM Dall
Plate 31, fig. 5

Buccinum rossicum DALL, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 150, 1907.
Aniwa Bay, Sakhalin Island, in 42 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110546.

BUCCINUM SAKHALINENSE Dall
Plate 30, fig. 5

Buccinum sakhalinense DaLt, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 148, 1907.
Aniwa Bay, Sakhalin Island. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110529.

BUCCINUM SOLENUM Dall
Plate 4, fig. 1

Buccinum solenum Dati, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 325, 1919.
Off Nunivak Island, Bering Sea, in 36 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

221283.
BUCCINUM SURUGANUM Dall

Plate 33, fig. 5

Buccinum suruganum Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 146, 1907.
Suruga Gulf, south coast of Nippon, Japan, in 29 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 110526.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—-DALL 9

BUCCINUM TENUE LYPERUM Dall
Plate 3, fig. 8

Buccinum tenue, var. lyperum Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,

p. 324, 1919.
Eastern coast of Kamchatka, in 100 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

225611.
BUCCINUM TENUE RHODIUM Dall

Plate 6, fig. 1

Buccinum tenue rhodium Datt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 324,

1919.
Bering Sea, at Plover Bay, Hastern Siberia. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 224069.

BUCCINUM ZELOTES Dall

Plate 32, fig. 5

Buccinum zelotes DALL, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 141, 1907.
Sea of Japan in 114 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110513.

CADULUS CALIFORNICUS Pilsbry and Sharp

Plate 9, fig. 3

Cadulus (Gadila) californicus Pitspry and SHarp, Man. Conch., vol. 17,
p. 180, 1898.
Clarence Strait, Alaska. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No, 122599.

CALLIOSTOMA NEPHELOIDE Dall
Plate 24, figs. 2, 3

Calliostoma nepheloide Dat, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 592, 1915.
Panama Bay, in 47 fathoms. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 96637.

CALLIOSTOMA TRICOLOR Gabb

Plate 9, fig. 6

Calliostoma tricolor Gass, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 3, p. 186, 1865.
Santa Cruz, Monterey Bay, California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 32508.

CHRYSODOMUS (SULCOSIPHO?) ADELPHICUS Dall

Plate 35, fig. 8

Chrysodomus adelphicus Dat, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 155, 1907.
Yokohama, Japan. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 109247.

CHRYSODOMUS EULIMATUS Dall

Plate 14, fig. 1; plate 34, fig. 3

Chrysodomus eulimatus Watt, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, No.. 1727,
p. 156, 1907; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, No. 2002, p. 587, 1913.
Aniwa Bay, Sakhalin Island, U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110541. The specimen
figured on Plate 34 is the type originally described, but that on plate 14
represents the adult shell.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

CHRYSODOMUS NUCEUS Dall
Plate 4, fig. 3

Chrysodomus nuceus Datu, Pree. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 822, 1910.
Cook’s Inlet, Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 151429.

CHRYSODOMUS PRIBILOFFENSIS Dail
Plate 7, fig. 4

Chrysodomus pribdiloffensis Dat, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 225,
p. 323, 1919.

Bering Sea, off the Pribilof Islands in 50 to 100 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus
Cat. No. 224085.

CHRYSODOMUS SATURUS TABULARIS Dail
Plate 4, fig. 6

Chrysodomus saturus MARTYN, var. tabularis DAaLL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.
56, No. 2295, p. 323, 1919.
Bering Sea, near Nunivak Island. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 31359.

CHRYSODOMUS SMIRNIUS Dall
Plate 4, fig. 2

Chrysodomus smirnius DAL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 322,
1919. ;
Straits of Fuca, in 114 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 130418.

CHRYSODOMUS VINOSUS Dali
Plate 6, fig. 3

Chrysodomus vinosus DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 323, 1919.
Avacha Bay, Kamchatka, in 16 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 225608.

CIRSOTREMA PLEXIS, new species
Plate 21, figs. 12, 12a

Shell slender, whitish, with 10 moderately rounded whorls exclu-
sive of the (lost) nucleus; with five or six irregularly placed major
varices, and numerous minor ones which bridge by slender projections
the invisible suture; on the last whorl there are 20 minor and 3
major varices; the spiral sculpture, imbedded in the minor varical
sculpture is obscurely indicated as a cord in front of the suture, 4
obscure ones, which form projections on the major varices, between
the former and the base which is indicated by a deep furrow in front
of which is a very strong cord around a marked concavity; both the
furrow and the concavity are bridged by slender extensions of the
minor varices; the minor varices are externally flattened and ob-
liquely sculptured as indicated in figure 12a.; the axis is imperforate,
the aperture circular, the final varix heavy and crenulated; height

art. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 11

of shell, 46; maximum diameter, 14mm. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
110769.

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer Alba-
tross, at station 3707, off Honshu Island, Japan, in 63 to 70 fathoms,
volcanic sand.

This belongs to the group of C. varicoswm Lamarck, to which many
species have been inadvisably referred though discriminable by their
minor sculpture.

COCCULINA JAPONICA Dall

Plate 26, figs. 3, 5

Cocculina japonica Dau, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 169, 1907.
Off Sado Island, Japan, in 200 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110544.

COCCULINA RHYSSA, new species

Plate 32, figs. 10, 11

Shell small, translucent white, ovate, with a nearly smooth fiat-
tened apical area with the protoconch showing as a small opaque
white spot in the center; outside of this area the concentric sculpture
rises as sharp-edged laminae, about 10 on the type specimen, with
wider interspaces and their edges crenulated by the radial sculpture;
the radial sculpture consists of numerous threads which do not di-
vide distally and are separated by narrower interspaces; the interior
of the shell is smooth and white; the apex is about one-third of the
length from the anterior edge, both slopes are somewhat convex; the
margin of the shell is very slightly crenulate by the radial sculpture;
height of shell, 3; length 7.6; width 5mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
110782.

Dredged at station 3721, in 250 fathoms, off Hondo, Japan, bottom
temperature 64° F. This is the first species of the genus to show pro-
nounced sculpture.

COLUS (ANOMALOSIPHO) ADONIS Dall

Plate 1, fig. 8

Colus (Aulacofusus) adonis Dat, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p.
316, 1919.
Suruga Gulf, Japan, in 503 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205212. Also
found in Alaskan waters.

COLUS (LATISIPHO) APHELUS Dall

Plate 1, fig. 3

Chrysodomus aphelus Dax, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 12, 1889, p. 323.
Off Santa Barbara, California, in 414 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
206449.

TP PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) BARBARINUS Dall
Plate 2, fig. 5

Colus (Aulacofusus) barbarinus Dats, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,

p. 316, 1919.
Off Khudubine Island, Bering Sea, in 53 fathoms. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

334438.
COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) BRISTOLENSIS Dall

Plate 2, fig. 8

Colus (Aulacofusus) bristolensis DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,

p. 316, 1919.
Bristol Bay, Alaska, in 2914 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 213254.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) CAPPONIUS Dall
Plate 3, fig. 2

Colus (Aulacofusus) capponius Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,

p. 317, 1919.
Bering Strait near Port Clarence, in about 30 fathoms. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat.

No. 108980.
COLUS (LATISIPHO) CLEMENTINUS Dall

Plate 2, fig. 9

Colus (Latisipho) clementinus Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,

p. 321, 1919.
Between Santa Catalina and San Clemente Islands, Calif., in 654 fathoms.

U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 208912.
COLUS (LATISIPHO) DALMASIUS Dall
Plate 1, fig. 9

Colus (Latisipho) dalmasius Datu, Proce. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,

p. 322, 1919.
Off British Columbia in 238 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122631.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) DIMIDIATUS Dall
Plate 2, fig. 3

Aulacofusus (Limatofusus) dimidiatus Dati, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56,

No. 2295, p. 319, 1919.
Off Tillamook Bay, Oreg., in 786 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 213338.

COLUS (LATISIPHO) ERRONES Dail
Plate 3, fig. 6

Colus (Latisipho) errones DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 321,
1919.
Bering Sea. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122620.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 13
COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) HALIDONUS Dall
Plate 1, fig. 12

Colus (Aulacofusus) halidonus Datt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,
p. 818, 1919.
Off Destruction Island, coast of Washington, in 516 fathoms. U. 8S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 213250.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) HALIMERIS Dall
Plate 2, fig. 7

Aulacofusus (Limatofusus) halimeris Dati, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No.
2295, p. 320, 1919.
Eastern Passage, near the Stikine River, southeastern geen: in 70 fathoms.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 207192.

COLUS (LIMATOFUSUS) MORDITUS Dall
Plate 1, fig. 1

Colus (Limatofusus) morditus DALL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, p. 319, 1919.
Gulf of Georgia, British Columbia. U.S Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 222462.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) NOBILIS Dall
Plate 5, fig. 4

Colus (Aulacofusus) nobilis Darr, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,
p. 315, 1919.
Bering Sea near the Pribiloff Islands in 60 fathoms. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 222983.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) CMBRONIUS Dall

Plate 3, fig 5

Colus (Aulacofusus) ombronius Dati, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,
Dp: 315, 1919.

Bering Sea, between Bristol Bay and the Pribiloff Iplands in about 389
fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 213239.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) PULCIUS Dali
Plate 3, fig. 1

Aulacofusus (Limatofusus) pulcius Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No.
2295, p. 318, 1919.

Arctic Ocean, north of Bering Strait, in about 50 fathoms. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 223799.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) ROSEUS Dail

Plate 26, fig. 2

Chrysodomus roseus DALL, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, p. 7, 1877.
Bristol Bay, Bering Sea, in 10 to 15 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
122664.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) SAPIUS Dall
Plate 2, fig. 10, plate 26, fig. 9

Colus (Aulacofusus) sapius Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295,
Diol alors:
Southwest of Sitka, Alaska, in 1,569 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
122597.
COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) SEVERINUS Dall
Plate 1, fig. 11

Aulacofusus (Limatofusus) severinus Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No.

2295, p. 320, 1919.
Monterey Bay, Calif., in 278 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 225225.

COLUS (LIMATOFUSUS) TIMETUS Dall
Plate 1, fig. 2

Colus (Limatofusus) timetus Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, p. 318, 1919.
Unalaska, Aleutian Islands. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 215337.

COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) TROMBINUS Dall
Plate 2, fig. 6

Aulacofusus (Limatofusus) trombinus DALL, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No.

2295, p. 321, 1919.
Off the Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea, in 36 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus., Cat.

Now2i3s32:
COLUS (AULACOFUSUS) TROPHIUS Dall
Plate 1, fig. 10

Aulacofusus (Limatofusus) trophius Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 565,
No. 2295, p. 319, 1919.
Off Sea Lion Rock, coast of Washington, in 685 fathoms. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
Cat.. No. 122682.

CORALLICPHILA SPINOSA, new species
Plate 36, figs. 5, 8

Shell dirty white, elevated, with a minute smooth nucleus of one,
and eight subsequent whorls; suture obscure, appressed ; spiral sculp-
ture on the spire of a row of spines on the periphery, on the last
whorl with an added row of smaller ones at the edge of the base;
the last whorl carries about 10 subtriangular recurved peripheral
spines; in front of the periphery and on the base are numerous
small close scabrous threads; the axial sculpture is low, sublamellose
imbricating and more or less irregular; aperture rounded, modified
by the sculpture, the canal open, strongly recurved, the siphonal
fasciole spinose with five or six old canals, and forming a narrow
funicular umbilicus; height of shell, 38; maximum diameter, 25 mm.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 111045.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 15

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Aldba-
tross at station 3700, off Honshu Island, Japan, in 63 fathoms,

voleanic sand.
This has the form of some of the Wurices but the surface texture

of Coralliophila, and its umbilical pit.
CORBICULA (CYRENODONAX) FORMOSANA Dall
Plate 29, fig. 3

Corbicula (Cyrenodonaz) formosana Dat, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci. Phila.,
vol. 3, p. 1450, footnote, 1903.
Mouth of Tamsui River, Formosa. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 47964.

CORBICULA (CYANOCYCLAS) OLEANA Marshall

Plate 35, fig. 2

Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) oleana MarsHart, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 66, No.
2502, p. 8, Nov. 3, 1924.
Collected by Don Severiano de Olea at the Arroyo de Malvin, Department
of Montevideo, Uruguay. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 109261.

Height of shell, 14; breadth, 13; diameter, 9 mm.
CORBULA MACDONALDI Dall
Plate 17, figs. 1, 3

Corbula macdonaldi Datu, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 59, No. 2, p. 3, Mar.,

1912.
Pleistocene of the Canal Zone, Panama. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 214358.

CRENELLA COLUMBIANA Dall
Plate 9, fig. 1

Crenella columbiana Dat, Bull. Nat. Hist. Soe. Brit. Col., No. 2, p. 4, 1897.
Nazan Bay, Atka Island, Aleutians, in 12 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 107641. A young shell.

CRYPTOMYA MAGNA Dall
Plate 13, figs. 3, 4

Cryptomya magna Dat, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 2, p. 17, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
333127.
CUMINGIA DENSILINEATA Dall

Plate 8, fig. 5, plate 11, fig. 2

Cumingia densilineata Datt, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 3, p. 22, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
333115.
CUSPIDARIA GLACIALIS Sars

Plate 20, fig. 4

Neaera glacialis G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 88, 1878.
Off San Diego, Calif., in deep water. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122587.
20001—25———_3

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

CUSPIDARIA TROSAETES, new species

Plate 29, fig. 5

Shell large, thin, greyish, with a velvety periostracum, equivalve,
inequilateral, inflated; beaks low, rather anterior; posterior end
compressed, pointed, attenuated; anterior end evenly rounded;
posterior dorsal slope descending, nearly straight, base roundly
arcuated; hinge with an internal resilium inclined posteriorly, and
a single long lateral tooth in the right valve; length of shell, 25;
beaks before posterior end, 15; height, 16; diameter, 11 mm. U.S.
Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110770.

Dredged at station 4992, in the Japan Sea, in 325 fathoms, mud,
by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/batross.

This belongs to the typical section of the genus, and is notable for
its thick velvety periostracum.

CYMATIUM ADAIRENSE Dall
Plate 35, fig. 1

Cymatium adairense Dati, Nautilus, vol. 24, p. 33, 1910.
Off Adair Bay, Gulf of California. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 214103.

DENTALIUM CROCINUM Da'l
Plate 27, fig. 8

Dentalium crocinum Dati, Smithsonian Mise., Coll, vol. 50, p. 169, 1907.
Gulf of Tokio, Japan, in 88 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110508.

EMARGINULA CHORISTES, new species
Plate 26, figs. 1, 4

Shell thin, very elevated, tapering to an acute apex, which stands
vertically above the posterior margin; slit about one fifth of the
length of the anterior convex slope, its fasciole narrow and incon-
spicuous; posterior slope beneath the curved apex, nearly vertical;
color of the shell pale brownish; axial sculpture of about 16 major
threads with from 38 to 7 (often alternated) smaller threads between
them, closely reticulated by rather uniform small concentric threads:
the sculpture is rounded rather than sharp or laminate; base ovate;
height, 18; anteroposterior diameter, 17; transverse diameter, 12 mm.
U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110781.

Dredged in the Eastern Sea of Japan, in 361 fathoms, sand, at
station 4917, by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer
Albatross.

ERYCINA COLPOICA Dall
Plate 27, fig. 2

Brycina colpoica DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 596, 1913.
Gulf of California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 267403.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL Ll?

EUCALODIUM (ANISOSPIRA) ORCUTTI Dall

Plate 23, figs. 8, 11

Eucalodium (Anisospira) orcutti Dati, Nautilus, vol. 24, p. 34, July, 1910.
Oaxaca, Mexico. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 212319.

EUSPIRA BAHAMENSIS, new species

Plate 9, fig. 2

Shell small, white, rather depressed, of three and a half well
rounded whorls, the suture deep; surface smooth except for two or
three weak spiral striae, directly in front of the suture and more
or less obsolete on the later whorls; aperture ovate, narrow behind,
outer lip sharp, inner lip nearly straight, not callous, but united
by a layer of enamel over the body with the outer lip; umbilicus
large, funicular, alt. 6.3; diameter,8 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
107447.

Dredged by the United States Fish Commission at station 2324,
on the Great Bahama Bank in 33 fathoms.

This is nearly the size of Natica leptalea Watson, but more de-
pressed and with a much larger umbilicus.

EXILIA KELSEYI Dall
Plate 1, fig. 6

Tritonofusus (Plicifusus) kelseyi Dat, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, p.

249, 1908.
Off San Diego, Calif., in 124 to 359 fathoms (young) and in 50 fathoms

(adult) by Prof. F. W. Kelsey. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 224346.
FUSINUS DIMINUTUS Dall

Plate 2, fig. 1

Fusinus diminutus Datu, Nautilus, vol. 29, p. 56, 1915.
San Pedro Bay, Calif., beaches. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 185958.

FUSINUS TRASKI Dall
Plate 3, fig. 4

Fusinus traski DALL, Nautilus, vol. 19, p. 54, 1915. (Fusus rugosus Trask,
1855, not of Lamarck, 1804).
San Pedro, Calif. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 124761.

GALEODEA LEUCODOMA Dall

Plate 34, fig. 4

Galeodea leucodoma Dati, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 166, 1907.
Off Kagoshima, Japan, in 391 fathoms. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110503.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

GYRINOPSIS COWLITZI Dali
Plate 18, figs. 4, 6

Eocene of Washington, near the Cowlitz River, alt. 65 mm. U. S: Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 333539. Collected by Ralph Arnold.

ISCHNOCHITON CONSPICUA Carpenter

Plate 18, fig. 7

Ischnochiton (Stenoplar) conspicua CARPENTER in Pilsbry, Man. Conch., vol.
14, p. 63, 1892.
Abnormal specimen with only six valves, collected by Hemphill. Photo-
graphed by Prof. F. W. Kelsey, San Diego, Calif.

LACUNA SGLIDULA Loven

Plate 34, fig. 2

Lacuna solidula LovEN, Index Moll. Scand., p. 21, 1846.
Lacuna carinata Goutp, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, p. 75, 1848.
Neah Bay, Wash. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 15530.

LACUNA UNIFASCIATA Carpenter

Plate 31, fig. 4

Lacuna unifasciata CARPENTER, Proc. Zool. London, 1856, p. 205.
Monterey, Calif. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 60675.

The color markings are not indicated on the figure.

LIMA HAMLINI Dall
z Plate 29, fig. 6
Lima hamlini Datu, Nautilus, vol. 14, p. 16, 1900.
Pliocene clays of Los Angeles, Calif. Collection of R. E. C. Stearns.
LIOCYMA ANIWANA Dall
Plate 28, figs. 4, 6; plate 29, figs. 1, 2
Liocyma aniwana Dat, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, No. 1727, p. 172,
July, 1907.

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross, in Aniwa
Bay, Sakhalin Island, Japan, in 43 fathoms, muddy bottom, at station 50138.

Related to ZL. beckii Dall, but coarser, more irregularly sculptured
and of a dark yellow brown color. Length of the shell 24mm. U.S.
Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110511.

LIOMESUS BISTRIATUS Dall

Plate 34, fig. 6

Liomesus bistriatus DatL, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 165, 1907.
Off Hakodate, Japan, in 205 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110500.

we ee ee ee ee

roe.
oo

Nar ine Aa Sl en al es

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 19

LIOTIA LURIDA Dall
Plate 36, fig. 3

Liotia lurida Dat, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, No. 2002, p. 590, June 11,
1913.

Collected at San Joseph Island, Gulf of California, on the beach
by Dr. Paul Bartsch, in 1911. Diameter of shell 5 mm.
LITTORINA GRONLANDICA Menke

Plate 25, fig. 2

Littorina gronlandica MENKE, Synopsis, p. 45, 1830.
Middleton Island, Alaska. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 206044.

This may perhaps be regarded as a variety of Menke’s species.
LITTORINA SITKANA Philippi

Plate 25, fig. 7

Littorina sitkana Putvirrl, Proe. Zool. Soc. London, for 1845, p. 140.
Sitka, Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 206054.

LYONSIA MAGNIFICA Dall

Plate 23, fig. 2

Lyonsia magnifica Dau, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 595, 1913.
Off Mazatlan, Mexico, in deep water. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 266802.

MACOMA ACOLASTA Dall

Plate 8, figs. 2, 3

Jiacoma acolasta Dati, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 3, p. 21, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 3338113.
MACTRA (MACTROTOMA) CALIFORNICA Conrad

Plate 20, fig. 1

Mactra californica Conrap, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 7, p. 340, pl. 18,
fe 12 e3i:
San Diego, Calif. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 46912.

MARGARITES ALBOLINEATUS E. A. Smith

Plate 23, figs. 3, 6

Valvatella albolineata Smiru, Proce. Malac. Soe. London, vol. 3, p. 206, fig. 2,
1898.
Attu Island, Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 109463.

MARGARITES BERINGENSIS E. A. Smith

Plate 36, figs. 4, 6

Valwatella beringensis B®. A. SmiruH, Proc. Malaec. Soe. London, vol. 3, p. 206,
1899.
Petrel Bank, Bering Sea. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 111048.

2000—25——_4

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

MARGINELLA MACDONALDI Dall

Plate 17, figs. 4, 5

Marginella macdonaldi Dat, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 59, p. 7, 1912.
Later Tertiary of Costa Rica. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 214348.

MELANELLA MICANS BOREALIS Bartsch

Plate 9, fig. 4

Eulima micans Carreter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1865, p. 63; Puget
Sound.

Melanella micans borealis Bartscu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, No. 2207,
p. 305, pl. 35, fig. 7, Aug., 1917. Comox, B. C.

The specimen figured is from Kodiak, Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 160084. Collected by W. H. Dall. This is the most north-
ern locality yet known. The variety differs from the typical J/.
micans according to Bartsch by being constantly more slender.

MELANELLA RANDOLPHI Vanatta

Plate 9, fig. 7

Eulima randolphi VaANatTA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 256, pl. 11,
figs. 13, 14, 1899. Unalaska, Alaska.

Melanella randolphi Barrscu, Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 538, No. 2207, p. 312;
pl. 37, fig. 4, Aleutian Islands to Puget Sound.

The specimen figured is from Kyska Harbor, Aleutian Islands.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 160085. Collected by W. H. Dall.

METULA ELONGATA Dall
Plate 23, fig. 4

Metula elongata Dax, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 166, 1907.
Suruga Gulf, Japan, in 57 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110502.

METZGERIA CALIFORNICA Dall

Plate 2, fig. 4

Metegeria californica Datu, Nautilus, vol. 17, p. 52, 1903.
Santa Barbara Channel, Calif. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 172694.

MICROGAZA FULGENS Dall

Plate 36, figs. 2, 10

Microgaza fulgens Dat, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 168, 1907.
Sea of Japan, in 181 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110548.

MITRA DOLOROSA Dall

Plate 21, fig. 6

Mitra dolorosa Datu, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 16, p.. 173, Dec. 1903.
Gulf of California. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 109009.

art. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 21

MOHNIA BUCCINOIDES Dall

Plate 33, fig. 10

Mohnia buccinoides Datu, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1913, p. 503.
Off Hondo, Japan, in 905 fathoms. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110778.

MOHNIA CLARKI Dall

Plate 30, fig. 2

Mohnia clarki Dat, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 163, 1907.
Okhotsk Sea, in 682 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110497.

MOHNIA JAPONICA Dall

Plate 32, fig. 6

Mohnia japonica Dat, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1913, p. 503.
Off Sado Island, Japan, in 225 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205244.

MOHNIA HONDOENSIS Dall

Plate 32, fig. 4

Mohnia hondoénsis Datu, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1913, p. 504.
Off Hondo, Japan, in 76 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205253.

MOHNIA KURILANA Dall

Plate 34, fig. 1

Mohnia kurilana Dat, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1913, p. 503.
Off the Kuril Islands, in 229 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205224

MOHNIA MICRA Dall

Plate 30, fig. 9

Mohnia micra DAL, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 162, 1907.
Off Sado Island, Japan Sea, in 200 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110-£99.

MOHNIA SORDIDA Dall

Plate 30, fig. 3

Mohnia sordida DAL, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 162, 1907.
Sugaru Strait, Japan, in 300 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110496.

MOHNIA VERNALIS Dall
Plate 2, fig. 2; plate 30, fig. 4

Mohnia vernalis DALL, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1913, p. 502.
Off Tillamook Bay, Oreg. in 786 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 213334.

MUREX (PTEROPURPURA) ESYCHUS, new species
Plate 32, fig. 9, plate 33, fig. 6

Shell small, short, with three sharp varices, a smooth blunt nucleus
of nearly two, and three rapidly enlarging subsequent whorls; suture
distinct, not deep or appressed; axial sculpture of three broad,

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

sharp, thin varices, crenulate at the edge, guttered and produced at
the shoulder; there is one small hump between the varices, but the
rest of the axial sculpture is obscure; spiral sculpture of the ridge
at the shoulder and eight minor ridges between the shoulder and the
canal, chiefly noticeable on the varices; aperture subovate, with no
tooth at the margin; canal closed, short, strongly recurved; height,
32; maximum diameter, 25 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110773.
Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/ba-
tross in Kagoshima Gulf, Japan, in 103 fathoms, at station 4935.
This species belongs to the group of MM. speciosa Adams and
Reeve, and not to the group with toothed aperture like W/. burnettz.

NEPTUNEA ALASKANA Dall
Plate 22, fig. 3
Boreotrophen alaskanus Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 545, 1902.
Bering Sea, north of Unalaska, in 225 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

122594.
NEPTUNEA GORGON Dall

Plate; 2550nes oF

Boreotrophon gorgon Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, No. 2002, p. 588;
June, 1913.
Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross, off
Hondo, Japan, at station 3698, in 153 fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 65° F.
The shell is 42 mm. in length and of a waxen white color. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 110771.

NEPTUNEA (TROPHONOPSIS) MACLAINI Dali

late 21, fig. 11

Boreotrophon maclaini Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 538, 1902.
Baffin Bay, off Greenland. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 126974.

This shell is immature.
NEPTUNEA PANAMENSIS Dall

Plate 21, fig. 4

Borcotrophon panamensis Dati, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 546, 1902.
Off Panama Bay, in 1,270 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 123021.

NUCULA MIRIFICA Dall
Plate 29, figs. 4, 10

Nucula mirifica DALL, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, p. 170, 1907.
Off the south coast of Yesso, Japan, in 269 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 110468.

This is probably the largest smooth recent Vucula known, though
the Japanese species of Acila reaches a still greater size.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS-—DAI,I. 23

OSTREA CRISTATA Born

Plate 28, figs. 7, 8

Ostrea cristata Born, Mus. Caes., pl. 7, fig. 3, 1780.
Florida, on Gorgonians. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 95934.

OSTREA EQUESTRIS Say .
Plate 28, figs.. 1,13
Ostrea equestris Say, Amer. Conch., vol. 6, pl. 58, 1834.
Florida. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 95935.
OSTREA FRONS Linnaeus
Plate 28, fig.'5

Mytilus frons LinNakus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 704, 1758.
Florida. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 207000.

OSTREA PERMOLLIS Sowerby
Plate 27, fig. 9, 10

Gsiraea permollis Sowrrsy, in Conch. Iconica, Ostraea, pl. 10, figs. 18a, 18b,
Jan. 1871.
Florida. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 173264.

PECTEN (LYROPECTEN) PITTIERI Dall
Plate 17, fig. 6

Pecten (Lyropecten) pittieri Dati, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, p. 10, 1912.
Later Tertiary of Moen Hill, near Limon, Costa Rica: U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 2143868.

PHACOIDES (PARVILUCINA) TENUISCULPTA Carpenter
Plate 20, fig. 5

Lucina tenuisculpta CARPENTER, Suppl. Rep. Brit. Assoc., p. 642, 1864.
Puget Sound. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122581.

PHENACOPTYGMA CORTEZI Dall
Plate 1, fig. 7

Daphnella (Sureulina) cortezi Dari, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 438, No. 6,
p. 292, 1908.
Phenacoptygma cortezi Dati, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 31, p. 138, 1918; Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No.. 2295, p. 308, 1919.
Cortez Bank, off San Diego, Calif., in 984 fathoms. U.S. Nat Mus.. Cat. No.
204050.
PSAMMOBIA (GOBRAEUS) EDENTULA Gabb

Plate 19, fig. 1

Psammobia edentula Gass, Pal. Cal., vol. 2, p. 53, pl. 15; fig. 11, 1869.
San Pedro, Calif.; recent specimen. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 107787.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

PSEUDAMUSIUM ARCES Dall
Plate 27, fig. 4

Pseudamusium arces Dau, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 593, 1913.
Off Santa Cruz Island, Calif., in 534 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
267169.
PUNCTURELLA CUCULLATA Gould
Plate 26, fig. 6, 8

Puncturella cucullata Gouup, Proc. Bostou Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, p. 159, 1846.
Off the coast of Washington in 66 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.. 106866.

PUPILLARIA ROSSICA Dall
Plate 25, fig. 1

Margarites (Pupillaria) rossicus Datu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, p. 365,
1919.
Aniwa Bay, Sakhalin Island. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 111046.

PUPILLARIA STRIATA Broderip and Sowerby
Plate 25, fig. 6

Margarita striata Broperte and Sowersy, Zool. Journ., vol. 4, p. 371, 1829.
Walter Thymen’s fiord, Spitsbergen. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 109460a.

PHOLADOMYA PACIFICA Dall
Plate 29, figs. 8, 9

Pholadomya pacifica DALL, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 115, 1907; Nau-
tilus, vol. 22, pp. 115, 142, 1909.
Off Hakodate, Japan, in 44 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110545.

PLICATULA GIBBOSA Lamarck

Plate 27, figs. 6, 7

Plicatula gibbosa LAMARCK, Syst. An. s. Vert., p. 182, 1801.
Plicatula ramosa LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., vol. 6, p. 182, 1819.
Florida. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 102895.

PLICIFUSUS ARCTICUS Philippi
Plate 22, fig. 4

Fusus arcticus Puiiert, Abb. u. Beschr., vol. 3, p. 119, pl. 5, fig. 5, 1850.
Bering Sea. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 122678.

PLICIFUSUS (HELICOFUSUS) AURANTIUS Dall

Plate 32, fig. 1

Yritonofusus (Plicifusus) aurantius Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50,
p. 160, 1907.
Sea of Japan, in 390 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110490.

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 25

PLICIFUSUS CROCEUS Dall
Plate 32, fig. 2

Tritonofusus (Plicifusus) croceus Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p.
161, 1907.
Sea of Japan, in 390 fathoms.. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110491.

PLICIFUSUS (RETIFUSUS) INCISUS Dall

Plate 1, fig. 5

Plicifusus (Retifusus) incisus Dau, Proe. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, p. 314, 1919.
Western Bering Sea, in 100 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 224118.

PLICIFUSUS LATICORDATUS Dall

Plate 1, fig. 4

Tritonofusus aurantius, var. laticordatus Datu, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol.
50, p. 161, 1907.
Bristol Bay, Alaska, in 41 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 210801.

PLICIFUSUS (RETIFUSUS) OCEANODROMAE Dall

Plate 3, fig. 3

Plicifusus (Retifusus) oceanodromae Dat, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56,
No. 2295, p. 314, 1919.
Petrel Bank, Bering Sea, in 52 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205924.

PLICIFUSUS POLYPLEURATUS Dall
Plate 34, fig. 7
Tritonofusus (Plicifusus) polypleuratus DALL, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50,

p. 159, 1907.
Japan Sea in 88 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110476.

PLICIFUSUS RHYSSUS Dall
Plate 33, fig. 7

Tritonofusus (Plicifusus) rhyssus Dat, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p.
160, 1907.
Aniwa Bay, Sakhalin, in 43 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110489.

PYRULOFUSUS HARPA Mérch

Plate 24, fig. 1

Neptunea harpa Morcu, Novit. Conch. Moll. Marina, p. 5, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4, 1858
Shumagin Islands. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 221750.

RECLUZIA PALMERI Dall

Plate’ 17,’ fig: -S

Lymnaea (2?) palmeri DatLt, Amer, Journ. Conch., vol. 7, p. 185, 1871.
Delta of the Yaqui River, Gulf of California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 56411.

This should be compared with ?. rollandiana Petit, 1853.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

SANGUINOLARIA (NUTTALLIA) ORCUTTI Dall
Plate 12, figs. 1, 2
Sanguinolaria (Nuttallia) orcutti DaLL, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 2,
Dvliiepl O2Ae
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

333118.
SEMELE QUENTINENSIS Dall

Plate 8, fig. 4

Semele quentinensis Datu, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 3, p. 22, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

333114.
SEMELE RUBROPICTA Dall

Plate 18, figs. 1, 2
Semele rubropicta Dat, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 7, p. 144, pl. 14, fig. 10,

1871.
Beach at Soquel, Monterey Bay, Calif. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 101960.

SERRIPES LAPEROUSII Deshayes
Plate 20, fig. 3
Cardium. laperousii DESHAYES, Rey. Zool. Soe. Cuy., 1839, p. 360; Mag. de

Zool., 1841, pl. 48.
Unalaska, Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 2216083.

SILIQUA PATULA Dixon

Plate 19, fig. 3

Solen patulus Dixon, Voyage, p. 355, fig. 2, 1788.
Bering Island, Bering Sea. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 106876.

SIPHONARIA (LIRIOLA) THERSITES Carpenter
Plate 33, figs. 2, 3
Siphonaria thersites CARPENTER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 14, p. 425,

1864.
Southeastern Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 55802.

SOLARIELLA ELEGANTULA Dall

Plate 23, figs. 5, 9

A single specimen was dredged by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries
steamer Albatross in the Gulf of California, off La Paz, in 2614
fathoms. The height of the specimen is 5.5 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus.

Cat. No. 111884.
SPISULA CAMERONIS Dall

——— ee eS ee

Plate 10, fig. 2, plate 11, fig. 4

Spisula cameronis Dati, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 3, p. 22, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
333117.

art. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 27

SPISULA LONGA Dall
Plate 10, fig. 1, plate 11, fig. 3

Spisula longa Dati, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 3, p. 22, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus.*Cat. No.

333116.
STHENORYTIS TOROENSE Dall

Plate 18, fig. 5

Epitonium (Sthenorytis) toroénse Dari, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 59, p.
6) £812:
Pliocene of Toro Point, Canal Zone, Panama. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.

214340.
STROMBINA LILACINA Dall

Plate 35, fig. 5

Strombina lilacina Datu, Nautilus, vol. 30, p. 28, 1916.
Gulf of California. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 219764.

SUAVODRILLIA SAGAMIANA, new species

Plate 21, fig. 2

Shell large, solid, biconic, grayish white, with 8 whorls exclusive
of the (lost) nucleus; suture closely appressed, the anal fasciole in
front of it incrementally striated and slightly constricted; spiral
sculpture of a strong axially wrinkled cord forming the anterior
boundary of the fasciole, and in front of the cord numerous in-
conspicuous threads with equal or narrower interspaces extending to
the end of the canal; axial sculpture only of incremental lines,
emphasized on the ridges at the suture and shoulder; aperture
ample, anal sulcus wide, outer lip sharp and arcuately produced,
body erased, throat smooth, pillar attenuated, canal short and wide:
height of shell, 37; of last whorl, 25; diameter, 15 mm. U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 110780.

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer
Albatross at station 5088, in 369 fathoms, mud, off Hondo in Sagami
Bay, bottom temperature 41.8° F.

This is larger and stouter than S. hennicottii Dall, of Alaska, but
of the same general type.

TEREBRA CONCAVA Say
Plate 9, fig. 8

Turritella concava Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 5, p. 207, Feb. 1826.
Charleston, 8S. C. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 87155.

TEREBRATALIA LATA Dall
Plate 13; figs: 1,2

Terebratalia lata Dati, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, p. 18, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No
333150.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

THRACIA QUENTINENSIS Dall

Plate 11, fig.°1

Thracia,quentinensis Datt, West Amer. Scientist, vol. 19, No. 3, p. 21, 1921.
Pliocene (?) of San Quentin Bay, Lower California. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. Nu.
330112.
TRICHODISCINA YVERDENSIS Dall

Plate 23, figs. 7, 10, 12

Epiphragmophora (Trichodiscina) verdensis Datu, Nautilus, vol. 24, p. 35,
July, 1910.
Oaxaca, Mexico. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 212318.

TRITONALIA CIRCUMTEXTA Stearns

Plate 25, fig. 4

Ocinebra circumterta Stearns, Conch. Memo., No. 6, p. 1, 1871.
Santa Rosa Island, Calif. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 59385.

TROMINA UNICARINATA Philippi

Plate 21, fig. 7

Fusus unicarinatus Pururprl, Malak. Blatt., vol. 15, p. 223, 1868.

Trophon unicarinatus Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 2, p. 151, 1880.

Tromina unicarinata Datu, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 24, p. 536, 1902.
Magellan Straits, in 20 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 96193.

TROPHON PINNATUS Dall

Plate 22, fig. 5

Trophon pinnatus DAL, Proce. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. vol. 24, p. 549, 1902.
Magdalena Bay, Lower California, in 21 to 74 fathoms. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 124689.

TURBO ASTERIOLA, new species

Plate 36, figs. 1, 7

Shell small, pinkish above, creamy white below, with a minute
depressed nucleus of 3 and 3 subsequent whorls; suture distinct, not
appressed; spiral sculpture of, on the early whorls, 1; on the next
whorl, 2; and on the last whorl, 3 rows of small nodules, the largest
near the suture; these are followed at the periphery by a series of
(on the last whorl 12) slender spines, and on the edge of the base by
a low nodulous keel; there is a minute row of pustules just behind the
pillar; there is practically no axial sculpture except faint lines of
erowth; the base is flattish, the aperture rounded but shghtly angu-
lated by the sculpture; the pillar is short, simple; the operculum ex-
ternally granular; height of shell, 14; diameter, including spines,
20 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205733.

i i ie a

art. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 29

Dredged in Colnett Strait, Eastern Sea of Japan, at station 4924,
by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/batz'oss, in 159
fathoms, rocky bottom, temperature 58.8° F. Caught on the tangles.

This little species is very distinct and extremely elegant.

TURCICULA JAPONICA, new species

Plate 36, fig. 11

Shell small for the genus; as only dead specimens were obtained
the original color is uncertain; they are now grayish white; apex
acute, the nucleus eroded, but there are about 6 subsequent whorls;
suture distinct, minutely crenulated; axial sculpture of minutely
imbricate sharp incremental lines over the whole surface; above the
periphery there are 3 spiral rows of subspinose nodules; on the base
behind the pillar are 4 spiral rows of minute nodules and 2 minor
threads immediately behind the pillar; aperture subcircular, pearly ;
lips simple, pillar convexly arcuate, smooth; base impervious; height
of shell, 28; diameter, 17 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 205752.

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer A/ldba-
tross, at station 5093, in Uraga Strait, off Hondo, Japan, in 302
fathoms, sand, bottom temperature 43.9° F. Other specimens were
obtained at station 5088, off Hondo, in 369 fathoms, mud, tempera-
ture 41.8° F.

The largest of the latter lot, though broken, was 30 mm. higli.
This species is much like the typical form from the West Indies.

TURRICULA (SURCULA) HONDOANA, new species
Plate 31, fig. 6

Shell acute, biconic, of a dull grayish white with a polished peri-
ostracum, and seven angular whorls exclusive of the (lost) nucleus;
suture inconspicuous, closely appressed; axial sculpture only of in-
cremental lines; spiral sculpture of a strong cord at the anterior
edge of the anal fasciole which angulates the whorl, in the middle
of the fasciole is an obscure ridge; in front of the shoulder the whorl
is sharply sculptured with narrow channelled grooves, with wider
flattish interspaces, except on the canal where they are replaced by
finer close striation; aperture narrow, anal sulcus wide and deep,
outer lip thin, strongly produced arcuately; body with a thin wash
of enamel; pillar straight, attenuated in front, canal narrow;
height of shell, 58; of last whorl, 39; maximum diameter, 21 mm.
U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 111052.

Dredged by the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Alba-
tross at station 5087, off Hondo, Sagami Bay, Japan, in 614 fathoms,
mud, bottom temperature 37.5° F.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

This has much the aspect of Aforia circinata Dall, from the Ber-
ing Sea, but shows no indication of the anterior furrow in the outer

lip.

TURRIS? SIMPLICISSIMA Dali
Plate 35, fig. 7
Pleurotomella simplicissima Dati, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 50, p. 1490,

1907.
Okhotsk Sea, 1,800 fathoms. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110542.

UROSALPINX PERRUGATUS Conrad
Plate 26, fig. 7
Fusus perrugatus Conrap, Amer. Journ. Sci., n. ser. vol. 2, p. 397, 1846.
Cedar Keys, Florida. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 36151.
VESICOMYA SUAVIS Dali
Plate 27, fig. 1
Vesicomya suavis DALL, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 597, 1915.

West coast of Lower California, off Animas, in 735 fathoms. U. S. Nat.

Mus. Cat. No. 266881.
VOLUTA ALFAROI Dall

Plate 17, fig. 2
Voluta alfaroit Dat, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, No. 2, p. 8, 1912.
Later Tertiary of Costa Rica. U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 214347.
VOLUTHARPA AMPULLACEA ACUMINATA Dail
Plate 35, fig. 3
Volutharpa ampullacea MippENpDoRFF, var. acuminata Dart, Amer. Journ.

Conch., vol. 7, p. 104, 1871.
Sitka, Alaska, in shallow water. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 87862.

VOLUTOPSIUS HIRASEI Pilsbry

Plate 31, fig. 3

Volutopsius hirasei Piuspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1907, p. 2438, pl.
19, fig. 2.
Off Cape Clonard, Japan Sea. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110776.

VOLUTOPSIUS MINOR, new species

Plate 32, fig. 3

Shell small for the genus, slender, acute, pale chestnut brown with a
smooth periostracum, and five and a half whorls exclusive of the nu-
cleus which is blunt and includes a whorl and a half; suture well de-
fined, not appressed, whorls moderately rounded; axial sculpture only
of faint incremental lines; spiral sculpture of obscure striae, about
three to a millimeter, with wider flattish interspaces over the whole

i Sa ital

—

—_—

ang. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL ak

surface; aperture narrow, outer lip thin, sharp; body erased; pillar
slightly concavely arcuate, attenuated in front, the axis pervious:
canal hardly differentiated from the aperture; height of shell, 41; of
last whorl, 27; diameter, 14 mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 110779.

Dredged in Aniwa Bay, Sakhalin Island, by the United States
Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross, at station 5009, in 2
fathoms, mud, bottom temperature 38.5° I.

The operculum has a slightly coiled nucleus approaching that of
Mohnia, but the habit of the shell is that of the elongate Volutopsius.

VOLUTOPSIUS ROTUNDUS Dall

Plate 6, fig. 4

Volutopsius rotundus Dati, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 56, No. 2295, p. 310,
1919.
Kodiak Island, Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 206350.
VOLVULA ASPINOSA Dall

Plate 25, fig. 5

Volvula aspinosa Dati, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 51, 1889.
Off Cape Hatteras, N. C. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No, 95302.

VOLVULA BUSHII Dall

Plate 25, fig. 3

Volvula bushii DALL, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 51, 1889.
Off Cape Hatteras, N. C. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 95301.

WILLIAMIA VERNALIS Dall

Plate 27, figs. 3, 5

Siphonaria vernalis Dati, Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. 6, p. 38, 1870.
Monterey, Calif., on kelp. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 32596.

YOLDIA (CNESTERIUM) EXCAVATA, new species

Plate 19, fig. 2

Shell rather large, olivaceous in darker and lighter concentric
zones, with a brilliant periostracum; inequilateral, equivalve, some-
what attenuated posteriorly and slightly rostrate; surface except on
the dorsal aspect of the rostrum, deeply and sharply sculptured with
oblique groovings; beaks inconspicuous, the lunule compressed and
vertically produced; the anterior slope gently curved, the anterior
end rounded, the base evenly arcuate, the posterior dorsal slope
slightly concave, the posterior end pointed and slightly recurved;
posterior hinge teeth about 15, anterior series about 27; the resilifer
large, the pallial sinus large and rounded; total length, 40; beaks
in front of the posterior end, 17; altitude at the beaks 20; diameter,
8mm. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 249337.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Otaru, Japan; University of Tokio. Collected by Prof. E. S.
Morse.

This species compared with Y. johanni is more equilateral, more
completely and much more strongly obliquely sculptured and, when
full grown, larger.

YOLDIA (CNESTERIUM) JOHANNI, new species

Plate 29, fig. 7

Shell olivaceous, compressed, inequilateral, equivalve, polished,
smooth except for incremental lines and fine oblique rather widely
spaced striae which occupy the middle part of the disk, stopping
abruptly at about the anterior third and leaving a smaller space near
the posterior end also vacant; the beaks are inconspicuous, the lunular
area is compressed and vertically produced, the anterior slope nearly
straight, the posterior end slightly rostrate and recurved, the basal
margin evenly arcuate; there are about 16 posterior and 32 anterior
hinge teeth, the ligament rather large and strong, the pallial line
with a large rounded free sinus; total length, 30; the beaks in front
of the posterior end, 12; altitude at the beaks, 13.5; diameter, 5 mm.
U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 107694.

North Japan, in 7 fathoms, Captain St. John, R. N.

This belongs to the same group as Y. seménuda Dall, of the N. W.
American coast, and can be distinguished from its nearest relative
by the bare anterior portion. The artist, deceived by the brillant
surface, has carried the oblique grooves too far forward in the figure.

YOLDIA PERPROTRACTA Dall

Plate 18, fig. 3

Yoldia perprotracta Dati, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, p. 1, 1912.
Later Tertiary of the Canal Zone, Panama. U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 2143850.

al an ti ei i i i lk gn

ie te ee |

srr, 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 33

INDEX TO GENERA

Fage Page
PUNE eee Re DN Gartne pate. Se se a ans 18
PACING CU Se mee See ee en See Da ELCLUCOPUS WS Mas et ae = ea 24
AGHtROLOni tee oS OS Ss ee DBIWUSCHIOCHIULON sss ae re ee 18
PAligenes Meee 8 22 OSC eee 2 WWE CUNM Re tia oa eee ee ore 18
ASE e ool 2 Oe) ae ee ae DMGURUDNO nats 55a clo oe 11, 12
PA GLUNG = See ee ake orem een DARLING See toe Sn Sle Sie aha 18
A EURTFOLE PIS On. 2 ee ee eM | Pea ITECL EO ILLS LES ca ee ay rarer 13, 14
ARISOSTITA Se sae soos ee eee eet IME TOCH IG Ss 5 Be ann 8 Ohare. ha 18
AROMAOStPNOL 2225. PETE TAP IME ZO MESS eta Sos ae oes Scar 18
AG plEnee em ee Nee Ok. AaN NS IGUOLUC > ne eo ot ele Sr eee Sioa 19
TORE a Sot Nb aa lie es Se i ip sta Lge O LCL ae ey al a aad ys 26
VAST ACG een rs Serre MeL SN yea | PAD VOLO MTL eee me ova oe i ore es 19
VAIL COPALS See eee ene Sete PD) SE yanstes JOR pos osetia = 19
ARM RCSEE eee Ne Ee bro DECIENS. So Se ye Bee 23
OBOE sap ese a SS a al VEC CONLA a ee es eee ee IR ee 19
OU GS sae tmp Be na ose k FU Ga VEG GEO ee nes ek wee ee 19
Borcosealad 2hes2 sue Pe ot Gale iacinoto mae ee nee es 19
Oreo ma pnanee = Av8s 28 ti DP altar pa nuiee ses So 2 re ks S 19
BOT SOR ELLOe ae eae ae nn ens ESS Galeiangiwellame ap ee ee ee ee 20
BUCCUTUL TT ee ee a penny ec Ae ree Guilpiielanctiaeaee es 322 ere ee 20
Cadi SS eee ee A eis) dee ee Orie tenets Slate Soya See pee Rs 20
Calliostonatire Ao Sty 2h, Day Or lgiielzgentasGu2 Bose Se oe 20
CHEYSOMO TT TES eae ener ee pt ee OR IMG Cray Gzan me es a eee ewe es 20
CUTSOEnCING Re LE ehh SE NOD Mat nae ee se os oe 20
Onestenn mae pa ree Fa eS hee SOB Ol nies ox ae ot Mee 21
COCCI NOs See ae eee re Ape Mint ie asics eine like epi Sth aac il
Rearrrner ae Beste kh. A Bike te Se = le ie Pipe Oe hue ha Dep yes ES 22
Garntivonhtia-< § As 2 oh 3 git Ne INC Ueber ee Oe ie ta eA oe Ya 22
Corbicula A ses al a he MoM Nutt es Se es Fe Se 26
NE IC OE Le ana re 15. cOserhas pire crete he eS 5
COST POCOTECR Cea aes Ne DA OSE TEC seis mo be Daa mee x etna 23
OLS ed": aed oe ae Or ee ae Rrra ere 6 nln Se ool eS 23
Ormlaniya at Ebi anes 2 OND cad ern meth alas onthe os 23
CU TTA TG UL a ple Bas lhe i SleRaCordes yume pees nies Lee ek 23
AUS CAP TS AS Rad Bate Sapa a Tie RenacopYyGMa. 2 22 ek 23
Cumnociyelase Spates etait ‘15 Mr Rohedomyi. S22 24
Pea ebU IB NAES. cit OR eke ha A Gal peeccatu la ee ere ee 24
ETRE AGT! 57 a ag Row R TOLpIESHS as 2 ack Lil ake Pe 24
RAPE EIL ID a aes SL ee ok LG.lesammatias <=. 522 Soe oo Le 23
TE OUON RENAUD ca oo ds 16 | Pseudamustum..—-22-.---.=+- 24
Epiphragmophora__-_---------- 28.) Pierppurpura.. 9. 22 2e+ ose 2 21
SE PORN RADI aa aa DR URCLUT Ca = eae ene ee 24
CURE pe SES tue ai a PGs we wepeared) oo NOS oh Se 24
BPTIPCIRGM CUM tS en oe DPT OPURUS.: Sai 2 SRL oe 25
SE RUR IU Ee oes eas SN aps PAE REO eS See ae MS 2
AUST Os es ea ees ee RCP ee al IP eC hiztOe tee = St eke a Sere 25
BEL UL Eee eae Aa 2 bh geen, APE Ver MEVGLER US US =u et ee Oh Sy eRe 25
PRET PER Barth ere eee 17 }Sanguenplaned.o. 22 25s 22 26
PERIENRLE on os a oete nec e PTS Caneel Ne oo ene Ce as Sa ee 26

GUT CUS meet See are ae Aa ISCNTU NES ee ee tee eee eee 26

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 66

Page Page
Sah a ee eR ee 20: F rapnowie. Se eee 22
SU PLOROMIA Roo ae ee AEE eee Zi SEU DO ese Se DS aera ere me 28
ISOLEUCLLC Re ae a te ere ae een ZG 8 |P LaUr CCCs a= oe mene aes 29
PUG. s Y SInT AER ERT SOE 20, PC urriculd. —- 2 er eee ee 29
IS PLENOTUCISE. sees a ee 26 LOT. soe so eee ee ae 30
ISUTOMOULN Gan. < S weere eteee 2 Urosal pene eee 30
SuOVvadrulG. 3c eee eee Cs VOGAL See etre no eee 19
PO TUR CULL TOO se tee yc Se eee 25) Vesvcomya 2 2 ee ea 30
eRe URi eee oo ee eee eee 21 Voltages ee eo pa ee ee ee 30
L PrepranaG= as one Se «ae 21 :\) Volwtharpass. soos roe vee 30
TCR! cent = ae ie 20. VOlutopeius. 202 ee ees 30
TTChOCUSCND =o pee Deer Ns OUR CLUE tea er ea ee 31
Det NGLUC =o Sy i DS) VLG Mtoe oe a ee 31

ETOMIUNAL O22 ee eee eee DS WeCOLOUd: Lat ee ee ane ee iF eee 31

ART. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE 1

Fig. 1. Colus (Limatofusus) morditus Dall, alt. 28 mm-___---------------
| Coltus Eamatofusus) temetus Dall alt. 30mm_—- 22-22 2
Gols (Lats. phe) apheus all, Alt.oQMmmM <2 2252 Bees
SE LOCTUSUS LOLICOROOLLS DIO Allston ling (OgUHT et ee ee
| Piicufusus (hetapusus) wecusus Dall, alt..28 mm - ==) 222 esse eee
. Hzilia kelseyt, Dall, alt#34rnmS 224 oer US Bo Dee
. Phenacoptygma cortezi Dall, alt. 43 mm_--___-__----------------
. Colus (Anomalosipho) adonis Dall, alt. 37 mm__-___-------------
. Colus (Latisipho) dalmasius Dall, alt. 35 mm__-_----_------------
- Colus (Aulacofusus) trophius Dall, alt: 32 mm=__+_--__-..---..-
11. Colus (Aulacofusus) severinus Dall, alt. 33 mm__-_-------------
12. Colus (Aulacofusus) halidonus Dall, alt. 35 mm____--------------

—
Op ONOaorh WN

PLATE 2

Hie. t. Fusinusdiminiuius Dallyalt. 0 mmi_ tte otasteool_euudaeeS— J
Mohnza termes Dall. sib. olin... 22-262 see oe
. Colus (Aulacofusus) dimidiatus Dall, alt. 16 mm_-_________-----
peMcicgenvacanijornica Pall alt. V4 mim ss c.0¢ ee ee oe
. Colus (Aulacofusus) barbarinus Dall, alt. 20 mm-_-_--------------
Colws'Aulacojusus ) trombinus Dall, alt) iGimm_— --- 2) = = 5 32 - =
. Colus (Aulacofusus) halimeris Dall, alt. 21 mm. (immature ?) __-_-
. Colus (Aulacofusus) bristolensis Dall, alt. 23.5 mm-_-__-----------
. Colus (Latisipho) clementinus Dall, alt. 21 mm____--------------
i Colus(Auwlacopusus) sapius Dall alt. 22, mmo - 4s -—-4- ae3

SOON DOP WN

PLATE 3

Fig. 1. Colus (Aulacofusus) pulcius Dall, alt. 38 mm____...------------
. Colus (Aulacofusus) capponius Dall, alt. 40 mm_-_-_-------------
. Plicifusus (Retifusus) oceanodromae Dall, alt. 34 mm_____---_----
3h MEEPS BSUS HOI Sd DAMA Wh VED Es 80 08 Yes pe ln 8 eh ae i
. Colus (Aulacofusus) ombronius Dall, alt. 50 mm____------------
= Calus\(Latscphe).errones Dallvalt. 47 mms). 0 5.002 ee ee le
. Buccinum castaneum incisulum Dall, alt. 55 mm__--------------
. Buccinum tenue lyperum Dall, alt. 52 mm_____---_+-------------
. Ancistrolepis californicus Dall, alt. 46 mm___.--_--------------

OOnNonFrk WN Fe

PLATE 4

Bre i. Bucconum solenum Dall. alt. 47 mm_—_--. 5. .-.- 2222 slcseeccses
- Chrysodomus, smenmius Dallalt. 50 mm._ ..=-. —- 9. ne -e
CUTysaGemus MiuCeiLs OAL Alt. O22 22 2.5 2 eal ee
= Bucenum cnismatopleura Dallaltv48 mm_--..-.-..--==---4---
Buccinmee prysemarim Dall alt. GOmm.___ 22-2552 ee eee

. Chrysodomus saturus tabularis Dall, alt. 62 mm-___--------------

Aor whd

PLATE 5

bia. Wl. Buccnum planehcum Dall, alt. 65 mm_ .. -.- =. .22 225222222 -2-
. Buccinun’ pemphigus Dall, alt..63 mam. ..--.....-.-..--------
. Buccinum castaneum fluctuatum Dall, alt. 85 mm___------------

. Colus (Aulacofusus) nobilis Dall, alt. 85 mm____---------------

Pwd

_
wna wo oo

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

PuaTE 6

Page

Fig. 1. Buccinum tenue rhodium Dall, alt. 89 mm_-_____-_-_-------_______- 9

2. Buccwnum. chartium Dall: alt .60imme ss ee eee iC

3. Chrysodomus. vinosus Dall alt. QO\mamet 2 eee 10

4. Volitopstus rotindus Dall, alt. 105mm: 22 ee 31

5: Beriigtus malleatus Dall, ali, $0) mm) Po ee 5
PUATE 7

Fic. 1. Ancistrolepis beringianus Dall, alt. 98 mme_i.._--2222-22.25--2 3

2. Beringius stimpsont Gouldsalt: 100 mim? ga5 24g ecebee eA 5 6

3. -Beringius indentatus Dall, ai\t./110 mm’. 2.02 sete st ee bes 2 5

4. Chrysodomus pribiloffensis Dall, alt. 94 mm_-_____-------------- 10
PLATE 8

Fic. 1. Agathotoma quentinensis Dall, alt. 11 mm-_-__----------------- 2

2:3. Macoma:acolastaDall; Jon. 22,mme oo. 21-3 ee 19

4. Semele .quentinensts. Dall lon. 24 mame 2. 220s See eee 26

5. Cumingia densilineata Dall, lon: 29 mm vis 2 eS 2eb aS 2k 15
PLATE 9

Fig. 1. Crenella columbiana Dall, young shell, alt. 3.5 mm____--------- 15

2. Euspire bakamensis Dall, diam. 7 Mm. - 42 5 ee si

3. Cadulus californicus Pilsbry and Sharp, lon. 20 mm_----------- 9

4. Melanella micans borealis Bartsch, alt. 12.5 mm_____----------- 20

Fy ACU COSTE TESES) EIN CLSs VO nns L RM INN cee 2

6: (Calliostoma tricolor; Gabb alt. 19 mm=--= == es eee ee 9

1, Melanclla randolpht Vanatta, alt. 7 mim- S22 ee 20

8... Terebra concava Say, alt= 20gingay 2 os 2. 2 ee ees 27
Puate 10

Fig. 1. Spisula longa Dall, lon: 62,2m. 2. 5 8 ee ee 27

2: Spisula cameronis Dall, lon. 80 mm. 2. ee ee ee ae 26
PuatTe 11

Fie. 1. Thracia.quentinensis Dall; lons47immeiss: sieeeens ee sles - 28

2. Cumingia densilineata Dall, Jont! 29) mimeo us a ssced see tees - 2 15

3.. Spisula longa Dall, Jonw:G2 tami J ysed ase inn el eee 27

4. Spisula cameronis Dail, lon. 80 mms (252 S eeee 26
d PLATE 12

Fic. 1-2. Sanguinolaria (Nuttallia) orcutti Dall, lon. {SO Hi AS os 26
Piate: 13

Fig. 1. Terebratalia lata Dall, brachial valve, lat. 61 mm-_-__------------ 27

2. Terebratalia lata Dall, pedicel valve, lat. 61 mm___------------- 27

3. Cryptomya magna Dall, exterior of right valve, lon. 35 mm__-_--- 15

4. Cryptomya magna Dall, interior of left valve, lon. 35 mm_-_-_-_---- 15
Puate 14

Fic. 1. Chrysodomus eulimatus Dall, adult shell, natural size-- ~~ ------- 9

ART. 17

Fia.

Fic.

Fia.

Fic.

CWMHIAM RWW Ee

Naar wd

me whe

me tee oe oe

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL

PuLate 15

. Acmaea digitalis Eschscholtz, series showing variations, natural

size Hite. Wo Kelsey: paren ees ee eee 7 See a=

Puate 16

. Acmaea digitalis Eschscholtz, series continued, natural size, F. W.

PCCTSE ya tN tee ee eee ee Be ES a aa
PuLaTE 17

. Corbula macdonaldz Dall, lon..23;mm_- + = 22 2s ee eee
eM Te ErenL TOE All oul Gey Oe PERTNN Oy, Gee eee os eg neg
~Corpula macaonaldy Dall Non e2a mms = Se ee 2 se ay
. Marginella macdonaldi Dall, alt. 28 mm_-_-_----------------4--
“Marguena macaonaar Dal, alt.28 mmc = Ss 2 ae eS
. Pecten (Lyropecten) pitivert Dall,-alt: 132 mm- .—.--------+---~-

AT COUSCODIATCO) eR DitLeer om alle alte rao nA cs ye ope eee een eee

. ecluzia paler: Dall, alt. 22/Simaim oie aC! tease touusba LL

Arca (Noetia) macdonaldi Dall, lon. 45 mm_______-__------------

Piate 18

. Semele rubropicta Dall, interior right valve, lon. 28 mm_________-
. Semele rubropicta Dall, exterior of right valve, lon. 28 mm__----~-
voli pomproracca. Dall lon) 29mm —- = 22 = oe

Gyrimopsis comliizt Dall, alt. 65 mms. 22 -. = 222-52 ee

SP SLLeEnOLyLisitonoensee Dall ralte oUsmnine == oe Sees
PA GARULOPSUSECOMLLECES OA Alt Oo uN ke ee eee ee eo
. Ischnochiton (Stenoplax) conspicua Carpenter, abnormal six-

WalveG:Speclinens MA GUTAliSIZ Cavs ense eon as ane oe eee mS

PuatTe 19

. Psammobia (Gobraeus) edentula Gabb, recent specimen, lon.

. Yoldia (Cnesterium) excavata Dall, lon. 30 mm________-_____---
. Siigua-patula Dixon, lon 130 mms. &S> Site gle See ie

PLATE 20

. Mactra (Mactrotoma) californica Conrad, lon. 26 mm______-_--_--
. Anatina (Raetina) indica Dall, lon. 43 mm_________-___---------
. Serripes laperousii Deshayes, lon. 110 mm_____-_-_-_-----------
~ Cuspidaria glacialis-Sars; ler. 34 mmf?! 2 S3 yal een.
. Phacoides (Parvilucina) tenuisculpta Carpenter, lon. 12.5 mm_--_-_

PLATE 21

Amphissa (Cosmioconcha) parvula Dall, alt. 15.25 mm___--_--__-
Suavodrillia sagamiana ‘Dall, alt. 36 mm____---__------------
Antiplanes yessoensis Dall, alt. 86 mm__-____2--2---_-2_ -----
Neptunea panamensis Dall, alt. 22 mm_____-----------------
Antiplanes piona Dall, alt? 40 mm. - 2-22. 20-2 sees lk
Matra-dolorosa Dall, alt t9imim oN 8_ tht 25 ve ys oe ays
Lroming uniconmata Philippi, alt. 8:mm=s22-6-5-- 2-25

Page

15
30
15
20
20
23

26
26
32
18
27
18

23
31
26

26
15
23

“=

27
22

20
28

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Page

Fig. 8. Amphissa (Cosmioconcha) palmeri Dall, alt. 18 mm-_---------- 2

9. Amphissa (Cosmioconcha) pergracilis Dall, alt. 24 mm___------ 2

10: Borsonella callicesta Dallpalt: 19.3 mimes = =e eee eee 6

11. Neptunea (Trophonopsis) maclaini Dall, alt. 6.5 mm (immature) - 22

12: \Cérsotremu’ plexiatDall, alG@i4irs wm. 22 oS ee eee 10

12a. Enlargement of surface of varix to show the character of the
minor sculpture of Cirsotrema plezis.

PLATE 22

Fra."l: Antrplanesthalaea Dallvalis 40 mmin 2 Sos ee ee 4

2 (BOTeOSCALG Greenlanagica Very, alive eras UNIIN = =) eee eee 6

3. Nepluncacalaskand wOall” alti s2 amin ore ee te ee 22

A SEACH TUS US NOMGUUCILES alk tnU UT YoU red Uti C) ere X TU eee eee ee 24

5a Propren prnnatas Dall, alt: ¢ 0 nin. © ee ee ee 28
PLATE 23

Hire. 1. Neptunea gorgon Dall, alt..39rmmeé Sf 4. Yeti jakelive miso - 22

2.. Lyonsia.magnifica Dall, dont 25 mmeCU -sssoecbinee (otee twee 19

3. Margarites albolineatus E. A. Smith, base of shell, lat. 11 mm_-__- 19

A. Mietula elongata Dall, alt. Sot >ommes a eee ee 20

5. Solariella elegantula Dall, base, diam. 5.5 mm___-_-------------- 26

6. Margarites albolineatus E. A. Smith, profile, lat. 11 mm_-___-__-_- 19

7. Trichodiscina verdensis Dall, profile, lat. 18.5 mm-_--_----___---- 28

8. Eucalodium (Anisospira) orcutti Dall, alt. 39 mm., including

apical whorls:2.% 20220 Bi ee eee ee ee a ee 17

9. ‘Solariella elegantula Wall alt. 5.5 AWM 2 on 26 ae oe ee 26

10. Trichodiscina verdensis Dall, base, lat. 18.5 mm. _--_..+---.--_- 28

11. Section showing internal structure of Hucalodiwm orcutii_ —------ 17

12. Trichodiscina verdensis Dall, upper surface, diam. 18.5 mm_-_---- 28
PuatE 34

Bie. 1. Pyrulofusus harpa Moreh, natural size_= 2-2 _ > = je FEE --— 25

2. Calliostoma nepheloide Dall, profile, alt. 25.5 mm ___------------ 9

3. Calliostoma nepheloide Dall, base, diam. 22 mm-__-------------- 9
PLATE 25

Fig. 1.. Pupillaria roessice: Dall, alt..d0 mam o2ch25 eseeins sh 3 aes - 24

2. Liitorina grénlandica Menke, alt; 11mm... -.=2--2---<+==4-- 19

3. Volvula bushi Dall, lon, 4-6;mmsp9!- ead eott- Besseceeb eee - 31

4, Tritonalia circumtexta Stearns, alt. 22 mm----..-------=-----+- 28

5. Volvala aspinosa Dall,Jon. 4 mms ssas2 dens ee + ashe - 31

6. Pupillaria striata Broderip and Sowerby, alt. 19 mm_-_---_------ 24

7. Littoring sitkana Philippi, ai. a'Gniim oo. 222 19
PLATE 26

Fig. 1. Emarginula choristes Dall, basal lon. 17 mm_._----------------- 16

2. Colus (Aulacofusus) roseus Dall, alt. 22 mm-_------------------ 13

3. Cocculina japonica Dall, lon, 8.2: mmic -U oth seeds eae ak -- 11

4. Emarginula choristes Dall, alt. 18 mame - 2 tL ssesJe--420_--- 16

ART, 17

Fic.

Eire:

Fia.

Fig.

—

I oR ON

CHONAMRWNH

SOWMNAA PWNS

. Ostrea frons Linnaeus, inside of lower valve, natural size
. Liocyma aniwana Dall, young profile, lon. 25 mm
. Ostrea cristata Born, upper valve in place, lon. 45 mm
. Ostrea cristata Born, interior of lower valve, lon. 45 mm

. Lima hamlini Dall, lon. 53 mm
. Yoldia johanni Dall, lon. 28 mm
. Pholadomya pacifica Dall, exterior of left valve, lon. 43.5 mm___

SOHNDAR WN

. Nucula mirifica Dall, interior of left valve, lon. 36 mm

. Mohnia clarki Dall, alt. 21 mm

. Buccinum sakhalinensis Dall, alt. 36 mm

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL

Cocenteimyaponica* Dall, ton. 8:2*mm=2 See !. a2 Las
Puncturella cucullata Gould, profile, alt. 22.5 mm___-_--_-------

. Urosalpinz perrugatus Conrad, alt. 27 mm_-_-_._---------------
. Puncturella cucullata Gould, interior view, lon. 22.5 mm_-__------
. Colus (Aulacofusus) sapius Dall, alt. 23 mm_-_-_----.----------

PLATE 27

- Vesicomya suavis Dall, lon. 35, moms sy oe
a ryecna co-porca Mall, lon. 10 mmo 22 2. 22k Set

Willtiamiawernalis-Dall, lonvi 4ymmys_ 2-525. 425-.2--22 2222
Pseudamusiun arceseoall alt. 21. mms. 2322.22 eases]
Williamia vernalis Dall, profile, lon. 14 mm________-_-_-_---__----
Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck, interior of right valve, lon. 28 mm__--
Plicatula gibbosa Lamarck, interior of left valve, lon. 28 mm__-_-

. Denialium crocmum Dall, Ionws9 mmts_ Soe ese ge ok Ste
. Ostrea permollis Sowerby, upper valve in place, lat. 40 mm__----_-_

Ostrea permollis Sowerby, interior of lower valve, lat. 40 mm_ -_-
PLATE 28

Ostrea equestris Say, interior of lower valve, lon. 35 mm__-_-_---___-
vaLigena, sucea Dall lon: 45mm 2. 22. ek eee A es
Ostrea equestris Say, upper valve in place, lon. 35 mm_______----
Liocyma aniwana Dall, young dorsal view, lon. 25 mm

PLATE 29

Liocyma aniwana Dall, adult profile, lon. 24 mm_____________-
Liocyma aniwana Dall, adult dorsal view, lon. 24 mm
Corbicula (Cyrenodonax) formosana Dall, lon. 12 mm
Nucula mirifica Dall, profile, lon. 36 mm
Cuspidaria trosaetes Dall, lon. 24 mm

The same, interior of left valve, lon. 43.5 mm___-__________--_-

PuaTEe 30

Ancistrolepis okhotensis Dall, alt. 45 mm
Mohnia sordida Dall, alt. 26 mm_.__-._----------------------
Mohnia vernalis Dall, alt. 21 mm

Buccinum aniwanum Dall, alt. 48 mm

. Buccinum bombycinum Dall, alt. 27 mm
. Ancistrolepis grammatus Dall, alt. 101 mm
. Mohnia micra Dall, alt. 15 mm

Page
it
24
30
24
14

30
16
jl
24
31
24
24
16
23
23

23
18
23
18
23
23

18
18
15
22
16
18
32
24
24
22

Fre. 1.
. Antiplanes bulimoides Dall; alt..B2 mnyey le se aae eee Bae
. Volutopsrusiharases Bilsbisye: alttay24s nants ese) ph eee eee ey
. Lacuna unifasciata Carpenter, the color markings not indicated,

Fic.

Fia.

H CO bd

om Or

SIO OP

—"

CHNAMPWNe

SOHN DNR ON

Ai;
. Lacuna solidulasLoven, alts 10 mim: teoiel Jie sb rust shvae de
. Chrysodomus eulimatus Dall, immature specimen, but original type

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

PLATE 31

Buccinum epistomium: Dall, alt. 57 mms_ 22) bee eee

. Buccinm rosstcum Dally alc. 140 mam eoms Saale aers ee eee
. Lurricula (Surcula) hondoana Wall, alt. 56 mm=— = 22-222 soe ees
. Bucconum pemprigus Dall vali. Go. Mins eee sete ee eee

PLaTE 32

. Plicifusus (Helicofusus) aurantius Dall, alt. 46 mm____________-_
. Plicifusus:craceus; Dall; alt: 37 mms ee ee a Se

Volutopsius minors Mall, jalt-40;mm! == ee aa eee 2 a

» Mohnia hondoensis Dall, alti? mmee! Jie ease eek ee
. Buccinum zelotes(Dallsalt; G2 mmy4<2: 2 epee 2 ee nee

Mohniagaponica Dall, alt-A9mmmisia! ves eh See eee nee
Bucconumiulumnoideum_eDall, alia 40mm 2 5 ee

. Basilissa (Orectospira) babelica Dall, alt. 37 mm_-______________
. Murex (Pteropurpura) esychus Dall, alt. 37 mm___-_____________

Cocculina rhyssa Dall, dorsal view, lon. 7.6 mm_____-_______---

; Jbhevsameprotites omit Om rises = eee ee no eee ae ae
. Basilissa (Orectospira) babelica Dall, base diam. 25 mm_-__-_------

PLATE 33

. Buccinum pokum Dall,ialt,44 mmole. saqgi. el absaet Bete
. Siphonaria (Liriola) thersites Carpenter, dorsal view, lon. 9 mm_ _

‘Lheysamein: profile: Slome:O@morm eye aes ee | ae el es eee eee

. Buccinum opisthoplectum. Dall,*alt? 40mm ___=------=2--2- 22-52

Buccmum sunuganiim, Walla 49 eri oe ee ee
Murex (Pteropurpura) esychus Dall, apical view, diam. 25 mm_ --
Phreiusus chyssus Delt ait oAG min kee ee

a BUCeenimAGCULts Pinatas alGes ed) CON oe ee ee

Buccinmmrectomocyma Wall ralGer ce lide eee ee ee
MGI NGO CCTM OAC SEMAN: ey Ger coo) sank yy eee ee ee

PuaTe 34

Mohnia kurilana Dall,atts 14 mms sites (fat ts soregig)_Saiae en

(see.also*Plate 14)s alt= 68 mamS3te4 soo ee ee eee

. "Galeodeatieucodoma Dallalt.6(amime es ea ee ee
. ‘Anetstrolepisidamen Dall ait 80 mime. oe ne 2 eee
» Liomesis bistriatust Dall alti hoe Wy eee = eer ee
a Pliccfusus poly plenuratis oP aller le 20 ue UrnN ese ae ee ee ee

PuatTe 35

. Cymatiumadairense Dall, alt. S4immy 7224) ee See eat See
. Corbicula (Cyanocyclas) oleana Marshall, alt. 14 mm_-_----------
. Volutharpa ampullacea Middendorff, var. acuminata Dall, alt.

VOL. 66

Page

24
25
30
21
21
21

it
11

26
26

21
25

18
25

16
15

Ant. 17 ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES OF SHELLS—DALL 41

Page

Rig.) Asinace persica Dall, profile, diam.-22 mm. — ~~. .2_ =. .=--+ 5

DUN SEIOMOUNOALLACUita, Dalle alliGan2es OMI eee ee eee ee 27

6. Astraea persica Dall, top view, diam. 22 mm____.________----_- 5

GURUS ieSUNUDULCTSST IN Gm) tll aAlibey 2 OMNI TI oe pe eee ee ye 30

8. Chrysodomus (Sulcosipho?) adelphicus Dall, alt. 56 mm_________- 9

OMEUCCUIUMI tp DONensce Wall alte oy Mee a eee ee 0

NOMA erstrolep7s deconas Mall w-altaescsy Main ees 2 es eee 3
PLATE 36

Bre: 1. Furbo asterton Dall salt a3-0 mm: S22 02a... 2 eee 28

2. Microgaza fulgens Dall, profile, diam. 10.5 mm__-_-_..-..-----.- 20

SL LOlLonLumneadoe Dall diame! Oo) mme Aes 2 eee oe ee ee oe 19

4. Margarites beringensis E. A. Smith, basal view, diam. 11.6 mm___ 19

weConaltopnela spinosa, Wallvaltis7 mimes. sae eos So ees 14

6. Margarites beringensis E. A. Smith, profile, diam. 11.6 mm__-__-_-_ 19

WeLurbovastemola, Dall’ basal view, diam. 20smm= 92222 eos eee 28

8. Coralliophila spinosa Dall, apical view, diam. 25 mm____------_-- 14

OSS OLA UOTESCh 2 Wall alte) oO EM Ti es ese yee Se eee eee 6

10. Microgaza fulgens Dall, basal view, diam. 14 mm______-________- 20

11; eurcicula japonica. Dall, alt..23 mmo ses 2. 2.) 5+ bos See es Ss 29

- of 1
y> go hee BED ye’ er dw eye }

ee Pee ee 2 ee

ate onl 00 a 08, Ha, tpt ae ene
See Me prectemiar petit Ta he a: AOGe,
Se eS are Pe 4h eS Atel Re eas, sO ee ihe, Ae. sashes

ae ra Sead NEW bef MSE a Mat Ran ae ia sehth a eae ath
He weet rae
2 iy eth wi ae y Bayi ih RPE A, & Baa che

BN Rd Ge BSE ees td i aaEeeE “Wa sleds ae
og el Cie pe ee eR 2 capil oltoty (hl enaghy) asngomne hh
#4 & athe pp eae alia ates eta wick aan pA El meals fia, Sirus, ni 7
ae ens See AL, meh gaol lesed site A. a sirens soley

RE ahiae tes apauankiedh acer Tie ML pena ofedysflanet)
Oh. See socnni OLE wsiby pion: alten 2.1 sreniqninnl seipis
Py Zon esis tokens TOL VE gels ORY Laan lad aloreten ottug
Rae cetodie Gm sinks nun 6S. wareathy Wwolgdinsiive dak AOR YS: sldepotitiy ag’ Y
Or aR Stipe eset na ies lire Sa ter, hee oo ae lad idoaprad ninlol, :

s a ” e es
sé; : 3 Nee eat (ey 7 imi s it) we Bes Fis 4k HR ve ; a ‘ ;
Z ; i pea eee ne

RF: Piss UR SSR ae as tt) see ee nee | aR EAE De STAN PRS co a

ae i = cr een ov * at i » wee = sa ¥
58: gcc ye dy it Meee aay See lete pel OR Ce Gainer Ree

Eee es

at Set ih; a teow ae oie = Mea ite
HETIL CAT GHG RG mers By aa ene, deta! uw, aay $ wes
Rh rebeese: re, donate tie: let: ,

~ 7 ‘ ha cee s
ue Gee Sekt sth ay Meee ‘aD Pees, Wels, fe bi He cx * a yen A

: = ste ageetem) Cel Veni ee
: = Pe Pet wig ses Witt: Lhe vist, ae S. i
: fa irae Hes i cated eas :
‘ Se hme Be i HI, Delt hee: oe # ores! Ae 3
mt . Sy BARBI is ie x tie ®t a oe ee fi fs

Renee urke Pgs! ale Oe ea 52

ee Ae

ie eo eh Spot oo de hag

7a iS A as CaO ‘es
SAE ireh lee Si oleae iG a ee ee a ae
A LA iegtae dig eee a ce Kneis osama it el
Baas Sie at, PARES 3 é

Ao Ueagae aed Hike ian is ice ee aes
&. dncdet alapes dash Da) aa re wet
* Lebsneete ee aad a res 8, we

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. |

A
ta

£1: 12

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 35

U. S. NATIONAL

MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 35

66,

ART.

Riba 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 3

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 35

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 4

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 35

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM - PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 5

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 35

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 6

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

U. S.-NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. ITZ PL. 7

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 8

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 10

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

U. S.

NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

ieee

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 17 PL. 12

SANGUINOLARIA ORCUTT! DALL

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 13

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 36

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART.

NATIONAL MUSEUM

CHRYSODOMUS EULIMATUS DALL

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

PE.

Pie

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 17

NATIONAL MUSEUM

Wi Ss

ACMAEA DIGITALIS ESCHSCHOLTZ

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 2

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. I6

ACMAEA DIGITALIS ESCHSCHOLTZ

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 2

PE:

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 37

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 18

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 37

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 19

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 37

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 20

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 37

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 21

stn
\aee

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 37 AND 38

NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL.

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

66, ART.

PEs 22

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 23

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE S=E PAGE 33

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 17 PL. 24

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 25

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

nH i
yu fa
a

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 38 AND 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 27

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 28

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 29

YN,

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 30

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 31

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 40

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 32

ia a2 OLS ;
ae 4BS ¥ agty
Jie TT Ca a

pus
Bin riey

Oey

SSCA pr)
Se

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 40

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 33

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 40

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 34

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 40

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 35

i )
LA
STAN
an NA
NWI
yi ,
=

AlAs
Ky

Joe
rote FAN
cn ort

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 40 AND 4]

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. I7 PL. 36

ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4]

NEW DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES IN THE UNITED
STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

By J. M. Avpricu

Associate Curator, Division of Insects, United States National Museum

The following descriptions of two new genera and 26 new species
of Diptera, with notes on little-known species and several tables of
species and genera, are the result of general work on the collection
in this order.

Family MILICHIIDAE
Genus PHOLEOMYIA Hendei

Pholeomyia BitiMeK, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, p. 903, 1867.—HEN-
DEL, Wien. Ent. Zeit., vol. 30, p. 40, 1911.—Mertanper, Journ. N. Y., Ent.
Soc., vol. 21, pp. 284-238, 1918.—Mattocu, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.
46, pp. 130-134, 1918.

Rhynchomilichia HENDEL, Wien. Ent. Zeit., vol. 22, p. 250, 1903.

PHOLEOMYIA EXPANSA, new species

Male.—Dull black in color, the abdomen expanded and circular in
outline, silvery-white except on basal segment.

Front brownish black, slightly converging toward the antennae,
where it is about one-fourth the width of the head. Besides the
orbital row of bristles, which extends slightly below the attach-
ment of the antennae, there are two variable rows of small bristles or
hairs beginning just below the lowest ocellus and converging so as to
unite at the lunule. Antennae black, the third joint round; arista
short; vibrissae about the middle of the face, close to the eyes, sepa-
rated by twice the greatest diameter of the third antennal joint; palpi
black; proboscis not very long; the labella folding back, as long as
the preceding segment. Thorax with well developed chaetotaxy:
dorsocentrals 4; acrostichals 3 or 4 pairs behind the suture, the hind-
most large; humeral 2; presutural 2; notopleural 2; supraalar 2;
intraalar 2 or 3; scutellum with 2 pairs; mesopleura with a cluster
of about 8; sternopleura with 3. Halteres black including stem.
Calypters brown with blackish rim and brownish fringe. Abdomen

No. 2555.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATICNAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. I8.
9099— 25 i 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

circular, very thin and flat, the dorsal surface entirely silvery, but
under a high power showing a single row of delicate black hairs
along the hind margin of each segment. First abdominal segment
dull black, venter black, the sternites narrow, the membrane greatly
developed between them and the tergites, so as to cover almost the
whole. Wings sometimes milky, usually subhyaline, the veins black;
the costa deeply and obliquely notched before the tip of the first
vein. Legs black.

Length 4.5 mm.

Described from 9 males taken by the writer on Mount Lowe, Cali-
fornia, near the upper end of the electric car line, on July 3, 1917.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27242, U.S.N.M.

Family CHLOROPIDAE
Genus CHLOROPS Meigen

Chlorops MEIGEN, llliger’s Magazine, vol. 2, p. 278, 1803.
CHLOROPS KUWANAE, new species

Male and female—General color light yellow, thorax with three
broad, opaque, black stripes, the inner much abbreviated behind, and
a small black stripe above each wing. Front about half as wide as
head, dull yellow with only small and scattered hairs; frontal tri-
angle shining, the sides convex, apex drawn out in a long point
which reaches the lunule; a roundish black spot covers all the tri-
angle except the point and the basal angles, the latter yellow to the
ocelli; antennae of ordinary size, first joint yellow, second brown,
third black, with a very blunt upper angle, arista white with yellow
basal joint. Face light yellow, white in male, bucca of same color,
one-fifth the eye height; epistoma not much projecting. Palpi,
proboscis and edge of mouth pale yellow. Occiput yellow, a large
black spot extending downward from the vertex, widening below.
Thorax shining except the dorsal stripes, with dark hairs and very
minute bristles; pleurae light yellow, with a small black spot below
the anterior spiracle, an interrupted oblique brown one on the meso-
pleura, the lower three-fifths of sternopleura light brown, sometimes
with blackish upper edge. Scutellum convex, with two pairs of
small bristles. Halteres pale yellow. Abdomen wholly pale yellow
except four transverse black bands at the bases of the segments,
which do not quite reach the lateral margin. Legs wholly yellow
except the last tarsal joint of the middle and hind ones, and the last
two joints of the front ones, which are brown. Wings hyaline;
crossveins separated by a distance equal to two-thirds of the last
segment of the fifth vein; third and fourth veins hardly divergent;

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH a

the costal segment before the second vein nearly one and one-half
times the following one.

Length 2.6 mm.

One male, six females, Nishigahara, Tokyo, Japan, from larvae
boring in rice stems; one vial of affected stems in alcohol, and two
puparia dry in vial. Two females will be returned to Professor
Kuwana from the type lot.

Type—Male, Cat. No. 23927, U.S.N.M.

Family TRYPETIDAE
Genus ANASTREPHA Schiner

Anastrepha ScHINER, Novara Reise, 1868, p. 263.
ANASTREPHA SCHAUSI, new species

Male.—A_ reddish-yellow species with wing pattern of paralle/e,
but the mouth strikingly ornamented.

Head yellow, third antennal joint blackened on apical third, palpi
yellow; the whole edge of mouth swollen and expanded, with a nar-
row shining black line on the prominent part; above this line on the
sides the color is contrasting white, but across the face the black line
is less sharply defined and above it the color is yellow like the rest
of the face.

Thorax yellow, a white pruinose stripe on middle of mesonotum,
wider behind, and a narrow whitish stripe above root of wing.
Pleura yellow, whitish along the suture above. Metanotum and
halteres yellow.

Abdomen yellow, unmarked, the fifth segment darker and more
shining, and almost equal in length to the third and fourth com-
bined. Legs yellow, the larger bristles brown.

Wings with the clear area including the second basal cell con-
tinued distally and forward to the costa without interruption; the
inverted V-shaped hyaline area beyond this is not interrupted,
though somewhat narrowed, at the third vein. Thus there are three
separated areas of brown and yellow coloration, almost exactly as in
Loew’s figure of parallella.t

Length, 10.6 mm.

One male, Juan Vinas, Costa Rica, January 11, collected by Wil-
liam Schaus and J. T. Barnes, and named in honor of the former.
the distinguished lepidopterist.

Ly pe.—Male, Cat. No. 26837, U.S.N.M.

ANASTREPHA BARNESI, new species

Female.—A yellow species with wing pattern like parallela, fourth
vein more strongly curved forward than usual, and exceptionally
long ovipositor.

1 Mon, N. Amer. Dipt., vol. 3, 1873, pl. 11, fig. 20.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Head yellow, including proboscis, palpi, and antennae. Thorax
yellow, mesonotum without median stripe, but with one above root
of wing ending at suture, and one on mesopleura just below noto-
pleural suture; the double inflated sclerite between halter and root
of wing is white on the mesial portion; otherwise the whole thorax is
yellow. Halteres yellow in one specimen, the knob infuscated in the
other. Abdomen short and wide, wholly yellow; ovipositor as long
as all the rest of the insect, the parts measuring by micrometer as
follows: Head, 18; thorax, 50; abdomen, 35 (total, 103) ; ovipositor,
103 ; the ovipositor is darker brown than the body, covered with dark
hair, the basal third tapers gradually while the remainder is cylin-
drical. Legs yellow.

Wings with yellow and brown pattern as in parallela, but the
fourth vein curves so far forward that the first posterior cell is
more nearly closed than usual (by micrometer 7 units wide at tip and
12 units a little before).

Length with ovipositor, 19 mm.; without, 9.5 mm.

Two females, Cayuga, Guatemala (Schaus and Barnes).

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 26838, U.S.N.M.

Named in honor of J. T. Barnes, the companion of William
Schaus, and discoverer of this species.

ANASTREPHA CORDATA, new species

Female.——A_ black-marked species with long ovipositor and strik-
ing heavy blackish spot covering hind cross vein.

Head yellow, the ocellar triangle, orbits at vertex and an in-
definite occipital spot shining black: antennae yellow, palpi nar-
rowly infuscated at tip. Thorax yellow, the dorsum with a pair of
inner black stripes abbreviated behind, and an outer pair inter-
rupted at the suture and abbreviated in front; a transverse black
band just in front of scutellum; pleurae yellow, metanotum with a
heart-shaped, shining black spot, notched with yellow in the middle
above. Halteres yellow.

Abdomen yellow, the second to fifth segments with successively
narrower basal black bands, that on the fifth interrupted. By mi-
crometer the measurements are as follows: Head 16; thorax 34; ab-
domen 380 (total 80); ovipositor 49. Thus the ovipositor is about
five-eighths as long as all the rest of the insect. It is yellow, more
brown apically, tapering on the basal half, and densely hairy.

Wing with the pattern of uniform clear yellow color except the
inverted V, of which one arm covers the posterior cross vein; this
V is all blackish in color, and the part covering the cross vein is
expanded and very striking. The hyaline stripe extending from
the second basal cell to the costa is interrupted at the third vein

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 5

while the tip of the inverted V is also connected on its basal side
along the third vein with the yellow of the middle band. The
fourth vein curves forward at tip only a very little.

Length with ovipositor 11.5 mm.; without, 6.75 mm.

One female, Belize, British Honduras, collector unknown. From
the writer’s collection, now a part of the United States National
Museum.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 26839, U.S.N.M.

ANASTREPHA OBSCURA, new species

Male—Head, thorax and abdomen yellow, a black spot in ocellar
triangle and one just behind the root of the wing on the outer end
of the postalar declivity. Mesonotum more reddish-yellow with
pale yellow scutellum, and five more or less distinct pale longi-
tudinal stripes, the outer including the humeri and notopleural
suture. Upper edge of sternopleura and sides of mesonotum also
pale.

Front with two orbitals turned back. Thoracic chaetotaxy as in
serpentina Wiedemann. Abdomen unicolorous, the fifth segment not
much longer than the fourth. Legs yellow, including the tarsi.

Wings of very characteristic color, the usual undulating bands
obscured by a general brown infuscation, which leaves as subhyaline
or distinctly lighter only a triangular spot on the costa beyond the
first vein, the anal angle and two triangles on the hind margin,
occupying a part of the second and third posterior cells. On exami-
nation with a lens there is a rather distinct division in color between
the yellow-brown typical pattern and the plain brown obscuration:
the outer border of the former crosses the discal cell diagonally be-
yond the anterior cross vein, continuing straight on to the third
vein and thence along it to the costa, receiving on the way a narrew
streak from behind which in its posterior part incloses the hind
cross vein. The stigma and the base of the first basal cell and
some indefinite expansions from the latter are deeper brown as well
as the base of the third posterior cell. The fourth vein curves for-
ward at tip as usual, and the first and third veins are setulose.

Female——The ovipositor (sixth apparent segment) is about twice
as long as the rest of the abdomen, cylindrical or slightly tapering,
reddish in color.

Length of male, 8.5 to 10 mm.; of female, over all, 13.5 to 14.5
mm.; of dvipositor, 5 to 5.8 mm.

Described from four males and four females, from Trinidad, West
Indies. Three were reared at Maraval, Trinidad, from larvae in
Lucuma multiflora, the tropical fruit called jacana, by W. Biithn.
One pair are deposited in the British Museum.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 27246, U.S.N.M.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ANASTREPHA ORNATA, new species

Female. Head yellow, the third antennal joint twice the second,
bordered with brown on front edge; palpi also tinged with brown at
tip; upper two frontals turned backward; back of head with a black-
ish spot on each side of the occiput.

Thorax black with the following parts bright yellow: humeri; a
narrow median stripe widening suddenly just before the prescutel-
lars where it ends; a lateral stripe above the root of the wing, extend-
ing forward to the suture and inward a short distance on this; all
the scutellum except a basal border above; a stripe on upper mesop-
leura and a space below the root of the wing including most of the
hypopleura and the side of the metanotum; propleura and region
about front coxae; and a stripe on the upper edge of the sternopleura
once interrupted. There is also a reddish rather square spot on the
middle of the dorsum, divided by the median stripe; and the sterno-
pleurae are red along the median line.

Abdomen blackish with wide hind borders of the segments yellow ;
sixth segment (ovipositor) much longer than preceding part of
abdomen, round, brown, hairy. Legs entirely yellow.

Wings hyaline with yellow and dark-brown pattern much like that
of serpentina, but very distinct. The base of the costa has a blackish
stripe ending at the tip of the first vein. A second blackish stripe
begins at the base of the main stem-vein, fills the first basal to be-
yond the end of the second basal, then tapers off on the third vein
and ends some distance before the anterior cross vein; the space be-
tween this and the costal stripe is largely filled with yellow. A third
stripe begins narrowly at the outer hind corner of the second basal,
follows the fifth vein (bulging behind it) more than halfway to hind
cross vein, then becoming narrower runs straight in a diagonal direc-
tion to the costa, including the anterior cross vein (which is itself de-
cidedly oblique to correspond) ; at the costa it widens again and runs
to the apex of the wing, its widest part being where it includes the
tip of the third vein. A fourth black stripe includes the anal cell,
follows the anal vein to the margin, follows the margin to the pos-
terior cross vein, then includes the latter and ends narrowly just in
front of the fourth vein, without any trace of an arm turning back
to the hind border. The basal half of the discal cell is faintly tinged
with yellow; disregarding this we may consider that the hyaline por-
tion is continuous from the second basal to the costa. The oblique
position of the anterior cross vein is a striking character. >

Male.—Only the first and second abdominal segments have black
basal border, the others are wholly yellow.

Length of female, without ovipositor, 6 mm; with ovipositor 9 mm.

Length of male 6.5 mm.

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 7

Described from one female and two males, collected by F. X. Will-
iams at Banos, Oriente, Ecuador, altitude 6,000 feet. One of each
sex was captured on October 30, 1922; the other specimen was taken
“On Luma Tree,” January 19, 1923. Received from the Hawaiian
Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 27130, U.S.N.M.

PHOBEMA, new genus

Wing like Anastrepha; ovipositor like Toxotrypana; face with
distinct antennal grooves, separated by a broad, rounded carina,
which becomes more prominent upward, projecting in a rounded knob
between the antennae at their base, widely separating them. The
front is wide and flat and protuberant, making approximately a
right angle with the face; there are two upper frontals turned back,
the postverticals are present, the ocellars present but very small.
Thoracic chaetotaxy: posterior dorcentral 1, far back; humeral 1;
notopleural 2; presutural 1; supraalar 1; postalar 2; mesopleural 1
near upper hind edge; scutellar 2 pairs.

The relationship is with Anastrepha, from which the greatly
elongated ovipositor would not separate it; but the facial structure
is very different.

Type of the genus.—Phobema atrox, new species.

PHOBEMA ATROX, new species

Female.—General color brown tending toward yellow. Head dark
yellow, the carina shining and translucent, the antennal grooves with
whitish pollen; antennae dark yellow, reaching a little over halfway
to the epistoma; third joint hardly twice the second, arista thin and
bare. Palpi rather large and flat, yellow; probocis short, fleshy.
Bucca (below eye) hardly one-third eye height. Back of head
somewhat translucent.

Thorax dark yellow, scutellum triangular, short, halteres with
brown knobs. Abdomen brown; first and second tergites united
without suture, their sternites however distinct; sixth tergite very
short, with a row of black hairs behind; seventh abdominal segment
(ovipositor) longer than the whole of the rest of the fly, round in
cross section, dark and curved upward at base, thence nearly straight
and yellow, the extreme tip blackish.

Wing large and long, hyaline with yellow pattern as in Anastrepha
pseudoparallela as figured by Loew.* Fourth vein distinctly curved
forward just before reaching the margin as in the genus Anastrepha.

Male—Front not quite so protuberant; abdomen clavate, lateral
borders of tergites 8—5 with large hairs slanting backward.

2Mon. N. A. Diptera, vol. 3, pl. 11, fig. 24.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Length of female without ovipositor 12 mm; with ovipositor 28
mm. Length of male 12 mm.

Described from two females and one male, collected by F. X. Wil-
liams at Banos, Oriente, Ecuador, January 19, 1923, “On Luma
Tree.” Received from The Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment
Station.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 27129, U.S.N

Family SAPROMYZIDAE
Genus LONCHAEA Fallén

Lonchea FALLEN, Ortalides, p. 25, 1820.—BrEcKer, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch.,
vol. 40, p. 322, 1895.—MELANDER, Psyche, vol. 20, p. 61, 1913.—BEzzI,
Bull. Ent. Research, vol. 9, p. 250, 1918; vol. 11, p. 199, 1920.

LONCHAEA HIRTITHORAX, new species

Male.—Shining black. Wings and two basal joints of tarsi yellow.

Front velvet black, clothed with numerous long hairs, which are
mostly in four rows; width of the front above the antennae about
one-seventh of the headwidth; third antenal joint slightly elongated,
about one-half longer than wide, hardly reaching epistoma. Para-
facial with very slight gray pruinosity, hardly visible except in
favorable light. Palpi black, rather broad; epistoma at the sides
with numerous large hairs, many of which are upturned; lunule
bare. Thorax shining, covered with long, erect hair, among which
no distinct acrostichals or dorsocentrals are visible except close to
the scutellum where there appear to be two pairs of each. Scutellum
shining black with two pairs of longer bristles and a marginal row
of hairs between them. Pleurae shining, the mesopleura with abun-
dant long hairs largely curved forward and upward, those along
the hind margin bristleike. Upper edge of sternopleura with a
cluster of upturned large hairs. Halteres entirely black. Calypters
black with fringe of same color. Abdomen wholly shining with
rather abundant long hairs especially along the sides. Wings yellow,
more infuscated apically and at the extreme base; the small cross-
vein is opposite the tip of the first vein. Legs shining black except
the tarsi, of which the first joints are yellow, the remainder brownish
or black.

Female.—Front somewhat wider than in the male, with shorter
hairs; the hairs of the epistoma, mesonotum and abdomen also
noticeably shorter than in the male. Two distinct pairs of dorso-
centrals with some hairlike ones anterior to them.

Length. Male, 4 mm., ; female, 3.6 mm.

Described from 14 specimens reared at Forest Grove, Oregon, by
L. P. Rockwood, from Lupinus polyphyllus.

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 9

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27243, U.S.N.M.

The nearest related form is Lonchaea aberrans Malloch, which
is much less hairy, has a narrower front and the third antennal
joint almost circular. :

Mr. Rockwood writes that the larvae of this species are found in
the stems of the plant just above the ground, often in such numbers
that the plants are weakened and fall over by their own weight.

Family MUSCIDAE
Genus MESEMBRINA Meigen

Mesembrina MEIGEN, Syst. Beschr., vol. 5, p. 10, 1826.
MESEMBRINA MAGNIFICA, new species

Female.—Black, the parafacials golden pollinose to the edge of the
mouth, sharply dividing behind from the shining black bucca;
width of front 0.30 of the headwidth, much less than in meridiana,
mystacea, etc. Antennae slender, the arista yellow nearly to tip,
plumose; palpi black. Thorax entirely black, the humeri and a
median dorsal stripe reaching the transverse suture are pale yellow,
pollinose. The dorsum has only small black hair and a few bristles
which are very delicate except those at the margins and behind.
Posterior dorsocentrals 2; anterior 1, hairlike, just before the suture.
Posterior acrostichals 1; anterior none; humera! 3; posthumeral 1,
very slender; prescutellar 1; notopleural 3 (the usual hind one
doubled on both sides) ; supraalar 4 or 5 (only one large) ; postalar
2 (postalar declivity bare) ; sternopleural 2. Calypters deep orange.
Abdomen black, first and second segments with black hair, except
some reddish at base of first. Third segment covered with golden
pile, its ground color tending toward reddish. Fourth segment with
longer and more erect golden pile, its ground color distinctly red.
Legs black. Wings deep yellow at base, infuscated toward the tip
and anal angle. Venation as in mystacea, except that the opening
of the first posterior cell is before the extreme apex of the wing.

Length 18 mm.

Described from one female specimen in excellent condition, col-
lected at Suifu, Szechuen, China, by D. C. Graham.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. 27244, U.S.N.M.

BALIOGLUTUM, new genus

Hypopleural bristles wanting; fourth vein curved forward, the
apical cell at tip slightly more than half as wide as at its widest
part; third vein with a few distinct hairs below, none above; stem
of venation not (as in Chrysomyia, etc.) ciliated behind; facial

9099—25——2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

plate with a low but very sharp keel, beginning at the top, lower
part of the plate strongly narrowed by the ridges, the vibrissae
twice the length of the second antennal joint above the mouth;
facial ridges swollen below and convergent, covered with several
rows of short, spiny hairs, which extend upward in one or two
rows almost to the Jevel of the arista; palpi rather short, flat; pro-
boscis very short, with fleshy labella, front of male above about
one-seventh the head-width, ocellar bristles, verticals, and upper
frontals reduced to hairs, the lower frontals gradually larger, end-
ing at insertion of antennae; parafrontals hairy down to same
point. Lower part of head without bristles except about three pairs
below vibrissae. Third antennal joint three to four times as long
as second; arista with a few rays of moderate length above near
base, and one or two below. Eyes bare.

Thorax nearly bare of bristles above, of the dorsocentrals only
the hindmost are distinct; scutellum without discal bristles; post-
scutellum not developed; prosternum, pteropleura, and hypopleura
bare; sternopleura with a single bristle in the anterior upper corner
and a considerable row of mixed bristles and long hairs along the
upper edge posteriorly. Abdomen entirely destitute of bristles;
first sternite hairy, 2 to 5 broad and hairy; genitalia small. Calyp-
ters large, bare, the hind ones much larger and longer than the
others. Hind tibia without calcar.

BALICGLUTUM ILLINGWORTHI, new species

Male——Front 0.14 of the head-width at vertex, very gradually
widening below; parafrontals and parafacials golden pollinose, a
changeable dark spot at the level of the antennal insertion; para-
facials without hairs, shining; antennae reddish, the third joint in-
fuscated at tip and on upper side; palpi reddish-yellow; bucca one-
fourth the height of head. Mesonotum, scutellum, and abdomen dot-
ted all over with minute darker spots on a dense gray pollinose
ground, the mesonotum showing four rather distinct darker stripes
in front, abdomen not at all tessellated, scutellum with shining
black border. Pleurae subshining black. Chaetotaxy: Dorsocentrals
0,1 (and a few hairs in the row); acrostichals 0,1 (an indistinct
smaller pair close to the prescutellars) ; humeral 3; posthumeral 1;
presutural 1; supraalar 3; intraalar 1 (behind); postalar 2 or 3;
scutellum with 4 marginal, 2 submarginal, no discal; prothoracic
a strong tuft. Calypters white. Wings glassy hyaline, veins brown.
Legs black, with few bristles except the front femora, which
have the usual two rows above and one on lower hind side. Hind
tibia with short cilia on outer hind side.

Female.—Front at vertex 0.24 of head-width; no orbital nor cru-
ciate bristles.

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 11

Length 8.4 to 10.4 mm.

Three males, one female, Cairns, North Queensland, Australia,
collected by A. P. Dodd and J. F. Illingworth. Two males are
returned to Dr. Illingworth, after whom I name the species.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26840, U.S.N.M.

Family CALLIPHORIDAE
Genus MESEMBRINELLA

Mesembdrinella Gicii0-tos, Bull. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. Comp. R. Univ.,
Torino, vol. 7, No. 182, 1892, p. 4; Mem. R. Acad. Sci., Torino, ser. 2,
vol. 45, 1895, p. 11.—A.pricu, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 62, art. 11,
1922, p. 8.

An interesting character of the genus not previously mentioned
is the existence of a post-scutellum, the absence of which has been
considered a family character in Calliphoridae and Sarcophagidae.
As here developed, however, it is much less bulging than in Dexidae
and Tachinidae.

The discovery of four new species in collections submitted for
identification by Prof. A. LL. Melander makes a new analytical table
of the genus desirable. For convenience it 1s put in the same form
as the one previously published by me.

ANALYTICAL TABLE OF THE GENUS MESEMBRINELLA

A‘. Stem-vein bare (subgenus Mesembrinella).
a. Two presutural bristles present.
b1. Legs almost black, but middle and hind femora yellow on apical half.
@. Wing with heavy subcostal black stripe not reaching the third vein,
the posterior portion paler; 3 posterior acrostichals (Bolivia
Surimam) 22 Abt ee se ae = brunnipes Surcouf.
c. Wings deep brown, the second fourth except behind yellow (Bolivia).
pictipennis Aldrich.
b?. Femora and tibiae yellow.
@. Apical cell very wide open, the included costal section more than half
as long as the preceding one (Costa Rica, Ecuador).
umbrosa Aldrich.
¢, Apical cell less widely open, the included costal section less than half
the preceding one.
@. Wing with only diffuse and not very strong infuscation (wide-

spread neotropical) _-_-__---------------------- bicolor Fabricius.
ad. Wing with heavy blackish subcostal stripe, beyond middle, before
Phird veins (bcazil) ee eee ee ee batesi Aldrich.

a’. Only one presutural present.
bt. Fourth abdominal segment with a discal row of bristles.
@. Femora, pleurae, and abdomen biuegreen or blackish; 2 pairs acrosti-
chals before suture.

@. Diseal scutellar bristles small, almost in line with the much larger
basal lateral pair; female with but one pair of proclinate orbitals,
which are almost in the frontal row (Costa Rica).

uniseta, new species.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

d*. Discal scutellar bristles but little smaller than the lateral basal
pair, and forming with them a strong curve; female with two
pairs of orbitals, just outside the frontal row, which is here very
hairlike (Pern) 22°) Se ee cruciata Townsend.

c. Femora, pleurae, and base of abdomen yellow.
@. One pair anterior acrostichals. ,
¢.; Posthumeral.1- (Panama). oe eee tibialis Aldrich.
é. Posthumeral 2 (South America) _______ _aeneiventris Wiedmann.

d*. No anterior acrostichals.

e’. Mesonotum viewed from behind shows three dark stripes, sepa-

rating four pollinose ones (Brazil) _----__-~ purpurata Aldrich.
e. Viewed from behind the pollen is not distinctly divided into 4
SiTines (Costa hick) es ee semiflava, new species.

L*. Fourth abdominal segment without discals.
c. Facial ridges high and sharp. hairy to middle; middle and hind tibiae
not at all infuscated; sternopleurals 2, 1__________ facialis Aldrich.
C@. Facial ridges lower, not hairy except close to vibrissae.
da’. With 1 or 2 pairs of anterior acrostichals.
e. Legs, pleurae, and base of abdomen largely yellow.
7. Second to fourth abdominal segments with a posterior sharply
defined violet band; third segment without marginal bristles
(Brazil) p= Ae eek, Se cyaneicincta Surcouf.
7?. Second to fourth abdominal segments not banded with violet;
third segment with row of marginals (Costa Rica).
flavicrura, new species.
e’. Legs, thorax, and abdomen bluegreen or blackish; fifth sternite
of male produced in two shining black styles (Costa Rica).
spicata, new species.
d@. Without anterior acrostichals.
eé. Only one intra-alar (the posterior); abdominal segments 2-4
with sharpiy defined posterior violet bands (Brazil).
pauciseta Aldrich.
e?. With 2 intra-alars; abdomen not violet-banded. :
f. Second abdominal segment with only weak hairs along hind

marein .(SouthsAmerica) = 42-5 sn ee eee randa Walker.
f?. Second abdominal segment with a distinct row of marginal
bristles.

g. Middle and hind tibiae black, in male the middle ones elon-

gated and with only minute bristles (South America).
quadrilineata Fabricus.
g. Middle and hind tibiae not or hardly infuscated; male with

the usual bristles on middle tibiae (Brazil).
dorsimacula Aldrich.
A’. Stem-vein ciliated behind (subgenus Mesembolia Aldrich).

a’. Greatest width of apical cell exceeding the length of the hind crossvein.
b‘. Apical cell moderately wide open, the included costal segment not more
than half the preceding one; no acrostichals immediately behind the

suture .( Mexieo.io.Paraciay ) == wee bellardiana Aldrich.
b*?. Apical cell very wide open; the included costal segment more than half
the preceding (Brazil) —~-—- = == fulvipes Aldrich.

a. Greatest width of apical cell less than hind crossvein (Brazil).
peregrina Aldrich.

ee a

art 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—-ALDRICH 13
MESEMBRINELLA SPICATA, new species

Male——Purplish-black in color, only the palpi, face, antennae
and lower part of front bright yellow. Front wide for a male, 0.115
of the head width by micrometer (one specimen), the frontal rows
composed of delicate hairs to the middle, below about 7 larger, the
lowest just below antennal insertion; ocellars large, proclinate, a pair
almost as large behind the triangle; vertical only one pair. Third
antennal joint more than three times the second; facial ridges rather
high and sharp, hairy almost to the middle of the third antennal
joint; bucca one-fifth the eye height.

Mesonotum not with distinct pollinose stripes. Chaetotaxy: dor-
socentral 2, 3; acrostichal 2, 1; humeral 3; posthumeral 2; presutura!
1; notopleural 2; supraalar 3; intraalar 2; postalar 3; scutellar 2
lateral, 1 large apical, 1 large discal; sternopleural 2. Pleurae con-
colorous with mesonotum. Calypters transparent with black rim
and conspicuous black fringe. Both thoracic spiracles large, dark.

Abdomen purplish-black, with rather dense, erect, short hair, no
bristles whatever. Genital segments large and conspicuous, shining
black; inner forceps shining black, parallel and close together, not
tapering, blunt at tip, the base behind united and swollen into a
sudden hump which is paler in color, divided into two arms back-
ward toward the anus, and these arms bear a pair of black, converg-
ing processes ending in tufts of black hair which touch each other on
the middle line. Outer forceps shining black, twisted, blunt. Fifth
sternite narrow, shining black including its sides, with two erect.
blunt, shining black processes in the place of the usual lobes.

Legs blackish; middle tibia with flexor bristle; hind tibia with
long calear just below middle.

Wings subhyaline, small cross vein infuscated; the opening of the
apical cell at costa is about one-fifth the preceding costal segment.

Length 8.3 mm.

Described from one male, La Suiza de Turrialba, Costa Rica,
February 22, 1923 (Pablo Schild). Through the kindness of Prof.
A. L. Melander we retain this striking unique for the United
State National Collection.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26796, U.S.N.M.

MESEMBRINELLA UNISETA, new species

A blue-black species with face, antennae, palpi, and thoracic spi-
racles yellow.

Male.——Front rather wide, 0.13 the head width (the same in three
specimens measured by micrometer), black to antennae; no frontals
of any size above the middle; ocellars long, proclinate, a post-ocellar
pair also long; only one moderate pair of verticals. Third antenna}

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

joint two and one-half times the second; arista with long but sparse
plumosity; facial ridges flat, only a few hairs above vibrissae; bucca
yellow, about one-ninth the eye height.

Mesonotum blue-black, with white pollen visible more from behind,
not distinctly striped. Chaetotaxy: dorsocentral 2, 3; acrostichal
9.1; humeral 3; posthumeral 2; presutural 1; notopleural 2; supra-
alar 3; intraalar 2; postalar 3; scutellum with 1 lateral; 1 apical, 1
rather small discal; sternopleural 2, 1. Calypters rather dark, the
anterior with black rim. Spiracles large, yellow.

Abdomen blue-black, with a little white pollen visible in certain
directions, not tessellated ; first segment with one large lateral margi-
nal; second with two laterals and sometimes a median marginal pair

21% times in five males) ; third segment with strong marginal row of
10; fourth segment with distinct discal row of 4 to 6 (usually not
continuing down the sides), and an apical row of 6 to 8. Genital
segments rather large, shining black, with hair but no bristles. Inner
forceps black, flat and broad at base, but tapering to a slender, sharp
tip; outer forceps black, narrowed at base, broader in middle, with
sharp tip. Fifth sternite with ordinary deep incision in middle and
two large, black, subshining, flat lobes.

Legs black, middle tibia with flexor bristle, hind tibia with large
calcar below middle.

Wings lightly infuscated, hind crossvein deeply so; fourth vein
beyond hind crossvein bowed a little backward so as to widen the
apical cell, which includes at its tip a costal segment about one-
seventh of the preceding.

Female-——Front of equal width almost to antennae, 0.25 the head
width (average of three, 0.24, 0.25, 0.27), the middle stripe red over
halfway up.

Length 8 to 8.5 mm. in both sexes.

Described from 6 males and 4 females, La Suiza de Turrialba,
Costa Rica, February 22 to March 29, 1928, and September 5 and
October 1, 1921. In Prof. L. Melander’s collection.

Paratypes—Male and female, Cat. No. 26797, U.S.N.M.

MESEMBRINELLA SEMIFLAVA, new species

Male.—F¥ront almost as wide as the narrow ocellar triangle, the
narrow parafrontals touching for some distance; frontal bristles
beginning about the middle; ocellars long, proclinate, the post-
ocellar pair about half as long; one pair of smallish verticals. The
head is yellow except upper two-thirds of back and upper third of
front; antennae and palpi yellow; third antennal joint not much
more than twice the second which is a litle longer than in some
species; arista long, with long but sparse plumosity; facial ridges

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 15

rather flat, only a few hairs above vibrissae; bucca very narrow,
hardly one-eighth the eye height.

Mesonotum, except humeri, metallic blue-green, overlaid with
some white pollen, especially anteriorly; the two outer of the usual
dark stripes are rather distinct, the inner not so. Chaetotaxy:
dorsocentrals 2, 3; acrostichals 0, 1; humeral 2; posthumeral 1;
presutural 1; notopleural 2; supraalar 2 and a small behind; in-
trallar 2; postalar 2 (the front one small); scutellum with one
lateral, 1 apical, 1 discal; sternopleural 2, and a small hairlike one ©
below the posterior. Pleurae and humeri yellow. Calypters lightly
infuscated, the front one with black rim. Thoracic spiracles large,
yellow.

Abdomen pale yellow at base, blue and violet at tip. The first
segment is yellow with a blackish narrow line at hind edge, extend-
ing below; the second segment is yellow with a purplish hind
border, wider at middle, where it is nearly half the segment and
very narrow below; third segment yellow anteriorly at side and
more below, the rest blue, but the hind border purple; fourth
segment blue above and below with a distinct white pollinose spot
each side of the genitalia and hardly a trace of purple apically.
The first segment has several lateral bristles, the second one, the
third a strong marginal row, the fourth a discal row of 8 and a
smaller marginal row. Genital segments of moderate size, brownish
or piceous, shining, with hairs but no bristles. Inner forceps yellow,
slender, nearly straight, with sharp black tips; outer forceps yellow,
slender, strongly bowed in at tip. Fifth sternite small yellowish,
cleft in middle.

Legs yellow, middle and hind tibiae and tips of their femora
black; hind tarsi lighter than their tibiae; middle tibia without
flexor bristle, hind tibia with long calcar a little below middle.

Wings long and narrow, infuscated, more distinctly beyond tip
of auxiliary vein, but with no definite pattern; apical cell opening
on costa just before apex for a distance equal to one-seventh the
preceding costal segment.

Female.—The front is narrowest at vertex, where it is 0.18 of the
head-width in both specimens; cruciate bristles distinct, only 3 to 4
lower frontals of any size; orbitals represented only feebly by
hairs but the lower pair in one specimen a trifle stouter. Abdomen
with much less yellow, none above on the third segment, and a wider
dark margin on the second.

Length of male, 8.5 to 9 mm.; of female, the same.

Described from three males and two females, La Suiza de Tur-
rialba, Costa Rica, February 23-28 and March 16, 1923 (Pabla
Schild). In Prof. P. L. Melander’s collection.

Paratypes.—Male and female, Cat. No. 26799, U.S.N.M.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

MESEMBRINELLA FLAVICRURA, new species

Blue-black, the following parts yellow: Front except upper half
or less, antennae, face, bucca, palpi, humeri and lower prothoracic
region, thoracic spiracles, first abdominal segment in large part in
the male (less in the female), coxae, all the femora except the tips.

Male—Lyes almost contiguous, the front at narrowest only as
wide as the anterior ocellus; the rows of frontal bristles begin below
the narrow part; ocellars and post-ocellars of equal size, not large;
verticals small. Facial ridges quite flat, only a few hairs above
vibrissae; bucca one-fifth the eye height.

Thorax not with distinct pollinose stripes. Chetotaxy: dorso.
central 2, 3; acrostichal 2,1; humeral 3; posthumeral 2; presutural 1;
notopleural 2; supraalar 8; intraalar 2; postalar 3; scutellum with 2
lateral, 1 apical, 1 discal. Calypters infuscated, especially the pos-
terior, with dark rims. Spiracles large, yellow.

Abdomen bluish-purple, the first segment yellow except a narrow
black posterior border above and below which widens suddenly at
the sides; second segment with trace of yellow above anteriorly. The
first segment has one small lateral marginal, the second a large one,
the third and fourth a marginal row, no discals. One male has a
small but unmistakable pair of median marginals on the second
segment.

Legs black except as indicated, middle tibia with flexor bristle,
hind tibia with large calear below middle.

Wings lightly infuscated, paler toward base; small cross vein de-
cidedly infuscated; fourth vein and apical cell as in wniseta.

Female.—Front 0.23 of headwidth (average of three, 0.22, 0.24,
0.24); two pairs of orbitals; only one vertical. First abdominal
segment varying in amount of yellow, sometimes with much less than
indicated for male.

Length of males, 7 and 7.8 mm.; of females, 8 to 8.5 mm.

Described from two males and five females, La Suiza de Turrialba,
Costa Rica, February 8 to July 26, 1923 (Pablo Schild). In Prof.
A. LL. Melander’s collection.

Paratypes—Male and female, Cat. No. 26800, U.S.N.M.

Tribe CHRYSOMYIINI

TABLE OF GENERA OF THE WORLD

1. Hind calypters covered with hairs on upper side (Eastern Hemiscners
except Chrysomyia desvoidyi Hough, noted below) ------------------ 2
Hind calypters bare except in the basal depression (Western Hemi-
spliere witie Lo 2A Se 3

2. Vibrissae at least the length of the second antennal joint above oral
margin (type, marginalis Fabricius) —----- Chrysomyia Robineau Desvoidy.
Vibrissae at oral margin; male with broad front; small Australian species
(type, varipes Macquart) _— = eee Microcalliphora Townsend.

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH AY

3. Palpi slender and very short; vibrissae at least the length of the second
antennal joint above the oral margin and distinetly approximated;
dorsocentrals only one or two pairs just before the scutellum (type,
macellaria Fabricius) mesonotum striped__________ Cochliomyia Townsend,

Palpi mormals clavate st 20 eer othe s hs aie eee ere ie ead Sy oe ee 4

4. Vibrissae at oral margin, hardly approximated; dorsocentrals 2, 4, small but

distinct (type, segmentaria Fabricius) mesonotum net striped.
Hemilucilia Brauer.
Vibrissae at least the length of the second antennal joint above the oral
ETERS SUN ne aa pe ea pe pe ped pc ace a ee SR a 5
5. Without dorsocentrals except one or two pairs next to the scutellum;
mesonotum striped (type, fulvipes Macquart; Compsomyiops Townsend,

SAMO Cy Pe) ee ee ee er e aee Paralucilia Brauer and Bergenstamm,
Dorsocentrals 2, 4, small but distinct (type, semiviridis Van der Wulp)
MESONO PUNY HOt Stmped= == ke ee Chloroprocta Van der Wulp.

Neopollenia Brauer, Neocalliphora Brauer and Bergenstamm, and
Paracalliphora Townsend, all from the oriental and Australian
‘regions, which were placed in CArysomyziné in the National Museum
collection by Townsend, have bare stem vein and I would refer them
to the tribe Calliphorini, with which head structure also agrees.
Malloch in a recent paper ° has gone still further in this direction,
expressing the opinion that these three genera are at most only sub-
genera of Calliphora.

Genus COCHLIOMYIA Tewnsend

Cochliomyia TowNsEenpD, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, 1915, p. 646—
SHANNON, Insecutor Ins. Menst., vol. 11, 1923, p. 106.

?Callitroga “Schiner MS” Braver, Denkschriften Kais. Akad., vol. 47,
1883, p. T74—JoHNSON, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 41, 1919, p. 439.

Townsend considered that Schiner’s manuscript name, being
“cited in synonymy,” had no standing. Johnson asserted that
“Brauer and Bergenstamm had a perfect right to adopt Callitroga
Schiner MS.” They did not adopt it, but they merely mentioned it
in an ambiguous way as a collection name of Schiner’s, apparently
connecting it first and most clearly with Lucilia hominivorae
Coquerel. This is supposed to be a synonym of macellaria, but may
be different, and other related species are graduai:y coming to light.
Even admitting the validity of the name for hominivorax, I doubt
the advisability of using it as if macellaria were its type.

The species described below may be separated from the common
and widespread North and South American macellaria by the fol-
lowing characters:

a’. Thorax evidently metallic blue or green, with four white pollinose stripes,
the inner not continued on scutellum; abdomen almost wholly shining

above, or with thin and uniform pruinosity, the fourth segment with a
white pollinose spot on each side widely separated__macellaria Fabricius,

® Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 55, p. 640, 1924.
9099-—25——_3

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

a’, Thorax black with only slight traces of metallic color, the four white
pollinose stripes very distinct and the inner pair continued on the scutel-
lum; abdomen metallic green on the second and third segments with
broad interrupted fascia of silvery pollen (on the third in some lights
breaking up into four spots partly connected in pairs), fourth segment
with a pair of silvery spots close together, elsewhere more coppery than
preceding fseementsiiliesews Fai hed a a een bie wenn laniaria Wiedemann,

COCHLIOMYIA LANIARIA (Wiedemann)

Musca laniaria WirpeMANN, Auss. Zweifl., vol. 2, 18380, p. 406 taniaria,
corrected, p. 683).

Campsomyia laniaria ENRiqguE LyncH A., Anales Soc. Cient. Argentina,
vol. 7, 1879, p. 256; vol. 10, 1880, p. 75 (taniaria, corrected, vol. 10, p. 249).
Cited but not identified.

Male.—F ront as wide as ocellar triangle, quite black near vertex,
gradually covered with white pollen below, with numerous small
white hairs which continue close to the eye as far down as the middle
of the third antennal joint; bucca two-fifths the eye height, translu-
cent yellow and shining except before and behind; back of head
black to the proboscis; antennae, palpi, proboscis and facial struc-
ture as in macellaria, except that the vibrissae are a little nearer the
epistoma. Pleurae black. Hind ealypter brown on disk with white
rim, a few pale hairs in the concavity close to base. Postalar decliv-
ity with tuft of long hairs on its center as in macellaria (above base
of front calypter). Genitalia on same plan as in macellaria but the
inner and outer forceps notably longer, and the former more slender ;
the penis at apex also more drawn out. Legs entirely black. Wings
as in macellaria.

Female.—¥ ront 0.31 of head width (average of three, 0.29, 0.30
and 0.83); parafrontals shining black above almost to middle; back
of head yellow below changing abruptly to black just below neck.
¥ifth abdominal segment conical, polished, metallic. Otherwise as
in male.

Length 5.5 to 7 mm., averaging distinctly smaller than macellaria.

Redescribed from one male and three females, Key West, Florida,
January 31, february 1 and 6, 1869 (labels in handwriting; collector
doubtful, perhaps Burgess); one female evidently collected many
years ago with only the label “Fla.” In addition to this old mate-
rial, the United States National Museum has lately received 65 speci-
mens of both sexes in alcohol (now pinned) from Dr. Paul Bartsch,
curator of mollusks, United States National Museum, which he col-
lected at one time on San Salvador Island, Bahamas, in the summer
of 1923, on dead mollusks.

One Key West female bears the label “ Chrysomyta certima W1k.,”
in Coquillett’s handwriting. This would appear from Walker’s
description to be a mistake, as certima is quite certainly a synonym

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 19

of macellaria (not of Paralucilia cornicina Fabricius, as suggested
in my Catalogue, 1905, p. 516).

Wiedemann’s allusion to this form by name occurs in a note fol-
lowing his description of macellaria Fabricius. Discussing the
variations of the species, hé says that those specimens having the
white dorsal abdominal pollinose spots or interrupted cross-bands in
the collection of Count Hoffmansegg were labelled Afusca laniaria,
adding that they are not otherwise materially different from macel-
faria. Although in his description, based on the Fabrician type or
types and additional material of his own, he had described these
fasciae as if they were typical of macellaria, his note seems to make
it clear that laniaria differs from macellaria in possessing them.

Genus CHRYSOMYIA Robineau-Desvoidy

Chrysomyia RosBrnEAU-DEsvoipy, Myiodaries, 1830, p. 444.—TowNsEnNp,
Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 5, 1915, p. 646.

CHRYSOMYIA DESVOIDYI Hough
Chrysomyia desvoidyi Houcu, Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. 9, 1900, p. 203.

This was described from Brazilian specimens. As far as known
it is the only American species with the hind calypter hairy, a char-
acter fortunately mentioned by Hough. It must be admitted how-
ever that the species is somewhat intermediate in this regard, since a
considerable area of the lateral apical portion is bare.

Eyes of male almost contiguous for a considerable distance, sepa-
rated only by the width of the front ocellars. The female has the
front slightly narrowed just above the antennae, where it is about
one-fourth as wide as the head (0.26 in each of two measured by
micrometer). Halfway between the posterior ocelli and the eye, on
the vertex of the female, there is one distinct bristle curved back-
ward and laterally. The ocellar bristles in the female are close to
the anterior ocellars and are directed straight to the side, opposite
to each other. In the male, however, the ocellars are parallel and
proclinate. Thorax in both sexes with much less distinct stripes
than in the genera Paralucilia and Cochliomyia. In all the speci-
mens seen the body color is deep blue-green. The hind calypter is
dark brown, with white rim only in two females. The second and
third abdominal segments have each a black band on the hind mar-
gin. Additional characters are given in the original description.

Six males and ten females; Quebrada Secca, Venezuela; Valera,
Venezuela (Dr. C. Uribe); Cano Saddle, Canal Zone, Panama
(Shannon) ; Erwin Island, Canal Zone, Panama (Shannon); Trini-
dad Rio, Panama (Busck); Las Cascadas, Canal Zone, Panama
(A. H. Jennings) ; San Carlos, Costa Rica (Schild and Burgdorf) ;
Cordoba, Mexico (Knab).

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66:
Genus MiCROCALLIPHORA Tewnsend

Microcalliphora TowNsEND, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, 1916, p. 618.

The type species designated by Townsend was described as Lucilia
varipes by Macquart.* It may be distinguished from the new species:
here described by the following characters. Both species are
Australian.

a’ All the femora mainly black, tibiae largely so; front in both sexes black
almost to the lunule; male with dense erect white hairs on upper side of
front femur, which are shorter toward apex; front femora yellow on
ANCETIOT CSIC Ox. 2 ea ge ne varipes Macquart.

a’? Male only; femora and tibiae entirely yellow; front black from vertex only
as far as the upper third, then abruptly changing to pure yellow; front femur
Withionly the jusual black ‘bristles==-=-22 = ae flavifrons, new species..

MICROCALLIPHORA FLAVIFRONS, new species

Male.—Front broad, narrowest just at the level of the lunule,.
where it is by micrometer 0.33 in one, 0.32 in the other, of the
headwidth (two males of varipes measure 0.33 and 0.35, and in
them the front is not narrowed below). Parafrontals shining green
at vertex and as far forward as the tip of the ocellar triangle, then
changing suddenly to a pure light yellow, which color extends down-
ward and covers the whole buccal region; frontal stripe a little
darker yellow, wider than either parafrontal, blackish around the
ocellar triangle; frontal bristles small, reaching as far as middle of
second antennal joint; on the upper metallic part of the parafrontal
each side are two distinct orbitals, which are reclinate and divaricate,
the upper farther from the eye; two large verticals; the yellow part
of the parafrontals bears small white hairs, which extend down
on the parafacials as far as the middle of the third antennal joint
but are almost imperceptible. Antennae yellow, the third joint
broadly infuscated from the arista, five times as long as second joint.
Arista rather short, the plumosity consisting of only a few long rays
above and about three more appressed below; penultimate joint short.
Vibrissae large and distinct, black, no black hairs above them, but
the ridges rather thick and well covered with small pale hairs.
Bucca one-third the eye height. Palpi yellow, clavate, of average
size. Proboscis small. Mesonotum shining green, without stripes,
with a very delicate pale pruinosity; dorsocentrals 3 anterior, 4
posterior; acrostichals, 1 just before suture and 1 prescutellar;
sternopleurals 2; postalar declivity with several long bristly hairs
in middle; lower lateral prong of scutellum (above base of calypters)
bare; intraalar one large before the suture, two behind. Calypters
yellowish. Abdomen bright green, first segment black and a black

4 Dipteres Exetiques, Suppl., vol. 4, 1851, p. 222.

arnt 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH Oils

posterior margin on second and third segments, that on former
widened in middle. Genital segments rather small, shining green.
Fifth sternite as usual with deep V-shaped cleft. Legs including
coxae yellow, the tarsi only becoming brown near tip. Claws and
pulvilli are small.

Wings with evident brown tinge, less so posteriorly; third vein
hairy almost to the crossvein. Third and fifth costal segments equal;
fourth vein with short, rectangular bend near margin of wing, the
apical crossvein deeply concave, ending almost in the apex.

Length, 4 mm.

Described from two males collected by Dr. J. F. Illingworth at
Gordonvale, North Queensland, Australia, in 1919. One is labeled
“ Ex carrion.”

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26841, U.S.N.M.

Family SARCOPHAGIDAE
Genus NOTOCHARTA Aldrich

Notochaeta ALDRICH, Sarcophaga and Allies, 1916, p. 52.

Front moderately narrow in male, not protruding at antennae;
parafrontals and parafacials with only a few almost imperceptible
minute hairs; vibrissae at edge of mouth, not approximated; facial
ridges bare except close to the vibrissae; second antennal joint short,
third three times as long, almost reaching vibrissae; arista with long
plumosity to tip or nearly to it; epistoma not produced, face a little
receding; palpi and proboscis normal; back of head flattened.

Thorax distinctly striped, with no acrostichals except a small pair
before scutellum; dorsocentrals 2 anterior, 2 or 3 posterior; pre-
sutural 1, notopleural 2, postalar declivity bare. Postscutellum not
developed; calypters bare. Abdomen without discals; no median
marginals on first and second segments, third and fourth with strong
erect rows.

Wings as in Sarcophaga, first vein bare, third bristly nearly to
crossvein.

The foregoing characters are taken from the type species, sub-
polita Aldrich.

KEY TO SPECIES OF NOTOCHAETA

1A Waith;s two, postsutural «dorsocentrake=.. = 222 oe oo a ee Be 2
With: three: postsuturaliidorsocentralss sees 5 ee eee oe ee 4

2. Facial ridges somewhat prominent, with small hairs extending above the
level of the middle of the third antennal joint____plumigera Van der Wulp
Facial ridges more flattened, bare except close to vibrissae_____________ 3

3. With small but distinct prescutellars; scutellum with indistinctly defineda
continuation of median dark thoracic stripe; male with dense, suberect
hairs on flexor surface of middle tibia_____________.____ subpolita Aldrich.

9 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOL. 66

With no prescutellars; scutellum with greenish-black disk, bordered uni-
formly with yellow pollen; male with only appressed hair on flexor

surface, of middle tibiae = ies eee ee ee townsendi, new species.
ARON GOTMIEL «SHUNT UE Ne ON eee eee rer comata, new species.
Abdomen black with golden pollinose pattern______-__-_- angusta, new species.

NOTOCHAETA COMATA, new species

Male.—F ront 0.12 and 0.14 of the headwidth in the two specimens.
Parafrontals and parafacials golden pollinose; frontal bristles about
10, the uppermost 3 pairs reclinate, the lowest of all reaching to the
first third of the second antennal joint, the rows diverging only
gradually; antennae black, third joint three times the second, arista
long plumose not quite to tip. Palpi black, of ordinary size; pro-
boscis short. Back of head with black hairs, only a few pale around
the neck and below. Buca one-fifth the eye height.

Thorax black with green reflections; mesonotum when viewed
from behind with two white pollinose stripes just inside the dorso-
central rows, and another pair from humeri to suture; behind the
suture these begin again a little higher up and converge to follow the
sides of the scutellum nearly to its apex. Presutural acrostichals
small but distinct; sternopleurals 3, the intermediate smaller and
almost in line with the others.

Abdomen subshining, blue-green, with very faint pollen except
below; bristles as in generic characters; genital segments of moderate
size, without bristles, but just below the anus on the inner forceps
with a striking tuft of hairs. Fifth sternite with large, diverging,
bare lobes, which turn up suddenly in a lobe directed forward and
are truncate beyond this.

¢ Legs black, the femora shghtly bluish; middle tibia on inner hind
side with suberect hair, hind tibia on inner flexor side with 2 to 3
longer, fine hairs, on outer side with one bristle.

Wings slightly smoky; third vein curved so as to widen the apical
cell beyond its middle; third vein hairy almost to small cross vein.

Length, 7.5 and 8 mm. 5

Described from two males collected at La Suiza, Costa Rica,
April 20 and 24, 1923, by Pablo Schild; they were sent to the Mu-
seum for identification by Prof. A. L. Melander, and the type is re-
turned to him.

Paratype.—Male, Cat. No. 26842, U.S.N.M.

NOTOCHAETA TOWNSENDI, new species

Male.—F¥ ront 0.18 of the head width in each of the two specimens;
parafrontals and parafacials light golden pollinose, the latter with
a few just distinguishable, minute black hairs in a single row;
frontals about 14, the upper 3 reclinate, the remainder rather fine

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 23

and close together reaching down to middle of second antennal
joint, and only moderately diverging. Back of head with all black
hairs. Head otherwise as in comata.

Thorax black, striped as in comata, but the pollinose parts are
more yellowish, the scutellum is wholly bordered (seen from be-
hind) with this color, and it extends across the prescutellar region
except a brown space at middle. No prescutellar or other acros-
tichals; the dorsocentral usually occurring behind the suture is
missing, leaving only two posterior. Sternopleurals 3. Calypters
white, bare.

Abdomen decidedly bluish in ground color, bases of the segments
thinly white pollinose, the pollen denser at the sides and below and
diminishes gradually behind, leaving only the apical third and
a median stripe on segments 2 to 4 entirely shining. No median
marginals on segments 1 and 2, a strong erect row on 3 and 4.
Genital segments rather large, black, with erect hair, which becomes
almost bristlelike on the apex of the first. The thick broad penis is
the most characteristic part. Fifth sternite with simple diverging
sides, inconspicuous. Wings as in comata. Legs as in comata, but
no suberect or villous hairs on the middle tibiae.

Length, 7.5 and 8.5 mm.

Described from two males collected by C. H. T. Townsend on
Huascaray Ridge, Jaen Province, Peru, on September 21.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26843, U.S.N.M.

NOTOCHAETA ANGUSTA, new species

Male.—Blackish, the pollinose markings distinctly golden in color
except on the lower part of the pleurae and legs. Head some-
what narrower in general outline than in comata, but the front at
narrowest slightly wider; parafacials a little wider than the narrow
third joint. Thorax with four golden pollinose stripes, the inner
ones nearly contiguous in front; the median brownish-black stripe
reaches beyond the middle of the scutellum, the two poliinose
stripes on each side coalesce just in front of the scutellum; one pair
of small, but distinct prescutellars; sternopleurals 2. Abdomen
with a median shining blackish stripe which expands on the hind
margins of the second and third segments, extending around to the
venter and more or less forward on the later2! dorsal portion. No
median marginals on the second segment, the third with three pairs.
Genital segments black, yellow pollinose, the genitalia small, black-
ish. Legs black, middle tibia with one bristle on outer front side.
Wings subhyaline: third vein with about six hairs at base.

Length, 7.2 mm.

One male, Corazal, Canal Zone, Panama, June, 1911 (Busck).

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26844, U.S.N.M.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Genus SARCOPHAGA Meigen

Sarcophaga Meicen, Syst. Beschr., vol. 5, p. 14, 1826.

In the following three species the puparia will be described and
figured in a forthcoming comprehensive work by Charles T. Greene.
SARCOPHAGA PLACIDA, new species
Fig. b.

Male—F¥ront 0.25 of head width (the same in both specimens) ;
parafacials and parafrontals golden yellow pollinose, the former
with only a few hairs near the eye; frontals eight, the upper one
large and reclinate, the lowest at the level of the middle of the second
antennal joint, hardly diverging toward the eye, about as in com-
munis. Antennae black, third joint rather slender, fully twice the
second, arista plumose for nearly three-fourths its length; facial
ridges black below, the hairs ascending although sparsely to the mid-
dle; palpi black; bucca one-third the eye height, golden pollinose on
anterior half. Beard pale except two orbital rows above, reduced to
one at lower curve of eye.

Thorax gray, with three strongly marked black stripes, the inner
reaching the tip of the scutellum, and a narrow, short stripe each side
along the supraalars; pleura with a shining black stripe along the
suture above sternopleura. No anterior acrostichals; posterior
dorsocentrals four, but only the posterior two of any size; sterno-
pleurals three; scutellum with two lateral and a subdiscal pair of
bristles, and in addition to these a tuft of dense white or yellow
hair on the vertical border near the base.

Abdomen tessellated as usual, toward its tip becoming reddish in
ground color; first and second segments without median marginals;
third with a large pair, fourth with a row of about eight. Genital
segments wholly yellow, narrow and elongate: the first with only a
few small hairs, the second with moderate black hair and a few small
bristles. Forceps black, long and narrow and closely touching each
other throughout their length, beyond the middle strongly tapering
and becoming larger again near the apices, which are rounded and
clavate; on the anterior side the profile is nearly straight. Accessory
plate small, yellow, its anterior end bearing a tuft of black short hair.
Posterior clasper small, slender, yellow, bearing a long hair near its
base; anterior clasper long and flat, yellow, fitting against the penis
as if a part of it, the tip truncate. Penis short, mostly black, the
terminal segment consisting mostly of three structures: (a) A flat
transverse divided posterior plate; (6) two slender black filaments
coming up in the middle and recurved; (c) two lateral black rods,
tapering and curving forward, connected on the anterior side with
a transparent membrane which forms a half-cylinder or trough, clos-

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES-—ALDRICH 25

ing the anterior side of the organ. Fifth sternite delicate, yellow,
retracted, in the form of a broad U, with rather dense hair on the
inner side of the arms. The inflexed ends of the fourth tergite bear
long hair.

A
C& NY’

Sarcophega subaenescens Aldrich Masicera arator Aldrich

JSercophaga p lacida Aldrich Jarcophaga morosa Aldrich

Fic. 1.—MALB GENITALIA. @, SARCOPHAGA SUBAENESCENS, NEW SPECIES; 0, SARCOPHAGA
PLACIDA, NEW SPECIES; c, MASICERA ARATOR, NEW SPECIES; @, SARCOPHAGA MOROSA,
NEW SPECIES. DRAWN BY C. T. GREENE.

Legs black, femora stout, middle ones with comb on posterior apical
edge below; middle tibia with a single bristle on outer front side;
hind tibia without villosity; claws and pulvilli large, the latter in-
fuscated.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Wings hyaline, with the usual venation; third vein with eight to
ten hairs at base, reaching halfway to cross vein; third costal segment
slightly longer than fifth; no costal spine. Epaulet black, subepaulet
yellow.

Female—Front 0.31 of head width ‘(average of two, 0.30 and

0.82); the usual orbitals present, lower frontals as in male. Middle
tibiae with two or three bristles on outer front side. Tufts of white
or yellow hair on sides of scutellum as in male. Genital segments a
little reddish. the ergans much retracted.

Length of male, 10 to il mm.; of female, 8 to-i0 mm.

Described from one male, Brownsville, Texas, collected by T. C.
Barber in June, 1922; and from three lots, all from James Zetek:
(a) One male and six females, reared at Ancon, Canal Zone, irom
dead Murex; (0) one male, one female, reared at Fort Amador,
Canal Zone, from Hylesia, species, which we assume was dead to
begin with; (c) four males and four females, reared at Ancon by
one of Mr. Zetek’s predecessors, but the data are now lost. This
third lot are paler in color of pollen, and the lateral scutellar tufts
are yellow instead instead of whitish, but the puparia show no dif-
ferences. The type and allotype are from the lot a. Mr. Zetek’s
numbers for the three lots are Z-2305, Z-2303, and Z-1834, re-
spectively.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27097, U.S.N.M.

SARCOPHAGA MOROSA, new species
Fig. d.

Male—F¥ront about 0.22 of head width, the head being damaged
on the sides the measurement can not be taken exactly; parafrontals
and parafacials pollinose with a distinct but not deep golden tinge,
the former narrower than the middle stripe, the latter with a row
of hairs next the eye becoming bristly below and a few additional
hairs; two or three upper frontal pairs decreasingly reclinate, the
uppermost not especially strong; lowest frontals strongly divergent ;
antennae black, third joint less than twice the second, moderately
wide, arista plumose more than to middle. Palpi black; bucca
about one-third eye height, with black hair except behind; back of
head with mostly black hair.

Thorax with the usual three black stripes and an outer pair
shorter and weaker. Acrostichals, 0, 1; dorsocentrals, 4, 3, all
large; sternopleural, 3; scutellum with two lateral, one apical, and
one discal near tip. Postalar declivity with hairs in the middle.

Abdomen tessellated as usual; first and second segments without
median marginals, third with a pair, fourth with a marginal row.
Genital segments rather large, wholly black, with erect, soft hair;
forceps red on the attached basal part, the rest black, divergent, of

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH On.

uniform breadth to the tip, where the hind edge curves forward to
form a sharp tooth at the middle of the apex; accessory plate red-
dish, triangular, the apical side broad. Posterior clasper small and
inconspicuous, anterior clasper long and low, rounded at tip. Penis
thick and rather short, the distal segment globose, blackish; the
apical posterior part is suddenly narrowed into a curved beak ex-
tending forward, underneath which two blunt filaments emerge; the
side pieces of the distal segment are in the form of truncated plates,
diverging apically from each other. Fifth sternite yellow, retracted,
apparently a plain V.

Legs black; middle femora with combs before and behind at tip;
middle tibiae with two bristles on outer front side; hind tibiae with
long villosity on outer and inner flexor sides. Claws and pulvilli
~ large, the latter infuscated.

Wings hyaline; third vein at base with four to six hairs; bend of
fourth vein with stump or heavy fold; third costal segment con-
siderably longer than fifth; no costal spine.

Length 11 mm.

Described from one male specimen, reared by F. Johansen from a
larva taken near Ottawa, Canada; the fly emerged July 11, 1918.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27098, U.S.N.M.

The species is close to pulla Aldrich, but differs in the genitalia,
especially the form of the accessory plate, which is entirely different.
and in the forceps.

SARCGPHAGA SUBAENESCENS, new species
Fig. a.

Male.—Front 0.21 of head width (one specimen); parafrontals
much narrower than median stripe, metallic above, thinly white
pollinose below; frontal bristles ten, the uppermost reclinate and
somewhat larger, the lowest diverging toward eye; a single vertical;
ocellars normal; parafacials with thin white pollen, quite narrow
below, the usual row of hairs bristly below; antennae black, third
joint reddish basally, over twice the second, arista with somewhat
short plumosity extending only to middle. Palpi black; bucca
hardly one-third eye height, with black hair; back of head with only
a little pale hair about foramen and below.

Thorax thinly glaucous pollinose, subshining, but when viewed
from behind showing the usual three dark stripes well separated.
Acrostichal 0,1; dorsocentral 2,3, sternopleural 3; scutellum with two
lateral, one apical, and one discal; postalar declivity with a few hairs
in middle.

Abdomen black with very thin tessellation, subshining and with a
slight aeneous reflection; first segment without median marginals;

23 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

second with a small, depressed pair rather far apart in the described
specimen; third with a large pair, fourth with a marginal row.
Genital segments small, wholly black, with small black hair, the sec-
ond segment with two small bristles turned up behind. Forceps
minute, black, diverging only at tip, in profile of rather even width,
bearing a small tooth at the middle of the blunt tip. Accessory plate
yellow, shining, rounded, not much produced apically. Posterior
clasper not visible in the specimen, anterior minute, depressed for-
ward. Penis small, blackish, distinctly jointed, the distal segment
somewhat globose, its main sclerite forming the back and sides has
a thick, rounded, transverse rim at apex, in front of which in the
middle is a small protuberance. Fifth sternite wholly retracted in
the specimen.

Legs black, middle femur without comb, middle tibia with one ~
bristle on outer front side, hind tibia without villosity; claws and
pulvillia large, the latter infuscated.

Wings hyaline; third vein with a row of six or eight hairs; fourth
vein ending nearer apex than in most species (less than half the fifth
costal segment) ; third costal segment slightly shorter than fifth.

Length 5 mm.

Described from a single male, reared by Ray T. Webber from a
puparium which he took out of a spider’s web at Somerville, New
Jersey, on June 23, 1922.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27099, U.S.N.M.

The nearest relative is davidsoni, Coquillett, which has been reared
from spiders’ eggs; swbaenescens differs from this species in having
no anterior acrostichals, thinner pollen, a slight aeneous cast to the
color of the abdomen, etc. It is highly probable that subaenescens
attacks spiders’ eggs.

Family TACHINIDAE
Genus ATACTA Schiner

Atacta ScHINER, Novara Reise, 1868, p. 328. Type and sole species brasil-
iensis, new.

Atactomima TowNseEND, Bulletin Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 35, 1916, p. 15.
Type and sole species crescentis, new, from Brazil.

The characters of Atacta are in brief as follows: Head wider than
thorax, subhemispherical; front in male strikingly narrow above
(about twice the ocellar triangle), the eyes diverging at a wide angle
to the level of the antennae, parafrontals somewhat triangular in
form, usually silvery, covered with dense hair, frontal stripe only
about as wide as ocellar triangle; only one vertical on each side.
Female with wide front, the parafrontals slightly inflated, very
broad, with a long dark, translucent reflecting spot on each bearing

ant 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED. FLIES—ALDRICH 29

a row of five orbitals, the uppermost of which is reclinate. In both
sexes the ocellars are present, the frontals diverge below in a broad
curve almost to the eye margin at the level of the middle of the
second antennal joint; the antennae are slender and small, the sec-
ond joint equal to the third; the face is very flat, the parafacials bare
and wide, the facial ridges bare, the vibrissae distinctly above the
edge of the mouth. Bucca in profile about one-fourth the eye height.
Palpi and proboscis ordinary. The thoracic chaetotaxy is the same
as in Belvosia unifasciata Robineau-Desvoidy (Z'riachora of 'Town-
send) and in thorax, abdomen, legs and wings there are no generic
characters unlike the latter.

Brauer and Bergenstamm include Brachycoma nigriceps Van der
Wulp in Atacta from a specimen‘; but as the third antennal joint
is twice the second I doubt if they understood the genus as herein
restricted.

The species crescentis Townsend seems clearly congeneric from the
male in the National Museum; the characters given by Townsend for
the genus Atactomima are all specific in my opinion.

TABLE OF SPECIES

1. Fourth abdominal segment covered with dense golden pollen; hair of me-
dian portion of second and third abdominal segments recumbent; second
abdominal segment almost always destitute of median marginals; male
WitheSl Venye;) Data ErON ta Ssest os eo eee ee brasiliensis Schiner.

Fourth abdominal segment with gray pollen; hairs of median region of
second and third abdominal segments erect; second abdominal segment

with a pair of median marginal bristles=__._-_--_.---__--_-----_-__-_ 2

2. Antennae and palpi black, tip of latter yellow__-__-_ crassiceps, new species.
Antennae with second joint vellow, palpi yellow__-__-__--_-___________ 3

38. Male with bright silvery pollen on parafrontals, strongly contrasting with
the white or yellowish parafacials______________ argentifrens, new species.
Male with the strongly widened parafrontals more chalky white, almost
concolorousvwithsparafacials. — 2.< tha. Se bs crescentis Townsend.

ATACTA BRASILIENSIS Schiner

Atacta brasiliensis SCHINER, Novara Reise, 1868, p. 328.—BRAvuER and
BERGENSTAMM, Zweifl. Kais. Mus., pt. 4, 1889, p. 96, fig. 57; pt. 5, 1891,
pp. 340, 365; pt. 6, 1893.—TownsrEnp, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 23,
1915, p. 64.—C. S. Brimiry, Ent. News, vol. 33, 1922, p. 21.

Brachycoma laticeps VAN DER WuLpP, Biologia Cent.-Amer., Dipt., vol. 2,
1890, p. 92.

Atacta apicalis Coquillett, Revis. Tachin., 1897, p. 83.

Originally described from a female taken in Brazil, and afterward
collected by Townsend in Peru, the species ranges northward to the
vicinity of Washington. Specimens from North America in the
United States National Museum are as follows: One male, Chirigui
Province, Canal Zone, reared from Remigia repanda Fabricius by

4 Zweifl. Kais. Mus., pt. 5, 1891, p. 365.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

Zetek (No. 22304) ; one female, Higuito, Costa Rica (Pablo Schild) ;
one female, Puerto Barrios, Guat., February 24, 1905 (C. C. Deam) :
one male, Tifton, Georgia, September 8, 1896 (G. R. Pilate, type of
apicalis) ; one female, Raleigh, North Carolina, July, 1906 (Brimley) :
one female, Falls Church, Virginia, May 30 (Banks); and one
female, Great Falls, Virginia, August 9, 1923 (Aldrich).

ATACTA CRASSICEPS, new species

Male.—front very narrow at the ocelli, only about twice the width
of the ocellar triangle, widening very rapidly to the lower end of the
frontal row. The parafrontals are covered with somewhat golden
pollen which in most lights gives a brownish or almost black reflec-
tion; they are quite protuberant, a little inflated and rather densely
covered with erect black hairs. The frontal bristles begin a little
below the ocelli and the rows diverge rapidly below, ending close to
the eye at the level of the middle of the second antennal joint; ocellar
bristles distinct and a dense tuft of hair behind them to the vertex.
Inner verticals are developed; face very flat with yellow pollen
through which a darker ground color shows on each side; parafacials
bare with yellow pollen; its least width nearly equal to the length
of the third antennal joint. Antennae black, very slender, the arista
short, gradually tapering; its penultimate joint twice as long as
broad. Vibrissae considerably above the mouth (two-thirds the
length of the second antennal joint) with a group of half a dozen
small hairs and bristles above them, the highest a little above the tips
of the antennae; palpi and proboscis of ordinary size; bucca one-
third the eyeheight. Thorax black with conspicuous stripes of white
pollen, which leave between them a pair of abbreviated black stripes
in front between the acrostichal and dorsocentral; a pair of complete
black stripes beginning just mesad of the humerus and extending to
the scutellum; and a short median black stripe beginning at the
scutellum and extending forward nearly to the suture. Chaetotaxy:
acrostichals, anterior 8, posterior 3; dorsocentrals, anterior 2, pos-
terior 4; intraalars, posterior 3, anterior 1; supraalar 3; postalar 2;
humeral 3 and 4; sternopleural 4; scutellum with three equal pairs
of the margin, the last of which might be called apical, and one pair
discal. Abdomen black with gray reflecting pollen which on the
fourth segment becomes more dense and yellowish-gray in color; the
second segment with a single pair of marginals; third segment with
about five pairs; fourth segment with five or six pairs in a single row
considerably before the apex. Genitalia small and concealed, of a
rather common type. Fifth sternite with a U-shaped incision, the
lobes black and almost bare. Legs black, the middle tibia with three
or four bristles on the outer front side, the hind tibia distinctly
ciliated on the outer side with one longer bristle below the middle.

ART 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—-ALDRICH 31

Wings hyaline, third vein with four or five bristles at base; fourth
vein rather suddenly bent, almost at a right angle from which it
curves a little outward reaching the costa considerably before the tip
of the wing.

Length 9 mm.

Female.—The front has the two large dark, reflecting spots on the
parafrontals as in brasiliensis, but the color of the remaining pollen
is gray rather than golden. This with the characters given in the
table will readily distinguish thé two species.

Length 7.5 mm.

Described from three males and one female. The males are from
Great Falls, Virginia, August 9, 1923 (Aldrich); Tupelo, Missis-
sippi, September 30, 1921 (H. W. Allen) ; Hope, Arkansas, August
21, 1922 (received from C. W. Johnson and returned to him). The
single female is from Opelousas, Louisiana, April, 1897 (Pilate).

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26845, U.S.N.M., from Great Falls, Vir-
ginia.

ATACTA ARGENTIFRONS, new species

Male—tThis species is most nearly related to crassiceps, the single
male specimen has the front much the same as in brasiliensis, the
parafrontals having very decided silvery color and being less in-
flated than in crassiceps. The thoracic stripes are the same in all
the species which I have seen, but brasiliensis is the only one with
deep golden pollen on the fourth abdominal segment and without
median marginals on the second. The female of this species is un-
known.

Length 9.5 mm.

Described from a single male collected in May by H. H. Smith
at Corumba, Brazil.

Type in the collection of the American Museum of National His-
tory.

ATACTA CRESCENTIS (Townsend)
Atactomina crescentis TowNSEND, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 35,
1916, p. 15.

Described from four males and a female in the American Museum.
Locality, Chapada, Brazil. One paratype male is in the United
States National Museum. The supposed generic characters are very
slight except that the parafrontals are quite rapidly widened below,
the eye being rather more crescent-shaped than in the other species.

ATACTA NIGRIPALPIS (Van der Wulp)

Brachycoma nigripalpis VAN DER WuLp, Biologia Cent. Amer. Dipt.,
vol. 2, p. 98.

Atacta nigripalpis Braurr and BERGENSTAMM, Zweifl. Kais. Mus., pt. 5,
1891, p. 365.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Not seen by the writer and placed here on account of the statement
of Brauer and Bergenstamm, who saw a type specimen. I doubt
the generic reference very much as none of the other species have
such an elongated third antennal joint.

Genus MASICERA Macquart

Masicera Macquanrt, Ins. Dipt. du Nord de la France, 1834, p. 285.—CogQuIL-
LETT, Revision of the Tachinidae (Tech. Bull. No. 7, Division of Entom-
ology), p. 113, 1897.

MASICERA ARATOR, new species
Fig. ¢.

Male.—Front 0.28 of head width (average of four, 0.28, 0.28, 0.26,
0.29); parafrontals light golden pollinose; frontal bristles about
eight, the two uppermost rather large, reclinate, the lowest reaching
the level of the arista and strongly diverging toward the eyes; one
pair of verticals; ocellars large; parafacials silvery from the lowest
frontals, at narrowest less than half the width of third antennal
joint; first two joints of antennae and usually the base of third
red, the third broad and long, almost reaching the vibrissae, four or
five times the second; arista of moderate length, hardly thickened
basally; face concolorous with parafacials, its ridges rather sharp,
bare except close to vibrissae; palpi yellow, ordinary, proboscis short,
fieshy ; bucca over one-fourth of eye height.

Thorax gray pollinose, with very indistinct darker stripes.
Acrostichal 3, 3; dorsocentral 3, 4; humeral 3; posthumeral 2; presu-
tural 2; notopleural 2; supraalar 3; intraalar 3; postalar 2; sterno-
pleural 8; pteropleural 0; scutellum with 3 lateral, 1 apical, not
upturned, 1 discal.

Abdomen black with subsilvery basal bands of pollen on segments
two to four, which to the naked eye give the impression of being
equal to the alternating black bands; under the lens in some angles
however the pollen covers most of the segments. First segment with
one median marginal pair; second segment with a discal and a margi-
nal pair; third with a discal pair and a marginal row; fourth with
two to eight discal and a marginal row. Genital segments rather
large, wholly black, with black hair and the second with a pair of
bristles directed backward. Inner forceps black, slender, long,
deeply divided but not divergent, the tips blunt and slightly bent
back. Outer forceps with very peculiar and characteristic shape,
long and flat, shining black, beyond the middle suddenly widening
backward in a thin, concave margin, the apex sharp and curved a
little forward so that the whole apical part suggests a plough share.
Fifth sternite large and prominent, black, without special bristles or
hairs.

art 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 33

Legs black, claws and pulvilli long, especially the front ones;
front tibia with two bristles on outer hind side; middle tibia with
one bristle on outer front side near middle; hind tibia on outer
hind side subciliate, with one long about middle.

Wings hyaline, fourth vein with oblique and rounded bend, the
distance from its tip to extreme apex of wing barely equal to one-
half the hind cross vein. Third vein with two to three hairs at
base.

Female.—Front 0.30 of head width at vertex, wider anteriorly
(one specimen) ; parafacials slightly wider and third antennal joint
narrower (hardly three times the second) ; abdomen with narrower
subsilvery bands, the shining black intervening portion wider;
genital organs retracted, no indications of a piercing organ; middle
tibia with two bristles on outer front side; hind tibia with irregular
bristles on outer hind side, not subciliate.

Length of male, 8 to 8.5 mm; of female, 9 mm.

Described from four males and one female. The type male and
allotype female were collected at Linglestown, Pennsylvania, June
15, 1918, and were received from the State Bureau of Plant Industry,
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, through the courtesy of A. B. Champlain.
One male was bred “ from a large Tipula larva” collected by James
Fletcher at Chelsea, Quebec (near Ottawa), on May 27, 1906; the
puparium was formed on June 3, and the fly emerged on June 27.
The puparium will be figured by Charles T. Greene in a later paper.
One male was collected by H. C. Fall at Tyngsboro, Massachusetts,
on July 26, 1916, and is deposited in the Boston Society of Natural
History. The remaining male was collected by R. C. Shannon at
Dead Run, Virginia (close to Washington), on June 22, 1913.

Type, allotype, and one paratype.—Both sexes, Cat. No. 27100,
U.S.N.M.

Family DEXIIDAE
Genus DEXIA Meigen

Dexia MrIcen, Systemat. Beschreib., vol. 5, 1826, p. 33.—Barr, Die Tach-
ininen, 1921, p. 160.

DEXIA VENTRALIS, new species

Male.—F¥ ront 0.18 of headwidth (average of three, 0.16, 0.18, and
0.19), the middle stripe reddish-brown, the paratfrontrals, parafacials.
posterior orbits and all below the eye light golden pollinose except a
broad brown stripe from the eye downward and forward. Parafa-
cials bare. Head from in front obviously higher than wide. Verti-
cals small (only one pair), frontals 7 or 8 irregular, beginning below
the ocelli and ending at base of antennae; vibrissae above mouth. a

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

few small hairs above them. Antennae small, yellow, separated by a
well-developed carina which extends between them at base, although
low and narrow here; third joint slender, twice the second, not nearly
reaching the vibrissae: arista short with dense erect plumosity.
Palpi smallish, yellow; proboscis small, the labella yellow. Bucca
one-half the eye height.

Thorax with dense yellow pollen becoming more gray on pleurae,
with four narrow incomplete darker stripes. Chaetotaxy: acrostichal
1, 1 (sometimes a second small pair before the prescutellars) ; dorso-
central 4, 3; humeral 2; posthumeral 1; presutural 1; notopleural 2;
supraalar 2; intraalar 2; postalar 2; scutellum with 2 lateral, a large
decussate apical pair and a small discal; sternopleural 2; pteropleural
minute.

Abdomen mostly yellow in ground color, a variable interrupted
median black stripe, and narrow variable black hind margins on last
three segments; the infiexed ends of the second and third tergites
come together below and are more or less tipped with black, thus
forming a variable black median ventral stripe. First segment with-
out median marginals; second with one pair discal and one marginal,
other marginals toward the sides: third segment with one or two
pairs of discals, and a stout marginal row of 8; fourth segment with
irregular discal and apical rows. Genitalia small, yellow, the lobes
of the fifth sternite black. The pollen of the abdomen is yellowish
and confined to the bases of the last three segments, covering half of
the fourth.

Legs yellow, tarsi however black; claws and pulvilli long. Middle
tibia with only one small bristle on outer front side; hind tibia with
two small on outer hind side.

Wings somewhat brownish; costal spine distinct; fourth vein
sharply bent at a right angle, with a slight or distinct stump at the
bend, ending not very far before the apex; third vein with only 2 to
5 small hairs at base.

Female.—Looks like a distinct species, but was reared with these
males. The abdomen is but little or hardly at all yellow in ground
color, the basal pollinose bands contrasting with the shining black
apical half on segments 2 to 4. The wing is broader, and the fourth
yein curves more distinctly backward beyond the crossvein. Width
of front at narrowest (vertex) is 0.38 in one specimen and 0.45 in the
other. There are only 5 to 6 frontals, the upper one turned back and
outward; the usual two orbitals are large and proclinate. The usual
two pairs of verticals are present.

Length of male, 8.6 to 10.8 mm.; of female, 7.5 and 8.4 mm.

Described from seven males and two females, reared from scara-
baeid beetles at Suigen, Korea, by C. P. Clausen and J. L. King.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27245, U.S.N.M.

arr 18 DIPTERA OR TWO-WINGED FLIES—ALDRICH 85

The species is strictly congeneric with Dexia rustica Fabricius of
Europe, type of the genus. It agrees very well with the description
of Dexia divergens Walker, described from Mount Ophir °; but one
of our specimens was compared with Walker’s type in the British
Museum by Dr. J. D. Tothill and showed differences apparently
specific.

Genus EUTRIXOPSIS Tewnsend

Eutrizopsis TOWNSEND, Insecutor Inscitiae Menst., vol. 6, p. 166, 1918.

This genus was based upon the single species javana, described
by Townsend on the same page; only a single specimen was known,
a male from Java. The species has recently been found by Clausen
and King, of the United States Bureau of Entomology, to be an
important parasite of the “Japanese Beetle,” Popillia japonica
Newm., in Japan. Their studies of its biology and economic rela-
tions will be published elsewhere.

The genus differs from Hutriva (inclusive of Hutrivoides Walton)
chiefly in having much narrower parafacials and broader and flatter
facial ridges; in other words, the suture encloses a much broader
portion of the head below. The parafacial also bears close to the
eye a more or less double row of hairs. Both genera are parasitic
on melolonthine beetles in the adult stage.

Since javana has been only briefly described hitherto, its eco-

nomic importance requires that it be given a full description here.

EUTRIXOPSIS JAVANA Townsend

Eutrizopsis javana TowNsEND, Insecutor Inscitiae Menst., vol. 6, p. 166,
1918.

Male—A brown fly with mostly yellow abdomen and legs. Eyes
almost contiguous on the front, separated by less than the width of
the anterior ocellus, ocellar triangle small, elevated; ocellar and ver-
tical bristles absent, no hairs on front above middle, a few small
bristles below stopping short of the lunule; small hairs begin on
lower parafrontals and continue down the narrow parafacials in a
mostly double row to the lower end of the lunule. Antennae brown,
very small, third joint twice the second, arista pale, about three
times as long as the third joint, bare, its penultimate joint short.
Facial ridges flat, converging below and at the closest point sepa-
rated by hardly more than the width of the third antennal joint. No
vibrissae, the ridges hairy in this region and bearing a few small

but increasing bristles toward the mouth, which is some distance
below. Palpi and proboscis ordinary, the former yellow. Back of
head concave above, convex below. Bucca half the eye height, the

5 Proc. Linn. Soc., vol. 1, 1856, p. 21.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

large transverse impression ending vertically below the eye. Thorax
brown with smooth, silky gray pollen and two narrow brown stripes
near middle. Chaetotaxy: Acrostichals, 1 next to scutellum; dorso-
centrals, 8 anterior, 4 posterior; intraalar 1, supraalar 1; postalaar
2; humeral 1 or 2; prescutellar 1; notopleural 2; scutellum with 2
lateral, 1 apical of same size, 1 discal; sternopleural 2. Calypters
whitish.

Abdomen yellow in ground color, with thin gray pollen; seg-
ments 1-3 with narrow posterior dark band and a dark middle line
of same width. First segment without marginal bristles; second
with a small median pair; third with marginal row of about 12,
not large. Genital segments yellow, small, hairy; inner forceps
united into a small slender yellow process curving forward, blunt at
tip; outer forceps yellow, slender, as large and long as the
combined inner ones. Fifth sternite with broad yellow lobes, sepa-
rated by a broad V-shaped incision.

Legs yellow; tips of hind femora infuscated and all the tibiae
with faint dark reflections in certain lights. Claws long and pul-
villi nearly equal to last tarsal joint. Wings subhyaline, third vein
with two or three hairs at base.

Length, 6 to 7 mm.

Female.—Front considerably wider than front ocellus; as the
only specimen is somewhat shriveled, the front may normally be
almost as wide as the ocellar triangle. Claws long for a female,
but not so long as in the male; pulvilli rounded, more than half as
long as last tarsal joint. Whether any sort of piercing larvipositor
is present is not clear; the organs have been unsuccessfully pulled
apart. There may be a minute piercer, but in any event smaller
than the very distinct one of Hutrixa exilis and not comparable
with the large one of jonesz.

Length, 6 mm.

Five males and six females, reared at the Japanese beetle labora-
tory from adults of the so-called Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica
Newman; the infested beetles were obtained in Japan.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 26846, U.S.N.M.

PLANT AND INSECT FOSSILS FROM THE GREEN RIVER
EOCENE OF COLORADO

By T. D. A. Cockrreti

Of the University of Colorado, Boulder

The present paper continues the study of the Green River biota,
the fossils now described having been obtained by Mrs. Cockerell,
John P. Byram, and the writer during the summer of 1922. The
oil shale region in Colorado is at the present time in a condition
extremely favorable to the paleontologist, owing to the great quan-
tities of shale thrown out from the very numerous assessment holes.
In a few years this material will decay, and it is probable that the
blasting out of fresh holes will be discontinued. The rock is very
hard and can not be readily worked with pick and shovel, as is done
at Florissant. We may therefore hope that means will be found in
the near future to send additional collectors into the region, to secure
the rich materials now readily obtainable.

Since I last published on this subject Dr. F. H. Knowlton’s ex-
cellent Revision of the Flora of the Green River Formation? has
appeared. ‘This puts our knowledge of the flora, hitherto very im-
perfect and confused, on a good basis and makes further work rela-
tively easy. One previously published species has been omitted;
Firmianites aterrimus Cockerell? (Green River, Wyoming).

The new materials now described indicate certain general con-
clusions or results as follows:

(1) The plants show that the flora is in many ways similar to
that of Florissant, with enough representative species to strongly
suggest that part of the Florissant flora is directly descended from
that of the Green River Epoch; while at the same time there has
been interval enough to change all or almost all the species. It is
probable that no Florissant species of flowering plant is actually
identical with any Green River species.

(2) On the other hand, it is evident that part of the Florissant
flora is derived from quite other sources; also that the Green River
climate was warmer than that of Florissant. As we come to know

1U. S. Geological Survey, Professional Paper 131-F.
2 Amer, Journ. Sci., November, 1909, p. 447.

No. 2556.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 19
9113—25 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 64

more of the Green River biota, the comparisons with Florissant will
certainly give results of great value and interest.

(3) The Proteaceae are in this paper clearly established in the
Green River. The previously recorded Lomatia microphylla Les-
quereux cannot be considered definitely Proteaceous.

(4) The Green River biota is by no means strictly or typically
tropical though it contains elements suggestive of tropical or sub-
tropical conditions.

HEPATICAE
Family JUNGERMANNIACEHAE

LEJEUNEA EOPHILA, new apecies
Plate 1, fig. 1

Stem fairly stout, normal, bearing poorly preserved thin rounded
leaves, apparently 3 mm. long or less, and well developed bifid under-
leaves, the latter about three in 5 mm. of stem; underleaves with
very stout bases, the lobes more or less unequal, one thick, the other
slender, both pointed, with their outer sides convex and inner con-
cave; length of wnderleaf about 1.5 mm. ‘The specimen consists of
about 16 mm. of stem, with leaves.

Green River shales, head of East Alkali Gulch, about 8 miles
south of DeBeque, Colorado; collected by John P. Byram in 1922,

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36851, U.S.N.M.

So far as can be seen, this does not differ from modern Lejeunea.
Bifid underleaves and other characters readily distinguish it from
Jungermanniopsis cockerelli Howe and Hollick of the Florissant
Miocene. Lejeunea eophila is the oldest known member of the
Jungermanniaceae. It might have existed in a tropical or sub-
tropical habitat.

EQUISETALES
Family EQUISETACEAE

EQUISETUM WYOMINGENSE Lesquereux

Green River shales, head of East Alkali gulch, about 8 miles
south of DeBeque, Colorado (J. P. Byram 1922). New to Colorado.

Family SCHIZAEACEAE
LYGODIUM KAULFUSSII NEUROPTEROIDES (Lesquereux)
Lygodium neuropteroides LesQuEeREUXx, U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Territ.,
Annual Report for 1870, p. 384.

Since the Green River plant is not strictly identical with the
European Eocene form, it seems best to retain the name proposed by
Lesquereux in a subspecific sense.

ART. 19 PLANT AND INSECT FOSSILS—-COCKERELL a

Green River Eocene Station 2, large excavation with tunnel at
head of Salt Wash, Roan Mountains, Colorado, 1922. Also obtained
by Mrs. Cockerell at Station 1, on Ute trail.

This genus illustrates the difficulty of drawing conclusions concern-
ing past climates from single species. Lygodiwm is in general a
tropical genus, but the living Z. palmatum (Bernhard) Swartz ex-
tends north to Massachusetts.

Family SALICACEAE
POPULUS WILMATTAE, new species
_ Plate 2, fig. 8

Leaf broad, with approximately the shape of P. trichocarpa
Hooker, length about or nearly (apex missing in type) 70 mm., width
71 mm.; base broadly truncate; margins distinctly but feebly and
rather remotely dentate, the low obtuse teeth about 2 to 3 mm. apart;
petiole about 1.5 mm. thick; midrib and two pairs of lateral veins
very prominent, the first pair coming off at the base, the second about
3.5 mm. beyond, the latter at an angle of about 45°; the weak veinlets
from the midrib above widely diverging, not far from transverse.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, 1922, Station 2,
excavation at head of Salt Wash. Named after Mrs. Cockerell.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36852, U.S.N.M.

Of all the forms of Populus known to me this most resembles the
living P. rasumowskiana Dippel, which I saw growing in Kew gar-
dens. The form and appearance are closely similar, but the fossil
differs in lacking any really strong lateral veins above the two pairs
near the base. Thus the venation, though not the shape, is more like
that of the fossil P. zaddachi Heer.

Family MELIACEAE
MELIA COLORADENSIS (Knowlton)

Phyllites coloradensis KNowtTon, Revis. Flora Green River Formation, U. S.
Geol. Surv., Prof. Paper 131-F, p. 176.

This appears to be a Melia, related to M. eapulsa Cockerell from
Florissant Miocene. We obtained it at Station 1, on Ute trail, and
Station 2, near head of Salt Wash, Roan Mountains, Colorado. The
terminal leaflet may be deeply notched, as Knowlton shows one of
the lateral ones to be. The leaflets are larger than in M. expulsa,
without any serration of the margin. In the living M. azedarach
Linnaeus forms occur with the margins of the leaflets nearly entire.
The living species inhabit Asia and Australia. The figure of Phyl-
lites winchestert Knowlton looks like a distorted leaflet of this
species, but the description entirely negatives such an idea.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Family ANACARDIACEAE
RHUS VARIABILIS (Newberry) Knowlton

At Station 2, near head of Salt Wash, Roan Mountains, Colorado,
we found a very fine leaf with nine leaflets, showing the petiolules
about 8 mm. long, the bases of the leaflets narrowly cuneate, the
serrations coarse and few. Newberry’s figure cited by Knowlton
is not quite so coarsely toothed, but is doubtless the same thing.
Newberry did not intend to take this leaf as typical of his species,
but Ixnowlton has so restricted it, and must be followed. Knowlton’s
figure 11, of his Rhus myricoides, appears to be the same species, but
apparently not figure 9, to which ?. myricoides should be restricted.
The leaflets of PR. variabilis are widely spaced, the petiolules about
20 mm. apart.

Family CELASTRACEAE
EVONYMUS FLEXIFOLIUS Lesquereux

The apical portion of a leaf, showing the very characteristic fea-
tures, was collected by Mrs. Cockerell in the Green River shales at
Station 1, near head of Ute trail, Roan Mountains, Colorado. The
species has previously been known only by the unique type collected
in Wyoming. The long “ drip-tip” suggests a moist climate.

Family SAPOTACEAE

BUMELIA COLORADENSIS, new species

Plate 1, fig. 5

Leaf apparently coriaceous, long oval, inequilateral and emarginate
at apex, broad-cuneate at base, entire, with a short somewhat twisted
petiole. Principal lateral veins few, widely spaced, about 6 to 8 mm.
apart with short veins between their bases. Leaf about 60 mm.
long and 82 wide, the widest part above the middle.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains Colorado, Station 2, large
excavation at head of Salt Wash, 1922.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 86853, U.S.N.M.

This may as well be Mimusops as Bumelia, but it is evidently
allied to Bumelia florissanti Lesquereux from the Miocene of Floris-
sant, differing by being oval rather than pyriform in outline. It does
not agree with any of the numerous fossil species described by Berry.
It is indicative of a tropical or warm-temperate climate. Know]l-
ton’s Carpolithus caryophylloides, as figured, has the aspect of a
Mimusops calyx. Could it belong to the plant now described ?

art. 19 PLANT AND INSECT FOSSILS—COCKERELL 5

Family ARALIACEAE
ARALIA WYOMINGENSIS Knowlton and Cockerell

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, 1922, Station 8,
half a mile east of our camp at head of Ute trail. A leaf of the same
size as that figured by Knowlton,’ but differing from Knowlton’s
figure and agreeing with Newberry’s in having the principal lateral
veins arising some distance above the base of the leaf.

Family FABACEAE

DALBERGIA KNOWLTONI, new species

Plate 1, fig. 3

Leaflet apparently coriaceous, oval with broadly angulate slightly
inequilateral base and deeply emarginate (in the type strongly in-
equilateral) apex; margins entire. Length 40, width 25.5 mm.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, 1922, Station 8,
near head of Ute trail.

Holotype. —Cat. No. 36854, U.S.N.M.

This is evidently identical with Knowlton’s D. retusa, but as that
name has been used twice, earlier, for living species, I take my speci-
men, which is better than Knowlton’s, as the type.

AMORPHA UTENSIS, new species
Plate 2, fig. 6

Leaflet 12 mm. long, 5 mm. across near apex, cuneate, with entire
margins, apex broadly truncate and strongly mucronate; petiolule
rather stout 3 mm. long.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, 1922. Station
1, near head of Ute trail.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36855, U.S.N.M.

: This leaflet is exactly as in Amorpha, but unusually cuneate at
ase.

Family CLETHRACEAE
CLETHRA(?) LEPIDIOIDES, new species
Plate 2, fig. 7

A slender flexible raceme, with crowded small fruits in the manner
of Clethra alnifolia Linnaeus. Fruits globose, about 2.3 mm. in
diameter, on short petioles, apparently enclosed in a calyx; raceme
as preserved about 35 mm. long (but the end is missing) and 4 to
5 mm. wide, pure black.

* Revis. Flora, Green River Formation, pl. 4, fig. 12.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, Station 1, near
head of Ute trail (Wilmatte P. Cockerell, 1922).

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36856, U.S.N.M.

It is impossible to prove that this is a Clethra, but it has that
appearance. The genus contains two living North American species,
and there is a species ((. arborea Aiton) living in Madeira.

The flowers of C. berendtii Caspary have been beautifully pre-
served in Baltic amber. C. lepidioides certainly shows much re-
semblance to the fossil Andromeda protogaea Unger, but I do not
believe it is an Andromeda. The specific name is derived from the
superficial resemblance to Lepidium.

Family ROSACEAE
POTENTILLA(?) BYRAMI, new species
Plate 2, fig. 9

Calyx with four acuminate sepals, having an expanse, from tip
eto tip of 10.5 mm., the width of a sepal near base 2 mm., the sides
with a double curve free from hairs; corolla deciduous, absent;
stamens very numerous, at least 20, with rather stout filaments
about 1.8 mm. long and globose or subglobose anthers.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, Station 11,
near top of ridge just beyond that on which is Station 1, on the
side facing the latter (John J. Bryam, 1922).

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36857, U.S.N.M.

This seems to agree well with those forms of Polentilla which
have sometimes been separated as Zormentilla, on account of the
tetramerous flowers. The group is more characteristic of Europe
than America at the present time. Although the generic reference
remains somewhat uncertain, it is strongly suggested by the form
of the sepals, the quickly deciduous petals, and the character of
the numerous stamens.

Family ALSINACEAE
ALSINITES, new genus

Plant small, tufted with crowded flowers solitary on short
stems, apparently arising separately from the tufted caudex;
leaves apparently minute, not descernible; pedicels slender, 5 mm.
long or less; flowers narrowly campanulate, with tapering (not
abrupt or swollen) base; calyx with apparently five lobes, separated
about halfway to base, rather narrow, with somewhat obtuse
tips; corolla apparently absent; stamens ten, parallel, strongly
exserted, with well developed anthers; capsules globose, smooth,
with apparently mucronate apex.

Type of the species.—Alsinites revelatus, new species.

ArT, 19 PLANT AND INSECT FOSSILS—-COCKERELL i
' ALSINITES REVELATUS, new species
Plate 1, fig. 2

Calyx about 5 mm. long and 2.5 mm. broad; stamens exserted
about 3.5 mm., with rather stout filaments; anthers oval hardly half
a mum. long; capsules about 2 mm. in diameter.

Green River shales; spur above Roan Creek opposite Salt Wash,
just beyond the spur on which is the Ute trail. Found, 1922, by
John P. Byram.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36858, U.S.N.M.

This is the first fossil caryophylloid plant from North America.
with the possible exception of Carpolithus caryophylloides Know]-
ton, also of the Green River Eocene of Colorado, which has the base
of the calyx (?) much broader and more abruptly separated from
the pedicel. This comparison is based on the supposition that it is
a calyx, but Knowlton prefers to consider it a capsule more or less
resembling that of Lychnis, in which case the resemblance to Alsin-
ites 1S even more remote.

Plants of this type exist in rocky and mountainous places, even in
the tropics, but not in the humid lowlands. Presumably Alsinzies
grew on some mountain overlooking Green River lake and was
washed down to the bottom of the valley as the result of a storm.
Such specimens, only preserved as the result of a fortunate accident,
are unusually precious and interesting.

Alsinites differs in no very marked characters from the modern
Alsine, but it has a facies of its own and by reason of the long ex-
serted stamens and absence of corolla may be considered generally
distinct.

Family PROTEACHKAE

LOMATIA OBTUSIUSCULA, new species

Plate 1, fig. 4

Similar to LZ. terminalis Lesquereux, from the Florissant Miocene
but the ends of the lobes of the leaf are obtuse instead of acutely
pointed. The type is the end of a leaf, 38 mm. long, intense black
as preserved. The venation only visible on wetting, the original
texture evidently coriaceous. The apical lobe is lanceolate, 18 mm.
long and 7 mm. broad, obtuse at tip; there are two lateral lobes
on each side, those on one side with the upper margin 5 mm. long,
on the other longer, 6 or 7 mm., and all obtuse and directed obliquely
apicad.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, at Station 1,
near head of Ute trail (Cockerell, 1922).

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36859, U.S.N.M.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The reference to Zomatia follows the usage for the Florissant
fossils but actually the genera of Proteaceae can hardly be separated
on the leaves. The living Lomatia ferruginea R. Brown and L.
tenctortia R. Brown have foliage of the general type of Grevillea
robusta A. Cunningham; while ZL. obliqua R. Brown, L. dentata R.
Brown, and L. polymorpha R. Brown are entirely different. Were
they all fossilized, they certainly would not be regarded as con-
generic. I take this opportunity to note that the reference to fossil
leaves resembling Grevillea, in American Museum Journal (vol. 16,
p. 449), has to do with Lomatia acutiloba. The editor (p. 447), un-
fortunately inferred that the species figured (ZL. tripartita) was re-
ferred to, and this was later the occasion for a criticism from a South
African botanist who does not believe in North American Proteaceae.

BANKSITES LINEATULUS, new species
Plate 2, fig. 3

Seed about 2.5 mm. long and 1.5 broad, with wing 5.8 mm. long
the base of which falls short of end of seed about 1.6 mm.; the wing
is 8 mm. broad, with six or seven widely spaced delicate veins; it is
obtuse and inequilateral, and wing and seed together measure 7
mm. in length.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, at Station 2 of
1922 expedition, large excavation with tunnel at head of Salt Wash,
some distance below top of hill (Cockerell).

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36860, U.S.N.M.

This is extremely similar to B. lineatus Lesquereux from the Mio-
cene of Florissant but smaller and presumably a different species.
Tt differs little from the seeds of living Proteaceae; there is even
some suggestion of the projecting point near the upper end of the
seed which is seen in Banksia. In Banksia integrifolia Linnaeus
filius, the wing goes less than half way down the side of the seed; in
Banksites lineatulus it goes much more than half way, but not
nearly so far as in Anightia excelsa Robert Brown, in which it goes
practically to the end.

The fossil leaves described as Banksites saportanus Velenovsky,
recorded from the Upper Cretaceous of Marthas Vineyard, are
much more like Anightia than Banksia.

Family HAMAMELIDACEAE
LIQUIDAMBAR CALLARCHE, new species
Plate 1, fig. 6; plate 2, fig. 5

Leaves similar in size and appearance to those of the living L.
styraciflua Linnaeus, five-lobed, the lobes without accessory lobules,
the basal margin (dentate in Z. styraciflua) entire, sides of median

ART. 19 PLANT AND INSECT FOSSILS—COCKERELL 9

lobes with low obtuse teeth at intervals of about 7 mm, and only faint
indications of denticulation between. The points in no case as dis-
tinctly produced as in Z, styraciflua. I am unable to see any pubes-
cence in the axils of the veins (it is absent in Z. orientalis Miller of
Asia Minor), but the state of preservation admits of no certainty
in this regard. Fruit about 15 mm. in diameter, on a slender stalk,
in all respects typical of the genus, the hardened projecting styles
very numerous, slender, and straight or nearly so, features which
distinguish the species from Z. ewropaeum A. Braun.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, leaf found at
Station 2 of 1922 expedition (head of Salt Wash) by John P. Byrain.
This may be taken as the type.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 36861, U.S.N.M.

Fruit found by Mr. Byram at head of East Alkali Gulch about
eigth miles south of DeBeque, Colorado. The probability that the
fruit and foliage belong together is so strong that this is presumed
to be the case. This is not the European Miocene ZL. ewropaeum, the
leaves of which agree in form and outline with ZL. styraciflua. (On
the view that names of trees are feminine, we ought to write L.
europaea). The so-called LZ. ewropaeum described from the Ameri-
can Eocene may be at least in part identical with LZ. callarche.

L. convexum Cockerell, from Florissant, is distinguished from the
present species by the convex sides of the middle lobe of the leaf.

INSECTA

COLEOPTERA
Family ELATERIDAE
CARDIOPHORUS EXHUMATUS, new species
Plate 2. ties 2

Length 9 mm., elytra 6 mm.; width of thorax 2.7 mm., length
about 2.3 mm.; width of elytra in middle 1.5 mm. Thorax with
sharply pointed posterior angles; elytra narrow, subacute, with
eight very delicate, not punctate, striae, the whole surface appar-
ently delicately pubescent. The metasternal cavity, middle coxal
cavities, metasternum and hind coxal plates appear to agree with
Cardiophorus, as also the delicately hairy feebly striate elytra. On
comparison with the living C. pubescens Blanchard, from White
Rocks, Boulder County, Colorado, the hind coxal plates are more
pistol-shaped, narrower mesad, with the upper margin convex and
the lower (posterior) concave. Also, the metasternal plates appear
to be more obtuse or rounded at the outer hind corner than in
C. pubescens. The scutellum is unfortunately not preserved. The
elytra are without spots.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Green River Eocene; head of East Alkali Creek, about 8 miles
south of DeBeque, Colorado (John P. Byram, 1922).

Holotype—Cat. No. 69614, U.S.N.M.
The broad thorax, with convex sides and the elytra without evi-

dent punctures at once separate this from (. braunzi Heer, from the
Miocene of Oeningen. Among the Florissant (Miocene) species, it
is perhaps nearest to C. lithographus Wickham, but the hind coxal
plates are differently shaped. This is much the oldest known
Cardtiophorus.

Family SCARABAEBIDAE

MELOLONTHITES AVUS Cockerell

A specimen about 11.5 mm. long was found by John P. Byram at
our Station 10, which is a large excavation a short distance up the
Ute trail from Station 1, in the Roan Mountains, Colorado. The
clypeus is emarginate but not at all bidentate; the eyes are deeply
emarginate, the elytra are strongly convex outwardly, and the hind
spurs are very strongly curved. The insect is quite modern in ap-
pearance and may, I think, be termed Phyllophaga avus, though the
protuberance on the outer side of the hind tibiae is very indistinct.

HEMIPTERA
Family CIXIIDAE

EOLIARUS, new genus

Resembling the modern genus Oliarus Stal, both in form and the
spotting of the wings, but the radius branches at an acute angle a
considerable distance before the large stigmatic spot, the upper divi-
sion (R) proceeding very obliquely to the margin, traversing the
upper part of the spot; the lower division (radial sector) emitting
four very oblique branches above (as in the Mesozoic Mesocixoides
of Tillyard), the first traversing the stigmatic spot, the second
arising at its outer lower corner, the fourth traversing the upper
part of the apical spot; media branching beyond level of forking
of radius, its fork more open, the upper branch soori connected with
the radial sector by a vertical cross-vein, and later forking at an
acute angle, its upper division again forking at the level of the last
branch of radial sector; cubitus forking at same vertical level as
radius; hind wings with cross-veins beyond the bases of apical forks;
body very stout, brown, pallid in scutellar region, abdomen distinctly
branded.

Type of the genus—FKoliarus quadristictus, new species.

ART, 19 PLANT AND INSECT FOSSILS—-COCKERELL 11
EOLIARUS QUADRISTICTUS, new species

Plate 2, fig. 1

Length about 8 mm., width of abdomen near base 3.5 mm.; length
of tegmen 9 mm., distance between stigmal and apical spots 2 mm ;
- wings hyaline with brown (not spotted) veins; four conspicuous
spots, the large irregularly quadrate stigmal one, the smaller apical
one, 2 small one near lower side of wing directly below stigma and
another subapically in the region of the end of the cubitus. The
venation differs to some extent on the two sides of the type. On the
right side the upper branch of the media forks very near to the
cross-vein, while on the left it forks at a distance a little greate1
than the length of the cross-vein.

Green River Eocene, Trail Gulch, on north side of Roan Creek,
Colorado (John P. Byram, 1922).

ii olotype.—Cat. No. 69615, U.S.N.M.

Oliarus (?) lutensis Scudder, from Green River, Wyoming, is
clearly congeneric and must be called Holiarus lutensis. Possibly
the two forms belong to a single species, but in dutensis the fork
of the upper branch of media is very much more distant, the tegmina
do not appear to be distinctly four-spotted, and the insect is con-
siderably smaller. I should nevertheless have hesitated to propose
a second species were it not that in the modern genus Oliarus there
are very numerous species, differing by similarly inconspicuous or
relatively unimportant details. This insect gives us another ex-
ample of spotting which is older than the finer details of structure.

Family CICADELLIDAE

THAMNOTETTIX PACKARDI, new species

Plate 2, fig. 4

Length 4 mm.; length of tegmina 4 mm.; their width about 1.4
mm.; width of thorax about 1 mm. or slightly more. Head and body
dark, with scutellar region pale; tegmina slender, with longitudinal
light and dark stripes. There is a dark lme along the costa, per-
ceptibly broadening basally; below the costa, nearly to the end of
the wing, is a broad continuous pale band emitting a pointed lobe,
directed apicad, from its basal third beneath; beyond this pointed
lobe, separated from it by an oblique dark band, is an elongate pale
mark but the apical part of the wing is dark; a broad light band
covering the upper margin of the clavus, and a narrow curved light
band in the extreme anal region. Hind wings strongly dusky; no
visible marginal vein.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, 1922; Station 11,
near top of ridge beyond that on which is Ute trail (John P. Byram) ;
also a poorer specimen, found by Mrs. Cockerell.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 69616, U.S.N.M.

Scudder’s 7’. gannetti, based on two specimens collected by Dr.
A. S. Packard at Green River, Wyoming, is certainly very similar,
but the specimens are not very well preserved. It is not certain that
both specimens pertain to the same species, but one of them (Scud-
der’s pl. 6, fig. 33), may actually be 7’. packardi. I will therefore
take as the type of 7. gannetti the other specimen (Scudder’s pl. 7,
fig. 5). The new species is named after the eminent discoverer of
Scudder’s 7. gannettz. The venation of the hind wings in 7. packardi
is entirely of the same type as that of 7’. eocenica (Cockerell), but the
latter is readily separable by the marking of the tegmina.

DIPTERA
Family TIPULIDAE

CYTTAROMYIA OBDURESCENS, new species

Female—Length about 9.5 mm.; length of wing 9.5 mm.; its
width 2.5. Thorax very small, dark brown; abdomen paler, sub-
clavate. Wings pale brown throughout, quite without spots. The
following measurements are in microns; length of discal cell about
1800, its width near end about 608; length of posterior cells beyond
discal about 1360; length of marginal cell 3450, the proximal portion
considerably longer than distal; cell above discal extending 320 be-
yond it; end of second basal 176 beyond basal corner of discal.
Praefurca very strongly arched at base, not as long as rest of second
longitudinal vein, but very much more than half as long.

Green River Eocene, Roan Mountains, Colorado, 1922, Station 11
(John P. Byram).

Easily known from @. fenestrata Scudder by the longer discal cell
and absence of a dark cloud in end of marginal cell. In Scudder’s
table it runs nearest to (. cancellata Scudder, from Florissant, but is
readily separated by the more produced cell above discal and the
second basal extending more below base of discal.

ynoupon

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE 1

. Lejeunea eophila, new species, X 2.5.

. Alsinites revelatus, new species, X 2.5.

. Dalbergia knowltoni, new species, natural size.
. Lomatia obtusiuscula, new species, natural size.

Bumelia coloradensis, new species, natural size.

. Liquidambar callarche, new species, natural size.
. Diatryma filifera Cockerell, natural size.

(Feather, described in Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 62 (1923).)

PLATE 2

. Holiarus quadristictus, new species, X 3.

. Cardiophorus exhumatus, new species, X 3.
. Banksites lineatulus, new species, X 3.

. Thamnotettix packardi, new species, X 6.
. Liquidambar callarche, new species, X 2.5.
. Amorpha utensis, new species, X 2.

. Clethra lepidioides, new species, X 2.

. Populus wilmattae, new species, X 1.

. Potentilla ? byrami, new species, X 3.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 19

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

FOSSILS FROM THE GREEN RIVER EOCENE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 13

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 19 PL. 2

FOSSILS FROM THE GREEN RIVER EOCENE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 13

A RARE CRETACEOUS SEA URCHIN, SCUTELLASTER
CRETACEUS CRAGIN

By Joun B. Reesinz, Jr.,

| Of the United States Geological Survey.

The genus Scutellaster was instituted in 1895 by F. W. Cragin?
for the reception of a specimen “ from the arenaceous shale of the
Fox Hills division of the Cretaceous, on the east slope of Shook’s
Run, on Platt avenue, Colorado Springs, Colorado.” The type was
not figured and the description given indicated that it was rather
imperfect. Clarke? in 1915 in his monograph of the Mesozoic
Echinodermata of the United States reserved judgment on both
genus and species until better, material could be found and quoted
a statement by Cragin that the latter had come to doubt the validity
of the genus Scutellaster. No other specimens have been found to
date, however, and both the extreme scarcity of echinoids in the
Cretaceous of the Interior Province and the unusual character of
the species in question warrant further description in spite of the
imperfect material. The type was originally a part of the Cragin
collection of the museum of geology at Colorado College, Colorado
Springs, Colo., but is now in the United States National Museum
(Cat. No. 32702). The horizon of the specimen is now believed to
be in the top of the Pierre shale rather than the Fox Hills sandstone.

Cragin’s original description is as follows:

SCUTELLASTER, new genus

Clypeastrid large, combining the flattish-convex, or discoidal, test of Scutella
with the pentagonal outline of Clypeaster; disc without loopholes or any
emarginations other than shallow convexities; ambulacral petals closed, or
nearly so.

SCUTELLASTER CRETACEUS, new species

Plate 1, figs. 1 and 2
Test as large as that of a large Scutella, or that of one of the more moderate-

sized species of Clypeaster, obtusely pentagonal, its height apparently about
equal to, or not more than, one-tenth of its length; ambulacral petals of

1 Cragin, F. W., A new Cretaceous genus of Clypeastridae: American Geologist, vol. 15,
pp. 90-91, 1895.

? Clark, W. B., and Twitchell, M. W., The Mesozoic and Cenozoic Echinodermata of the
United States: U. S. Geol. Survey Mon. 54, p. 67, 1915.

No. 2557.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 20
9114-24 ' 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

moderate breadth, reaching to within a short distance of the ambitus, the un-
paired and anterior paired petals being straight, the posterior paired ones
slightly sinuous; breadth of a pore belt (apparently) about half that of a
semiambulacrum, the part of the ambulacrum between the pore belts orna-
mented with light-colored puncta (the supposed spine scars) arranged in quin-
eunx; interambulacral plates thick, separated by deep sutures that are made
especially pronounced by the beveled borders of the plates, the adambulacral
half (on distal plates, less than half) of each plate being crossed with slightly
raised, parallel curved lines, which subtend the borders of the ambulacral
petals and between which are puncta that, like those of the ambulacral mid-
areas, present the appearance of filled pores and are in quincunx, though form-
ing a simple linear series between each two lines; surface of inner, or con-
tiguous, halves of interambulacral plates plain (or at least without lines, and

SS Saray te

Fic. 1.—HYPOTHETICAL RESTORATION OF SCUTELLASTER CRHETACEUS CRAGIN, BASED ON THH
TYPE AND A MIOCENE SCUTELLA

with only minute puncta, which, in the type specimen, are mainly obliterated),
save near the ends, where a number of coarse puncta are so arranged as to
constitute a narrow and indefinitely bounded miliary zone.

Between the anterior and either antero-lateral angle, the outline of the test,
as viewed from above, presents two trifling concavities separated by a broader
convexity. Between either antero-lateral angle and the posterior angle of the
same side, the outline presents a broad and shallow concavity which culminates
opposite the anterior part of the posterior row of plates of that interambulacral
field. The bottom of the test is not shown in the type, and the posterior border
is imperfect, so that the exact form of the latter and the exact position, etc.,
of the peristome and periproct are unknown.

Measurements.—Length of test, 105; breadth, 83; height (approximately),

8-10 mm.

ART. 20 A RARE CRETACEOUS SHA URCHIN

REESIDE 3

The writer believes that the genus Scutellaster may fairly be regarded as a
synthetic, or generalized, type from which have been evolved Scutella on the
one hand and Clypeaster on the other.

In the present condition of the type, as shown by the retouched
photograph forming figure 1 of plate 1, some of the details noted
by Cragin are not evident. The ambulacral petals are entirely

Wic. 2.—COMPARISON OF ARRANGEMENT OF PLATES or (B) ACTINAL SIDH oF SCUTELLA
SUBROTUNDATA LAMARCK WITH THAT or (A) SCUTELLASTER CRETACEUS CRAGIN. THE
LETTERS INDICATE THE EQUIVALENTS AS INTERPRETED BY THE WRITER. PEeRISTOME—=P.

missing, and it is possible only to guess at their probable maximum
length and breadth. The original surface of most of the plates is
gone and in only a few small areas is anything suggesting the spines
or tubercles present (see pl. 1, fig. 2). No part of the ambitus is
preserved, and any statement as to the outline of a complete test
is unfounded. To all appearances the outline of the specimen is
as it was when originally found, and Cragin was probably unjusti-

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. vou. 66

fied in describing it shaped lke Clypeaster. The test, however,
clearly was broad and flat as in Scutella, and such of the plates of
of the upper (abactinal) surface as can be made out do have a
scutelliform arrangement. A hypothetical restoration of the abac-
tinal surface, based on the specimen in hand and a Miocene Scutella,
is shown in figure 1.

The petaloid areas and the central part of the test have been
deeply excavated at some time and now disclose a group of peculiarly
shaped plates which, however, may be matched closely with those
of the undersurface of Scutella. A diagram comparing the arrange-
ment. of the plates with that of a Miocene Scutella is given in fig-
ure 2.

It seems to the writer probable that if better material is ever
discovered this genus will be found very close to Scutella, if not
identical with it. Inasmuch as only the single unsatisfactory speci-
men is now at hand, it seems best for the time being to leave the
generic assignment as it was made by Cragin. The known Scutel-
jidae are all Tertiary, and the present species if interpreted cor-
rectly would extend the range of the family into the Upper Cre-
taceous.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE
PLATE &

Scutellaster cretaceus Cragin

Fie. 1. Type specimen, natural size. Photographs, retouched.
2. Area indicated by small rectangle on figure 1, enlarged 5 diameters.
Photograph, retouched.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 20 PL. |

SCUTELLASTER CRETACEUS CRAGIN

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 1/4

A PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM THE ISLAND OF
TRINIDAD

By Epwarp W. Berry,
Of the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland

The present contribution is based upon a considerable collection of
fossil plants which I owe to the industry and kind cooperation of
Dr. H. G. Kiigler and the courtesy of the Apex Oilfields, Ltd., of
Fyzabad, Trinidad. I am indebted for three additional specimens
to Prof. Gilbert D. Harris. The latter were collected by G. A.
Waring. The types have been presented to the United States
National Museum. i

Fossil leaves were reported from Trinidad in 1860 by Wall and
Sawkins but no collections from the Island have been studied until
recently. Doctor Kiigler has made large collections for me which
await description, and the New York Botanical Garden have also
made collections which have been described by Dr. Arthur Hollick,
whose account is now in press. All of these are from earlier beds
than those which form the subject of the present paper.

This collection comes from strata known locally as the Oropouche
formation, and comprise sands and horizontal, more or less lignitic,
clays, that receive their name from outcrops near the village of
Oropouche in the western half of the southern depression of the
island. These sands and clays represent the erosion products of
the folded areas of the central and southern ranges during the
Pleistocene.

The collecton is of very great interest because, although the num-
ber of species is limited, they give clear evidence of the presence of
mangrove swamps during the Pleistocene, and the fact that several
of the forms cannot be positively identified with members of the
existing flora of that region and have had to be described as new,
and therefore extinct, indicates a considerable antiquity.

The species described number 9 and represent 7 orders and 8
families. With the exception of a single trace of a feather palm of

No. 2558.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 21.
9115—25——_1 al

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

unknown genus, all are rather coriaceous dicotyledons. By far the
most abundant leaves are those of the white mangrove and the
Mimusops.

At least three of the forms—the buttonwood (Conocarpus), white
mangrove (Rhizophora), and black mangrove (Avicennia)—are
members of the mangrove association, and indicate more or less tidal
muddy coastal swamps. ‘These were in all probability estuary in
position which is where they usually find their optimum conditions
of growth. The Jfimusops, which is described as new, finds its
closest living homologies in forest species. This might be taken
to mean that their leaves were river borne, but since they are the
most abundant forms in the Oropouche clays it would seem that
they must have been growing near at hand in the beach jungle be-
hind the mangrove swamps or in the lower valley of the supposed
stream that made the estuary. Such an environment would be the
natural one for the other members of this flora.

All of the plants are lowland humid tropical types. All the
existing species recorded as fossils occur in the existing flora of
Trinidad and those which are described as extinct, have closely re-
lated existing species.in Trinidad and the adjacent coastal region of
South America.

Class MONOCOTYLEDONAE
Order ARECALES
Family ARECACEAE

PALM RAY

Plate 1, figs. 1, 2

The single basal part of the ray of a fan palm is the only repre-
sentative of this class of plants found in the Oropouche clays.

These rays are linear lanceolate, markedly inequilateral proximad,
where they are contracted to a petiolar-like attachment on the rachis.
The venation appears to be characteristic, consisting of 8 principal
regularly spaced longitudinal veins with 3 or 4 thinner parallel veins
in each interspace.

It might be possible to connect the fossil with some recent Trindad
palm, but in view of the fragmentary nature of the fossil and the
uncertainties involved, it did not seem worth the labor of searching
through herbaria in which palms are usually so incompletely repre-
sented.

Type.—Cat. No. 37017, U. S. N. M.

ART. 21 A PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM TRINIDAD—BERRY 3

Class DICOTYLEDONAE
Order ROSALES

Family MIMOSACEAE
Genus PITHECOLOBIUM Martius
PITHECOLOBIUM UNGUIS CATI (Linnaeus) Bentham
Plate 3, fig. 4

A single leaflet, identical with those of this existing species has
been found in the Oropouche beds. There is no necessity to describe
it in detail. It is much like the smaller obtuse leaflets of Pitheco-
lobium dulce (Roxburg) Bentham, but more exactly matches many
of the leaflets of Pithecolobiwm unguis cati, and I have no doubt
represents the latter species.

Pithecolobium unguis cati, or the Cats claw, sometimes referred to
the genus Zygia of Patrick Browne is a rather small slender tree of
sea coasts found from the Florida keys through the Antilles to Trini-
dad, Venezuela, and Colombia.

Fossil species are not uncommon in the warmer parts of the Ter-
tiary of the western hemisphere. ‘There are two well marked species
in the lower Eocene Wilcox group and a third in the Oligocene of
southeastern North America. There is a Miocene species in Co-
lombia and a second from the Dominican Republic. There are 3
Pliocene species recorded from Bolivia.

Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 37018, U. S. N. M.

Order PARIETALES
Family GUTTIFERAE
Genus CLUSIA Linnaeus
CLUSIA FOSSILIA, new species

Plate 3, fig. 3

Leaves of medium size, obovate in outline, coriaceous in texture
and with entire margins. Length about 11 centimeters. Maximum
width, about two-thirds of distance above the base, about 6 centi-
meters. The apex is broadly rounded and may even be very slightly
retuse. The base is narrowly cuneate. The ascending margins are
practically straight to the region of greatest width of the lamina
where they curve around rather regularly without angular shoulders
to the broad tip. The petiole is short and extremely stout. The
midvein is characteristic of the genus, thin above, increasing rapidly:

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

in size and prominence proximad, until at the base where it joins
the petiole it is 8 millimeters in diameter. The secondaries are thin
but well marked, closely spaced and ascending. They diverge from
the midrib at angles of about 30 degrees, are relatively straight in
their courses, although adjacent ones occasionally join on their way
toward the margin, where their extremities are united by a looped
marginal vein about 1 millimeter within the margin.

There cannot be the slightest doubt but that these leaves represent
the genus Clusia, presenting as they do to the last detail the foliar
characters of this genus. I have compared them with the leaves of
all of the existing forms from equatorial America which are repre-
sented in the National Herbarium. There are 3 existing species in
the Trindad flora whose leaves are extremely difficult to distinguish
from the fossil. These are Clusia martini Sagot and Clusia palmé-
cida L. C. Rich which are large trees of the forest (specimens from
Balandra Bay), and the wide ranging Clusia rosea Linnaeus, a
somewhat smaller tree of the rocky coasts, at least the specimens
from Trindad are so labeled.

The foliar characters of these are very convergent. In general
the leaves of Custa palmicida are somewhat more elongated. I
doubt if it is possible to certainly distinguish Clusia rosea and
Clusia martini from the leaves alone. The fossil appears to be more
nearly identical with latter than the former of these, but occasional
leaves of the former are indistinguishable. This being the case the
fossil form is described as Clusia fossiléa, and it is suggested that
it might very well represent the stock subsequently differentiated
into the three living species mentioned above as recognized by
modern systematists.

So far as I know this is the first fossil species of this interesting
genus to be recognized, although I have a fine and much larger
species from the Jater Miocene of Trinidad.

fTolotype—Cat. No. 37019, U.S. N. M.

Order THY MELEALES
Family LAURACEAE
Genus PERSEA Gaetner fils
PERSEA AMERICANA Miller
Plate 1, fig. 4

The single incomplete leaf figured is the only specimen of this
species collected. It has the form and venation of various tropical
species of Phoebe and Persea and appears to be identical with the
leaves of the existing Persea americana Miller. |

apr, 21 A PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM TRINIDAD—BERRY 5

The genus has been present in equatorial America throughout the
Tertiary and probably earlier. A very similar form occurs in the
Miocene of Trinidad, and Engelhardt has described similar forms
from the Miocene of Colombia.

- Plesiotype-—Cat. No. 37020, U. S. N. M.

Order MYRTALES

Family COMBRETACEAE .
Genus CONOCARPUS Linnaeus
CONOCARPUS ERECTUS Linnaeus
Plate 1, fig. 5

There is no necessity to present a detailed description of these
leaves. I have seven specimens from the Oropouche beds all more
or less broken or distorted, but clearly belonging to the existing
species, with whose variations the agreement is exact.

The single existing species in several varieties is a widespread
type of the mangrove association, as well as sandy shores on both
coasts of Central and South America, extending northward through
the Antilles to the Florida keys, and through the agency of ocean
currents reaching Bermuda. It is also found on the west coast of
Africa in Guinea and Senegambia.

The earliest apparent representative of the genus is a form from
the Tuscaloosa formation of Alabama described as Conocarpites
formosus.1_ A second fossil species is found in the coastal floras
of the lower Eocene Wilcox group? and a third occurs in the upper
Eocene Jackson group® in southeastern North America. <A fruit
compared with Conocarpus has been described by Menzel* from the
lower Miocene of Europe.

Plesiotype.—Cat. No. 37021, U. S. N. M.

Family RHIZOPHORACEAE
Genus RHIZOPHORA Linnaeus

RHIZOPHORA MANGLE Linnaeus
Plate 2, figs. 2, 4

Leaves of the mangrove vie with those of Mimusops in the Oro-
pouche clays, some scores having been collected. When fragmentary
the two are distinguished with difficulty.

1 Berry, E. W., U. 8S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 112, p. 127, pl. 28, fig. 9, 1919.

2 Berry, E. W., idem, 91, p. 325, pl. 95, figs. 1, 2, 1916.

* Berry, E. W., idem, 84, p. 147, pl. 29, figs. 4-7, 1914.

“Menzel, P., Beitr. Fl, Niederrhein Braunkohlenformation, p. 63, pl. 5, figs. 17-21,
1913. >

9115—25——-2

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

These leaves show the characteristic form and venation of the re-
cent leaves of the mangrove, from which they can not be differen-
tiated.

On the whole the RAzzophora leaves may be distinguished from
those of the associated Mimusops by their being less coriaceous, with
slightly longer petioles, and by their regularity of form, being al-
ways at least pointed and never emarginate, and by their slightly
more prominent venation. For the most part they are preserved
as brownish impressions in the clays and not as black carbonaceous
films as are the bulk of those referred to Mimusops. I have gone
through all of the material of Rhizophora mangle in the National
Herbarium and aside from minor individual variations the leaves
are uniform in their characters, and never exhibit the peculiar varia-
tions shown in Mimusops.

In the modern flora this species ranges on muddy tidal shores
from southern Florida and Bermuda through the Antilles and Cen-
tral America to Brazil, and from lower California to Ecuador. It
is the most specialized plant known for distribution by ocean cur-
rents.

The genus appears in the fossil record in the early upper Eocene
in southeastern North America® and a second fossil species is known
from the Miocene of Venezuela.© Two Oligocene-Miocene species
have been recorded from southern Europe.

Plesiotypes.—Cat. Nos. 37022-8, U. S. N. M.

Order EBENALES

Family SAPOTACEAE
Genus MIMUSOPS Linnaeus
MIMUSOPS PREDUPLICATA, new species

Plate 2, figs. 1, 3, 5; plate 3, fig. 5; plate 4, figs. 2, 3 4

This is an exceedingly interesting species and vies with the leaves
of the mangrove in its abundant representation in the Oropouche
clays. A considerable number of leaves showing the variety and ex-
tremes of its mutations have been figured. In general the leaves are
elliptical in outline, with broadly rounded, emarginate or retuse tips,
and rounded slightly pointed or cuneate bases. The petiole is short
and extremely stout. The margins may be evenly rounded but are
very frequently emarginately incised into a greater or less number of

5 Berry, E. W., U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 84, p. 144, pl. 29, figs. 1, 2, 1914.
® Berry, E. W., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 59, p. 576, pl. 109, fig. 4, 1921.

‘ART; 21 A PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM TRINIDAD——-BERRY 4

rounded lobes of varying sizes. The midrib is stout but not especially
prominent. The secondaries are thin, largely immersed in the coria-
ceous leaf substance; they diverge from the midrib at wide angles at
irregular intervals, and are abruptly camptodrome at a considerable
distance inside the margins. The size varies from narrow elliptical
leaves 3.5 centimeters long by 1.7 centimeters in maximum width like
that shown in figure 3 on plate 2, to similarly shaped leaves 8 centi-
meters long and 5 centimeters in maximum width; from obcordate
leaves 2.1 centimeters long and 1.7 centimeters wide like that shown
in figure 4 on plate 4 to similar leaves 4.5 centimeters long and 3.4
centimeters wide like that shown in figure 2 on plate 4. Finally we
have the large irregular leaves like those shown on plate 2, figure 1,
and plate 4, figure 3, variously lobed and retuse, and without a paral-
lel outside the family Sapotaceae in so far as I know. The more
regular leaves of this species are distinguished with difficulty from
the associated leaves of RAtzophora but as I have remarked under the
discussion of the latter they are more coriaceous with more obsolete
venation and with different tips. The petiole is shorter and stouter.
and appears in the fossil material as more or less ribbed.

I have been to the pains of examining all of the material of the
Sapotaceae preserved in the National Herbarium in my effort to ab-
solutely connect the fossil with an existing species. Outside the
genus Mimusops the only species showing variations in form com-
parable with the fossil is Sideroxylon elegans DeCandolle of the
Guianas, in which the leaves are uniformly smaller and the venation
is somewhat more prominent. In the genus A/imusops the two most
similar species seen are Mimusops duplicata Urban, a common Antil-
lean forest tree, and Mimusops balata schomburghii Pierre from the
lower Orinoco region. In the latter the leaves average relatively
longer and narrower and have longer petioles. In the former ex-
actly the same variations in outline are shown, but such variants are
usually smaller than the fossil, although specimens with regular
leaves may be larger. On the whole the fossil is closest to Mimusops
duplicata and I have described it as a possibly extinct form under
the name of preduplicata, indicating a relationship, which may
really amount to specific identity were all the facts known.

The genus Mimusops is a prolific and common tropical type in
both hemispheres, reaching northward to the Florida keys in this
hemisphere. In the fossil record it contains 3 lower Eocene species
in southeastern North America and a fourth in the Miocene of Haiti.
Several European species have been recorded, two coming from the
late Eocene of Hesse.

Cotypes.—Cat. Nos. 37024-37030, U. S. N. M.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 68

Order PERSONALES

Family VERBENACEAE
Genus AVICENNIA Linnaeus

AVICENNIA NITIDA Jacquin
Plate 3, figs. 1, 2, 6; plate 4, fig. 1

Leaves of the black mangrove of various sizes are common in the
Oropouche clays. These agree perfectly with the leaves of the exist-
ing species, from which they can not be differentiated. In the mod-
ern flora the species is a widely distributed maritime form ranging
from peninsular Florida through the Antilles to Brazil.

The only other fossil occurrence known to me is based upon leaves
and fruits found in the lower Eocene Wilcox formation of southeast-
ern North America.’

Plesiotypes.—Cat. Nos. 37031-38, U. S. N. M.

INCERTAE SEDIS
PHYLLITES OROPOUCHENSIS, new species
Plate 1, fig. 3

The present nominal species is based upon two specimens in which
the carbonaceous film representing the leaf is more or less impreg-
nated with salts of iron. These represent an oblong ovate leaf with
a bluntly pointed tip and a cuneate base. The texture is coriaceous
and the midvein very stout. The secondaries are thin, numerous, and
subparallel, diverging from the midvein at a rather wide angle and
running with but slight curvature toward the margins. Their end-
ings or other details of the venation cannot be made out and it is
therefore impossible to reach a decision as to whether the fossil
should be referred to the Guttiferae or the Sapotaceae. It appears
to be certainly referable to one or the other of these families and is
particular suggestive of certain Caribbean species of the genera [?he-
edia, Calophyllum, and Chrysophyllum, to one or the other of which
it, in all probability, belongs. Doubtless future collections will settle
this point.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 37034, U. S. N. M.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1

¥ies.1.2.Palm ray. Fig. 2 enlarged <4 to show venation.
3. Phyllites oropouchensis, new species.
4, Persea americana Miller
5. Conocarpus erectus Linnaeus.

* Berry, I. W., U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 91, p. 347, pl. 104, fig. 6; pl. 107, fig. 4,
#916.

SRD, 21 A PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM TRINIDAD—-BERRY 9

PLATE 2

ies. 1, 3,5. Miémusops predupligata, new species,
2,4. Rhizophora mangle Linnaeus.

PLATE 3

bes. 1, 2, 6. Avicennia nitida Jacquin

Recent leaf. 2,6. Fosst\ leaves.

Clusia fossilia, new species.

Pithecolobium wnguis catt (Linnaeus) Bentham.
Mimusops preduplicata, new species.

PLats 4

H16s.1. Avicennia nitida Jacquin
24, Mimusops preduplicata, new ‘species.

=
~
~
“N
N
N:
\
~
SS
N
\
—S

CLS. = e

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 21 PL. 2

|
4
i

PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM THE ISLAND OF TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

PE. 3

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 21

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM THE ISLAND OF TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 21 PL. 4

PLEISTOCENE FLORA FROM THE ISLAND OF TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 9

MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS FROM
TRINIDAD, BRITISH WEST INDIES *

By WenbELL C. MansFIetp
Of the United States Geological Survey

INTRODUCTION

The object of this paper is to describe some inadequately known
Miocene gastropods and scaphopods from a few localities in 'Trini-
dad, British West Indies, and to determine, in so far as practicable,
their stratigraphic position with respect to the standard section of
the Atlantic and Gulf Coastal Plain and the West Indies.

PRINCIPAL PUBLICATIONS ON THE GEOLOGY AND PALBHONTOLOGY OF TRINIDAD

Watt, G. P., and Sawkrns, J. G., Report on the Geology of Trinidad: London,
1860.

In the treatise on the descriptive geology the rocks are separated into three
groups—Caribbean group, the Older Parian group, and the Newer Parian
group. The Newer Parian group is again separated into five divisions or
series, arranged in stratigraphic age sequence from the lowest up as follows:
Nariva series, Naparima marl, Tamana or calcareous series, Caroni or Car-
bonaceous series, and Moruga or arenaceous series. The age of the Caribbean
group is uncertain but is regarded as antedating the Older Parian; the Older
Parian is tentatively assigned to the Lower Cretaceous; and the Newer
Parian is questionably assigned to the Miocene. The geologic map accompany-
ing the report is the only one now available.

Although some of the results outlined are not conclusive, the report is an
admirable example of scientific work on pioneer geology in an area beset with
many difficulties.

Guppy, R. J., LECHMERE and DALL, W. H., Descriptions of Tertiary fossils from
the Antillean region: U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., vol. 19, No. 1110, pp. 303-331,
4 pls., 1896. In this publication fifteen new species of mollusks are de-
scribed by Guppy from Trinidad.

Guppy was intensely interested in the geology of Trinidad as well as other
areas, and his contributions to both paleontology and stratigraphy are a val-

1 Dr. Carlotta Joaquina Maury’s paper “A further contribution to the Paleontology of
Trinidad” (Miocene horizons), published as Bulletin 42 of American Paleontology, volume
10, appeared while my paper was in corrected page-proof form and in the hands of the
editor; consequently the page proof was recalled and necessary revisions made.

The principal revisions consisted in the substitution of nine names of Doctor Maury’s
species for the names of the same forms which I had described as new, but retained my
own descriptions. References to her descriptions were inserted in the synonymy.

The “ Outline of results”? in my paper was not changed. In this connection, however,
Doctor Maury has placed in the lower Miocene the fauna at Brasso Creek, which I
infer is the locality represented by my station numbers 8302 and 9212, and at Guaica-
Tamana Road, thirteenth milepost, which appears to be the locality represented by my
station 9219; the former she referred to the Manzanilla Miocene and the latter to the
stratigraphically lower Machapoorie Miocene. Doctor Maury’s interpretation of the
age of the faunas, based on her study of both the gastropods and the peleeypods, sug-
gests to me a stronger probability that the fauna at my station 9219, and perhaps some
of the possibly mixed faunas from the stream wash 1 mile south of Brasso, belong to the
lower Miocene, though I regard the fauna at station 9219 as a little higher stratigra-
phically than that at Machapoorie Quarry.

No. 2559.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 22
9116—25 \ 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

uable asset to geology. For about half a century he investigated and reported

upon the fossil faunas of Trinidad, Tobago, Antigua, Jamaica, and other Antil-

lean islands. In this paper references pertinent to the text are made to some

of his publications. Dr. G. D. Harris* has published a reprint of Guppy’s more

inaccessible paleontogical writings.

Maury, ©. J., A contribution to the Paleontology of Trinidad: Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Phila. Journ., vol. 15, 2d ser., pp. 23-112, 9 pls., 1912.

“The specimens were collected from Tertiary beds at Brighton, on the
Island of Trinidad, and from the small outlying islets, Soldado and Farallon
Rocks. A few are also included from Cretaceous shales and Pleistocene raised
beaches, both on the opposite Venezuelan mainland.”

None of the species occurring in the above deposits were found in the mate-
rial examined for my report.

A number of other writers have contributed valuable information
to the geology and paleontology of Trinidad, and their names should
be included in a complete bibliography.

Fossils studied —Most of the fossils studied were collected by F.
W. Penny and J. A. Bullbrook. The localities of the fossil collec-
tions are distributed through the east and west-central part of the
island in a narrow area on the north slope of the Central Mountain
Range. The gastropod fauna is meager from all localities except
that obtained from a flood-wash in the vicinity of Brasso.

Many of Guppy’s type specimens from Trinidad are deposited in
the United States National Museum and were found useful for com-
parison.

Outline of results—As the molluscan fauna is poorly represented
in most instances, the study of the other organisms and a knowledge
of the field relations of these faunal deposits are essential to ac-
curately construct the local stratigraphic column and to correlate its
units with outside deposits.

For this reason I have only tentatively assigned the groups of
fossils to positions in the stratigraphic column. I have endeavored,
when possible, to determine the nearest relative of the species studied
in outside deposits.

A general outline of results is about as follows:

All the faunas considered in this paper are believed to be Miocene.

The fauna at station 8301, Machapoorie Quarry, and at station
8299, Cumuto Road, 17 miles, is believed to be the oldest and is re-
ferred to the lower Miocene.

The fauna collected from the flood-wash in the vicinity of Brasso
is very similar to that at station 9219, Guaico-Tamana Road, 2
chains east of mile 18, is stratigraphically higher than that at
Machapoorie Quarry, and is tentatively referred either to the upper
part of the lower Miocene or to the lower part of the middle Miocene.

The bed from which the specimens collected on the Manzaniilan
coast were obtained is not stated on the labels, but certain species
indicate a middle Miocene age rather than older.

2 Harris, G. D., Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 8, pp. 149-846, 1921.

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 3

The fauna at Springvale is believed to be much younger than
that in the Brasso beds and is assigned to the upper Miocene.

LIST OF LOCALITIES AND FOSSILS
LOWER MIOCENE =
List of stations
8299. (Loe. 3) Caroni County, San Rafael Ward, Cumuto Road, 17 miles from
the Eastern Main Road (61° 13’ 25” W.; 10° 28’ 30” N.). EF. W. Penny,
collector.

8301. (Loe. 5) Nariva County, Charuma Ward, Machapoorie Quarry (61° 14’
35” W.; 10° 27’ 25” N.). F. W. Penny and J. A. Bullbrook, collectors.

The gastropod fauna at the above two stations shows close rela-
tionship and is believed to be the oldest fauna studied, the age of
which strongly indicates lower Miocene.

Turritella machapoorensis Maury, is closely related to T. tampae; and T.
caparonis Maury, is closely related to 7. chipolana. Amdauropsis trinitatensis,
new species, resembles an Anguilla form; Modulus tamanensis Maury (a
much larger form also occurs at station 9219) is related to M. wilcozii, a

Chipola species.
Faunal list

Stations
Remarks
8301;
8299 | 9920
Cypraea trinitatensis, new species --_--_-_- OG Pee 2 ‘
Modulus tamanensis Maury------------|------ xX | Closely related to M. wilcorii Dall (Chipola). Also
at sta. 9219.
Turritella machapoorensis Maury -------- > x | Aff. 7. tampae Heilprin (The ‘‘silex beds”’ of the
Tampa formation, Florida).
Turritella caparonis Maury-------------|------ x | Aff. T. chipolana Dall.
Turritella aff. T. perattenuata praecel- |_--_--|------
lens Pilsbry and Brown. x
Amauropsis trinitatensis, new species__-| X |------ Resembles an undescribed form from Anguilla.
Cailiostoma attrina, new species-.-------- epee
Liotia machapooriensis, new species----- ; DX
Mostly poorly preserved specimens
Caonustspeciesnte ass ses a EYE tee x *
ANCHO ASDECIES Seorte oo een ou reas Ee Le x
Clava Nspeciest==- 2s 2s oe 2 eos sa 242 2|S2S ese x
Cbrithtimn ispecies 2 22 ae when o ese x
NEV DULIONDISTSPECIES = 5 = aeons ee ea at x
EN GUCOMSDOCIES: fe rae See ree te ales x
SETI GPeCleS ane ae ee nee te. Wie ols aa ee x
PPAUNALCIN ASPCCICS= 2-5. a Sek ee x
PJENLGILILTMs SHCCIOS os a sae toe nee = Seen eee SS xX

MIDDLE OR LOWER MIOCENE
List of stations

9027. Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, Brasso-Gran Couva Road, 100-200
yards west of Brasso. Fossiliferous clay immediately overlying Tur-
ritella-bearing limestone. J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

9196. Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, junction of Gran Couva and Brasso-
Tabaquite roads. J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

9215. Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, Brasso railway station. Steam wash.
J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

8302. (Loc. 6.) Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso rail-
way station (61° 19’ 18’’ W.; 10° 23’ 45’’ N.). Flood-wash from
stream bank. F. W. Penny, collector.

9212. About one

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

mile south of Brasso.
Bullbrook, collector.

VOL. 66

Flood-wash from stream. J. A.

(Same locality as 8302 but later collection. )

9219. St. Andrew County, Turure Ward, Guaico-Tamana Road, 2 chains east of
mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main Road at Guaico railway
station. Brasso clays. J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

8300. (Loe. 4.) Caroni County, San Rafael Ward. Four Roads Quarry (61°
12755 Ws 102 28" 5a N.). ES Wi Lenny, collector) vAlsomamlater
eollection from the same quarry obtained by J. A. Bullbrook.

Mollusca: 2 |

Ringiculawatt. eh. “tridentata | | X<o\_ 22 2/2 See |S eeel Bee

Guppy. ; = i
Terebra © (Strioterebra) trintta- |_2__|\ % |_+~-|--+-]--_-|---_|---
tensis, Dew species. |
Terebra ( Strioterebra) brassoensis, | ee [aed ae eel meee ee sey eee
new species.
Conus trinitatensis, new species -|____)-.--|----|.--.| X |----|----| Somewhat similar to a Shoal River,
Fla., form.

Conus multiliratus walli, new |___-| X |_---|----) X |____|----| C. multiliratus more characteristic of

subspecies. | middle Miocene.

Turris brassoensis, new species -|____| X | X |_---|__-- _.-.|----| Similar to a new species from the

| | Shoal River marl member of the
Alum Bluff formation.
Turris vaningeni var. macha- |____|__.-|.---|----| X |----|----
poor ensis (Maury).

Drillia consors bullbrooki, new |____|_---|_---|.._-| X |____|.--- Apparently occurs in Baitoa forma-

subspecies. | tion, Dominican Republic.

Drillia consors trinitatensis, new)___-| X |_---|_---|_--- ____|_._.| Very similar to Pleurotoma alisedota

subspecies. | var. magna Bose.

Drillia pennyi, new species ____- [eee CSS ae ee | Me tt og |e

Drillia pennyi acaria, new sub- |_222) XX |---| o 2 te ee ee

species. |

Drillia tridadina, new species..-|___.| X | X |_---|----|---- eer

Drillia daditrina, new species_--|_.-.| X |----|----|----|----|----| Somewhat similar _to D. senaria

| | Woodring (Ms.) Bowden.

Drillia propefusiformis, mew }_-.-|--~-|222-|--22\ XE |-2_| Am.” (D.” fusiformis. (Gabb) from

species. | Gurabg formation, Dominican Re-
public.

Drillia inniadda, new species__-|_...| * | |_---|_--|__-_]_---

Drillia nitrina, new species ___-_- Per (ees | |e ere 2 et

Drillia niaddrina, new species___|____ 1 eSot|Creae ee E at e

Drillia inadring, new species==_2|22 |<) S¢ ES esEs

Glyphostoma caronensis, new |___.| X |_---|_---|----|----|----

species. |

Glyphostoma (?) triniada, new |___-| X |---_|_---|_---|_-_-|----

species. ‘

Glyphostoma amicta rintriada, |____|__._| |..._.|.-..|____|....| Glyphostoma amicta (Guppy) is a

new subspecies. Bowden species.

Glyphostoma (?) addrina, new |_-_-; X | X |.---|_---}----|_-_-

species. |

Microdrillia trina, new species_.|_-_-| % |----|----|_---]---- |____| Similar to a form from Monkey Hill,
| Panama, and to a Chipola species.

Microdrillia propetrina, new |____|___- ied Sl etm [ee |e

species.

Borsonia (Paraborsonia) brasso- \....! X |----!_---!.-<-!_--.|_--- Similar to Borsonia varicosa (Sower-

énsis, new species. by).

Cancellaria = ‘bullbrooki, new | =~ |= 2 {e222 Se |

species.

Ancilla “paralameliata, new }----| >€ |--_-|-bee}222_|_2.- aaa
species.
Ancilla brassica Maury ----.--- FANS eT Se |e
Marginella (Faba) billbrooki, Fon Kl poebenales sale —- jae 2
new species.
Marginella (Faba) brassoensis, | ? | | X |.---|----}---- eee
new species.

Marginella guaica Maury -_-.--- LLNS ED OAS Pa Resembles M. sowerbyi Gabb from
| Cercado and Gurabo formations,
| Dominican Republic.

AMarginella solitaria montserra- |___-|.-.-| X |----|----!_---|---- M. solitaria Guppy is from Point-4-

ccvisis, new subspecies. | Pierre.

: Marginetla ( Closia) nitrina, new |___-|__-- SC one lactilole |...-| Resembles M. ovuliformis Orbigny,

species Pliocene to Recent.

ART, 22

Faunal list—Continued

MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD

Statio

9027

Mollusca—C ontinued.
Marginella (Gibberula) trinita- |_---
tensis, new species.
Verillum bristoli (Maury) ------}----

Phos bullbrooki, new species
Phos trinitatensis, new species__-|----

Alectrion brassoénsis, new species | ----
Metulella caronensis,new species | ----

Strombina walli, new species

Typhis sawkinsi, new species

Modulus tamanensis Maury ----

new |----

Caecum properegulare,
species

Turritella gatunensis caronensis,
new subspecies.

Turritella sp. aff. T. altilira var.
chiriquiensis Olsson.

Turritella montserratensis, new
species.

Turritella cf. T. altilira Conrad
(typical).

Natica canrena (Linnaeus)
Calliostoma rhombotum, new
species.
Teinostoma
species.
Adeorbis guppyi, new species - - -
Cadulus caronensis, new species

caronensis, new

Dentalium cossmannianum
Pilsbry and Sharp?

Genera either poorly preserved or re-
quire a specialized study to deter-
_ mine their specific relationship

Oliveila, 2'species (yo-)— -._---------
Mitra, species (yo.)—_ _-----_----2=5
Strombina, Species! (V0:)/2.--—=--=--=
Strombina, species (frag.)-----------
Typhis, species (frag.) -------
Epitonium, species (yo.).----
Acrilla, ispecies (frag.) 2-2 22-5 =>. _-\2_ =
Melanella, species
Turbonilla, several species___—_-—-__|----
Pyramidelia, several species
Odostomia, species
Strombus (frag.) ER EEE RSS Sheer es Oe
Cerithium, species
Clana, species (yo0:)2-=---- === -_-|----
Bittium, 2S Decleseern a a= salen
Serpulorbis, species (irag.)! == ---4-—|-=.-
RASSONI | SDOCICS ate eee el. ese
Gailsnivaem@asDeCien= heen ee alae
Architectonica, species (yo.)-.-------|----
Rryozoa }
Cupularia umbellata Defrance
Cupuladria canariensis Busk
Grustaceaia:) a8 sre. See 3 eee Be So
Gallimectesspeciess 2 ase oe ee
Thaumastoplaz prima Rathbun

9212)/8302|9215

9219

8300}9196

Remarks

Somewhat resembles M. cercadensis
Maury, Cercado.

Aff. Vezillum tortuosellum (P. & J.)
from Dominican Republic.

Very close to 5883e near basal section
at Bananito River, Costa Rica.

Aff. A. cercadensis Maury, Cercado
formation. : .
Resembles SS. costaricensis Olsson

from Gatun formation.

Resembles S. chiriquiensis Olsson,
Gatun formation, also S. pseudo-
haitensis Maury, Cercado forma-
tion.

Recalls q. gabbi B. & P., Gatun,
Panam

Closely ealuted to M. wilcorii Dall,
Chipola.

Closely resembles a form from Shoal
River, Fla.

Pe: gatunensis referred to Gatun for-
mation, Panama and Costa Rica
Reported by Olsson from Gatun
cee in Panama and Costa

ica

Resembles T. altilira costaricensis
Olsson, Gatun.

| Recalls an Eocene sp. C. abruptus

Meyer and Aldrich.

Described from station 6020a. Low-
er part of the upper half of Culebra
formation, Panama.

1 Identified by Dr. Ray Bassler, of the U. S. National Museum.
2 Identified by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, of the U. S. National Museum.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66

The fauna listed above at stations 9027, 9196, and 8300 is repre-
sented by only a few species and its relationship to the larger
fauna at the other stations is uncertain. That at 9027 and 9196
indicates a little higher stratigraphic position. About one-half the
species at station 9219 are represented in the collection from the
flood-wash near Brasso—stations 8302, 9212, and 9215—and _ its
fauna indicates the same stratigraphic horizon to some part if not
the whole of these beds. The material from the flood-wash may
represent the assemblage of species from more than one stratum or
perhaps horizon. Some of the species from station 9219 and from
the flood-wash at Brasso indicate a horizon a little lower strati-
graphically than that of the Bowden marl of Jamaica or that of
the Gurabo formation of the Dominican Republic, but others are
closely related to species in those formations. Consequently this
fauna may have lived either during the latter part of the lower
Miocene or the early part of the middle Miocene.

The following species apparently show a close relationship to the
Bowden and Gurabo formations—now referred to the middle
Miocene:

Conus multiliratus, subspecies walli, new subspecies. Conus multiliratus is
more characteristic of the middle Miocene.

Drillia propefusiformis, new species.

Glyphostoma amicta rintriada, new subspecies. Glyphostoma amicta is a
Bowden species.

Phos trinitatenses, new species. In Costa Rica a very similar form is found
in a fauna carrying Sconsia laevigata.
Species related to species now referred to the lower Miocene are:
Turris brassoensis, new species—very close to a species in the Shoal River
marl member of the Alum Bluff formation, Florida.

Drillia consors bullbrooki, new subspecies. Apparently the same form oc-
curs in the Baitoa formation, D. R.

Microdrillia trina, new species. Related to a Chipola species.

Marginella trinitatensis, new species. Resembles MM. cercadensis Maury, Cer-
eado formation.

Vevrillum bristoli (Maury). Related to a Chipola species.

Alectrion brassoensis, new species. Aff. A. cercadensis Maury, Cercado for-
mation, D. R.

Strombina walli, new species. Resembles pseudohaitensis Maury from Cer-
eado formation.

Modulus tamanensis Maury. Aff. M. wilcoxii Dall from the Chipola marl
member of the Alum Bluff formation. Also occurs at Machapoorie

Quarry.
Thaumastoplar prima Rathbun. Type from Culebra formation, Panama.
FAUNA FROM MANZANILLA COAST
Station and faunal list

9197. St. Andrew County, Manzanilla Ward, Manzanilla Coast. J. A. Bull-
brook, collector. (The matrix adhering to the specimens is indicated
as follows: (a) ferruginous matrix; (0b) gray sandy matrix; (c)
indurated gray matrix.)

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND. SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD t

a. Conus manzanillaénsis, new species. Resembles in a general way an
unpublished species from the fvaitoa and Cercado formation, D. R.,
but with a different type of nucleus.

ce. Turricula (?), species, indeterminable. In a general way, resembles
Surcula vicksburgensis Casey (Oligocene).

. Drillia manzanillaensis, new species.

. Ancilla lamellata (Guppy).

. Marginella guppyana, new species.

. (2?) Alectrion brassoénsis, new species.

Bryozoa.
Microporella, species.

Guppy’s types from Manzanilla not in the above list:

SUE) so

Cylichnella ovum-lacerti (Guppy).

a, Leda guppyi Dall (Cercomya ledaeformis Guppy) aff. L. dalliana Olsson.
Gatun formation, Port Limon. <A closely allied form occurs at Brasso
(9212).

a, Leda illecta Guppy, aff. L. Guppyi but with finer concentric sculpture.

b. Area trinitaria Guppy. Group of A. macdonaldi Dall, Gatun.

b. Arca filicata Guppy. Group of A. pittiert Dall, Gatun.

a. Cardium castum Guppy. Badly eroded specimens. Perhaps nearer to
a Bowden form.

Dosinia cyclica Guppy. A Lucinopsis according to Dall (U.S.N.M. Proc.,
vol. 19, p. 829, 1896). Specimen not seen,

a. Venus walli Guppy. (A Chione), aff. C. chipolana Dall, from Chipola
marl member of Alum Bluff formation.

a. Corbula vieta Guppy. Close to C. heterogenea Dall. A Bowden species.

a. Erycina tensa Guppy—probably the left valve of Corbula vieta Guppy.

a. Mactrinula macescens Guppy=Mactra (Mactrotoma). Closely related to

Mactra (Mactrotoma) cymata Dall from the Oak Grove sand member
of Alum Bluff formation.

The matrix adhering to the specimens indicates that they came
from several different beds. Wall and Sawkins®* in their detailed
sections—sheet 2, figure 1—-show different fossiliferous beds along
the coast above Manzanilla Point. I do not know the stratigraphic
position of the fossils listed from Manzanilla coast. Arca trinitaria
Guppy and Arca filicata Guppy are closely related to species prob-
ably of middle Miocene age in Costa Rica. It appears highly prob-
able that some of the beds in this area are of middle Miocene age.

UPPER MIOCENE
List of stations

9195. Caroni County, Couva Ward, Springvale, near Couva, Mount Pleasant
Road, about *% to 1 mile south of Milton. J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

9224, Caroni County, Couva Ward, Springvale, same locality as 9195 but later
collection. J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

% Report on the Geology of Trinidad, 1860.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Faunat list

9195 | 9224
Mollusca:
Conus springvaleénis, new species-______-__- Xess Resembles C. chipolanus Dall in a general
way.
Turricula springvaleénsis, new species__--- SE pS) ae Suggests 7. lavinoides Olsson, Gatun forma-
tion, Banana River, Costa Rica.
Drillia aff. D. riogurabonis Maury..---____|_---_- DN
Oliva cylindrica Sowerby--.---------------- DK! ae | ee Se
Pseudoliva guppyi, new species ______-_____|_--_-- xX
Cancellaria springvaleénsis, new species___| XX |____-- Resembles an unpublished form from the
Chipola marl member of Alum Bluff
formation of Florida.
Ancilla caroniana Maury __------.-___-__ Dea ste id
Ancilla caroniana springvalensis, new DEE EELE ES
subspecies.
Marginella springvalensis Maury-_-_-___-_- Ka eeeoe Recalls M. aurora Dall-Chipola marl.
Marginella calypsonis Maury __--____-__-- <A Similar to M. macdonaldi Dall, Miocene,
Costa Rica, and M. cincta, a Recent species.
Marginella ( Closia) lachrimula Gould? _-___|___-_- xX | The species reported, Miocene to Recent.
Marginella (Persicula) propeobesa, new Xen [tees
species.
Mitra longa var. couvensis Maury _-_-__---_- | Saesee
Solenosteira semiglobosa Guppy ----------- DOF sa eeces Closer related to a Miocene than Recent
species.
Turbontlla; Species s+". -=21 es + sateen ee x
IBALL SP CCIOS ae ees ae Sate ee een | epee x< ; E
Vermicilariaspecieseen ease ene B < HesousPies a Recent species of the West
coast.
Petaloconchus alcimus, new species_-----_- Kivaleconc
Turritella planigyrata ‘Guppy posdscseateee Mnleesces
Waticawoungi, Maurye = 2 oa een end KG shee
Natica canrena (Linnaeus) -______-_______- alee
PSsurid ea, SDECIOS sen oe 2a ee a epee | eet x
Described from Springvale:
Capulus efluens Guppy (not figured) -____|.-._-_|...-..| Specimen not seen.
NOLENOSLEM @ COCHLENTIS| GUp py saa | ee ee Do.
Raetaomeridionalss) GQUppy=— ne een Do.
Bryozoa: }
Cupularia umbellata Defrance___-__-------|------ x
Cupuladria canariensis Bush_.__-_..._----|------ x
Acanthodesia savartii Savigny.__-.....----|------ Xx
Hemiseptella, species_.------ KS
Terebripora, species ____- Hn Ne
Aimulosa, species____.______- xX ceteet 4

1 Identified by Dr. Ray Bassler, of the U. S. National Museum.

The fauna from Springvale is tentatively referred to the upper
Miocene. This fauna is of special interest because it contains certain
species that indicate a closer relationship to the Recent fauna of the
Pacific side than to the Atlantic. The two forms especially noted
among the gastropods that indicate this relationship are 7urritella
planigyrata, a species analogous to Turritella broderipiana Orbigiy ;
and Vermicularia, species, a form analogous to Vermicularia ebur-
neus Reeve. Not only do the gastropods indicate this analogy but
the pelecypods as well.

Only one of the species in my lst from Springvale occurs in the
list from Brasso. Guppy‘ records the species occurring at Spring-
vale, illustrates by diagram the general relation of the stratum
carrying this fatina to the other beds, and gives a brief discussion
of the faunal characteristics. He assigns the fauna collected at
Springvale to the Miocene.

+ Fossils from Springvale, near Couva, Second Report Agr. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago.
(Society Paper No. 454), 1911.

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 9
DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES

Class GASTROPODA
Genus CYLICHNELLA Gabb
CYLICHNELLA OVUM-LACERTI (Guppy)
Plate 1, figs. 7,9

Cylichna ovum-lacerti Guppy, Sci. Assoc. Trinidad Proce., vol. 1, pt. 3, p. 168, 1867,
(Described).

Cylichna ovum-lacerti Guppy, Geol. Mag., vol. 1, p. 407, pl. 18, fig. 22, 1874.

Tornatina (Cylichnella) ovum-lacerti Guppy, Dall. U. S. Nat. Mus. Proce., vol.

13; p: 20, 1896:
Not Cylichnella ovum-lacerti (Guppy), Pitspry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc.,
pt. 2, p. 311, text-fig. 7, 1921.

“Shell small, cylindrical-subovate, minutely striate transversely ;
spire small, sunken; aperture as long as the shell, dilated anteriorly ;
outer lip straight, blunt; columella callus with a strong tortuous
fold.”

“Lower Miocene, Manzanilla.” (Guppy, 1867). U.S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 115435.

The shell of this species possesses a more cylindrical outline, a
greater median compression than the form figured by Pilsbry,® or
specimens in the United States National Museum collection from
the Dominican Republic. However, it is quite similar.

Genus RINGICULA Deshayes
RINGICULA, species indeterminable

Ringicula, doubtful species, junior, Dat, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proe., vol. 19, p. 305,
1896.

The following is an original description of this doubtful species:

* Oblong-ovate, turrited; whorls five, spirally ribbed by rounded
costae with narrow (linear) interstices; aperture suboval; columella
with two strongly twisted folds; spire conic; apex smooth, blunt.
Length 3 mm., breadth 2 mm.” [G.]

‘* Ditrupa bed, Pointapier, Trinidad, Guppy (2270). No. 107108,
U.S.N.M. Shells all incomplete and too young to name or dis-
criminate, but useful as establishing the presence of this genus in
the beds ” [Dall], 1896.

RINGICULA, species aff. R. TRIDENTATA Guppy

Shell is ovate, four whorled; whorls inflated, slightly depressed in
front of the grooved suture. Sculpture consists of spiral striae only
visible on the penultimate and body whorls; on the penultimate

®Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc., pt. 2, p. 311.
9116—25——2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM ‘VOL. 66

whorl, two to three striae are behind the suture; and on the body
whorl, about seven striae occur on the anterior one-half the whorl.
Columella with three strong, sharp, twisted folds, the anterior one
being much stronger. |

Measurements of the larger specimen: Altitude 1.8 mm.; greatest
diameter 1.2 mm.

The indeterminate form is related to Ringicula tridentata Guppy.

Occurrence.—There are two immature and corroded specimens
from station 9027, Brasso-Gran Couva Road, 100-200 yards west of
Brasso.

Genus TEREBRA Adanson

TEREBRA (STRIOTEREBRA) TRINITATENSIS, new species
Plate 1, fig. 8

Shell small, moderately slender, surface glazed, with two and
one-half nuclear and seven postnuclear whorls; nuclear whorls
smooth, inflated, constricted at the suture; outline of postnuclear
whorls nearly flat on the earlier whorls but gradually rounding out
on the later whorls. Suture shallowly grooved, constricting the later
whorls. Subsutural band narrow. Axial sculpture consists of about
16 prominent, narrow, cordlike, riblets, offset, keeled and retractive
over the subsutural band, arched centrally and protractive behind
the suture. Spire whorls without distinct spiral sculpture. Base
both axially and spirally sculptured—the spiral sculpture consists of
about twelve wide bands becoming nodulous at the intersection with
the riblets. Anterior canal long and twisted. Outer lip broken away;
inner lip smooth. Siphonal fasciole provided with raised bands.

Dimensions: Type (U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352622) measures:
Altitude 9 mm.; maximum diameter 3 mm. Species based upon a
single specimen.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, one mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

TEREBRA (STRIOTEREBRA) BRASSOENSIS, new species
Plate 1, fig. 5.

Shell small, stout, tip broken off, only five whorls remaining; most
prominent feature of sculpture consists of two subsutural bands of
equal width, separated by a narrow sulcus, nodulus on the earlier
whorls and ridged on later where overrun by stronger axials, both
bands occupying more than one-half the area between the sutures.
Axial sculpture consists of moderately strong, narrow riblets contin-
uous with the nodules and extending from suture to suture, retrae-
tive over the nodules and protractive forward, and also of finer rib-

arT.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD di

lets between the stronger ones. Spiral sculpture consists of many
narrow bands separated by a narrower sulcus; base similarly sculp-
tured to spire, ornamentation extending to keel of siphonal fasciole.
Anterior canal twisted; outer lip partly broken away; inner lip cov-
ered with callus; columella smooth with only a slight trace of biplica-
tion, the anterior fold well developed; the anterior keel of siphonal
fasciole moderately developed.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352623) measures:
Altitude 6.2 mm.; maximum diameter 2.4 mm.

The sculpture of the new species resembles that of Terebra sulci-
fera Sowerly. The second subsutural band is weaker in Sowerby’s
species, but the biplication on the columella is much more strongly
developed.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: Flood-wash, 1 mile south
of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

TEREBRA, species indeterminable

There are several fragments of the genus Zerebra from station
9212 whose specific relationship can not be definitely determined. In
so far as can be observed, they are similar to forms occurring in the
Gurabo formation of the Dominican Republic.

Genus CONUS Linnaeus
CONUS SPRINGVALEENSIS, new species

Plate 1, figs. 3, 6

Shell rather small, moderately slender, eight whorled including a
small erect nucleus. Spire slightly concave in contour, altitude 5
mm. above the plane of the spire. Whorls excavated and in-
distinctly marked within by growth lines and bordered in front by
a sharp, weakly denticulated carina. Suture loosely appressed. Last
whorl] gradually tapers to near the base where it is slightly incurved
dextrally and reflected. Spiral sculpture on the lower half consists
of about eleven flat bands, wide above and separated by striae, and
narrower below with interspaces equal in width to the bands. Outer
lip sharp. Aperture 2 mm. in greatest width, shghtly wider below.
Columella slightly inflected and reflected.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352644) measures:
Altitude 27 mm.; alt. of spire 5 mm.

In a general way, the new species resembles C. chipolanus Dall
from the Chipola marl member of the Alum Bluff formation of
Florida, but differs from this species in possessing a more excavated
and carinated spire whorl and a less tapering body whorl.

19 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Occurrence —Upper Miocene: Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad,
British West Indies.

CONUS TRINITATENSIS, new species
Plate 1, figs. 1, 4

Shell small, moderately stout, diameter about one-half length of
shell, eight and one-half whorled. Last two whorls of spire nearly
flat, the rest rising rather steeply to an altitude 4 mm. above the
plane of the spire. Nucleus small, smooth, with one and one-half
whorls. First two postnuclear whorls carinated and_ turrited.
Suture of the earlier whorls shallowly channeled and somewhat
appressed, on later whorls less appressed and deeper channeled.
Last three whorls moderately medially concave. Sculpture of
spire consists of a strong, flat, raised spiral band in front of the
suture closely followed by three small, rounded, equally spaced spiral
threads occupying two-thirds of the remaining space. Concave arc-
uate growth lines overrun spirals and extend from suture to suture.
Last whorl with low carina at the shoulder and sculptured mainly
on the lower two-thirds with narrow bands with wider interspaces
occasionally carrying an intermediate thread. Outer lip broken
away. Aperture moderately narrow. Columella nearly straight,
slightly incurved and dorsally reflected.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352645) measures:
Altitude 20 mm.; maximum diameter 10 mm.; altitude of spire, 4 mm.

The most prominent character of the new species is the strong
spiral band in front of the suture of the spire. It is somewhat sim-
ilar to C. submonilifera Gardner (Ms.), a species occurring in the
Shoal River marl member of the Alum Bluff formation of Florida,
but possesses a proportionally lower spire and different arrange-
ment of spirals.

Oceurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: Guaico-Tamana Road,
2 chains east of mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main Road,
Trinidad, British West Indies.

CONUS MANZANILLAENSIS, new species
Plate 2, figs. 5, 10

Shell of medium size, broadly conic, last three postnuclear whorls
flat, remainder rising rather steeply to an elevation 5 mm. above
the plane of the spire, with eight postnuclear and one and one-
half nuclear whorls. Nuclear whorls slightly corroded but appar-
ently smooth. First four postnuclear whorls spirally coronate and
carnate behind the channeled suture, remaining whorls sculptured
with faint concave growth lines and faint concentric lines lying
within the shallowly excavated anal fasciole. Last whorl slightly
rounded below the carinated shoulder; below gradually sloping to

arTt.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—-MANSFIELD 13

base. Sculpture on the lower two-thirds of last whorl consists of
sharp, low, spiral threads with interspaces more than twice their
width. Columella channelled near the base; below a sharp fold
borders the canal. The specimen is partly crushed on the lower half
and part of the shell is missing.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352646) measures:
Altitude about 40 mm.; maximum diameter 22 mm.

This new species very closely resembles an undescribed species oc-
curring in both the Baitoa and Cercado formations of the Dominican
Republic and the Thomonde formation of the Republic of Haiti; but
differs from these in possessing a coronate-carinate spiral on the
early whorls and the absence of strong spirals within the anal
fasciole.

Occurrence—Middle of lower Miocene: Manzanilla Coast, Trini-
dad, British West Indies.

CONUS MULTILIRATUS WALLI, new subspecies

Plate 2, figs. 1, 9

The new subspecies differs from Conus multiliratus Bose in the
following respects: The shell is less biconic, and has a proportionally
shorter and more evenly conic spire; the spire is less attenuated to-
ward the apex; the whorls less excavated and marked by a less promi-
nent carina behind the suture; the body whorl tapers more evenly to
the base and is less concave at its lower part.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352647) measures:
Altitude 21 mm.; greatest diameter 11 mm.; altitude of spire 6 mm.

Type locality: 9219, Guaico-Tamana Road, 2 chains east of mile
13 from junction with Eastern Main Road, Trinidad, British West
Indies. J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

Occurrence.—Middle of lower Miocene: In flood-wash; 9212, 1
mile south of Brasso.

The new subspecies is named in honor of G. P. Wall, a pioneer
geologist in Trinidad.

CONUS, species indeterminable

Fragments and casts of the genus Conus occur at stations 9197-a,
8301, 8299, 9205, 9212, 9219, 9220, and 9221. These are too poorly
preserved for specific comparison.

Genus TURRICULA Schumacher
TURRICULA SPRINGVALEENSIS, new species
a Plate 2, fig. 2

The species is founded upon a single mutilated specimen, the early
whorls and part of the body whorl being broken away. Shell is
large, fusiform, turrited, strongly axially and spirally sculptured,

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

with a high spire and a long anterior canal. Whorls uniformly en-
larging in size, strongly constructed at the suture, concave at the anal
fasciole, and strongly shouldered a little below the middle of the
volution. Body whorl strongly shouldered above, and steeply slop-
ing to the nearly straight canal. Suture shallowly grooved and
wavy. Axial sculpture consists of seven strong, somewhat nodular
ribs in front of the anal fasciole; ribs are more prominent on the
earlier whorls and lower on the body whorl—scarcely extending
down the basal slope. Spirally sculptured with about seven strong -
cords, overrunning the axials and valleys, and by three or four
weak spirals in the anal fasciole; on the body slope and canal, the
spirals continue with equal strength; a weak spiral is in front and
marginates the suture. Aside from the axials and spirals, fine,
close-set growth lines overrun the sculpture, arcuate in the anal
fasciole and somewhat irregular over the rest of the shell. The
anterior canal is long and slightly reflected anteriorly.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352627) measures:
Altitude 44 mm.; greatest diameter 15 mm.

This species suggests T'urricula lavinoides Olsson from the Gatun
Stage, Banana River, Costa Rica, but the new species here described
is a more slender shell and has a less inflated body whorl.

Occurrence.—Upper Miocene: Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad,
British West Indies.

TURRICULA (7), species indeterminable

There are two specimens from station 9197, Manzanilla Coast,
which are too poorly preserved for specific determination. In a gen-
eral way they resemble Swrcula vicksburgensis (Casey), a species
from the Oligocene of the Gulf Coastal Plain. The shell is fusi-
form, turrited, high spired, and has a long anterior canal. Whorls
strongly constricted at the suture with the prominent periphery in
front of the anal fasciole. Sculpture mainly consists of narrow
spiral keels.

Genus TURRIS Bolton

TURRIS BRASSOENSIS, new species
Plate 2, figs. 7, 8

Shell fusiform, moderately slender, prominently spirally sculp-
tured, nine to ten whorled; spire high, weakly constricted at the
suture. Nuclear whorls distinctly set off from the postnuclear
whorls. First two nuclear whorls rather small, slightly inflated and
very minutely axially sculptured; four following whorls, strongly
inflated and each rapidly enlarging. Sculpture of nucleus consists
of many prominent, nearly vertical, narrow axials extending from

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 15

suture to suture, and much finer spirals overrunning the axials ana
situated on the anterior third of the whorl. Postnuclear whorls
with a wide, rounded-bottomed sulcus behind the suture and another
narrower sulcus at the posterior third of the whorl. Spiral sculp-
ture consists of a prominent, sharp, smooth ridge, adjacent and an-
terior to the suture, and two strong cords overrunning the ribs on
the anterior half of the whorl; besides these, there is a single spiral
thread just in front of the suture, two in the sulcus behind the ribs
and a stronger and sharper one in front of the ribs. Axial sculpture
consists of many, weakly nodular ribs occupying the anterior half
of the whorl, and many, evidently growth lines, retractive over the
posterior part of the whorl and mainly protractive over the anterior
part. The base and pillar are sculptured with spiral cords and
close-set growth lines. Outer lip broken away at the margin, within
there are six sharp spiral threads extending nearly to the margin.
Anterior part of canal broken off. Columella smooth, covered with
callus.

The description is made from two specimens, a larger specimen
showing the nature of the sculpture and a smaller specimen possess-
ing a well preserved protoconch.

Dimensions of the larger cotype (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352626) :
Length 16 mm.; greatest diameter 6 mm.

Type locality: Station 9212. In flood-wash, one mile south of
Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

The new species here described is similar to Pleurotoma ponto-
nensis Dall (Ms.) from Ponton, Santo Domingo, but the latter
species possesses a different type of nucleus, a more excavated sulcus
behind the ribs and more fine spirals in front of the carinate spiral
just anterior to the suture.

The nature of the sculpture is very similar to a new unpublished
species from the Shoal River marl member of the Alum Bluff for-
mation, Florida. The described species is also related to Pleurotoma
(Gemmula) vaningeni Brown and Pilsbry ® from the Gatun forma-
tion, Panama. The latter species has a smaller apical angle and
apparently lacks the paired spiral cords over the ribs.

Drillia vaningeni var. sancti andrae Maury is related to the new
species and may prove to be a very closely related species when
complete forms are obtained.

Occurrence —Middle or lower Miocene: 8302.

TURRIS VANINGENI var. MACHAPOORENSIS (Maury)

Drillia vaningeni var. machrapoorensis Maury, Bull, Amer. Paleont., vol. 10,
no, 42, p. 191, pl. 32, figs. 5, 9, 1925.
Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: station 9219.

®Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Froc., vol. 64, p. 505, pl. 22, fig. 4, 1913.

may

7 Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 191, pl. 32, figs. 1, 14, 1925.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

TURRIS, aff. T. ALBIDA Perry

There are from stations 8302, 9212, 9219, 9220, and 107146 (U.S.
Nat. Mus. Cat. No.), Ditrupa bed (Guppy), several either young or
poorly preserved specimens apparently belonging to the group of
Turris albida Perry. The condition of preservation hardly justifies a
specific comparison.

Genus DRILLIA Gray

DRILLIA CONSORS BULLBROOKI, new subspecies
Plate 3, fig. 10

Drillia consors Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 190, pl. 32, fig. 10,
1925.

Shell rather small, moderately stout, fusiform, with five remaining
whorls, nucleus decollate; whorls slightly inflated, anterior ones more
so than posterior; weakly constricted at the suture; spiral sculpture
stronger than axial. Suture shallowly grooved and wavy. Anal
fasciole wide, shallow, and sculptured with three rounded spiral
threads. Axial sculpture (20 on the penultimate whorl) on the
spire whorls consists of slightly protractive, nodulous at the inter-
sections of the spirals, ribs separated by interspaces one-half their
width and extending from the anal fasciole forward to the suture.
Spirally sculptured with a strong keel just in front of the suture and
two or three microscopic threads on the lower border of the suture,
and in front of the anal fasciole with four narrow prominent bands
separated by interspaces of about equal width in which there are two
fine microscopic threads. Base similarly cancellate-sculptured ex-
cept that there are one or two more microscopic threads in the inter-
spaces between the spiral bands. Outer lip broken away at the
margin. Inner lip covered with callus, a heavier patch being just
underneath the suture. Pillar nearly straight; slightly concave
medially.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352628) measures
Height 18 mm.; greatest diameter 6 mm.

The type locality of Drillia consors Sowerby is Santo Domingo.
This differs from the subspecies here described in possessing more
spiral threads, and the absence of secondary microscopic spirals and
nodules at the intersection of the axials and spirals. One specimen
at each station, 8558 and 8668, collected from the Baitoa formation
in the Dominican Republic and designated “ Drillia consors Sowerby
n. sub. sp. a,” ® apparently belongs to the same new subspecies as here
described.

Pleurotoma alesidota, var. magna Bose, from Paso Real cerca de
Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, resembles the new subspecies but the sculpture of

8 Woodring, W. P., and Mansfield, W. C., A geological reconnaissance of the Dominican
Republic, Geol. Survey Mem., vol. 1, p. 118, 1921.

arTt.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 17

the latter is more open and possesses nodules at the intersection of the
axials and spirals.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene; Guaico-Tamana Road, 2
chains east of mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main Road, Trini-
dad, British West Indies.

DRILLIA CONSORS TRINITATENSIS, new subspecies
Plate 3, figs. 12, 13

Shell rather small, moderately stout, fusiform, with five remain-
ing whorls on the larger cotype, smaller cotype with anterior whorl
of nucleus partly intact; spire whorls slightly inflated; suture
shallowly grooved and loosely appressed; anal fasciole rather wide,
shallow and marked by two to three spiral threads and close-set
arcuate growth lines. Nucleus, as revealed, inflated and smooth.
Axial sculpture of postnuclear whorls (12 on the penultimate
whorl of larger cotype but other specimens have up to 17) slightly
protractive, rounded ribs, stronger than the spirals, and extending
from the anal fasciole forward to the suture. Spirally sculptured
in front of the suture with a keel and, between the anal fasciole
and forward suture on the earlier whorls, with four close-set
threads and,on the latter whorls, with four low, close-set threads
separated by stria, all scarcely overrunning the axials. Base
similarly sculptured except that the striae between the spiral
threads shallowly incise the ribs. Outer lip broken away at the
margin; pillar with wash of callus, nearly straight and slightly
reflexed anteriorly.

Dimensions: Larger cotype (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352629)
measures: Height 13 mm.; greatest diameter 4.3 mm.

The new subspecies here described is represented at only one lo-
eality and differs from Drillia consors, subspecies bullbrooki in
possessing close-set crowded spiral sculpture and the absence of
nodules at the intersections of the axials and spirals.

Pleurotoma alesidota, var. magna Bose, from Paso Real cerca de
Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, is very closely related to the new subspecies, but
it is a larger and stouter shell than the Trinidad form.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

DRILLIA PENNYI, new species
Plate 3, fig. 2
Shell small, solid, surface glazed; axial sculpture over the body of
the whorl more prominent than spiral; with two and one-half
nuclear and seven postnuclear whorls; whorls inflated and tightly

constricted at the suture. Suture moderately appressed and wavy:
anal fasciole wide, undulating, slightly inclined posteriorly. Nu-

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

clear whorls smooth, rather large, moderately constricted at the
suture. Postnuclear whorls axially sculptured (nine on the last
whorl) with strong, rather sharp ribs over the anterior two-
thirds of the whorl, almost suppressed over the anal fasciole, nod-
ular and protractively offset on the subsutural band; spirally
sculptured with a strong, nodular, subsutural band and an-
teriorly, between the anal fasciole and suture on the five later
whorls, marked by five interaxial bands, separated on the earlier
whorls by narrow striae and on the later whorls by interspaces one-
half their width. On the base, the axials gradually diminish in size
and terminate halfway across the canal; below, the spirals continue
to the end of the canal. Outer lip broken away. Inner lip smooth,
borders overlapping the pillar. Anterior canal rather short and
shghtly curved dextrally. The species is named in honor of F. W.
Penny, the collector.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352630) measures:
Altitude 9.3 mm.; greatest diameter 3 mm.

This species is characterized by its nodulous, subsutural band.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso railway station.

DRILLIA PENNYI ACARIA, new subspecies

Platemi ene!

Shell, small, slender, glazed, prominently axially sculptured,
marked by a strong subsutural band and consists of one and one-
half nuclear and seven postnuclear whorls. Spire whorls con-
stricted at the suture; suture moderately appressed and wavy. Nu-
cleus small, globular, and smooth. Postnuclear whorls with strong
ribs (13 on the last whorl), nodular on the early whorls and
rounded on the later, suppressed within the indistinct anal fasciole
and protractively offset and nodular on the subsutural band. Spi-
rally sculptured between the axials with striae, indistinct on the ear-
lier whorls and distinct on the later whorls, separated by low, nar-
row, flat bands. On the base, the axials terminate at the posterior
part of canal; the spirals at first overrun the axials, but later con-
tinue alone to the end of the canal. A strong varix is situated be-
hind the outerlip. Inner lip formed of a thin wash of callus, ex-
teriorly it loosely overlaps the pillar; anterior canal short.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352631) measures:
Altitude 5.2 mm.; greatest diameter 2 mm.

The new subspecies here described differs from DPrillia penny,
new species, in possessing a smaller and shorter nucleus. It is also
a more slender shell and has a less distinct anal fasciole.

Occurrence-—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

art.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 19

DRILLIA TRIDADINA, new species

Plate 3, fig. 11

Shell small, stout, solid, glazed, strongly constricted at the suture,
strongly axially sculptured and consists of two and one-half nuclear
und six and one-half postnuclear whorls. Suture appressed and
wavy. Nucleus rather small, glassy, smooth with whorls moderately
inflated between the grooved sutures. Postnuclear whorls con-
stricted by a low-lying, flat, wide band bordered anteriorly by a
microscopic stria and posteriorly by the suture. Axial sculpture con-
sists of strong, rather sharp, slightly protractive ribs (10 on the
penultimate whorl), extending from the anal fasciole forward to
the suture. Spiral sculpture—only visible on the anterior whorls—
faint, consisting of five or six wide-spaced, shallow striae,.separated
by wide, nearly flat areas. The posterior one-half of the canal is
sculptured with three spiral bands and subdued axials forming a
reticulate ornamentation; anteriorly, the ribs become obsolete and
the sculpture consists of fine, unequally spaced spirals forming the
siphonal fasciole. Margin of outer lip broken away. Inner lip
consists of a thin callus and externally loosely overlaps the pillar.
Canal short and dextrally curved.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352632) measures:
Altitude 7.5 mm.; greatest diameter 2.5 mm.

The new species here described is characterized by its cingulum
situated anterior to the suture, strong axials, and faint spirals.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

DRILLIA DADITRINA, new species

Plate 3, figs. 1, 5

Shell rather slender, solid, semiporcellaneous, strongly axially
sculptured, with one and one-half nuclear and six moderately inflated
postnuclear whorls; anal fasciole wide, undulating, without spiral
striae; suture narrow and shallowly grooved. Nuclear whorls smooth,
inflated, of medium size. Postnuclear whorls axially sculptured with
strong, broad, rounded, nearly vertical ribs (six on the penultimate
whorl) extending across the whorl from the subsutural cord forward
to the suture, suppressed across the anal fasciole and strong over the
middle of the whorl; on the last whorl, the axials terminate on
reaching the canal. Spirally sculptured on the earlier whorls by
two, strong, rather wide-spaced, paired cords, the posterior one
bordering the anal fasciole—both overrunning the axials; on the
later whorls an intermediate cord of equal strength comes in; in ad-
dition to these cords, there is another cord in front of and marginat-

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ing the suture, and behind it a smaller one. On some specimens, a
little larger than the type and believed belonging to the same species,
the spirals on the later whorls increase to four, the one behind the
suture becoming stronger; the front of last whorl has 14 spirals
below the anal fasciole. Outer lip sharp. Anal sinus deep. Inner
lip smooth, closely adhered to body wall above and loosely overlaps
the pillar below. Anterior canal short, arcuate, anterior end twisted
a little backward and dextrally.

Dimensions: Type (U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352633) measures:
Altitude 8.4 mm.; greatest diameter 2.8 mm.

The new species is similar to Drillia winchesterae Pilsbry from
Santo Domingo, but when compared with the figure it appears to
have a shorter anterior canal and lacks the spiral striae in the anal
fasciole and between the spiral cords. The new species is also some-
what similar to Drillia senaria Woodring (Ms.) from the Bowden
marls, Jamaica.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile south
of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

DRILLIA PROPEFUSIFORMIS, new species
Plate 2, figs. 3, 4

Shell large, slender, solid, fusiform, strongly axially and spirally
sculptured and consists of about one and one-half rather small, ap-
parently smooth, corroded nuclear and ten slightly inflated post-
nuclear whorls; suture closely adherent, flexuous, and shallowly chan-
neled. Postnuclear whorls sculptured with four strong, broad,
rounded, vertical ribs, separated by broad valleys, undulating the
broad anal fasciole, strongest over the middle of the whorl; on the
last whorl the ribs become obsolete at the base. Spirally sculptured
by a strong subsutural carina, closely marginating the anal fasciole
and also spirally sculptured between the anal fasciole and the follow-
ing suture on the earlier whorls by two and on the later whorls by
four strong, equal-sized, semirounded, broadly spaced cords overrun-
ning the axials and valleys; the postsutural spiral on the later whorls
marginates the suture and at times overlaps it. On the front of the
last whorl there are 16 primary spirals from the anal fasciole to the
end of the anterior canal. Besides these primary spirals, there are
sharp, secondary spiral threads overrunning the whole surface of the
shell—about seven in the anal fasciole and about five between the pri-
mary spirals. Aperture moderately wide medially, slightly narrower
above and gradually narrowing below. Outer lip sharp, not lirate
within. Anal sulcus deep and moderately wide. Inner lip callus
closely adhered to body wall above and loosely overlapping pillar
below. Anterior canal short. Anterior extremity slightly recurved
and dextrally twisted.

arT.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD Dall

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352634) measures:
Altitude 34 mm.; greatest diameter 9 mm.

This new species resembles in a general way Drillia fusiformis
(Gabb) from the Gurabo formation, Dominican Republic, but dif-
fers from that species in possessing fewer axial ribs, a less con-
stricted suture, a narrower aperture, and a smooth interior outer lip.

A very closely related form to the new species occurs at station
8519, Dominican Republic, a horizon referred to the Gurabo
formation.

The Recent analogue appears to be Drilla grundlachi Dall and
Simpson from Mayaguez Harbor, Porto Rico.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: (Guaico-Tamana Road,
2 chains east of mile 13. from junction with Eastern Main Road,
Trinidad, British West Indies.

DRILLIA, species, aff. D. FUSIFORMIS (Gabb)

Several young and fragmental adult specimens from stations 9212
and 9219 apparently belong to the group of Drilla fusiformis
(Gabb), but these are considered inadequate for definite specific
comparison.

DRILLIA INNIADDA, new species

Plate 3, figs. 4, 9

Shell small, stout, semiporcellaneous, strongly axially sculptured
and consists on the larger cotype of four slightly inflated whorls,
the nucleus and early whorls broken off, and on the smaller cotype
of one and one-half nuclear and six postnuclear whorls. Suture dis-
tinct, grooved, not appressed. Nucleus rather small, apical whori
minute; whorls smooth and rounded. Postnuclear whorls sculptured
with about ten, strong, arcuate, triangular, sharp-edged ribs, sepa-
rated by narrow grooved interspaces. At the base of the last whorl,
the ribs diminish in size and are replaced on the canal by small,
rounded, crowded growth lines which twist dextrally and overrun the
lower part of the pillar. In addition to the axials, there are many,
close-set, irregular, microscopic growth lines overrunning the sides of
the axils and interspaces. Spiral sculpture is very obscure, consist-
ing only of a narrow subsutural band and a faint interaxial stria on
the posterior third of the whorl. Aperture rather wide. Anal sulcus
apparently wide and situated near the suture. Margin of inner lip
erect and partly overtaps the pillar. Canal rather short and slightly
twisted.

Dimensions: Cotypes (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352635) meas-
ure: (Larger cotype) altitude 9 mm.; greatest diameter 3.3 mm.;
(smaller cotype) altitude 6 mm.; greatest diameter 2.1 mm.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash,. 1 mile south
of Brasso, Trinidad. British West Indies.

DRILLIA NITRINA, new species
Plate 3, fig. 3

Shell small, rather stout, semiporcellaneous, strongly axially
sculptured, six whorled including one nuclear whorl. Nucleus large,
smooth and bulbous. Postnuclear whorls slightly inflated; suture
distinct, shallowly grooved, with a low poorly defined band below.
Anal fasciole moderately wide, not depressed, undulating. Sculp-
ture consists of about eleven, vertical ribs extending with equal
strength across the whorl, separated by rounded interspaces of about
equal width; on the body whorl, the ribs become obsolete on reach-
ing the canal. Spirally sculptured on the later whorls, between the
axlals, with five striae separated by flat rather wide bands; on the
body whorl and overrunning the canal, there are 15 of these bands
separated by wider interspaces, especially those over the canal.
Outer lip broken away. Pillar smooth. Siphonal canal short and
anteriorly, dextrally twisted.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352637) measures:
Altitude 6.5 mm.; greatest diameter 2.5 mm.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

DRILLIA INADRINA, new species
Plate 3, fig. 6

Shell small, moderately slender, porcellaneous, strongly axially
sculptured and consists of one and one-half nuclear and six post-
nuclear whorls. Suture closely appressed and wavy—the scallops
entering the interaxial hollows. Nucleus quite small, smooth and
inflated. Postnuclear whorls sculptured with strong, semiacute,
widely spaced, sigmoid ribs (eight on the penult whorl), strongest
anteriorly and weakest posteriorly, extending from just in front of
the sutural margin forward to the following suture; the axials on
each whorl are opposite the wide, concave, interaxial spaces on the
adjoining whorl. Over the base, the axials gradually diminish
in size and become obsolete at the juncture of the anterior canal.
In front of the suture and between the axials, there is a slightly
raised area. Whorls without spiral sculpture except for a single,
indistinct stria midway between the sutures. Outer lip sharp.
Inner lip smooth, the exterior margin overlapping the canal; canal
short, arcuate and incurved. The siphonal fasciole is bounded above
by a spiral thread.

MANSFIELD 93

arr.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352638) measures:
Altitude 6.6 mm.; greatest diameter 2.2 mm.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

The new species is similar to Drillia orthopleura Pilsbry and
Johnson, from Santo Domingo, but the latter species has a larger
shell with a longer anterior canal.

DRILLIA MANZANILLAENSIS, new species
Plate 2, fig. 6

A single, poorly preserved specimen was collected at station 9197,
Manzanilla Coast, Trinidad. The shell is strongly axially sculp-
tured, consisting of (10 on the penultimate whorl) seminodulous
ribs. Suture is closely appressed and overlaps the preceding
whorl. Anal fasciole broad and deeply depressed, below which is
the prominent shoulder. Spiral sculpture of wide-spaced, fine,
raised threads overrunning the axials and interspaces and extending
over the base and canal. Canal rather long; extremity gone.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352639) measures:
Length 13 mm.; greatest diameter 5.5 mm.

Horizon: Middle or lower Miocene.

I am unable to find a very close relative to the described species.

DRILLIA NIADDRINA, new species

Plate 4, figs. 6, §

Shell rather small, turrited, strongly axially sculptured and con-
sists of seven, inflated, rapidly enlarging whorls on the larger co-
type—tip broken away—and two and one-half nuclear and five post-
nuclear whorls on the smaller cotype. Suture appressed, distinct
and wavy. Nuclear whorls smooth, rounded; apical one minute
and glassy. Postnuclear whorls constricted at the suture and below
it and strongly shouldered in front of the anal fasciole. Axial
sculpture consists of 16 on the larger specimen and 14 on the smaller,
narrow, rather sharp, sigmoid ribs, extending from suture to suture
and separated by rounded bottomed interspaces. Spiral sculpture
consists of a low subsutural band and seven interradial striae below
this band, being separated by low, flat narrow bands. On the body
whorl, the ribs become obsolete at the base, overrun the axials, and
ure separated by wider interspaces; forward they continue with
equal strength over the canal. In addition to the spirals and axials,
growth lines occur on the subsutural band and anal fasciole and
between the ribs over the base. The outer lip and lower part of the
canal are broken away.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

Dimensions: Cotypes (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352636) measure:
(Larger cotype) altitude 11 mm.; greatest diameter 5.3 mm.; (smaller
cotype) altitude 7.6 mm.; greatest diameter 3.1 min.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

DRILLIA RITANIDA, new species
Plate 4, fig. 10

Shell small, moderately stout, six and one-half whorled including
one and one-half nuclear whorls. Nucleus smooth and bulbous. Post-
nuclear whorls with a strong subsutural cord marginating the rather
loosely appressed suture; anal sulcus wide, slightly undulated,
roundly excavated and marked with two or three low spiral threads
and axially with arcuate growth lines. Axial sculpture of (13 on the
last whorl) strong, semicarinate, vertical ribs, strongest at and
abruptly rising from the anal fasciole, and continuing slightly re-
duced forward to the suture, separated by rounded excavated inter-
spaces of about equal width to the ribs; on the last whorls, these ribs
continue to the siphonal fasciole. Spiral sculpture of about six, flat,
interaxial, narrow bands with equal interspaces; on the back of the
body whorl, there are 15 spirals between the anal fasciole and the
siphonal fasciole—those over the base and canal being much stronger
and wider spaced. Aperture obovate. Sinus rounded, moderately
wide and deep and situated below the subsutural cord. Canal short
and slightly recurved.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 115581) measures:
Altitude 8.5 mm.; greatest diameter 4 mm. The species is founded
upon a single specimen.

Type locality: Trinidad, British West Indies. Guppy.

This specimen with another belonging to a different species is de-
posited in the U. S. National Museum and was labeled Pleurotoma
luctuosa Orbigny, Pliocene, Guppy. The locality may be Matura as
P. luctuosa is listed from Matura by Guppy.®

The new species is somewhat similar to DPrillia ebenina Dall, a
species reported by Dall *° from the Pliocene to Recent, but Dall’s
species has a greater apical angle, a smaller nucleus, and more
crowded spirals overrunning the base and canal than the new species
here described.

DRILLIA, species, aff. D. RIOGURABONIS Maury
Plate 3, fig. 8

There is a single worn specimen from station 9224, Springvale,
which, in a general way, resembles Prillia riogurabonis Maury from

® Sci. Asso. Proc., Trinidad, p. 159, 1867.
10 Wagner Free Inst. Sci., vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 33, 1890.

art.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 95

the Gurabo formation, Dominican Republic. Unfortunately the
specimen is too corroded for exact specific comparison,

Genus MANGILIA Risso
MANGILIA MICROPLEURA Guppy

Plate 3, fig. 7

Mangelia micropleura Guppy, Sci. Assoc.. Trinidad Proc., p. 171, 1867 (de-
scribed) ; Geol. Mag. London, new ser., decade 2, vol. 1, p. 410, pl. 18,
fig. 6, 1874.

The following is Guppy’s original description of this species:

“ Subfusiform, longitudinally ribbed, the ribs crossed by numerous
striae, of which a prominent one forms an angle on the upper part
of the whorls; last whorl longer than the spire; aperture rather nar-
row, lanceolate, with a sinus on the posterior part of the thickened
peristome.”

“Pliocene, Matura. Allied to MM. pulchella. The ribs vary con-
siderably as to size and distance apart. It was denominated J/. taen-
iata in my list of 1864.” [Unable to find it in this list. |

Redescribed :

There are in the United States National Museum (Cat. No.
115583) six specimens labeled J/angelia micropleura Guppy (types).
Matura, Trinidad (Guppy), all of which bear the same specific char-
acterization. The shell is subfusiform, rather stout, solid, strongly
axially sculptured and possesses about two nuclear and four post-
nuclear whorls. Nuclear whorls are strongly inflated; the second
one is sculptured with many threadlike, intrasutural axials and a
fine, anterior medial, spiral thread. Postnuclear spire whorls with
a central, angled periphery; suture narrowly and shallowly grooved.
Axial sculpture consists of about nine, strong, slightly arcuate, sharp,
itrasutural ribs, intercalated by rounded valleys wider than the
ribs. Spirally sculptured with a strong intra-axial cord at the
periphery of the whorl and by about two smaller equally spaced
cords between the peripheral cord and the anterior suture. Body
whorl longer than spire, sculptured axially with strong ribs extend-
ing along the canal into the siphonal fasciole; spirally sculptured
with 10 to 12 low cords, widely spaced over the slope and prominent
and closely spaced over the siphonal fasciole. Aperture uniformly
rather narrow. Outer lip sharp with a strong varix behind and near
the margin. Anal sinus deep, wide, rounded, obliquely placed and
situated near the suture. Anterior canal short and wide.

Dimensions: Largest specimen: Altitude 6 mm.; greatest diameter
2.5 mm.; length of aperture 2.5 mm.

This species is similar to Mangilia plicosa C. B. Adams, 'a species
reported from the Pliocene to the Recent.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
CYTHARA, species indeterminable

There is a single specimen from station 9212 which is too poorly
preserved for specific comparison. In a general way, it resembles
Cythara cercadica Maury from Bluff 1, Cercado de Mao, Dominican
tepublie.

Genus GLYPHOSTOMA Gabb

GLYPHOSTOMA CARONENSIS, new species
Plate 4, fig. 1

Shell small, slender, fusiform, solid, stronger axially sculptured
than spirally, and consists of two and one-half nuclear and five post-
nuclear whorls; whorls inflated and constricted at the suture; suture
loosely appressed and wavy. Apical whorl minute, succeeding one
larger, inflated and smooth; anterior nuclear whorl faintly sculp-
tured with fine, close-set axials and fine spiral threads. Postnuclear
whorls sculptured with arcuate ribs—seven on the penultimate
whorl; strong and rounded over the lower half of the whorl and nar-
rower and lower over the anal fasciole. Spirally sculptured in front
of the wide and slightly depressed anal fasciole with three narrow
bands separated by about equal interspaces and overrunning both
the axials and interspaces. On the back of the body whorl, there are
14 of these spiral bands with wider interstices extending from
the anal fasciole across the canal. In addition to the axials and
spirals, microscopic spiral striae overrun the shell between the spiral
bands, and arcuate growth lines cross the anal fasciole. Aperture
long and moderately wide. Anal sulcus, deep, well rounded and
situated at the posterior extremity of the aperture. Outer lip with a
heavy varix behind, upper and middle margin being broken away;
columella, within, covered with thin wash of callus. Anterior canal
inoderately long, slightly expanded in front and twisted.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352640) measures:
Altitude 8.6 mm.; greatest diameter 3.38 mm.; length of aperture
4.0 mm.

The type is founded upon a single specimen.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash 1 mile south
of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

GLYPHOSTOMA (7?) TRINIADA, new species
Plate 4, fig. 4

Shell rather small, turrited, strongly axially and spirally sculp-
tured and consists of two and one-half nuclear and five postnuclear
whorls. Whorls rapidly enlarging, inflated, strongly constricted at
the suture. Suture appressed, wavy, and marginated below by a

small cord. Nucleus of moderate size; apical whorl minute, smooth,

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—-MANSFIELD KR

and inflated. The sculpture on the first postnuclear whorl begins
with a faint arcuate intersutural axial and by two spirals on the
anterior part of the whorl; soon another spiral appears above giving
the first postnuclear whorl a cancellate sculpture. Axially sculp-
tured on the anterior whorls with about seven, small, arcuate riblets
extending with equal strength from the subsutural cord forward to
the suture, and separated by interspaces of more than twice their
width. On the last whorl the ribs are a little stronger and extend
down the steeply inclined basal slope to the canal. Spirally sculp-
tured on the earlier whorls by two and on the later whorl by three,
prominent cords overrunning the axials and extending from the
excavated anal fasciole forward to the suture. _In addition to these
primary spirals, there are three or four secondary spirals on the
anal fasciole and two or three between the primary spirals. On the
back of the body whorl and over the canal, there are eleven primary
spirals with one or two interspiral threads. Aperture of about equal
length of spire; margin of outer lip broken away; anterior canal
not long and slightly arcuate.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352641) measures:
Altitude 5.2 mm.; greater diameter 2 mm.; length of aperture
2.5 mm.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In stream-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

GLYPHOSTOMA AMICTA RINTRIADA, new subspecies
Plate 4, figs. 2, 3

Shell small, solid, moderately slender, turrited, strongly axially
and spirally sculptured and consists of four nuclear and four post-
nuclear whorls; whorls moderately inflated with periphery at lower
one-half; suture loosely appressed. Apical whorl minute, smooth
and inflated; following nuclear whorls with a strong spiral keel
on the lower half of the whorl. Postnuclear whorls sculptured
with about ten arcuate riblets separated by interspaces about twice
their width, and extending from the suture behind the sloping anal
fasciole to succeeding suture; on the body whorl, these axials extend
nearly across the canal. Spirally sculptured with two rather promi-
nent cords in front of the anal fasciole; the posterior one is a little
stronger, corresponding to the keel on the nuclear whorl]; the spirals
overrun the axials and are nodular at the intersection with the ribs:
anal fasciole with four or five smaller spiral threads. On the back
of the body whorl, about twelve rather uniform sized spirals extend
from the anal fasciole across the canal. Aperture rather long, with
a deep and wide posterior sinus. Outer lip with a strong varix be-
hind, marked within with three or four lirae below the anal sinus.
Pillar with thin wash of callus. Siphonal canal short, recurved.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Dimensions: Cotypes (N.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352642) measure:
(Larger cotype) altitude 4.3 mm.; greatest diameter, 1.8 mm. (est.) ;
length of aperture, 1.5 mm.; (smaller cotype) altitude 3.2 mm.:
greatest diameter 1.4 mm.; length of aperture 1.3 mm.

This new subspecies differs from Glyphostoma amicta (Guppy), 2
Bowden species, in having stronger nodules at the intersection of the
ribs and spirals and the two spirals in front of the anal fasciole of
more equal size.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso railway station, Trinidad, British West Indies.

GLYPHOSTOMA (7?) ADDRINA, new species

Plate 4, fig. 9

Shell small, solid, semiporcellaneous, strongly axially and spirally
sculptured and consists of two and one-half nuclear and four post-
nuclear whorls. Whorls slightly inflated and rapidly enlarging;
suture appressed, flexuous, bordered below by a strong semikeeled
cord; anal fasciole wide, undulating, depressed, marked with in-
distinct spirals and arcuate growth lines. Nucleus large, smooth,
and inflated. Postnuclear whorls axially sculptured with about
seven strong rounded ribs, strongest below the anal fasciole, with
interspaces of about equal width; on the body whorl, the axials be-
come obsolete on reaching the canal. Spiral sculpture consists of,
aside from the subsutural cord, two on the earlier whorls and three
on the later whorls, cords which are a little stronger over the ribs
and separated by a little wider interspaces.. On the back of the
body whorl, 14 spirals extend from the anal fasciole across the canal.
Aperture wide and well-rounded above. Anal sinus wide, deep, and
situated just anterior to the subsutural band; outer lip with a heavy
varix near and behind the margin. Inner lip consists of a thin wash
of callus with its lower external margin erect. Canal slightly ex-
panded and recurved at its anterior extremity.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352648) measures:
Altitude 6.2 mm.; greatest diameter 2.5 mm.; length of aperture
2.5 mim.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile south
of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

Genus MICRODRILLIA Casey
MICRODRILLIA TRINA, new species
Plate 4, fig. 5

Shell slender, rather solid, high spired, consisting of about four
nuclear and four postnuclear whorls. Apical whorl blunt, scarcely
inflated, and smooth; following nuclear whorls gradually enlarg-

art.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 29

ing, moderately inflated, constricted at the suture by a spiral
thread, and axially sculptured with about twelve narrow, pro-
tractive, intrasutural ribs. Postnuclear whorls with a shallow,
grooved suture and sculptured mainly with the semikeeled, spiral
raised cords; a low keel is adjacent to and in front of the suture,
followed by two stronger, wide-spaced raised cords; the anterior one
is stronger and constitutes the periphery of the whorl, and 1s situ-
ated on the lower half of the whorl, in front of which is a wide
rounded valley, bordered in front by a small postsutural keel. Axial
sculpture consists of many threadlike, mainly protractive, growth
lines, intercalating the spirals and extending up their slopes. On
the body whorl, there are in all about seven spirals extending from
the suture forward to the siphonal fasciole. Aperture rather wide;
anal sinus apparently quite wide and shallow; margin of outer lip
broken away, lirate within; inner lip consisting of callus, the lower
margin is erect and forms the border of the short, reflected and
dextrally twisted siphonal canal. Siphonal fasciole prominent,
overrun by four spirals; a small chink is behind the siphonal fasciole.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352624) measures:
Altitude 6 mm.; greatest diameter 2 mm.; length of aperture 2 mm.

An undescribed form in the United States National Museum col-
lection from Monkey Hill, Panama, is very similar to the new
species here described. It also belongs to the group of Microdrillia
hebetika Gardner (Ms.) from the Chipola marl member of the Alum
Bluff formation.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile south
of Brasso, Trinidad, British West Indies.

MICRODRILLIA PROPETRINA, new species
Plate 4, fig. 7

Shell small, solid, rather stout consisting of two and one-half
nuclear and three postnuclear whorls. The first one and one-half
nuclear whorls broadly conical, porcellaneous, smooth, except for a
minute subsutural thread; anterior nuclear whorl with a subsutural
band and marked with sharp arcuate riblets. Postnuclear whorls
weakly constricted at the suture and slightly inflated between them;
sculptured with three semikeeled, raised, spiral cords intercalated by
rather wide rounded valleys, the posterior one marginates the suture.
the medial and stronger one forms the periphery of the whorl, and
the third stands midway between the second and the suture. Axially
sculptured with fine, threadlike, arcuate, growth lines between the
spirals and extending up their slope. On the back of the body whorl
there are seven spirals extending from the anal fasciole forward to
the siphonal fasciole. Aperture apparently wide: margin of outer

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOL. 66

lip broken away; pillar with two oblique, rounded threads; anterior
canal short, partly broken Ye

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352625) measures:
Altitude 3.6 mm.; greatest diameter 1.5 mm.

The new species is very similar to Microdrillia trina but is much
stouter than that species and possesses a much shorter nucleus.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile south
of Brasso railway station, Trinidad, British West Indies.

Genus BORSONIA Bellardi

Subgenus PARABORSONIA Pilsbry
BORSONIA (PARABORSONIA) BRASSOENSIS, new species
Plate 5, fig. 8

Borsonia varicosa Maury (not of Sowerby), Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no.
42, p. 192, pl. 34, fig. 7, 1925.

Shell of medium size, biconic. solid, elaborately sculptured, seven
and one-half whorled including one and one-half nuclear whorls.
Nucleus smooth and globular. Postnuclear spire whorls gradually en-
larging, in outline nearly straight, and only slightly constricted at
the shallowly grooved suture. Sculpture consists of three primary
spiral bands, finely tuberculate on the earlier whorls, coarsely elon-
gate-tuberculate on the later whorls; the posterior band is widest and
nearly marginates the suture except for two spiral threads just an-
terior to the suture, and separated in front by a rather wide channei
in which are irregular axial growth lines; the two anterior bands are
narrow, closely spaced, axially crossed and connected by elongate
tubercles or short ribs and occupy the low periphery of the whorl; one
or two granulose spiral threads are between the peripheral bands and
the forward suture. Sculpture of the body whorl, below the periph-
eral bands and extending to the end of the canal, consists of about
thirteen narrow, semituberculate, wide-spaced, spiral bands interca-
lated by a varying number of fine, spiral threads. Margin of outer
lip broken, lirate within; columella with three plications—the pos-
terior one is strong, the anterior one weak.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352661) measures:
Altitude 14.3 mm. (end of canal slightly broken away); greatest
diameter 6.5 mm.

The new species closely resembles Borsonia (Paraborsonia) vari-
cosa (Sowerby). Sowerby’s species, however, possesses a higher
peripheral bilirate band, and a lower and more granulose subsutural
band.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile
south of Brasso, Trinidad.

art.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—-MANSFIELD Se.

Genus CANCELLARIA Lamarck
CANCELLARIA SPRINGVALEENSIS, new species
Plate 2, fig. 12

Shell of medium size, solid, strongly axially and spirally sculp-
tured and consists of two and one-half nuclear and four postnuclear
whorls. Nucleus smooth, naticoid, whorls rapidly enlarging, initial
turn minute. Postnuclear whorls strongly shouldered and mod-
erately tabulated in front of the channeled suture. Axial sculpture
of (12 on the penultimate whorl) rounded, rather narrow, retrac-
tive ribs, extending posteriorly nearly to the suture; ribs becoming
nearly obsolete over the body whorl on reaching the base; spiral
sculpture of two slightly weaker bands over the slope below the
suture and of four stronger, widely spaced, flat bands extending
from the periphery forward to the suture—the one at the periphery
is slightly stronger and seminodulous at the intersection with
the ribs; body whorl with 14 spiral bands, with intercalations of
about twice their width. Aperture rather narrow, hemispherical;
outer lip with a strong varix behind and near the margin, within
ornamented with 11 sharp lirae; parietal wall with a thin wash
of callus insufficient to conceal the spirals. Columella triplicate,
posterior one sharp and strong, nearly horizontally placed and ex-
ternally continuous with the posterior border of the fasciole; ante-
rior two obliquely placed, anterior one continuous with the inner
margin of the canal. Between the two posterior plications, three
short plications intervene. Siphonal fasciole separated from the
pillar plate by a small chink and is overrun by three or four
spiral threads.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352662) measures:
Altitude 21 mm.; greatest diameter 13 mm.; length of aperture 11
mm.; width 4 mm.

The species is founded upon a single specimen. The new species
here described closely resembles C. paramooret Gardner (Ms.) from
the Chipola marls, Florida. C. paramoorei has a more inflated body
whorl] and possesses slightly heavier ribs, especially on the earlier
whorls—otherwise it is very similar. It less closely resembles C.
mooret Guppy, a species described from the Bowden marls of
Jamaica.

Occurrence.—Upper Miocene: Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad.

CANCELLARIA BULLBROOKI, new species
Plate 5, fig. 3

Shell small, rather slender, strongly constricted at the suture and
consists of two and one-half nuclear and three and one-half post-

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 66

nuclear whorls. Nucleus obliquely situated, whorls smooth, in-
flated, rapidly enlarging and slightly tabulated below the suture.
Postnuclear whorls distinctly set off from the nuclear whorls, both
axially and spirally sculptured, whorls strongly shouldered an-
teriorly and posteriorly. Axial sculpture of strong, shghtly retrac-
tive, rounded, intrasutural ribs (eighth on the penultimate whorl).
Spiral sculpture of (two on the first whorl and three on the second
whorl) wide-spaced cords overrunning the axials with equal strength
and occupying the periphery of the whorl; on the base and the
canal, there are 11 of these major spirals; aside from these major
spirals, there are two spiral threads on the slope below the suture on
the penultimate whorl and three on the body whorl. Aperture wide
and slightly oblique; outer lip with a strong varix bordering the mar-
gin, within ornamented with six tubercles situated a little below the
margin; inner lip biplicate, the posterior plication much stronger.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352663) measures:
Altitude 7.3 mm.; greatest diameter 4 mm.; length of aperture 3 mm.;
width 1.6 mm.

The species is represented by a single specimen. I find no close
relative to this new species. The species is named in honor of J. A.
Bullbrook, the collector.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: Guaico-Tamana Road,
2 miles east of mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main Road,
Trinidad.

Genus PSEUDOLIVA Swainson
PSEUDOLIVA GUPPYI, new species
Plate 5, fig. 6

Shell subovate, solid, rather low spired, one-fifth length of shell,
with four and one-half whorls in all. Last two and one-half whorls
quite strongly shouldered a little nearer the lower suture, behind
which the whorls slope rather steeply to the suture and in front are
nearly vertical. The upper whorls are rounded in outline. Suture
loosely appressed on the early whorls but grooved on the later whorls.
Apical one and one-half turns, smooth, polished, and semihemispher-
ical in outline. Sculpture on subsequent whorl begins with very fine
punctostriate spiral threads overspreading the first whorl and lying
behind the shoulder on the two remaining whorls. Broad and
elongate tubercles occupy the periphery of the last two whorls. Body
whorl marked with a distinct sulcus which encircles the whorl
shortly below the upper lip commissure on the body wall to the lower
part of the outer lip. About twelve spiral plicate bands le below this
sulcus. In addition to the above sculpture ornamentations, there are
rather indistinct, raised, narrow bands lying between the shoulder
and the sulcus on the body whorl, and irregular growth lines crossing

arT.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD oo

the whorls, being more prominent on the last whorl. Aperture about
one-half the length of the shell, semiovate in outline; its anterior
extremity forms a wide, short, rounded, reflected canal emarginating
the anterior extremity. A small chink is behind the smooth calloused
columella.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352664) measures:
Altitude 10.5 mm.; greatest diameter 6.5 mm.; length of aperture
6.5 mm.

The genus is found in the Recent fauna along the western coast of
Africa.

Occurrence.—Upper Miocene: Caroni County, Springvale, near
Couva.

Genus ANCILLA Lamarck

ANCILLA LAMELLATA (Guppy)

Ancillaria lamellata Guppy, Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Journ., vol. 22, 1866, p.
579, pl. 26, fig. 9.

Type locality: “Lower Miocene, Manzanilla, Trinidad, Guppy,
1866.” There are in the United States National Museum (Cat. No.
115568) four specimens designated as types.

This species is separated from Ancilla paralamellata, new species
collected from the Brasso beds by its more evenly conic spire and by
the undulating spirals on the early whorls. I find no close relative
to this species in outside deposits. Two specimens of this species
were collected from Manzanilla coast, station 9197, by J. A. Bull-
brook.

ANCILLA PARALAMELLATA, new species
Plate 5, figs. 2, 7

? Ancilla lamellata Maury (? in part), Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42,
p. 197, 1925.

Shell rather small for the group, semiovate, highly polished, spire
acuminate, slightly depressed behind the anterior suture, larger co-
type probably with about six whorls. Entire shell covered with a
thin wash of callus except for a narrow area encircling the lower
half of the body whorl, beginning opposite the pillar and extending
to the margin of the outer lip; a heavier callus on the body whorl
marginates the uncalloused area and extends parallel with the axis
of the whorl from the suture to the upper margin of the aperture.
Nucleus apparently consists of about one whorl. Spirally sculp-
tured mainly on the spire whorls—early whorls of about two or
three striae separated by slightly raised areas; on the later whorls
the striae increase in number and the interstices flatten out. Behind

9116—25——3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

the pillar is the usual deep, rounded-bottom furrow, behind which
are two calloused plications; the margin of the posterior plate marks
the lower boundary of the uncalloused area; a spiral stria is near the
lower part of the uncalloused area. Aperture wide, elliptical, with
a posterior chink at the commissure of the outer lip and body whorl;
outer lip arcuate; pillar concave and twisted, provided with a thin,
sharp, high, and oblique plication above; base of pillar splayed and
scored with 12 to 15 sulci. Anterior canal, short, rounded, wide,
and deep.

Dimensions: Larger cotype (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352667)
measures: Altitude 27.5 mm.; greatest diameter 12 mm.; length of
aperture 12 mm.

The new species here described is very closely related to A. lamel-
lata Guppy, but it has less undulating spiral bands on the earlier
whorls than Guppy’s species.

Type locality: 9212. One mile south of Brasso, Trinidad, in
flood-wash.

ANCILLA CARONIANA Maury

Plate 5, fig. 4

Ancilla caroniana Maury, Bull. Amer, Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 198, pl. 33,
figs. 4, 10, 12, 1925.

Shell of medium size, semiovate, solid, spire moderately acuminate
and about as long as aperture, slightly grooved at the suture, about
six whorled. Surface of shell with a thin wash of callus except
for a banded area encircling the lower half of the body whorl, be-
ginning opposite the pillar and extending to the margin of the outer
lip; a heavier longitudinal callus on the body whorl marginates
the uncalloused area and unites with the posterior extremity of the
columellar plate just below the posterior commissure of the aperture.
Apical whorl rounded; following whorls gradually and evenly en-
larging with a low shoulder behind the shallowly grooved suture.
Spire sculptured only with two or three spiral striae on the scarp
behind the suture. Aperture elliptical, a little longer than wide:
outer lip arched, moderately thin; pillar a little longer than body
of the shell, concave, twisted, provided with a strong plication,
decidedly oblique within, margin backward curved and unites with
the body wall below the posterior commissure of the aperture; base
of pillar splayed and scored with about four striae. A prominent,
deep, furrow is between the columellar plate and the body wall,
below it is shallow, rounded and twists with the pillar and extends
nearly to its anterior end. . Behind the pillar, is the usual deep,
rounded-bottom furrow, behind which are two heavy plicated bands
separated by a narrow furrow extending anteriorly to the siphonal

arr.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 35

emargination; the upper margin of the posterior plication marks
the lower boundary of the uncalloused area; a spiral stria is near
the lower part of the uncalloused area. Anterior canal short, wide,
rounded, and deep.

Dimensions: Figured specimen (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352665)
measures: Altitude 41 mm.; diameter 18 mm.; length of aperture
19 mm.; diameter about 8 mm.

The species has a general resemblance to Ancilla shepardi Dall,
from the “silex bed” of the Tampa formation of Florida, but it
is a heavier shell and has a greater apical angle than Dall’s species.
Although apparently related to the Jamaican species, A. pinguis
Guppy. it is easily separated. The Jamaican species isa smaller shell
and is roundly excavated at the suture. Guppy reports “Ancdllaria
lamellata” Guppy from Springvale. If his form is the same as in
our collection from Springvale, it was wrongly identified with his
species from Manzanilla.

Occurrence—Upper Miocene: Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad.

ANCILLA CARONIANA Maury, subspecies SPRINGVALENSIS, new subspecies
Plate 5, fig. 5

There are two specimens from station 9195 and several specimens
from Montserrat, Trinidad (Guppy), deposited in the United
States National Museum which appear to be a subspecies of A.
caroniana. The Montserrat specimens are labelled <Anedllaria
glandiformis Lamarck. The shell is shorter and stouter and the
whorls more inflated than A. caroniana, otherwise it is very
similar.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352666) measures:
Altitude 35 mm.; greatest diameter 17 mm.; length of aperture 19
mm.; width about 8 mm.

Type locality: 9195. Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad.

Occurrence——Upper Miocene: Montserrat, Trinidad (U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 115566).

ANCILLA BRASSICA Maury

Ancilla brassica Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 199, pl. 33,
figs. 1, 8, 9, 1925.
There are in the United States National Museum two specimens
collected from Guaico-Tamana Road, 2 chains east of mile 13 from
junction with eastern main road that compare with figure 9.'?

1 Agr. Soe. Trin. and Tobago Proc., vol. 10 (Paper 440), p. 452, 1910.
2 Wigures 1 and 8 appear to represent two different forms and may represent two differ-
ent species.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Genus MARGINELLA Lamarck

MARGINELLA (FABA) BULLBROOKI, new species
Plate 5, fig. 1

Shell small, solid, stout, semibiconic, highly polished, prominently
axially sculptured, and three and one-half whorled. Spire less than
one-fourth length of shell, broadly conic; last whorl gradually slop-
ing from the peripheral shoulder to the broad base. Apical whorl
smooth, bluntly rounded and partly concealed by callus. Suture of
following whorls appressed and overlapping the preceding whorl
nearly to the periphery; suture bordered below by a faint spirally-
sculptured, wide, raised, slightly anteriorly-depressed, nearly flat
plication, below which the shoulder steeply ascends. Axial sculpture
of about twelve strong, rather sharp, triangular ribs, extending from
the base of the shoulder behind to the suture on the spire whorls and
forward on the body whorl nearly to the anterior extremity. Aper-
ture moderately narrow, linear, shallowly channeled posteriorly,
rounded and slightly expanded at the canal; outer hp with a promi-
nent varix, inner margin ornamented with about nine denticles—
denticles reduced at either extremity; pillar provided with four
blunt-edged plications, the posterior two nearly transverse, anterior
two oblique and the anterior one marginates the canal and joins the
lip-varix.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352648) measures:
Length 4.3 mm.; greater diameter 2.7 mm.; length of aperture,
3.4 mm.

The new species is unique. In a general way it is similar to a
recent species Marginella faba Linnaeus from Senegambia, west
coast of Africa. This very interesting species is named in honor of
the collector, J. A. Bullbrook.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 1 mile south
of Brasso.

MARGINELLA (FABA) BRASSOENSIS, new species

Plate 6, fig. 4

Shell small, polished, prominently axially sculptured, four
whorled. Spire high, about one-third length of shell, whorls moder-
ately inflated ; body whorl inflated, roundly shouldered in front of the
suture and evenly sloping to the base. Apical whorl smooth, short and
bluntly rounded; following whorls with a low subsutural spiral line
marginating the appressed suture, below which is the whorl constric-
tion. Spire and body whorl axially sculptured by about thirteen
sharp, vertical ribs, separated by rounded interspaces and extending

art.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 3

on the spire-whorls from suture to suture and on the body whorl for-
ward to a little below the base. Aperture rather narrow, linear, pos-
terior extremity rounded and commissure shallowly furrowed; ante-
rior extremity well rounded; outer lip with a strong marginal varix,
anchored posteriorly above the suture; inner margin ornamented with
six denticles which do not enter beyond the varix; the posterior one
is about one-fifth of the margin length from the end and about the
same distance from the following anterior one, the others are closer-
spaced and slightly reduced in size anteriorly. Pillar provided with
four equal-sized and equally-spaced plications—the posterior two
transverse and the anterior two oblique.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352649) measures:
Leneth 3.5 mm.; greatest diameter 1.8 mm.; length of aperture
1.8 mm.

Type locality: Station 8302, in fiood-wash, Caroni County, Mont-
serrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso.

The new species here described differs from Jf. (Kaba) bullbrooki,
new species, in having a much longer spire and fewer denticles along
the inner margin of the outer lip.

Oceurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: 9212, (%) 9027 (one imper-
fect specimen).

MARGINELLA GUPPYANA, new species

Piateio; tgs 2s

Shell of moderate size, pyriform, spire short and acuminate, abeut
four whorled. Suture appressed. Whorls marked by a spiral stria
below and near the suture. Surface of body whorl slightly depressed
behind the rounded shoulder and marked by wide-spaced, axial
ridges extending from the spiral stria forward to the periphery of
the whorl. On smaller specimens assigned to this species, these
ridges extend nearly across the body whorl; the interspaces on the
spire slope are deeply excavated. The posterior end of the outer lip
is a little higher than spire and its margin is anchored to the spire
by a wash of callus; margin arcuate and bordered by a strong lip-
varix. Columella medially concave and provided with four strong
plications—posterior two transverse and terminating farther within,
anterior two oblique and extending externally upon the prominent si-
phonal fasciole. The anterior one marginates the canal and fuses
with the lip-varix.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352650) measures:
Altitude 18 mm.; greatest diameter 14 mm.

I am unable to find a close relative to this new species.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: St. Andrew County, Man-
zanilla Ward. Manzanilla coast.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 66

MARGINELLA GUAICA Maury
Plate 6, fig. 12
Marginella guaica Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 200, pl. 34,
figs. 2, 4, 1925.

Shell of medium size, biconic, polished, and five whorled. Spire
acuminate and about one-fourth the length of shell. Body whorl
strongly shouldered below the suture, below which it slightly expands
and then gradually tapers to the base. Apical whorl] highly polished,
bluntly rounded and partly concealed by callus. Last two whorls
more inflated than the preceding and provided with a prominent,
rounded, subsutural spiral band below which the shoulder is orna-
mented with short, rounded axials or folds. Aperture about three-
fourths length of shell, medially a little wider, deeply notched poste-
riorly, and expanded at the anterior canal. Outer lip with a strong
well-defined varix, ornamented within but not exending beyond the
varix or over the posterior one-fifth of the margin, with 18 denticu-
lations; pillar concave and provided with four grooved plates—the
posterior two are nearly transverse and the anterior two oblique; the
anterior one forms the margin of the canal and is continuous with
the outer lip varix.

Dimensions: Figured specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352656)
measures: Length 13.6 mm.; greatest diameter 6.5 mm.; length of
aperture, 9 mm.

The species resembles I. sowerbyi Gabb, a species occurring
in*both the Cereado and Gurabo formations of the Dominican Re-
public, but it differs from this species in being a more slender shell
and possessing short axials at the shoulder of the spire below the
suture.

Locality of figured specimen: 9219. Guaico-Tamana Road, 2 chains
east of mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main Road.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: 9212, 1 mile south of
Brasso.
MARGINELLA SPRINGVALENSIS Maury

Plate 6, fig. 13

Marginella springvalensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no, 42, p. 200,

pl. 34, figs. 10, 14, 1925.

Shell large, ovate, solid, and probably polished (surface cor-

roded), and about four whorled. Spire acuminate and extending
5 mm. above outer lip; body whorl strongly and roundly inflated
at the posterior third, and in front provided with a moderately thick
vash of callus. Aperture 2 mm. wide above and 6 mm. below; outer
lip slightly arcuate, outer margin with a wide and strong varix,
inner margin smooth. Columella concave, provided with four equal-
sized plications—anterior two are closer-set and more oblique. The
lower extremity of the aperture is broken away.

ar?.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 39

Dimensions: Figured and only specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
352653) measures: Length 36 mm.; greatest diameter 21 mm.; length
of aperture 30 mm.

The shape of the species recalls Marginella aurora Dall from the
Chipola River, Florida, but the Chipola species has a narrower
aperture and a denticulated outer lip along its inner margin.

Occurrence-—Upper Miocene: Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad,
British West Indies.

MARGINELLA CALYPSONIS Maury
Plate 6, fig. 11
Marginella calypsonis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 199, pl.
34, figs. 12, 138, 1925.

Shell of medium size, ovatecylindrical, solid, polished, and about
four whorled. Spire low, extending 3 mm. above the outer lip,
partly concealed by callus; body whorl on the dorsal side of the
shell, ovate with the periphery at the posterior one-third of its
length; in front, the shell is slightly flattened and covered by a
thick wash of callus; on the left side this callus forms a low rounded
shoulder, and posteriorly nearly overlaps the spire and then encir-
cles the aperture and extends a little below the shoulder of the
whorl. Aperture moderately narrow, linear, and a little wider be-
low; outer lip nearly straight, outer margin with a strong, distinct
varix, inner margin smooth. Columella slightly concave, provided
with four rounded, nearly equal-sized plications—the posterior two
are transversely placed, the anterior two oblique.

Dimensions: Figured specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352654)
measures: Length 20 mm.; greatest diameter 11 mm. ; length of aper-
ture 17 mm.

The nearest fossil ally to the species is Marginella macdonaldi
Dall, a species recorded by Olsson,'* who writes:

“This large Marginella is one of the most common and charac-
teristic species of the Gatun beds of Costa Rica.” MM arginella mac-
donaldi, however, is a larger shell with a proportionately shorter
spire and a more expanded aperture at the posterior extremity.

The nearest recent ally, and, indeed, a very similar species is Margi-
nella cincta Kiener. Marginella cincta is a proportionately broader
shell, and has a more abrupt and steeper shoulder on the body whorl.

Occurrence—Upper Miocene: Springvale, near Couva, Trinidad,
British West Indies.

MARGINELLA SOLITARIA MONTSERRATENSIS, new subspecies
Plate 6, figs. 5, 6

The new subspecies differs from Marginella solitaria Guppy ™

from the Ditrupa bed, Point-a-Pierre, Trinidad, in the following re-

13 Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 9, p. 267, 1922.
44 Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19, p. 308, pl. 29, fig. 14, 1896.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

spects: The spire is a little longer and the apical whorl less truncate;
the body whorl is more shouldered below the suture and more de-
pressed at the posterior third; the outer lip possesses a stronger mar-
ginal varix, and the inner margin one more denticle at the anterior
end. Otherwise the variety is very similar to Guppy’s species, which
may not be quite adult. The length of Guppy’s type is 2.6 mm. and
diameter is 1.6 mm.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352658) measures:
Length 2.7 mm.; greatest diameter 1.6 mm.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso railway station.

MARGINELLA (CLOSIA) NITRINA, new species
Plate 6, fig. 7

Shell minute, broadly ovate, polished, maximum diameter about
four-fifths of the length of the shell and falling a little behind the
middle of the vertical axis; back of body whorl slightly depressed be-
low the periphery. Aperture slightly longer than the body whorl
both posteriorly and anteriorly, narrow, nearly vertical, expanding
a little at either extremity; outer lip with a strong, marginal varix
which surrounds the anterior and posterior extremities of the aper-
ture and merges with the callus wash over the face of the body whorl;
inner margin coarsely granulose. Columella with four equally
spaced, externally papillate plications—anterior two stronger and
more oblique, terminal one sharp and marginates the inner wall of
the canal.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 352652) measures: Length
2mm.; greatest diameter 1.5 mm.

The new species resembles Marginella (Closia) ovuliformis Or-
bigny, a species reported from the Pliocene to Recent, but it is a pro-
portionately shorter shell with a body whorl anteriorly more acumi-
nate and is a more cypraeiform shell than Orbigny’s species.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso.

MARGINELLA (CLOSIA) LACHRIMULA Gould ?
Plate 6, fig. 9

There are two specimens from station 9224, Caroni County, Spring-
vale, near Couva, that are somewhat corroded and incapable of exact
specific determination. In all characters discernible, they compare
with “M. (Gibberula) lachrimula” Gould, a species that has been
reported from the Miocene to Recent, especially abundant in the
latter.

The larger and better preserved specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 352655) measures: Altitude 3 mm.; greatest diameter 2.1 mm.

15 Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc., vol. 8, p. 281, 1862.

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 41

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) TRINITATENSIS, new species
Plate 6, fig. 8

Shell small, ovate-cylindrical, solid, polished; spire about 0.2
mm. higher than outer lip; body whorl marked with microscopic
bands (color ?), and a prominent rounded sulcus about 1 mm. from
the anterior end. A heavy wash of callus overruns the spire and ex-
tends forward over the face of the body whorl to the anterior
sulcus. Aperture narrow, linear, with a reflected anterior canal
which emarginates the base of the whorl. Outer lip nearly vertical,
margin slightly inflected medially, moderately curved in below and
reflected above; serrated within below the margin. Columella pro-
vided with a strong oblique plication below the sulcus, and four
weaker, equally spaced, transverse plications above. Lower border
of inner lip provided with a thin, nearly erect plication.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352657) measures:
Length 4 mm.; greatest diameter 2.3 mm.

Not all the specimens assigned to this species show spiral bands,
probably due to the thickened porcelainlike layer and enamel. The
nearest fossil ally to the new species appears to be Marginella
cercadensis Maury, a species occurring in the Cercado formation ot
the Dominican Republic. The Dominican species, however, has a
larger shell and has a much more expanded outer lip.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso.

MARGINELLA (PERSICULA) PROPEOBESA, new species
Plate 6, fig. 10

Shell ovate, rather fragile, posterior extremity well rounded,
periphery at the posterior third of length, spire about 1 mm.
higher than the margin of the outer lip. Spire whorls concealed
by callus; number of whorls indeterminable; body whorl with
a callus ridge. overrunning the spire and extending parallel with
and external to the aperture over the front of the body whorl for
half its length; aperture moderately wide, arcuate and _ slightly
expanding anteriorly with a recurved, short, rather wide anterior
canal; outer lip arcuate, margin broken away. Columella convex,
ornamented with eight plications, the posterior six transverse, equally
spaced, gradually enlarging anteriorly and extending posteriorly
over one-half the length of the columella, following plication much
stronger, slightly biplicate and overruns the pillar externally, an-
terior one somewhat smaller, oblique, and marginates the canal.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352651) measures:
Length 10 mm.; greatest diameter 7 mm.

The specimens from Montserrat are more mature than the Spring-
vale specimen—the outer lip is entire, revealing a moderately strong

9116—25-——_4

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

margin-varix and a serrated inner lip. The Montserrat specimens
are mentioned '® by Dall who states “In looking over the Guppy
collection, now in the National Museum, I find a species from
Cumana, labeled d/. coniformis, but which can not be distinguished
from UM. cincta Kiener (No. 115599, U.S.N.M.); and another simi-
larly named from Montserrat, Trinidad, which is a Persicula, closely
related to P. obesa, Redfield.”

The new species here described is very closely related to M.
(Persicula) arcuata Guppy described from “ Ditrupa bed, Pointapier,
Trinidad,” but that species though it may be an immature specimen,
is a proportionally wider shell and possesses an outer lip with lirae
far within its inner margin.

The closest fossil ally is M. gravida Dall, a species described from
the Caloosahatchee formation (Pliocene) of Florida. The closest
recent ally, 47. obesa Redfield, has a more sloping posterior shoulder
than the new species.

Marginella (Persicula) couviana Maury ™ is closely related to the
new species but Maury’s species has fewer plications on the columella.

Type locality: Station 9195. Springvale, near Couva.

Occurrence.—Upper Miocene: Montserrat, Trinidad (Guppy),
(U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 115600).

Genus MITRA Lamarck
MITRA LONGA Gabb var. COUVENSIS Maury
Plate 7, figs. 9, 11

Mitra henekeni SowrErsy, Guppy, Scient. Assn. Proc., Trinidad, p. 160, 1867;
Agr. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, vol. 10, Society Paper No. 440, p. 452 and
p. 454, 1910.

Mitra longa GABB var. couvensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42,
p. 208, pl. 35, figs. 1, 4, 1925.

Unfortunately the specimen is not entire—three or more’of the
early whorls and the extremity of the canal are missing. The spire is
moderately acuminate and the body whorl much longer than the
spire. Whorls convex in outline, and constricted at the excavated
sutural area. Sculpture on the spire whorls of three to four, sharp,
narrow, well-separated raised, primary spiral lines, intercalated
with three to four secondary spirals which are axially crossed by
growth lines of about equal strength, giving the area a cancellated
appearance. Last whorl similarly sculptured, having 16 primary
spirals intercalated with 3 to 4 secondary ones. Aperture apparently
about one-half length of shell. Columella with five oblique folds, the

——

16U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., vol. 19, p. 310, 1896.
7 Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 202, pl. 34, fig. 11, 1925.

arT.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 43

posterior one strongest and the following ones gradually diminish-
ing in size.

Dimensions: Figured specimen (Cat. No. U. S. Nat. Mus. 352659)
measures: Length 55 mm.; greatest diameter 15 mm.

Locality figured specimen: 9195. Caroni County, Couva Ward,
Springvale, near Couva. J. A. Bullbrook, collector.

The nature of the sculpture of the variety differs from both
that of Mitra henekeni and Mitra longa Gabb. It has more folds on
the columella than J/. henekent. Perhaps it is closer related to M.
longa than MW. henekeni, but it is a much stouter shell than that
species.

Occurrence——Upper Miocene: “ Savanetta” (Guppy), U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 11595, labeled “ Mitra henekeni Sow.”

Genus VEXILLUM Bolten
VEXILLUM BRISTOLI (Maury)

Plate 8, fig. 2

Turricula bristol Macury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 205, pl. 35,
fig. 5, 1925.

Shell subfusiform, solid, moderately stout, turrited, last whorl a
little longer than spire, with one and one-half nuclear and six post-
nuclear whorls. Nucleus smooth, apical turn small, succeeding one
shghtly inflated and much larger. Postnuclear whorls gradually
enlarging, shouldered adjacent to and below the distinct suture.
Axially sculptured with about fourteen nearly vertical, rounded and
smooth ribs, extending from suture to suture over the spire whorls
and continuing weaker over the canal on the last whorl. Spirally
sculptured with impressed lines (six on penult whorl) lying in the
interaxial valleys, separated by square-topped interspaces of about
equal width. Over the canal, three to four spirals are wider spaced
and stand out in relief. Aperture rather narrow. Canal short.
Outer lip sculptured within with seven slender, keeled, spiral lines.
Columella with four plications, beginning a little above the center
of the aperture, successively diminishing in size anteriorly. A sin-
gle plication is on the body wall just below the commissure of the
outer lip.

Dimensions: Figured specimen (U. 8. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352660)
measures: Altitude 7.5 mm.; greatest diameter 2.6 mm.; length of
aperture 3 mim.

The species is a smaller, stouter, and more turrited shell than the
species Vewillum tortuosellum (Pilsbry and Johnson) described from
the Dominican Republic.

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Mitra barnardensis Maury from the Chipola marl member of the
Alum Bluff formation of Florida belongs in this same group. It is
a larger shell with more acuminate spire than the species here de-
scribed.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso.

Genus SOLENOSTEIRA Dall
SOLENOSTEIRA SEMIGLOBOSA Guppy

Solenosteira semiglobosa Guppy, Agr. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, Proc., vol. 11,

1911, p. 200, pl. 2, figs. 5, 6.
Solenosteira semiglobosa Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 209, pl.

36, fig. 1, 1925.

This species is more closely related to Solenosteira vaughani Dall,

a Miocene species of Coe’s Mill Run, Florida, than S. mengeana Dall,
a Pliocene species from Caloosahatchee River, Florida. However, it
is a much larger form and more globose in outline than either of
these species. In a general way, it resembles S. anomala Reeve of
the West Coast ranging from Magdalena Bay to Panama, but that
species has a much higher spire and more angled whorls. There is
one specimen in our collection from station 9195, Springvale, near
Couva, that agrees with Guppy’s figures.

Genus PHOS Montfort
PHOS TRINITATENSIS, new species
Plate’ % fig 5

Shell rather slender, solid, spire one-third length of last whorl,
consisting of about two smooth convex and constricted nuclear and
six moderately inflated and gradually enlarging postnuclear whorls.
Suture of postnuclear whorls flexuous and _ close-fitting. Axial
sculpture of postnuclear whorls of (seven on the penultimate and
eight on the last whorl) strong, rounded ribs extending forward on
the last whorl to the siphonal canal. Aside from these, there is
one on the early whorls and increasing to two on the later whorls
small axials between the major ribs, being nodulous at the intersec-
tion with the spirals. Spiral sculpture of (about six or seven on
the spire whorls and fifteen on the last whorl) keeled, raised, back-
ward-reflected, prominent primary lines overrunning the axials
and valleys with about equal strength. Medially between these,
there is a very fine spiral thread. Outer lip marked internally with
il long, entering, sharp lirae. Columella biplicate at its lower ex-
tremity. Siphonal fasciole well developed, marked off behind by
a groove, and sculptured with five spirals.

art.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 45

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352669) measures:
Altitude 22 mm.; greatest diameter, 11 mm.; length of aperture
10 mm.

The new subspecies differs mainly from Phos semicostatus in
having strong axials on the body whorl and a longer canal. Phos
fasciolatus Dall appears to be a distinct species and not “a form or
variety ” of P. costatus as stated by Pilsbry.*® Dall’s species has a
different type of sculpture and nucleus.

Type locality: Station 9219, Guaico-Tamana Road, 2 chains east
of mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main Road.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 9212 (var.) ;
1 mile south of Brasso.

PHOS BULLBROOKI, new species

Plate 7, fig. 4

Shell small, solid, turrited, with acute spire, seven whorled in-
cluding three nuclear whorls. Nuclear whorls porcellaneous, smooth
except for a faint spiral below and near the suture, constricted, and
shouldered below the suture. Apical turn minute, third one large.
Following whorls strongly shouldered and excavated below the
flexuous and moderately appressed suture. Axial sculpture of (11
on the penultimate and 8 on the body whorl) strong, rounded
ribs, projecting behind over the subsutural sulcus and extending for-
ward on the spire whorls to the suture and on the body whorl to tke
base. A small axial, nodulous at the intersection with the spiral, lies
in the major interaxial valleys. Spiral sculpture of (7 on the
penultimate whorl and 17 on the last whorl and canal) broadly-
rounded, prominent lines, beginning above at the shoulder and
continuing on the last whorl with equal strength over the axials
and valleys forward to the carina of the siphonal fasciole. Faint
secondary spirals intercalate the primary ones. Aperture about one-
half the length of the shell; canal twisted. Margin of outer lip
broken away. Columella with two folds—the posterior one is ex-
ternal and marks off the siphonal fasciole behind and the anterior one
marginates the canal. Six spirals intercalate these folds.

Dimensions: Type (U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352670) measures:
Altitude 13.4 mm.; greatest diameter 7.3 mm.; length of aperture
6.5 mm.

The new species is based upon one specimen, perhaps immature, but
it is well characterized. I am unable to find a very close relative to
this new species.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: Guaico-Tamana Road,
2 chains east of mile 18 from junction with Eastern Main Road.

18 Pilsbry, H. A. Revision of W. M. Gabb’s Tertiary mollusca of Santo Domingo, Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc., pt. 2, p. 349, 1922.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

Genus ALECTRION Monfort
. ALECTRION BRASSOENSIS, new species

welatenT,. fee

Shell small, solid, acute, with three nuclear and three and one-half
postnuclear whorls. Apical turn minute and papillose. Following
nuclear whorls broadly conical, smooth, and inflated. Periphery of
postnuclear whorls situated well forward and marginating the de-
pressed presutural area of the following whorl; body whorl broadly
rounded. Suture undulated and shallowly grooved. Axial sculp-
‘ure of about twelve strong, rounded ribs extending from suture to
suture on the spire and to the siphonal fasciole on the body whorl.
Spiral sculpture of two to three close-set threads adjacent to and in
front of the suture; four stronger, equally spaced threads extend for-
ward to the periphery of the whorl; and two small threads lie within
the depressed presutural area. Body whorl with about twelve major
spirals. All spirals overrun the ribs and valleys with nearly equal
strength. Aperture ovate. Outer lip with a strong varix; within,
ornamented with five or six long lirae alternating near the margin
with small denticles. Inner lip with a wash of callus, marked by
two lirae on the body wall and roughened at its lower border.
Canal short, reflected and slightly expanded anteriorly. Siphonal
fasciole marked with six spirals.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352668) measures:
Altitude 5.2 mm.; greatest diameter 3.4 mm.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, station 9212,
Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso. % Occurs
also at station 9197.

The new species differs from Maury’s species, Alectrion cercadensis,
in having fewer and stronger spirals on the body whorl. Alectrion
cercadensis appears to be confined to the Cercado formation.

Genus METULELLA Gabb

METULELLA CARONENSIS, new species (? “STROMBINA COSTARICENSIS ” Olsson,
new subspecies)

Plate 7, figs. 7, 8

Shell solid, elongate-ovate, turrited, with a long attenuated upper
spire; lower spire whorls nearly straight in outline, last whorl
medially flattened above. Whorls probably about ten in number
(early ones broken off) of which the first three are smooth, con-
stricted at the suture, but not tabulated below and form an at-
tenuated upper spire. Following whorls tabulated:below the suture.
Axial sculpture precedes the spiral and consists, at the initiation, |

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 47

of faint axials and on the following whorls of (fifteen to seventeen
on the penultimate whorl) moderately strong, slightly protracted
ribs extending across the spire whorls and to the basal shoulder on
the body whorl. Spiral sculpture of equal strength to axial and
consists of shghtly rounded, narrow cords, four to five in number
on the spire whorls and fifteen on the body whorl and canal, being
weakly nodulous at the intersection with the ribs. Outer lip broken
away. Inner lip apparently bearing a callus. Columella medially
enlarged, tapering below and bearing oblique cords.

Dimensions: Cotypes (U.S. Nat. Museum Cat. No. 352672) meas-
ures: Specimen A (with better preserved upper whorls), altitude 16.5
mm.; greatest diameter 6mm. Specimen B, altitude 14.5 mm.; great-
est diameter 6 mm.; length of aperture 6 mm.

The description and figures of Strombina costaricensis Olsson
from the Gatun formation, Headwater of Middle Creek, Costa Rica,
appear to match closely the Trinidad form. However, the diameter
of Olsson’s species is proportionately greater and the spirals
weaker.

Occurrence-—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso.

Genus STROMBINA Morch
STROMBINA WALLI, new species
Plate 8, figs. 5, 7

Shell small, solid, with a moderately short spire and a broad body
whorl, eight whorled. Nucleus large, smooth, broadly conical,
whorls convex and weakly constricted at the suture. Following
whorls tabulated below the suture, spire whorls nearly straight in
outline. Axial sculpture only on the three postnuclear spire whorls
of (about twelve on the penultimate whorl) indistinct, rather broad
axials, being more prominent at the base of the whorl. On some
specimens, the axials are almost indiscernible. Last whorl smooth
and flattened dorsally between a broadly rounded ridge on the left
side and the very large outer lip. Aperture narrowly ovate, deeply
incised behind with a short reflected anterior canal. Outer lip heavy,
depressed behind the margin of facial surface and provided with
seven denticles within; upper ones strong, lower ones very weak.
Inner lip heavily calloused and provided with four denticles along
the columellar border. Base of body whorl and columella spirally
sculptured with about twelve cords.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352671) measures:
Altitude 6 mm.; greatest diameter 3.4 mm.; length of spire 2.2 mm.;
length of aperture 3mm. A larger specimen with a missing outer lip

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

measures: Altitude 7.5 mm.; length of spire 2.7 mm.; length of
aperture 4.2 mm.

The new species very closely resembles Strombina chiriquiensis Ols-
son from the Gatun formation, Water Cay, Panama. It differs
mainly from that species in having weaker axials on the spire whorls.
Its closest ally among the Dominican fauna is Strombina pseudohai-
tensis Maury, Cercado formation, but this species is larger, has heav-
ier radials on the spire and has a weak spiral ridge directly below
the suture.

‘Vhe new species is named in honor of G. P. Wall, a pioneer geolo-
gist in Trinidad.

Occeurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni

County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso.

Genus TYPHIS Montfort
TYPHIS SAWKINSI, new species
Plate 2, fig. 11
Typhis linguiferus MAury (not of Dall), Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42,
p. 214, pl. 36, figs. 4, 5, 1925. Identification not certain.
Shell small, solid, fusiform, strongly axially sculptured, with five

remaining whorls, tip broken off. Karly whorls carinated, later
strongly shouldered below the suture. Axial sculpture of (four on
the penultimate whorl and five including the strong lip varix on the
body whorl) strong varices alternating with weaker axials bearing
at their summits moderately strong, protractive tubes. The varices
are very strong on the three anterior whorls, offset to the left at the
suture and overlap the preceding whorl, terminating at the base of
the intervarical tube and lying between the varix and the rib. Be-
tween the varices the deep recessed suture is revealed. Each varix
bears on its right margin and directly over the suture a short tube.
The intervarical ribs extend on the spire whoris from the shoulder
to the following suture, and on the last whorl to the base. A few
minute axial growth lines overrun the surface. Aperture elongate-
ovate, bordered by a raised rim. Anterior canal curved to the right
and on the left side strengthened by three anterior-converging
varices.

Dimensions: Type (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352673) measures:
Altitude 15 mm.; greatest diameter 7.5 mm.

This species recalls Z’yphis gabbi Brown and Pilsbry from the
Gatun formation, Panama, but that species possesses wrinkled and
pitted sculpture markings on the last whorl not seen on the new
species. The new species is named in honor of J. G. Sawkins, a
pioneer geologist in Trinidad.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: Guaico-Tamana Road, 2
chains east of mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main Road.

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 49

Genus CYPRAEA Linnaeus -

CYPRAEA TRINITATENSIS, new species
Plate 8, fig. 10

Shell solid, subelliptical and smooth. Spire broadly conic, con-
sisting of three inflated whorls, apical turn broken off. Aperture
narrow above and wide at the anterior end. Teeth equally promi-
nent on both lips, rising vertically from within. There are about
25 teeth on the outer lip. Anterior canal narrow, fortified above
by a single tooth on either side. The specimen is preserved as a
cast. The spire as now revealed may have been concealed by
enamel, but there is no indication of this.

Dimensions: Type and only specimen (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 352686) measures: Length 39 mm.; lateral diameter 21 mm.;
ventral diameter 16 mm.

The new species in general aspect recalls C. exanthema Linnaeus,
a recent species, but Linnaeus’s species has a pinched or contracted
anterior lateral extremity, while the new species has a broader and
less attenuated anterior region.

Occurrence.—Lower Miocene; Station 8299 (loc. 3), Cumuto Road,
17 miles from Eastern Main Road, Trinidad.

Genus MODULUS Gray
MODULUS TAMANENSIS Maury
Plate 7, figs. 1, 2
Modulus tamanensis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 237, pl.
40, figs. 2, 3, 1925.

Shell large and strong with about one smooth, broadly coiled
nucleus and seven prominent spirally sculptured subsequent whorls;
spire whorls broadly conic; body whorl slightly compressed above
the periphery; base subconic and full. Spire sculpture of six, high,
thin, marginally reflected and undulated spirals, the posterior one
being strongest and overhangs the suture; base with eight similar
subequal spirals. Surface of whorl crossed by retractive growth
lines which overrun the summits of the spirals, crenulate them on
the later whorls and produce a cancellate ornamentation on the early
whorls. Aperture subquadrate; outer lip sharply lirate within, har-
monizing with the spiral sculpture; body wall and lower columella
with a moderately heavy wash of callus; columella short, bearing
a thin revolving lamella which forms the left side of the anterior,
deep but narrow channel. A small chink is behind the columellar
callus.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Dimensions: Figured specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352686)
measures: Altitude 29 mm.; maximum diameter 19 mm.

Locality of figured specimen: Station 9219. Guaico-Tamana
Road, 2 chains east of mile 13 from junction with Eastern Main
Road.

The species is closely related to Modulus wilcoxvii Dall from the
Chipola marl member of the Alum Bluff formation, Florida, but
it differs mainly from Dall’s species in having stronger spiral
sculpture and lacking the blunt duplex and undulating carina at the
shoulder of the body whorl. When compared with J/. buasileus
(Guppy) from the Bowden marls of Jamaica, that species is found to
have much weaker spirals over the middle part of the whorl and a
proportionally heavier carina on the basal whorl.

Occurrence.—Lower or middle Miocene: Nariva County, Charuma
Ward, Machapoorie Quarry.

Genus CAECUM Fleming
CAECUM PROPEREGULARE, new species

Plate 8, fig. 6

Shell small, solid, strongly curved, moderately tapering; periphery
at anterior one-fifth of length; anterior extremity smooth and con-
tracted, sloping forward from the periphery. Sculpture of (about
24) rounded, close-set threads, separated by shallow stria; posterior
annulation a little wider and more prominent and marginating the
posterior end. Plug not extending much above the margin of the
shell; mucro small, situated at the margin on the convex side.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352675) measures:
Length 1.5 mm.; diameter of anterior end 0.38 mm.; diameter of pos-
terior end 0.2 mm.

The new species belongs to the group of Caecum regulare Carpen-
ter, but that species has sharper spiral annulations. It more closely
resembles an unpublished new species from the Shoal River marl
member of the Alum Bluff formation of Florida.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso Station.

Genus VERMICULARIA Lamarck
VERMICULARIA, species

There.are specimens of the Genus Vermicularia from Springvale,
~near Couva, station 9195, that resemble Vermicularia eburneus
Reeve, a Recent species of the west coast geographically ranging
from San Diego, Calif., to Panama, but the material at hand is
hardly adequate for specific determination.

arT.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 51

Genus PETALOCONCHUS H. C. Lea
PETALOCONCHUS ALCIMUS, new species
Plate 9, figs. 2, 3, 4
Petaloconchus sculpturatus [not H. C. Lea] Guppy, Agr. Soe. Trinidad Proc.,
vol. 10, p. 451, 1910. (In his list from Springvale.)
Petaloconchus sculpturatus, var. domingensis Maury (not of Sowerby), Bull.
Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 226, pl. 41, figs. 2, 4, 7, 1925.

Shell solid, strong, thick walled, and large. Early part of shell
forms a loose and irregular spiral coil, which is angled with the
succeeding part. The following part up to about an inch in length is
more regularly spirally coiled, with gradually enlarging volutions.
The terminal part is usually coiled but the turns are very irregular
and loose. Whorl contour of the more regularly coiled part nearly
straight, slightly depressed medially and carinated at its lower
margin. The terminal tube is more rounded in outline. Sculpture
on the earliest coils of wide spaced, incremental transverse riblets,
and of two to three longitudinal lines being weakly nodulous at
the intersection with the ribs. The sculpture on the following more
regular coils not strong, consisting of incremental rugae and low
longitudinal lines. The two internal laminae are high, rounded at
the summits, and arched toward each other.

Petaloconchus sculpturatus H. C. Lea is a much smaller shell and
possesses stronger and more beaded, longitudinal sculpture lines, the
whorl contour on the more regular and closely coiled spire is more
rounded than in the new species.

Type and locality (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352674) : Station 9195,
Springvale near Couva, Trinidad.

Occurrence-—Upper Miocene: “ Montserrat (Guppy), U.S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 115456, and “ Corona series” (Guppy) U.S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 115457.

Genus TURRITELLA Lamarck
TURRITELLA GATUNENSIS CARONENSIS, new subspecies
Plate 8, figs. 12, 13, 14

Turritella gatunensis MAury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 229, pl. 42,
fig. 12, 1925.

The specimens assigned to this new subspecies largely consist of
fragments, either of the early or later whorls of the shell. When the
form of the new subspecies is compared with Z'urritella gatunensis
Conrad it is found to be less attenuated, slightly more constricted
and less roundly excavated at the suture, and the two primary
spirals on the lower half of the whorl to be less distinct than on the
latter species. The early whorls on both are very similar. The
number of whorls is not known. The nucleus of the new subspecies

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

consists of one and one-half whorls; the apical turn is minute, the
following much larger, smooth, and inflated. A low indistinct
medial carina and minute spiral threads appear on the following
whorl, becoming gradually stronger in ascending the spire. On
the fourth whorl, another primary spiral appears at the base of
the whorl. At first, this is weak but gradually strengthens and on
the later whorls becomes nearly as strong as the medial one. On the
anterior whorls, the two primary spirals continue but are not prom-
inent. Four or five rather strong secondary spiral lines intervene
behind the medial primary and the suture, two or three lie between
the primary spirals and about two behind the suture; very fine
tertiary spiral threads overrun the interspaces.

Cotypes (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352678).

Type locality: In flood-wash, station 9212, Caroni County, Mont-
serrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene; Stations 8302, 9215.

TURRITELLA MACHAPOORENSIS Maury
Plate ie oO

Turritella machapoorensis MAury, Bull. Amer, Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 234,
pl. 42, fig. 11, 1925.

Shell acuminate and solid, whorls medially compressed, suture
very shallow and indistinct. Early whorls with a broad medial con-
cavity. marginated above and below by a rounded raised cord, the
lower being a little stronger and forming the periphery of the whorl.
Another spiral, small at first but gradually increases in size in ascend-
ing the whorl! until it equals in strength the one above, lies behind the
suture. On the later whorls, the three primary spirals continue, the
lower two becoming more prominent and the presutural one being a
little stronger and forms the periphery of the whorl. Rather close-
set, carinate spirals intervene the primary, about three lie between
the suture and the following primary, three to four lie in the shallow
concavity and one between the basal primaries. Very fine irregular
spirals overrun the shell, being especially evident on the larger
whorls. The anterior part of the specimen is broken away.

Dimensions: Figured specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352680)
measures: Length 29 mm.; greatest diameter 12 mm.

This species closely resembles 7urritella tampae Heilprin from
the “silex bed” of the Tampa formation of Florida. The upper
spiral whorls on the latter species are more drawn out, the
suture more distinct and interval between the basal cords smooth or
feebly sculptured. The species also resembles Twurritella anguil-
lana Cooke from the Oligocene, Anguilla, but the latter species pos-
sesses a stronger paired basal spirals and less ornamentation above

arr. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 58

them. <A similar type of shell occurs at station 5853, Panamia Canal
Zone, apparently from the Culebra formation.

Locality of figured specimen: 9220, Nariva County, Charuma
Ward, Machapoorie Quarry, Trinidad.

Occurrence.—Lower Miocene: 8299, Caroni County, San Rafael
Ward. Cumuto Road, 17 miles from Eastern Main Road.

TURRITELLA CAPARONIS Maury
Plate 9, figs. 10, 11

Turritella caparonis Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 234, pl. 42,
figs. 1, 2, 1925.

Shell strong, acute-conic, of eighteen whorls (estimated) ; nucleus
decollate; whorls slightly convex in outline; sutural area shallow,
roundly coneave; suture close-fitting, distinct on earlier whorls and
partly concealed on the later whorls by the preceding spiral ridge.
Sculpture mainly of four equally spaced primary spirals of equal
strength, save the presutural one, which is weaker, being lower-lying,
rounded, finely spirally marked and projecting over the suture. The
three other primary spirals begin on the earliest whorls as distinct,
weakly beaded, fine, raised cords, but in ascending the whorl these
gradually become more prominent, consisting of high, thin, denticu-
lated, erect ridges, resembling the threads on ‘a screw, the forward
third forming the periphery of the whorl. Another beaded spiral
hes near the upper base of the posterior ridge, faint on the early
whorls but gradually increasing in strength in ascending the whorl.
On the later whorls, a much finer spiral thread les shortly below the
suture. Weak, arcuate growth threads cross the spiral interspaces.

Dimensions: Synthesis of two specimens (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
352681) measures: Length 28 mm.; greatest diameter 16 mm.

The species resembles Turritella chipolana Dall, from the Chipola
marl member of the Alum Bluff formation, Florida. The species
has four spirals on the earliest whorl, the Chipola species has three,
and has much higher and thinner spiral ridges than the Chipola
form.

Occurrence.—Lower Miocene: Station 8301 (loc. 5, F. W. P.).
Nariva County, Charuma Ward, Machapoorie Quarry.

TURRITELLA MONTSERRATENSIS, new species
Plate 9, figs. 5, 6

Turritella altilira var. tornata MAury (part), Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10,
No. 42, p. 230, pl. 42, fig. 3, 1925. (Not Turritella tornata Guppy.)

The cotypes consist of the lower five whorls of an adult specimen
and the lower three whorls of a young specimen, the nuclei of both are

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

broken off. Shell of medium size and solid; whorls loosely coiled,
medially concave, and rapidly enlarging in ascending -the spire.
Suture deep. Spiral sculpture on the early whorls of two low,
weakly nodulous cords bordering the upper and lower shoulder of
the whorl and separated by a shallow, broadly rounded concavity
marked within with two smaller, weakly nodulous spiral cords.
Lower spire whorls spirally sculptured with two moderately high
cords serrated at their summits and occupying the upper and lower
third of the whorl; these cords are separated by a broad, shallow
concavity marked with two secondary spirals. The upper primary
spiral weakly coronates the whorl. Another low spiral lies behind
the suture and forms behind it on the basal slope a narrow and
shallow sulcus which becomes more prominent on the body whorl.
On the body whorl, the two primary spirals are low and rounded and
the median band is shallow; the surface is roughened by imbricated,
flexuous growth structures which almost conceal the median spirals.

Dimensions: Larger cotype (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352682)
measures: Length 39 mm.; greatest diameter 15 mm.

The new species resembles 7urritella altilira costaricensis Olsson
from Gatun formation, Upper Hone and Boucary Creeks, Costa Rica,
but the primary spirals on Olsson’s species are weaker than on the
new species.

Occurrence.—Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, junction of Gran-
Couva and Brasso-Tabaquite Roads.

TURRITELLA, species cf. T. ALTILIRA, var. CHIRIQUIENSIS Olsson
Plate 10, figs. 2, 5

Turritella altilira chiriquiensis Otsson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 9, p. 322,
pl. 7, figs. 4, 8, 9, 14, 1922.

Turritella altilira var. tornata Maury (part), Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10,
no. 42, p. 230, pl. 42, figs. 4,5. (Not Turritella tornata Guppy.)

The form compared with this variety in our collection consists
either of young individuals or fragments of the lower whor] of adult
specimens. It differs mainly from 7Z'urritella altilira (typical) in
being a slightly less attenuated shell and having more delicate sculp-
ture ornamentations, and spiral sculpture markings on the upper
slope of the posterior spiral cord. Of all specimens of Zurritella
altilira examined, the summit of the posterior spiral cord on the
adult whorls is posteriorly reflected and the presutural area in front
of it is very weakly spirally sculptured or bare. The lower member
of the posterior spiral when doubled is the last to appear and
gradually increases in strength in ascending the whorl. Some of
the Trinidad specimens show a double posterior spiral but the

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 55

anterior member is always stronger and originates first while the
posterior one is borne upon the upper slope of the lower and is the
last to appear. The median concavity is marked with about two
beaded secondary spirals and by tertiary ones between and on either
side of the secondaries. The two primary spirals are crenulated at
their summits and in strength are about equal. The type of Zurritella
tornata Guppy from Cumana, Venezuela, may be a young individual.
This differs mainly from my specimens in having a much weaker
spiral thread on the upper slope of the posterior spiral and two
within the median concavity.

Figured specimens: U. S. Nat. Mus.. Cat. No. 352676.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, 8302, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso; 9215, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, Brasso railroad station, stream wash;
9219, Guaico-Tamana Road, 2 chains east of mile 13 from junction
with Eastern Main Road.

TURRITELLA aff. T. PERATTENUATA PRAECELLENS Pilsbry and Brown
Plate 9, figs. 7, 8

Turritella perattenuata praecellens Pitspry and Brown, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Proc., vol. 69, p. 36, pl. 5, fig. 12, 1917.

Turritella altilira var. tornata Maury (part), Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10,
no. 42, p. 280. (Not Turritella tornata Guppy.)

There are several imperfect specimens that appear closely related
to 7. perattenuata praecellens Pilsbry and Brown from the Domin-
ican Republic. They all possess two equally strong, crenulated pri-
mary spiral cords, the posterior one being double, with its posterior
member being a little weaker. The median concavity is rather nar-
row and is usually spirally marked with one very fine thread. In the
latter feature it differs from the Dominican form, as that is marked
with several cords within the median concavity. These specimens
tentatively compared with the Dominican species may prove to be dis-
tinct species when better material is procured but at present they
hardly warrant a specific designation.

Occurrence—Lower Miocene: Narviva County, Charuma Ward,
Machapoorie Quarry; Figured specimens (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
352677).

TURRITELLA PLANIGYRATA Guppy
Plate 9, figs. 1, 9

Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Sci. Assoc. Trinidad Proe., vol. 1, pt. 8, pp. 169—
170, 1867, (described).

Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Geol. Mag. London, vol. 1, n. s., p. 408, pl. 18, fig.
5, 1874 (very poor figure).

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Geol. Soe. London, Quart. Journ., vol. 32, p. 519,
1876.
Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Agr. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, (Society Paper

No. 444), vol. 10, p. 451, 1910.

Not Turritella planigyrata Guppy, Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, p. 293,
pl. 48 fig. 14, 1917.

Turritella planigyrata Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 232, pl.
42, figs. 6, 7, 8, 1925.

“ Conic cylindric, striate by fine spiral lines, whorls very slightly
convex, the later ones nearly flat; aperture subquadrate. Caroni
series, Savanetta. A very distinct species, remarkable for its almost
entire want of ornamentation, and the flatness of its whorls. I have
lately received another specimen of Z'urritella from Mr. LeRoy,
which is more like 7’. imbricata” (Guppy 1867),

There are in the United States National Museum four specimens
(U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. Ne. 115626), Montserrat (Guppy), and one
specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 115452), Caroni series, Savanetta
(Guppy), designated as types. All of these bear the same specific
characterization. In addition, there are five specimens in the collec-
tion from Springvale (station 9195), one of which represents the
lower whorls of a specimen larger than any forms in Guppy’s types.

None of the specimens possess the earliest whorls. The earliest
whorls on the specimens at hand are slightly convex at the
equator, gradually sloping to the upper and lower suture. In
ascending the spire the whorls gradually flatten out and gently
ascend from the upper part of the whorl to the base. It is
quite probable that the very earliest whorls are medially cari-
nate. The spiral sculpture is very unique, consisting of very narrow,
flat-topped bands promiscuously alternating either with narrower
bands or fine spiral lines. On the earlier whorls, these spirals are
very close-set, separated by spiral striae but on the later whorls
these intervals widen. On the earlier whorls, the sutural area is
broadly concave, interrupted only by the small presutural spiral,
but on the lower and adult whorls the preceding whorl weakly over-
hangs the lower suture. The base of the whorl is similarly sculp-
tured, except for a narrow, roundly excavated furrow situated a
little below the angled shoulder.

Dimensions: Larger specimen of Guppy’s types (U. S. Nat. Mus.
Cat. No. 115626) measures: Length—tip broken off—41 mm.; diam-
eter 15 mm. The diameter of a larger specimen from station 9195
(U.S. Nat. Cat. No. 352679) measures 23 mm.

This species is very closely related to 7’. cartagenensis Pilsbry and
Brown from the Republic of Colambia, South America, but the latter
species has a slight concavity in the upper half of the larger whorls,
and the spiral sculpture is a little more open than in Guppy’s species.

art. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD adh

The recent analogue is 7’. broderipiana Orbigny, a species on the
west coast extending from the Gulf of California to Peru, but the
recent species in general is more medially compressed on the later
whorls than the Trinidad species.

TURRITELLA, species cf. T. ALTILIRA Conrad (Typical)

Turritella altilira Conrap, Pacific R. R. reports, vol. 6, p. 72, pl. 5, fig. 19, 1857.

Turritella gabbi Tous, Jahrb. kk. Geol. Reichsanstalt, p. 695, pl. 25, fig. 5, 1909.

Turritella altilira Brown and Piussry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc., vol. 63, p.
358, pl. 27, figs. 2; 3, 1911.

Turritella altilira OLsson (typical), Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 9, p. 322, pl. 17,
figs. 6, 7, 1922.

There are a few poorly preserved specimens that appear to repre-
sent Turritella altilira (typical). When better specimens are pro-
cured they may prove closely allied species or a varietal form.

Occurrence.—Stations, (?) 9215, 8300, 9212.

Genus NATICA Scopoli
NATICA YOUNGI Maury

Natica youngi Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, p. 299, pl. 49, figs. 11, 12, 1917.

Natica finitima Pitspry and JoHNsSoN, Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila. Proe., p. 173, 1917
(described ).

Natica youngi Maury, Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc., pl. 34, fig. 21, 1921.

Natica youngi Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 239, pl. 40, fig. 4,
1925.

Occurrence in Trinidad, station 9195, Caroni County, Couva Ward,
Springvale, near Couva.

NATICA CANRENA (Linnaeus)

Nerita canrena LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 776, 1758.

Natica canrena LINNAEUusS, Gabb, Amer. Philos. Soc. Trans., vol. 15, p. 223, 1873.

Natica canrena LINNAEUS, Guppy, Geol. Soc. London Quart. Journ., vol. 32,
p. 518, 1876.

Cf. Natica cuspidata Guppy, Agr. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago Proc., vol. 11, p.
198, pl. 2, fig. 4, 1911.

Natica canrena (Linnaeus), Brown and Pinsspry, Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.,
Proc., p. 508, 1912.

Natica canrena (Linnaeus), Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 5, p. 298, pl.
49, fig. 10, 1917.

Natica canrena (Linnaeus), Pirspry, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proe., p. 386, 1921.

Natica canrena LInNAEus, Olsson, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 9, p. 327, pl.
16, fig. 9, 1922.

Natica canrena Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 238, pl. 40, fig.
8, 1925.

Occurrence in Trinidad.—Station 9195, Caroni County, Couva
Ward, Springvale, near Couva. Station 9196, Caroni County, Mont-
serrat Ward, junction of Gran Couva and Brasso-Tabaquite Roads.

58° PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66

Station 9219, Guaico-Tamana road, 2 chains east of mile 13. Station
8302, Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso rail-
way station. IFlood-wash (young). Station 9027, Caroni County,
Montserrat Ward, Brasso-Gran Couva Road, 100-200 yards west of
Brasso (young). (?), 9220, Nariva County, Charuma Ward, Macha-
poorie Quarry (casts).

Genus AMAUROPSIS Morch
AMAUROPSIS TRINITATENSIS, new species
Plate 10, figs: 4, 6

Shell large, subovate, with four remaining whorls, early whorls
decollate; spire high for genus with gradually enlarging whorls.
Whorls inflated with a low posterior shoulder; suture, as indicated,
narrow and shallowly depressed.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352684) measures:
Altitude 45 mm.; greatest diameter 33 mm.

The new species resembles in outline specimens of an undescribed
form from station 6894, Crocus Bay, Anguilla, whose fauna has been
referred to the Oligocene.

The high spire of the new species with its gradually enlarging and
low-shouldered whorls distinguishes it from A. guppyi (Gabb).

Occurrence.—Lower Miocene: Station 8299, Cumuto Road, 17 miles
from the Eastern Main Road, Trinidad.

Genus CALLIOSTOMA Swainson
CALLIOSTOMA ATTRINA, new species
Plate 10, figs. 7, &

Shell rather small, conic, with seven remaining whorls—nucleus
missing; whorls convex; shoulder of body whorl narrowly rounded;
sutural area depressed on later whorls. Spire whorls sculptured with
about six strongly beaded, primary spirals and two to three scattered
intermediate secondary beaded spirals or crenulated threads—a
smaller beaded spiral precedes the suture. About fourteen primary
spirals extend from the periphery of the body whorl across the base.
Margin of outer lip broken. Aperture apparently subovate. A small
chink lies behind the aperture.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352688) measures:
Altitude 13 mm.; greatest diameter 12 mm.

Occurrence.—Lower Miocene: Station 8299, Cumuto Road, 17
miles from the Eastern Main Road, Trinidad.

arr. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 59
CALLIOSTOMA RHOMBOTUM, new species
Plate 8, figs. 4, 8

Shell very small, conic, four and one-half whorled; whorls rapidly
expanding, nearly straight in outline; sutural area distinct and open
on spire whorls, indistinct on body whorl; base nearly flat. Apical
one-half turn small, globular, glazed and pearly, smooth and con-
centric. Subsequent whorl much larger, tabulate above and sculp-
tured with three small granulose threads, the upper one very small
and situated in front of the suture, the second one situated at the
upper shoulder, and the lower one marginates the lower suture; in-
distinct axials cross the whorl] connecting the granules. Following
whorls more prominently sculptured, consisting of three on the two
subsequent whorls and four (the basal one being doubled) on the
last whorl, beaded spiral cords, the anterior third being a little
stronger; beads connected axially by retractive threads giving the
whorl a cancellate ornamentation and the interspiral space a rhom-
bic pattern. Base of shell with a thin wash of callus but distinctly
shows five subequal crenulated spirals lying within a wider, un-
dulated and spirally striated peripheral band. About one-fourth
of the last volution is broken away. Columella strong and enameled
with a wash of callus.

Dimensions: Type and only specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat.
No. 352689) measures: Altitude 3 mm.; greatest diameter 2.5 mm.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso, Trinidad.

Genus LIOTIA Gray
LIOTIA MACHAPOORIEENSIS, new species
Plate 8, figs. 1, 3

Shell large, solid, perforate, diameter a little greater than alti-
tude, four whorled; whorls rapidly expanding, later ones well
rounded; sutural area excavated; suture. close-fitting; base nearly
flat. Apical whorl flat and broadly coiled. Sculpture of subse-
quent whorl begins with two weakly nodulous spirals situated at
the upper and lower shoulder of the whorl. Soon another median
spiral appears. In ascending the whorl, these spirals increase in
strength and are adorned with strong, protracted nodules. On the
upper half of the body whorl, two other intermediate spirals appear,
making five in number. Base with five lowly-nodulous spirals.
Aperture subcircular in outline. Outer lip strongly crenulate har-
monizing with the exterior sculpture.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Dimensions: Type and only specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
352687) measures: Altitude 6 mm.; greatest diameter 6.5 mm.

Occurrence.—Lower Miocene: Nariva County, Charuma Ward,
Machapoorie Quarry, Trinidad.

Genus TEINOSTOMA A. Adams
TEINOSTOMA (PSEUDOROTELLA ?) CARONENSIS, new species
Plate 8, figs. 9, 11

Shell small, solid, subhemispherical, three and one-half whorled
and consists largely of the last whorl; whorls inflated; suture dis-
tinct but shallowly depressed on spire whorls, and closs-fitting
and less distinct on body whorl; periphery of body whorl rounded,
base slightly rounded. Sculpture on last whorl of close-set, micro-
scopic, spiral striae, being less distinct on the base. Aperture sub-
ovate, narrowly and shallowly grooved and pointed at the upper
commissure. Umbilical area nearly filled with a heavy wash of cal-
lus, transgressing only a little beyond the center of the base. Margin
of the inner lip indistinct.

Dimensions: Type and only specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
452690) measures: Altitude 1.4 mm.; greatest diameter 2.2 mm.

The new species recalls Teinostoma vitreum (Gabb) collected from
Santo Domingo, the horizon of which has not been determined, but
when compared with Gabb’s figured type, the new species has little
higher and more domed spire and less.constricted whorls and the
margin of the inner lip much less distinctly set off.

Occurrence.—Caroni County, Montserrat Ward, Brasso-Gran
Couva Road, 100-200 yards west of Brasso, Trinidad. Fossiliferous
clay immediately overlying the Turritella-bearing lhmestone.

Genus ADEORBIS S. Wood

ADEORBIS GUPPYI, new species

Plate 10, figs. 1, 3

Shell fragile, subdiscoidal, spire nearly flat, about four whorled,
one-third of last whorl broken off; body whorl with two widely
separated spiral carini, the upper one high and thin, and situated
near the middle of the whorl forming the periphery, the lower one
less prominent and marginates the flat base; area between the carini
straight and anteriorly sloping; area in front of the suture de-
pressed. Nucleus smooth; initial turn minute. Subsequent whorl
sculptured with three raised primary spiral threads; one is at the
upper shoulder, another at the lower shoulder, and the intermediate

art.22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 61

one occupies the median part of the whorl; on the following whorl,
another spiral begins. Body whorl with seven primary spirals above
the peripheral carina and four on the base between the lower carina
and the umbilicus. Aside from the primary spirals, there are minute
spiral threads—two at first, increasing to four in the depressed sub-
sutural area, many below the carini, and one to two lying between
the primary spirals. Umbilicus deep and wide and spirally marked
with small threads. A few very fine axials cross the last whorl and
enter the umbilicus.

Dimensions: Type and only specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No.
352691) measures: Altitude 1.7 mm.: greatest diameter 4.5 mm.

Occurrence.—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso, Trinidad.

Class SCAPHOPODA
Genus CADULUS Philippi
CADULUS CARONENSIS, new species
Plate 7, fig. 6

The shell is rather small, solid, evenly and quite strongly curved
with its greatest diamemter 0.7 mm. from the anterior end where
the shell is slightly bulged. The convex arc is quite evenly and
broadly rounded posteriorly forward to the equator, the posterior
fourth forming a little narrower curve. The convex arc is slightly
more curved than the concave side, the posterior region being a little
more so. Dorsal slope, at anterior end, is more steeply inclined than
on the ventral side. Surface marked by faint, wide-spaced, narrow,
low spirals, anteriorly increasing in width. Anterior aperture is
broadly elliptical, the lateral axis being the greater; peristome
minutely denticulate. Apical aperture nearly round, margins
shghtly undulated and indistinctly dendiculated.

Dimensions: Type (U. S. Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 352692) measures:
Length 5.8 mm.; maximum diameter 1.3 mm.; diameter of anterior
aperture, 0.9 mm.; diameter apical aperture, 0.5 mms

The new species at first inspection recalls Cadulus parianus Guppy
collected from the “ Ditrupa bed,’ Pointe-a-pierre, Trinidad; but
when closely compared is found to be a larger shell, with no marked
contraction at its posterior end, and its maximum caliber more an-
teriorly situated than in Guppy’s species. The Eocene species
Cadulus abruptus Meyer and Aldrich, is quite similar in general
aspect to the new speces, but that is a larger shell and has a less
curved outline.

Occurrence—Middle or lower Miocene: In flood-wash, Caroni
County, Montserrat Ward, 1 mile south of Brasso railway station.

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
CADULUS PARIANUS Guppy

Cadulus parianus Guppy, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., vol. 19, p. 325, pl. 30, fig. 7,
1896.
Cadulus parianus Maury, Bull. Amer. Paleont., vol. 10, no. 42, p. 182, 1925.

“ Tube round, tapering, suddenly constricted near the broader end.
Lon. 3, diam. 0.75 mm.” (Guppy 1896).

The figured type well portrays the character of the species. The
posterior end is suddenly contracted as shown in the photograph.
On all specimens received with the type from Pointe-a-Pierre, the
type locality, this feature is present, and is one of the outstanding
characters of the species. One specimen belonging to this species
was received with the later collection, station 8586, Pointe-a-Pierre.

Genus DENTALIUM Linnaeus
DENTALIUM COSSMANNIANUM Pilsbry and Sharp?

Dentalium dissimile, variety, Gans, Amer. Philos. Soc. Trans., vol. 15, p. 244,
1873.

Dentalium cossmannianum PILsBRy and SHARP, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proc.,
vol. 49, p. 467, pl. 10, fig. 11; pl. 11, figs. 10, 11, 1897 (1898).

Dentalium cossmannianum PILsBRY and SHARP, Maury. Bull. Amer. Paleont.,
vol. 5, p. 823, pl. 52, fig. 3, 1917.

Dentalium cossmannianum Pitspry and SwHarp, Pilsbry, Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. Proc., p. 399, 1922.

There are a number of fragments, collected at station 8302, one
mile south of Brasso, that appear to belong to this species. One
larger fragment is marked with very faint interaxial longitudinal
threads, a feature not shown on the Dominican species, otherwise it
agrees with that species.

The Dominican species was collected from the Gurabo formation
during the U. S. Geological Survey reconnaissance to that island in
1919.

Dentalium bocasensis Olsson, referred to the Gatun stage and
collected from Bocas del Toro, Panama, possesses intermediate longi-
tudinal ribs aside from the six primary ones. The indeterminate
species may be_closer to that species.

DENTALIUM, species

There are several fragments of Dentalium at station 8301, Mach-
apoorie Quarry, representing mainly only the early part of the shell.
In general, they recall Dentalium gabbi Pilsbry and Sharp, and
may prove when better specimens are obtained to be closely related
to that species. The very earliest part is hexagonal in outline. The
upper extremity is well rounded and reveals indistinct axials, per-
haps being obliterated by corrosion. Their relationship to the forms
at station 8302 apparently is very close.

ART. 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—MANSFIELD 63

DENTALIUM, species (2 species?)

Figs. 1,9. Conus multiliratus walli, new subspecies. Fig. 9, type; alt. 21 mm. ;

There are a number of fragments of the genus Dentaliwm from
station 8302, one mile south of Brasso, that may represent one or two
new species. They all belong to the group having an early hexa-
gonal shell. They indicate a rather slender and nearly straight
shell, the posterior extremity being more curved than the later part.
Irregular, spiral swellings give the shell an undulated appearance.
An interaxial appears early on the shell between the six primary
ones; soon other interaxials come in rounding out the surface in
ascending.

The forms are apparently related to Dentalium gabbi Pilsbry and
Sharp from Santo Domingo. A very similar form occurs at station
6033-c, Canal Zone, a horizon assigned to the Gatun formation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE 1

Fics. 1,4. Conus trinitatensis, new species; type; alt. 20 mm.; page 12.
2. Drillia pennyi acaria, new subspecies; type; alt. 5.2 mm.; page 18.
3,6. Conus springvaleénsis, new species; type; alt. 27.0 mm.; page 11.
5. Terebra (Strioterebra) brassoénsis, new speceies; type; alt. 6.2;

page 10.

7,9. Cylichnella ovum-lacerti (Guppy); figured cotype; alt. 3.3 mm.;
page 9.

8. Terebra (Strioterebra) trinitatensis, new species; type; alt. 9 mm.;
page 10.

PLATE 2

Fies. 1,9. Conus multilratus walli, new subspecies. Fig. 9, type; alt. 21 mm.;
Fig. 1, specimen from same station as type; alt. 16 mm.; page 13.
2. Turricula springvaleénsis, new species; type; alt. 44 mm.; page 13.
3,4. Drillia propefusiformis, new species. Fig. 3, type; alt. 34 mm.;
fig. 4, specimen from same station as type; alt. 13 mm.; page 20.

5,10. Conus manzanillaénsis, new species; type; alt. 40 mm.; page 12.

6. Drillia manzanillaénsis, new species; type; alt. 13 mm. page 23.
7,8. Turris brassoénsis, new species; cotype. Fig. 8, alt. 16 mm.; page 14.

11. Typhis sawkinsi, new species; type; alt. 15 mm.; page 48.

12. Cancellaria springvaleénsis, new species; type; alt. 21 mm.; page 31.

PLATE 3

Fics. 1, 5. Drillia daditrina, new species. Fig. 1, type; alt. 8.4 mm.; fig. 5,
specimen from same station as type; alt. 10 mm.; page 19.
2. Drillia pennyi, new species; type; alt. 9.8 mm.; page 17.
3. Drillia nitrina, new species; type; alt. 6.5 mm.; page 22.
4, 9. Drillia inniadda, new species; cotypes. Fig. 4, alt. 9 mm.; fig. 9,
alt. 6 mm.; page 21.
6. Drillia inadrina, new species; type; alt. 6.6 mm.; page 22.
7. Mangilia micropleura Guppy. Figured specimen of largest cotype;
alt. 6 mm.; page 25.

64 PROCEEDINGS OF NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

8. Drillia, species atf. D. riogurabonis Maury; alt. 10 mm. Station
9224, Springvale near Couva; page 24.
10. Drillia consors bullbrooki, new subspecies; type; alt. 18 mm.;
page 16.
11. Drillia tridadina, new species; type; alt. 7.5 mm.; page 19.
12,13. Drillia consors trinitatensis, new subspecies; cotypes. Fig. 12, alt.
6.5 mm.; fig. 18, alt. 13 mm.; page 17.

PLATE 4

Fic. 1. Glyphostoma caronensis, new species; type; alt. 8.6 mm.; page 26.
2,3. Glyphostoma amicta rintriada, new subspecies. Fig. 2, alt. 3.2 mm.;
fig. 3, alt. 4.3 mm.; page 27.
4. Glyphostoma? triniada, new species; type; alt. 5.2 mm.; page 26.
5. Microdrillia trina, new species; type; alt. 6 mm.; page 28.
6,8. Drillia niaddrina, new species; cotypes. Fig 6, alt. 11 mm.; fig. 8,
alt. 7.6 mm.; page 23.
7. Microdrillia propetrina, new species; type; alt. 3.6 mm.; page 29.
9. Glyphostoma? addrina, new species; type; alt. 6.2 mm.; page 28.
10. Drillia ritanida, new species; type; alt. 8.5 mm.; page 24.

PLATE 5

Fie. 1. Marginella (Faba) bullbrooki, new species; type; alt. 4.3 mm.; page 36.
2,7. Ancilla paralamellata, new species; cotypes. Fig. 2, alt. 10 mm.;
fig. 7, alt. 27.5 mm.; page 33.
3. Cancellaria bullbrooki, new species; type; alt. 7.38 mm.; page 31.
4. Ancilla caroniana Maury ; figured specimen; alt. 41 mm.; page 34.
5. Ancilla caroniana springvaleénsis, new subspecies ; alt. 85 mm.; page 35.
6. Pseudoliva guppyi, new species; type; alt. 10.5 mm.; page 32.
8. Borsonia (Paraborsonia) brassoénsis, new species; type; alt. 14.3 mm. ;
page 30.
. PLATE 6

Figs. 1, 2,3. Marginella guppyana, new species. Figs. 1, 3 type; alt. 18 mm.;
fig. 2, apical view of another specimen from type locality; alt.
9 mm.; page 37.
4. Marginella (Faba) brassoénsis, new species; type; alt. 3.5 mm.; page 36.
5,6. Marginella solitaria montserratensis, new subspecies; type; alt. 2.7
mm.; page 39.
Fic. 7. Marginella (Closia) nitrina, new species; type; alt. 2 mm.; page 40.
8. Marginella (Gibberula) trinitatensis, new species; type; alt. 4 mm.;
page 41.
9. Marginella (Closia) lachrimula Gould? Alt. 3 mm.; page 40.
10. Marginella (Persicula) propeobesa, new species; type; alt. 10 mm.;
page 41.
11. Marginella calypsonis Maury; figured specimen; alt. 20 mm.; page 39.
12. Marginella guaica Maury; figured specimen; alt. 13.6 mm.; page 38.
13. Marginella springvalensis Maury; figured specimen ; alt. 36 mm.; page 58.

ART, 22 MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS—-MANSFIELD 65
PLATE 7
Fies. 1,2. Modulus tamanensis Maury; Fig. 2, figured specimen, alt. 29 mm. ;
fig. 1, specimen from station 8301, Machapoorie Quarry, showing
better preserved nucleus, alt. 10.0 mm.; page 49.
3. Alectrion brassoénsis, new species; type; alt. 5.2 mm.; page 46.
4. Phos bullbrooki, new species; type; alt. 13.4 mm.; page 45.
5. Phos trinitatensis, new species; type; alt. 22 mm.; page 44.
6. Cadulus caronensis, new species; type; length, 5.8 mm.; page 61.
7,8. Metulella caronensis, new species (? “ Strombina” costaricensis
Olsson, new subspecies) ; cotypes; Fig. 7, early whorls of speci-
men A, enlarged about six times; fig. 8, specimen B, alt. 14.5,
page 46.
9,11. Mitra longa var. cowvensis Maury; figured specimen; alt. 55 mm.;
page 42.
10. Turritella machapoorensis Maury; figured specimen; alt. 29 mm.;
page 52.
PLATE 8
Fics. 1,3. Liotia machapooriénsis, new species; type; alt. 6 mm.; page 59.
2. Vexillum bristoli (Maury), figured specimen; alt. 7.5 mm‘; page 48.
4,8. Calliostoma rhombotum, new species; type; alt. 8 mm.; page 59.
5,7. Strombina iwalli, new species; type; alt. 6.0 mm.; page 47.
6. Caecum properegulare, new species; type; length 1.5 mm.; page 50.
9,11. Teinostoma (Pseudorotella?) caronensis, new species; type; alt. 1.4
mm.; page 60.
10. Cypraca trinitatensis, new species; type; length 39 mm.; page 49.
14. Turritella gatunensis caronensis, new subspecies; cotypes. Fig.

Fries. 1,9. Turritella planigyrata Guppy. Fig.

2,8,4. Petaloconchus alcimus, new species; cotypes.

5,6. Turritella montserratensis, new species; cotypes.

12 (X5) ; fig. 138 (X4); fig. 14 (X8); page 51.
PLATE 9

1, cotype; alt. 41 mm.; U. S.
Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 115626; fig. 9, basal whorls of a specimen from
station 9195, Springvale, near Couva; diameter 23 mm.; page 55.
Fig. 2, early spiral
coils; fig. 3, later spirals; fig. 4, shows two internal laminae,
page 51.

Length of speci-
men (fig. 5), 10 mm.; fig. 6, 39 mm.; page 53.

7,8. Turritella aff. T. perattenuata praecellens Pilsbry and Brown;

page 55.
10,11. Turritella caparonis Maury ; figured Specimens; page 53.
PLATE 10
Fies. 1, 3. Adeorbis guppyi, new species; type; greatest diameter, 4.5 mm.;

page 60.

2, 5. Turritella, species ef. 7’. altilira, var. chiriquiensis Olsson (X38),
page 54.

4, 6. Amauropsis trinitatensis, new species; type: alt. 45 mm., page 58.

7, 8. Calliostoma attrina, new species; type; alt. 15 mm.; page 58.

9116—25——_5 O

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. |

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 63

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 2

+
=
=.
—
ee

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 63

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 3

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 63 AND 64

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 4

NATIONAL MUSEUM

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 64

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 5

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 64

U, S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 6

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 614

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 7

MIOCENE GASTROPODS AND SCAPHOPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 65

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 8

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 65

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART 22 PL. 9

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 65

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 22 PL. 10

7 8

MIOCENE GASTROPODS FROM TRINIDAD

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 65

A REVISION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF
THE GENUS*ARGYRA MACQUART, TWO- WINGED
FLIES OF THE FAMILY DOLICHOPODIDAE

By M. C. Van Duzer

Of Buffalo, New York

The present paper is a review of the North American species of
the genus Argyra and contains descriptions of 26 new species as
well as a more or less complete redescriptions of the species pre-
viously described.

The association of the females with the males is in some cases
subject to doubt; but with the large amount of material in my
hands I have felt little uncertainty in placing them.

Measurements of the tarsal joints are given for all the species;
these were made with an eyepiece micrometer, and each unit is very
nearly one-fiftieth of a millimeter.

I am greatly indebted to Dr. J. M. Aldrich for the loan of his
material (since donated to the National Museum) ; to C. W. Johnson,
who sent me his material and that of the Boston Society of Natural
History, and started me at work on the genus; also to C. H. Curran,
of the Entomological Branch, Ottawa, Canada, who sent me three
very interesting forms, new to me.

Genus ARGYRA Macquart

Argyra Macquart, Hist. Nat. Dipt., vol. 1, 1834, p. 456—Lorw, Smiths.
Mise. Colls., No. 171, 1864, pp. 123-132.—Brckerr, Nova Acta, vol. 104,
pt. 2, 1918, pp. 61-74.

Leucostola Lorw, Neue Beitrige, vol. 5, p. 39, 1857; vol. 8, p. 63, 1861;
Smiths. Mise. Colls., No. 171, p. 151.—Brcxer, Nova Acta, vol. 104, pt. 2,
p. 74, as subgenus.

Macquart included seven species in 1834, of which Rondani desig-
nated Musca diaphana Fabricius as type.t. The type of Leucostolu
is Dolichopus vestitus Wiedemann, the only species originally in-
cluded.

Since the publication of Loew’s Monograph in 1864 only three
species have been described—aldrichi and robusta by Johnson, anc
ciliata by me.

1Prod. Dipt. Ital., vol. 1, 1856, p. 141.

No. 2560.—PRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 23.
9123—25 1 1

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Following Becker * I recognize two subgenera, Argyra and Leu-
costola. The former has the first antennal joint hairy above, while
it is bare in the latter. The character dwindles in value, until in
several species there is only one hair on the joints All our species of
Leucostola have the thorax polished green with more or less silvery
white pollen, as in typical Argyras; the abdomen in all has consid-
erable yellow on the basal segments; the antennae, venation, and
hypopygial structures are alike in both groups.

KEYS TO THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ARGYRA

A. Subgenus Argyra—Males

1. Abdomen without yellow on the sides, or very nearly so_____________+_ 2
Abdomen with distinct yellow ground color on some of the segments___ 13
DD Anterior Coxae wholly, blake repre eels, |S eee ee 3
Anterior coxae yellow, at leastronyapical Nalie = = eee 10
3Hine basitarsus withtlongibristlessaae Vee Se 2 oe eee 4
Hind basitarsus with only the’ usual short hains2--- 2" eae ~ 5

4, All femora black with their tips narrowly yellow (Washington),
8, nigriventris, new species.
All femora yellow, except apical half of posterior pair (California),
9, argentiventris, new species.
. Middle femora widened below near basal third, so as to form an obtuse
angle; their tibiae with a brush of hairs near the middle (California),
10, femoralis, new species.
Middle femora nearly evenly rounded or straight below_______________ 6
6. All femora yellow, their base may be slightly blackened (Oregon),
7, scutellaris, new species.
Fore and middle femora black; posterior pair yellow with apical third
black). (New Hngland:)=422= =: sean 2s 31, obscura, new species.
All femora, black, their tips may bemellow===-- = 22a eee 7
. Face and frent velvety black (Alaska; California; Washington; Idaho),
1, nigripes Loew.
Face white or grayish white; front metallic green with more or less gray

pollen 222 = 2 sk en tt ge 8

8. Anterior tibiae with long hair on their posterior surface and the usual
bristles aboven( California) 2 = eee 6, barbipes, new species.
Anterior tibiae! without long hairs 2220252 22 eee ee ne eee 9

9. Hind tibiae wholly black; scutellum bare on the disk (Colorado),
2, hirta, new species.
Hind tibiae partly yellow; scutellum with numerous hairs on the disk
(Gaur acl) ee aes 14, bimaculata, new species.
10. Hind femora not at all infuscated at tip; fore coxae with only pale hairs
and bristles (Wisconsin; Maine; New York)__ 4, angustata, new species.
Tips of hind femora and the bristles of the fore coxae black__________ 11

11. Hind basitarsus with long bristles (California),

9, argentiventris, new species.
Hind basitarsus with only the usual short hair_______________________ 12
i2. Arista three or four times as long as the third antennal joint; black hair
and bristles of fore coxae conspicuous (California)__ 3, cylindrica Loew.
Arista not as long as third antennal joint; fore coxae nearly bare, except
thejbristles.at-tip.(Louisiana) ———————— 5, brevipes, new species.

i AD Sl 2 NO PEAS Aes

? Nova Acta, vol. 104, pt. 2, p. 74.

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—-VAN DUZEE )

13.

18.

19:

20).

23.

20.

One pair of femora more than half black or green_------------------- 14

All femora yellow, tips of posterior pair may be broadly black-------~- 19
. All femora black or green, their tips may be yellow___-_-_-__-_--_---- 15

One orstworpairs of temora largely yellow=_-=—2-) = 2) 18
pace avelvetyiblack oom s: 2) |= te Sern spit ay 95 sett 15, velutina, new species.

AVEC Gi SUL Ve Tyee ww a a ee ek ee ee 16
. Cilia of the calypters black (Alaska; Oregon; Washington; Idaho),

11, albiventris Loew.
Giliasorthercalypters pale viellO was =e = 17

7. Second and third abdominal segments largely yellow (New England; New

Jersey. Montana; [daho; Canada) =—=—=-—_-- 12, robusta Johnson.
Abdomen with very indistinct yellow spots on second segment (Canada),
14, bimaculata, new species.
Fore femora black on upper and most of posterior surface; middle ones
yellowish; hind pair blackened on apical half above (California),
16, splendida, new species.
Fore and middle femora black with yellow tips; hind ones with apical third
pecan ea 1 n70 CD) 31, obscura, new species.
Fore femora black on basal half; middle ones on basal half of posterior
surface; hind femora black on more than apical third (Alaska),
18, ciliata Van Duzee.

Tips of hind femora black, at least distinctly infuscated______________ 20
End femoras non Or Scarcely @arkene@n ag: tps see ee ee 31
VOLE, COXA CUT OS wala OLN a) ct C Race oe a ee Za
Fore coxae yellow, sometimes considerably blackened at base__------_~_ 22

. Middle femora with a row of long black hairs on both anterior and pos-
terior edges of lower surface (California)___ 21, californica, new species.
Middle femora with one row of black bristles on the anterior edge of lower
surface, none on posterior edge (Ohio) _—~--___ 20, nigricoxa, new species.

. Second joint of hind tarsi not very much shorter than first, which has only
GRU S Ue sn Ort ae 2 eee ee ee ee 23
Second joint of hind tarsi not, or scarcely half as long, as the first, which is
UREN SEC GaW i thiasl OT SITS GLO Se ce ete ae ee ee ae ee 29
Fore and middle femora with conspicuously longer yellow hairs below
(Middle and EKastern States; Canada) _—__________--__ 23, calceata Loew.

Fore femora and sometimes the middle ones also, with long black hairs or
bristles below, if they have yellow hairs below, then the hairs. are

scarcely longer than those on upper surface____-___-____-_________- 24
NREMeIITa Gheae Tee TS ee ye) yen re WW ea a a a) ee net ee ee eee 25
FET Glee tert Stee py nO Miva bel Caen eer as ee a ee eee en en eg 26.

Posterior surface of fore femora with long black hair; posterior edge of
pleurae black as usual (District of Columbia; New Jersey; New York;

Pennsylvania >) Massachusetts) = -- 22 22 ee 28, minuta Loew.
Fore femora with only short black hair; posterior edge of pleurae yellow
NEVA eiT Oise MNO AIN ED) ee a eg ee eee ee 29, flavipes, new species.

. Hind tibiae wholly black, still sometimes yellowish brown at base (New
OT kaos Came OA) eee aie ee eee ee 18, thoracica, new species.
ELMdaeibiae- yellow witha: Diack Ulp =. = =e De eee 2

. Scutellum with a few small black hairs on its disk; hind femora broadly

Diacksabatip GVircinial to) Canaday)|=_2= 5-2 ee 17, albicans Loew.
Hind femora wholly yellow or very narrowly black or brown at tip; scutel-

Peru Eo eks0 ic ORI Shi LS Ken a ee oa ME oe an es ee eee 28

31.

va.

Ys
Oo

37.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

. Fore eoxae distinctly blackened at base and with conspicuous black hairs

(Maine; Massachusetts; Canada) —----_-_-____ 22, sericata, new species.
Fore coxae wholly yellow, almost bare except for the bristles near the tip
(Quebee) 2220242222522 520 0S EEL ee 24, albicoxa, new species.

. Hind basitarsus wholly black (California)__ 9, argentiventris, new species.

Hind “basitarsus: mostly: yellow--2.-2- 2-225 ee a ee ae 30

. Hind tarsus with its joints as 32-13-13-10-9, first joint much thickened and

with numerous bristles (Virginia to Canada____-_~ 25, calcitrans Leow.
Joints of hind tarsi as 50-20-18-11-8, their first joint scarcely thickened
and with a few bristles on each edge, of lower surface (Vermont; New
York: New Jersey; Ontario) ==s2 see 26, setipes, new species.
Antennae yellow, third joint very narrowly black on upper edge (Kansas;
NEO UISIA ITD) ear ee 30, flavicornis, new species.
Antenne, black Or. broOWn2. = 2s ee 32
Hind basitarsi with numerous bristles (Virginia to Canada),
25, calcitrans Loew.
Hind basitarst with only, the uSuale snort, bret eee eee 33

» Ebind -basitarsi. wholly lack: Or Weary SO eee ee eee ee ee 34

Hind tarsi wholly yellow, or slightly darkened at tip_________________ 39

. Hypopygium large, contracted in the middle (fig. 19), its lamellae long and

curved (New Jersey ; Connecticut; Rhode Island)__ 27, aldrichi Johnson.
Eiypopygium: not large*or contracted] normal==s)= ee ee 35

. Posterior edge of pleurae and first abdominal segment yellow__________ 36

Posterior edge of pleurae and first abdominal segment blackish________ at

. Second and third abdominal segments with a longitudinal black or green

stripe (Middle and Eastern States; Canada)_________ 23, calceata Loew.
Second and third abdominal segments wholly yellow, except the narrow
hind margins (New York; Canada)— -___-_____ 24, albicoxa, new species.
Fore coxae wholly pale yellow with silvery pollen; middle femora with only
short hairs below (Ontario; Quebec) _—~------__ 19, currani, new species.
Fore coxae blackened at base, or wholly black; middle femora with long
DIaAck Or DLO Wl LES TLES: ye yee ee ae 38

38. Fore coxae wholly black (Ohio)__-—--_-- 20, nigricoxa, new species.

Fore coxae yellow, blackened at base (Maine; Massachusetts; Canada),
22, sericata, new species.

. Arista inserted before apical third of third antennal joint (Maryland;

“Er OUaiig jes ca a eee ae eee ee 29, flavipes, new species.
Arista inserted close to the tip of third antennal joint as usual (EHast-
QIU S UAC!) Se ee oe ee a ara Ny A 28, minuta Loew.

Females

. Abdomen without yellow on the dorsum, at most with indistinct lateral

Spots “on: ‘second, Seement. 22 8S ee ee A ee 2
Abdomen with distinct yellow ground color on some of the segments___ 15

2 SCULelLLUM With haITs (On wits (CIS. == os = = 2 am me nena nese eee eee 3

Scutellum bare, except the marginal bristles_2- 0-922) = 2 6

. All femora wholly yellow, except sometimes at tip_______________-____ 4

Fore and middle femora more or less blackened at base_______________ 5

a tint: Femorra avyNollys, y ClO yy se ee ee 7, scutellaris, new species.

Hind femora broadly black at tip_____________ 14, bimaculata, new species.

. Cilia of the ealypters yellowisho = eee 12, robusta Johnson.

Cilia’ of the’ calypters black= 2222 eee ee 15, velutina, new species.

. Fore and middle femora black on basal half or more_ 13, ciliata Van Duzee.

All femora yellow, the tips of posterior pair may be black _____________ (

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 5

10.

a2.

13.

a4.

15.

16.

Hind femora without black at tip, at most the tip is only slightly brownish
ZL PERV Conte eee ee ete a SHEE SRE SI ae gh Thy ge EE we Sea ie Fare ee 8
Hind femora distinctly blackened at tip, at least above_-_----------_- 12

. Hind tarsi almost wholly yellow; first joint distinctly longer than
BOCONC eer eee eee ie ope Ae Spe eee 9
Hind tarsi partly or wholly black, first and second joints of nearly equal
esr ETERS sth ri pea “Lh ease kya p es beset DV eee! Shel UT ve ee Oe 10

. Second joint of hind tarsi about two-thirds as long as first.

25, calcitrans Loew.
Second joint of hind tarsi less than half as long as first.
4, angustata, new species.
First joint of hind tarsus blackish at tip only, second usually yellowish at
Dases eee SEE aE. eas Ah bye See 32) bear pe 21, californica, new species.
Hind tarsusvalmost whollyablack22 2.43 2. seen ane cy Wee ap conan Aya Sh 11
The portion of the face below the suture nearly as long as wide.
3, cylindrica Loew.
Portion of face below the suture about half as long as wide.
14, bimaculata, new species.
First joint of hind tarsus nearly twice as long as second.
8, nigriventris, new species.
First and second joints of hind tarsus of nearly equal length__________ 13

Abdomen bright shining green, almost without pollen.
6, barbipes, new species.

Abdomen dulled with grayish pollen, at least on the sides_____________ 14
Apical third or more of hind tibiae black__~____________ 1, nigripes Loew.
Not over apical fourth of hind tibiae infuscated, and only brown, not black.
10, femoralis, new species.
SCuULC LUM Malti airs OMe WSs GIS ke. ee ose tee ot te age 16
Scutellum bare, except for the usual marginal bristles________________ 17
Thorax with a little snow-white pollen; scutellum with only a few hairs on
its disk; yellow spots on second abdominal segment distinct.
ss 17, albicans Loew.
Thorax with thick brownish pollen; disk of scutellum with many conspicu-
ous hairs; yellow spots on the second abdominal segment very indistinct.
12, rebusta Johnson.

17. Antennae yellow, third joint very narrowly black above.

30, flavicornis, new species.
AH LCNNAC. WHOL eb laGkKwOr sDEOWil 2 2 ee ee EN 18
18. Hind tarsi wholly black, or very nearly so__o2)-2)0) 5 19
Hind tarsi wholly yellow, or only slightly darker at tip___-___________ 23
First joint of hind tarsus yellow with a black tip__.__________________ 25

19. Second joint of hind tarsus considerably longer than the first.
27, aldrichi Johnson.
First and second joints of hind tarsi of nearly equal length__________ 20
20. Hind margin of the pleurae yellow_____________-_ 23, calceata Loew.
Hind margin of¢the} pleuracblackish! 20) ts 2s! i eer oe ee Fin ieee 21
21. Second and third abdominal segments yellow with their hind margins black.

18, thoracica, new species.

Yellow of the abdomen confined to a rather small spot on each side of the
second segment; sometimes there are indistinct spots on the sides of the
Phe Seameie also). Pek ett esl re. 1d) TE IO 22

. Tip of hind tibiae narrowly blackened___________ 19, currani, new species.

Hind tibiae black at tip for one-fourth their length.
22. sericata, new species.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

23. Fourth, fifth, and most of third abdominal segments black or green.
28, minuta Loew.
Abdomen yellow with the last segment and narrow hind margins of the

others bladkor’ green: 14st) 2s wee ee Se ee ee eee ee 24

24. Palpi-blackor browne. 2o22. Se ee 29, flavipes, new species.
Palpi yellows Lesh ci ee Dagestan ene ee 26, setipes, new species.

25. Abdomen black with yellow spots on the sides of second, third, and some-
times: the fourths sezmentsis 3254 1 ete ee 11, albiventris Loew.
Abdomen yellow with. the last segment and narrow hind margins of the
others: black or greens2ee ses ee a ee eee 26, setipes, new species.

B. Subgenus Leucostola—Males

1. Hind femora black or brown at tip, at least above_______________» ____ 2
Hind. femora. wholly yellow. =. ie Ses see eee ee 4
2. Hind tibiae and tarsi almost wholly blackish_____ 34, involuta, new species.
Hind tibiae wholly yellow= 22325 a ee oe 3
8. Hind tarsus with its joints in the proportion of 23-17-12-8-6 (Indiana).

36, inaequalis, new species.
Hind tarsus with its joints as 24-23-16-9-7 (Indiana).

37, spina, new species.

4. Hairs of fore coxae yellow, their bristles black (Florida).
35, flavicoxa, new species.
Hairs and bristles of fore coxae wholly yellow_________________._. 5
5. Tip of hind basitarsus slightly enlarged and with close-set little hairs
which make it appear even larger (District of Columbia; Virginia; New
York; New Jersey; Indiana; Louisiana) ___________ 32, cingulata Loew.
Hind basitarsus not at all enlarged at tip, but with a row of equally spaced,
stiff, little hairs below, which are continued on the following joints (New
Jersey ;> Pennsylvania’) £2222 hes ieee ae 33, johnsoni, new species.

1. ARGYRA NIGRIPES Loew

Argyra nigripes Loew, Smiths. Mise. Coll., No. 171, p. 127, 1864.

Male—Length, 3.5-4.5 mm. Front and face velvety black, the
latter moderately narrow. Proboscis and palpi black, with black
hairs. Antennae black; first joint with conspicuous hairs above;
third joint about as long as the first, rounded at tip; arista inserted
before the tip, as long as the antenna. Lower orbital cilia vary in
color from brownish gray to grayish white; the minute black upper
orbital cilia reach to about the middle of the eye height.

Dorsum of thorax shining green with coppery reflections, its sil-
very pollen confined to the sides; sometimes the scutellum and poste-
rior part of the thorax are a beautiful blue color; scutellum with
two pair of marginal bristles, the outer about half as long as the
median pair; pleurae black, with white pollen. Abdomen black,
with two first segments more or less green, thickly covered with sil-
very white pollen; its hairs and bristles rather long, wholly black.
Hypopygium (fig. 1) and its appendages black, penis yellow; the
outer lamellae are broad, obtusely pointed at tip, fringed with long
black hairs.

ART, 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE i

Coxae black, anterior and posterior pairs sometimes yellowish on
apical half; fore and middle pairs with long black bristlelike hairs;
hind ones with two bristles on outer surface. All femora black,
sometimes a little yellow at base. Fore femora and tibiae with long,
slender, black hairs on posterior surface, which are longer than the
width of the femora; middle femora with a row of stout hairs on
lower anterior edge of apical two-thirds, not as long as the width of
the femora and shorter toward the tip; hind femora with a row of
hairs on lower outer edge which are about as long as the upper row
on outer edge. All tibiae yellow, the posterior ones black at tip for
one-fifth their length, still the black is not sharply defined and some-
times reaches the middle of the tibiae; middle tibiae rather stout,
with long bristles above and a few long hairs below, the longest
being near apical third and about as long as the thickness of the
tibia. Fore and middle tarsi blackened from the tip of the first
joint; anterior pair with their joints as 48—19-12-8-8, first joint with
a few slender hairs below; middle basitarsus with numerous bristly
hairs below on basal half, which are nearly as long as the diameter
of the joint. Hind tarsi wholly black, its joints as 37-30-21-12-8.
Calypters brown, with broadly black tips and black cilia; knobs of
halteres yellow, with a small brown spot near the base, their stem
brownish.

Wings tinged with brownish gray: third vein considerably bent
back at tip; last section of fourth vein bent at its middle, parallel
with third near the tip; last section of fifth vein twice as long as
the cross vein.

Female.——F ace broad, gray or yellowish gray; third antennal joint
about as long as wide, arista nearly twice as long as the antenna;
fore coxae mostly black; all femora and tibiae yellow, with short
hair, posterior femora and tibiae usually broadly black at tip.
Wings about as in the male.

Redescribed from 29 males and 3 females. I took many in Cali-
fornia from March 21 to June 7; Doctor Aldrich took it in Idaho.
June 7, and in Washington, June 7 and July 6. It was described
from Sitka, Alaska.

2. ARGYRA HIRTA, new species

Male—Length, 4 mm. Face rather wide, grayish, almost black.
Front greenish with gray pollen. Antennae black (fig. 3) ; first joint
with stiff hairs above; third joint but little longer than wide; arista
three times as long as the antenna. Palpi black with long black
hairs. The minute black orbital cilia scarcely reach down to the
middle of the eye, below these the beard is black or brown, not
abundant.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 66

Thorax green on the dorsum, its posterior portion and the scutel-
lum with deep blue reflections, the latter with two pairs of marginal
bristles, its disk bare; the pollen on the dorsum of the thorax gray
and confined to the anterior portion; pleurae black with white pollen.
Abdomen wholly green, with coppery reflections and white pollen,
which is not silvery. Hypopygium and its appendages (fig. 4)
black; outer Jamellae rounded at apex and slightly clubbed; inner
appendages small.

All coxae and femora black; fore and middle coxae with stiff black:
hair. Posterior surface of fore femora and lower anterior surface
of middle ones with abundant black hair, which is as long as the
width of the femora. Fore and middle tibiae yellow, the former
with two rows of rather long slender bristles, otherwise with only
short hair; middle ones with two rows of bristles above and several
smaller ones below. Hind tibiae wholly black, with a row of five
moderately long bristles on upper outer edge. Fore and middle tarsi
blackish, a little longer than their tibiae; fore tarsi with its joints
as 86-9-7-5—T, the first jot with the hairs on its lower edge as long
as its diameter. Middle tarsi with the first joint as long
as the remaining four taken together; fourth and fifth of equal
length. Hind tarsi wholly black, the joints as 40-26-17-12-10, the
first joint a little arched. Calypters brown with black tips and cilia;
halteres yellow.

Wings a little tinged with brown; third vein only a little bent
back at its tip; last section of fourth vein bent’ at its middle, parallel
with third beyond this bend, ending in the apex of the wing; last
section of fifth vein about twice as long as the crossvein.

Described from one male taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich at Tennessee
Pass, Colorado, July 24, 1917.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27034, U.S.N.M.

This differs from both nigripes Loew and barbipes, new species, in
having the hypopygial lamellae broadly rounded at tip, the third
antennal joint shorter and in the proportional length of the joints of
fore and hind tarsi.

3. ARGYRA CYLINDRICA Loew

Argyra cylindrica Lozew, Smiths. Mise. Coll., No. 171, p. 132, 1864.

Male—tLength, 4.5 mm. Face moderately wide, silvery white.
Front green with white pollen; palpi and proboscis black. Antennae
(fig. 2) black; first joint with four stiff hairs above; third joint
scarcely longer than the two basal joints together; arista fully three
times as long as the antenna. Lower orbital cilia and the beard
sordid white; the small black upper cilia reach down nearly to the
middle of the eye.

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—-VAN DUZEE 9

Dorsum of thorax green with gray pollen in front and on the
sides; scutellum with two pair of marginal bristles. Abdomen dark
green, dulled with gray pollen, which is scarcely thicker on the sides
and leaves a median blackish stripe in certain lights. Hypopygium
(fig. 6) and its lamellae black, the latter rather long and narrow,
fringed with pale hairs; the tip of the hypopygium is cleft, rounded
and yellowish toward the end; inner appendages yellow, small,
rounded at tip; they are not visible in the California specimen.

Fore coxae yellow, blackened at extreme base; middle and hind
pairs black; all the hair and bristles of the coxae are black. Fore
and middle femora and tibiae wholly yellow; fore femora with long
black hair on the posterior surface; middle ones with long black
hair on the lower edge of both anterior and posterior surfaces;
these are scarcely as long as the width of the femora. Hind femora
yellow, their tip black for one-third their length, still the yellow
extends to the tip on the lower edge; they have a row of moderately
long, delicate hairs on lower outer edge and a few longer black
bristles near the tip. Hind tibiae yellow, with the tip becoming
brown. Fore and middle tarsi with the first joint brownish, their
tips and the following joints black; joints of fore tarsi as
39-16-11-7-7. Hind tarsi wholly black, with the first joint a little
longer than the second. Calypters broadly black at tip, their cilia
yellowish. Halteres yellow.

Wings tinged with brownish-gray; third vein bent backward at
tip; last section of fourth vein bent near its middle, considerably
arched, so that it is farther from third vein at tip than at the bend.
ending just back of the apex of the wing; last section of fifth vein
nearly twice as long as the cross vein.

Female.——F ace and front covered with grayish-white pollen; third
antennal joint not as long as wide; arista nearly apical, more than
three times as long as the antenna; fore coxae yellow; femora yellow
with short hair, posterior pair more or less blackened at tip, some-
times almost wholly yellow; all tarsi yellow at base; hind tibiae
infuscated at extreme tip only. Wings with the third and fourth
veins parallel toward their tips; last section of fifth vein twice as
long as the cross vein. Cilia of the calypters black. The pollen of
the thorax and abdomen is more white, not gray as in the male; that
of the abdomen is confined to the sides.

Redescribed from 4 males and 10 females. Doctor Aldrich took
2 males and 4 females in Washington, May 13, to July 6; all the rest
were taken by him and myself in California from April 13 to May 16.
‘This was described from Alaska.

9123—25—_2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66
4. ARGYRA ANGUSTATA, new species

Male—Length, 4 mm. Slender, wholly dark green, with little
white pollen, and wholly yellow tibiae, femora, and fore coxae.

Face and front silvery white, the former quite wide. Palpi and
proboscis black. Antennae (fig. 5) black; first joint short; I can see
only one hair on its upper edge; third joint nearly three times as
long as the two basal joints together; arista nearly apical, scarcely
as long as the antenna. Orbital cilia wholly pale, except two or
three very small black hairs at the top of the eye.

Dorsum of the thorax and the slender abdomen dark shining
green, fore part of the thorax with a little white pollen; scutellum
with four large marginal bristles; pleurae blackish with white
pollen; hairs on the sides of the first four abdominal segments yel-
lowish. Hypopygium (fig. 7) black or testaceous, the apical half
shining and cleft at the apex; outer lamellae yellow and fringed with
hair above; I do not see any inner appendages, except the long black
central filament and its yellow sheath.

Fore coxae wholly pale yellow; middle and hind coxae yellow, the
latter a little, the former largely, infuscated on outer surface. All
femora and tibiae wholly yellow. Fore and middle femora with
long, delicate, yellow hairs below. All tarsi infuscated from the tip
of the first joint; first joint of posterior pair brownish-yellow, as long
as the second joint. Fore tarsi one and a half, middle ones one and
a fourth times as long as their tibiae; joints of anterior pair as
54-20-13-13-9. Middle basitarsus as long as the three following
joints taken together. Calypters and halteres yellow, the former
with a brown tip and yellow cilia.

Wings nearly hyaline; third vein bent backward at tip; last
section of fourth vein a little bent at its middle, parallel with third
beyond this bend, ending just back of the tip of the wing; last sec-
tion of fifth vein not quite one and a half times as long as the cross
vein.

Female.—Color of the thorax, abdomen, legs, and tarsi as in the
male; face very narrow for a female, about as wide as in the male;
face and front silvery white; hairs of the abdomen black, but ap-
pearing reddish in certain lights. Those of the male also appear
to have a reddish cast. The coxae are yellow with black bristles,
the anterior pair a little blackened at extreme base; hairs on the
lower surface of all femora yellow, those on anterior pair quite
long, those on middle and hind pairs very short. Wings as in the
male, except that the bend on the last section of fourtlt vein is a
little nearer the crossvein and the fourth vein ends in the apex
of the wing. Joints of fore tarsi as 39-28-18-9-7; middle ones
50-22-15-9-6; hind pair 42-15-10-6-7.

a —___

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 11

Described from five males and one female. Holotype, male was
taken at Echo Lake, Mount Desert, Maine, July 17, 1918, by C. W.
Johnson and is in the museum of the Boston Society of Natural
History; two males were taken at Lake Tear, Essex County, New
York, 4,500 feet elevation, July 21, 1920; two males were taken in
Polk County, Wisconsin, by C. F. Baker; allotype, female was taken
at Olean, New York, August 5, 1917.

Allotype and paratype—F¥emale and male, Cat. No. 27035,
U.S.N.M.

5. ARGYRA BREVIPES, new species

Male.—Length, 3.5 mm. Face not very narrow, silvery white.
Front covered with white pollen. Proboscis and palpi black, with
black hairs. Antennae black; first joint with a few small hairs
above; third nearly as long as the face; arista apical, two-thirds as
long as the third joint. Lateral and inferior orbital cilia white.

Thorax greenish-black; when viewed from in front it is opaque
with white pollen; scrutellum with one pair of large marginal
bristles, disk bare. Abdomen black, covered with silvery white
pollen; the hind margins of the segments are narrowly white.

Hypopygium black, quite shining; its appendages almost concealed,
but there appear to be small, conical, black, outer lamellae.

Fore coxae wholly yellow, nearly bare, except two or three black
bristles near the tip: middle and hind coxae grayish, their bristles
black. All femora and tibiae yellow. All femora with only short
hair; still there are a few delicate hairs on the posterior surface
of the anterior ones which are a little longer; hind femora nearly
black at tip. Fore tibiae with two minute bristles; posterior tibiae
a little brown at tip. Fore and middle tarsi yellow, a little darker
at tip, joints of fore tarsi as 40-12-8-5-6. Hind tarsi wholly black,
their joints as 22-20-15-10-10. Calypters pale yellow with a brown
tip and yellow cilia; halteres yellow.

Wings grayish; third and fourth veins nearly parallel, the last
section of fourth being scarcely at all bent; last section of fifth
vein twice as long as the crossvein.

Described from one male taken at Opelousas, Louisiana, April,
1897, by G. R. Pilate.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27036, U.S.N.M.

6. ARGYRA BARBIPES, new species

Male.—Length, 3.5 mm. Face wide, covered with whitish pollen.
Front green with a little white pollen. Palpi and proboscis black
with black hairs. Antennae black; first joint with strong hairs
above; third joint as long as the two first taken together, rounded
at tip; arista nearly apical, rather thick, scarcely as long as the

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

antenna. Lower orbital cilia whitish, the minute upper cilia black
and descending to about upper third of the eye.

Thorax dark, shining green, its silvery white pollen confined to
a spot on each side near the humeri; pleurae more black, with white
pollen. Abdomen with the two first and part of the third segment
green, the remainder dark coppery, last segment short, black. .
Hypopygium (fig. 8) black; the outer lamellae triangular, yellowish-
brown; inner appendages small.

All coxae and femora black. Fore and middle coxae with black
hair and bristles. Fore femora and tibiae with long, fine hair on
posterior surface, the hairs as long as the basitarsus; these hairs
appear black or reddish according to the light in which they are
viewed. Middle femora with a row of stout hairs below, which are
longest in the middle, still none are as long as the width of the
femora; they do not reach the base but extend to the tip; hind femora
nearly bare below. Fore and middle tibiae yellow, rather short and
stout, of nearly equal length, middle ones with a row of short, stout
hairs below, which are longer near the tip. Hind tibiae black,
still they are a little yellow above at base, and sometimes the yel-
low extends nearly to their middle; their hair short. Fore and
middle tarsi brown, a little yellowish at base and black at tip, the
front ones longer than their tibiae and with their joints as
24-10-8-6-5. Middle tibia and tarsus with the joints as tibia, 56,
tarsi, 44-19-12-6-7. Hind tarsus with its joints as 25-22-16-10-8.
Calypters brown, their edge and cilia yellowish. Halteres yellow.

Wings a little tinged with brown; third vein slightly bent back at
tip; last section of fourth vein only a little bent at its middle, par-
allel with third near the tip, ending in the apex of the wing; last
section of fifth vein nearly twice as long as the crossvein.

Female.—Face wide, gray; first antennal joint rather long, equal
to third in length; arista a little longer than the antenna; fore
coxae a little yellowish at tip. All femora and tibiae yellow, the pos-
terior femora and tibiae rather broadly black at tip; fore tarsi
almost wholly yellow, hind tarsi wholly black, with the first and
second joints of nearly equal length. Abdomen bright shining
green; last section of fourth vein more bent than in the male.

Described from one pair taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich at Redwood
City, California, April 7, 1906, and two males which I took at
Berkeley, California, May 16 and 18, 1915.

Type and allotype—Cat. No. 27037, U.S.N.M., from Redwood
City.

7. ARGYRA SCUTELLARIS, new species

Male—tLength, 5.6 mm. Face, front, and palpi velvety black;
face wide; palpi with black hair. Antennae (fig. 10) black; first
joint with numerous hairs on upper edge and four below; third

ART, 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 13}

joint not longer than the two first taken together, rounded at tip;
arista inserted above the tip, about as long as the antenna. Orbital
cilia black; still, some of the lower ones more brownish in certain
lights.

Dorsum of thorax green, dulled with brownish pollen, which
leaves a brown stripe on each side of the acrostichal bristles; humeri
with numerous bristlelike hairs; scutellum with two pairs of mar-
ginal bristles and conspicuous, rather long, black hair on its disk.
Abdomen green, covered with silvery white pollen, except the first
segment, which has long, black hair on the sides; second segment
with even longer black hairs or bristles on the sides of the hind
margin; all the hair on the abdomen long and black. Hypopygium
(fig. 9) black; its outer lamellae black, more or less yellow at base,
and with long black hairs; inner appendages are a pair of rather
small, black, nearly straight organs and a pair of large yellow
lamellae with a yellow hair at tip; these are much larger than the
narrow outer lamellae.

All coxae black, tips of the anterior pair yellow; fore and middle
pairs with long, stiff, black hairs, which are as long as their thick-
ness; posterior pair with two bristles and several hairs on outer
surface. All femora yellow; in one specimen all the femora are a
little blackened at extreme base, in another the fore femora are
blackened at base on lower posterior edge for more than one-third
their length, the other femora being wholly yellow. All femora
with long black hair, that on the fore pair on the lower and posterior
surfaces and that on the others on the anterior surface, especially
below. All tibiae wholly yellow, with strong bristles. All tarsi
black. from the second joint, first joint of fore tarsi with minute
bristles or «stiff hairs below, its joints as 58-16-10-8-11. Middle
tarsi with its joints as 59-26-18-10-10. Joints of hind tarsi as
49-35-23-10-11. Calypters whitish at base, apical half black, their
cilia long and black. Halteres yellow.

Wings grayish; third vein bent backward at tip; last section of
fourth vein quite abruptly bent before its middle, parallel with
third at tip; last section of fifth vein scarcely one and a half times
as long as the crossvein.

Female.—F ace wide, its suture nearly straight, pollen of the face
yellowish-gray; lower line of the face a little pointed in the middle;
third antennal joint about as long as wide; arista longer than the
antenna; hairs on the scutellum conspicuous; pollen of the thorax
rather thick, gray; all femora and tibiae wholly yellow. First joint
of hind tarsi yellow with a black tip, longer than the second joint.
_ Described from two males taken by F. R. Cole at Forest Grove,
Oregon, May 5, 1918; and one female taken at Grangeville, Idaho,
by Dr. J. M. Aldrich.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 65

This species is remarkable for the conspicuous hair on the disk of
the scutellum, the long, bristle-like hair on the coxae and femora,
and the large, lamella-like inner appendages of the hypopygium of
the male.

Type and allotype.—Male and female, Cat. No. 27038, U.S.N.M.
8. ARGYRA NIGRIVENTRIS, new species

Type and allotype-—Male and female, Cat. No. 27038, U.S.N.M.
former moderately wide. Palpi and proboscis black, with black

hairs. Antennae black; first joint with about four hairs above; third
joint a little longer than the two first taken together, pointed at tip;
arista inserted a little before the tip, about as long as the antenna.
Lower orbital cilia white; the minute black upper cilia descend to
the middle of the eye.

Dorsum of thorax dark shining green, or blue green, covered with
quite abundant silvery white pollen, especially on the anterior half;
pleurae more black with white pollen; scutellum with two pair of
large marginal bristles. Abdomen black; all but the first segment
covered with thick silvery white pollen; first segment and sides
of the others with green reflections; hairs and bristles on the ab-
domen black, those on the last two segments appear reddish in certain
lights. Hypopygium (fig. 11) black, small; its outer lamellae black,
somewhat triangular, fringed with reddish hairs; the inner appenda-
ges are a central yellow organ, a pair of lamella-lke organs with
several hairs, and a pair of rather slender organs tipped with a
minute bristle.

All coxae black, with black hairs and bristles; anterior pair with
a row of long slender bristles besides those at tip; these are longer
than the thickness of the coxa. Fore femora black with yellowish
tips; they have moderately abundant, long, black hair on posterior
surface. Middle femora with long hairs on the lower surface, not as
long as the width of the femora. Fore and middle tibiae and basi-
tarsi yellow; joints of fore tarsi as 38-10-8-5-6. Posterior femora,
tibiae, and tarsi wholly black; lower surface of hind tibiae clothed
with long, delicate hairs, which are ‘about as long as the small
bristles on upper surface; these hairs are black but appear reddish in
certain lights; joints of hind tarsi as 59-18-15-7-8. Hind basitarsus
a little thickened at base, fringed on each side of lower surface with
long bristly hairs, the longest of which near the base are longer than
the second joint and appear reddish in certain lights. Calypters
dark yellow with black tips, their cilia black or reddish. Knobs of
halteres yellow, stems brown.

Wings grayish, slightly tinged with brown in front of third vein;
third vein bent backward a litle at tip; last section of fourth vein

ART, 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—-VAN DUZEE 15

a little bent just before its middle, parallel with third at tip; last
section of fifth vein one and a half times as long as the crossvein.

Female—Face and front moderately wide, silvery white; third
antennal joint longer than wide, arista nearly apical; lower orbital
cilia yellowish, reaching to the middle of the eye; thorax and scutel-
lum as in the male, except that the former has less pollen; abdomen
wholly black with slight bronze reflections, its hair as in the male;
fore coxae black with apical half a little yellowish, its hairs and
bristles black; all femora and tibiae yellow, the posterior femora
and tibiae blackened at tip; middle femora with a preapical brown
spot above; fore and middle tarsi black from the tip of the first
joint, which is half or more than half as long as their tibiae; hind
tarsi black, first joint twice as long as second and with minute bristles
below, especially at base. Calypters, their cilia and the wings as in
the male, except that the wings are more brownish, and last section
of fifth vein is fully twice as long as the crossvein.

Described from one pair taken at Lake Cushman, Mason County,
Washington, July 15, 1919, by F. M. Gaige; one male (the type, in
my collection) taken by E. P. Van Duzee, at Forks, Clallam County,
Washington, July 4, 1920; two females taken by J. M. Aidrich, Fun-
day Harbor, Washington, May 30, 1906, and Longmires Springs,
Washington, August 2, 1905.

Paratype.——Female; Cat. No. 27039, U.S.N.M.

9. ARGYRA ARGENTIVENTRIS, new species

Male——Length, 4.2 mm. Face and front silvery white; face quite
narrow. Palpi brown, more or less yellow on apical half and with
yellow hairs. Antennae black; first joint with several hairs above;
third joint as long as first two together, its point obtuse; arista in-
serted a little before the tip of third joint, as long as the antenna;
lower orbital cilia yellowish.

Thorax green with abundant silvery pollen; acrostichal bristles
large; in front they are in two rows, but the three posterior bristles
are in a single row. Abdomen blackish with green reflections,
wholly covered with silvery pollen; the sides of the second segment,
except the hind margin and the extreme base of first and third seg-
ments, are slightly yellowish. Hypopygium (fig. 24) black, small,
its outer lamellae yellowish-brown, rounded at tip; inner appen-
dages black, rounded, with a minute spine at tip.

Fore coxae yellowish, brown on outer surface; they have a few
short black hairs on anterior surface and four black bristles near
the tip; middle and hind coxae blackish. Femora yellow, a little
more than apical third of posterior pair black; fore femora with
black hairs on posterior surface, which are as long as the thickness
of the femora; middle femora with the hairs near the lower edge

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

becoming longer and with three small bristles on lower anterior edge
near the tip. Fore and middle tibiae yellow, with short hair and
small bristles. Hind tibiae brown with long hair, especially below.
Fore and middle tarsi yellow, darkened toward their tips; joints
of fore pair as 66-22-18-12-10. Hind tarsi brownish; first joint
thickened, especially at base, with two rows of long bristles below;
joints of hind tarsi as 105-40-80-19-18. Calypters and halteres
yellow, the former with their tips shightly brown and their cilia
black.

Wings dark grayish; third vein bent backward at tip; last section
of fourth vein bent before its middle, parallel with third beyond the
bend; last section of fifth vein nearly twice as long as the crossvein.

Described from two males taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich, at Mono
Lake, California, July 22, 1911.

This is the fourth species to be described from America that has
the first joint of hind tarsi much longer than the second and fur-
nished with long bristles.

Ty pe.—Male, Cat. No. 27040, U.S.N.M.

10. ARGYRA FEMORALIS, new species

Male—Length, 3.5 mm. Face, front, palpi, and proboscis black;
still in certain lights they show a little brownish-gray pollen; face
rather wide for a male. Antennae black, first joint with conspicu-
ous hairs above; third joint about as long as the basal two taken
together, obtusely pointed; arista inserted just above the point,
scarcely as long as the antenna. Lower orbital cilia grayish; the
small, black, upper cilia reach down about one-fourth the eye
height.

Dorsum of the thorax dark, shining green, its silvery pollen con-
fined to a band extending from below the humeri to, and a little
above, the root of the wing; scutellum with two pairs of marginal
bristles, the outer pair about half as large as the median ones.
Abdomen metallic green with the third and following segments
covered with abundant silvery pollen, its hairs and bristles wholly
black. Hypopygium small, black; outer lamellae small, black, ob-
tuse at tip and fringed with hairs; inner appendages are a pair of
yellow, slightly clubbed, short organs, with two or three short
hairs at tip.

Coxae black with black hairs and bristles, fore coxae yellow at
tip and with a row of slender bristles on apical half of outer anterior
edge, which are longest above, where they are as long as the thickness
of the coxa. All femora and tarsi black, extreme tips of femora
yellow; anterior femora with long, black hair on the posterior sur-
face; middle pair (fig. 12) with a protuberance below, where there
are a few close-set, short spines; hind femora with long, black hair

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE Ey

on lower, outer edge, which is not as long as their width. Fore and
middle tibiae yellow, the latter slightly swollen on anterior surface
near the middle and again at tip; on the middle swelling are about
10 hairs, which are much longer than the thickness of the tibia.
Hind tibiae with basal half yellowish, apical half black, sometimes
the basal half is darker below. Fore tarsus with its joints as 39-14—
10-77, first joint with a few bristles below; middle tarsus with its
joints as 50-19-17-9-8; joints of hind tarsus as 32-28-20-12-8.
Calypters brown with a black border and long, black cilia. Halteres
yellow.

Wings grayish; third vein bent backward at tip; last section of
fourth vein a little bent before its middle, parallel with third beyond
this bend, ending in the apex of the wing; last section of the fifth
vein one and a half times as long as the crossvein.

Female.—F ace wide, its suture below the middle; lower edge of
face rounded; face, front, palpi, and proboscis covered with gray
(some might call it yellowish-gray) pollen. Third antennal joint
scarcely as long as wide; arista subapical, longer than the antenna.
Coxae as in the male; all femora and tibiae yellow; posterior femora
and tibiae with apical fourth to apical half black; femora with only
short hair; middle femora and tibiae plain.

Abdomen with the white pollen confined to the lower part of the
sides.

Wings as in the male.

Described from two males and three females which I took in
California; one male at Los Angeles, April 30; one male and two
females at Alpine, San Diego County, April 8 and 10; and one female
at Los Cerritos, Los Angeles County, April 3.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27041, U.S.N.M.

11. ARGYRA ALBIVENTRIS Loew
Argyra albiventris Loew, Smiths. Mise. Coll., No. 171, p. 128, 1864.

Joints of front tarsi, measured from a small specimen (4.5 mm.)
as 40-16-10-7-7; measured from a large specimen (6 mm.) are as
43-20-12-8-8 ; joints of the posterior tarsi from a small specimen as
36—-83-20-12-9, measured from a large specimen they are as 40-35-
25-15-11. There are only very small bristles on the lower surface of
the first joint of anterior pair, not much more than hairs. Calypters
mostly black, their cilia black.

Described from Sitka, Alaska. Have seen specimens from the
following locations: Hood River, Oregon, September 28, taken by
¥. R. Cole; Seattle and Dewatto, Washington, June 7. J.M. Aldrich
took it in the following places in Idaho: Juhaetta, June 16; Viola,
June 29; Bovill, July 15; and in Craigs Mountain.

9123—25——3

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66
12. ARGYRA ROBUSTA Johnson

Argyra robusta JOHNSON, Psyche, vol. 13, p. 59, June, 1906.

Male.—Length, 6-7 mm. Face wide; silvery white. Palpi black,
with black hairs. Front covered with white pollen. Antennae black;
first joint with stiff hairs above; third joint about twice as long as
wide; arista subapical, as long as the antenna. Beard grayish-
white, abundant.

Thorax dark green with considerable grayish-white pollen; scutel-
lum with many long, black hairs on the disk and four large, marginal
bristles. Abdomen black, second and third segments with large
yellow spots on the sides, those on second only leave a narrow black
margin on anterior and posterior edges and a wide median stripe.
Abdomen covered with silvery white pollen, all its hairs black.
Hypopygial lamellae rather narrow and curved, yellow at base, more
or less black at tip, fringed with black hairs; back of these is a long
yellowish portion of the hypopygium.

All coxae black with black hair and bristles. All femora black
with their tips narrowly yellow, anterior pair with long black hair
on the posterior surface; middle pair with moderately long hair
below; posterior pair with several bristlelike hairs near the tip. All
tibiae yellow, extreme tips of hind pair brownish. Fore and middle
tarsi infuseated from the tip of the first joint, still the other joints
paler at base; hind tarsi black with the first joint yellowish at base.
Joints of fore tarsi as 50-17-15-8-10; first joint with conspicuous
bristles below, which are as long as the diameter of the joint; middle
tarsi with the joints as 62-24-19-10-12; those of hind tarsi as
49-35-27-20-14. Calypters white with a black border and yellowish
cilia. Halteres yellow.

Wings grayish, slightly tinged with brown in front and along the
veins; third vein bent back at tip; last section of fourth vein bent
at its middle, parallel with third at tip; last section of fifth vein one
and a half times as long as the cross vein.

Female.—Difiers from the male in having the pollen of the thorax
and abdomen more brownish; the face wide and more gray, or gray-
ish-yellow; its suture far below the middle, sinuous; lower edge
of the face rounded; third antennal joint about as long as wide,
arista apical. Fore and middle femora more or less blackened at
base, sometimes largely black, their hair shorter than in the male; '
hind femora wholly yellow. All tibiae yellow. Hind tarsi usually
wholly black; still sometimes the first joint is yellow with a black
tip.

This species differs from albiventris Loew chiefly in having hair
on the scutellum and in the proportionate length of the joints of
the tarsi and the bristles on the lower surface of the fore tarsi; in

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHGPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 19

robusta these bristles are as long as the diameter of the joint and
very conspicuous, while in albiventris there are only very small
bristles, if indeed they could be called bristles, they are but little
longer than the hairs on other portions of the joint. A. robusta is a
much larger species and the female is much stouter than that of
albiventris.

Redescribed from many males and females taken at Hull, Quebec,
where the type specimen was taken. Have seen specimens taken by
Doctor Aldrich at Craigs Mountain, Idaho, May 24, 1902. One
male taken at Algonquin, Illinois, June 6, 1895. Two males taken in
South Dakota; one male taken at Bozeman, Montana, June 20,
1911; and one male taken at Portage, New York, July 1, 1917.

13. ARGYRA CILIATA Van BDuzee

Argyra ciliata VAN Duzer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 63, art. 21, p. 5, 1923.

This was described from one pair taken by Doctor Aldrich at Fair-
banks, Alaska.
Type.—Male, Cat. No. 25958, U.S.N.M.

14. ARGYRA BIMACULATA, new species

Male.—Length, 4.7-5 mm. Face rather wide, silvery white. Front
thickly covered with white pollen. Antennae black; first joint with
numerous stiff hairs above; third joint nearly three times as long
as broad; arista apical, about as long as third joint. The small black
orbital cilia do not reach down to the middle of the eye. Beard
yellowish, not abundant.

Dorsum of the thorax green with rather thick yellowish-white
pollen; pleurae black with white pollen; scutellum with four large
marginal bristles, and with a few conspicuous black hairs on its
disk. Abdomen green with its hair and bristles black; second seg-
ment with a rather large, third with a small yellowish spot on each
side; still, these spots are not conspicuous; abdomen with a nar-
row line of white pollen at the base of each segment, and some yel-
lowish-brown pollen visible in certain lights on the dorsum. Hy-
popygium (fig. 14) black; outer lamellae small, black, somewhat

triangular; inner appendages testaceous, large, shining, nearly bare,
still having several small hairs.

Coxae black, fore and middle ones with numerous black, bristly
hairs. All femora black, fore and middle ones narrowly yellow
at tip; anterior pair with long black hair on posterior surface,
which is about as long as the thickness of the femora; middle pair
with a row of black bristly hairs on lower anterior edge, which

are not as long as the width of the femora. All tibiae yellow,
posterior pair black at tip, this black shading into the yellow. Fore

2°20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

and middle tarsi black from the tip of the first joint, hind ones
wholly black. Joints of fore tarsi as 44-14-10-8-10; those of
middle ones as 53-22-15-8-8; of hind tarsi as 36-29-12-11-9. Ca-
lypters yellow with broad black tips and yellowish cilia. Halteres
yellow.

Wings very slightly tinged with brown in front; third vein very
gently arched; last section of fourth vein bent a little beyond its
basal third, parallel with third beyond the bend; last section of fifth
vein nearly twice as long as the cross vein.

Female.—W hat is no doubt the female of this species has the face
wide, silvery white, its suture low down, making the lower part of
the face about half as long as wide, with the lower edge a little
rounded. Front covered with white pollen. Scutellum with a few
minute, black hairs on the disk; abdomen green, sometimes purple,
venter yellow at base. All coxae black. Fore and middle femora
largely black, hind pair yellow with apical third black. Hind tibiae
broadly black at tip; fore tibiae with strong bristles above, none
below.

Described from eight males and three females taken at Hull, Que-
bec, June 11-15, by C. H. Curran; two females taken by Doctor
Aldrich in South Dakota, and one female at Algonquin, Illinois,
May 15, 1894.

Holotype male and allotype female were taken at Hull, Quebec,
and are in the Canadian National Museum.

Paratypes.——Male and female, Cat. No. 27042, U.S.N.M.

15. ARGYRA VELUTINA, new species

Male-——Length, 6 mm. Face, palpi, front and occiput velvety
black, the latter with a white sheen when viewed in certain lights;
face moderately narrow, the sides parallel; palpi with conspicuous
black hairs. Antennae black; third joint about as long as the basal
two taken together, somewhat triangular, pointed at tip; first joint
with numerous hairs above; arista apical, as long as the antenna.
Orbital cilia and beard wholly black.

Thorax blackish, somewhat shining, dorsum with thin brown
pollen; scutellum with four large marginal bristles and numerous
black hairs on its disk. Abdomen and its hairs black; first and sec-
ond segments with large yellow spots on each side, which leave only
narrow anterior, posterior, and median lines of black; fourth seg-
ment with a yellow spot on each side on anterior margin. Hypo-
pygium and its appendages black, its outer lamellae and inner
appendages somewhat like those of bimaculata (fig. 14), except that
the lamellae are more angulated in the middle and there is a slender
somewhat clubbed organ inside of the large ones shown in the
figure.

ART, 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 21

All coxae and femora black; fore and middle coxae with long
black hair; fore femora with long black hair on the posterior and
lower surfaces; middle pair with long black hair below, which is as
long as their width. All tibiae and basitarsi yellow, all tarsi black
from the extreme tip of first joint; joints of fore tarsi as 50-14-10-
9-7; of middle tarsi as 56-25-15-8-10; joints of posterior pair as
44-35-22-15-8. Calypters whitish with black tips and cilia. Hal-
teres yellow.

Wings grayish; third vein bent backward at tip, parallel with
fourth beyond the bend in the last section of the latter; last section
of fifth vein nearly one and three-fourths times as long as the cross-
vein and fully as long as from the crossvein to the bend of the
fourth, which is quite abrupt.

Female.—Front and face wide, thickly covered with grayish yel-
low pollen, the latter with the suture far down so that the lower
portion is scarcely half as long as wide; arista apical. Coxae and
their hairs wholly black; femora and tibiae yellow; fore and middle
femora a little darkened at base, the former also blackened on upper
surface; hind femora slightly blackened above at tip. Hind tibiae
wholly yellow; fore and middle tarsi black from the tip of first
joint; first joint of hind tarsi yellowish-brown. Cilia of the calyp-
ters long and black. Hairs on the surface of the scutellum conspicu-
ous, but not as long as in the male.

Described from one pair taken by C. H. Curran at Hull, Quebec,
June 4, 1923.

Type and allotype—tIn Canadian National Collection.

16. ARGYRA SPLENDIDA, new species

Male——Length, 5 mm. Face and front silvery white, the former
rather narrow; palpi and proboscis black with black hairs. . An-
tennae black; first joint with conspicuous hairs above; third joint as
long as the first two taken together, obtusely pointed at tip; arista
above the point, a little longer than the antenna. The minute, black,
orbital cilia descend to the middle of the eye; below them the beard
is white or yellowish-white, and quite abundant.

Dorsum of the thorax green with brown reflections and a violet
stripe on each side of the long acrostichal bristles; these stripes do
not reach either the front of the thorax or the scutellum; the dorsum
dulled with gray pollen, which is most abundant on the anterior half
and on the violet stripes; the pollen on the sides is more silvery
white; scutellum with two pairs of marginal bristles, outer pair not
more than half as long as the median ones; there are several small,
pale hairs above the fore coxae; pleurae black with white pollen.
Abdomen black, wholly covered with silvery white pollen; there are
large yellow spots on the sides of the second and third segments and

9123—25——4

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

the first is a little yellow on the sides at the posterior margin; fourth
segment with a rather small yellow spot on each side at the anterior
margin; hairs and bristles of the abdomen wholly black. Hypopy-
gium (fig. 21) and its appendages wholly black, except two small
pointed appendanges below the outer lamellae and a central filament,
‘which are yellow; outer lamellae rather small.

Coxae black almost to their tips, their hair and bristles wholly
olack, anterior pair with a row of long slender bristles or hairs from
their tips almost to the base. Fore femora black with base, tip and
apical half of lower surface yellow; middle pair yellow with basal
third slightly brownish below; posterior pair yellow, blackened above
on apical half or more, posterior surface of fore femora with abundant
long, black hair; middle femora. with two rows of long black hairs
on lower anterior surface and one row of still longer black or brown
hairs on lower posterior surface. All tibiae yellow, tips of posterior
pair slightly darker. Fore and middle tarsi blackened from the sec-
ond joint; fore tarsi with its joints as 87-15-12-9-9; joints of middle
tarsi as 59-27-18-11-10. Hind tarsi wholly black, its joints as 40-
39-22-13-9. Calypters yellow with broad black tips and black cilia.

Wings grayish, veins slightly bordered with brown; third vein con-
siderably bent backward at tip; last section of fourth vein bent be-
fore its middle; parallel with third at tip, ending nearly as far back
of the apex of the wing as the third vein does before that point;
last section of fifth vein one and one-third times as long as the cross-
vein.

Described from one male which I took at Berkeley, California,
May 15,1915. Type in the author's collection.

This form is very much like californica, new species, in the form
of the hypopygium and its appendages and in general color. It dif-
fers in being larger, in the color of the femora, in the proportionate
length of the joints of the tarsi; the fore coxae are not at all yellow,
except at tip; the first abdominal segment has a little yellow on its
sides, and the last section of the fourth vein of the wings is a little
more bent, the bend is also a little nearer the crossvein.

17. ARGYRA ALBICANS Loew

Argyra albicans Lorw, Neue Beitr., vol. 8, p. 45, 1861; Smiths. Mise. Coll.,
No. 171, p. 125, 1864.

The joints of the fore tarsi in this species are as 58-16-10-7-9;
those of middle tarsi are as 62-26-19-10-9; and those of posterior
tarsi as 35-87-25-12-10. |

This is an abundant species in the Eastern States; it was described
from Washington, District of Columbia. I have seen specimens from
Cohasset, Massachusetts, taken May 29; Blue Hills, Massachusetts,
July 16; Auburndale, Massachusetts, August 18; Middletown, Con-

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 23

necticut, June 7; Falls Church, Virginia, May 16; Erie County, New
York, June to August; Portage, New York, July 4; Lake Pipin,
Ohio, September 1; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, September 5; Polk
County, Wisconsin, July; Lafayette, Indiana, May to July; Law-
rence, Kansas, May 12; Opelousas, Louisiana, March; and Niagara
Falls, Ontario, October 10.

This species has a few distinct, but small hairs on the disk of the
scutellum; robusta Johnson has even more hair on the disk of the
scutellum and the hairs are longer; in scutellaris, new species, the
hair on the disk is still longer and more abundant. The male of
bimaculata, new species, has more conspicuous hair on the disk of
the scutellum than this species has, but the female has only a few
small hairs as in the female of albicans. The male of nigricoxa, new
species, has a few small hairs on the disk of the scutellum, about
as in the male of albicans. The male of sericata also has a very few
minute black hairs on the disk of the scutellum.

18. ARGYRA THORACICA, new species

Male-—Length, 5-6 mm. Face and front wide, silvery white.
Palpi and proboscis black, with a little white pollen. Antennae
black; first joint with conspicuous hairs above; third joint not quite
as long as the face, rounded at tip; arista nearly apical, scarcely as
long as the third joint. Lower orbital cilia and the beard white,
about 10 of the small upper cilia on each side black.

Dorsum of the thorax so thickly covered with silvery white pollen
as to conceal the ground color, except a large spot of shining green
before the scutellum; scutellum more blue, dulled with white pollen,
with two pairs of large marginal bristles. Abdomen with the
second and third segments yellow, with narrow black hind margins;
first segment yellowish with a black apical border, sometimes wholly
black, and with long black bristles on the whole hind margin and
a cluster of moderately long black hair on each side; fourth segment
black with a yellowish basal spot on each side; fifth and sixth seg-
ments wholly black; abdomen from near the base of second segment
covered with silvery white pollen, which is thickest on sixth; all
hairs and bristles on the abdomen black, extreme edges of all seg-
ments white. Hypopygium (fig. 16) more or less yellowish at base,
black on outer surface, sometimes wholly black; outer lamellae
yellow, rather slender, abruptly tapering into a point from apical
third; inner appendages are a pair of yellow organs of nearly equal
width throughout and a little obliquely cut off at tip, inside of these
is a blackish organ which is a little notched at tip.

Fore coxae yellow, usually with a brown spot at base on outer
side; middle and hind coxae black, their tips and inner surface yel-

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

low; fore and middle coxae with a row of black bristles on outer
anterior edge, their hairs black. All femora yellow, posterior pair
with their tips more or less blackened for one-fourth their length
and with a preapical bristle; fore femora with a fringe of reddish
hair on lower posterior edge, the longest being on apical half, where
the hairs are nearly as long as the width of the femora. All tibiae
yellow, posterior pair often brownish-yellow, their tips black, the
black shading into the yellow and usually reaching nearly to the
base below. Fore and middle tarsi almost wholly yellow; joints
of fore tarsi as 52-24-10-9-8; of middle tarsi as 64-82-25-13-8.
Hind tarsi wholly black, their joints as 388-42-31-17-12. Calypters
whitish with a narrow black edge and yellow cilia. Halteres yellow.

Wings grayish, veins yellowish-brown; third vein scarcely bent
backward at tip; last section of fourth vein bent distinctly before
its middle, parallel with third at tip; last section of fifth vein not
quite one and a half times as long as the cross vein.

Female.—Agrees with the male in the characters of the head,
abdomen, and wings, except that the third antennal joint is only a
little longer than wide, the second joint extends over the upper
edge of third nearly to its tip; arista almost as long as the face;
the abdomen has very little white pollen; the first segment is wholly
black; second, yellow with the posterior margin very narrowly
black; third, yellow with broad hind margin and median line black;
fourth segment with only a small yellowish spot on each side at
lower anterior corner.

Thorax and scutellum green, considerably dulled with silvery
white pollen. Coxae as in the male; hind femora wholly yellow;
hind tibiae yellow with apical third black; fore and middle tarsi
blackened toward their tips.

Described from seven males and four females. Two males were
taken at Kearney, Ontario, July 3, 1909; one at Lewiston, New
York, June 17, 1917; one at Gowanda, New York, June 8, 1913;
one at Colden, Erie County, New York, June 7, 1908; one at Kia-
mesha, New York; and one from Speculator, New York, June 13.
One female was taken at Protection, Erie County, New York, June
16, 1918, and one from Newport, New York, June 22.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27043, U.S.N.M., Kearney, Ontario.

19. ARGYRA CURRANI, new species

Male—Length, 5 mm. Face and front silvery white, the for-
mer moderately wide, narrowed a little below. Palpi black, cov-
ered with white pollen. Antennae black, first joint nearly as long
as third, and with conspicuous hairs above; third joint about twice
as long as wide, obtusely pointed at tip; arista nearly apical, as

VAN DUZEE 25

Arr. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES

long as second and third antennal joints taken together. The black
upper orbital cilia do not reach down to the middle of the eye;
beard snow white.

Dorsum of thorax green, anterior half with considerable white
pollen; pleurae wholly blackish with white pollen, its posterior
edge not at all yellow; scutellum with four marginal bristles, with-
out hairs on the disk. Abdomen dark metallic coppery; second
and third segments yellow, except narrow hind margins and a
wider median line, which are of a blackish-coppery color; fourth
segment with a yellowish spot on each side; hairs of the abdomen
wholly black. Hypopygium and its appendages wholly black, the
former with numerous long, black, bristly hairs on posterior sur-
face; outer lamellae small, acute, triangular.

Fore coxae pale yellow, covered with silvery white pollen, their
anterior surface with a few minute black hairs and several long
slender bristles near the tip; middle and hind coxae black, narrowly
yellow at tip. Femora and tibiae yellow, tips of posterior tibiae
narrowly but sharply black. Fore femora with a few long black
hairs on upper posterior surface of apical Ralf, otherwise the hairs
on all femora are short and black. Fore and middle tarsi blackened
from the tip of the first joint, hind tarsi wholly black; joints of
fore tarsi as 45-18-12-8-8; of middle pair as 55-25-16-9-8; those
of hind tarsi as 39-34-23-13-11. Calypters and halteres yellow, the
former with a small brown spot at tip and whitish cilia.

Wings grayish; third vein only a little bent back at tip; last
section of fourth vein bent just beyond its basal third, parallel with
third beyond this bend; last section of fifth vein twice as long as
the cross vein. v

Female.—F ace wide, its sides parallel, silvery white, the suture
near the third fifth, making the upper portion longer than the
lower part. First antennal joint shghtly longer than the second and
third taken together; arista a little longer than the antenna; palpi
and front black, quite thickly covered with white pollen. Coxae,
femora, tibiae, and tarsi colored as in the male, black hairs on the
fore coxae about as in the male.

Abdomen shining green or coppery, its sides with white pollen;
second abdominal segment with quite large and distinct yellow spots
on each side.

Described from eleven males and twelve females, taken at Hull,
Quebec, June 6-15, 1923; one female taken at Orillia, Ontario, July
15; and one female taken at Seabright, Ontario, July 16. All taken
by C. H. Curran.

Paratypes.—Male and female, Cat. No. 27044, U.S.N.M.

°6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
20. ARGYRA NIGRICOXA, new species

Male.—Length 5mm. Face not very narrow, silvery white. Palpi
velvety black with black hairs. Front black with white pollen,
which is very thick next to the antennae. Antennae black; first
joint hairy above; third twice as long as wide, slightly hollowed
below in outline, obtusely pointed; arista as long as the antenna,
inserted above the point of third joint. Lateral and inferior orbital
cilia white, the small upper cilia black.

Dorsum of thorax green, considerably dulled with white pollen;
scutellum with four large marginal bristles and a few small black
hairs on its disk; pleurae more black with abundant white pollen.
Abdomen with considerable white pollen; first segment green, a
little yellowish at extreme base; second and third mostly yellow
with the median line and narrow hind margins green; remaining
segments green with a narrow line of white pollen at posterior edge;
all hairs and and bristles of the abdomen, even on the yellow venter,
black. Hypopygium (fig. 18) and its appendages testaceous; outer
lamellae rather narrow, bent, blackish; imner appendages large,
yellowish, tipped with a minute bristle.

All coxae almost wholly black; fore coxae with black hair on
anterior surface and black bristles * tip and on outer edge of apical
half. All femora yellow, posterior brown at tip and with a few
longer hairs on lower outer edge near the tip; middle pair with a row
of long black bristles on lower posterior edge, which are a little
longer than the width of the femora; fore femora with abundant
long, black hair on the posterior surface. All tibiae yellow, pos-
terior pair indefinitely blackened at tip. Fore tarsi yellow, darker
at tip, their joints as 50-15-11-8-10; first joint with a row of little
bristles below, which are about as long as the thickness of the joint.
Middle tarsi infuscated from the tip of the first joint. Hind tarsi
wholly black, the joints as 39-83-25-12-10. Calypters white with
a brown border and white cilia. Halteres pale yellow.

Wings grayish; third vein bent backward at tip; fourth vein bent
back slightly to meet the crossvein, last section distinctly bent before
its middle, parallel with third beyond this bend, ending in the apex
of the wing; last section of fifth vein nearly straight, longer than the
crossvein.

Described from one male taken at Sugar Grove, Ohio, May 19.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27045, U.S.N.M.

21. ARGYRA CALIFORNICA, new species

Male—Length, 4mm. Face and front silvery white, the former
rather narrow. Palpi and proboscis black, with black hairs. An-
tennae black; first joint with conspicuous hairs above; third joint

ART, 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 27

as long as the first two joints taken together, somewhat rounded at
tip; arista inserted above the tip, as long as the antenna. The
minute black orbital cilia descend about one-third of the eye height;
beard yellowish-white, quite abundant.

Dorsum of the thorax bright green, with bronze reflections, the
posterior slope, a more or less distinct line each side of the acrostichal
bristles, and sometimes the scutellum more blue, or even violet;
acrostichal bristles very long posteriorly, in two distinct rows;
scutellum with two pairs of marginal bristles; in the best-preserved
specimen there is another small pair between the large median ones;
dorsum of thorax with considerable silvery white pollen, which
forms four stripes when viewed from in front. Dorsum of abdomen
black, wholly covered with silvery white pollen, except the first
segment; second and third segments with a large yellow spot on
each side, which leaves only narrow margins of black on anterior
and posterior edges and a narrow median line; fourth segment also
with yellow spots on the sides, but they are smaller and less distinct:
venter yellow, except on apical segments; hairs and bristles of the
abdomen wholly black, even on the venter. Hypopygium (fig. 23)
black, its appendages black, except the base of outer lamellae, two
small, pointed appendages back of the lamellae and the central
filament.

Fore coxae blackish, still more or less yellowish, especially on
inner surface and toward the tip; they have long black hair on
anterior surface. Middle and hind coxae and their trochanters black.
All femora yellow; anterior pair more or less blackened on posterior
surface, and posterior pair black above for one-third of their length;
fore femora with long black hair on the posterior surface; middle
ones with long black hair on the lower portion of both anterior and
posterior surfaces, leaving the lower edge glabrous. All tibiae yel-
low; posterior pair darkened toward their tips, which are narrowly
blackish. Fore and middle tarsi yellow, darkened toward their tips,
especially the tips of the joints; fore tarsi with their joints as
38-13-9-6-9; middle ones as 45-21-14-8-7. Hind tarsi wholly deep
black, their joints as 33-32-20-12-8. Calypters yellow, with a nar-
row black border and long black cilia. Halteres yellow.

Wings grayish, sometimes very slightly but uniformly tinged
with brown; third vein bent backward a little at tip; last section of
fourth vein bent near its middle, parallel with third at tip; last sec-
tion of fifth vein twice as long as the crossvein.

Female—F¥ ace and front wide, covered with grayish-white pollen.
Third antennal joint about as long as wide; arista subapical. Thorax
without or with but little blue color. Fore coxae yellow, with silvery
white pollen and long black hair on the anterior surface. Abdomen
green, with bronze reflections, sometimes more purple, covered with

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

white pollen. All femora and tibiae yellow; posterior femora a
little blackened above at tip and hind tibiae only a very little darker
at extreme tip; hind basitarsus mostly yellow, even the base of
second joint a little yellowish. Wings about as in the male.
Described from three males and four females which I took in
California in 1915—one female at Los Cerritos, Los Angeles County,
April 8; one male and two females at Los Angeles, April 29; two
males at Los Angeles, May 3-4; and one female at Berkeley, May 8.
Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27046, U.S.N.M.

22. ARGYRA SERICATA, new species

Male—tLength, 4 mm. Face wide; face, front, and occiput cov-
ered with silvery white pollen. Palpi velvety black, with a little
white pollen. Antennae black, first joint with conspicuous hairs
above; second joint as long as wide; third joint as long as the basal
two taken together, obtuse at tip; arista subapical, scarcely as long as
the antenna. Lower orbital cilia and beard white, longer below, the
short upper cilia black.

Dorsum -of thorax and the scutellum bright blue-green, with sil-
very white pollen, which is dense along the front and on the sides
of the dorsum; scutellum with two pairs of large marginal bristles
and a few small black hairs on the disk; pleurae more black, with
dense white pollen. Abdomen black, with bright green reflections,
especially on the anterior segments, the apical segment more purple;
second segment with a large yellow spot on each side, which leaves
a rather broad hind margin and median stripe green; third with a
small, less distinct, yellow spot on each side in front; all hairs and
bristles on the abdomen black. Hypopygium (fig. 17) shining
black, the apical portion more testaceous; outer lamellae black,
pointed at tip, fringed with pale hairs; the yellow inner appendages
are one clavate organ with two hairs and a pair of smooth, pointed
ones.

Fore coxae yellow, with a blackish spot at base, their hairs and
bristles black; middle and hind coxae colored like the pleurae, their
tips yellow, each with two bristles on outer surface and a few black
hairs. Femora and tibiae yellow, with black hair; middle femora
with a row of moderately long black hairs below; posterior femora
with extreme tips brown, especially on upper surface; hind tibiae
black at tip for one-fifth their length; all the tibiae with only short
hair. Fore tarsi about one and one-fourth times as long as their
tibiae, their joints as 48-18-12-7-9; they are yellow, darker apically;
middle tarsi black from the tip of the first joint, their joints as
62-28-19-10-8; hind tarsi wholly black, their joints as 40-35-21-
12-10. Calypters yellow, with apical edge black and long yellow
cilia. Halteres yellow.

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 29

Wings grayish; third vein bent backward a little at tip; last sec-
tion of fourth vein quite abruptly bent before its middle, parailel
with third at tip, ending in the apex of the wing; last section of
fifth vein more than twice as long as the cross vein.

Female.—Face and front wide, wholly silvery white. Antennae
black; third joint about as long as wide, somewhat round in outline,
still the tip is pointed; arista nearly twice as long as the antenna.
Thorax shining green, with abundant silvery white pollen on front
and along the sides, extending to the scutellum, which is also
dulled with white pollen; pleurae more black, with silvery white
pollen, its posterior edge narrowly and obscurely yellowish. Abdo-
men black; second and third segments yellow, with narrow hind mar-
gins of black, each segment with a conspicuous spot of silvery white
pollen on each side at base. Fore coxae yellow, with a blackish spot
at base on outer surface; middle and hind coxae largely black. Hind
femora a little blackened at extreme tip above; hind tibiae black at
tip for nearly one-fourth their length; still, the black is not sharply
defined, but shades into the yellow. Hind tarsi wholly black; fore
and middle tarsi only a little darkened toward their tips.

Described from three males and two females; two males (one is
the type, in the Boston Society of Natural History) were taken at
Machias, Maine, July 22, and one male at Brookline, Massachusetts,
May 23; these were taken by C. W. Johnson. The two females were
taken in Quebec by C. H. Curran, one the allotype (in Canadian
National Collection) at Hull, June 6, 1923, and the other at Rigaud,

June 26, 1906.
Paratype.—Male, Cat. No. 27047, U.S.N.M., from Machias, Maine.

23. ARGYRA CALCEATA Loew

Argyra@ calceata Loew, Smiths. Misc. Coll., No. 171, p. 131, 1864.

Third antennal joint about twice as long as wide, rounded at tip,
the first joint with about three hairs above near the tip; hypopgium
with its outer lamellae somewhat triangular, quite pointed at tip,
blackish ; there are two pairs of inner appendages, the outer pair the
largest, broadly rounded and with two minute bristles at tip. Joints
of fore tarsi as 49-17-9-7-7; those of middle tarsi as 57-31-15-9-7;
hind tarsi wholly black, or nearly so, the joints as 38—-43-23-14-8.

This was described from “ Middle States.” I have seen it from
the following locations: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Lafayette,
Indiana, July 27; Erie County, New York, July 3 to September 3;
Summit County, Ohio; Auburndale, Massachusetts, August 28;
Cornish, New Hampshire, July 13; Mount Ascutney, Vermont, July
11, at 2,000 feet elevation; Bar Harbor, Maine, July 19; Emsdale,
Ontario, July 30.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
24. ARGYRA ALBICOXA, new species

Male.—Length, 4.5 mm. Face silvery white, rather wide. Front
almost wholly covered with silvery pollen. Palpi yellowish. An-
tennae black; first joint with numerous hairs above; third joint
broad, rounded at tip, scarcely as long as the basal two taken to-
gether; arista inserted near the tip, scarcely as long as the antenna.
The black orbital cilia rather strong, but only reaching down a little
way on the sides; beard whitish, quite abundant.

Thorax shining green with considerable white pollen on the sides;
scutellum with four large marginal bristles, without hairs on the
surface; posterior margin of pleurae pale yellow. First four ab-
dominal segments yellow with narrow black hind margins, apical
segments black; the abdomen is shining, with very little white pol-
len, its hairs black. Hypopygium and its appendages black with
extreme base of outer lamellae a very little yellowish, small, some-
what triangular.

All coxae, femora and tibiae yellow, middle coxae a little dark-
ened on outer surface; fore coxae with silvery pollen, their anterior
surface nearly bare, still there are a few minute yellow hairs at base
and large black bristles at tip, which reach to their middle on outer
edge. Fore femora with the black hair on the posterior surface
longer than that on the remaining portions and with a row or two
of minute yellow hairs below; middle femora with only short hair,
a few of those on lower surface pale yellow. Hind femora and
tibiae scarcely darkened at tip, the former with only short black
hair. Bristles on all tibiae rather short. Fore and middle tarsi
yellow, blackened towards their tips; hind tarsi wholly black; joints
of fore tarsi as 51-18-10-6-6; of middle ones as 63-27-18-87; those
of hind tarsi as 37-87-20-13-10. Calypters yellow with narrow
brown tips, their cilia yellow but appearing nearly black in certain
lights. Halteres pale yellow.

Wings grayish; third vein bent backward a little at tip; bend in
last section of fourth vein at the length of the crossvein from that
vein, fourth vein parallel with third beyond this bend; last section
of fifth vein nearly twice as long as the crossvein.

Described from one male taken at Hull, Quebec, July 23, 1923, by
C. H. Curran.

T'ype.—In Canadian National Collection.

25. ARGYRA CALCITRANS Loew

Argyra calcitrans Loew, Smiths. Mise. Coll., No. 171, p. 130, 1864.

A rather abundant eastern form with silvery face, velvety black
palpi, third antennal joint only a little shorter than the face, arista

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—-VAN DUZEE 31

about equal to the third joint in length; legs and feet wholly yel-
low, middle and hind coxae a little blackened at base; middle femora
with rather long brown hair on lower.anterior edge; posterior femora
with long black bristle-like hairs on lower edge; hind basitarsus
with many long bristles; joints of fore tarsi as 36-9-8—5-6; those of
middle tarsi as 32-16-12-8-8; joints of hind tarsi as 32—13-15-10-9.

This was described from New York State. I have seen specimens
from Auburndale, Massachusetts, June 7; Sharon, Massachusetts,
July 7; Apponaug and Buttonwoods, Rhode Island, June 21; Ro-
wayton, Connecticut, June 15; Clementon, New Jersey, May 30;
Westville, New Jersey, June 27; Erie County, New York, June 7 to
July 1; Lafayette, Indiana, June 17; Dyke, Virginia, May 28; and
Orillia, Ontario, July 18.

The female of this, or what I take to be the female, has the
abdomen wholly green; fore coxae, femora, tibiae, and tarsi wholly
yellow; middle and hind coxae yellow, more or less blackened on
outer surface. The joints of the tarsi vary in length, but the
second joint of hind tarsi is about two-thirds as long as the first; in
the average specimens the joints of the tarsi are about as follows:
Fore tarsi 29-9-8-5-5; middle trasi, 31-16-12-8-7; hind tarsi,
29-17-8-4-5. In one large specimen the joints of fore tarsi are as
40-15-10-7-7, and hind tarsi as 40-26-18-10-7.

If this is not the female of calcitrans, there do not seem to be any
other females in my hands that would belong to that species and
no male to go with these females. We have these females from
Lafayette, Indiana, June and July; Wellesley, Massachusetts, July
18; Colden, New York, August 9; Portage, New York, July 1; and
Orillia, Ontario, July 18.

26. ARGYRA SETIPES, new species

Male.—Length, 44.7 mm. Face and front silvery white, the
former narrow. Palpi and proboscis black, the former with yel-
lowish hairs. Antenna (fig. 22) black; first joint with several stout
hairs above; third joint brown, three times as long as the first two
taken together; arista scarcely as long as the third joint. Lateral
and inferior orbital cilia whitish, the minute black upper cilia reach
down one-third the eye height.

Dorsum of thorax and the scutellum dark shining green, the
former with abundant silvery white pollen on the anterior two-
thirds; scutellum with one pair of large marginal bristles. Abdo-
men covered with silvery white pollen; first segment black; second
yellow with anterior and posterior margins and a connecting

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

median stripe, black; hind margins of three apical segments black;
hind margins of second to fifth segments narrowly white; hairs of
the abdomen black, a few long ones on the sides of first, second, and
third segments yellow. Hypopygium (fig. 20) small, black; its
outer lamellae yellow, truncate at tip, fringed with long hairs; inner
appendages black, not conspicuous.

All coxae yellow, middle and hind ones more or less blackened on
outer surface; the hairs and bristles of the coxae are mostly black.
All femora and tibiae yellow, posterior pair brown or black at tip.
Fore and middle femora with quite long, hind ones with very short
yellow hairs below; fore femora with long hairs on the posterior
surface, which appear black when seen from above and yellow when
viewed from below; sometimes they are wholly black except the
lower row; middle and hind femora with a few black bristle-like
hairs near the tip on anterior surface. Fore tarsi yellow with fifth
joint black, their joints as 45-17-11-7-7; those of middle tarsi as
46-17-15-9-7 ; hind tarsi yellow, a little darker at tip, their joints as
50-20-18-11-8, first joint with two rows of long bristles on the
anterior and posterior edges of the lower surface, the longest of
which are about as long as the third joint of the tarsi. Calypters
and halteres yellow, the former with brown tips and long yellow
cilia.

Wings grayish; third vein only slightly bent backward at tip;
last section of fourth vein bent before its middle, parallel with third,
ending near the apex of the wing; last section of fifth vein scarcely
one and a half times as long as the crossvein.

Female—Face not very wide, silvery white, suture near apical
fourth, palpi yellow with a few black hairs near the tip. Third
antennal joint nearly round, still a little pointed at tip, arista sub-
apical. Abdomen yellow, a blackish spot at the middle of the
dorsum on the first segment; a line on the hind margin of second,
third, and fourth and the whole of fifth segment black. Femora,
tibiae, and tarsi yellow, tips of middle and hind tarsi darker; pos-
terior basitarsus with distinct but minute bristles below.

Described from 23 males and 3 females. Three males were taken
at Colden, Erie County; New York, August 5 and 23; one at Ham-
burg, Erie County, New York, July 9; one at Delaware Water
Gap, New Jersey, July 11; one at Brattleboro, Vermont, July 15;
and one at Chester, Massachusetts, July 25; two females were taken
at Little Valley, New York, July 4 and 18; and one female at Colden,
Erie County, New York, July 23. Sixteen males were taken by
C. H. Curran at Orillia, Ontario, July 13-18, 1923.

Lype.—Male, Cat. No. 27048, U.S.N.M., from Colden, New York.

ART, 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 83
27. ARGYRA ALDRICHI Johnson

Argyra aldrichi JoHNSON, Psyche, vol. 10, p. 18, 1904; also a note in Psyche,
vol. 18, p. 60.

Male.—Length, 4.5mm. Face and front silvery white, the former
moderately wide. Palpi and proboscis yellow. Antennae black;
first joint conspicuously bristly above; third joint only slightly
longer than the basal two taken together; arista apical, about as
long as third joint. Lateral and inferior orbital cilia white, the
small black upper cilia white; the small black upper cilia reach
down only to the upper fourth ee the eye height.

Dorsum of thorax dark shining green, without white pollen, ex-:
cept on the humeral angles, which are thickly covered with the
silvery white pollen; scutellum wit two pairs of marginal bristles.
First three abdominal segments yellow, first widely black in the
center above, second and third narrowly black on hind margin;
fourth segment with a little more than basal half yellow, remainder
of fourth and the whole of fifth and sixth black; all segments with
extreme apical margin white; the hairs on the abdomen small and
black; still they appear yellowish in certain lights, long bristles on
upper portion of first segment black, but there are long yellow hairs
on the lower part of the sides. Hypopygium (fig. 19) with upper
part testaceous, lower portion shining black, it is constricted in the
middle, the apical part being nearly globular; its outer lamellae long,
curved, brown, fringed with hairs.

All coxae, posterior margin of pleurae, femora, and tibiae wholly
yellow. Bristles of coxae black. Fore and middle femora with
short yellow hairs below. Fore tarsi mostly yellow, lower edge of
second joint a little hollowed out and with a bunch of short spines
at base; joints of fore tarsi as 50-17-14-15-12; joints of middle tarsi .
as 58-30-20-13-10; hind tarsi wholly black, their joints as 40-43-
29-17-10. Calypters, their cilia and the halteres pale yellow.

Wings gray; last section of fourth vein bent near its middle; it is
nearly parallel with third and ends just back of the apex of the
wing; last section of fifth vein not quite twice as long as the cross-
vein.
about twice as wide as in the male; palpi large,
yellow; third antennal joint not quite as long as the basal two to-
gether. Thorax, coxae, legs, and feet colored as in the male; ab-
domen yellow with narrow black margins on the first four segments,
fifth wholly black. Wings as in the male.

Redescribed from two males and one female taken by C. W. John-
son, the males were taken at Buttonwoods, Rhode Island, June.
1912; the female at Bristol, Rhode Island, June 21, 1918. The type

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

locality is Goose Neck, New Jersey. C. W. Johnson reports it from
New Haven, Connecticut, June 8. One male from Buttonwoods.
Rhode Island, is deposited in the United States National Museum.

28. ARGYRA MINUTA Loew

Argyra minuta Loew, Smiths. Mise. Coll, No. 171, p. 129, 1864.

A small species with the legs and feet wholly yellow, palpi and
antennae black. The outer hypopygial lamellae are narrow, rather
short, yellowish; inner appendages somewhat conical with a bristle
at apical point. ‘The male has the joints of fore tarsi as 33-12-8-5-5,
their tibiae as 54; the joints of hind tarsi are as 30-24-15-8-6. The
female has the joints of fore tarsi as 22-13-9-6-6; those of hind tarsi
as 28-22-18-9-8. id

It is difficult to separate the female of this from that of calcitrans
Loew and setipes new species. I give below the length of the joints
of fore and hind tarsi of the females of the last two named species
as I separate them, for comparison with those of ménuta.

The joints of fore tarsi of the female of calcitrans are as
33d—-14-9-6-7, those on hind tarsi as 82-25-18-17-16. The joints of
the fore tarsi of setipes are as 42-19--15-9-7, those of hind tarsi as
35-35-23-15-9. The palpi in setipes are yellow and large; while in
both the other species the palpi are smaller and blackish.

29. ARGYRA FLAVIPES, new species

Jale—Length, 3mm. Face and front silvery white. Palpi cov-
ered with silvery pollen. Proboscis yellowish. Antennae (fig. 15)
black; I can see but one hair on the upper edge of first joint; third
joint more brown, longer than the basal two taken together, rounded
at tip; arista inserted a little beyond its middle.

Dorsum of thorax shining green with but little silvery white pol-
len; pleurae more black with its posterior edge yellow. First ab-
dominal segment black; second, third, and fourth yellow, their
posterior margins rather widely black; fifth and sixth black with
green reflections. Hypopygium (fig. 18) black; its appendages yel-
lowish; outer lamellae somewhat triangular, fringed with long hairs;
inner appendages a little clavate.

All coxae, femora, tibiae and tarsi wholly yellow, tips of tarsi only
a little darker and sometimes the tips of hind femora are brownish;
middle femora with one preapical bristle, nearly bare below; pos-
terior pair with a row of slender bristles on anterior surface, several
of which are longer than the width of the femora. Fore tarsi with
their joints as 28-15-9-7-10; joints of hind tarsi as 29-20-15-10-6.
Calypters, their cilia and the halteres yellow.

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—-VAN DUZEE 35

Wings grayish; third vein straight; fourth vein nearly straight;
parallel with third; last section of fifth vein twice as long as the
crossvein,

Female.—F ace wider; palpi yellow, blackened on basal half; first
antennal joint with several hairs above; first abdominal segment
yellow, otherwise the abdomen as in the male; pleurae, coxae, legs,
feet and wings about as in the male.

Described from one pair taken near Plummer Island, Maryland,
the male on May 21 and the female on June 2; nine males and three
females taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich, at Lafayette, Indiana, June 9
to July 19; and one female taken by him at Turkey Run, Indiana,
August 20.

Paratypes.—Both sexes, 12, Cat. No. 27049, U.S.N.M.

30. ARGYRA FLAVICORNIS, new species

Male.—Length, 8mm. Face rather narrow, silvery white. Front
covered with white pollen, still the green ground color shows
through. Palpi and proboscis reddish-yellow. Antennae (fig. 25)
yellow; first joint with three or more hairs above and a few minute
ones below near the tip; third joint narrowly black above, longer
than the basal two taken together, rounded at tip; arista black,
scarcely as long as the antenna, inserted near apical third of third
joint. Lower orbital cilia short and sparse, yellowish.

Dorsum of thorax and the scutellum dark shining green, with a
little pollen along the front; the scutellum with one pair of widely
separated marginal bristles. First four segments of the abdomen
yellow with their hind margins black; apical segments black with
green reflections, still the fifth is narrowly yellow on its sides at
base; hairs of the abdomen yellow, a few of the bristles on the sides
of the hind margin of first segment are black. Hypopygium (fig.
26) more testaceous than black, its appendages yellow; the outer
lamellae broad, somewhat triangular in outline, yellow with black
dots at the root of the hairs on its disk; inner appendages are a pair
of large clavate organs and a pair of slender shorter ones, the central
filament is conspicuous in the type specimens.

Coxae, legs and feet wholly yellow, coxae with only short yellow
hair and no bristles, except one erect black one on hind coxae and
several very small black ones near the tip of fore coxae; femora and
tibiae with very short black hair. Joints of fore tarsi as 37-10-8-5-7.
Joints of posterior tarsi are as 30-28-17-11-8. Calypters yellow
with a small brown spot at tip and black cilia. Halteres yellow.

Wings slightly grayish; veins yellow; third vein bent backward at
tip; last section of fourth vein only a little bent before its middle,

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

parallel with third at tip; last section of fifth vein one and a half
times as long as the crossvein.

Female.—Difters from the male only in having the face wide;
third antennal joint small, about as long as wide and the cilia of the
calypters are yellow, not black as in the male.

Described from three males and four females (including type
and allotype) taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich at Lawrence, Kansas;
eight males and three females taken by C. F. Adams at Atherton,
Missouri, in May and June; and one male and two females taken
by G. R. Pilate at Opelousas, Louisiana, in May.

This species is remarkable for its yellow antennae, the third joint
of which has a black line above, and the yellow lamellae with black
dots on their surface where hairs are inserted.

Type, allotype, and 6 paratypes.—Male and female, Cat. No. 27050,
U.S.N.M., from Kansas and Louisiana.

31. ARGYRA OBSCURA, new species

Male.—Length, 4.7 mm. Face rather wide, with silvery white
pollen; still it appears black and a little shining when seen from in
front. Palpi and proboscis black with black hair. Front greenish
black with white pollen, which is thick near the antennae. Antennae
black, first joint with conspicuous hairs above; third joint about as
long as the basal two taken together, arista apical, equal to the
antenna in length. ‘The small black orbital cilia reaching down
nearly to the middle of the eye; below these there is a quite abundant
white beard.

Dorsum of thorax and the scutellum blue-green, the former with
considerable white pollen, which is thick on the humeri and along
the sides to the root of the wings; humeri with several small bristles;
there are four black bristles above the fore coxae; scutellum with
four marginal bristles, and many black hairs on its disk. Abdomen
dark green, all its hairs and bristles black; it has rather dense
white pollen on the base of the segments; second segment with a
rather large but obscure yellow spot at base on each side; there is
also a small indistinct yellowish spot on each side of third segment
at base. Hypopygium black, its tip and the large sheath or inner
appendage testaceous; outer lamellae black with pale hairs and black
bristles.

Coxae wholly black; trochanters yellowish; fore and middle coxae
with long, bristly, black hairs; hind coxae with two bristles and
several hairs on outer surface. Fore and middle femora black with
narrow yellow tips; hind femora with basal two-thirds yellow,
apical third black; fore femora with black hair on posterior surface,
which is scarcely as long as their thickness; middle femora with a +

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 37

row of stiff black hairs on lower anterior edge, which are not as long
as their width. All tibiae pale yellow, posterior pair with nearly
apical fourth black. Fore and middle tarsi yellow at base, black
from the tip of the first joint; joints of anterior pair as 57-23-17-9-10 ;
joints of middle tarsi as 62—23-17-9-6; those of hind ones as
40-35-26-14-18. Calypters pale yellow with broad black tips and
yellow cilia. Halteres yellow.

Wings slightly tinged with yellowish-brown; third vein bent
backward at tip; last section of fourth vein bent before its middle,
parallel with third toward the tip; last section of fifth vein one and a
third times as long as the cross vein.

Described from two males, taken at Mount Washington, New
Hampshire, July 24, by C. W. Johnson.

Holotype.—tIn the author’s collection.

32. ARGYRA (LEUCOSTOLA) CINGULATA Loew

Leucostola cingulata Lorw, Neue. Beitr., vol. 8, 1861, p. 53; Smiths. Misc.
Colls., No. 171, p. 157, 1864.

Described from the District of Columbia. I have taken it in Erie
County, New York, June 16 and July 4. Nathan Banks took it at
Falls Church, Virginia, May 24 and July 19. Dr. J. M. Aldrich
took it at Lawrence, Kansas, and Lafayette, Indiana, June 5 and
July 13; and in his collection I found it from Opelousas, Louisiana,
taken by G. R. Pilate in May (fig. 28).

33. ARGYRA (LEUCOSTOLA) JOHNSONI, new species

Male.—Length, 4.5 mm. Face and front silvery white, the former
very narrow. Palpi yellow with silvery pollen. Proboscis brown.
Antennae black; first joint short, bare above; third joint longer than
the two basal joints taken together, obtuse at tip; arista inserted a
little above the tip, a little longer than the antenna. Lower orbital
cilia yellow, these scarcely reach to the middle of the eye, and I can
not see any black cilia above them.

Dorsum of thorax dark but bright green, dulled a little with sil-
very white pollen, especially in front and on the lateral sides; pleurae
more black with white pollen. Abdomen thickly covered with silvery
white pollen, its hairs black, those of the sides being yellow; first
segment mostly black; second and third yellow with very narrow
hind margin of second and anterior and posterior margins of third
brown; fourth black, still showing a slight yellowish color, especially
on the sides; apical segments black, the extreme apical edges of all
segments appear white. Hypopygium (fig. 29) black; its appendages
yellow; they consist of a pair of lamellae fringed with long hairs. a

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

small hairy protuberance, a pair of horn-like and a pair of inner
narrow lamellae-like appendages, which have a few hairs on their
edges.

All coxae and their hairs and bristles yellow. All femora, tibiae,
and tarsi yellow. All femora with rather long, delicate, yellow hair
on lower posterior edge. Middle tibiae with three, hind ones with
several, small, black bristles; the hairs of the legs appear black in
certain lights, while in other lights they appear largely yellow. The
comparative length of the legs and feet are as follows: Fore femora
45, tibiae 60, tarsi as 44-14-8-6-6; middle femora 80, tibiae 90, tarsi
as 52-28-16-10-8; hind femora 67, tibiae 100, tarsi as 36-29-22-13-8.
First and second joints of hind tarsi fringed below with stiff little
hairs of nearly equal length. Calypters pale yellow with a brown
margin and pale yellow cilia. Halteres dark yellow.

Wings slightly tinged with brown in front of fourth vein; last
section of fourth vein a little bent at its middle, parallel with third
at tip; last section of fifth vein twiée as long as the crossvein.

Described from one male (type) taken at Shark River, New Jersey,
July 12, 1897; by C. W. Johnson; two males from Philadelphia and
one from Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. Type in the collec-
tion of C. W. Johnson.

Paraty pes.—Male, Cat. No. 27051, U.S.N.M.

This differs from cingulata Loew in the comparative lengths of
the tarsal joints, especially those of hind tarsi. The joints of the
tarsi of cingulata are as follows: Fore tarsi, 42-15-11-6-6; middle
tarsi, 47-20-15-7-7; those of hind tarsi, 26-33-20-12-7. The ap-
pendages of the hypopygium also differ somewhat.

34. ARGYRA (LEUCOSTOLA) INVOLUTA, new species

Male.—Length, 3.5-4 mm. Face rather wide for a male, silvery
white. Palpi yellow with silvery pollen and several hairs and one
bristle at tip, which last appears pale against a dark background and
is almost as long as the palpus. Front dark green, dulled with
white pollen. Antennae black; first joint bare above; third joint
about as long as the basal two taken together, subtriangular; arista
nearly apical, as long as the antenna.

Dorsum of thorax bright green, shining, with a little white pollen
in front; pleurae more blackish. Abdomen shining green with some
coppery reflections; second segment with a large yellow spot on each
side, these spots only leave a median stripe, widening posteriorly,
and a narrow hind margin, which is green. Hypopygium (fig. 31)
small, greenish-black; the outer lamellae of nearly equal width
throughout and oblique at tip, fringed with pale hairs; there appear

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—-VAN DUZEE 39

to be three pairs of inner appendages which are yellowish-brown
and a central filament extending back about as far as the lamellae.

Coxae yellow with all their hairs and bristles yellow; middle and
hind pairs a little brownish on outer surface. Femora yellow: fore
and middle pairs with yellow hairs below; posterior pair brown
above for nearly one-third their length and with several black hairs
near the tip on lower outer edge. Fore and middle tibiae yellow;
hind tibiae blackish, except extreme base; middle tibiae without a
bristle below. Fore and middle tarsi yellow, darkened at their tips,
the former as long as their tibiae, their joints as 28—10-8—5-6; hind
tarsi wholly black, their joints as 24-22-20-7-7. Calypters yellow
with extreme tip brown, their cilia yellow. Halteres yellow.

Wings grayish; last section of fourth vein a little bent at its mid-
dle, parallel with third at tip; crossvein distinctly oblique, not at
right angles with fourth vein; last section of fifth vein a little longer
than the first section, nearly straight, one and a half times as long
as the crossvein; anal angle of wing prominent.

Described from two males taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich; the type
was taken at Lafayette, Indiana, June, 1908; the other was taken at
Erwin, South Dakota, June 2. Both specimens are in the United
States National Museum.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27052, U.S.N.M.

35. ARGYRA (LEUCOSTOLA) FLAVICOXA, new species

Male.—Length, 5 mm. Face and front silvery white, the former
moderately narrow. Occiput green with thin white pollen. Palpi
yellow with silvery white pollen and a black bristle at tip. Antennae
black; first joint bare above; second not as long as wide; third joint
slightly longer than the basal two taken together, obtuse at tip; arista
subapical, slightly longer than the antenna. Lower orbital cilia
yellowish white and short, the very short, black, upper cilia reach
down to the middle of the eye height.

Dorsum of thorax bright green with bronze reflections and abund-
ant silvery white pollen; scutellum with one pair of large marginal
bristles. Abdomen black, but so thickly covered with silvery pollen
as to conceal the ground color when viewed from in front; second
segment pale yellow, except a broad median stripe which expands
along the hind margin of the segment; third and fourth segments
each with a large yellow spot on either side, which reach the posterior
edge, but leave a black basal margin on each side; venter yellow with
the last segment brown. Hairs of the abdomen black, except those
on the*yellow portion of second segment and on the venter, which are
_yellow. Hypopygium (fig. 27) black, the small apical portion and
the appendages yellow, these consist of a pair of outer Iamellae

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

which are fringed with yellow hairs, a pair of curved hornlike
organs and a pair of flattened appendages, which are obliquely trun-
cate at tip, ending in a small bristle.

All coxae, femora, fore and middle tibiae pale yellow; hairs of
fore coxae yellow, one or two of their bristles black; hairs and bristles
of middle and hind coxae black. Hind femora shghtly darkened at
tip and with the lower hairs on outer side near the tip longer. Fore
and middle femora fringed on lower surface with delicate yellow
hairs, which are scarcely as long as the width of the femora, the
middle pair with one small preapical bristle and about five delicate
black hairs on posterior side at tip; bristles of the tibiae small. Hind
tibiae brownish-yellow, not darker at tip. Fore and middle tarsi
yellow, darker apically; joints of fore tarsi are as 4/—18-10-6-6;
those of middle tarsi as 58-22-18-10-9. Hind tarsi wholly black
with the first and second joints as 37-83. Calypters and halteres
pale yellow, the former with a black tip and long pale cilia.

Wings grayish, tinged with yellowish-brown; third vein slightly
bent backward at tip; last section of fourth vein a little bent just
before its middle, parallel with third at tip; last section of fifth
vein scarcely twice as long as the crossvein.

Described from one male taken by C. W. Johnson, at Daytona,
Florida, April 8, 1917. Type in the collection of C. W. Johnson.

36. ARGYRA (LEUCOSTOLA) INAEQUALIS, new species

Male—Length, 3 mm. Face narrow, silvery white. Palpi yellow
with white pollen. Front nearly opaque with white pollen. An-
iennae black; first joint bare above; third joint longer than the
basal two taken together, sometimes twice as long as wide, obtuse at
tip; arista inserted above the point, scarcely as long as the antenna.
Lower orbital cilia white, inconspicuous.

Dorsum of thorax shining green with white pollen on the anterior
portion; scutellum with one pair of large marginal bristles; pleurae
dull green with white pollen. Abdomen shining green, verter, pos-
terior edge of first segment at the sides, all of second segment,
except a median stripe, which is widened at anterior and posterior
margins, and a spot on each side of third segment, yellow; hairs on
the green portion black, those on the yellow part mostly yellowish.
Hypopygium (fig. 80) black or greenish; its appendages mostly
yellowish; outer lamellae elongate, triangular, with delicate hairs
on the edges and one long one at tip.

All coxae and their hairs and bristles yellow, middle and hind
pairs a little infuscated at base on outer surface. All femora and
tibiae together with their hairs, yellow; tips of posterior femora
brown above; all femora with delicate yellow hairs below, which

— ee

ART. 23 TWO-WINGED DOLICHOPODID FLIES—VAN DUZEE 41

are scarcely longer than those on the upper edge, the middle and
hind pairs also have a few black bristle-like hairs near the tip on
lower anterior edge; the black bristles on middle and hind tibiae
very small. Fore and middle tarsi yellow, a little darker at tip;
the joints of fore tarsi as 27-10-6-4-6. Hind tarsi (fig. 34) black
from the tip of the first joint, their joints as 23-17-12-8-6, the first
joint slightly enlarged at tip and with a projection which bears a
cluster of hairs, these usually form a thorn-like tip to the joint,
but sometimes they are a little more separated. Calypters and
- halteres pale yellow, the former with white cilia.

Wings slightly grayish, veins brown; last section of fourth vein a
little bent at its basal third, nearly parallel with third beyond this
bend, ending in the apex of the wing; last section of fifth vein twice
as long as the crossvein.

Described from five males taken by Dr. J. M. Aldrich at Lafayette,
Indiana, June 9 to July 31.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27053, U.S.N.M.

There is quite a variation in the length of the third antennal joint,
the extent of the brown at tip of hind femora, the yellow of hind
tarsi and in the color of the hairs on the legs, still I think there can
be no doubt of their all being one species.

37. ARGYRA (LEUCOSTOLA) SPINA, new species

Male.—Length, 3.5mm. Face narrow, silvery white. Palpi yellow
with white pollen and one black hair at tip. Front opaque with
white pollen. Antennae black; first joint bare above; third joint a
little longer than the two basal ones taken together, but little longer
than wide, rounded at tip; arista a little longer than the antenna, in-
serted a little before the tip of the third antennal joint. Lower
orbital cilia white and rather short.

Thorax shining green with white pollen on anterior portion, es-
pecially at the sides; scutellum with one pair of large marginal
_ bristles. Abdomen with the first segment green with black bristles
on the hind margin and a few yellow hairs on the lower edge at the
sides; second segment yellow with a median green stripe, which
widens at fore and hind margins, it has long yellow hairs on the
lower edge of the sides; third segment black with a large yellow
spot on each side; fourth, fifth, and sixth segments black; last four
segments thickly covered with silvery white pollen. Hypopygium
(fig. 82) black, its appendages yellow; outer lamellae short, trian-
gular, with delicate hairs above and a long one at tip; there are two
pairs of inner appendages.

Coxae yellow, with yellow hairs, their bristles black in certain
lights, viewed in other lights they are yellow. Femora and tibiae

49 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

yellow. All femora with a row of yellow hairs below which are a
little longer than those above; hind pair black at tip above and with
a few slender black bristles on apical third of outer surface, which
are about as long as width of the femora. Middle tibiae with rather
long bristles above. All tarsi almost wholly yellow; fore and middle
tarsi longer than their tibiae; joints of the anterior tarsi as
30-12-6-5-6. Hind tarsi (fig. 33) with their joints as 24-23-16-9-7,
their first joint with a thornlike projection at tip; fifth joint con-
tracted in the middle. Calypters yellow with a narrow black tip
and white cilia. Halteres yellow.

Wings a little grayish; last section of fourth vein a little bent just
before its middle, parallel with third beyond this bend, ending in
the apex of the wing; all veins rather widely separated, as the wing
seems wide; last section of fifth vein one and a half times as long as
the crossvein.

Described from one male taken by Doctor Aldrich at Lafayette,
Indiana, July 25.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 27054, U.S.N.M.

This is very much like the preceding species; it differs in the pro-
portionate lengths of the first and second joints of hind tarsi; length
of the arista, length of the bristles on the middle tibiae, length of
the outer hypopygial lamellae and in other minor points.

Fie.

MID oP wh

EXPLANATION OF PLATE
(Drawings by the author)

Argyra nigripes Loew. Hypopygium of male.

. cylindrica Loew. Antenna.
. hirta, new species. Antenna of male.

hirta, new species. Hypopygium.
angustata, new species. Antenna of male.

. cylindrica Loew. Hypopygium.

. angustata, new species. Hypopygium.

. barbipes, new species. Hypopygium.

. scutellaris, new species. Hypopygium.

. scutellaris, new species. Antenna of male.
. nigriventris, new species. Hypopygium.

. femoralis, new species. Middle femur of male.
. nigricora, new species. Hypopygium.

. bimaculata, new species. Hypopygium.

. flavipes, new species. Antenna of male.

. thoracica, new species. Hypopygium.

. sericata, new species. Hypopygium.

. flavipes, new species. Hypopygium.

. aldrichi Johnson. Hypopygium.

. setipes, new species. Hypopygium.

. splendida, new species. Hypopygium.

. setipes, new species. Antenna of male.

. californica, new species. Hypopygium.

. argentiventris, new species. Hypopygium.
. flavicornis, new species. Antenna of male.
. flavicornis, new species. Hypopygium.

. flavicora, new species. Hypopygium.

. cingulata Loew. Hypopygium.

. johnsoni, new species. Hypopygium.

. inaequalis, new species. Hypopygium.

. involuta, new species. Hypopygium.

. spina, new species. Hypopygium.

. Spina, new species. Hind tarsus of male.

. inaequalis, new species. Hind tarsus of male.

seeyy She eet nea eid. ie Wee
Foy aa are et kal
et ae AT oe ane

toe

+
ra |

rod wats
IW 1, ee
— =

i ew .
Ot
re A

nit waa owes

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 23 PL. |

nigripes Loew
5

angustata Van Duzee

cylindrica Loew

nigriventris VanDuzee — femoralis Yan Duzee

sR IS

fla vipes Van Duzee

flavipes Van Duzee

2
splen dida Van Duz ec

ee ae

; argentiventris VenDuzee — flavicornis Van Duzee
californica Van Duzee

sericata Van Duzee

involuta Van Duzee Spina Van Duzee

spina Var Duzee inaequalis Yar Duzee

NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS ARGYRA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 43

A NEW PROLIFERATING LARVAL TAPEWORM FROM
A PORCUPINE

By BengaMin ScHWARTZ

Of the Zoological Division, Bureau of Animal Industry, U. S. Department of
Agriculture

Under date of January 13, 1924, A. H. Twitchell, of Takotna,
Alaska, a correspondent of the Bureau of Biological Survey, for-
warded to that bureau from Ophir, Alaska, a portion of lung from a
porcupine containing tapeworm cysts, with the following comments:

I am sending you by parcel post one box containing a piece of lung of a
porcupine with what we believe to be cysts of a tapeworm. It is preserved in
salt brine. Collected by C. A. Fowler; data with specimen. We have many
of these porcupines on the range and I have suspected that they may be the
source from which our deer get some of their parasites. I did not see this
one, but only took the bottled specimen and shipped it. Tapeworms and other
‘worms are often found in great numbers in porcupines. I have never seen a
porcupine in this condition.

The question of the probable specific identity of the host was re-
ferred to Dr. Hartley H. Jackson, of the Biological Survey, who re-
plied as follows:

The porcupine of that region is probably Hrethizon epiranthum myops
Merriam. At least you may be sure of the species Hrethizon epizxanthum
Brandt.

Examination of the material forwarded by Mr. Twitchell showed
two detached cysticerci and a number of cysticerci attached to the
lung tissue, some being attached directly to the lung by means of a
peduncle that penetrates into the lung tissue and others being at-
tached indirectly, the peduncles of the individual cysticerci converg-
ing to a more or less common origin from which a stalk penetrates
into the lung substance. Aside from the fact that the species has
been heretofore undescribed it is‘of particular interest in view of
the fact that it is a proliferating larval cestode, belonging to the
genus 7'aenia in which group multiplication of larval forms by
means of budding is comparatively rare.

TAENIA TWITCHELLI, new species, 1924

Strobilate tapeworm unknown. Cysticerci from 0.7 cm. long by
0.4 cm. wide to 2 cm. long by 0.6 cm. wide, occurring singly and in

No. 256!.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 24.
9117—24 1

a PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

colonies, the latter branching in typical dendritic fashion. The
cysticerci enter into the lung tissue by basal stalks or peduncles,
which in the case of single cysticerci penetrate directly into the
lung substance, and in the case of colonial cysticerci, are connected
to larger stalks which ultimately penetrate into the lung. Head
invaginated, 0.9 mm. wide in press preparation, armed with a
double row of hooks, consisting of 18 large hooks and 18 small
hooks (fig. 1). The large hooks (fig. 22) are from 189u to 198u
long. They have a blade of marked curvature, a handle which
is long and thick and which is only slightly sinuous in outline on
its dorsal surface, the ventral surface being smooth. The dorsal
surface of the handle forms a continuous line with that of the
blade. The surfaces of the handle are almost parallel, the posterior
end of that structure being bluntly rounded. The guard is strik-
ingly long, bifid, and conical in shape, its maximum diameter being
in the region of its union with the blade and handle. The small
hooks (fig. 24) are from 155y to 163y long. They have a strongly
curved blade whose dorsal margin forms a continuous line with
that of the handle. The latter has parallel margins and a rounded
posterior end. The guard is bifid and has a bluntly rounded end.
The suckers are elliptical in shape and have a maximum diameter of
165p to 185p.

Host.—Erethizon epivanthum.

Location.—Lung.

Locality —Ophir, Alaska.

Type specimen.—United States National Museum Helminthologi-
cal Collections, No. 26003.

The mode of branching is shown in figure 8. Two of the
cysticerci are attached directly to the lung tissue (d), and so far as
can be seen, have no connection with the remaining cysticerci which
form a branching colony. The latter is connected by a stalk (2)
that emerges from the lung substance and divides into two main
branches, one branch (#) bearing a developed cysticercus and two
small buds (¢) growing out in the region of the base of the cysticer-
cus. The second branch (vy) bears several developed cysticerci and
several small buds. The cysticerci converge to a more or less com-
mon origin, each cysticercus being connected to the main branch by
means of a peduncle, with a single exception (@) in which two
cysticerci are connected by a single peduncle the two bladders being
joined about half way above their point of origin. The two isolated
ceysticerci (b) occur singly without buds or branches.

Multiplication of larval cestodes by means of budding is known to
occur in Sparganum, in cysticercoids and in coenuri, is the rule in
Echinoccus, and has been noted in cysticerci. A variety of Cysticer-
cus cellulosae that exhibits the phenomenon of proliferation is fre-

ART, 24 PROLIFERATING LARVAL TAPEWORM—SCHWARTZ a

quently referred to as Cysticercus racemosus, this form having been
found in the human brain several times. Braun (1897) cites two
additional cysticerci that exhibit the phenomenon of larval multiph-
cation by budding, namely, Cysticercus botryoides and Cysticercus
longicollis. With regard to the former which has been found only
once by Boettcher in 1862 in the back muscles of a rabbit, there exists
a divergence of opinion among helminthologists concerning its zoo-
logical status, certain writers taking the view that it is a coenurus.
Braun (1897) is convinced, however, that it is a cysticercus allied
to Cysticercus longicollis, the intermediate stage of Z'aenia crassiceps
of the fox. Railliet (1895) regards Cysticercus botryoides as well
as Cysticercus racemosus as a synonym of Cysticercus cellulosae.
According to Braun (1897) the buds given off from the parent
bladder of Cysticercus longicollis become detached, whereas in
Cysticercus botryoides they remain in permanent union until they
reach the definite host, which when its life history becomes known
will probably be found to be true of the cestode discussed in this
paper (Zaenia twitchelli), so far as can be judged from appearances
which indicate a permanent union of the cysticerci in the branch-
ing colony.
REFERENCES TO LITERATURE CITED.

BoETTcHER, ARTHUR.
1862a.—Mittheilung tiber einen bisher noch unbekannten Blasenwurm.
12 pp., 1 pl., Dorpat.

Braun, Max.
1897a.—Vermes, Bronn’s Klass. u. Ordnung. d. Thier-Reichs, Leipz., vol. 4,
Abt. 1b, Lief. 53-55, pp. 1455-1534, figs. 68 [sic.]-85, pls. 57-58.
RAILLIET, ALCIDE.
1895a.—Traité de zoologie médicale et agricole. éd. 2. [fase. 2], xv+737-
1803 pp., figs. 495-892. Paris.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE

Fig. 1. Hnlarged drawing of head of Taenia twitchelli showing suckers and

hooks. (Press preparation.)

2. Large hooks (a) and small hooks (0b) (enlarged).

3. Showing the mode of branching of Taenia twitchelli. The stalk (2)
embedded in the lung tissue bifurcates into two branches, one of which
(v) bears a developed cysticercus and two buds (¢), and the other
(y) gives off a number of cysticerci. Two cysticerci (a) have a com-
mon peduncle by which they are attached to the main branch and an
immature bud (c) at the base. Two cysticerci (b) each originate
independently from the lung tissue and are not connected to each
other or to the colony of cysticerci (enlarged).

el a ee

U. S.ENATIONAL MUSEUM

SO
ww Me
SY wh d
SN

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66,

TAENIA TWITCHELLI, NEW SPECIES.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4.

ART. 24 PL. !

t : r
: F L™
v4 °F
4 LP "4 :
vn w ae - * .
! } , ee Go a
; , nye psi Abe,

LP ¢ hve

castor ek es) ED
ERY PRIEH 2.8
EA Se ORE Sy
| ghee pe tape it.
jaimotare: byt
Wading atyantes
ei Sainkee aaa 06 OA

CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES IN THE UNITED
STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

By Lreonuarp STEJNEGER

Head Curator of Biology, United States National Museum

The United States National Museum has of late years received a
large number of amphibians and reptiles from China, and as there
are indications of an increasing interest in these vertebrates among
students and collectors in that country, it has been thought best to
give as full an account as practicable of the material available, in
order to acquaint them not only with what the National Museum
possesses, but inferentially with what is still needed before a com-
plete herpetology of China proper can be attempted. In my
Herpetology of Japan and Adjacent Territory? I included not only
the Russian Coast Province of Siberia, but also Korea, eastern
Manchuria, and adjoining parts of northeastern China proper.
Each genus and species, the Chinese ones included, were treated in
detail, with full synonymy and bibliographic references, etc. In a
subsequent paper, The Batrachians and Reptiles of Formosa,? genera
and species added to the fauna since 1907 were similarly elaborated
in full. It has been considered unnecessary to repeat these synony-
mies and references in the present paper, hence only genera and
species not found in the two earlier works are here treated in the
same manner. However, reference has been given under each
species to the page in the Herpetology of Japan and the paper re-
lating to Formosa, where the species with synonymy, description,
and frequently also illustration may be found. In addition, refer-
ences omitted in the earlier work are given in so far as they relate
to China proper, but no attempt has been made to include those re-
ferring to Hainan and Formosa.

The paper by R. Mell, Beitraege zur Fauna sinica (Arch. Naturg.,
vol. 88, sect. A, 1922) was received too late to be incorporated in the
synonymies.

1 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 58, 1907.
3Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, May 3, 1910, pp. 91-114.

No. 2562.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM, VOL. 66, ART. 25
9118——25 1 al

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 66

The National Museum is particularly anxious to receive addi-
tional material of the critical species discussed in detail in the fol-
lowing pages, as well as species not yet represented in our collection.

The orthography of the Chinese locality names and their identi-
fication in the various publications of French, German, English,
and Russian writers, who have each used a transliteration into his
own particular language, has caused great trouble. The confusion
has been increased by some Russian herpetologists who have retrans-
literated from the Russian alphabet to the German or the Polish.
However, the necessity of a uniform spelling of these names in the
following paper is obvious. On the other hand, it is equally obvious
that some authority had to be followed, which has been generally
adopted and whose names are incorporated in detailed maps where
they may be easily located. As such an authority I have selected
the Atlas of the Chinese Empire, specially prepared by Edward
Stanford for the China Inland Mission, 1908. This Atlas con-
sists of separate maps of the 18 provinces of China proper on the
scale of 1:3,000,000, and 4 of the great dependencies Sinkiang,
Manchuria, Tibet, and Mongolia, on the scale of 1:7,500,000, to-
gether with an index to all the names on the maps.

With regard to the system of orthography followed in this Atlas,
the Editorial Secretary of the Mission writes in the preface:

After carefully considering the relative values of the various systems in
use, it was felt that the orthography adopted by the Chinese Imperial Post
Office must ultimately carry the day, since conformity to that spelling would
be necessary in all postal and telegraphic communications with China, a usage
which could hardly fail to be a determining factor of no small importance.

It is probable that the romanisation adopted will not satisfy all sinologues,
but academic considerations have frequently to yield to a practical modus
operandi.

Whenever practicable, except in quotations, I have therefore
adopted the spelling of this Atlas. In some cases alternate spellings
have been given. In cases where I have been unable to find a locality
on any of the maps accessible to me I have had to fall back on the
spelling of the specimen label or the publication referring to that
particular locality. I regret very much that in many instances it
has been impossible to locate names given by Abbé Armand David,
the French missionary, on the Atlas to which I have referred. Some
of them could be located on the maps accompanying his Journal de
mon Troisitme Voyage d’Exploration dans Empire Chinois (2
vols., Paris, 1875), in which case his spelling of the names has been
accepted.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 3

Class AMPHIBIA
Order CAUDATA
Family CRYPTOBRANCHIDAE

MEGALOBATRACHUS JAPONICUS Temminck

Synonymy, Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 6, to which add:

Megalobatrachus mazrimus BOULENGER, Cat. Batr. Grad. Brit. Mus., 1882,
p. 80 (Japan, China).—Bortrerer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber.,
1885, p. 166 (Mupin).—GUENTHER, in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892,
p. 248 (Kia-ting-fu, Szechwan, 1,070 feet altitude) Werner, Abh.
Bayer, Akad. Wiss., II Kl., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 371.—WoLTERSTORFF,
Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1, 1906, p. 182 (Canton, probably from in-
terior).—Voet, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 102
(northern Kwangsi).—Dunn, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 62, 1918, p.
134 (Japan; Szechwan).

Cryptobranchus maximus STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 46,
1915, p. xiv (Yachow, Szechwan).

Megalobatrachus japonicus BarBour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zod6l., vol. 40, no. 4,
1912, p. 125 (Yachow and Hung-ya-hsien, Szechwan).

Megalobatrachus species DEsPpAx, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, vol. 38, 1913, p.
134 (Prov. Kweichow; Shensi); Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. 19,
1913, p. 183 (Kweichow).

While the material at hand can not be considered as conclusive,
consisting as it does of only two Chinese specimens, one adult and
one young, and eight Japanese specimens, adult and young, never-
theless I have come to the conclusion that Boulenger and Barbour
may be correct in considering Sieboldia davidiana*® as a synonym
of MW. japonicus. It should be noted, however, that in our large
Chinese specimen the tubercles on top of the head are smaller and
leave a wider smooth space between the eyes. The tubercles also
have a tendency to go in pairs. In all our five large Japanese speci-
mens the top of the head is much rougher with much larger and more
numerous tubercles. The Chinese example also has slightly larger
fingers and toes, and the nostrils appear to be a trifle farther apart.

Both of our Chinese specimens are from Yachow, Szechwan. The
adult one (No. 52409) we owe to the kindness of E. F. Shields, and
_ the young (No. 65454) to L. A. Lovegren.

Family SALAMANDRIDAE
TRITURUS‘ ORIENTALIS (David)

1875. Triton orientalis Davin, Journ. Trois. Voy. Chinois, vol. 1, p. 32 (type
locality, Tche-san [near Chitichow fu], Chekiang Prov., China; types
in Paris Mus.; A. David, collector) ; vol. 2, 1875, p. 215 (Tsitou, southers
Kiangsi) ; pp. 233, 288 (Mi-Ouan, Kiangsi).

3 See Herp. Japan, p. 7.

*I have accepted, at least provisionally, Doctor Dunn’s dictum (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo@l.,
vol. 62, no. 9, 1918, p. 448) with regard to the nomenclature of these salamanders in
place of Diemictylus employed in Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 15.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

1882. Molge pyrrhogastra BouLencer, Cat. Batr. Grad. Brit. Mus., p. 19
(part: Kiukiang Mts., China) (not of Boie).—BorTtTcrr, Offenbach. Ver.
Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 165.—WerNer, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 371.

1906. Triton pyrrhogaster subsp. orientalis Woutrerstorrr, Zool. Anz., vol.
30, 28, Aug. 1906, p. 558 (Wustich, and 25 miles inland from Cheechow
[Kichow?], Hupeh) ; Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1, 1906, pp. 132, 153,
pl. 1, figs. 3-6.

A single specimen (No. 65523) of this interesting species has
been sent to the Museum by Prof. C. Ping, from the neighborhood
of Nanking. It agrees in almost every respect with the detailed
descriptions by Doctor Wolterstorff, especially with his No. 5. The
black collar, already mentioned by Pére David, is present and there
is no red spot at the angle of the mouth.

Genus PACHYTRITON Boulenger

1878. Pachytriton BouLENGER, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 3, 1878, p. 72
(monotype, Triton brevipes SAUVAGE).

PACHYTRITON BREVIPES (Sauvage)

1875. Cynops chinensis Davin, Journ. Trois. Voy. Chinois, vol. 2, pp. 231,
239 (Tsitou, southern Kiangsi) (not of Gray 1859).

1877. Triton brevipes SaAvuvaGk, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (7), vol. 1, 1877,
p. 117 (type-locality, southern Kiangsi, China; types in Paris Mus.;
A. David, collector).—Pachytriton brevipes BouLENGER, Bull. Soe. Zool.
France, vol. 3, 1878, p. 72; Cat. Batr. Grad. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 30, pl. 1
(South Kiangsi).—Bortrerer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25, Ber., 1885,
p. 165; 26-28 Ber., 1888 (p. 168).—WerNeErR, Abr. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
II K1., vol. 22, no. 2, 1903, p. 371.

Of this rare species which apparently has not been collected since
Pére David sent the type material to the Paris Museum in 1873, the
National Museum has received two splendid specimens (Nos.
65341-2) from Mr. Sowerby. Pére David who believed that he had
Cynops chinensis, which Swinhoe had shown him in Shanghai, be-
cause they were larger than his 77iton orientalis and had the under-
side yellow with black spots, collected his specimens not far from
Tsitou in the mountains of southern Kiangsi near the border of
Fukien. Mr. Sowerby’s specimens are from Yen-ping-fu, Fukien,
thus extending the range of the species considerably. They agree
perfectly with Boulenger’s excellent illustration of one of the cotypes.

Family HYNOBIIDAE
SALAMANDRELLA KEYSERLINGII Dybowski

Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 37. To synonymy add:
NIKOLSKI, Fauna Rossij, Amphib., 1918, p. 286 (Ural to Kamchatka; north-
ern Mongolia).
Hynobius keyserlingii DUNN, Proce. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 58, June,
1923, p. 461 (Siberia; Kamchatka; Manchuria).

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 5

As the female specimen (No. 53366) collected by Mr. Sowerby at
J-mien-po, northern Kirin, Manchuria, has already been mentioned
by Dunn, as quoted above, I need make no further remarks here.

Genus BATRACHUPERUS Boulenger

1878. Batrachuperus BouLENGER, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, vol. 3, 1878, p. 71
(monotype, Salamandrella sinensis Sauvage).
1882. Batrachyperus BouLENGER, Cat. Batr. Grad. Brit. Mus., p. 37 (emenda-
tion).
1912. Batrachypterus Barsnour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 40, no. 4, p. 126
(err. typogr.).
BATRACHUPERUS PINCHONII (David)

1871. Dermodactylus pinchonii Davin, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris,
vol. 7, Bull. p. 95 (type-locality, Moupin).

Dermodactylus pinchonii Davin, Journ. Trois. Voy. Chinois, vol. 2, 1875,
p. 216.

1877. Salamandrella sinensis SAUVAGE, Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris (7), vol. 1,
p. 117 (type-locality, Moupin, Szechwan, China; types in Paris Mus.,
A. David, collector).
Batrachuperus sinensis BouLENGER, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, vol. 3, 1878,
p. 72—Dunn, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 58, 19238, p. 520
(Szechwan).

Batrachyperus sinensis BOULENGER, Cat. Batr. Grad. Brit. Mus., 1882, p.
37 (Moupin).—Boerrterr, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 166
(Mupin).—GuENTHER, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersbourg, vol. 1, 1896, p.
209 (Sung-pan and Kuo-chu-ehin, Szechwan).—WeErRNER, Abh. Bayer.
Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 371.—Dunn, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 62, 1918, p. 456 (Liang-hoko Szechwan).

Batrachypterus sinensis BArBour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 44, no. 4,
1912, p. 126, pl. 1, fig. 1, (Lianghokow, W. Szechwan, alt. 12,000 feet).

1898. Salamandrella keyserlingii BrpRIaca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-
Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, pt. 1, May 15, 1898, p. 38 (part: Rivers Kserntso
and Lumbu, Szechwan).

Doctor Dunn has treated so exhaustively of this species and de-
scribed our specimens so fully that I need only record here the
gratifying fact that Rev. D. C. Graham has sent the National Mu-
seum four fine specimens (Nos. 64419-22) which he collected on
Mount Omei, Szechwan. The following interesting note accom-
panied the specimens: “ The salamanders were caught in the White
Dragon Pool on summit of Mount Omei, 11,000 feet above sea level,
on August 20, 1921. They are called white dragons by the Buddists
and the imaginary White Dragon king is worshiped in a small
temple near the pool. The Chinese say that if one captures and
kills one of these salamanders a storm will follow.”

Since the above was written he has forwarded a young specimen
(No. 67835) collected at the Yellow Dragon Gorge, near Sungpan.

No. 10995 was received from the Paris Museum as one of the types
of this species, but the locality Kiangsi is attributed to it. This is

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

probably due to a confusion with David’s types of Pachytriton bre-
vipes which came from that province. His types of PB. sinensis,
however, were taken in Moupin, and there can be but little doubt
that the latter is also the locality of our specimen.

Order SALIENTIA
Family DISCOGLOSSIDAE

BOMBINA ORIENTALIS (Boulenger)

Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 51, pl. 7. Add to synonymy:

Bombinator orientalis WoLTERSTORFF, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1, 1906,
p. 1382 (Tsingtau; Masampo, Korea).

Bombina orientalis NiKkotsKi, Fauna Rossij, Amph., 1918, p. 177 (Pri-
morsk. Government; Iliampo, Railway Sta., East. Chinese R. R., Man-
churia, etc.).

Eight splendid specimens (Nos. 52345-52) were collected by Sow-
erby in Southern Manchuria, at the Yalu River, about 180 miles
from its mouth. Recently, Prof. C. Ping has sent three specimens
(Nos. 66849-51) from Chefu.

Family BUFONIDAE
BUFO BUFO ASIATICUS (Steindachner)

For synonymy and illustrations see Herp. Japan, 1907, pp. 66-67, figs. 49-52.
Add to synonymy : ;
Bufo vulgaris Wottrerstorrr, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1906, p. 1381
(Pingshiang; Hankow; Chinkiang; Kiukiang; Shanghai; Tsingtau).—
Sowersy, in Clark and Sowerby, Through Shen-Kan, 1912, p. 112
(Shansi).
Bufo bufo asiaticus NiKoLsKI, Fauna Rossij, Amph., 1918, p. 126 (Ussuri;
Vladivostok ; ete.).

The accumulation of toads since the issue of the Herpetology of
Japan, among which the splendid series from the type-locality of B.
asiaticus, throws considerable light on the variation of the eastern
forms of 2B. bufo, without affording conclusive evidence as to the dis-
tinctness of the groups recognized by name at the present time. On
the other hand, there is not enough difference shown to justify their
treatment binominally. There is therefore no warrant for disturb-
ing the nomenclature of the Herpetology of Japan and the Fauna
of Russia as yet.

The character relied upon to distinguish B. asiaticus from B&B.
japonicus, viz., the unifrom pale or slightly dark-spotted underside
does not hold at all. Asa matter of fact, in the 20 grown and half-
grown specimens from Shanghai nearly all have the underside
strongly marked with black undulating and anastomosing blotches,
and only one, the smallest (No. 66347, total length 41 mm.) is un-

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 7

spotted, while all the very young ones, 25 mm. and under, are like-
wise unspotted.

The chief color difference, therefore, seems to be the blackish lat-
eral band in continuation of the lower blackish edge of the parotoid,
which appears to be fairly constant in the adults of the eastern form.
The alleged larger size and greater distinctness of the tympanum is
not particularly noticeable in the series before me. On the other
hand, the length of the first toe as compared with the adjoining
metatarsal tubercle is relatively greater in the Chinese specimens
than in the European ones examined by me.

A series of seven specimens collected by Graham at Tatsienlu,
between 8,500 and 12,000 feet altitude, is particularly interesting.
They are rather dark in color with the whole underside, except
throat, darkly marbed and spotted. The tympanum is rather small,
but the first toe is characteristically long. A close comparison with
specimens of corresponding sex and age from Shanghai has not re-
vealed any differences.

The specimens of this form now in the Museum in addition to
those listed in the Herpetology of Japan are as follows:

46617. Shanghai, coilected by D. C. Jansen.

49642-3. Vicinity of Tai-yuan-fu, Shansi. A. de C. Sowerby.

52353, 52355-6. Southern Manchuria, Yalu River, about 180 miles from its
mouth. A. de C. Sowerby.

52566-8. Kiangyin, Kiangsu Proy. L. I. Moffett.

53369. Manchuria, Hei-Hong-Chiang, Sungari River near its junction with
the Amur. A. de C. Sowerby.

60879-80. Chili, Hsin-Lung-Shan, near Imperial Hunting Grounds. A. de
C. Sowerby.

65216-24. Shanghai. A. de C. Sowerby.

65339—40. Shanghai. <A. de C. Sowerby.

66340-47. Shanghai. A. de C. Sowerby.

66461-2. Hangchow, Chekiang. A. de C. Sowerby.

66542-6. Tatsienlu, Szechwan (8,500-12,000 feet alt.). D. C. Graham.

66646-7. Tatsienlu, Szechwan (11,500 feet alt.). D. C. Graham.

66790-1. Suifu, Szechwan. D. C. Graham.

66852. Nanking. C. Ping.

66853. Wenchow. C. Ping.

BUFO BANKORENSIS Barbour

1908. Bufo bankorensis Barzour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 51, no. 12,
April, 1908, p. 323 (type-locality, Bankoro, Central Formosa; cotypes,
No. 2482 Mus. Comp. Zo6l., Owston collection) ; Proc. New England Zodl.
Club, 4, November, 1909, p. 55, pl. 6—Srrsnecer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,

vol. 38, May 3, 1910, p. 94.
Like the many Formosan species, related to Himalayan forms,
which have turned up in China, the presence of this toad or a closely
allied form might have been predicted. Nevertheless, it is very

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

gratifying to find in the collections from Mr. Graham two full-
grown females, No. 63412, from Suifu, and No. 65922 from Shen-
Kai-Si, Szechwan, at an elevation of 9,400 feet. These I have been
able to compare with an extensive series of typical Formosan speci-
mens, and have been unable to discover any tangible differences
which would justify even a subspecific designation. Nor am I able
to detect any particular deviation in the direction of Bufo hima-
layanus which might have been expected in view of the relationship
and closer geographic proximity to the latter.

Bufo bankorensis is easily recognized by the broad, flat, and
smooth surface of the top of the head. The resemblance to B. mela-
nostictus is merely superficial.

BUFO RADDEI Strauch

For synonymy and illustration see Herp. Japan, 1907, pp. 70-71, figs. 53-57.
Add to synonymy:

Bufo raddei ELPATJEWSKY and SABANEJEW, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vol. 24, pt.
4, Dec. 1906, p. 262 (Kiakhta, etc.).—Sowerpy, in Clark and Sowerby,
Through Shen-Kan, 1912, p. 112 (Shensi, Kansu).—Nrkoitsk1, Fauna
Rossij, Amph., 1918, p. 93 (Peking, Che-fu, Ordos, Alashan, Ussuri,
Koko-nor, ete.).

1898. Bufo raddei, var. przewalskii BepRrIaAGA, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Cen-
tral-Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, pt. 1, p. 48, pl. 1, fig. 6 (type locality
Koko-nor; type, Petrograd Mus. no. 2010; Przhevalski, collector).

1898. Bufo raddei, var. pleskeit Brprraca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-
Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 8, sect. 1, pt. 1, p. 48 (type-locality, Tola River
near Urga, Mongolia; type, Petrograd Mus. No. 1261; Pewtzow, collec-
tor).

1910. ?Bufo nouettei MoquarpD, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist., Paris, 1910, p. 152
(type-locality, Sachow and Suchow, Kansu; Kashgar, Sinkiang; types
in Paris Mus.; Dr. Louis Vaillant, collector).

The three forms recognized nomenclatorially by Bedriaga were
not claimed by him to represent subspecies in the usual sense. Elpat-
jewsky and Sabenejew confirm this, but express the suspicion that
these color phases may be due to differences of sex or age.

Twenty-six specimens received from Sowerby, partly collected by
himself in Shensi and Kansu and by A. L. Hall at Hei Sui, northern
Chili, close to the Mongolian border, throw considerable hight on
these questions. The Kansu specimens (Nos. 39368-78, six adult
males) were collected at Chen-Kow- Yi, 52 miles east of Lanchowfu
at 6,700 feet altitude, on July 18, 1909; those from Shensi as fol-
lows: No. 39378, a young specimen, at Hai-shan-ssu, at 3,600 feet
altitude, on August 26; Nos. 39374-6, three young ones, 30 miles east
of Yenanfu, 3,100 feet altitude, August 26; and No. 39377, adult
female, at Yellow River, 40 miles east of Shui-teh-chow, 2,300 feet
above the sea. Unfortunately the north Chili specimens, Nos.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 9

53371-3 and 53379-89 are without date, but as the breeding asperities
of all the males are in the same condition as those of the Shensi and
Kansu specimens they are fully comparable. Of these 14 specimens,
12 are adult males and two adult females. The males are practically
all uniform olive gray on the back with the warts pale (possibly red
in life), but the regular pattern of spots can be discovered in most
of them on the paratoid glands and on the tibia. In the two females
the typical brown pattern of spots is strongly contrasted against the
paler ground color. The Kansu and Shensi specimens are of a
slightly paler ground color. Those from Kansu are all males and
present an unbroken series of transition from a specimen (No.
39373) hardly distinguishable from the most uniform Chil male
to one (No. 39369) with a pattern as contrasted as that of the Chili
females. Among the Shensi specimens the adult female and the
largest young one are pale with normal well-developed and con-
trasted pattern; the three smallest are also pale, but the dusky
markings are less broad and on the back confined to’ rings around
the pale (reddish?) warts; they are better defined on upper eyelid,
lores, and legs.

Ti will thus be seen that we have no female or young specimens
of the uniform dusky type, the males from the Kansu locality show
a complete gradation between the two types of coloration which thus
can not be said to be absolutely diagnostic of the two sexes. Never-
theless, the distinction is probably more or less general. Sowerby
made the same observation in the field. In “Through Shen-Kan”
he writes as follows (p. 112): “Radde’s toad (Bufo raddez) is
characteristic of the country. This amphibian does not attain any
great size. The female is very prettily marked, somewhat resembling
the natterjack of Europe; the male is of a dull greenish brown color,
and does not posses the beautiful marking of the female. There
can be no doubt of this animal’s power to withstand drought. I have
found it amongst the sand-dunes of Ordos, as well as in the loess
hills of other parts. Specimens were secured in Kansu, within the
famine area near Len-chow Fu. Here, the natives said, there had
been no rain for three years. In spite of its frequenting such dry
places, it thoroughly appreciates an abundant supply of water, as
I have found them in the ponds and back-waters of rivers, not only
while spawning but at all times of the year, excepting winter. The
spawning season is regulated by the rains, and in a dry year I have
known it to be postponed till July.”

As Bedriaga ° and Nikolski ® have listed specimens in the Petrograd
Museum (Nos. 1052, 1655, and 1658) collected by Potanin in North
China and Mongolia as true Bufo viridis, I have naturally examined

§ Fauna Rossij, Amph., 1918, pp. 101, 102.

9118—25——2

~
10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

all our specimens with the possibility in view that some of them
might belong to this western form, but with negative results.

BUFO MELANOSTICTUS Schneider

For synonymy and illustration see Herp. Japan, 1907, pp. 72-73, figs. 58-61.
Add:
Wo.terstorF¥F, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1, 1906, p. 132 (Canton) .—Voer,
Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 102 (Kwangtung).

Wolterstorff (see synonymy) seems to think that this species does
not reach Fukien. However, six specimens collected by Sowerby in
that province, including one without specific locality (No. 65267),
four at Foochow (165328-9, 66427-8) , and one at Fatsing (No. 65250),
prove that the species is not rare there.

Genus AELUROPHRYNE Boulenger

1919. Aelurophryne BouLENGER, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 16, December, 1919,
p. 469 (type, Bufo mammatus Guenther).

AELUROPHRYNE MAMMATA (Guenther)

1896. Bufo mammatus GUENTHER, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Sci. St. Péters-
bourg, vol. 1, 1896, p. 208 (type-locality, Tung-so-lo [Tung-ngo-lo?],
Kham plateau, Szechwan, China; types in Mus. St. Petersburg; G.
Potanin, collector).—WeERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22,
pt. 2, 1903, p. 370.—NIEDEN, Tierreich, vol. 46, Amph. Anura, pt. 1, 1923,
p. 88.—Aelurophryne mammata BouLENnceER, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 16,
December, 1919, p. 470 (Kashmir).

1917. Rana plesketi ANNANDALE, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 13, 1917 (p. 417,
figs. 1-2) (tadpoles; Kashmir, India) (not of Guenther).

Three specimens, one adult (No. 67833) and two adolescent ones
(Nos. 67836-7), the former from Sungpan, the latter from the
Yellow Dragon Gorge, east of this city, were collected by Mr.
Graham, a most interesting addition to our collection.

Family HYLIDAE
HYLA CHINENSIS Guenther

To synonymy in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 86, add:

Hyla chinensis STEINDACHNER, Wiss. Ergebn. Reise Szechenyi Ostasien,
vol. 2, 1896, p. 507 (Shanghai).—Wotrerstorrr, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg,
vol. 1, 1906, p. 182 (Foochow; Nimrod Sound).—Voer, Sitz. Ber. Ges.
Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 102 (Kwangtung).

Jlula arborea, var. sinensis Grr, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 50, 1919,
p. 184 (Soochow).

Sowerby has sent eight specimens, old and young, from Fukien,

viz., three from Foochow (Nos. 65337, 664034) and five from Fut-

sing District. All have the characteristic black spots, even the
youngest (80 mm. long).

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER it

HYLA ARBOREA JAPONICA Guenther

Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 76, pl. 9, figs. 1-3.

The material of tree toads received since the publication of the
Herpetology of Japan is so insignificant that it throws very little
light, if any, on the question of the distinctness and distribution of
H. arborea japonica, immaculata, and stephenit. Nikolski has re-
cently added another subspecies, Hyla arborea ussuriensis, based
on a single specimen collected by Emeljanof in the neighborhood
ot Tchernigovki Village, in the Coast Province.’ It is character-
ized by having the skin of the underside not granular but divided
up into a mosaic of large polygonal plates and by having the third
toe distinctly longer than fifth, etc. Not having seen any such
specimen, I am unable to express any opinion as to the validity of
this form.

Sowerby collected an adult male (No. 52354) in southern Man-
churia on the Yalu River about 180 miles from its mouth. I am
unable to distinguish it from Japanese specimens. The inner meta-
tarsal tubercle, it is true, is rather large, and the digital disks
perhaps rather small, but each can be matched in my Japanese
series, though perhaps not in the same individual.

HYLA STEPHENI Boulenger

Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 84. Add to synonymy:

NIKOLSKI, Fauna Rossij, Amph., 1918, p. 149 (Ussuri country to Trans-
baicalia).

Two young specimens (Nos. 53367-8), largest 21 mm. long, were
collected by Sowerby at Imien-po, northern Kirin, Manchuria, and
are referred to under this heading in spite of the fact that I can
make out no markings. The digital disks, however, are scarcely
noticeable as such and the inner metatarsal tubercles are large.

I am now inclined to think that the three specimens from Mon-
golia in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy alluded to in the
Herpetology of Japan (p. 83), under the heading of Hyla arborea
ammaculata$ really are identical with Sowerby’s Manchurian speci-
mens.

Family BREVICIPITIDAE
MICROHYLA EREMITA Barbour

1858. Diplopelma ornatwn, var. B GUENTHER, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus.,
p. 50 (part only: Ningpo).

1864. Diplopelma pulchrum, GUENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, p. 417 (part
only: Ningpo). :

1882. Microhyla ornata BoULENGER, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., p. 165 (part
only: Ningpo).—Borrtcrer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24 und 25 Ber.,

7Fauna Rossij, Amph., 1918, p. 147.
® Described by Boettger from Shanghai.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

1885, p. 162 (part only: Ningpo); Kat. Batr. Mus. Senckenberg, 1892,
p. 23 (part: Dalanshan) ; Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges., 1894, p. 149
(Dalanshan and Chinhai, near Ningpo).—WeErRNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad.
Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 870 (part only: Ningpo).

1920. Microhyla eremita BarsBour, Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Michigan, No.
76, March 1, 1920, p. 3 (type-locality, Nanking, China; type, Mus. Comp.
Zoobl. No. 5114; Cora D. Reeves, collector).

Sowerby collected a single specimen (No. 65338) at Shanghai.
Thanks to the courtesy of Dr. Barbour, direct comparison with one
of the paratypes of MM. eremita, recently described by him from
Nanking has enabled me to verify the identification. The National
Museum also possesses several specimens (Nos. 52569-72) from
Kiangyin, Province of Kiangsu, half-way between Nanking and
Shanghai, presented by L. F. Moffett.

MICROHYLA FISSIPES Boulenger

1884. Microphyla fissipes BouLENGER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 13,
p. 397 (type locality, Taiwanfu, southern Formosa; type in British
Museum); Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 4, Dec. 1909, p. 495
(Kosempo and _ Kanshirei, FHormosa.)—BorerTrerr, Offenbach. Ver.
Naturk., 24 und 25 Ber., p. 162 (Formosa).—WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad.
Wiss., II Kl., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 369 (Taiwan).—StTrJNEGER, Herpet.
Japan, 1907, p. 88 (Formosa) ; Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, May 3,
1910, p. 95 (Formosa).—Voert, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,
1911, p. 181 (Formosa) ; 1914, p. 101 (Canton).

Of this species, originally described from Formosa, and recorded
from southern China by Vogt in 1914, Mr. Sowerby has sent one
from Futsing (No. 65256) and three from Yen-ping-fu (Nos.
65303-65305). I have carefully compared them with a large series
from Formosa and can find no tangible difference. It is interesting
to note that just as this species seems to be found in Formosa in the
same locality as J/. heymonsi, so Mr. Sowerby’s lot of WV. fissipes from
Yen-ping-fu included also a specimen of J/. heymorsi.

The discovery of these two species of Formosan Microhylas in
Fukien is in perfect harmony with the close zoogeographic relation-
ship of that island to the mainland. It will be recalled that in
my paper on the Formosan Batrachians and Reptiles® I came to the
conclusion that “all the [Formosan] batrachians which have
Himalo-Chinese affinities have differentiated into more or less dis-
tinct species, while those of southern affinities have remained prac-
tically unaltered in the island.” As Microhyla is a distinctly south-
ern genus, with no Himalayan affinities, identity of the Fokien
species with the Formosan ones is not surprising.

® Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p 93.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 13

MICROHYLA HEYMONSI Vost

1911. Microhyla heymonsi Voat, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Beriin,

1911, p. 181 (type locality Formosa; types in Berlin Mus.; Sauter, col-
lector) ; 19138, p. 224.

A single specimen of this species hitherto known only from ior-
mosa (No. 65302) is among the lot of AZ. fisstpes collected by Mr.
Sowerby at Yen-ping-fu Fukien. It is matched perfectly by a large
series of Formosan specimens before me. The two species, which
apparently occur together, are very distinct and easily differen-
tiated.

MICROHYLA GRAHAMI Stejneger
1924. Microhyla grahami STEJNEGER, Oce. Pap. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol.
5, July 21, 1924, p. 119 (type-locality, Suifu, Szechwan, China; type,
U.S.N.M. No. 65986; Rev. D. C. Graham, collector).

Diagnosis.—Interorbital space almost twice as wide as upper eye-
lid; skin above, including head and legs, strongly tubercular; toes
with mere rudiment of web at base and scant indication of lateral
dermal margins; tips of digits very slightly widened; heel of ex-
tended hind leg reaches middle of eye; two metatarsal tubercles.

Description of type specimen.—Snout slightly longer than diam-
eter of orbit; interorbital space about one and a half the width of
upper eyelid; first finger much shorter than second, tips of all
scarcely widened; toes with a rudiment of web at base and scant in-
dication of lateral dermal margins, tips of digits very slightly
widened, not expanded into disks, but with indication of a median
groove on top; subarticular tubercles well developed; two metatarsal
tubercles, prominent, rather small, outer larger than inner; hind
limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal joint
reaches middle of eye; tibia longer than half the length of head and
body; skin above, including upper surfaces of head and legs, strongly
tubercular, the tubercles somewhat elongate and varying in size,
arranged in regular longitudinal rows, the one on the median line
almost a continuous string of smaller tubercles; under surfaces
smooth, except a small granular area between the femurs; a groove
from posterior angle of eye to insertion of foreleg where it bifur-
cates, bordered below by a series of tubercular glands.

Color (in alcohol) : Dark drab; a darker, almost blackish dorsal
mark between eyes, with a lateral projection between the forelegs, to
middle of back where it bifurcates and continues to the groin, fol-
lowed on the lower back by a chevron-shaped mark which con-
tinues on the upper surface of the femur; a dark bend from. above
the foreleg to the middle of the flanks; a well-marked blackish spot
on the anal region; limbs, including digits, with dark crossbars, a
pale oblique stripe from posterior angle of eye to foreleg; under-
side pale, densely spotted with dark gray, except on middle of belly.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

DIMENSIONS

Pim,
‘Totalcleneth) from: SHOUtHEO Viel a eae ee ee 18
Greatest width’ ol Dod ys saree a eee he ee 7
Width of head at posterion anvle Of ey ens sae ee ee
Tip*of.Snout ito ey eee ee Se ee ee eee SEEN EES OWS 3
Tip of snout to insertion of front leg______________ phat iG tS ERE cen Kae
Diameter of eye_______- --_- pele? Mey ene = A eee Bee ape stg Sie a Day
Morel ee 4 5 es ee pp Be i I ee 9.5
VOT Gb: a CN er a Se Pa Le Ga ae ST ee 15
Heelsto-tiprof Lourthatoe= =.) aa ees SP eae SAE TAL ee ee 14
Outersmetatarsal*tuberclesto tip of fourth toe eee 9.5
CEST Vega ee Se ae PE ik SN eh EE ne BA eat ee 10

Remarks.—Of this new species there is another specimen (No.
65937) besides the type. It is a millimeter longer, otherwise in
most details identical, though the serial arrangement of the dor sal
tubercles is not quite so regular.

The species seems to be smaller than the related. ones, is quite
rough above, and very much darker colored. The pattern is essen-
tially that of M/. fissipes, except that the dorsal mark is wider ante-
riorly and the lateral band shorter, starting only on the shoulder.

In the roughness of its upper surfaces it surpasses the I/. sowerby/,
to be described next, but the rudimentary webs and lack of digital
disks differentiate it at once.

It is with great pleasure that I dedicate this interesting noveity to
its discoverer, Rey. D. C. Graham.

MICROHYLA SOWERBYI Stejneger

1924. Microhyla sowerbyi STEJNEGER, Occ. Pap. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol.
5, July 21, 1924, p. 119 (type-locality, near Yen-ping-fu, Fukien, China;
type, U.S.N.M. No. 65309; A. de C. Sowerby, collector).

Diagnosis—Interorbital space slightly wider than upper eyelid;
skin above, including head and legs, densely tubercular; toes scant
one-third webbed, with rather wide dermal margins and well-devel-
oped disks; heel of extended hind leg reaches between eye and tip
of snout; two prominent, though small, subequal metatarsal
tubercles.

Description of type—Snout slightly longer than diameter of
orbit ; interorbital space slightly wider than upper eyelid; first finger
much shorter than second, tips of all widened; toes with a well-
developed web not quite one-third and rather wide dermal margins;
tips widened into distinct disks with indication of a groove on top;
subarticular tubercles prominent; two metatarsal tubercles, subequal,
small, scarcely larger than a subarticular tubercle, prominent and
rather pointed; hind limb being carried forward along the body, the
tibio-tarsal joint reaches between the eye and the tip of snout; skin

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 15

above, including upper surfaces of head and legs, densely tubercular,
the tubercles apparently without any definite arrangement in rows,
except perhaps on the tibia; a slight fold from eye to foreleg, chiefly
indicated by a groove in front of it; underneath smooth, except
belly, which is granular.

Color (in alcohol) : Drab gray above, whitish beneath; a blackish
zigzag crossband from shoulder to shoulder, overlying a fainter,
more brownish median dorsal mark from between eyes to sacrum,
with a lateral oblique projection extending backwards half way
between axilla and groin; no anal or post-femoral spots; legs more
or less distinctly cross-barred; no trace of a dark lateral band on
head or body; no pale line down the middle of the back.

DIMENSIONS

mm.
Motalegiensthitromssnout, topvent=]=2 £- =e ee ae
Creaestawidtiic OfeDOGV rae = a. Lean ae oe See ee ee ee 11

Widthtorhead-at: posterlornan2 ley OL Cy Ge 2 = es en ee SSO
‘Dip yOL SHOU LO TCYeS- os eer aie eee ee See Rk Ee es ee ee 3

Dip ot; snouv to.insertion Of trontylegs <seees a. ee ee e o oee 8.5

MDIAMELEL: Ole CY CL sees sree Ab egies suet Fu ee PE ge a BE Tse eee Pe ih eee 2.5
Honeple geo. . Pie wns be BS ee ee Se ee 12
WentetOune eles 522 oe a ee eh Ee ee ea ede Se ee ee 22
CCRC! apo: OF ALOU ET TOC Se ee a Ne i St A ee re) See SRS ee eee 18

Outer metatarsal tubercle to tip of fourth toe__-___________-___________- OS
BUST | sp ei aren I EN a pS Pees, BE ae ee EO ea 12

Remarks.—This new species, which I take great pleasure in nam-
ing for its discoverer, does not seem to be very closely related to any
of the known species. In its dorsal tubercles, though not quite as
rough, it recalls If. grahami, but in other characters it differs widely.
As in so many Microhylas the color pattern is quite characteristic.
In certain respects it recalls M. fisstpes, but the lateral projection of
the median dorsal spot are more anterior, and the dark band on the
sides of head and body is entirely absent.

Genus KALOULA Gray

1831. Kaloula Gray, Zool. Miscell. (p. 38) (monotype, K. pulchra).

1838. Hyladactylus TscuHup1, Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, p. 48 (type,
H. baleatus).

1838. Hyladactyla TscHupt1, Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, p. 85 (lapsus).

1841. Hylaedactylus Dumértm and Brsron, Erpét. Gén., vol. 8, p. 732
(emendation).

1841. Plectropus DuMéRIL and Bripron, Erpét. Gén., vol. 8, p. 736 (type,
P. pictus).

1848. Pelida GistreL, Naturg. Thierr., p. xi (substitute for Hyladactylus).

1863. Calohyla Perers, Mon. Ber. Berlin Akad. Wiss., 1863, p. 454 (emenda-
tion).

1863. Halonectes Peters, Mon. Ber. Berlin Akad. Wiss., 1863, p. 454 (type,
HA. conjunctus).

1864. Callula GuENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, p. 486 (emendation).

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

KALOULA RUGIFERA Stejneger

1924. Kaloula rugifera STEJNEGER, Occ. Pap. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. 5,
July 21, 1924, p. 119 (type-locality, Kiating, Szechwan, China; type,
U.S.N.M. No. 65520; Rev. D. C. Graham, collector).

Diagnosis ——Toes nearly one-third webbed at the base; fingers di-
jated into well-developed truncated disks; upper surface and sides
with numerous elongated warts; interorbital space much wider than
upper eyelid; both metatarsal tubercles large, with cutting edge,
outer transverse.

Description of type specimen.—Tongue oval, slightly emarginate be-
hind; behind the choanae on each side a curved strong ridge without
teeth extending outward beyond the choanae and converging back-
ward toward the median line, separated by a narrow interspace;
snout rounded, slightly longer than diameter of eye; nostrils nearer
the tip of the snout than the eye, the latter distance equaling the
internaral distance; canthal ridge indicated; lores slightly concave;
interorbital space much wider than upper eyelid; fingers slender with
well-developed truncated disks, second equaling fourth, first
somewhat shorter; subarticular and palmar tubercles prominent, the
one at the base of the first finger with free rounded edge; toes long
and slender, tips distinctly swollen, about one-third webbed at base;
subarticular tubercles well developed; both metatarsal tubercles
strongly developed with free cutting edges, the inner much larger, the
outer transverse; extended hind leg reaches beyond the fore leg and
eye; skin of upper surface and sides rough with numerous elongate
wrinkled tubercles; underside more or less transversely wrinkled;
preanal region granular; a slight dermal fold indicated by a faint
groove from eye to shoulder; no fold across the top of head.

Color (in alcohol) : Dark brownish gray above with a broad pale
band, interruped in the middle, across the neck between the fore
legs, this band edged with a series of small black spots: similar
black spots scattered over the upper surface and forming a narrow -
band across supraorbital region, a line on upper lip and indication
of cross bars on the legs and feet; underside light brownish gray
with numerous roundish white spots on chin and throat; all tuber-
cules on the underside of the feet distinctly whitish.

DIMENSIONS

mm.
Aalst ey keg daly ai wohane VaKoLo se 7 KON 2 Or ee ee OE Ee ee a 42
Grea Fest: Nit CP! Ne ey ee oe ae shan Te a ey ee pe Sen 16. 5
Tip: Of; SNOUME: TOLe yes 4235 tisey ey ee LE pee aS ea 4.5
Interonbitals wid thse ss sachene a a eee a ge 4. 5
VEE y OL. Upp OT sey STs a aaa eae oa Be er eS 3
Woreplege s— 2= io © ae ea a ee a le a 30
Vent) to tiprok innerlmetatansa let ulcer clemson em ee ee 42

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER LT

Remarks.—This novelty is somewhat intermediate between A aloula
pulchra, from Hongkong and southern China and Aaloula verru-
cosa, described by Boulenger?® from Yunnanfu.'? The web between
the toes is intermediate in extent, being larger than in KX. pulchra’*
but shorter than in X. verrucosa, as represented by two specimens in
our Museum from the type locality, which were obtained from the
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, though closely approaching that
of No. 65520.” In dilation of the fingers it agrees with A pulchra, but
in the rugosity of its upper surface it even surpasses 1. verrucosa.
It differs from the latter, and judging from the descriptions, also
from the former, in the longer snout and better developed canthus
rostralis. It agrees again with X. pulchra in the wider interorbital
space. It differs from both decidedly in the pattern of coloration
which is peculiar and characteristic.

Another Haloula has been described ten years ago as A. tornieri,®
from Korea, the most easterly extension of the genus known. It
differs by having no well-defined disks on the fingers, by a small,
rounded outer metatarsal tubercle, etc., and does not seem to be nearly
related to the above.

That the new species belongs to the genus Haloula I have no doubt,
in spite of the fact that the sternal apparatus resembles very closely
the figure given by Boulenger*™ of that of Cacopus systoma. The
inner nares and the palatal ridges agree so well, however, with our
specimens of X. verrucosa, that a separation from the genus Kalou/la
is excluded. The terminal phalanx of the digits is shaped much like
that of K. verrucosa.

Family RANIDAE

RANA NIGROMACULATA Hallowell

Synonymy, Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 94, to which add:

Rana, esculenta subsp. chinensis WoLTERSTORFF, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, voi.
1, 1906, pp. 180, 185 (Foochow; Pingsiang, and Kiukiang, Kiangsi; Nim-
rod Sound, Chekiang; Shanghai; Nanking, Peking, Tsing-tao, Shantung;
Masampo and Chemulpo, Korea).

Rana esculenta var, chinensis BouLENGER, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920,
p. 88 (Shanghai; Chusan; Ningpo; Mts. n. of Kiukiang).

Rana chinensis BotKay, Allatt. K6zl. Budapest, vol. 8, 1909 (p. 53, pl. 8) ;
Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 13, 1911, p. 67, pl. 6 (critical).

170 Ann. Mag. Nat. His., ser. 7, vol. 13, February, 1904, p. 131.

4 This species has also been reported from Tsingtau, Shantunge (Callula verrucosa
Wo.trterstorrr, Abh. Mus. Madgeburg, vol. 1, 1906, p. 145). Whether identical with the
Yunnan form, or distinct, remains to be seen. Doctor Wolterstorff indicates various dif-
ferences.

“ As figured by Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 170.

*%Callula tornieri Voc, Sitz. Ber. Berlin Akad. Wiss., 1913, p.) 219:

4 Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 174.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

Rana esculenta SowrErsy, in Clark and Sowerby, Through Shen-Kan, 1912,
p. 112 (Shensi).—Ger, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184
(Soochow).

Rana nigromaculata ANNANDALE, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 6, 1917,
(p. 140, pl. 6, fig. 4) —NikotskI, Fauna Rossij, Amph., 1918, p. 34 (Or-
dos; Wuchangfu, Hupeh; Khingan Mts; ete.).

Of this widely distributed and common frog most of the recent
collections contain numerous examples, as shown by the following
enumeration.

Sowerby collected three specimens (Nos. 52360-2) in southern
Manchuria at the Yalu River about 180 miles from its mouth; eight
specimens (Nos. 39346-52) in Shensi at Yenanfu, and 20 miles east
of Hai-shin-ssu; seven specimens (Nos. 65225-8, 66352-4) at
Shanghai; eighteen (Nos. 65330, 66386-402) at Foochow, and three
(Nos. 65292-4) near Yenpingfu, Fukien. One (No. 63202) was
extracted from the stomach of a snake collected by Dr. Lewis R.
Thompson in the southwestern part of Hunan province. Rey.
Graham sent eleven from Szechwan, seven (Nos. 65931, 66642,
66785-9) from Suifu, the others (Nos. 65924-7) presumably from
the same locality. L. I. Moffett collected two specimens (Nos.
52585-6) at Kiangyin, Kiangsu.

RANA PLANCYI Lataste

Synonymy, see Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 101, to which add:

BoettTcer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 160; Kat. Batr.
Mus. Senckenberg., 1892, p. 4 (Lushan Mts. near Kiukiang; Shanghai;
Hankow) ; Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges., 1894, p. 138 (Hankow) ; p. 140
(Lushan Mts.) ; p. 145 (Shanghai) ; p. 147 (Dalanshan, near Ningpo) .—
WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 368.—
WoLTERSTORFF, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1, 1906, p. 130 (Ping-shiang ;
Nimrod Sound, Chekiang; Kiukiang).—Gerr, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe.,
vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

ANNANDALE, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 6, 1917, p. 145 (Tai-hu Lake,
Proy. Kiangsu).—BouLENGER, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 85
(China and Formosa).

There are now in the National Museum good series of this species
both from Formosa and the Chinese mainland. An examination of
this material demonstrates that the differences which I indicated ¥
between specimens from Formosa and Shanghai do not hold and are
of a purely individual character. Several of the specimens have well-
developed glandular tubercles on the back between the dorso-lateral
folds, but they do not assume the shape of elongated folds as in
PR. nigromaculata. 'The black and white band on the posterior aspect
of the thigh is characteristic of 2. plancyi. Our series now includes
two specimens (Nos. 65331 and 65333) from Foochow, and one
(No. 65258) from Futsing also in Fukien, and 12 specimens (Nos.

1 Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 101.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 19

65236-46, 66351) from Shanghai, all collected by Mr. Sowerby. In
addition we have eight specimens (Nos. 52576-82, 52584) from
Kiangyin, Kiangsu, collected by L. I. Moffett.

RANA ASIATICA (Bedriaga) =

1853. Rana cruenta MIppENDOoRFF, Sibir. Reise, vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 249,
pl. 26, figs. 5-7 (Jakutsk, Siberia) (not of Pallas).

1876. Rana temporaria SrraucH, in Przewalski’s Mongoliya i Strana
Tangutov, vol. 2, pt. 3, p. 53 (Kansu; Ordos) (not. of Linnaeus) .—
GurentTHER, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersbourg, vol. 1, 1896, p. 206 (Sung-
pan, Szechwan).

1885. Rana japonica BortreErR, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., p. 150
(Kansu; Ordos; Szechwan) (not of Guenther).—Sowersy, in Clark and
Sowerby, Through Shen-Kai, 1912, p. 112 (North Shensi; Kansu).

1898. Rana temporaria, var. asiatica Brpriaca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski
Central-Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, Amph. Rept., pt. 1, May 15,
1898, p. 23, pl. 1, fig. 44b (type-locality, Kansu and Ordos, Mengolia ;
cotypes, Petrograd Mus. Nos. 928, 929; Przhevalski, collector).

1909. Rana bachtyana KastcHENKO, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersbourg, vol.
14, p. 129 (type-locality, Bachty, Semiryetchensk, Siberia ; types in Univ.
Tomsk).

1914. Rana asiatica Nixousxk1, Trudi Troitsko-Savsk. Kiakht. Otd. Geogr.
Obshtch., vol. 15, 1914 (p. 33) (Transbaikalia) ; Fauna Rossij, Amph.,
1918, p. 62 (Southern Siberia, Davuria, Ordos, Kansu, ete.).

The exact relation of this form to the typical Rana temporaria,
which inhabits the northern regions from the Atlantic Ocean to the
Pacific, is not quite clear. In the desert regions from the Tian-Shan
eastwards a form occurs apparently distinguished by longer snout,
shghtly longer hind legs, shghtly more excised webs and more
posteriorly located vomerine teeth. It is not always easy to deter-
mine, especially with indifferently preserved material, to which
form a given specimen may belong. This is evident from an inspec-
tion of the lists of specimens given by Bedriaga and Nikolski, which
shows that these eminent authorities have disagreed materially in
the reference of the individual specimens, and that both authors
enumerate specimens from the same locality under the separate
names. Thus Bedriaga (p. 17) refers Petrogr. Mus. No. 1055, from
the River Kungess in the Tian-shan to Rana temporaria and No.
1056 from the same locality to R. asiatica, while Nikolski (Fauna
Rossij, Amph., p. 39) places both numbers under A. temporaria.
Bedriaga regards the two specimens of No. 932, from Kansu, as
typical PR. temporaria; Nikolski has them under #?. asiatica, and also

16In the Herpetology of Japan, p. 113, I explained the trivial term temporaria as sig-
nifying “temporary, in the present case, perhaps, in the sense of changeable.’ I have
since come across the following paragraph in Gesner’s ‘‘De Amphibiis”’ (1560, p. 360) :
“Latent hybernis mensibus in terra Ranae omnes exceptis temporariis istis minimis, qui
latent in coeno, et reptant in viis ac ripis,”’ showing that these frogs were called ‘“ tem-

porary ’”’ because they were believed to last only during the summer time and not to
hibernate like the other frogs.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

No. 1056. Bedriaga has at least one of the eight specimens of No.
1501, from the River Braga-gorgi, as 2. astatica, while Nikolski
has three out of the same batch under #. astatica and. three under
FR. temporaria. Moreover, Bedriaga refers Middendorff’s specimens.
from Udskoi Ostrog to R. asiatica, while Nikolski keeps them in
i. temporaria where, I have no doubt, they really belong.

Mehely’s suggestion 7” that Middendorff’s Aldan and Udskoi speei-
mens, as well as Bedriaga’s FR. asiatica, really are Rana arvalis I
simply mention to show how divergent the opinions are as to these
frogs.

Recently ** Boulenger has made 2. japonica include specimens.
from practically the whole of China and Japan, from Canton and
Yunnanfu to Yezo and the mouth of the Amur. This disposition of
the east Asiatic grass frogs does not seem to meet the requirements
of the case, and in the absence of a discussion and disposal of PR.
martensi and of R. asiatica I am unable to accept his view, at least
for the present.

Tn this uncertainty I have preferred to follow Nikolski in treating
this form binominally.

This is the form which Sowerby found all along his route with
Colonel Clark in Shansi, northern Shensi, and Kansu in 1908 and
1909. <A fine series, including specimens from Taiyuanfu, Shansi
(Nos. 39326-80), Yulinfu, Shensi (Nos. 39831-2), 50 miles east of
Yenanfu, Shensi (Nos. 39360-6), 25 miles northeast of Chingning-
chow, Kansu (Nos. 39354-9), and 20 miles east of Kingyangfu,
Kansu, at Ho-shin (No. 39367) testify to his zeai and skill as a
collector and observer. There are also in the collections received
from him later on specimen obtained by A. L. Hall in northeastern:
Chili, at Hei Sui, close to the Mongolian border (Nos. 53374-8)
and by himself in Manchuria, at I-mien-po, North Kirin (No.

58370).
RANA CHENSINENSIS David

This, as will be shown below, is the same as Rana amurensis Boulenger in
the Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 119. To the synonymy there given add®

1875. Rana chensinensis Davin, Journ. Trois. Voy. Chinois, vol. 1, p. 15%
(type locality, Inkiapo, Valley of Laoyu, Tsinling Mts., southern Shensi ;
types in Paris Mus.; A. David, collector).

Rana amurensis ELPATJEWSKY and Saranigew, Zool. Jahrb. Syst.. vol.
24, 1906, p. 261 (Transbaicalia).—-BoULENGER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1907, p. 414 (Sakhalin).—Barsour, Proc. New England Zo6l. Club, vol. 4,
Nov. 24, 1909, p. 59 (West Tai-pai-shiang district, Northern China).

1912. Rana japonica SowErsBy, in Clark and Sowerby, Through Shen-Kan,
p. 112 (north Shensi; Kansu) (part; not of Guenther).

17 Zichy’s Dritte Asiat. Porschungsreise, vol. 2, Zool., 1901, p. 66.
18 Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 93.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 21

1918. Rana amurensis amurensis NiKotski, Fauna Rossij, Amph., p. 80
(Vladivostok ; Shmakovskaya, Ussuri).

1918. Rana amurensis kukunoris Nixoutski1, Fauna Rossij, Amph., p. 82
(type locality, Lake Kokonor, Tibet; cotypes, Mus. Petrograd, no. 1590;
Przhevalski, collector).

Rana amurensis was originally described by Boulenger from
specimens collected in the Russian Coast province. It was after-
wards (1908) recorded by Bedriaga from material collected by
Przhevalski and Grum-Grzymailo at Kokonor. Neither of these
authors had seen specimens from the other’s locality.

Nikolski was able to compare specimens from both localities
which are more than 1,500 miles apart, and came to the conclusion
that those from Kokonor were distinguishable from the typical
Ussuri form by having the skin of the sides and belly smooth, back
furnished with elongate tubercles, belly unspotted, and the inner
metatarsal tubercle less than one-half the length of first toe.

While thus Bedriaga and Nikolski were unable to compare speci-
mens from these extreme ends of the range of the species, I on the
other hand have only specimens from the intermediate territory.
Dr. Thomas Barbour, in 1909, recorded several specimens from the
West Tai-pai-shiang district of Northern China. This locality
which seems to be the same as Tei-pai-shan (also spelled Ta-pai-shan
or Thaé-péy-chan), in the Tsinling Mountains south of Sianfu,
Shensi, is not far from the place 15 miles south of Sianfu, where
Sowerby collected two specimens (Nos. 39315-6) on February 26,
1909. Thanks to the courtesy of Doctor Barbour I have been able
to compare the two grown specimens in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zodlogy with ours and find them to agree in all essential points,
and I have no doubt that they all represent FR. chensinensis
(=amurensis). To this form I also refer four specimens (Nos.
52363-6) taken by Sowerby in southern Manchuria on the Yalu
River about 180 miles from its mouth, and five specimens, also
collected by him in the Hsin-Lung-Shan district, Imperial] Hunting
Grounds, Chilili, 65 miles northeast of Peking, during the month
of August, 1917. In most of these I find the skin on the sides and
below rather smooth, the venter immaculate and the inner metatarsal
tubercle rather less than one-half the inner toe, but the tubercles on
the back are not elongated. In some respects therefore these
Chinese specimens are intermediate and cast doubt upon the validity
of the subspecies kukwnoris.

The change of name of this species from R. amurensis to R. chen-
sinensis 1s due to the discovery of the fact that Pére David in the
account of his trip from Sianfu to the Tsinling Mountains described
this species under the latter name from some specimens caught on

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

November 19, 1872, in a smal] spring at an altitude of more than
1,000 meters near Inkiapo in the valley of Laoyu, Tsingling Moun-
tains. The two specimens (Nos. 39315-6) collected by Sowerby on
February 26, 1909, in a mountain stream 15 miles south of Sianfu,
at an altitude of 1,500 feet are therefore practically topotypes of
Pére David’s species. It is interesting to compare Mr. Sowerby’s.
color description of some of his frogs as being “ yellowish-pink be-
neath, shading into red on the under surfaces of the legs” with
David’s “d’un beau jaune au ventre, avec Je dessous des bras
rouges.”
RANA JAPONICA (Guenther)

Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 107, pl. 11, fig. 1. Add to synonymy:
1870.—Rana silvatica SwinHor, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1870, p. 412
(Ichang, Hupeh) (not R. sylvatica LeContTe).
Rana japonica STEJNEGER, Proc. Washington Biol. Soe., vol. 37, Feb. 21,
1924 p. 70 (Japan).

While writing the Herpetology of Japan, I had serious doubts
about 2. japonica being found outside of Japan, not having seen any
Chinese specimens myself. However, I have now before me two:
specimens (U.S. Nat. Mus. Nos. 66459-60) collected by Sowerby at.
Hangchow, Chekiang, and one from Shin-Kai-Si, Mount Omei,
Szechwan, collected by Mr. Graham (No. 66547), which I am unable
to separate from Japanese specimens. It is, therefore, likely that the
records of ?. japonica from Ningpo, Chin-hai, Nanking, Shanghai,
Nimrod Sound, Kiukiang, and Ping-shiang correctly refer to this
species. On the other hand, I can not accept the view that the Peking
and other northern Chinese specimens referred to it belong here.
They are probably either 2. chensinensis (amurensis) or R. asiatica.

RANA LONGICRUS Stejneger

1898. Rana longicrus StEINEGER, Journ. Sci. Coll. Tokyo, vol. 12, pt. 3, 1898,
p. 216 (type locality, Taipa, Formosa; type, Sci. Coll. Mus. Tokyo, No.
26; T. Tada, collector) ; Herpet. Japan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 58,
1907, p. 104; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p. 95 (Formosa) ; Proce.
Washington Biol. Soc., vol. 37, Feb. 21, 1924, p. 77 (Formosa ).—WERNER,.
Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 369 (Formosa ).—
BouLenGceER, Ree, Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 95 (Ching Fung Lin, Fu-
kien).

Boulenger’s record of this species as occurring in Fukien is cor-
roborated by a specimen collected by Mr. Sowerby at Foochow (No.
65327). Thus one more species is added to the list of batrachians
which Formosa has in common with the mainland opposite.

From the list of measurements of this specimen given below the
interorbital space as compared with that of the type appears to be
much narrower relatively to the eyelid, and the latter wider, a dis-

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER os

crepancy also apparent in the figure of the type*®, but that may be
due to a difference in the state of preservation of the two specimens,
as the total width between outer edges of eyelids, 10 mm., is identi-
cal in both.

DIMENSIONS
mm,.
STrOUtptOmaVven tae ee eee oe eee ere Se es Sp Serena Rp ee RAR ek SEE Se 48
Snout to posterior edge of tympanum _-_-__-__ we ee Sipe NS eeu Hee ne 16
Snout, torcorner: of mouth=22- 22) ea SEF loess Fits col A TI Boe ae eee es 14. 5.
BVVal clits Tnce fecal eh Ce ee ae a ee et a8 pe Sees 14. 5
PUD TIN OTOL ga Vi eas a ee aa a oN 5
Widthuotanpperseye lids 22s. irre ee Be ee ee ee a 3.5
Tnterorbital® wid thes. ee ee ae PERAPL SL SEO SIE Pee Le 3
Hyer to nostrils ee eee ees. Behe eee Ue eee 4
VeRtonenaviotesn Oi tas eee eee one ee A ee en a ee eye AGag sets ca 7.3:
TAMELCLAOL GEV IND AMUN es he ee ee ee see A 3
FOTO olny ae Sees ea ea ee eal a a eal ga Eel an Mica 28
Hilbowstontip, Of Jongest) fin gers os es eS 21
Ene im pee oe SE Ae Pe eT R RNR ArT. tne Re aL eee Oe | 91
Vent to tip of longest toe___________- LD eke SOR ge Rs Fe ARs ote OR 95
NN ENN eae ae trp ae Soa eos Eyl ne yal Da ie lk ae ame ae Eee oats 24
PN ESR ea aa cs i pa ee pee i eh I pe ale aN a aki 30
inner~metatarsaile tuberelezs: = =.= Ss i es ee eg Se 2
Distance between dorso-lateral folds______ See Ae en gS Sg oo Sune peeeee 8. 3:

RANA RICKETTI Boulenger

1899. Rana ricketti BouLENGER, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1899, p. 168, pl.
19, fig. 2 (type locality, Kuatun, Fukien; cotypes in British Mus.; J.
D. La Touche, collector); Ree. Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 216
(Fukien; Man Son Mountains, Tonkin, near Kwangsi).—Voart, Sitz.
Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 100 (Kwangtung).

Mr. Sowerby collected a single specimen (U.S.N.M. No. 65266)
near Yenpingfu, Fukien. Total length is 53 mm., consequently as
large as the Tonkin specimens measured by Boulenger and con-
siderably larger than the types (32 and 38 mm.).

RANA ADENOPLEURA Boulenger

1909. Rana adenopleura BouLmpNcER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 8), vol.
4, December, 1909, p. 492 (type locality, Fuhacho village, 4,000 feet
altitude, Formosa; cotypes in Brit. Mus.; H. Sauter, collector); Ree.
Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 189 (Formosa).

A single specimen (No. 65248) of this rare frog, originally de-
scribed from Formosa, was collected by Sowerby at Yenpingfu,
Fukien, thus adding still another to the species of batrachians com-
mon to this province and Formosa. It agrees closely with Boul-
enger’s description, except that the dorso-lateral fold starts from
the upper eyelid and not “from above the tympanum.” To his
description I may add that the disks of the toes are broadly lance-

2 Herp. Japan, fig. 81, p. 104.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

olate, pointed anteriorly, and the horizontal groove very marked.
A series of measurements of this interesting specimen is appended.

mm,

Sout. tO. View a a ae en ee 45
Pera ee Tn Fg ea a8 ok eA Ae ae ne ee 16
Wadth of shead==== sss op a Se EI a eS ae a ee elle
STOUL BO eye ee Se ES Pe eS Sew a hr eee ES 8
A OL A a ry De Se aera ae Ae ye eR en ea 5
Interorbital swith. sh. oe ee es re ae 3% 7
Upper? eyelid. 2_—- = — - peared Soa SN ee a a | ae pe
SECU NEL UTI ne? eS ae oe 2 et ee ee ae eee 4
ESOT LC ea A a eae 27
DEEDener NU aD ee a ae a eA BRS ee A 17
SES eg ee ree eat et ie en Nay Ae De 8 is ae GSE A eee ee 24
Nentetortip of lon eest tes 2e ae eee A Rae ie Tie ee 80
SEASTES G5 is OC ee se SS I ee Re 6
Tnnersmetatarsal tubercles. 2 fess Se ee ee See ee ee ee 2.5

RANA GUENTHERI Boulenger

1867. Hylorana malabarica STEINDACHNER, Reise Novara, Zool., vol. 1,
Amph., p. 48 (Hongkong) (not of Duméril and Bibron).

1888. Rana guentheri BouLencer, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., p. 48, pl. 4,
fig. 2(type locality, Amoy, China; cotypes in Brit. Mus.; R. Swinhoe,
collector) ; Ree. Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 133 (Amoy, China; Tonkin ;
Annam).—Boetrcer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 159
(Amoy); Ber., 1888, p. 95; Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges., 1894, p. 185
(Hainan); p. 1387 (Hongkong); Kat. Batr. Mus. Senckenberg., 1892, p.
10 (Hainan; Hongkong, Canton).—WeErRNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 8309.—Wo.trerstorrr, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg,
vol. 1, 1906, pp. 126, 131, 144 (Pingshiang, Kiangsi; Canton).—Voert,
Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 100 (IKwantung).

A fine large male (total length 86 mm.), with large vocal sacs and
humeral glands (No. 65332) a female, 77 mm. (No. 66465) and two
young ones 24 and 22 mm. (No. 66466-7), were collected by Sowerby
at Foochow, Fukien. Two half-grown specimens (Nos. 63413 and
65944) 64 and 57 mm. long, and a young one (No. 65935) 28 mm.
long, were taken in Szechwan by Rev. D. C. Graham, the last men-
tioned at Suifu, the other probably at the same place. A fine male
(No. 66848) has recently been received from Prof. C. Ping. It was
collected at Nanking.

RANA TIBETANA Boulenger

1917. Rana tibetana BouLencErR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8 ser.), vol. 20, Dec.
1917, p. 414 (type locality, Yin-tsin-wau, Wassu State, Tibet; type in
Brit. Mus.) ; Ree. Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 70 (Yin-tsin-wan).

A single excellently preserved specimen of what I take to be
Boulenger’s R. tibetana was collected by Rev. D. C. Graham at
Shin-kai-si, Mount Omei, Szechwan (U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 64423).
At first glance it recalls Rana rugosa of Japan, but an inspection of

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 25

the hind feet at once discloses that it belongs to an entirely different
group of the genus.

About five closely allied forms have been described or recorded
from the surrounding regions, namely, P. feae, ywnnanensis, and
phrynoides from Yunnan, spinosa from southern China south of the
Yangtse, and tibetana from a locality in Tibet. Of these the descrip-
tion of the last mentioned species agrees in almost all particulars
with our specimen. It has a distinct tympanum which is about 0.6
the diameter of the eye; a tarsal fold; the tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches the anterior angle of eye; the tibia is 314 times as long as
broad, and about twice in length from snout to vent; first finger is
longer than second; tips of toes swollen into small disks; inner
metatarsal tubercles narrow, about 0.6 length of inner toe, no outer
metatarsal tubercle; canthus rostralis quite distinct; loreal region
concave; nostril nearer the eye than the end of the snout; distance
between nostrils greater than interorbital width which is less than
upper eyelid; heels overlapping; barely trace of a fold across the
head behind the eyes, but a strong glandular fold from the eye to
the shoulder. The upper parts in the type which is hitherto the
only museum specimen recorded of R. tibetana, are described as
“rough with granules and numerous round or oval warts tipped
with black horny spinules.” The wartiness of the Mount Omei
specimen is apparently even more pronounced, for the skin of the
whole upper surface resembles that of 2. rwgulosa, being densely
granular with elongate narrow warts, 2 to 3 millimeters long, and
arranged in about 8 fairly regular series on the back. The warts
on the sides and upper surface of legs are shorter, but also arranged
more or less serially, giving the whole upper surface a very rough
appearance.

With regard to the type locality as given by Boulenger, I have
failed to locate any Yin-tsin-wau or -wan in Tibet proper, nor a
Wassu State. There is a Yin-tsin at the extreme eastern end of
Szechwan in or near the Wu-shan range, but that is not likely to be
the locality intended. There is, however, indicated on some maps
an independent tribe (or state) Wasu or Wa-ssu in Central
Szechwan near which a locality Wenchwan. Under the circum-
stances I feel that my identification of the species does no violence
to the probable geographical distribution of this interesting frog,
especially as Szechwan apparently has encroached upon Tibet by
the absorption of the various independent kingdoms.”

A table of measurements of our specimen is appended for compari-
son with the dimensions given by Boulenger of the type. I have
tried as far as possible to conform to his directions for taking the
measurements.

20 See Rockhill, Journ. Mongolia Tibet, 1894, p. 370.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

DIMENSIONS

mm
eLiprofesnout-to! vent=———— = 2 PEE ATES AE SESE Se snc EE seen ee Sate were 47
GLeneth of headsas! sass be vy ay als 8 ON eek es De et aie ls ig Sa ie 16
WV Del ta goof Un een ha ag a ee el D2,
SNOUP2 Stew eee See, tele tee a ci at NN ME eee LEY Ra PEE ALR a 6
Vere a eats eee ae Se ad a a De ae 6
Width between nostrils____- 2H SEEM eee sae Os ESC RE af NR ESAT Ee elie 4.5
Interorbitaly width ee sys ek. _ tet sepa gs ee ate PEE ee ENE ee ee 4
Width of upper eyelid_______--______ pettesS eat eee Ee cg ee og bei Nes te th 4.7
SW) SAAT ne a ae ES I ee 3.5
IHIOTC LCase Ber 2 al ee BIN ne cre ee ee SP a oe ee os Cee
URED SS Ge pet OTe ce ps Se a tage en Se a ee ee ene ELD
Second tingerts 22.8 eee ok AS ERE EM OR ASAE Se ES ES. ee a ee 4.5
Rhirds inser Lh AEs Sree PE ee thee NE UN ee eee een ee 7.5
Mourth din Seri ape SS hs Aye oe a Pe A ee ee Sk EP ee eS 5
OETA CHT Cee ee eta A ea oe a pee Je tes eee oe iy
ST Tea a DD es LEE a RN NS tl 0 24.5
AWW AT CUE ENaC hese Te TD Men cs or ic a ee ey Oe Ee uP Ee eS 2
MOOG {Seis Sk A CREE Ths ahs Fa ee TA SON NS RS SEE ee RS Dee
Hirststoe; tromimetatarsaljtubercles 2. 28 See ee eee eee 6
Inner metatarsal tubercle. +52. 24. a 2 el oe age aay ee J On
Hitthatoe shorter than, chit da ec = oe See ee 6.8
Wifths toeshorter, than fourths 2 ae se 2 ee ee ee 2

RANA EMELJANOVI Nikolski

1913. Rana emeljanovi Nixousxi, Ann. Zool. Mus. St. Pétersbourg, vol. 18,
1913, p. 148 (type locality, Ilialpo,* Manchuria; type in Mus. Univers.
Kharkof; Dr. Emeljanof, collector).

1918. Rana emeljanowi NixkoLski, Fauna Rossij, Amph., p. 83, pl. 2, fig. 2,
(Iliampo). i

Mr. Sowerby collected three good specimens of this interesting
species on the north bank of Yalu River, the boundary between Man-
churia and Korea, about 180 miles from its mouth. It is closely re-
lated to the Japanese Rana rugosa as noted by the original describer.

RANA SPINOSA David

1858. Rana kuhlii GUENTHER, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., p. 8 (part:
Ningpo) ; Rept. Brit. India, 1864, p. 404 (part) pl. 26, fig. A (Ningpo).
1872. Rana latrans Davin, Nouy. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 8, Bull,

p. 85 (type locality ‘‘ Cascades de Kiangsi’’) (not of Steffen, 1815).
1875. Rana spinosa Davin, Journ. Trois. Voy. Chinois, vol. 2, p. 253 (type
locality, Ouang-mao-tsae, prov. Kiangsi).—BouLENGER, Rec. Indian Mus.,
vol. 20, 1920, p. 74 (China south of the Yangtse Klang).—SmirH, Rec.
Indian Mus., vol. 26, March 1924, p. 137 (tadpoles; peak at Hongkong).
1889. Rana boulengeri GUENTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 4, Sep-
tember, 1889, p. 222 (type locality, Ichang, Hupeh; cotypes in Brit. Mus.;
A. HH. Pratt, collector); in Pratt's To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 248
(Ichang).—BouLENGER, Proce. Zool. Soe. London, 1899, p. 166 (Kuatun,
Fukien).

71 So written in the original description. In his Fauna Rossij, Amph., 1918, Nikolski
twice spells it Iliampo. Itis said to bea station on the East Chinese Railroad, but I have
‘been unable to locate it. I have only found a station Imenpo on the road between Harbin
and Vladivostok.

arr.25. CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 27

A splendid series of ten adults (U. S. Nat. Mus. Nos. 64884—93)
of this very large frog was collected during the late autumn of 1921
by Sowerby in the upper Min River basin, at an altitude of about
5,000 feet, consequently not far from the type locality of the species.
Three equally large specimens (Nos. 64647-9) collected by C. R.
Kellogg on August 10 of the same year supplement the above and
give a good demonstration of the variability of this species. The
more variable parts seem to be the interorbital width and the relative
distance of the nostrils between the eye and the tip of the snout, but
with the looseness of the skin it is very difficult to give exact measure-
ments which are of value to others than the one taking them.

The males have the breast studded with white semiglobular tuber-
cles, which in most of them are surmounted by a black conical spine.
Snnilar spiny tubercles closely crowded together form pads at the
tip of the inner metacarpal tubercle, which is enormously developed,
the upper and inner sides of first and second fingers and inner side
of third finger. The largest specimen, a male (No. 64884), measures
115 mm. in total length from tip of snout to vent.

‘The observations made by Mr. Sowerby on the habits of this
species coincide with those recorded by Pére David, who discovered
the species in the high mountains dividing the province of Kiangsi
from Fukien. In his letter of January 27, 1922, Mr. Sowerby writes
that * The large frogs were taken amongst the rocks in the stream
beds at an altitude of 5,000 feet,” and that “they are considered a
great delicacy by the Chinese.” Mr. Kellogg, writing from Foo-
chow, adds that “they seem fairly common, as I have seen large
numbers of them for sale at different times, though they are rare
enough to bring a better price in the markets than the common
frogs.”

Besides the above large specimens, Mr. Sowerby sent a very young
one (No. 65249), which he collected at Yenpingfu, Fukien, and
which I refer to this species with but little doubt. It is only 26 mm.
jong, but it has already a very strongly developed inner metacarpal
tubercle; in addition the distance between eye and nostril is very
short, so that I do not. think it can be referred to R. kuhlii.

RANA LIMNOCHARIS Gravenhorst

To the synonymy as given in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 127, add:

1829. Rana limnocharis “ Kuhl”? GraveENuorst, Delic. Mus. Zool. Vratislav.,
fase. 1, p. 42 (type locality, Java; type in Mus. Breslau; Kuhl, collec-
tor).—WIEGMANN, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Carol., vol. 17, pt. 1, p. 255
(Java).—BorTTGER, Kat. Batr. Mus. Senckenberg., 1892, p. 3 (Hong-
kong; Shanghai; Canton; Hankow); Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges.,
1894, p. 187 (Hongkong) ; p. 188 (Hankow) ; p. 144 (Shanghai).—Wenr-
nER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, pp. 358, 308
(Shanghai; Hankow).—WotLrTersTorFF, Abh. Mus. Madgeburg, vol. 1,

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66:

1906, p. 130 (Kowloon, near Hongkong; Foochow; Pingsiang, Kiangsi;
Nimrod Sound, Chekiang; Kiukiang; Nanking; Tsingtao, Shantung).—
BouLeNGER, Vert. Malay Penins., Rept. Batr., 1912, p. 236 (India, China,
Japan, Malay Pen. and Archip.); Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 20, 1920,
p. 28 (eastern Asia).—ANNANDALE, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 6,
1917, p. 182 (China, Borneo, Java).—Grr, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc.,
vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

Rana gracilis STEINDACHNER, Reise Novara, Zool., vol. 1, Amph., 1862, p.
18 (Shanghai, Hongkong).—GuENTHER, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Péters-
bourg, vol. 1, 1896, p. 206 (Yachow, Szechwan).

In his Monograph, 1920 (pp. 28 and 29), Boulenger has pointed
out two errors in my treatment of this species in the Herpetology of
Japan, to which I plead guilty. The first is in regard to its rela-
tionship to ?. tigerina, which I had questioned. The second relates.
to a slip—to me utterly unexplainable—in the description of the
female from Japan, about which I said (p. 128) that the tibio-
tarsal articulations “only touch without overlapping.” I have re-
examined the specimen (U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 31798) and find that
the heels “overlap considerably.” ‘This is also correctly stated in
the “ Key,” as pointed out by Boulenger. Holders of the “ Herpe-
tology ” are requested to make the correction in their copy.

The National Museum has now splendid ‘series of this species,
both from Java, the type-locality, and from China and Japan. It
shows a surprising individual variability, and I have been unable
to find any tangible differences which would justify splitting up our
material into geographical groups. L. I. Moffett has sent us speci-
mens (Nos. 52573-5, 52583, 52587) from Kiangyin, Kiangsu; Prof.
C. Ping (No. 66847) from Nanking; E. Deschamps (Nos. 31724-56)
and Sowerby from Shanghai (Nos. 65229-3835, 65247, 66355-76). The
latter also collected it at Hangchow, Chekiang (No. 66464) and
found it numerous in Fukien, at Foochow (Nos. 65310-26, 66429),
at Futsing (Nos. 65259-65), near Yenping (Nos. 65271-88), and
even in the upper Min Basin (Nos. 64880-3). Graham collected a
fine lot at Suifu (Nos. 65813-4, 65923, 65928-30, 65938-40), and also
three specimens from Mount Omei (Nos. 64424 and 65812, Shin-Kai-
Si, altitude 4,400 feet) and a large female (No. 65468), total length
48 mm., thus corroborating Potanin’s find of this frog at Yachow in

1894.
RANA RUGULOSA Wiegmann

1835. Rana rugulosa. WirEcMANN, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Carol., vol. 17,
pt. 1, p. 258, pl. 21, fig. 2 (type locality, Cape Syng-more, China; type,
No. 3721, Berlin Mus.; Meyen, collector).—F1rziIngrer, Sitz. Ber. Akad.
Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. K1., vol. 42, 1861, p. 414 (Shanghai, Hong-
kong).—PrErTrERS, Mon. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1863, p. 78 (type).—
ANNANDALE, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 6, 1917, p. 126 (Burma, Siam,
South China, Formosa); Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 15, April, 1918, p. 60
(Burma, Siam, China).

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 29

1835. Rana vittigera WinGMANN, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Carol., vol. 17,
pt. 1, p. 255 (part: specimens from Macao, China, Berlin Mus. No. 3270).

1856. Rana rugosa LIicHTENSTEIN and Martens, Nomencl. Amph. Mus.
Berol., p. 38 (China) (not of Schlegel).

1860. Rana tigrina HaLLoweE LL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860,
p. 504 (Hongkong) (not of Daudin).—STEINDACHNER, Reise Novara,
Zool., vol. 1, Amph., 1862, p. 17 (part: Hongkong).—BOULENGER, Cat.
Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 26 (part: Shanghai, Ningpo; Formosa) .—
Borerrcer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 180 (Canton) ;
Kat. Batr. Mus. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges., 1894, p. 187 (Hongkong) .—
PARENTI and Picaaura, Atti Soe. Natur. Modena, Mem. (3), vol. 5, 1886,
p. 90 (Hongkong market ).—WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., IL K1:,-vol.
22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 858 (Shanghai).—Wotrerstorrr, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg,
vol. 1, 1906, p. 130 (Pingshang, Kiangsi; Canton; Kiukiang ; Shanghai) .—
Gre, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 50, 1919, p, 184 (Soochow).

1861. Hydrostentor pantherinus Firzincrer, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
Math. Nat. K1., vol. 42, p. 414 (nomen nudum).

1862. Rana tigrina, var. pantherina STEINDACHNER, Reise Novara, Zool.,
vol. 1, Amph., pl. 1, figs. 14-17 (Hongkong).—BovuLencER, Rec. Indian
Mus., vol. 20, 1920, p. 21 (Burma, Siam, French Indo-China, China, and
Formosa).

1907. Rana tigerina STEJNEGER, Herp. Japan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 58,
p. 1389 (part: Hongkong; Formosa); Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38,
1910, p. 96 (Formosa).—Barzsour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 40, No.
4, 1912, p. 128 (Ichang, Hupeh).

1910. Rana burkilli ANNANDALE, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 5 (p. 79) (type-
locality, Tavoy, Tenasserim ; type, in Calcutta Mus.).

1918. Rana tigrina, var. burkilli BouLENGER, Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 15,
April, 1918, p. 58 (Burma, Siam, China).

Thanks to the painstaking investigations of Annandale and
Boulenger, the several species or subspecies clustering around the
old Rana tigerina, their geographical distribution and nomencla-
ture, have now been fairly well cleared up. The synonymy of the
form occurring in China has therefore been rewritten as above and
should supersede that of the Herpetology of Japan (p. 139).

In addition to the old specimens from Hongkong, the National
Museum now possesses the following from the Chinese mainland:
Nos. 46616, from Shanghai, collected by D. C. Jansen; three from
Shanghai (Nos. 66348-50) ; 33 from Foochow, Fukien, by Sowerby
(Nos. 653346; 66377-85; 66406-26); and one from Wenchow,
Chekiang, by Prof. C. Ping (No. 66846).

Genus POLYPEDATES Tschudi

The name Rhacophorus has recently been resuscitated for this
genus on the strength of a passage in a letter by Kuhl and van
Hasselt, in the Algemeene Konst- en Letter-Bode (Haarlem) 1822,
pt. 1, p. 104. This, however, is the original of the reference in
German translation ?? to which I called attention in the Herpetology

2 Isis, 1822, p. 476.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

of Japan, 1907 (p. 144), and alters in no way the fact that the two
species mentioned are absolute nomina nuda and that the character
mentioned fitted no other “ Hyla” then known than Hyla palmata
Daudin. The first reference of the generic name Rhacophorus bd»
Schlegel, in 1827, to any described species, as well as the subsequent
action of Wagler ?* and van der Hoeven ** undoubtedly ties the name
to H. palmata as a synonym of Hyla. The first species belonging
to this genus, as now understood, was not given a nomenclatorial
status until after 1838.

POLYPEDATES LEUCOMYSTAX MEGACEPHALUS (Hallowell)

1858. Polypedates maculatus GUENTHER, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., p. 78:
(part: Hongkong, China; not of Gray).—MuveE LER, Verh. Naturf. Ges.
Basel, vol. 6, pt. 4, 1878, p. 585 (Lilong and Fumun, Kwantung).—Rha-
cophorus maculatus BouLENGER, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 83.
(part).—Borttcrer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 181
(Swatow) ; 26-28 Ber., 1888 (pp. 97, 160).

1860. Polypedates megacephalus HatLoweEL1L, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, 1860, p. 507 (type-locality, Hongkong, China).

1878. Polypedates maculatus, var. unicolor MurELLER, Verh. Naturf. Ges.
Basel, vol. 6, pt. 4, 1878, p. 585 (type-locality, China; type in Basel
Mus. ).

1889. Rhacophorus leucomystaz BouLENGER.-~ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1889,.
p. 29 (part; not of Gravenhorst) ; 1899, p. 169 (Kuatun, Fukien) —
Borerreer, Kat. Batr. Mus. Senckenberg., 1894, p. 187 (Hongkong) .—
WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II Kl., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 369.—
WoLsTeERSTORFF, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1, 1906, p. 125 (IXowlung Mt.,
Hongkong) ; p. 126 (Canton).—Voer, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde,
Berlin, 1914, p. 101 (Kwantung).—Gere, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc,
vol. 50, 1919 (p. 148) (Soochow) .—Polypedates leucomystaxz STEJNEGER,.
Herpet. Japan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 58, 1907, p. 157 (Formosa) .—
VAN DENBURGH, Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 3, Dec. 16, 1912,
p. 206 (Formosa).

1911. Rhacophorus braueri Voat, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,
1911, p. 180 (type-locality, Formosa ; type in Berlin Mus.).

A single specimen, collected by Sowerby at Foochow (No. 66405)
is so darkened and shriveled that nothing much can be said about
its identity, except that it belongs to P. leucomystax in the wider
sense. One color feature can be made out distinctly, namely the
coarse dark reticulation on the posterior aspect of the whitish femur
remarked upon by Boulenger?> as present in the other Fukien
specimen and also noticed by Boettger ** on a specimen from Swatow
and by Van Denbrugh in Formosan specimens.*7 In combination

23 Syst. Amph., 1830, p. 200 and Isis, 1833.

2% Handb. Dierk., vol. 2, pt. 2, 1833, p. 311.

2% Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1889, p. 169.

26 Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 131.

27 Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 3, Dec. 16, 1912, p. 206.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJNEGER 31

with the peculiarity of the Chinese specimens that the skin is not.
involved in the cranial ossification, it may indicate a recognizable
form deserving of a separate name for which Hallowell’s mega-
cephalus is available. In this connection I may call attention to
Vogt’s Rhacophorus braueri*® from Formosa, which evidently be-
longs to this group. The National Museum possesses a specimen
from Kosempo, Formosa, which in every particular fits Vogt’s de-
scription. This I cannot separate structurally from Sowerby’s
Fukien specimen, and the reticulation on the hind part of the femur
is identical. Vogt has since (1914) recognized PR. braueri as belong
ing to R. leucomystax.”

DIMENSIONS

mm,
IDOL SHOULELOMV EI tere ee Ne ene ee ee eee eee ee eee 42
VV GeO fe Oe (sas eee eek AI OPA OD NS ISP KER ES RB eee oe Ee 15
aTcerOrDital ESPACE eee Bich cs haces Se Lets e is. uk eevee hh seep Meee AY oe 5.5
WOO Teas y Clik lta es a ee Oe a ee Oe ok ee Ek 3.5?
DIStancesfromanostril topeCye = = se ee Se 4.5
OUP) TEVA Ce Togs Oe VC ee sR eS ae 4.5?
IaAmMeter: Of Lyi paAnUmMe ae. feck Soe A Se ee ee ee ee 3
Width of larzest: finger “disk. ter. sees ao es Se as Be ee eh eee ee eae
OEE Lea thee Fae eee EUS 2 UE Ee ENS evga eS Pe Sate Beret eer eee oh 26
End legs.vent. tostip of longest: toe 2-2 = - ee a 68
SLES a) 2 SSE a AS a NSN gg ai IN A a SIREN Ye Ss SN cleo ee 22

POLYPEDATES DENNYSI * (Blanford)

1881. Rhacophorus dennysi BuanrorpD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1881, p.
224, pl. 21, figs. 3-3a (type locality, China; type in Raffles Mus., Singa-
pore).—Boertecrr, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 161
(China).

1882. Rhacophorus dennysii BouLENGER, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., p. 87
(China?) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p. 169 (Foochow and Kuatun,
Fukien).—Voet, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 101
(Kwantung).—Wo.teErRSTORFF, Abh. Mus. Magdeburg, vol. 1, 1906, p. 126
(Pingsiang, Kiang-si).

Both Mr. Sowerby and Prof. Claude R. Kellogg have sent us this.
gigantic and handsome frog from Fukien. Sowerby’s series (Nos.
65197-215, 65268-70) are from near Yenpingfu, while Kellogg’s
was taken “ within 200 miles of Foochow.”

POLYPEDATES OMEIMONTIS Stejneger

1924. Polypedates omeimontis STEJNEGER, Oce. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,.
vol. 5, July 21, 1924, p. 120 (type-locality, Shin-Kai-Si, Mt. Omei, Szesh--
wan; type U.S.N.M. No. 66548; Rey. D. C. Graham, collector).

Diagnosis—Fingers half-webbed; head without spines; no cu-
taneous folds along legs; no dermal flap at heel; vomerine teeth in

°8 Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1911, p. 180.

2 Idem, 1914, p. 101.

80 Named for Dr. N. B. Dennis who discovered the type specimen alive at a Chinese mer-
chant’s house in Singapore. When it died it was presented to the Raffles Museum. It
was said to have originally come from China.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 66

two slightly oblique series between the choanae; tympanum distinct,
more than half the width of eye; upper and lower surfaces, except of
hands and feet, granular; interorbital space slightly broader than
upper eyelid; largest digital disk nearly as large as tympanum;
tibio-tarsal joint reaching posterior angle of eye.

Description of type specimen.—Vomerine teeth in two slightly
oblique series between and close to the choanae, each longer than the
distance between them; profile. of snout abruptly declivous, almost
angular, from the nostrils; canthus rostralis sharp overhanging the
concave loreal region as a ridge; nostrils prominent, slightly nearer
the eye than the tip of the snout; interorbital space wider than upper
eyelid; tympanum smooth, almost circular, about two-thirds the
diameter of the eye; fingers with well-developed dermal edges,
webbed one-half between third and fourth fingers, the web reaching
almost to the penultimate joints of both; between second and third
about one-third, reaching penultimate joint of second, but only basal
joint of third; between first and second only at the base; disks of
fingers very large, that of third finger nearly as large as tympanum,
that of first finger but slightly wider than finger itself; first finger
much shorter than and hardly reaching the middle of the penulti-
mate joint of the second; toes more than two-thirds webbed, the
web reaching the tip of the three inner toes; fifth toes longer than
third by about half the diameter of the disk; disks of toes scarcely
two-thirds the diameter of the finger disks; subarticular articula-
tions moderately prominent; inner metatarsal tubercle small, flat,
no outer metatarsal tubercle; tibio-tarsal joints reach posterior angle
of eye and meet without overlapping when hind legs are placed ver-
tical to the axis of the body; a sharp, narrow dermal fold from eye
over tympanum to shoulder; skin above and below, except hands
and feet densely granulated, the granules rather roughly tubercular
on the upper surfaces, rounded underneath.

Color (in alcohol): Above purplish brown with indistinct and
irregular dusky markings and indication of cross bars on the legs;
underside whitish with small blackish spots on inner sides of arms,
thigh, tibia, and hind feet; sides whitish with blackish spots and
marblings which become coarser and more distinct posteriorly; lips
with indistinct dusky spots; at the base of the upper surface of first
and second fingers a very distinct white spot.

DIMENSIONS
mm
Tip Of Snout"totvents see se ea ees Se eee 2s Aa 63
Widthiof heads2ee ees BEE REE TPO he HE A a ahh eb apes oy as 21.
Tiprofesnout sto; nostrils ee lal gn aS a al A ae wad nawehir aEE
Nostril ftojeyes. | Ses eee BRL sik he WE) a IO RS REE ee Ae 5

Interorbitall spacer. se ESI Oe A) NO AE at Wes eS ne hee ea fe ek

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER on

mm.

DUO FOG Togas ce) Cl ee eee as eee a ae et 6
ATO DTN CH 1 O ee VC eee es ee ree tn a a ES ey ee ee fa
DIAM ELEC AO teyt Vin aT UNIN = 2) eee ee Ses ee ee ee Seren a es Se cg ne RE 4.5
Diameter or largest: Huger’ ais k* ess beers ee ee ee ee 4.3
OTC a Leake PERS SURE Ee FES Oy ee aes eee A eet do ett EE 44
Euindplegs-ventutotip) of longest toch Fe fa be 95
BIB) Veo epee ere ae Se a gee ee a ee ea Ne 30

Genus OX YDOZYGA Tschudi

1838. Oxyglossus TscHupiI, Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, vol. 2, p. 85
(monotype, O. lima TscHupr) (not of Swainson, 1828).

1888. Oxydozyga “ KuHL” in “ TscHupi, Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel,
vol. 2, p. 85 (in synonymy of Oxryglossus; type O. lima).

1867. Phrynoglossus PrTers, Mon. Ber. Berlin Akad. Wiss., 1867, p. 29
(type P. martensii PETERS).

1877. Microdiscopus Prtrers, Mon. Ber. Berlin Akad. Wiss., 1877, p. 421
(type M. sumatranus PETERS).

1916. Oryglossis SmirH, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, vol. 2, Dec. 1916,
p. 172 (err. typogr.).

Unfortunately the well known genus name Oxyglossus of Tschudi
for this genus has to give way, as it was applied by Swainson ten
years earlier to a genus of birds.*t However, Tschudi himself fur-
nished a substitute name of the same date by citing Kuhl’s manu-
script name for the same material upon which Tschudi based his

genus and species.
OXYDOZYGA LIMA (Gravenhorst)

1829. Rana lima GRAVENHORST, Delic. Mus. Zool. Vratislay., pt. 1, p. 41
(type-locality, Java; type in Mus. Leiden; Kuhl, collector).
Ozyglossus lima TscHupiI, Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, vol. 2, 1838,
p. 85 (Java).—-HALLOWELL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860,
p. 506 (Hongkong).—GuENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, 1864, p. 401 (China,
Java, Siam, Cambodia).—BouLencrEr, Cat. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1882,
p. 5 (Java to South China).—BorrrcGer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25
Ber., 1885, p. 158 (Prov. Canton): Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges.,
1887-88, p. —; Kat. Batr. Mus. Senckenberg, 1892, p. 1 (Canton, Mt.
Lo-fu-shan, Kwangtung).—WerNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II KL.,
vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 368.—VoaT, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,
1914, p. 100 (Kwangtung).

1838. Orydozyga braccata “ KuHL” in TscuupI, Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Neu-
chatel, vol. 2, p. 85 (in synonymy of Oxyglossus lima).

1878. Oxryglossa lima var. chinens[is] MuELLER, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel,
vol. 6, pt. 4, p. 580 (nomen nudum) (Lilong, prov. Kwangtung).

A single young specimen (No. 65257) taken by Sowerby at Fut-
sing, is the first record of this species in Fukien. Originally de-

= Zool. Journ., vol. 3, 1828, p. 356.
9118—25 3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66

scribed from Java, the species extends to Bengal and southern
China. Hallowell recorded it from Hongkong; Mueller from Li-
long, and Boettger from Canton and Mount Lofu-shan, all in the
province of Kwangtung. The National Museum has it from Canton
and Hongkong. I have compared these Chinese specimens with
material from Java and the Malay Peninsula in our collection and
find no characters to distinguish them, a remark perhaps not
superfluous in view of the fact that Mueller recorded his Lilong
specimen as O. lima var. chinensis.

Class REPTILIA
Order LORICATA

Family CROCODYLIDAE
Genus ALLIGATOR Cuvier

1807. Alligator Cuvirr, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 10, p. 25 (type,
A. lucius=Lacerta alligator BLUMENBACH, part).

ALLIGATOR SINENSIS Fauvel

1879. Alligator sinensis FauveL, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., new series,
vol. 138, p. 34, pl. (type locality, Wahu; type in Shanghai Mus.;
J. L. E. Palm, collector).—Vamiant, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 6, Zool.,
vol. 9, 1880, art. no. 8, p. 1 (China).—Borrtecrr, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk.,
24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 187 (Central China); 26-28 Ber., 1888 (p. 111) ;
Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges., 1894, p. 142 (Wuhu, Anhwei.—
BovuULENGER, Cat. Chel. Brit. Mus., 1889, p. 291 (Yangtse-Kiang) ; Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1890, p. 619, pls. 51-52 (Kiukiang).—GUENTHER,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 4, Sept. 1889, p. 219 (Kiukiang) —
WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II Kl., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 360.—
Barpour, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1910, p. 464 (Yangtse
River). Proce. New England Zodél. Club, vol. 8, Sept. 1922, p. 32
(Wuhu).—STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 22
(Wuhu) ; vol. 49, 1818, p. xiv (Wuhu).—Gerr, Journ. N. China Asiat.
Soc., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

Alligator sinense Moox, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 48, Dee. 7, 1923,
p. 553 (lapsus) (skull). ;

Two skins (Nos. 52557-58), 1,820 and 1,030 meters long, re-
spectively, have been received from L. I. Moffett. They were col-
lected near Huchow in the province of Chekiang. Both agree
closely with the beautiful figure of the head and neck of the speci-
men in British Museum, accompanying Boulenger’s paper of 1890,
except that there are three scutes on each side of the occipital series.
Both have three pairs of nuchal scutes, six scutes in the fifth trans-
versal dorsal row, and 34 caudal whorls.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 35

Order SQUAMATA
Suborder SAURIA

Family GEKKONIDAE

GEKKO SUBPALMATUS Guenther

1864. Gecko subpalmatus GUENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, p. 104, pl. 12, fig. B
(type locality, Chikiang, China; type in Brit. Mus.; Fortune, col-
lector ).—BoULENGER, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, 1885, p. 189 (Chikiang) ;
Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p. 160 (Kuatun, prov. Fukien ).—BorTTcEr,
Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 189 (Chikiang).

After a careful examination of a considerable material consisting
of 49 specimens of Gekko from China, besides numerous ones from
Japan, Riukiu, Tsu-shima, and Korea, I have come to the conclusion
that Guenther and Boulenger were right in recognizing three dif-
ferent forms. The characters which separate them are very variable,
and it may take a combination of two or more to decide in doubtful
cases, but with one exception I have been able to place all the speci-
men before me to my entire satisfaction. The three forms are only
geographic subspecies, it is true, and in some intermediate localities
there may be more real intergradation than my material shows, but,
on the other hand, I have a strong suspicion that some of the inter-
gradation may be due to hybridization. These lizards are easily
carried about accidentally in cargoes, and the enormous extent of
the territory covered by the coast form, G. japonicus, from Hong-
kong to the Gulf of Tartary, Formosa, and Japan, is probably due
to such accidental dispersion. It is also significant that it is this
form which occurs along the Yangtse River as far inland as Ichang
at least. It can scarcely be doubted that individuals thus carried
into the territory of a form so closely allied, as these geckos mani-
festly are, would eventually mix with it, probably resulting in
specimens which obscure the diagnostic character of the subspecies.

Rev. D. C. Graham has sent five specimens of G. subpalmatus from
Suifu. They are all practically devoid of tubercles, and the web
at the base of the toes is well developed and is an easily recognized
character. The size and shape of the median chin shields is not so
reliable. In one old female, No. 63593, they are not differentiated
at all, but in the others they are well marked though considerably
smaller than in the average G. japonicus, and similar to those of
most-G. swinhonis.

The type locality of this form, Chikiang, is apparently also located
in Szechwan, and as far as I know no specimens from outside that
province have as yet been recorded, except the female collected by
La Touche in 1896 at Kuatun, province Fukien, as noted by Bou-

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

lenger. Among Sowerby’s Fukien material there is also a gecko
collected by him at Foochow. As far as the web of the feet is con-
cerned, it is a typical G. subpalmatus, but the back is regularly
covered with small though distinct tubercles, and the median chin
shields are rather well developed. As Boulenger in recording the
La Touche specimen gave no details, I wrote to Miss Joan B. Procter
asking her to examine it with regard to the above points. She kindly
replied that the dorsal skin is uniformly granular without any of
the tubercles proper to G. japonicus, that it also has a well-defined
interdigital web and small chin shields, and is in every way the
typical G. subpalmatus. I am therefore strongly inclined to the
belief that the tubercles of the Sowerby specimen are the result of
admixture of G. japonicus blood, especially as Foochow is a seaport,
while the Kuatun locality is a considerable distance inland.

GEKKO SWINHONIS Guenther

For synonymy see Stejneger, Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 166, footnote.

Add:
Gecko swinhoeit WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II Kl., 1903, p. 360

(Tientsin ).

Gekko swinhonis Barsour, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 4, Nov.
1909, p. 61 (Sian, Shensi) —VAN DENBURGH, Proc. California Acad. Sci.,
ser. 4, vol. 3, Dec. 16, 1912, p. 207 (Chefu).

Gecko japonicus SowreRBy in Clark and Sowerby, Through Shen-Kan, 1912,
p. 111 (Kansu, Shensi).

Mr. Sowerby collected five specimens at Pei-tai-ho in north-
eastern Chili, on the north side of the Gulf of Pechili, during August,
1921 (Nos. 64875-79). They are perfectly typical of this form with
small and few tubercles, hardly any in front of the shoulders. In
some there are a few tubercles on the temples, but the amount and
size of the temporal tubercles do not seem to be of any diagnostic
importance. The chin shields vary to some extent, being mostly of
median size, in one specimen rather large, in two rather small.

Three specimens (Nos. 39343-45) collected by him in Kansu, 20
miles west of Chingyangfu, on August 7, 1909, are likewise referable
to this subspecies.

A young specimen (No. 39342) collected by him 20 days later at
Chineg-chien-hsien, Shensi, is somewhat dubious in its relationships.
The tubercles are rather well developed and numerous on the back
as well as on upper neck and on the temples, though there are none
on the occiput. On the other hand, the chin shields are small, sepa-
rated by a small median one, much as in extreme G. swinhonis. I
can discover no trace of a web. Have we here to do with an admix-
ture of G. japonicus blood accounting for the great development of
the tubercles? JI am the more inclined to think so since Doctor
Barbour, in recording five specimens from Sian, or Sigan (Hsi-ngan),

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 3%

in the southern part of Shensi, of which it is the capital, states that
they substantiate the characters of few dorsal tubercles and a small,
separated inner pair of chin shields.

A specimen of the same age (No. 35528) which, if the label is read
correctly, is from Hwo-ma-wan, Shantung, collected by Prof. E.
Blackwelder on November 12, 1903 (collector’s number 6016), has
very few tubercles and small, separated chin shields, and is an un-
doubted G. swinhonis.

This brings up the question as to the status of the Chefu speci-
mens. Doctor Van Denburgh refers them to G. swinhonis, but Bou-
lenger, who recognized the distinction of the latter, refers a specimen
in British Museum to G. japonicus. Have we here a case of a recent
accidental introduction of the latter?

In adition to the above material the National Museum has a fine
large series of 26 typical specimens of G. swinhonis from the country
between Tien-tsin and Peking, collected by M. L. Robb (Nos. 29702-
27) which illustrates beautifully the extent of the individual varia-
tion.in this form.

GEKKO JAPONICUS (Duméril and Bibron)

For synonymy see Stejneger, Herpetology of Japan, 1907, pp. 165-166. Add:
Gecko japonicus BouLENGER, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., vol. 8, 1887, p. 488
(Ichang, China; Riukiu Islands).—Bor7Ttcer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk.,
24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 189 (China) ; Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges., 1894,
p. 148 (Shanghai).—GuENTHER, in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p.
239 (Mountains north of Kiukiang)—WeErRNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., -

II K1., 1903, p. 360 (China).

Gekko japonicus Barsour, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 4, Nov.,
1909, p. 61 (Kanagawa, Japan).—VAN DENBURGH, Proc. California
Acad. Sci., Nov. 4, vol. 3, Dec. 16, 1912, p. 106 (Shanghai; Formosa;
Riukiu Islands).

‘The question of the relationship of this form has been discussed
above, and it has also been intimated that it may have been widely
dispersed in China, including the Yangtse Valley, by human agency.
‘The specimens sent by L. I. Moffett from Kiangyin, Kiangsu (Nos.
52561-5) ; by F. N. Meyer from Hankow (No. 60049) ; by Dr. Lewis
k. ‘Thompson from the southwestern part of Hunan (Nos. 63204-5) ;
and by J. T. Illick from Kiangsu (No. 65093) are plainly referable

to this form.
HEMIDACTYLUS BOWRINGII (Gray)

For synonymy and illustration see Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 176 to which add:
Voct, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 79 (South China
[Canton?]).

Eight specimens (Nos. 66446-53) recently received from Mr.
Sowerby attest to the occurrence of this species at Foochow, Fukien,
six adults and two young. The two adult males have each 15 pores
on each femur.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Family AGAMIDAE
JAPALURA FLAVICEPS Barbour and Dunn

1896. Japalura yunnanensis GUENTHER,,Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Sci. St.
Pétersbourg, vol. 1, p. 203 (Riv. Tung, Szechwan) (not of Anderson) .—
Barsour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoo6l., vol. 40, no. 4, August, 1912, p. 134
(Tung River, Szechwan).

1919. Japalura flaviceps BARBouUR and DuNN, Proc. New England Zool. Club,
vol. 7, Oct. 10, 1919, p. 16 (type-locality, Shores of Tung River, western
Szechwan; type, Mus. Comp. Zool., no. 12469; W. R. Zappey, collector).

This species which is considerably smaller and less conspicuously
marked than J. splendida appears to be confined to the higher alti-
tudes of western Szechwan and Yunnan. Until recently, when Bar-
bour and Dunn separated the three species, both were confounded
with J. yunnanensis. There is consequently doubt yet as to the
pertinency of some of the older records. Thus, while there is no
doubt that the Japalura collected by Potanin on the Tung River
belongs here, as practically from the type-locality, there is no such
certainty as to the specimen collected by Berezowski at Lunganfu,
Szechwan, both of which were recorded by Guenther, in 1896, as J.
yunnanensis. ‘This doubt is now set at rest by the receipt of a splen-
did series collected by Mr. Graham at Mowchow at an altitude of
5000 feet (Nos. 67820-7) and at Wanchow (Nos. 677767).

Rev. D. C. Graham collected eleven good specimens representing
both sexes and young on his trip to Tatsienlu, consequently not far
* from the type locality. Six (Nos. 66536-41) were from within 30-40
miles of Tatsienlu, and five (Nos. 66637-41) from Lu-ding-chiao on
the Tung River, all at altitudes ranging between 4,500 and 6,000
feet.

JAPALURA SPLENDIDA Barbour and Dunn

1870. Japalura swinhoiti SwinuHor, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1870, p. 411
(Chunkingfu, Szechwan) (not J. swinhonis GUENTHER).

1885. Japalura yunnanensis BOULENGER, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 310
(Szechwan) (not of Anderson).—GUvuENTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser.
6), vol. 4, 1889, p. 218 (yunnansis, err. typ.) (Ichang) ; in Pratt’s To
Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 239 (Ichang).—StresNnrGcER, Herp. Japan, p. 187
(Chinling Mountains, Shensi).

1919. Japalura splendida BarsBour and Dunn, Proc. New England Zodl.
Club, vol. 7, Oct. 10, 1919, p. 18 (type locality, Gorge of the Yangtse
River near Ichang, Hupeh; type, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 35522; BE. Black-
welder, collector).

In addition to the material upon which Barbour and Dunn
founded the species, namely, the type No. 35522, from the gorge of
the Yangtse near Ichang, the paratypes No. 35523, from near
Taninghsien at the eastern end of the Chihsiting Pass, eastern Szech-
wan near the Hupeh border, and No. 35524 from Liang-ho, Chin-
ling Mountains, southern Shensi, all collected by Prof. E. Black-
welder in 1904, the Museum has now a fine series of six elegant

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 39

specimens (Nos. 65461-6) collected by Rev. D. C. Graham near
Mount Wa, Szechwan. The largest is as large as the type, even more
brightly colored and with a much higher and better developed
nuchal crest, which in the original description of the type is char-
acterized as “very feeble.”

Genus PHOXOPHRYS Hubrecht

1881. Phorophrys HuprecHt, Notes Leyden Mus., vol. 5 (p. 51) (monotype
Ph. tuberculata HuBRECHT).

PHOXOPHRYS GRAHAMI Stejneger

1924. Phoxophrys grahami STEIJNEGER, Occ. Pap. Boston. Soc. Nat. Hist.,

vol. 5, July 21, 1924, p. 120 (type-locality, Suifu, Szechwan, China; type.
U.S.N.M. No. 65500; Rev. D. C. Graham, collector).

Diagnosis.—All scales keeled ; anterior superciliaries not enlarged
into horn-like appendages; supralabials eight; flanks with numer-
ous large scales equal to the largest on the back.

Description of type.—Adult: Rostral low, about four times as
wide as high, separated from nasal by one scale; nostril circular,
with a swollen rim, in the posterior part of a rather large, oblong
scale which is situated below the rostral canthus and in contact with
first supralabial; canthus rostralis very sharp, covered with small
angular scales forming a ridge continuous with a high superciliary
crest, the last two scales of which are enlarged and angularly com-
pressed, above and behind center of eye; top of head, including supra-
oculars, covered with unicarinate, more or less wrinkled scale of vary-
ing size; snout and interorbital space deeply concave, the later cov-
ered with one or two scales between the supraorbital semicircles
which end in one or two large pointed, keeled, and wrinkled
tubercles back of the eye, separated from the last large superciliary
by two or three minute scales forming a gap in the superciliary
crest; on either side of the small occipital a larger polygonal shield
with a high central ribbed tubercle, which with the postorbital
supraocular tubercle form a nearly continuous transverse ridge;
temples covered with polygonal, tuberculated scales, one group of
large tubercles on the postocular semicircle and the other above the
tympanic cavity which is covered with minute scales; eight narrow,
elongated upper labials and seven lower ones; dorsal surface cov-
ered with small, unicarinate scales intermixed with larger scales and
‘tubercles; a low median crest of about six enlarged, compressed,
keeled scales on anterior part of upper neck, the third from the
occiput being the highest; on either side several groups of enlarged
scales and tubercles; no median dorsal or caudal series of enlarged
scales; from the shoulders backward a median dorsal zone of small,
but fairly uniformly sized, narrow, sharply keeled, imbricate scales,
about six in a transversal row between a longitudinal series of en-

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

larged keeled scales which converge and meet at the base of the
tail; lateral scales very heterogeneous, the larger tuberculated ones
usually forming transverse rows, the ones at the insertion of the
legs very minute, almost granular as are those in the bottom of the
fold on the side of the neck; leg scales of varying size, all sharply
keeled, the larger ones grouped in a patch each on upper and lower
arms, thighs and femurs, the largest ones on the hind legs forming
pointed tubercles larger than any on the back; scales on underside
all pointed, sharply unicarinate, except under digits which are
pluricarinate; tail scales fairly homogeneous, unicarinate, pointed
above, a few enlarged ones above at the base. Color (in alcohol)
above brownish gray with large ill-defined dusky cross patches
on occiput and back separated by narrow pale cross bars equally
ill-defined; a broad pale band, narrowly edged with black, across

Fic. 1.—PHOXOPHRYS GRAHAMI. TYPE. U.S. NAT. Mus. No. 65500. 2) X NAT. SIZ

forehead and supraoculars, preceded by a dark brown triangular
mark which cuts angularly into the pale band; a dark brown band
from orbit to angle of mouth and base of lower jaw, preceded by a
pale band; lower jaw with alternating bands of pale and brown;
legs and tail cross banded with dusky; a whitish, black-edged spot
on each knee; underside pale gray speckled with dusky on throat.

DIMENSIONS nun
Total: léngtha-steseqp ly 2 nh ee tee hie iene Bek eed ee geegce Te Pix dea 184
Snoutetonvienise eee eke eee eee ee ee ee bes cee eee 51
Vent<toutip yor tail a. See ee ee eee 83
SO; COM Cem ben, OE Cy Ca a ee ee 8.5
Greatest width or Nea Gs sta as Se Ee ee See eee ae ee 12
More legis AGO. Oa ee ree EA Le ee 24
HRim@ leg o fies bes tee eee Fn Pens eek setae Aas Hie oe eee Ae ee eee aS 35

Remarks.—The genus Phowophrys was based by Doctor Hub-
recht *? upon a single specimen collected in Sumatra, which he named

2 Notes Leyden Mus., vol. 3, 1881, p. 51.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 41

Ph. tuberculata. Up to the present time this is the only specimen
known in any museum. It is, therefore, a great surprise to find an-
other specimen, evidently closely allied, in the Graham collection
from Suifu. From Hubrecht’s rather brief description, slightly
altered and added to by Dr. Nelly de Rooij,** it is not easy to point
out any radical difference between the two species, but with the
aid of the figures given of Ph. tuberculata it seems certain that the
Chinese species differs from the Sumatran one in lacking the ante-
rior superciliary “horns,” in much larger and more numerous en-
larged scales and tubercles on the flanks, and fewer supralabials.
In the diagnosis of the genus the body is said to be covered with
small smooth scales. In Ph. grahami all are keeled. The descrip-
tions of Ph. tuberculata do not mention any nuchal median crest
of enlarged tubercles, nor is one shown on the first figure given of
the species,** but the figure given by Miss de Rooij ** seems to indi-
cate that one is present. On the whole, the Graham specimen appears
to be much more tuberculated and spiny than the one from Sumatra.
In the latter the larger tubercles and scales are described as “mul-
ticarinate”, by which I suppose the subsidiary wrinkles and ridges
are meant which appear when the central keel is transformed into
a more or less perfect conical tubercle. All the scales of Ph. grahami
are unicarinate, except those on the underside of the digits which
are distinctly pluricarinate.

This genus seems to be rather cosely related to Japalura, the chief
difference being the presence of a dorsal crest in the latter. The
finding of a Phoxophrys in China therefore is perhaps not so re-
markable, indicating as it does, that the two genera have a some:
what similar geographic distribution.

Genus PHRYNOCEPHALUS Kaup
1826. Phrynocephalus Kaur, Isis, 1825, p. 591 (type design. by Fitzinger,
1848, Ph. caudivolwulus).
1831. Megalochilus ErcHwa.p, Zool. Special., vol. 8 (p. 185) (M. awritus).
1841. Megalophilus BoNApPartr, Icon. Fauna Ital., vol. 2, Introd., p. 1

(err. typogr.).
1843. Saccostoma Fuirzinerr, Syst. Rept., p. 18 (type, Phrynocephalus

auritus).

1843. Helioscopus Firzincer, Syst. Rept., p. 18 (type, Phrynocephalus
helioscopus).

1843. Phrynosaurus Firzincrer, Syst. Rept., p. 18 (type, Phrynocephaius
oliviert).

The genus Phrynocephalus in which Boulenger, when publishing
_ the first volume of the Catalogue of Lizards in the British Museum
(1885), enumerated 16 species, is now considered by the latest Rus-

% Rept. Indo-Austral. Archip., vol. 1, 1915, p. 94.
% Hubrecht, in Veth’s Midden Sumatra, Sect. 4, Naturl. Hist., vol. 1, 1887, Rept., pl.
fig. 3.
% Rept. Indo-Austral. Archip., vol. 1, 1915, fig. 48, p. 95.
9118—25—4

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

sian herpetologists as containing more than three times as many
species and subspecies. Thus Bedriaga, who in 1907-1909 published
an elaborate account which amounts to a monograph of the genus,
after an examination of about 1,350 specimens ** recognized 44 species
and numerous subspecies. The genus, which in many ways shows
analogies with the American Iguanoid genus Phrynosoma, is con-
fined to the Asiatie desert regions, from the Caspian Sea in the
west almost to the Pacific Ocean in the east. Only recently Mr.
Sowerby has confirmed its occurrence in China proper, though it has
been known for many years from the adjacent Mongolian provinces.
where numerous forms have been discovered by Russian explorers,
such as Przhevalski, Potanin, and others.

A single Phrynocephalus collected during the expedition of
Count Bela Szechenyi at “ Quan-joan-shin (Kwang-yuen) ” in the
province of Szechwan, was identified and recorded by Steindachner
as Phrynocephalus caudivolvolus, the first record of a Phrynoce-
phalus from within the boundaries of China proper. That it is not
Ph. caudivolvolus, as at present restricted and understood, is certain,
but only a reexamination of the specimen can decide to which of the
many related forms it belongs.

PHRYNOCEPHALUS POTANINI Bedriaga

1907. Phrynocephalus potanini Brprraca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-
Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, Amph. Rept., pt. 2, Nov. 9, 1907, p.
144; pt. 3, June 20, 1909, p. 389, pl. 6, figs. T-7b (type locality, Hwangho
and Ulan-Muren River, Ordos, China; types, Nos. 7443 and 74388 Mus.
St. Petersburg; Potanin, collector).

1912. Phrynocephalus frontalis SowrrsBy, in Clark and Sowerby, Through
Shen-Kan, 1912, p. 111 (Yulinfu, Shensi) (not of Strauch).

With the material at hand there is no difficulty in recognizing that
the two series, collected by Sowerby in two provinces, represent two
different forms, though undeniably they are closely allied and belong
to the Ph. caudivolvulus group. On direct comparison it is plain that
in one the nostrils are relatively closer together than in the other;
one also has a higher head, and possibly the outline of the snout is
somewhat different. One has shghtly larger scales than the other,
but when reduced to actual measurements the figures run together.
This does not mean that the two forms are connected by “ intermedi-
ates.” Viewed together, as groups or individually, the observer has
no difficulty in distinguishing them. In this particular instance it so
happens that the species with the narrow internarial space has the
larger dorsal scales, and it is thus possible to separate the two series

86 Wiss. Result. Przewalski Central-Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, Sect. 1, Amph. Rept., pt.
2, 1907, and pt. 3, 1909, pp. 134-500, pls. 3-7 and 9.

“ Wiss. Ergebn. Reise Szechenyi Ost-Asien, vol. 2, 1898, p. 505; Hungarian Edition,
1897, p. 651. 5

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 43

by the contrast of the characters in combination, but that is of but
scant help in determining their relation to, or identity with, other
named forms known only from descriptions.

The recognition of the various forms of Phrynocephalus belong-
ing to the Ph. caudivolvulus group is exceedingly difficult from de-
scriptions, no matter how accurate these are, and especially perhaps
when they are so elaborate and detailed as Bedriaga’s. I am not
questioning the validity of the various forms described, but without
authentically identified material from type localities for compari-
son one can hardly ever be sure of the identifications. The trouble
is not only that these lizards are subject to endless individual varia-
tion, but the nature of their lepidosis is such that it leaves very few
definite points for measurements, so that some of the proportions to
which the describers have had to resort for key characters are so
vague that they give different results every time they are applied.
Thus the distance from tip of snout to preocular fold is so elusive
that it is hopeless to use it in connection with the internarial dis-
tance which has to be expressed in fractions of a millimeter. The
“height” of the head is another uncertain character, and the dis-
tance from tip of snout to gular fold. The figures can not by any
possibility be exact enough to be applicable to material of different
provenience and preservation. And so with most of the characters
employed, such as the carination, sharp or slight, and smoothness
of the dorsal scales, the homogeneousness or heterogeneousness
of the dorsal lepidosis, etc.

A careful and, let me add, laborious study of Bedriga’s mono-
graph has convinced me that the series (U. S. Nat. Mus. Nos.
39319-25) of Phrynosomas collected by Sowerby on November 9,
1908, at Yulinfu, altitude 4,000 feet, are not true Ph. frontalis, but
Ph. potanini. Bedriaga’s series of nine specimens, collected by
Potanin at two localities in Ordos, from which Yulin is not very
distant, shows a great deal of variation, the description of which
covers the variations shown by Sowerby’s series of seven speci-
mens, so that I shall not add to the accumulation of details already
on record. This species differs from true PA. frontalis chiefly in
the lower head, wider internarial space, smaller dorsal scales, and,
as said before, with specimens of both species before one there is
no difficulty in distinguishing them.

Mr. Sowerby has given a very interesting account of this species
in life, from which I quote, as follows:

I have not met this little lizard anywhere but in, and on the border of, the
Ordos Desert. Here it may be seen in great numbers during the warmer

months of the year. These little creatures are very pugnacious, and indulge
in desperate battles with one another. They have a peculiar habit of rapidly

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

eurling and uncurling their tails over their backs. This action looks very
venomous, and is strongly suggestive of the vicious swishing of the scorpion’s
deadly caudal weapon. This lizard is of a general sandy colour above, with
creamy underparts. Blotches of a darker shade occur over the body, and
extending along the tail grow darker, finally ending in a series of black rings.
The last half inch of the tail is black. The under surface of the tail is pale
vermilion, while a crimson-mauve patch occurs behind each fore limb. The head
is shaped like that of a toad, the eyes being black with white eyelids. It makes
holes in the sand in which it shelters at night, or when threatened with danger.

PHRYNOCEPHALUS FRONTALIS Strauch

1876. Phrynocephalus frontalis StraucHu, Opis. Presm. Zemnov. Eksped.
Przhevalskago, p. 15, pl. 3, fig. 1 (type-locality, Ordos, Mongolia; types
in Mus. St. Petersburg, Nos. 3920-21; Col. Przhevalski, collector) .—
BouLenGeER, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, 1885, p. 375 (Ordos, Mongolia) .—
BoettTcEer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 141 (Ordos).—
?MEHELY in Zichy’s Dritte Asiat. Forschungsreise, vol. 2, 1901, Zool., p. 47,
pl. 6, figs. 8, 5, 7, 8 (Mongolia). —ELpatjEwskK1, Trudi Troitsko-Savsk. Otd.
Geogr. Obshtch., vol. 9, 1906 (p. 57) (Transbaikalia).—BrEpDRIAGA, Wiss.
Res. Przewalski Central-Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, Amph. Rept.,
pt. 8, 1909, p. 404, pl. 9, figs. 7T-7a (Ordos).—NIkortsk1, Fauna Rossij,
Rept., vol. 1, 1915, p. 217 (Ordos).

1897.? Phrynocephalus caudivolvulus STEINDACHNER, in Wiss. Szechnyi’s
Kelet-Azsiai Utjanak Tudoman. Hred., vol. 2, (p. 651) (Kuan-Ja6n-
szhien. China), Szechenyi’s Wiss. Ergebn. Reise Ost-Asien, vol. 2, 1898,
p. 505.

During May 1912 Mr. Sowerby collected another interesting series
(U. S. Nat. Mus. Nos. 49645-52) of Phrynocephalus on the plain
about 30 miles southeast of Kuei-hua-cheng, in northern Shansi.
They agree fairly well with the original description and with Bed-
riaga’s very detailed reexamination of the six cotypes from Ordos
{no locality specified), including his minute description of their in-
dividual peculiarities, to which I can add nothing. With regard to
Mehély’s detailed enlarged drawings of the scutellation surrounding
the pineal shield and the nostrils (by the way the only serviceable
figures among the numerous illustrations of species of this genus) I
can only say that the former does not agree with any of Sowerby’s
specimens, in all of which this shield is surrounded by a large
number of small scales rather smaller than the dorsals, as described
by Bedriaga.

Family SCINCIDAE
Genus EUMECES Wiegmann

1834. Hwmeces WirGMANN, Herpet. Mexic., p. 36 (type EH. pavimentatus,
design. 1835).

1839. Plestiodon DumEériI~ and Brsron, Erpét. Gén., vol. 5, p. 697 (type,
designated by Fitzinger, 1848, Pleistodon quinquelineatus).

1845. Pleistodon Firzincer, Syst. Rept., p. 22 (emendation).

1843. Pariocela Firzincer, Syst. Rept., p. 22 (designated type, ‘Pleistodon
laticeps).

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—-STEJ NEGER 45

1848. Plistodon AGAssiz, Nomencl. Zool. Index Univers., p. 863 (emenda-
tion).

1852. Lamprosaurus HALLOWELL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1852,
(p. 206) (type L. guttulatus).

It seems desirable to recount briefly the steps by which the type of
this genus has been determined.

In his Herpetologia Mexicana (1834) Wiegmann separated a sub-
genus Humeces from the genus Huprepis of Wagner (1830) and in-
cluded in it three species, without designating any of them as type,
namely, #. punctatus, EL’. rufescens, and LE’. pavimentatus. During the
following year, in an article reviewing his own work,** and before
anybody else designated a genotype for H'wmeces, he expressly states
that he had erroneously included in it Scincus rufescens Merrem and
punctatus Schneider; “ both,” he says, “ belong to H'uprepes s. str.,
only Sc. pavimentatus Geoffr. belongs to Humeces.” In no more
definite way could the latter be designated as the genotype. Never-
theless, in 1839, Duméril and Bibron *® made /. punctatus the type
and, in 1843, Fitzinger *° designated #’. rufescens, but their action,
of course, does not influence the original determination at all.

EUMECES ELEGANS Boulenger

BHumeces elegans STEJNEGER, Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 202.—VaN DENBURGH,
Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 3, Dec. 1912, p. 223 (Mokanshan,
near Huchou, Chekiang).—Voer, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin,
1914, p. 100 (Canton).

1912. Humeces ranthi Barerour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 40, no. 4,
Aug. 1912, p. 184 (Ichang) (not of Guenther, 1889).

After a careful examination of the young specimen in the Museum
of Comparative Zodlogy (No. 7965) collected by W. R. Zappey at
Ichang, the type locality of Z'wmeces wanthi, for the loan of which I
am greatly indebted to my friend Dr. Thomas Barbour, I have come
to the conclusion that it is a very young Z’. elegans and not /. xwanthi.
It matches in every respect specimens at hand of the former, in the
number and size of scales; the absence of a postnasal; the absence
of a second azygos postmental; the presence of one pair of nuchals
only; presence of enlarged scales on the posterior aspect of the femur
and of a keeled scale behind the corners of the arms; and in the
coloration which is exactely as in Graham’s specimen No. 64126 from
Szechwan, Sowerby’s from Foochow, and Illick’s from Nanking.
This latter, and in fact all the other specimens of /. elegans ex-
amined by me, except the Szechwan and the Wenchow specimens have
the same postmental arrangement of scales, the two latter differing
only in having a small median scale separating the first patred post-
mental shields which consequently are not in contact, but this ar-

88 Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1835, vol. 2, p. 288.
» &BHrpét. Gén., vol. 5, p. 630.
40 Syst. Rept., p. 23.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

0g 0 Wied |e ae oe AOUCBGTNTAY ANG ES ae on weenie ae eo eee ee yedny ‘sueyoy |---- ~~ OTPEOA TI | Seen cet tenets 6962 “ZO -°W

G 81 I I 0
has ere ene ale cca I | 0 age ae TES Simiger se er on OPS 5] GOCE Ses CS Cale ac as he itp ee oes CO Doran all pie cL OOBO[O DV | a rir tee raearieen penis OCI
Saat sal Pe es I (0 Se tol PS Soe aaa = SSOIOM “8 VON a ee emo ee LO Se] TOL 00G -MOMOOO MN | aaaka ssOD rma |same c Ad SLOA TU UTSUOOSp AN
ee I I (0 eee Po Ga oe a oa SODe esl eta Be Cie. Spade Se gen wes bee OD car |*ey tee JOP rerme| ea ere sae Ree nT eraD
ae I [ 0 eaten le: gil RE a RODE Tian oo aes aa othe raeet or ae Seeing comet O Deegan |tiaee 00.0 Die come| | cate ian aaa rena S HT OD
a I-0 l 0 “ay Et |e ee ae oe OR. | ea Ee ceed 7 Caney oes OS ees ner eter oe | ia
7s I [ 0 IEA aS Sere re aS eae gn a ae ODE Seer | ate chat gee te (|B ae ke ee ee OD ein age Oa en ee aoe OD
eit Ry [ I 0 ogee S| bee ooe a | nena eC IOMOS ING) OD Ve |e aes ae “eee eee OLIN MOM OOO. emimenO TUG A Cll ln eeeen ais aan erent
SI I I 0 og OG 5 Si ads cael eee > SOUT eee a lie ae ae ee ee SUJUCNAl ee ao 2 a ea 6 a ee ee ee #609
8I I I 10 | 0g SCA ete ne ethene ang SUld "OD | Sc6T ‘so 3deg | BCU 119 Ue) ANO UL OULO) AAR ace eee ances | i Oo eee L10S9
ae, Pei I I 0 aa SS Soo Sa ee Ee OD Fetes eee || ee ay. ee ae OD Geil Mie, ares eo near na eam NL Sy
61 I I 0 as OG). hrl| Rate ee LE qBID Op Gn |i ecasam wee IRE per gees soe TUG ANC OBZ 6 i EATTI S3 | ce aa cineca | Cea ce 9Z1F9
LI I I 0 0g Ce lle tips ge Ge SAO]O ST “Uh Os \aeeas i comic wl mes 5 (OsSO TEC 00 GeeAXO O00 | ile carrie inten nati ae een eee #2909
LT I I 0 aS OGRE os limetg sce oe TO SOB ULE OSs li | ale ge meee nr ae ear ea OSU NmIGerGe Ge) | ee 0 [PLO AT (rs | on nore nen eee 108%
90}
YWnNoj | syeyo | [Byuour) peseu s[es SMOL ee pa de[[09 ; rae ‘ON Unesny]y
Japun | -0N -\SOq -9sog | -l0q | 9[vaS Pergo [[aa; MO Takase ue MA AVTIEQOR pauipue ee [eUolyWN seyBqIS peu y)
| SeTBog
sunbaja savaung fo swaurads fo jsvqT
Mints et Bk Sette tS ig SEMEL TREACHER H SES 2 Es Se Pan
fat Gop ME IES Se) fey + 5 oq s cts 34 S$. Oo 8 ree or le pe lect eared
= oO. Sse oe a ao 2S x oe pier ee esate peg 4s ° o 3 ag woo
a RSEB6o04- c c 2) et (Det ee) Siete aS 2 H
nS i : me On GU ga f® ORB tH Ps Os Ps ee a ase DN 2 Taare |
oe) mo OH P aes SS = an S| So tees mS tm aon hm oH
® Oo a n ow Bre ener OS) @ pose 4 8 = oS mS a nO
Css Eo SRe Naz pmmes ines ao Oro Eeucr ae g ee sa S54 oO Sao SCA 4 1S
As eS go Oe Att So & sca Se a GS et SO ae a Sere Be Bs Ss ©
Sp SPec ee ood. See ts SBS see ee ee a eee: coe
° S58 & eo Eerie pan ot oS) ae eR OS i o o - Oy ieee eels 8
Gas) 2, 8 Se he Se ee ee 2 Badd pe Oo 8S Be ee eee Blea mererele S
= ea 2 = eH 5 Sa oo b ey’ 5 oe
Se eve oS a, 4 Gea n ag oO gsre a ort tl sy) Ae) PBs SHaoO 6 F Sl a eS
> Sta oS . a < we} es |e Sy sea et 1: ne Ss He Nw +B
Gee 5 5 Sle ie ge Se eo 2 og Bie Boe ote a eae Otc cos ven eee ior ce
+ 8 ee res nO es nea 8 5 Sed fom 8 ‘os RS mS saa 5. ee ca Xv
zoey te opt eo et, ee eee BR ele) aaa een Uo Sap BE) Cyne a ee aS Ls ae ase o
Sedec yo eS Se eo a eas Cece! Se nape GS) ge ae a eS) eee 2 a SS
v > = ee rod Os O:n f ~ os mss ° = re = ‘rl =>
Sa a Sapa eo; na oles Pee ey rp -os 4 DU SS es ae The aes = eae
as ogy my Se = 35 mS Se) Ie ee pee Om B= One's YBa an Pe oN B's
® See) ete UD) tes > 3s a Ss oS 5 ~ Sark fa) een ra 2
Sys se ET “es RR SS eRe oak oS aeth EPPSSI PSS eesss F288
q sO Ses Oo Sees we oS tg ee ee a S620 25S © Be St Be eas On ome
ee geo a. aS ceo at ‘4 = ira So) cs SQ dis-s @ = oh D Ss Saas een es
Soe kee Se Stee SSGaAre Se ahe SSIES ES ae Seas Si 2.S a Sim ao eee Ss

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 47

EUMECES CHINENSIS (Gray)

Humeces chinensis StekiINuGER, Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 208 (Formosa).—Vawn
DENBURGH, Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 3, Dee. 1912, p. 225
(Shanghai).—Voer, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p.
100. (Canton).

A splendid series from the province of Fukien has been sent in by
Mr. Sowerby, making it possible to study the variation of this
species which has been considered less common than the other Chin-
ese skinks. There are 25 specimens (Nos. 65343-67) from near
Yenpingfu, three (Nos. 65372-4) from Futsing District, and two
(Nos. 66488-9) from Foochow.

The constancy of certain characters, usually relied upon in diag-
nosing the species of this genus, is quite surprising. Of the thirty
specimens all have two unpaired postmentals; one only (No. 65356)
has a postnasal, which is quite small, but distinct and symmetrical
on both sides, and one (No. 66438) has a very small one on one side;
seven have 26 scale rows around the middie of the body, all the
others have 24; the average number of dorsal scales on the middle
line between the second nuchal and a line from groin to groin, is
45, minimum 43, maximum 47; number of scales under fourth toe
averages 16.4, minimum 15, maximum 17. The nuchals show the
greatest variation, though only two specimens have only one pair;
five have 2 on one side and 1 on the other; four have 3 on one side
and 2 on the other; seventeen have 2 on each side, so that two pairs
must be considered normal. This is also indicated by the fact that
twenty-seven of the thirty have two at least on one side. In one
specimen (No. 66439) one nuchal in the first row and one in the
second row are broken up.

All these specimens are adults, uniform brownish gray with a
more yellowish head and reddish spots on sides of neck and flanks,
except one (No. 65366) which is much younger, 61 mm. from tip
of snout to vent; the ground color of this one is also brownish gray,
but very much darker than the adults; in the center of each dorsal
scale there is a dusky line, forming with the others six longitudinal
equidistant stripes down the back; the space between the two outer
stripes and the two central ones is slightly paler than between the
others, indicating the yellow stripes of the very young; no definite
pattern on the head. A somewhat older one (No. 66439), 81 mm.
from snout to vent, is colored essentially as the adults, but the head
is yet quite narrow. A specimen from Shanghai (No. 31720 shows
no essential difference from the Fukien specimens. It is included in
the table following.

“T have preferred this line to the one back of the femurs as more easily recognized
and consequently more likely to be accurately established.

VOL. 66

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

dT z z 0 bP TO> del pe eee EA S@UTBYOSOCE WM | SER Rey SS ye eee TOUSUCUS: | Sor as ee eee | eS eee et BOGIES
L-0 I ee Ee ee ee el ee tay ge ee ae ese A Se AR a oe ee | a Be ose eee
9T j 0 Ly 9% “op op 6£499
O-T
LT z z 1-0 oF $B Pad 2a Qe, ee ee ODI se = |S ten See ie eg eal OPS Ee NOU OOO He | Son nities cee neuen | enn nen r-""" 88799
ST z z 0 or FG eae: en ee ae ~ cnet ODE Sala ee a | a a ee eae ODF SI ee SS ea a ~~~ “PL8S9
ST z z 0 &h FG
9T j G 0 | &F 9%
LT z z 0 SP ¥G
91 £-% z 0 oF ¥G
LT 0% z 0 SP ¥G
LI Al z 0 9F ¥
91 oT g 0 Si x4
9T o-1 j 0 oF ¥G
91 T z 0 LY FG
91 a z 0 SP 9%
LT g z 0 9F ¥G
LT o£ z 0 bP FG
LI z z 0 oF re
ot G z IT oP BGcoe | ae os, Sk eae aS amen ODE ee al ieae TOMMY Mee eno a cs aa a a a an] ODR salty ca ve Woe Oe ee ee 9ges9
9T T z 0 lt Oe BR aes oe eee Rt aaa QD" Fa Ee nee earn aa aa el Rea ODA SBaiiaer et ae OTSING | atari, chosen gges9
9T j z 0 OF 0Cyl ae Gas Sh ge kk OP a Sake Sige cee gis i [ie ec oa oe ODEs lo Rite Gat |S oes a ee PSEs9
ZT Zz z 0 eh FB Si ime h ae ey ee ge ODE ale Joey oso aie | RB Nee ee (0) Degg cane sae ee Lee cee eee ececo
9T £-% z 0 OF OG wise oo te Shae Sc meee ODE Fei ae ae aa a Sc Baer eae OD>S3"|"h raat, © Scan lee, gee ee See oSeSl
9T T% zg 0 +P EC meena ee ia” SRE ae Cre Sees OD rae) eae ee | ag Pee gs Ce a ge ODE a RS re lee aa a “TS€¢9
9T z z 0 cP 1 ae cee ae er ee ODS" So pee .- eigen ee no ae ee ae a ODF seo Te Boon ee ts |e wee eS OR ocec9
LT £-% G 0 oF OC aah | Cen aed = sities aie a ins ODS imate eet ol sa at es agen a a ee oe OD Eta |r So Ga ie aa a ee 6FESO
LI z z 0 oF BGs 5 ek bak, ak AB es ce Ca OD aaa Fonte ae Se” ae en ee a Se ODS thaeedl epe; SO eee, ieee || ee Rae ee 8FEso
8I z G 0 9F Fm it ge cae Meee gg rama ee OD ZF Aap | at seed ben 5 soe | eta, Sala 7 Ea ODF RRsat sage aes ten || fOr okt eh rane nme LbES9
91 z z 0 oF TO ae aie tien ga eens ae rs OD a ec | tin capita pag) Griese carats woe agian ODay | Gates ee gaa ae eee Goat emi 9FES9
9 z j 0 eh VO eae ee anecoe Sin ar gid a Bee OD iT OES al See a oe ee ee ODS | aS Ses Sen ae |S Re Gace aie vc crEs9
AT eT z 0 i OC Ae RRR = SPs asia ae eS ce ODS Se err sreer a eg eel = pic gh kaa eae nega OT Sra ee! OB eee eee ee PRES
9T z j 0 oP BG; Gee, eee ns a (A CIOUNO OSs) OT) a0 saa eeie aa | caine me LO THON FA fa CT CLL Yer) Nc | es | es ln epecg
20}
ee ae Saeco Dead s[esiog ae p9}do][09 TIO M AG pocen M Aqyeoo'{ ose pure x9g FaOhe nr aeivien ed a
sereog

siswaurys sarang fo suamrads fo sv]

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 49
EUMECES PEKINENSIS Stejneger

1924, Humeces pekinensis STEJNEGER, Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 5, July 26, 1924. p. 120 (type-locality, Hsin-Lung-Shan District,
Imperial Hunting Grounds, Chilili, China; type, U. S. N. M. No. 60863 ;
A. de C. Sowerby, collector).

Diagnosis.—Median dorsal scale rows not enlarged; two unpaired
postmentals; lower temporal of the second row wedge-shaped; soles of
hind feet nearly uniformly granular with only a few larger tubercles
near the heel; a postnasal; 24 scales around the middle of the body.

Description of type specimen.—Rostral high, the portion visible
from above somewhat larger than half the fronto-nasal; supranasals
barely meeting behind rostral; nostril occupying most of nasal which
is higher in front than behind; a small pentagonal postnasal in con-
tact with supranasal, nasal, first and second labials and anterior
loreal, the latter contact about twice as long as the others; fronto-

Fig. 2.—EUMECES PEKINENSIS. TypPE. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 60683. 3 X NAT. SIZE

nasal larger, as long as broad, barely touching rostral but in contact
with frontal almost as widely as with anterior loreal; prefrontals
smaller than fronto-nasal, separated from each other, in contact with
frontal, fronto-nasal, both loreals, upper preocular and anterior
supraocular; anterior loreal narrow, high, widening on canthus.
rostralis, in contact with first labial, barely touching second; pos-
terior loreal pentagonal, large, wider than high, higher in front than
behind, barely touching second labial and only in contact with fourth
labial on left side; frontal considerably longer than parietals and
its distance from the tip of the snout, anteriorly wider than behind,
in contact with three supraoculars; four supraoculars, second largest;
five superciliaries; fronto-parietals considerably smaller than inter-
parietal; parietals shorter than frontals, widely separated behind by
interparietal; two pairs of nuchals; seven supralabials, seventh
largest, fifth under anterior half of eye; two large scutes covering
the temples, the upper elongated with nearly parallel upper and

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

lower sides, in contact behind with anterior nuchals, the lower much
wider behind, wedge-shaped, with the apex towards the front and
narrowly in contact with the anterior temporal; two small scales be-
tween seventh supralabial and ear-opening, which is bordered an-
teriorly with three small lobules; mental medium, followed by two
unpaired postmentals, the anterior narrow, band-like, with parallel
anterior and posterior edges, the posterior larger, pentagonal, mucin
wider than long; seven lower labials, sixth long and narrow; 24
perfectly smooth subequal scales around the middle of the body, 48
in a longitudinal series next to the median line of the back between
nuchals and a line from groin to groin; a pair of large preanal plates;
length of hind leg contained about twice and a half in distance from
snout to vent; the adpressed limbs overlap by about the length of the
fingers; scales on dorsal aspect of femur small, becoming abruptly
much larger on underside, the largest being more than three times as
large; sole of hind foot with subequal, small, nearly granular scales
and a few larger ones near the heel; 14 scales under the fourth toe;
a small scale behind each corner of the vent with a faint indica-
tion of a pointed keel or tubercle; tail gradually tapering, with a
series of median, wide, transverse plates on the underside.

Color (in alcohol) : above dark, nearly blackish brown, becoming
paler brownish gray on terminal half of tail, with five longitudinal
narrow yellowish stripes, one on the dorsal median line, the next on
the middle of the third scale row from the median line, and a lat-
eral one on the fifth and slightly also on the sixth scale row from
the median line; the median stripe bifurcates on the interparietal
shield proceeding forward over the frontoparietals and the lateral
margins of the frontal, across the middle of the prefrontals meet-
ing again on the rostral which is pale; the next stripe proceeds for-
ward on the head over the outer edge of the supraoculars; the lat-
eral stripe extends forward through the ear-opening and the lower
half of the temples to the supralabials; the median stripe disap-
pears on the terminal half of the tail, the next one on the basal third,
and the lateral one just above and behind the insertion of the hind
leg; underside from pectoral region forward and from groin back-
ward pale buff, the intermediate region plumbeous, darkest on the
posterior half of each scale.

DIMENSIONS
nun,

Total Jeno thse. preg 1s rey pees open eg 2 tl ae Padidaers ripe ee veengh aie 3 lie inca 118
Snowt:t0 Avert ca Se eS a ae bre 8 ee) ee ea aes A ee ee
Vert eto vip: Oca Ta ie Danese cha eg 65
Snout. tO’ eat OPemim gt see wae Eee ee ees Bee Be eae ee nee Eee 12
rreatest width Of News e LUE a 4 PenOe ke LEN tae epee nb ch ee ee 8.5
ASTUTE C'S SEIT IS ORT Ag Lh A EE PE ss 29
Mores logics cpsa hi Li espns! ch bye 2 oh as Be ie eee veteran (eek See pera 15

PVG ee oe yh Oa area ae 22

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER nt

Variation.—Two additional speciments (Nos. 60864-5), collected
by Mr. Sowerby with the type, agree with it in most details as de-
scribed above; in fact, there is surprisingly little variation. In the
head scales the most noteworthly difference consists in the relatively
smaller size of the fronto-nasal, the supranasals in both these speci-
mens being broadly in contact behind the rostral. In both the sec-
ond loreal is in contact. with the second and third labials. All three
specimens have a well-developed postnasal, two postmentals, two
pairs of nuchals, and 24 scale rows. The dorsal longitudinal rows
consist of 48 scales in one and 50 in the other; one has 15 scales
under fourth toe, the other has 13. The enlarged postfemoral scales
are more localized as “ patches” and are scarcely as large relatively
as in the type. The postanal tubercle scale is scarcely recognizable.

Remarks.—This northern species presents characters which in their
coinbination give it a central! or, in appearance at least, an inter-
mediate position between the Eumees of China and Japan. In some
respects it recalls /’. latiscutatus, but the double postmental, longer
snout, fewer scale rows, and especially the different arrangement of
the two large temporals are features more than sufficient to sepa-
rate them. With Z’. elegans it shares the enlarged post femorais, the
postnasal, and the unspecialized granulation of the soles, but the
latter has only one postmental, one pair of nuchals, more numerous
scales under the fourth toe, and a temporal scalation like FZ.
latiscutatus. It agrees with /’. chinensis in having two postmentals
and in the temporal scalation, but it has a postnasal, enlarged post-
femorals, and the unspecialized foot soles.

This is the most northern record of a skink in China. It is pos-
sible that the £. marginatus reported by Elpatjewsky and Sabane.
jew,” or LF’. latiscutatus, as the specimens have been determined by
Nikolski,** collected at Olga and St. Vladimir Bays and at Imperator
Bay on the Ussuri coast of Siberia, may be this species. On the
other hand, it is not impossible that true 7’. latiseutatus may have
been accidentally introduced from Japan to the opposite coast of
the Sea of Japan.

EUMECES TUNGANUS Stejneger

1896. Humeces ranthi GUENTHER, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersbourg, vol. 1,
p. 203 (Lifang-fu and valley of Tung River, Szechwan) (not of Guenther
1889) .

1924. Humeces tunganus StTEsNEGER, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol.
14, Oct. 4, 1924, p. 384 (type-locality, Luting Kiao, where road to Tat-
sienlu crosses Tung River, western Szechwan, 5-6,000 feet alt.; type
U. S. National Museum, No. 66736; D. C. Graham, collector).

This interesting novelty was recently described from specimens
collected by Rev. D. C. Graham during his trip to Tatsienlu. He

#2 Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 255, pl. 18, fig. 3.
Fauna Rossij, Rept. vol. 1, 1915, p. 508.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66.

obtained them at practically the same locality where 29 years be-
fore the Russian explorer G. Potanin had collected specimens which
Guenther, apparently misled by the fact that they had two post-
mentals and a postnasal, wrongly identified with the H’wmeces
vanthi which he himself described only seven years previously from
specimens collected by Pratt at Ichang.

SPHENOMORPHUS INDICUS (Gray)

To synonymy in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 216, add:

Lygosoma indicum BouLENGER, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2,
vol. 18, 1898, p. 319 (Tung-Yung Isl.).—Voer, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf.
Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 99 (Canton).

Lygosoma (Hinulia) indicum WERNER, Mitt. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, vol.
27, 1910, p. 43 (Foochow).

Sphenomorphus indicus VAN DENBURGH, Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 3, Dec. 1912, p. 230 (Huchow, Che-Kiang).

This widely distributed species is represented by seven specimens,
two adults and one very young from Mount Wa (Nos. 65457-9),
and a young from Mount Omei, Szechwan, all by D. C. Graham,
one adult by Prof. Blackwelder from Shi-Chuen-Hsien, Shensi (Nos.
35527) and two, one young and one adult from near Yenpingfu,
Fukien (Nos. 65369 and 65368). The latter is very large, has 38
scale rows; the young one has 40 scale rows and in both only two
supraoculars touch the frontal on both sides; in the young one the
anterior projections of the frontoparietals are abnormally separated
off as two small shields. The scale rows in the others are 34 in
all four Szechwan specimens, and 36 in the one from Shensi; in all
these 3 supraoculars are in contact with the frontal. It will thus be
seen that as Boulenger has recorded 34 and 36 scales in eleven
Fukien specimens,** this species goes through the whole gamut of
variation from 34 to 40 scale rows in that province.

LEIOLOPISMA LATERALE (Say)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 218, to which add:

Leiolepisma laterale Barsour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 40, no. 4,
Aug. 1912, p. 185 (Washan, western Szechwan; Yiinnanfu).

Lygosoma reevesii GUENTHER, in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 239
(mountains north of Kiukiang; and at Mo-si-mien Pass, 12,800 ft. alt.,
Szechwan).

Lygosoma laterale reevesii VAN DENBURGH, Proc. California Acad. Sci.
(4) vol. 8, Dee. 1912, p. 287 (China and Tsushima).

Four Chinese specimens are now before me: One from Hsin-Lung-
Shan district, Imperial Hunting Grounds, Chilili, 65 miles NE. of
Peking, by Sowerby (U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 60862) ; one from Mount
Omei, Szechwan, by Graham (No. 64640), and two from Nanking,
Kiangsu, one by J. T. Illick (No. 65095), and one by Prof. C.
Ping (No. 65522).

# Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p. 162.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 53

These specimens show the usual variability of the species. The
Szechwan specimen has 26 scale rows, the Peking one 30; the two
from Nanking have 28. In other respects these two specimens which
are of the same size differ more from each other than from the
northern and western ones. No. 65095 is quite normal, the limbs
being small, when adpressed to the side not meeting by the dis-
tance from eye to ear. In No. 65522 the tips of the longest digits
meet, the feet being much better developed; in addition the inter-
nasal is divided by a regular suture.

LYGOSAURUS SOWERBYI Stejneger

1924. Lygosaurus sowerbyi STEJNEGER, Occ. Pap. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 5, July 21, 1924, p. 120 (type-locality, Futsing District, Fukien,
China ; type, U.S.N.M. No. 65375; A. de C. Sowerby, collector).

Diagnosis —Three large supraoculars; third supraocular in con-
tact with parietals; parietals larger than fronto-nasal.

Description of type.—Adult: Rostral very broadly in contact with
fronto-nasal; no supranasals; nostril oval, in a single nasal; no

Fic. 3.—LYGOSAURUS SOWBPRBYI. TYPE. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 65375. 4 X NAT. SIZE

postnasal; fronto-nasal much broader than long, broadly in contact
with frontal; prefrontals small, smaller than fronto-parietals,
widely separated; frontal undivided, very long, though not quite
twice as long as its distance from tip of snout, angularly emarginate
laterally by the anterior supraocular, the anterior portion with the
longer sides converging posteriorly, the posterior portion with the
longer sides slightly diverging posteriorly, in contact laterally with
first and second supraoculars, and behind with fronto-parietals
and interparietal; three large supraoculars, second larger than first
which is larger than third; first and second supraoculars in contact
with frontal, third in contact with fronto-parietals and parietals;
fronto-parietals, not in contact with each other, much smaller than
third supraocular; interparietal much longer than wide, lozenge-
shaped, in contact with frontal; parietals rather large, much larger

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

than fronto-nasal, in contact behind interparietal; no nuchais; two
loreals, higher than wide, slightly smaller than prefrontals, in con-
tact with first and second supralabials; lower eyelid scaly: six
supralabials, fourth longest, about twice as long as the preceeding
ones; above fifth two small suboculars; temporals undifferentiated.
scale-like, smooth; ear-opening moderate, round, with no projecting
lobules; a single, pentagonal, narrow shield behind the mental;
submandibulars small, scarcely differentiated; 28 rows of scales
around the middle of the body, of nearly equal size, those on occiput
and upper neck smooth, dorsals tricarinate, the keels increasing in
distinctness posteriorly and reduced to two strong keels on the lower
back and tail; scales on underside smooth; preanal scales not en-
larged; legs short, hind lege being contained about three and one
third times in distance from snout to vent, while fore and hind
legs fail to meet by the length of the foot; digits short, first espe-
cially so, covered above with smooth imbricate, alternating scales,
one on each side of the median line, the terminal enlarged and cover-
ing the base of the claw; tail cylindric, longer than head and body,
tapering to a point; the caudal scales above with two strong keels
which extend slightly beyond the edge of each scale, underneath
smooth with rounded posterior edge; no transversely elongated
scales underneath.

Color (in alcohol): Above pale brown, each scale darker at the
base, the keels paler, and on the tail with scattered small whitish
spots; flanks speckled with small black and white spots; sides of
neck, from and including the ear, with large irregular black spots;
temples speckled with black; supralabials whitish; above and below
by a narrow black border; underside whitish.

DIMENSIONS site
Bota. Very eb e h e B Bs 8 ea ee ee 102
Snowts to) Vent) tse, b eet sa AA ee eh Pele GS sy oe eh nei aS 43
Wnty tO ctl Py te teases 2 ess ee Baal ie a i 59
SHOUE AO rEAT=O OMI Os ee ee eee 8.5
Greatest width. (Of Wee ee x Oe ae a og 7
ASAT ASCOT OLN re ee Se Mee Ae ne ce eee rete ELE Rn OS ee ne eee 23
HOG: +1legh. JOU Ree hs ae ees Pes FOE A oy ee SESE EEE 15 es Ce A eee 9
Inds less 2a) ence ee ah ee ae ae eee he ee ou th in eo eerie Ee ee 13.5

Remarks.—The discovery on the Chinese mainland of a second
species of this most distinct genus is highly interesting. Only one
species, Lygosaurus pellopleurus, was known from the middle and
northern groups of the RiuKiu Archipelago,*® but no species has
been recorded from Formosa, though we may confidently expect its
discovery there some day.

45 Stejneger, Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 222, pi. 7, fig. 3.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 55

The new species, though evidently closely related, differs very
essentially from Z. pellopleurus not only in the characters em-
phasized in the above diagnosis but also in the less elongate body,
the longer tail, the fewer scale keels, and the coloration. The ter-
minal scale covering the base of the claws is also a trifle smaller.
As might perhaps be expected, the mainland species is somewhat
less specialized, as shown by the larger parietals, the larger supra-
oculars, ete., but it does not link this genus any closer with any
other forms composing the unwieldly Boulengerian genus Lygosoma.
In this connection it may be recalled what I said about Lygosaurus
not seeming to belong to the Himalayo-Chinese fauna, having, as
it does, a structure reminding one of south Indian forms rather
than of any genus or species peculiar to the northern mountains.

Family LACERTIDAE
TAKYDROMUS SEXLINEATUS MERIDIONALIS (Guenther)

1864. Tachydromus meridionalis GUENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, p. 70, pl. 8,
fig. D (type-locality, Southern China; types in British Mus.; J. Reeves,
collector) ; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 6), vol. 1, 1888 (p. 167). —BorErTTcER,
Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, pp. 118, 142 (Canton and
Lilong) ; Kat. Rept. Mus. Senckenberg, pl. 1, 1893, p. 79 (Nan-ning on
the Yu-Kiang, prov. Kwangsi; Canton).—WeErRNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad.
Wiss., II KL, vol. 22, pt. 2, 1904, p. 861.—Voert, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf.
Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 98 (northern Kwangtung).

1887. Tachydromus sexlineatus BouLENGER, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., vol. 3,
p. 4 (part: S. China) ; Monogr. Lacert., vol. 2, 1921, p. 151 (part: Amoy;
South China).

It seems to me as if the last word about the forms which Boulenger
includes in 7’. sewlineatus Daudin, has not been said yet, hence I re-
tain the name 7’. meridionalis for the South China material at least
for the present. Compared with specimens from the Malay Archi-
pelago, which seem to be typical of 7’. sexlineatus, there appears to be
enough differences to warrant the retention of the name of 7’. meri-
dionalis in a subspecific sense. The head of the Chinese examples,
five of which were collected by Mr. Sowerby in Fukien, are markedly
shorter with resultant differences in the proportions of the various
head shields; the number of lamellae under fourth toe are fewer;
the number of inguinal pores is invariably one on each side; the pre-
vailing number of ventral scale rows is twelve; besides differences
in color and minor differences in scalation and proportion. The
data relating to the South China specimens are given in the tables
following.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

*paonpolded [Ie], o

02 ST 9 IL Ol ale Ge SPs. ee ee ee ae Oe ee Ope sel oe ls oe. ee ee ee ODE “25 |e: et | Bes eee ~"S1e¢9
a 9 9 éL Si a Raat ss et, . GAC Bes Sees Ae ee en ae a ae OD 5s 4a: cael oe ee ee ea ee 0D S| a = Slee oe LLES9
a 91 i) ol 8I OIT» 6h COTE. a SSS5 Marr eh ee ge enon OD 7m pee alge eee os LOTS ie} OGL9 SECs CL] 310 es | eee ene] 9199
&% ZT g"9 £61 81 06 2 €¢ CPi alae ent ceo RR ane ae eee OD agar 5 ila a ae eee oie ee ge ODEs” | "ip, ee eale. ae eens TLES9
1Z SI 9 IT Treen i Pe Pc PP ok |S sae je aan eae ae ACOANO G0) DAV naan mal | ead CLO LES UN as r= CLT l= CLO ALB) Ns meee oc | ee en EU 0899
16 oT 39 Sane Lily Sl ee 6h. Sh Sa? Se eee SS ee eas GOB TS |i ae ae es ee LOH LL Ge) es LOC CG os | ec eee | 9288S
quilt | [189 Jo P9709 ‘ON Unesnyy
quit | qui, | pveyjo| preg jo 4UdA 04 s : ou
pur, | arog | wprA \qI800'7 aes en qnous 1210.L poyzoo[[oo u0yM Ag = lore Aqyeoo'_y pus xog pea aoe
SLOJOWUYIVUL UL SYDUOIPLLAUL snuoiphyn [, fo sywawmainspa Wy
£ I Gs T ol ve 13 ¥ Ce oat NRE Segoe oar ge ODE eal ee ele | ee oe ae ODES ali Sam SS alll Saar oes 8LE99
g I (6 T aL £% 1% b CH elie 5 Bea Oe PS ODEs 0 ak Seles ee ee Seer een ODN le see re Sele in) Geen LLES9
€ I &% I GL 9% 66 b Gili ees ee Se OD 5 58a | ae ee | LOD YUN ee 10114 ST e190 (A | eres ented | en 9LES9
£ I 2 T aL ¥ 8% b Ct ae IRs ee: ae ent Soe eee OPS” Spal Sg | See > a ee ee ODS nat pega oad |e a ee ene TLES9
€ I 2G I Or ¥G 9% b Gooden Se ae act AQIOMOS *D EP"V | VOI My at SUI TEONT |i sauee see salnc ctu ll ln0 ua 0LES9
£ Ajereq 0 | I ol 9% 66 F GD eR Se caata se ge eg SO6E: | ae 5 LO 103 a (CO Clin | ane ee ee 93E8S
90} SMOI SMO | ouoy | gmor “ON

sie | yovjuoo | qjamoy | setod |jeurpny esi10A peq09,

-no00 Ul Jepun jeu -[3U0[, + -SUBI} ne ee sprere> poayoe][oo Moy AG -[09 Aqypeoo'_T sure See aroeracae
-eidng | s[eseN eey «| -Inzuy | [ey T217 | resq0 4 Cate U Mo mou Pp 8 :

-eure'T cua cuss | Oe. | ESI:

syouorpLiu smuosphynT Jo suauwads {O 48VT

ART, 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 57
TAKYDROMUS SEPTENTRIONALIS Guenther

For synonymy, see Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 232 (exclusive of references to
Formosa). Add:
Tachydromus septentrionalis STEINDACHNER, Wiss. Ergebn. Reise Szech-
enyi Ost-Asien, vol. 2, 1898, p. 506 (Yumen-shien, Kansu).—BOoOULENGER,
Mem. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 5, 1917, p. 216 (Kansu to Fukien) ; Monogr.
Lacert., vol. 2, 1921, p. 187 (Along the Yangtse Kiang, northwest to
Kansu, southeast to Fukien).
Takydromus septentrionalis VAN DENBURGH, Proc. California Acad. Sci.
(4) vol. 3, 1912, p. 242 (Mohkansan and Huchow, Chekiang).

The National Museum has now eight Chinese specimens of this
species, two from the province of Shensi, two from Kiangsu, three
from Szechwan, and one from Fukien. The occurrence at Suifu and
Mount Omei, where Mr. D. C. Graham also collected 7’. intermedius,
is very interesting. The variation in the characters considered diag-
nostic of the species is shown in the table of specimens herewith. To
be noted is, that one specimen has 4 postmentals on one side, and the
larger anterior one opposite nicked in the inner edge by an incipient
suture. The dorsal rows are very variable, there being 6 subequal
scales in two specimens; 4 large and 2 small median rows in two;
7 rows consisting of 6 large with a median small row in two; and 1
with 6 large and 2 median smaller rows. In Nos. 65460 and 66735,
the dorsal scale rows change at the middle of the back from 3-1-3
anteriorly to 2-2-2 posteriorly. In five specimens there are 2 lateral
enlarged rows adjoining the ventrals on each side, while in three
specimens the sutures of the rostral, nasals, and fronto-nasals meet
in such a way that it is difficult to say whether the rostral and fronto-
nasals touch or not. In two specimens, one from Nanking (No.
65092) and one from Szechwan (No. 65460) there is a well-developed
masseteric scute on the temple. The anterior supraocular varies in
size from a mere granule to a well-indicated shield. In one (No.
65092) it is absolutely wanting, and the large second supraocular in
this specimen is in contact with the posterior loreal.

List of specimens of Takydromus septentrionalis

NATIONAL MUSEUM

alta a Hoo tt a
ah
ES
a5
ns
qo. ' ' Vente te oes '
438 ' ' Nettie ati 1
Aas ' 1 Noster taaT '
Sse 1 tein peak Pay '
A 7 2 ' I eae uae ‘
' '
' uw lt aw i ~
HegeSo nN N aaa t a
t
Sesess 1
ase 1 ‘
' '
oy n co rc Sn loon A oe en ol re
Se
Oh
Has
_
=
4 Sn q oo CO 0 c © OO o
Aa Woe
onas
Pro 2
al
1
, So a Qa I~
aagee * AQ \aRSAA aq
SESSS !
BBE
1
Bho No) oD mnt Oo a
Bane oO oO 09 oD OD OD OD oo
gase
~~
=e
Be S om ™~ © aououonrrn. oO
noe e
6896
A=s =
n
oD
a3
n
1 7 Sauietp vant 7
| i Fie ey Pema ka 1
| AY ' eee B
o ' ot te Ate Fy
as Png Ont Shee te etateat are
oo D ' CE ease ina e
AS pe wANG Dk Sibi eM OI
Bo ke t a i Ter ie mM
= o ot) SPO ned ;
= ' ee
as = rai (ie Be ROS. Lae a
©: We) Cae o
By nee Gk aig]
& ' Si See <
{ Ween
\ ' Sa tert \
' 1 cS leer om
‘ 1 It mam N Coat! CL
‘OS ' PS oases
oS 1 1 2 1 ot © 1
as ' ' a Loh t
23 add apres aharh Uh Nes
ct i ' Sune ut eles '
= Hes |e ise lee tts)
1 i Ore rents t
ot i nn '
i Se t
i)
q Bg (S88 tg '
— '
Pe Re ee es ONG
a pat Ono tO '
qaaodnake Qin :
eee eg aig
® a 2 5 \
1 Ops suresi nes wil evel
4 mO-n wo 2 a o
= Se =
§ ~wR. ar B pe
: sHPieaeke =
4 Ba oaetkt aan
Mis = .5o0.! ~
SES Seon Ss f
3 Boa eS ukS °
wmwoog+s wv Sonn a
q SC-= Heyes aA °
SagAnas52 8
oH BH nAaAgann &
j a ' BL rhe CAs 1
| a ' feces ves t
3 1 TSK eras t
& g \ AYES {
¢ i
| t Co MMaiT pelts i
a? | rw? ' ia Py YH ~_
a Biot ey ae aetna el
é Reateec abi iuc, ome scan:
rv | & = Ghee uay and a
2 es @ Tt eet tite =
n 8 = rt Ome S
Os eos Se ae
BS rea at ed
'
n E ‘ ' h ictpalosetaat i
> Ss ' ' rete Ole mak '
ae \ ' 1 EVR '
See FAME Scnea Oh Ah ae. jc
wed : aA cit
; etd We ea 1
232 eS Neat
=7 3 ' ' AF os oR OB el '
anaes 1D sO HtaAor © 1
oe a aN aad =~
RP 1D 1D oo tok al
D> add Hos 190 10 SO Oo
oO oD ooo oO © o

VOL. 66

TAKYDROMUS AMURENSIS Peters

For synonymy and figures, see
Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 245.

Add:
Tachydromus amurensis
NIKOLSKI, Fauna _ Rossij,

Rept kvolyels oils tpsa2 ial
(Ussuri; Vladivostok).—
BOuLENGER, Mem. Asiat.
Soe. Bengal,_vol. 5, 1917,
p. 210, pl. 46, figs. 1-1d
(S. E. Siberia ; Manchuria ;
Korea); Monogr. Lacert.,
vol. 2, 1921, p. 129 (Ussuri;
Korea).

A fine female specimen
(No. 52344) of this species
was collected by Mr. Sowerby
on the north bank of the Yalu
River, 180 miles from its
mouth, in southern Manchu-
ria. It has six dorsal series
of large scales with a single
median series of smaller
ones; eight ventral series
with at least three enlarged
lateral series adjoining them
on each side; there are only
three pairs of chin shields,
first and second being fused;
rostral broadly in contact
with frontal-nasal; temporals
rather large; anterior sup-
raocular not much smaller
than fourth, touching second

loreal.

TAKYDROMUS INTERMEDIUS
Stejneger

1924. Takydromus interme-
dius STEIJNEGER, Occ. Pap.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.
by dilly 2 1 O24 eta
(type-locality, Shin-Kai-Si,
Mount Omei, near Kiating,
Szechwan, China; type
U.S.N.M. No. 64487; Rey.
D. C. Graham, collector).

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 59

Diagnosis —Head one and three-fourth times to twice as long as
broad; anterior supraocular very small, mostly indicated by a minute
granule; enlarged dorsals in eight longitudinal series, the two median
ones smaller; ventrals in six series, smooth or very feebly keeled;
four pairs of chin shields; two inguinal pores on each side; nasals in
contact behind rostral; tail two and one-half times to three times the

‘length of head and body.

Description of type specimen.—Adult female: Rostral separated
from internasal by anterior nasals which are broadly in contact;
posterior loreal much larger than anterior; internasal as long as
prefrontals which are about two-thirds the length of the frontal;
two large supraoculars, the anterior barely separated from the pos-
terior loreal by a granule which represents the first supraocular ;
fourth supraocular very small, smaller than occipital; four super-
ciliaries, two anterior ones in contact with large anterior supraocular,

Fic. 4.—TAKYDROMUS INTERMEDIUS. Type. U.S. Nar. Mus. No. 64437. 3 X NAT. SIZE

the two posterior ones separated from the second large supraocular
by a series of minute granules; frontal hexagonal, with a median
ridge, and much wider anteriorly than posteriorly; fronto-parietals
in contact with posterior large supraocular (third) but separated
from fourth by a granule; parietals large, considerably longer than
frontal; four supralabials in front of the subocular labial which is
largest and as long as third and fourth together; temporals small,
almost granular, keeled, about 10 in a row between postocular and the
elongate scales bordering the ear-opening anteriorly; a series of four
elongate narrow scales along the outer edge of the parietals; four
pairs of chin shields, increasing in size posteriorly, first pair in con-
tact throughout, second only in anterior half; eight dorsal rows of
keeled scales, the two median series small and irregular, on the pos-
terior half of the back reduced to a single row; keels of large dorsals
forming continuous ridges, four of the large dorsals corresponding to
about four and one-half ventral plates; sides covered with minute

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

keeled scales gradually enlarging toward dorsals and ventrals, about
14 in a transverse row; scales on upper surface of limbs, like dorsals,
the largest scarcely smaller; gulars granular, considerably elongated
anteriorly between the chin shields and merging gradually posteri-
orly into the pointed and keeled scales covering lower neck and .
collar, about 29 granules and scales on the median line between
chin shields and collar; a distinct gular fold; 6 rows of ventral
plates, all smooth except outer row which is slightly narrower, keeled
and pointed, abruptly set off from the adjoining small-keeled scales
of the flanks, 25 on the median line from collar to preanal plate;
preanal plate large, smooth, with two narrow scales on each side;
two inguinal pores on each side; subdigital lamellae under fourth toe
97; tail three times as long as head and body together with strongly
keeled and pointed scales which are about as long as the large
dorsals.

Color (in alcohol): Dark olive gray, outer dorsal row faintly
paler; a narrow pale line from posterior supralabials on side of neck
below tympanum to shoulder; entire underside bluish gray except
underside of arms and legs (but not hands and feet) whitish.

DIMENSIONS ae
Total lengths. 2. Vi) = a ae 210
Snout to qenla. 2 ee eS ee 52
Vent toctig otal. 2 = SS an 158
Sut hat eo MNT eh Se a ae 18
Snout to posterior edge of occipital_-_----------------------------——— 13
Snout to earopening —— 2 a. 2 i te ee nee
Snout to posterior edge of ear-opening (‘length of head 22) jac Be ta a plies
Greatest width of head_-—+-—==———-—=—— === —— $e a
Wore lee so ee eal = a San 20
Hind lestite seit ia ee a, Se ee 27

Variation—The variations of the five specimens in proportions
and structural details may be seen from the appended tables. It
may be added that all have the nasals in contact behind the rostral.
The internasal, or fronto-nasal, is not always as long as in the type;
the first (small) supraocular, may be almost as large as the fourth,
or may be reduced to a mere pin point; second pair of chin shields
may be in contact throughout their length; otherwise there is a very
great uniformity in the series.

Remarks.—The Szechwan species here described seems to be so
intermediate between the various forms of this genus as to well
merit the name I have given it. An attempt to identify the five
specimens before me by the “ Synopsis” in Boulenger’s excellent
Monograph of the Lacertidae,*® at once demonstrates the central po-

TURAN? BL ORE ae ee le

46 Vol. 2, 1921, p. 128.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 61

sition of the species here described. In that synopsis the species of
this genus are divided into those with “ I. Head not more than one
and three quarter times as long as broad,” and those with “ II. Head
at least nearly twice as long as broad”; in other words, the ratio
between breath and length of head in Group I is 1:1.75, or less; in
Group IT it is “ nearly ” 1: 2, or more, or if we interpret the “ nearly ”
as “ minus 0.1” the ratio in Group II may be said to be 1:1.85. The
table of measurements shows that in the new species the ratio varies
between 1:1.75 and 1:2, averaging in the five specimens 1: 1.88, or
halfway between the two groups with a leaning towards Group II.
That this is the correct interpretation is evident from an examination
of the ratios given by Boulenger himself for three of the species
composing Group II, namely, 7. smaragdinus, 7. sauteri, and T.
sexlineatus, in which according to his figures the ratios are respec-
tively 1:1.85; 1:1.93 and 1:1.98. The Szechwan specimens must
therefore be tested both in Groups I and II, and as the elongated
head points towards the latter, they may be looked for first in that
category. Having eight dorsal rows of scales (or plates) and ven-
trals in six series they ought to be found under A, and having four
pairs of chin shields they might be suspected of belongiig to 7’.
sautert, hitherto only known from Formosa. But this is a very dif-
ferent species with sharply keeled ventrals, one inguinal (femoral)
pore, two or three series of keeled scales on the sides above the
ventral plates and only 24 lamellae under fourth toe. Tried in
Group I, which falls in two Groups A and B, the latter with four
dorsal series, 12 ventrals and three pairs of chin shields, they should
be looked for in Group A in spite of the fact that the species con-
tained in that group are said to have ventrals in eight or 10 series,
while our specimens only have six. A is divided in those with “7.
four or five pairs of chin shields” and “2. three pair of chin
shields.” As ours have four pairs the choice is limited to 7. amur-
ensis, T. tachydromoides, and 7. wolteri. Of these 7. amurensis has
three inguinal pores, and 7’. woltevi one pore, and both have eight
ventral series, while ours have two pores and six ventral series.
Finally, 7. tachydromoides, from Japan, like our species, has two
inguinal pores and four chin shields, but the number of dorsals and
ventrals is reversed, namely, six dorsal and eight ventral rows, while
T. intermedius has eight dorsal ‘and six ventral rows, besides, having
much longer head and various peculiarities of its own, such as the
numerous granules covering the temples, lack of well-developed
“plates” on the flanks adjoining the ventrals; more numerous la-
mellae under the fourth toe; nasals in contact behind rostral, ete.

VOL. 66

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

‘gd AL, 0
pee lan te ce | Z ¢ st ee arta gg SEC Weoetepae ee OO aa || eda eae EN eas) gbyeatsy [t= == SO) a= 5 ons ot ane eset arr CObde,
te es aes kee le 9 OOD e te cae oe GOT | 9€ ShiRs| =e 2 a (0) 0} tae ge ol eee nese em Sa ODF alr essa 0 DD) seid ke caer amen ae L9PS9
al LG 0% L €1 61 8ST og OTS Gace > ee oe ee ODeiaas TZ6I | IS-1eM-UIYsS ‘Tourg yUMOT |-- ~~~ OD. SS it, - ae eee v LEED
percent Oks as iene eee ¢’9 ol cerca! €&I SP [Ree | Gen note wel ces O Deal A COL femme AN OD amy O0 Oy) TnL OTA ann OD maces Sie ike Pom ee ae = GOES
€1 GS 61 9 or 61 ie oGnhe SP OD Ten | SS ee CLS UGS) sr) i Cl | eee | ee UeAMyoezg ‘njIng |-“quease[Opy | ~~ F6SE9

UIT dy po 7
quit | qui | peoyjo| peoqyjo| 4 OM) | 4uaA 04 ON umnesnyy
aa a10J 0} | [req 0 B40 aqooyjoo toy Age | -yooqToo Aqrpeoo gu pu xeg
900 | pure | oso | apr [asme | 81804 | TSR 99 | snoug | 40d | Pesoartoo Moule | Ted A ea 088 PUY XOS | [eUONEN seqeyg Poyuy
SHOJOU PUL WL SNYPAULAIUL SNMOAphyDT, JO spUaMaINs DIT
“ad AT, o
l1Z z 9 ¥ PE 8 Pash Jalsa S otc ae ome (0) OCB Taleo ee ee es a eee uBmyoozg ‘nyIng |---- > (0) UR ee Cea a mas €€699
Ik¢ Zz 9 GZ 18 8 Qipao Werle. ena oo ees ODE $5 Se Salen eI ee ee UvAYIeZS ‘uO JUNOT | ~-~ OD Sea (aae eee L9FS9
1K6 z 9 GZ oe 8 Pye ela coe Si] Sa (0) 09 TCO They dae ees uBMYOIZY ‘IG-IVy-UIYS ‘TeurO JUNOT | ~~ ~~ OD emcees ee rate rs v LEPPO
8@ z 9 FS 0€ 8 Pe fhe a eee OD are 126. |" So ee eee ee UvMYIZG ‘TEU JUNO | - ” OD. igs ae cae ee ore SZPPO
8% z 9 9 ce 8 pa Fa age as WILBUR) 6) Cal sees. + a[ abcess uBMyoezg ‘njing |--yueosefOpy |---- F6SE9
204
qainoy | osoq | SHOT | sor | sor | ono, a aS
Jopun | “Wen | [GIPNy| OStOA | SICA | dregs | SPIPIIS| poyooyioa woym Ag | -3001[00 Ayyeoory age pue xeg | ummesnyy [BIONeN
soeos |__| -r2uoy | -suery | -suey | olor, | uo A ! Beenie
opp | O8UT |eiquo, |perjuea | peso | S100 UM IIS Poa
-oure’y

SripaULiaywM SMUOLphyD TL,

fo suaunoads {0 ISvT

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 63

EREMIAS ARGUS Peters

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 248, to which add:

Eremias argus STEINDACHNER, Wiss. Ergebn. Reise Szechenyi Ost-Asien, vol.
2, 1898, p. 505 (Su-chou, Kansu).—ELpatJEwsky and SABANEJEW, Zool.
Jahrb. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 252 (Gussonoye Osero, Seleginsk Distr.,
Transbaikal).—Sowerpby, in Clark and Sowerby’s Through Shen-kan,
1912, p. 110 (Kansu).—Bepriaca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-Asien
Reis., Zool., vol. 8, sect. 1, Amph. Rept., pt. 4, June, 1912, p. 686 (Ordos;
Alashan ).—NIKOLSKI, Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 1, 1915, p. 460 (Mongolia,
ete.).—BouLENGER, Monogr. Lacertid., vol. 2, 1921, p. 336 (Manchuria,
Korea, Mongolia, North China).

Ten specimens of this species have been collected by Sowerby on
three of his expeditions to the Mongolian frontier, namely, two (Nos.
39340 and 39341) from the province of Kansu, the first at a locality
5 miles south of San-chow-fu (about 5,100 feet altitude) on June 21,
1909, and the second one near Ching-yang-fu (about 3,100 feet) on
August 8, 1909; one (No. 49644) at Kuli-hua-cheng, northern Shansi,
during May, 1912; and seven at the Imperial Hunting Grounds,
Chilili, 65 miles N. E. of Peking during August, 1917.

They show the usual variations of this species, but none have the
subocular forming part of the labial edge, as in the so-called £.
brenchleyi, nor do any of the specimens approach the other charac-
ters attributed to this much debated form. Im all the specimens the
fronto-nasal is divided, except in No. 49644, nor docs this specimen
have any small scales or granules intercalated on the snout; in addi-
tion, it possesses an unusually small interparietal. Among the other
specimens, No. 39340 from LanChow, Kansu, which I have examined.
very closely for possible relationship to /’. multiocellata, which has
also been recorded from Kansu (type specimen of £. planiceps
Strauch), has a divided fronto-nasal, and the length of the anterior
large supraocular is not greater than its distance from the second
loreal.

It is true that an occasional specimen of /’. multiocellata is found
with a divided fronto-nasal (Petrograd Mus. No. 5124, from Bal-
gantai-gol, Tian-shan, Col. Przhevalski, collector) and that the gran-
ules filling the anterior supraccular triangle are unusually large and
coarse, but this space itself is not smaller than in typical 2. argus,
and the specimen does not otherwise differ from normal individuals

of this species. f
Family ANGUIDAE
Genus OPHISAURUS Daudin
For synonymy see Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, May 3, 1910, p. 102.

OPHISAURUS HARTI Boulenger

1899. Ophisaurus harti BoULENGER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p. 160, pl.
16 (type locality, Kuatun, Fukien, China; cotypes in Brit. Mus.; J. D.
La Touche, collector.) —Sraniey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45,

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

1914, p. 26 (Fukien) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xiv (Fukien).—STEJNEGER, Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 32, June 27, 1919, p. 142 (Formosa ; within
500 miles of Foochow, Fukien).—WERNER, Mitt. Naturh. Mus. Ham-
burg, vol. 27, 1910, p. 27 (Fukien).
1905. Ophisaurus ludovici MOQUARD, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist., Paris, 1905, (p.
76) (type-locality, Bao-Lac, Tonkin, near Chinese frontier; type in Paris
Mus.; Louis Vaillant, collector) ; 1910, p. 1, figs. 1a—c.
In addition to the specimen (No. 60575) collected by C. R. Kellogg
“ within 200 miles of Foochow,” already recorded by me, the
National Museum has recently received from C. H. Barlow an adult
specimen, with reproduced tail, from Moh-Kan-Shan, Chekiang.
This specimen which is without cross-markings is (in alcohol) of a
pale bluish gray above, slightly darker on the six median scale rows;
at about halfway between dark bluish gray stripe begins on the
center of the fourth scale row from the lateral groove, which in-
creases in width and intensity backards until on the side of the tail it
occupies the adjacent halves of third and fourth scale rows. The
head scales are essentially like Boulenger’s figure of the type, excet
that the occipitals are slightly larger and better differentiated.
There are 104 transverse series of body scales counted from begin-
ning of laterial groove to vent; dorsals and ventrals, in a series
around the body, are 16 and 10 respectively.

Suborder SERPENTES
Family TYPHLOPIDAE

TYPHLOPS BRAMINUS (Daudin)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 260, to which add:
Typhlops braminus SrTanuey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol. 45, 1914, p.
26 (Fukien).
Typhlops bramineus STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 47, 1916
p. xiii (Yeung Yang, south China) ; p. xv (Changning via Swatow).
A young specimen (No. 65380) from the Futsing district, Fukien,
has been received from Mr. Sowerby.

Family COLUBRIDAE

Genus SIBYNOPHIS Fitzinger
See Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, May 3, 1910, p. 102.
SIBYNOPHIS COLLARIS “ CHINENSIS (Guenther)

1889. Ablabes chinensis GUENTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 6), vol. 4,
p. 220; in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 240 (type locality, Ichang,
Hupeh; type in Brit, Mus.; A. BE. Pratt, collector).

1893. Ablabes sinensis BouLENGER, Cat Snakes ‘Brit. Mus., vol. 1, pp. 184,
185, 444 (emendation in synonymy).

47Por Synonymy of S. collaris collaris see Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p. 108,
to which add: Polyodontophis collaris WALL, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1903, p. 85 (Hong
Kong Island).

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 65

1899. Polyodontophis collaris BouLENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 1,
pl. 12, fig. 1b-1e (Ichang, Hupeh) ; Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1899, p. 162
(not of Gray) (Kuatun, Fukien).—ANcGEL, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris,
1920, no. 2, p. 112 (IKweichow).

The specimen from Ichang, upon which Guenther based his
Ablabes chinensis, has two anterior temporals, as mentioned and
figured by Boulenger (pl. 12, fig. 1 ¢), the lower one being inter-
preted as the eight supralabial “ excluded from the labial margin.” 4
Boulenger, however, reduced Guenther’s name to a synonym under
Polyodontophis collaris, of which he had 11 specimens from the
Khasi Hills, Nepal and Darjeeling, in the Himalaya, as well as from
Burma, none of which had a separate lower anterior temporal.
Later he received two specimens from Kuatun, Fukien, both of them
agreeing with Guenther’s type from Ichang in the temporal arrange-
ment, but having found this character to be inconstant in P. sub-
punctatus and P. bistrigatus he expected that it “ would lkewise
break down if a larger number of Chinese specimens could be
examined.”

The United States National Museum has two more specimens
to add to the Chinese record, viz, No. 664385 collected by Sowerby
at Foochow, and No. 35521 from Shih-chuan-hsien, on the Han
River in southern Shensi, by Prof. E. Blackwelder. In both of
these the lower anterior temporal is widely separated from the labial
edge, as is also the arrangement in the type specimen as figured by
Boulenger (fig. 1c). If this figure be compared with that of the
normal S. collaris, fig. 1a, it will be seen that this temporal is
really the upper part of the eight labial separated off and not the
eight labial forced off the labial edge. It should also be noted that
in the two specimens before me the parietal is in contact with the
lower postorbital, a character supposed to distinguish S. geminatus
and S. subpunctatus. In addition to the separate lower temporal,
the five Chinese specimens known show a greater number of ventrals
than the western form. From the table given below, it appears that
the former have from 178 to 187 ventrals, while in the nine speci-
mens of the latter listed by Boulenger, the number of ventral ranges
between 159 and 180. Finally, our specimens from Shensi and
Fukien agree exactly in color pattern with that of the type from
Ichang (Boulenger, fig. 16) as contrasted with that of the regular
S. collaris (fig. 1.).

Taking all the above facts into consideration, I consider it desir-
able to retain the name given by Guenther for the Chinese specimens.

Since the above was set in type the National Museum has received
another specimen from Mr. Sowerby, collected at Kuhang. It is

48 Probably similarly interpreted by Guenther, as he gives the temporal formula as 1 +2
in the original description.

9118—25——_5

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM,

essentially like the two other specimens,
having the lower anterior temporal
widely separated from the labial edge,
but the parietal is separated from the
lower postorbital. It is a female, No.
67737 and its scale formula is as follows:
se. 17: v. 178; a. 2; subc., 124; oc. 1-2;
t. 212; supral. 9.

Genus NATRIX Laurenti

Three names of water snakes (Vatvia)
occurring in southeastern China cluster
around the identical scale formula: 19
se.; 182-164. v.; 2.a.5 51-77 sube.; 1-3. or
4 oc.; 2+8 temp., namely, V. annularis,
N. habereri, and N. percarinata. This
formula overlaps that of a fourth species
of wide distribution but extending its
range into the same region, namely J.
piscator, the formula of which is: 19 se. ;
125-150 v.: 2 a.; (0-90 subc.; 1-3 (4) oc.;
249 or 3 temp. The character relied
upon for distinguishing the latter has
been that two or three outer scale rows
were supposed to be smooth and only one
in the other three forms. We now know
that this distinction does not hold.
Speaking of the character assigned to
Natrix asperrima, viz, one unkeeled row
of scales as against two or three in J.
piscator, Doctor Wall states that he ex-
amined many hundreds of Indian pis-
cator and found that the number of rows
not keeled is variable. He also examined
several of the Ceylon form asperrima
most critically, besides the Indian pis-
cator, and could not discover any con-
stant character whereby the two can be
separated. In addition it now turns out
that both the types of V. annularis and
N. habereri have three smooth, or nearly
smooth, outer scale rows, and that in
several other specimens of this form the
second scale row is more or less smooth.
It will be noticed, however, that in the

List of specimens of Sibynophis chinensis

- Sub-
Ven ¥ : Tem - | Supra-
trals Anal ay Oculars porals | labials

Scale
rows

Whe
ene By whom collected

Locality

Sex and age

No.

Museum

2+2
22 ilar see

1-2

* 187
184

Kiatiins eilicionier ose eee nen | Jee aN OUCHO ea om| bo eme =

ASH Prattes ae
TUE) (eee wet. eS ell ge pee at S| Ota oe ee oe eee oe SIL SOs

Pattigh dese 2 eee ee eee ----|| Dy pe. ase |oee-- = =e enang, Hupeh=

DY 0 ee ee ee Fe ore | ee ee aces ses ees ee a

110

178 4|oSeee oe

17
a

ano eee ee

VOL. 66

9
9

2+2
2+2

1-2
1-2

110
117

187
180

E. Blackwelder ---_-___-

Fuchow, Fukien .__-__|_.___._._.-----| A. deC. Sowerby------

Pa SOUTHS UONSI ese = el eee meee

Female__-

Male_

66435____-

United States National_____| 35521______
DO bs Sas tein ne ae

# Acc, to Boulenger; Guenther’s original description has 182.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 67

scale formulas as given above NV. piscator has a relatively shorter
body and longer tail, but no absolute line can be drawn; it also has
the fourth and fifth supralabials entering the eye, but we have
numerous examples of V. annularis, etc., in which the fifth labial
touches the eye, though possibly not to the same extent.

In JV. piscator, moreover, the second row of temporals usually con-
sists of only two scales. Concomitant with this we find that the

Number of ventrals and subcaudals in Natriz piscator, percarinata, and an-
nularis based on published records of 72 specimens

1-5 [16-0 131-5 136-)fo WR SS (Yb-§5o 5-5 156-)60 = Sb|-5 Ibb-I7o

Fic. 5.—Number of ventrals:
—— Natriz piscator, 43 records.
Se a eS] =] = — Natriz percarinata, '& records.
Natriz annularis, 21 records.

51-55 56-60 «6-65 «bb-70.-—«d7/-1S.-—Tb-BO. BBS «Bb-90.-*4-95

Fic. 6.—Number of subcaudals:

— Natriz pisecator, 30 records.
= SS ep Natas percarinata, 6 records.
Natriz annularis, 18 records.

(normally) eighth supralabial is pentagonal and much higher, with
an angular upper border much greater than the labial border, while
in V. annularis this shield is nearly quadrangular with parallel up-
per and lower borders. These characters in conjunction with the
strongly marked color-pattern of the postocular region in JV. pis-
cator suffice in all cases to identify this common species.

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The scale formula of the three other names upon further analysis
will be found to be composite. The curves of the number of ventrals
and subcaudals (figs. 5-6) show that in reality V. percarinata has
the same short body and long tail as V. piscator, while in NV. annu-
laris the body is relatively much longer and the tail shorter. No
separate diagram of V. habereri could be given as only the extremes
of the six cotypes are given, namely, 163-164 ventrals and 53-65
subcaudals, but these figures are clearly within the curve of NV. an-
nularis. As the chief distinction of V. habereri is supposed to be the
smoothness of the three outer scale rows and as this character has
been shown to be of no significance, there can scarecely be any ob-
jection to following Boulenger’s example in regarding V. habereri as
a synonym of V. annularis.

NATRIX ANNULARIS Hallowell

1856. Tropidonotus annularis HatLoweti, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phiiadel-
phia, 1856, p. 151 (type-locality, Ningpo, China; type in Mus. Phila.
Acad.; Dr. McCarter, collector).—BoULENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus.,
vol. 1, 1893, p. 233; vol. 3, 1896, p. 605 (Mts. N. of Kiukiang; Chikiang ;
Ningpo; Da-laen-saen, SW of Ningpo; Formosa).—WERNER, Abh. Bayer.
Akad. Wiss., II Ki., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 363.—Srantey, Journ. N. China
Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 28 (Kiangsu; Chekiang; IFukien).—GEE,
Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow, Kiangsu).

Natriz annularis STEJNEGER, Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 291 (Formosa).

1859. Tropidonotus chinensis “Jan” BrrrHorp, Nachr. Univ. Ges. Wiss.
Goettingen, No. 17, Sept. 12, 1859, p. 180 (type locality, China; type in
Mus. Goettingen).

1859. Tropidonotus semifasciatus BErRTHOLD, Nachr. Uniy. Ges. Wiss. Goet-
tingen, No. 17, Sept. 12, 1859, p. 180 (alternative name).

190. Tropodonotus habereri WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II Kl., vol.
22, pt. 2, 190, p. 54, pl. 1, figs. 1-2 (type locality, Ningpo Mts. near Shang-
hai; types in Mus. Munich; Dr. Haberer, collector).

Two specimens from Fukien, No. 64644 collected by C. R. Kel-
log at Kuliang, and No. 65409, by Mr. Sowerby at Foochow, belong
undoubtedly to this species. This is rather surprising in view of the
fact that the related V. percarinata was described from this province.
Nevertheless, both structurally and in coloration they are typical .V.
annularis. ‘The scale formulas are given below. In addition it may
be stated that No. 65409 on both sides and No. 64644 on the left side
have nine supralabials, fifth higher than fourth and sixth, and exclu-
sively touching the eye, while on the right side there are only eight
labials, the fourth only touching the eve. In both specimens the
rostral is nearly as wide as high, the interparietal suture is as long
as the frontal and longer than the latter’s distance from the tip of
the snout, and the diameter of the eye equals the width of the
frontal in the middle. In both, the keels on the second scale row
are very faint or even entirely absent. No. 64644 has 38 black
rings on the under side of the body No. 65409 has 39. Both have
supralabials white, edged with black.

ART, 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 69

[ayes eh NP CE SS NATRIX AEQUIFASCIATA Barbour
oa
258
aa Ae 1908. Natrix aequifasciata BArsour, Bull.
Pe plea p Mus. Comp. Zod6l., vol. 51, no. 12, April,
as CUTAN EN 1908, p. 317 (type-locality, Mt: Wuchi, Cen-
a == tral Hainan; type. Mus. Comp. Zool. No.
= Seen ke ah ee
3 ee (101).
5
2 eT pes Karl P. Schmidt, after examination of
= the type, has kindly informed me that a
4 : : : f
gr aoa specimen from Fukien in the National
BES : ae Museum, which I showed him during his
recent visit in Washington, belongs to Bar-
= NN AN e : Shake :
é bour’s species, originally described from
the island of Hainan. Doctor Barbour, to
inp Cel el : ° :
ae SaaS whom I then submitted it for direct com-
Ps c ; 3 ; :
parison with his type material, writes me
2g a as follows:
So
2 as
s VRS The Natriz arrived and we, i. e., Mr. Love-
= PAC ibe bene ridge and I, compared it most critically with our
s = VG two cotypes of V. aequifasciata. They are surely
8 = i the same. At first sight our specimens looked
= 5 er 3 Si widely different but they are young and the wide-
0
= s S g = bowled, black and white crossbars evidently dis-
eo
> 2 Moo appear with age to be almost obliterated as with
= eos your big specimen, while the ventral blotches
o J eed as one 5
= Csi mark the position of the rings.
S Rete une st As regards details of head squamation there
e is 3 : al p
* es tt et are no differences worth mentioning. ‘The heads
a 52 Neomaa
S a Ly ercinass are shorter in our two cotypes, no doubt an age
Ss ' ' . .
% so te) character and the only thing which suggests that
= 3 te possibly a series might prove separable, did we
zs if oa have adults and young from the two localities, is
a) the fact that in both of the Hainan specimens the
2 ee prefrontals tend to be proportionately a little
os 2 .
S s z 5 shorter than in the snake from the mainland.
4 i :
: A gE The pre and postocular regions and the temporal
5 a s regions show some little variability for one of
rod So
g is = our cotypes has two preoculars on both sides and
- ence ae the other but one, while one has three postoculars
eo 1 1 ' 3
iS peat on one side and four on the other, the second
o o . 4 ¥
A fost its Vd specimen has four ow both, the fourth a tiny scale
“ Seppe E
= eins so placed that it might be almost called a sub-
5 irene | ocular. Then on one side of one of my cotypes
| 38 poten the two anterior temporals are fused into a single
aS Sea large scale which is followed by three temporals,
Bs ieee In the other case this same condition of 2+3
| 5s < 2 < obtains, but the five scales vary greatly in shape,
| &@ | $88 size and position.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The specimen (U.S. Nat. Mus. 65389) is a male, collected by Mr.
Sowerby at Yenping-fu, with tuberculated chin-shields; the body
scales are very strongly carinated, even some of the outer row show-
ing indications of keel; the rostral is less high than in V. annularis,
and is only just visible from above; the parietals are very short, the
interparietal suture being shorter than the frontal and shorter than
the latter’s distance from the rostral; the snout is very elongate, as
shown by the exceedingly long internasals, the long anterior nasal,
the long loreal which is much longer than high; the supralabials,
nine in number, are unusually long, especially the seventh; they are
of subequal height, even the fifth which borders the eye below; three
postoculars, of which the lower one is small and triangular so that
the upper anterior corner of the sixth supralabial just touches the
eye; the eye is relatively large, the diameter considerably exceeding
the width of the frontal at the middle; frontal rather large with
concave sides. The scale formula is as follows: sc. 19; v. 148; a. 2;
sube. 73; 1. 9; oc. 1-8; temp. 2+3.

It will thus be seen that structurally it agrees very well with the
original description of V. percarinata which Boulenger characterizes
as distinguished from V. annularis by the larger eye, broader rostral
and shorter parietals.

The coloration, however, is very different, except in the absence
of dark edges to the supralabials. Boulenger’s type has “the four
anterior upper labials grayish olive like the upper surface of the
head, the rest uniform yellowish white like the lower surface” and
our specimen has them all dark, but that seems of little importance
and may have to do with the greater size of the latter (718 mm. long;
tail 168 mm. against 500 and 130 mm. of the type). However, the
body pattern is different. Boulenger describes the type as being
“‘ orayish olive above, sides with ight edged black vertical bars; belly
uniform yellowish white anteriorly, spotted and speckled with black-
ish posteriorly ; lower surface of tail with some black spots.” Sower-
by’s specimen is brownish above with a pattern of more or less rhom-
bic spots of a more grayish color with broad margins of dark brown;
these brown margins on the sides form with corresponding black
margins coming up from the belly a distinct large X:; the black
ventral margins on the anterior third of the underside of the body
extend more or less continuously across the belly enclosing a space
of the yellowish white ground color, but further back each pair be-
comes consolidated into a broad black mark 3-4 ventrals wide either
forming a continuous broad black ring across the belly, or alternat-

art, 25 GHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER Tel:

ing on the mid line with the corresponding pattern of the other side ;
on the body there are about 20 such black rings or half-rings; on the
underside of the tail there are about 12, the larger ones being 5 to 6
pairs of subcaudals wide; om the posterior half of the underside the
light interstices are mottled with brownish gray.

NATRIX PERCARINATA (Boulenger)

1899. Tropidonotus percarinatus BovuLeNncerR, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1899, p. 163, pl. 17, fig. 2 (type locality, Kuatun, Fukien; type in Brit.
Mus.; J. D. La Touche, collector)—Wat., Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1903, p. 67 (Sikawei, Shanghai).—WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1908, p. 354 (Ningpo mountains).

Boulenger’s species was based on a single male specimen from
Kuatun, Fukien. Since the original description appeared, specimens
from near Shanghai have been referred to it by Doctor Wall and by
Doctor Werner.

Two specimens which I refer to V. percarinata were collected by
Mr. Graham at Si-gi-pin, Mount Omei, Szechwan. Compared with
N. aequifasciata they have a less elongate snout with relatively
shorter loreal and internasals; the supralabials are rather elongate,
however, especially the three posterior ones. In both specimens the
sixth supralabial is excluded from the eye by the subpostocular, but
in No. 66635 the fourth touches the eye on both sides. The eye is
rather large, the diameter exceeding the width of the frontal at
the middle in this specimen. The frontal is very large in both,
in No. 66635 with concave sides; parietals short, the suture between
them equaling or shorter than the distance of frontal from tip of
snout. The scale formula is as follows:

INoz60455"se5 197 v2 1405*a. 24" sube2o2":; leoF oc? 1=45 "ts 2-Fe.
No. 66635 se. 19; v. 189; a. 2; sube. 52; 1.25; oc. 134; t. 2+3.

The dorsal scales are very strongly keeled, but the two outer scales
are smooth and the third smooth or very weakly keeled.

In coloration the Mount Omei specimens differ considerably froin
NV. aequifasciata. The upper side is nearly uniform gray with
faint indications of dusky cross bars more or less continuous with the
lateral markings which are more lke those in the type of the species,
except that they are pale in the middle. The underside, however,
while lacking in the bold black cross blotches of the V. aequifasci-
ata, nevertheless approach the latter in having indication of a
similar pattern with the center of the cross bars faded out. In both
specimens the labials are dark like the rest of the head without the
blackish edges to the sutures which are characteristic of V. annularis.

(2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

It must be admitted that Boulenger’s dictum that V. percarinata is
closely allied to V. annularis is correct, but the characters, as indi-
cated above, seem to justify its retention as a distinct form.

NATRIX PISCATOR (Schneider)

To the synonymy in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 288, add:

Tropidonotus piscator STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 28 (Chekiang and Fukien) ; vol. 46, 1915, p. xiii (Swatow, Kwangtung).
No less than ten specimens from Fukien, viz., Nos. 64648, from
Kuliang collected by C. R. Kellogg, Nos. 65381-4, from the Futsing
district, Nos. 65404-7 and 664387, from Foochow, all by Sowerby,
representing adults and young, testify to the uniformity of this
species in the region mentioned. Curiously enough, these are the only
specimens of true V. piscator, which the National Museum has re-
ceived from China proper, with the exception of the type of Am-
phiesma flavipunctatum Hallowell, which is typical in scutellation
and structure, a remark perhaps not superfluous in view of the vari-

ous closely related forms which have been described since.

NATRIX NUCHALIS (Boulenger).

1889. Tropidonotus swinhonis GUENTHER, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 6),
vol. 4, Sept. 1889, p. 221 (Ichang, China) (not of 1868) ; in Pratt’s To
Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 241 (Ichang).

1891. Tropidonotus nuchalis BocuLENGcER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 6),
vol. 7, 1891, p. 281 (type-locality, Ichang, Hupeh, China; cotypes in
Brit. Mus.; A. E. Pratt, collector) ; Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 1, 1893,
p. 218, pl. 13, fig. 1 (Ichang).—Werwver, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 83638.— WALL, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1903,
p. 86.

Natriz nuchalis SteyNEGER, Herp. Japan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 58,
1907, p. 294.

Mr. Graham has sent no less than five specimens of this interesting
species from various localities about Mount Omei, Szechwan. ‘These
specimens show very little individual variation, and it is particularly
interesting to observe how constant is the consolidation of the long
fifth supralabial. The nuchal groove is also well marked. The in-
dividual scale formulas are shown in the appended table.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER lich

NATRIX STOLATA (Linnaeus)

Synonymy in Herpt. Japan, 1907, p. 280, to
aS which add:

Tropidonotus (Amphiesma) stolatus MuUEL-
LER, Verh. Naturg. Ges. Basel, vol. 6, pt. 4,
1878, pp. 603, 675 (Prov. Kwangtung,
China, ete.).

Tropidonotus stolatus Borrrerr, Offenbach.
Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 150 (Nien-
hong-li near Hongkong).—WERNER, Abh.
Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2,

aire 1903, p. 363.—STANLEY, Journ. N. China

Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 28 (Fukien) ;
vol. 47, 1916, p. xiv (Ningteh, Fukien).

Tem-

porals
1+1
1+1
1+2
1+2
1+2

Ocu-
lars
5
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3

Labials

51+

61
49
46
57

Sub-
caudals

Anal

trals
158
156
152
155
152

Four specimens, one from C. R. Kellogg
(No. 64642), and three by Mr. Sowerby
(Nos. 65390, 65397, 65403), all collected at
or near Foochow and Yen-ping-fu, seem to
indicate that this widely distributed species
is not rare in Fukien.

Ven-

15
15
15
15
15

Scales

NATRIX TIGRINA LATERALIS (Berthold)

Synonymy in Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 278, to
which add:

Tropidonotus tigrinus SowErBy, in Clark and
Sowerby, Through Shén-Kan, 1912, p. 109
(Shansi; Shensi; Kansu).— BEDRIAGA,
Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-Asien Reis.,
Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, pt. 4, June, 1912, p.
689 (Ordos).—StTaNLEy, Journ. N. China
Asiat. Soe., vol. 45, 1914, p. 28 (Manchuria ;
Chihli; Shansi; Kiangsu; Chekiang;
Fukien) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii (Chuchow,
Anhui; Paikuhsian, Shansi; Changning,
Kiangsi) ; vol. 50, 1919, p. xv (Kihungshan,
S. Honan); p. xvi (Weihaiwei).—GEE,
Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol. 50, 1919,
p. 184 (Soochow).

Amphiesma tigrinum Mocquarp, Bull. Mus.
Hist. Nat., Paris, 1910, p. 149 (Lanchow,
Kansu; Siganfu, Shensi).

Tropidonotus tigrinus lateralis NIKOLSKT,
Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916, p. 40
(Hongkong ; Choi-shan, etc.)

By whom collected

ots Se ee

IDa@aGrahams. oe
Wemple= eee Sie Giebin sOZeCH wean sss se oa ese tae Obese oe eee

lected

When col-
Vial yy O23 ane eee One

Aug., 1922___-

List of specimens of Natrix nuchalis

Locality
Male_____-_-| Mount Omei, Szechwan_-_-_| 1921.__._.._--
Male________| Shin-Kai-Si, Szechwan ----_-

1G ERIE eet Open ee ee eh

Sex and age

In the Herpetology of Japan (p. 278) I
expressed the opinion that while in the
series of records then (1907) available,
namely 62 JV. tigrina and 20 XN. lateralis,
there was a small gap between the mini-
mum total of ventrals plus subcaudals of
927 in the former, and the maximum of 224
in the latter, “ it can hardly be doubted that
a larger series would bridge it,” and that

FE Oe Ste |= ee CLONES tte eee eae fois a SF tS a Ore moe eee eee enes

United States National
Museum No
Ch p04 ee see ees es
O64 O= sree see ee ee et

64481 ere eee eet aed
GhbQ I oa a= ee a ee

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL: MUSEUM VOL. 66

consequently it was thought ao i | 1B 88as |
best to use a trinominal ap- <5 es eee eS ae
pellation for one of them. The 24 iq iq aaa a |
additional ten Chinese speci- Bs
mens obtained since then and = leone le cp ep ep op
listed below fail to bridge és tate! oh Rie a at
that gap. However, the slight a ae ies ee ee
gap between the subcaudals, a
meat hay che ; A
namely, 66 minimum in JW. apie
. . : : as
tigrinus and 64 maximum in Ze | “= $85 88F 5S
NV. lateralis is bridged by no ss
oa a a NNN ANN NN
less than three specimens. In- a |
tergradation, as expected, has s
2 , ~ 2 Ao i Cl 0
thus been established, and the a4 | Se ono 2S ae
Pe
use of a trinominal for the
Chinese form fully justified. Je | SS ee
ets ° oo ;
An additional specimen No. » ae
65942 from Suifu has been sent & Peeper at ct, ae Sy -
by Rev. D. C. Graham. The & ma Oa kt Peli Gy ciate iano
scale formula is: se. 195.07.) 48 & EES eae eee
S 5 s 1 ps) BS a
1533 a) 25 subeS (ss suprali ss : Bet ae ae
: = 8 Bee Bi a ee
OG 2 teen he wil ero 4 4 3 folks hah Sie dct
3 é ot a ee
noted that both Szechwan spec- b SSO" ge ain (er Croumncnes
3 ma ood os
. . = Ot eon, ale orate tat
imens have one anterior tem- 3 ee nee ee
| Pees oe ret:
poral. Moreover, they showthe ‘8 at et 4d cat eeu
characteristic color and pattern & | $, COE Be” Nee dee
of this subspecies; they have ‘ | 85 oe te ay wh a
nothing to do with Natria 3 | 2" Hot Mt st ae
handeli (WERNER). a = i Sa
We a ae ey se
Vit 1 PI Slee Bee
Genus PSEUDOXENODON tS JE. ih sto oy, eee
Bouleng'er E ‘a 3% 4g ig O&
es Seg o Bi Ss TB
1890. Pseudorenodon BouLENGER, 3 5 See. phe ope
ges (S 28
Fauna Brit. India, Rept., p. 5 Se Bas 8 ‘ & a:
o : 1 =
340 (type, P. macrops ae OUR seuleaates oF
SHO BRE a Sass .
(Blyth) ). Esssagg isgs é
DA NAA Min RA
PSEUDOXENODON MACROPS (Blyth) : a Ce ee a
& Soe Gt A Met Se ae
1854. Tropidonotus macrops 3 Cael rai A liom ai a ean eto
BiyTH, Journ. Asiat. Soe. a te A be aan
Bengal, vol. 23, no. 3, p. 296 B ta adie te Eee
(type-locality Darjiling, Him- 3 aie ioe am
alaya; cotypes in Mus. Cal- 2s Pe) RL A Saat ea
cutta; Capt. W. S. Sherwill, 82 | teat seht Po a een
collector). — Pseudoxenodon Lae Nar Lee ea re
macrops BOULENGER, Fauna £8 Lee he er
Brit. India, Rept., 1890, p. 340 ps 2 een See tee
(Eastern Himalaya, ete.) ; Gat. a S¢€ 3 883 88

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 75

Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 1, 1893, p. 270 (Himalaya, Khasi Hills, Burma) .—’*
Werner, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II Kl., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 363
(part: Tatsienlu)—Watt, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905, p. 87 (part:
excl. Yunnan).—?STantey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 29 (Fukien) ; vol. 46, 1915, p. xiii (Kuling).—?Mocquarp, Bull. Mus.
Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. 3, 1897, p. 215 (Tcheku, Upper Mekong Valley,
Yunnan).

1858. Xenodon macrophthalmus GUENTHER, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus.,
p. 58 (type-locality; Khasya; Sikkim; Chikiang, China; cotypes in
Brit. Mus.; J. Hooker, collector) (part only).—Tropidonotus macroph-
thalmus GUENTHER, Rept. India, 1864, p. 262, pl. 22. fig. C (Khasya;
Sikkim) ; Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersbourg, vol. 1, 1896, p. 206 (Tatsienlu,
Szechwan).

1871. Tropidonotus sikkimensis ANDERSON, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol.
40, pt. 2 (Nat. Hist.) No. 1, p. 17 (type locality, Darjeeling, Himalaya,
5,000 feet alt.; cotypes in Mus. Calcutta).

It may be well here to recapitulate briefly the history of the names
of this and related forms, which Guenther at one time embraced un-
der the term of Xenodon macrophthalmus or Tropidonotus macroph-
thalmus, and which originally also included specimens of 7’ropidono-
tus himalayanus.

The first segregation took place in 1864 when Guenther separated
the Chikiang,*? China, specimen from the Fortune collection, as
Tropidonotus dorsalis, in which he was followed by Boulenger

1890 and 1893*! the two forms being distinguishable as follows:
a. Strongly keeled scales in 19 rows, anteriorly; ventrals, 158-173; sub-
caudals, 55-75; no black lines on supralabial sutures____P. macrops.
a?, Feebly keeled or smooth scales in 17 rows, anteriorly; ventrals, 140;
subcaudals, 51; supralabials with fine black lines at the sutures.
P. dorsalis.

In the former he included two specimens collected by A. E. Pratt
at Kia-ting-fu, Szechwan, 7,070 feet above the sea, already recorded
by Guenther © as Z’ropidonotus macrophthalmus. But, in 1904, hav-
ing received additional specimens from Szechwan and Yunnan, he
described them as Pseudoxenodon sinensis.°2 Expressed in “ key”
form the characters relied upon to distinguish the three species are
now (1904) as follows:

a’. Strongly keeled scales.
vb. Scales anteriorly in 19 rows; ventrals, 160-175; subcaudals, 55-75;
supralabials, 8, without sutural black bars; anterior part of belly
with dark brown spots____.------------~--~-------------- P. macrops.
b%. Seales in 19 or 20 rows on the middle of the body as well as on the
neck; ventrals, 144-158; subcaudals, 55-67; supralabials usually 7
with sutural black bars; anterior part of belly without dark brown
STEN i a ee ee P. sinensis.

49 'Phis, I take it, is the locality in the province of Hupeh; Doctor Werner regards it
as equivalent to ‘“‘ Tschekiang,”’ the province of Chekiang.

50 Rept. Brit. India, 1864, p. 263.

51 Pseudoxenodon dorsalis BOULENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 1, 1893, p. 271, pl.
ie fig. 2.

In Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 241.

53 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 138, Feb. 1904, p. 134.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

a’. Seales feebly keeled on the back, smooth on the sides, in 17 rows
anteriorly and 15 around the middle of the body; ventrals, 140;
subeaudals, 51; supralabials, 8, with fine black lines at the sutures;
belly with large brown spots anteriorly__________________ P. dorsalis.

Accordingly, P. sinensis is like P. macrops in the number and keel-
ing of scales, but in number cf ventrals and coloration it agrees with
P. dorsalis. Wt differs from both in the number of supralabials
being usually seven against eight in the other two.

It will be noted that the characters assigned to P. macrops are de-
rived from 11 specimens from the Himalayas and Burma; that P.
dorsalis rests on one specimen presumably from the middle Yangtse;
and that five specimens from Szechwan and Yunnan furnish the
scale formulas for P. stnensis. In addition to the latter Barbour has
recorded ** two specimens, one from Laolingkung, western Szech-
wan, at 10,300 feet altitude, and one from Yunnanfu, at 6,000 feet,
which “come within the range of variation which Boulenger cites
for the five previously published specimens”. Their ventrals there-
fore presumably fall within 144-158 with seven supralabials.

In view of the above it is exceedingly puzzling to receive from Rev.
D.C. Graham a specimen (No. 66535) collected 50 miles west of Tat-
sienlu which structurally agrees with P. macrops but* in color
matches P. sinensis from the same region. Its scale formula is as
follows: sc. 19 (neck and middle, strongly keeled) ; v. 168; a. 2; sube.
74; 1. 8; oc. 1-3; t. 2+38. The coloration is quite characteristic with
heavy black sutures to the supralabials, a black chevron mark on the
nape, and no spots on the anterior portion of the belly.

With 8 labials and 168 ventrals I do not feel at liberty to dissociate
this specimen from P. macrops. On the other hand, with the records
of 11 specimens of P. macrops showing a constant scale formula con-
comitant with a consistent geographic distribution and 7 specimens
of P. sinensis, equally constant and consistent, I do not feel justified
in reducing the latter to a synonym of the former. It may be, that in
the Tatsienlu region the two forms intergrade physically as well as
geographically.

PSEUDOXENODON MACROPS SINENSIS (Boulenger)
1892. Tropidonotus macrophthalnus GUENTHER, in Pratt’s To Snows of
Tibet, p. 241 (Kiating fu, Szechwan; not of 1858).
1904. Pseudorenodon sinensis BouULENGER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 7),
vol. 13, Feb. 1904, p. 134 (type-locality, Yunnan fu, Szechwan; types in
Brit. Mus; J. Graham, collector).

Since the account of Pseudorenodon macrops was set in type, the
museum has received a specimen (No. 67816) collected by Rev. D.
C. Graham at Wenchwan, on the road to Sungpan, Szechwan, which
is typical P. sinensis in coloration and in the number of ventrals,
but with a larger number of subeaudals than recorded for this form

&{ Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 40, no, 4, 1912, p. 131.

ART, 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER. Te

and having seven supralabials on one side and eight on the other.
It goes a long way to demonstrate the intergradation of the two
forms and justifies the use of the trinominal. It has the following
scale formula: Sc. 19; v. 149; a. 2; sube. 70; supral. 7-8.

Genus TAPINOPHIS Boulenger

1899. Tapinophis BouLENGER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p. 164 (mono-
type, 7. latouchii BoULENGER).
1909. Cantonophis WERNER, Jahresh. Ver. Naturk. Wiirttemberg, 1909, p. 57
(monotype, C. praefrontalis WERNER).
TAPINOPHIS LATOUCHIi Boulenger
1899. Tapinophis latouchii BouLENGER, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1899, p.
164, pl. 18, figs. 1-1e (type locality, Kuatun, Fukien, Ch'na; type in Brit.
Mus.; J. D. La Touche, collector).—-WeErRNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.,
II KL, vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 363 (Kuatun, Fukien).—Wat., Proc. Zool.
Soe. London, 1903, p. 87 (China).
1909. Cantonophis praefrontalis WerNrR, Jahresh. Ver. Naturk. Wiirttem-
berg, 1909, p. 57 (type-locality, Canton, China; type in Mus. Stuttgart).
A single specimen of this very rare and interesting snake (No.
65698) collected at Kuliang, Foochow, on July 25, 1919, has been
forwarded by Mr. Sowerby. The specimen is a male, 388 mm. long,
tail 80 mm., has 17 scale rows, 165 ventrals, 59 pairs of subcaudals.
The only essential point in which it differs from the type is the undi-
vided anal, though the ventral immediately in front of it is divided.
It is also slightly abnormal in having nine supralabials on the right
side, with the sixth labial only touching the eye, while on the left
side there are ten supralabials, sixth and seventh entering eye; the
lower postocular is larger and the last three supralabials longer; the
single anterior temporal is longer, followed by two smaller ones
only half as long. In most other respects it agrees perfectly with
Boulenger’s original description and figure. The color is nearly uni-
form dark above, including the labials, and there is no black streak
along the side, but the outer scale row is nearly entirely light like the
underside, and the scales of the next row have a pale median area
and tip. The underside of the tail has no black median streak at the
base.
Genus TRIRHINOPHOLIS Boulenger

18938. Trirhinopholis BouLENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 419
(monotype, 7. nuchalis BOULENGER).

TRIRHINOPHOLIS STYANI Boulenger

1899. Trirhinopholis styani BoutENcER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p.
164, pl. 18, figs. 2-2a (type locality, Kuatun, Fukien, China; cotypes in
Brit. Mus.; J. D. La Touche, collector).—WeErNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad.
Wiss., II KI., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p.. 864 (Kuatun, Fukien).—WAtz1.,
Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1903, p. 88 (China).—STANLEY, Journ. N. China
Asiat. Soc, vol. 45, 1914, p. 29 (Fukien; Mokanshan, Chekiang) ; vol.
46, 1915, p. xiii (IKuling).

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Of this rare snake Sow- aimee RCP Eo Seca) ee ae
. . ar Nel
erby has sent in one specimen ie i
(No 66434) from Fuchow, Lo NN ANN! ANAAN
: Be | ++ +++; ++ 4+ ++
Fukien, consequently not far Behl one ee gee eeaaes
. . ‘ <_
from the type locality, while so | 2S Fa Gio in
Graham collected not less Se NR I oi a
than ten specimens, as listed 3 Reset Sa a eS
. oO
below, at Mount Omei and 5
vicinity, Szechwan. This is a
aves S00 ANYON OCD DS OS
= us ° . Re ad oO rt NNN N mo N NN
rather surprising in view of es
the fact that the species has =
ot ae sane Oo rir - ar
been found by no other col- E
lector so far in the interior.
: “ a ifet| taeeetiaris (ele ce) Fe ape ie
This series throws consid- ae Se et ha eee
fe ctd Se
erable light on the indi-
. . . 7 | ag aa
vidual variation of the .. Qe | 83 S453 34 4 48
° : = 295
species of which formerly & | “*
only two specimens were on ” a: Sp pave aaa! ad ita te am
2 . ' No al 1. 1 ' Dr at
record. As a whole the 3% 3 Slee eg dnatant ee aeae
< < = ee! v agli eee Vo me ' '
Szechwan specimens have §& s Psd lath vi era aa tulhal eat ines
: 8 a fe hae wet pus anemia!
a slightly shorter head than <3 3 heen i glee Pee
és r= QA ' ' 1 1 1 1 Oo
the one from Fukien before -3 a -3 S835 85 8 Ss
& foo oe ah ec aa pes
me, but the actual measure- _ CATS og ri Ue ices ie ae te
ments afford no tangible = baa evi tog aa ea ae
: 9 aa iA eye n Honea ete
character for separation, and S gs pail op iawata etait adie asians
3 ORES Se AS Pan MRED eee meant
the scale formulas are abso- ‘8 BS hig es aa aaa
lutely identical, and with aL go, Le Nae
one exception remarkably = |. fatty bat sl Ie aaa
: SN nea LH) a Sea ee
uniform, the ventrals in the = ae bot) ts to (eral ad aa alae
, RS) BBS Ger O RA: Oat 2 ate
males ranging between 109 CRORE Reet:
: = Beh i en eae
and 116, in the females be- 3 BD oi ON erates Pete ia
: as te caves? Ctkbkertik Wy Red) Beste
tween 113 and 117, while the 4 Bee i GLB we Bint glee ee
beaudals run respectively se dde- 22428
subcaudals run respectively et ee he
= ar oes
99-30 and 22-26. The one SCM aN Se it = Res |e “=
: a ae aR R ONS ov Aue
conspicuous exception is the ar ae
2g oe tale | AOS ee
presence of a well developed é Be dl Em ee
: e oo o'0 [oS ions 2
loreal on both sides in three S EGapler nn Bowmen 2
F : Si io \
specimens. In this connec- = Be. iSeo 136.8%
: ‘ 3 SSHSESSESSSHES
tion it will be remembered a SHS isa s ISEB ES
‘ Sie is a Bt ney Petes
that the type species of the oS
genus, T'rirhinopholis nucha- ae a RE pT el AGE eae
: £3 Pee eT va ie
lis Boulenger, from the Sa L Sree eager Te
mountains of Burma, is also saz PADONA, Ssh SUR aaa
. Sel et res es Nene ' P beat
characterized by the pres- 5s icin, Tene aialke eee
Q nN oD oS =) S Soo 3 2 3
ence of a loreal. 2 = 3338 88 8 88

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 19

In the arrangement of the temporals there is considerable vari-
ation, the large lower first temporal reaching or not reaching the
lower postocular. In all, the first pair of lower labials are small
and widely separated, the first pair of chin shields being broadly
in contact with mental. The coloration is fairly constant, the
markings, especially on the neck and labials being more pronounced
in the young. The dark nuchal blotch has mostly the same arrow-
head shape as in 7. nuchalis. The characteristic black spot on the
rostral is semicircular.

ACHALINUS SPINALIS Peters.

Synonymy in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 297, to which add:

Achalinus spinalis StantEy, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 29 (Taichowfu, Chekiang) ; vol. 46, 1915, p. xiii (Kuling).

1889. Achalinus rufescens GUENTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 4,
Sept. 1889, p. 220 (Ichang, China) (not of Boulenger, 1888) ; in Pratt’s
To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 240 (Ichang).

1893. Achalinus braconnieri BouLENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 1,
1893, p. 309 (Ichang) (not of Sauvage, 1877?).—Watt, Proc. Zool. Soe.
London, 1903, p. 88.

1910. Cochalinus aspinalis RiwuMBLER, Zool. Anz., vol. 34, Dec. 20, 1910,
p. 468 (substitute name).

A single halfgrown specimen (No. 66433) from Foochow, Fukien,
by Sowerby, seems to prove that Doctor Wall (1903) and myself
(1907) were correct in suspecting the distinctness of Boulenger’s Chi-
nese A. braconniert from the Japanese species. The color distinction
pointed out in the Herpetology of Japan (p. 296), as “the only
feature which thus far offers a character by which to distinguish
the two forms” falls to the ground, as Mr. Sowerby’s Fukien speci-
men has a very distinct black dorsal line and a similar line on
the subcaudals, the typical pattern of A. spinalis. The scale
formula of this interesting specimen is as follows: sc. 23; v. 171;
a. 1; subc. 46; oc. 0O—0; t. 2+2; 1. 6. Internasals are very much
shorter than prefrontals, and the chin shields are two on one side
and three on the other.

The question whether the Ichang specimens, identified by Boulen-
ger with Sauvage’s Ophielaps braconnieri, from eastern Kiangsi,®
really belong to that species is still an open one. His diagnosis
certainly does not fit any of the other specimens referred to it.

ENHYDRIS CHINENSIS (Gray)

1842. Hypsirhina chinensis Gray, Zool. Mise. (p. 66) (type locality, China ;
type in Brit. Mus.; J. R. Reeves, collector).—GUuENTHER, Rept. Brit.
India, 1864, p. 288 (China).—STEINDACHNER, Novara Exped., Rept., 1867,
p. 68 (Hongkong).—MveEtirr, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 6, pt. 4,

5 See Herp. Japan, 1907, pp. 295-296.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

1878, p. 605 (Chong-lok and Silong, Kwangtung prov.).—BorrmTcrr,
Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 123, p. 151 (Canton) .—
BouLENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 3, 1896, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 2 (China ;
Ichang ; Hainan).—WaALL, Proce. Zool. Soc. London, 1903, p. 94.—WERNER,
Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 366.

1861. Hypsirhina dussumieri FirziNecer, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss., Wien,
Math. Nat. Cl., vol. 42, 1861 (p. 406) (Hongkong) (not Eurostus dus-
sumierit DUMERIL and BrsRoN).

1914. Hypsirhina sinensis STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol. 45,
p. 30 (Fukien) (emendation) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii (Changning, Kiangsi).

Two specimens from Fukien have been received from Mr. Sow-
erby, namely, No. 65388 from the Futsing District, and No. 66430,
from Foochow. With the latter are two well-developed embryos
the color of which is as follows: Ground color pale drab gray with
six series of dusky spots: a lower one on angle of each ventral and
basal half of first scale row; a lateral series of larger more distinct
spots on fifth and sxith or sixth and seventh row; and a median
double series on the two scale rows on each side of the vertebral row;
the spots form continuous lines on the neck, the median series united
into a zigzag band; a dusky band from rostral through eye almost
confluent with the lateral neck band.

ENHYDRIS PLUMBEA (Boie)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 300, to which add:
Hypsirhina plumbea STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 30 (Fukien).

Of this widely distributed water snake we have now nine speci-
mens collected by Sowerby in Fukien, namely, two from the Futsing
District (Nos. 65386-7), one from near Yenpingfu (No. 65391) and
six from Foochow (Nos. 65399-402; 66481-2). C. R. Kellogg also
sent us one from Kuliang (No. 64645), and Prof. C. Ping another
(No. 66855) from Wenchow, Chekiang.

ENHYDRIS BENNETTII (Gray)

No additional specimen has come to the National Museum since
the publication of the Herpetology of Japan, 1907 (p. 807), when a
specimen, presumably from Hongkong, was described and figured
(figs, 263-265).

ELAPHE RUFODORSATA (Cantor)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 310, to which add:

Coluber rufodorsatus STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 28 (Quixan; Fukien; Chekiang; Kiangsu; Shaweishan Island and
Shanhaikwan) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xii (Chuchow, Anhui).—Gerr, Journ. N.
China Asiat. Soe., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

Elaphe rufodorsata Nixouski1, Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916, p. 121
(Khingan Mts. ete.).

Of this widely distributed snake which Doctor Stanley says is
‘found practically all over China, the National Museum has received

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 81

three specimens from Mr. Sowerby, two collected at Tientsin and one
at Hangchow, Chekiang, consequently not far from the type local-
ity of the species. The scale formulas of these specimens are as fol-
lows:
U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 52342, fem. ad., Tientsin, sc. 21; v. 177; a. 2; ¢. 52; 1.7;
C225 tarde:
Us SeNate Wuist Nos p2s420 tem) ages Mientsins Sc) 21s verse ens) dei Co Ge
1.7; oc. 1-2; t. 2+3.
U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 66463, fem. ad., Hangchow, sc. 21; v. 176; a. 2; ¢. 52;
i). OCI —2 2 tel |-8.
ELAPHE SCHRENCKII Strauch

Synonymy in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 818, to which add:

Coluber schrenckii StanLey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p.
28 (Manchuria, near Sungari Riv.).—#Hlaphe schrenckti Nuxo“sK1, Fauna
Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916, p. 141 (Khingan Mts., Ussuri, etc.).

1916. Coluber anomalus BouLenceErR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 17,
March, 1916, p. 248 (type lecality, Chihfeng, N. E. Chili, China; type in
Brit. Mus.; A. L. Hall, collector).

Three specimens have been received from Mr. Sowerby of this
somewhat variable snake which apparently reaches a considerable
size. One of the specimens is an adolescent male taken in southern
Manchuria on the Yalu River about 180 miles from its mouth. Its
colors are dark and contrasted, the blackish pattern standing out
quite distinct, especially on the ventrals. The two adults, from the
Imperial Huntington Grounds in Chilili, 65 miles NE. of Peking,
are nearly uniform dark grayish brown above, with indication of
the blackish blotches near the posterior end, and pale underside with
indistinct brownish-gray mottling. The adolescent specimen lacks
the subpreocular on both sides and has a divided anal; the adults
have the subpreocular, but in both the anal is single.

From Chifeng, a locality due east from and not more distant than
65 miles from the Imperial Hunting Grounds, Boulenger has de-
scribed a single specimen as Coluber anomalus which he says can
only be compared with C. schrenckii but differs in the number of
upper labial shields (seven against eight in Z. schrenckii), in the
subcaudals being mostly single, and in other points of minor im-
portance. In the Herpetology of Japan (p. 315) I have enumerated
one specimen, with seven labials on one side and eight on the
other, and one with six labials on one side and seven on the other.
With regard to the subcaudals I call attention to the fact that one
of Sowerby’s Imperial Hunting Grounds specimens (No. 60849)
has about ten unpaired subcaudals, and also to Strauch’s mention,
as a curious anomaly, of a similar condition found only in some east
Siberian and West:Chinese specimens of /’. dione. It would there-
fore seem that the presence of unpaired subcaudals is more or less
of a local anomaly among members of the genus Hlaphe in this
region.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

OPNIITE 482} 00O'TT

E+z a% 6 It z PES 80a | hee ne uIBYBI “OC | €26r ‘OL Atne | ‘wemmoozy ‘Npuosyey, “Buoy Buoy |------------ OPeeA | aa er ae e999
Fiz a% 8 96 g Lz 9G are ACTEMOS LOD AY. | dak ee OE | ey ey See suvryeyO ‘Moyosuvyy |--~-- ~~~ OD yaaa aaaoree cay Eee LS¥99
cue lee | 8 or | Gage loge Tal aaee ge cee Onesie 3 uae pe ae or ae ee Ofer al ea ae OU an tie ae case9
+2 o-% 6 ZIT 3 oF See See oem WOU BID) <0 Gh Aes a gaara vie: 2m ee uemyoezg ‘nymg |~--~~-->--- © RULE ta ec te O6FE9
ete eT 8 LOT z BPG Sr Sil Saree oe MOSue POA |S eee ee hee cs ee ee Teysueyg |-~quedsejope ‘apeyy |-- ~~~ ~ >>> >>> ~~ 61S9F
z
sjeaod sjepneo STR} peqooyfoo aN
SIB[NIGO |Ss[BIqe'T jeuy ; selBog pe oea][o9 mio M Ag Aqy[Ro0'7, 938 puB x9g umMesnyy [BUOTIBN
-U19,1, -qng -UdA, uoy MA sa7e4g porrd
: sninian, aydnigy fo suaunoads Jo psvT
$+Z a 8 GL z GT CGR, Saale es arn ee OD rag 3 | ar aia a +a | ee re ae cig AIY NBA “enyouvyl “g |--JWoosejope ‘apeyy ~~~ ~~~ ~~ 7 >= 8EEZE
$+2 c-% 8 &L z O8T CORE ar eens aoe re Oo UOT SC OOSU Ges scent arma. kip Soon Opres SiSae ae OPTS ATS | ten cee siento an 1F96
+Z CZ 8 19 z 881 CG, Srl etree Saree eee ODeamaa DIGI 400) gaerctan ace eee ie nyuendrey, ‘Isuvyg |-~ JUsdSefope ‘ape. |-~~ ~~~ 6896F
fied ie ee, oe) Semel es ae et. Meco ee Sse eA coe = eae oe oe een "AU00 oN ee Se ee
+2 ee 8 19 z 161 G AqI@MOS *OeP “VW | 8061 ‘61 AON Hj-suly-nX ‘sways -saope ‘e[v ure g SIE6E
sjezod SIB[NIO|sTBIge’T EU jeuy pret savas peqoe[[00 MIoyM Ag enaeriee AYyBIO'T 938 puB xog aor Suara
ane -qng “U9 wat soqeys Paya
auorp aydniy fo suaunroads Jo ysvyT
“O[ZUIS JAB v
€+2 7% | 8 OL I SIZ SU cee ne Aas eS er OD Sea ane OD Sat Riss gg ee ie eee ae ae (Qo Pe yaeosofope “efeyy | -- 7 0¢3809
z 7 Sem | Fe ese | > eco | ee eet Patria | eee ee ‘ SING CPs ee eee eee
e+ td 8 99 » I 81Z £% op LT “any ueys dun’y uIsH “WIT O -sojope ‘ajemag 6809
+2 ey 8 89 z 11Z OG Be yagies INO EVENOYS} YOYED) Nf | JATY NBA “eMyouvyy yINog |~~yWoosepope ‘apeyy |---- = OFEzS
BuOLye
ee brat s[Biqe’y] i as [euy ae seyeog peqoe][oo uO M Ag Hoes ARooT e328 puB xeg Ta CUES EEL N

uyIUVaLYyas aydni_ fo suaunoads Jo 4svT

ART, 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 83
ELAPHE DIONE (Pallas)

Synonymy in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 315, to which add:

Coluber (Elaphis) dione StrINDACHNER, Wiss. Erg. Reise Szechenyi Ost-
Asien, vol. 2, 1898, p. 06 (Prov. Szechwan).

Coluber dione Brepriaca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-Asien Reis., Zool.,
vol. 3, sect. 1, pt. 4, June, 1912, p. 696, p. 764 (Ordos; Kansu, ete.) .—-
SowersBy, in Clark and Sowerby, Through Shen-Kan, 1912, p. 110, pl.
(Shensi; Shansi).—Srantry, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 28 (Quinsan, Chinkiang, Honan, Shantung, Peking and Chinwangtao) ;
vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii (Paikusian, Shansi; Chuchow, Anhui).—Gerr, Journ.
N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

Elaphe dione NrxouskI, Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916, p. 122 (Khingan,
Ordos, Kansu, ete.).

1910. ?Zamenis pellioti Mocauarp, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1910, p.
150 (type-locality, Lanchowfu, Kansu; type in Paris Mus.; Dr. Louis
Vaillant, collector).

Four specimens collected by Mr. Sowerby in northern China and
Manchuria are typical and fall within the known boundaries of the
species both in variation and geographical distribution. The Yalu
River specimen is unusually dark and the spots large. For list of
specimens see page 82.

ELAPHE TAENIURUS Cope

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 319, to which add:

Coluber (Elaphis) taeniurus STEINDACHNER, Wiss. Erg. Reise Szechenyi
Ost-Asien, vol. 2, 1898, p. 507 (Prov. Szechwan).

Elaphe taeniurus Barsour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 40, no. 4, Aug. 1912,
p. 129 (Laolingkung, 10,300 feet alt., west Szechwan).—NIkorsk1, Fauna
Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916, p. 189 (Possiet Bay).

Coluber taeniurus StTaNnutey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 27
(Shanghai; Soochow, Hangchow, Chinkiang, Anhui, and Fukien) ; vol.
46, 1915, p. xiii (Kuling) ; p. xiv (Yaochow, Sze); vol. 47, 1916; p. xiii
(Siangtan, Hunan) ; p. xiv (Suining, Szechwan).—Ger, Journ. N. China
Asiat. Soe., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

1905. ? Coluber vaillanti Mocquarp, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1905,
(p. 76) (type-locality, Cao Bang, Tonkin, near Chinese frontier; type
in Paris Mus.; Dr. Louis Vaillant, collector) ; 1910, p. 3, fig. 2.

The scale formulas of the five specimens of this species recently
received and recorded on page 82 fall well within the limits estab-
lished in the Herpetology of Japan (p. 319) for the typical form,
except that the maximum for subcaudals is raised to 116 from 111.
They also fall within the known geographical limits of the species
as restricted by me.

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ELAPHE MANDARINUS (Cantor)
1840. Coluber mandarinus Cantor, Zool. Chusan (pl. 12) (type locality,
Chusan, China; type in Brit. Mus.; Dr. Cantor collector) ; Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., vol. 9, 1842 (p. 488).—GuENTHER, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit.
Mus., 1858, p. 91; Rept. Brit. India, 1864, p. 288, pl. 20, fig. H.— Borrrcer,
Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 147 (Chusan).—BouLENGER,
Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 2, 1894, p. 42 (Chusan); Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1899, p. 165 (Kuatun, Fukien).—WaALtzL, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1903, p. 91.—WerNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903,
p. 364.—STantey, Journ. N. China Asiat..Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 28 (Kash-
ing; Ningpo; Fukien); vol. 47, 1916, p. xiv (Fukien).—AnNGeEr, Bull.
Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1920, No. 2, p. 112 (Kweichow).
1903. ?Coluber conspicillatus WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol.
22, pt. 2, p. 357 (Hankow, China) (not of Boie.)

A young specimen (No. 64019) collected by C. H. Barlow at
Moh-kan-shan, Chekiang province, was the first specimen of this
handsome snake received by the National Museum, perfectly normal
in scalation and coloration and well within the known geographic
range of the species. Scale formula: sc. 23; v. 213; a. 2; subc. 20+;
]. 7; oc. 1-2; temp. 2-++3.

The receipt of a fine full grown male (No. 65497) from Rev. D. C.
Graham collected at Shin-Kai-Si, Szechwan, on August 31, 1922,
was therefore a distinct surprise, as it means a very great extension
of the range of the species. The scale formula is as follows: sc. 23;
v. 220; a. 2; sube. 70; 1. 7; oc. 1-2; temp. 2+3. With regard to.
the temporals it is to be noted that the second row on one side in
both specimens is considerably disarranged by breaking up and
fusion. It is further to be noted that while it is doubtful whether
the young specimen can be said to possess even an indistinct lateral
ventral keel, in the adult specimen there is a very distinct, though
obtuse, keel, thus bringing it close to HZ’. conspicillata, to which it is
undoubtedly related as first suggested by Guenther. Finally, the old
specimen, contrary to what is the case in the Japanese species, shows
the peculiar color pattern as distinct as the young specimen, excepi
that the red ground color, judging from the appearance in alcohol,
is much duller grayish brown, and the dorsal light lozenges are of
the same tint as the brownish ground color.

LIOPELTIS MAJOR (Guenther)

Synonymy in Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 388 to which add:

Cyclophis major GUENTHER, in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 241
(Kiukiang).

Ablabes major STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 27
(Yangtse Valley; Chekiang; Fukien); vol. 46, 1915, p. xiii (Kuling) ;
vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii (Mokanshan).—Gerr, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc.,
vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

Liopeltis major Barsour, Proc. New England Zo6l. Club, vol. 4, Noy. 1909,
p. 69; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Cambridge, vol. 40, no. 4, 1912, p. 130
(eight days journey northwest of Ichang).

Mr. Graham has extended the known limit of the greensnake in the
Yangtse valley, which previously was Ichang, by sending in three spec-

STEJ NEGER

CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES

ART.

c+I €-1 8 08 I LOI eRe aor cat aaa WeyBID Od | e26l | URMYeZ ‘ToUTO JUNOT ‘IS-Tey-UIGS |----- OD naam fe eh 8999
c+I e-1 8 08 Zz 19 GE) Sclie Sek ae ODisE Sala ne IE dee Os a oe UoLyNg ‘MOOT |JUodsefoOpe ‘oTBUay [~~~ 9899
+1 -1 8 18 z 99T SURE sel pea aa ANG HEYNOIS| IO) QO“ \f i] a alle we ee ee a uslyNy ‘nj-durd-uo Xx |--yUeosopope ‘opwyy | ------ 26899
t+ e-1 8 #8 z TLI Clie Fle ee ka a cee Oy (0) Oe sr=|| ae ney = eee uBMYIIZE ‘IEUIO JUNO, |JWeosefope ‘opeueg |-~--~~-- 82FF9
‘IS
+I Cal 8 18 z LI GT. ea) arr age ees wmeyeiy “O'd | 126 | -BM-UIYg UBAYeZg ‘Tou JUNOT, |~~yUodsofope ‘ope, [~~~ ~~~ 9ZFEOD
t+ Gall 8 18 z LOT Cie 2 ar ae gy OD er al Ro Ba ail ee: ost a oe gee ee OD) args ae er aie © [RCLGANT Tm | ainsi 1209
o+I o-1 8 18 z 991 Olivas ale a” ge a ae EXO) Wiehe 8 LO) eo © lames Came er suvlyoyO ‘uByg UB YOW | yueosefope “‘opeyAy |-~~- ~~ 0Z0F9
o+I Cal 8 G8 z 991 Ge aes cae te eg AMES OD Par gece all a eens og te SARs eRe OD TGs Te can eee, (09): Wea eee ee pane ore se 86189
+1 o-1 8 26 z LT Gig Suerte 7 us icoeins ae ade ODS iii ger. elt wer wee > Mie oy See Eee peers Ops ese > oe oe ODES walt ae cy a ee 16189
Z+1 al 8 98 z £91 OT, oe nae ones lee a a OD ies. alan mecca 7 Git cae mieten Cap eee OD ae queosefope ‘apeuroy |-~~-- ~~ >> 96189
+1 Z-1 8 88 z CLI Ces |Saeate « coen tes OD ss arae peel cee ccna TG nen ae ea OD any ““gueosofope “ope, |-~- G61e9
“90Ul
Z+I tI 8 G8 Z GOL GT Al aaa uosdu1oy,y *Y StMoy “Iq |7--7-7 7-7 -AOIg uvuny Jo Wed UloysoMyyNoY |JUodsefope ‘epeuTag |7-~~~~~~~7- >>> -- PELTED
+1 GI 8 68 j LOI CTS SA ere ee MEsUv ORC all oc wee eet © te CULT OMIOUS UCU S| igen aii oer ian rerd|— eine ae 0 on oman 0ZS9F
sjeiod | sey s[eiq s[ep s[e1y pee] ‘ON Ulnesn py [BU0T}
“may | -n09 -B'T -neo jeuy -a9A | SselBog peqoe][00 toy Ag -[09 Ay[Boo'T ose pue xog -BN So9eqg peu
-qng mou M
ofpw siyjadovyT fo suaunoads Jo svT

the

neighborhood of Mount
and

The

nasal
Boulenger,

and a reexamination of

the type of Herpetodryas

from
chloris has convinced me

no specimen
specimens,

from China except the
There is now

While I was writ-
ing the Herpetology of

Japan, the National Mu-
The most notable

Thompson)
adult female from

listed below.
table also shows the re-
markable uniformity of
the scalation of this spe-
Mount Omei, which has

cles.
All the specimens have

a semidivided

imens (Nos. 64426, 64428
stated by

the Kakhyen Hills and
that it does not differ es-
sentially from the others.

doriae (Boulenger) , from
Assam.

from Fukien (Sowerby),
Chekiang (C. H. Bar-
Jow), Hunan (Dr. Lewis
A.

Shanghai (D.C. Jansen),
exception is No. 66533,
three postoculars and an
undivided anal, the latter
being a character of the
related species Liopeltis

a splendid series of 13

petodryas chloris, from
additional

Omei, at 4,400 feet alti-
type of Hallowell’s Her-

and 66533)
tude.

seum had
Hongkong.

as
an

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
PTYAS KORROS (Schlegel)

To synonymy in Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 348, add:

Zamenis korros STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol. 45, 1914, p. 27
(Taichowfu; Chekiang; Fukien; Hainan).

Mr. Sowerby has sent six specimens from Fukien, of which one
(No. 65385) is from Futsing, the others (Nos. 65395, 65410-65413 )
from Foochow.

MASTICOPHIS * SPINALIS Peters

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 349 under Zamenis spinalis,
to which add:

SowerBy, in Clark and Sowerby, Through Shen-Kan, 1912, p. 110
(Kansu).—BeEpr1aca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-Asien Reis., Zool.,
vol. 3, sect. 1, pt. 4, June 1912, p. 692 (Alashan; Ordos).—STANLEY,
Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 27 (Chinwangtao and Pek-
ing) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii (Tsangehow; Prikuhsian, Shansi).—NIKOLSKI,
Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916, p. 81 (Alashan; Ordos).

1910. ?Psammophis schokari Mocquarp, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1910,
p. 151 (Kucha, Sinkiang; oasis of Sachow (not of Forskaél).

Two specimens of this apparently rare though widely distributed
snake have been sent by Mr. Sowerby. The first, No. 39335, was
collected at Tai-pei-cheng, 50 miles west of Ching-yang-fu, Kansu,
about 3,900 feet above the sea, on August 15, 1909. Its scale formula
is as follows: sc. 17; v. 201; a. 2; subc. 84; 1. 8; oc. 2-2; temp. $42.
The frontal is separated from preocular, and fourth and fifth labials
enter the eye. Another, mutilated specimen (No. 59729) without
definite locality, but bearing the collector’s number 370, has 17 scale
rows; eighth labials, fourth and fifth touching eye; two preoculars
and two postoculars; temporals 2+-3; frontal not in contact with
preocular.

Whether the normal number of supralabials in this species is
nine or eight, as mentioned in the Herpetology of Japan (p. 351),
is still an open question. Noting that the Alashan and Ordos speci-
mens examined by Bedriaga had eight supralabials, it becomes per-
tinent to inquire whether there may not be a northern form with
eight supralabials and a southern one with nine. This is an admoni-
tion to place all the data relating to the individual specimens of this
species on record.

5 In view of the recent revival of the genus Masticophis by Professor Ortenburger and
as Peters originally described the present species as Masticophis spinalis, I have retained
this term without prejudice until further studies shall confirm the validity of this genus
and establish the propriety of referring the present species to it. The genus Masticophis
was instituted in 1853 by Baird and Girard, Cat. North Amer. Rept., pt. 1, Serp., p. 98,
with M. flagelliformis as designated type.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 87

ZAOCYS DHUMNADES (Cantor)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 352, to which add:

Srantey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 27 (Shanghai; Hang-
chow; Sianfu, Fukien) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii (Chuchow, Anhui) ; p. xiv
(Kuling) ; vol. 50, 1919, p. xv (Hwaiyuan).—Gersg, Journ. N. China Asiat.
Soe., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

Of this grass snake, said by Wall and Stanley to be common about
Shanghai, the National Museum had no specimen at the time of the
publication of the Herpetology of Japan. Thanks to the thoughtful-
ness of D. C. Jansen we have now a fine adult male of typical colora-
tion and with the typical number of two strongly keeled dorsal scale
rows. It has 16 scale rows, 194 ventrals; 2 anals; 109 pairs of sub-
caudals; 8 supralabials; 2+2 temporals.

ZAOCYS NIGROMARGINATUS (Blyth)

1854. Coluber nigromarginatus BiyTH, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 23,
no. 3, p. 290 (type locality, vicinity of Darjiling, Himalaya; cotypes in
Mus. Calcutta; Capt. W. L. Sherwill, collector).

Zaocys nigromarginatus GUENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, 1864, p. pl. 22,
fig. B (Nepal; Sikkim; Khasia).—BouLenGrEr, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol.
1, 1893, p. 8376 (Himalayas, Kasi Hills and Kakhyen Hills, upper Burma).

1858. Coryphodon carinatus GUENTHER, Cat. Col. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 112
(type locality, Borneo, Himalaya, Chusan™; cotypes in Brit. Mus.) (part
only; Khasia, Sikkim).

1867. Coryphodon dhumnades JAN, Icon. Ophid., livr. 23, pl. 4, fig. 1 (Hima-
laya) (not of Cantor, 1842).

Zaocys dhumnades GUENTHER, Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Pétersbourg, vol. 1,
1896, p. 205 (Lunganfu, Szechwan).

A series of six specimens, adult, adolescent, and young, collected
by D. C. Graham in Szechwan, introduce this Himalayan species into
the Chinese fauna as distinguished from the Chinese Z. dhuwmnades,
for I have but little doubt that the specimen collected by Berezowski
at’ Lunganfu and recorded by Guenther under the latter name is
identical with Graham’s specimens from Suifu and Mount Omei.

As will be seen from the list given below, the number of subcaudals
is in excess of those typical of Z. dhumnades. In addition, the num-
ber of keeled rows is six in all the specimens, except the youngest one
(No. 63414) in which only four scales as keeled, the same as in Z.
nigromarginatus. Moreover, the color pattern, which is only plainly
visible in the younger ones, is that of the latter species as distin-

57 Restricted by Guenther in 1864, Rept. Brit. India, p. 256, to specimen a from Borneo.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

—

guished from Z. dhumnades. One of aa \ fe

the specimens, No. 63414, is abnormal ae

in lacking the subpreocular on both ie. ange

sides, otherwise the sealation in Mr. 88 ne

Graham’s series is normal and very aE
uniform. ES

With the addition of the one oc-
curring in Formosa, which turns out to 5 a3 ae

be distinct,°* we have now three forms

ltt neat tls

of Zaocys with a single loreal, 16 scale a PS Fe Sta
rows and keeled median dorsals as a
follows: 228 2s
2s aa
a. Two (rarely four) median rows of dor- sex
Wie ee
sal scales keeled; subcaudals 96-119 n oo So a)
pairs. 3
TD
Z. dhumnades (Cantor). = :
(Southern China: Fukien to Shanghai, = se] eiguail ‘
. . ~ 1 1 1 1
and Yangtse valley to Kiukiang.) 8 3 te fees ;
a. Six or four median rows of scales = 3 aig 1
. 3 ' ' 1
keeled; subcaudals, 117-144 pairs. S 8 Bees
bt. Subcaudals, 140-144; a yellow verte- = 4 Sui a :
pral stripe on anterior half of body. § zB OSes nie
Z. oshimai Stejneger. = Garter er
pane a es eee ae
(Formosa. ) <= lv cast ran
b?. Subcaudals, 117-137; posterior two- S Pa Sere ian 1
F x : 3 O42 ae i
2 thirds of body and _ tail with a N es8 Se re
broad black band on each side. = Fi Sanh es iz
: . < ' - i>
Z. nigromarginatus (Blyth). % pone Se
(Himalayas to Burma and g pean 2
' ' r) 1 od
western Szechwan.) = NEN ‘oO
oS Wh aes ee:
588 ZAOCYS OSHIMAI, new species.— 1907. Zaocys St \ \ q
dhumnades STEIJNUGER, Herp. Japan, Bull. U. S. = 5 1O
Nat. Mus., No. 58, 1907, p. 352 (part, Formosa) ag & Es t 43
(not of Cantor 1842).—OSHIMA, Annot. Zool. & 3 Vets i 3
Japan., vol. 7, pt. 3, Mar., 1910, p. 195 (Shushu 4 3 gi na as
Nanto, Formosa). Bapitggien eS ee
Diagnosis.—A single loreal; dorsal scales in 16 by Coemrane 30
rows, (four or 7?) six median ones keeled; sub- a o ies
caudals 140-144; coloration a yellow vertebral = 5 ate
stripe on two median seales from neck, and a = reo 38
similar one on fifth and sixth scale rows, both dis- et ce nn
appearing on posterior half of body. aS ie
Type locality.—Urai, Island of Formosa. Ohare 3
Type.—U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 52267; Dr. Fred & (8 3 83}
Baker, collector; November 18, 1914. S 1 a eh
Scale formula.—sSixteen scale rows, 6 median a ac s Sat
ones keeled ; 201 ventrals ; 2 anals; 144 subeaudals ; x ao 3 a S
8 supralabials ; 2-2 oculars ; 2+ 2 temporals. 2 Ss 5 FI ‘
Remarks.—This form is closely related to Z. ee &
dhumnades from the mainland opposite Formosa, SSS
having the same color pattern. The scutellation, ae ' ' iy sla
however, is more like that of Z. nigromarginatus, 7,2
except that the number of subeaudals is even 28 Poot ate een ia
greater than in the latter form. 33 PE hows ae
In three specimens recorded by Dr. M. Oshima, as Re saan
in whose honor this snake is named, the ventrals oe Henican ate: '
were 195-197 and subcaudals 140-143. One of the aa 2 3 oe x
specimens lacked the subpreocular, and another had Ps eet 3 8 3
oOo oO Vo}

abnormal temporals.

wan.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 89

HOLARCHUS FORMOSANUS (Guenther)

For synonymy see Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 354 (exclusive of reference to
Simotes hainanensis which is said to be a recognizable color form).

Mr. Sowerby has sent a typical example of this species from near
Yenpingfu, Fukien (No. 65393) which has the following scale
formula: sc. 19; v. 158; a. 1; sube. 47; lab. 8; oc. 2-2; temp. 1-2.

HOLARCHUS VIOLACEUS (Cantor)

1839. Coronella violacea CANTOR, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1839, p. 50 (type
locality, Rungpore, Bengal).

Simotes violoceus BoULENGER, Fauna Brit. India, Rept., 1890, p. 312 (Ben-
gal to Southern China); Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 2, 1894, p. 222
(Bengal to southern China; Amoy; Hongkong).—WaAtt, Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1905, p. 92 (mainland opposite Hongkong).—WERNER,
Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903, p. 365.—STANLEyY,
Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 27 (Hainan; Fukien).
Holarchus violaceus STEJNEGER, Herp. Japan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No.
58, 1907, p. 354

1864. Simotes cinereus GUENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, p. 215 (type locality,
Cambodja; type in Brit. Mus.; Mr. Mouhot, collector).

1864. Simotes swinhonis GUENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, p. 215, pl. 20, fig.
E (type locality, Amoy, China; types in Brit. Mus.; R. Swinhoe, col-
lector.).—MUELLER, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 6, pt. 4, 1878, p. 595
(Lilong, Kwangtung).

1865, Simotes multifasciatus JAN, Icon. Gen. Ophid., livr. 12, pl. 4, fig. 2
(type locality?).

1871. Simotes semifasciatus ANDERSON, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 40,
pt. 2, Nat. Hist., p. 16 (type locality, Naga Hills, Assam; cotypes in
Ind. Mus., Calcutta).

1885. Simotes swinhoei Borrrcrr, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber.,
1885, p. 146 (Lilong; Amoy) (emendation).

1895. Holarchus dolleyanus Corr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1894,
p. 423, pl. 10, fig. 1 (type locality, Hainan; Rey. F. Gilman, collector).

A specimen (No. 65396) was collected by Mr. Sowerby at Foochow,
Fukien, which has the following scale formula: sc. 17; v. 157; a. 1;
sube. 37; lab. 8; oc. 2-2; temp. 2+.

It will be noted that there are two well developed anterior tem-
porals on both sides, but fourth and fifth supralabials enter the eye
and in all other characters the specimen is a typical H. violaceus.

DINODON RUFOZONATUM (Cantor)

Synonymy, Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 358, to which add:

Lycodon rufozonatus STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 26 (Shanghai; Soochow; Wusich; Kiukiang; Tatung; Anhui;
Szechwan; Fukien; Ningpo; Tsinanfu; Peking); vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii
(Tsangchow) ; p. xiv (Kashing; Suining; Szechwan; p. xv (Kuling) ;
vol. 48, 1917, p. xiii (Pingchiao Quarry).—Grxr, Journ. N. China Asiat.
Soc., vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Soochow).

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

To the known localities where this common and widely distrib-
uted snake occurs may be added southwestern part of Hunan (Nos.
632012, collected by Dr. Lewis R. Thompson) and Suifu, Szechwan
(No. 63415 by Rev. D. C. Graham) and Hangchow, Chekiang (No.
66458 by A. de C. Sowerby). D. C. Jansen has also sent us two
specimens from Shanghai (Nos. 46517-46518).

Genus LYCODON Boie

1826. Lycodon Botr, Ferussac’s Bull. Sci. Nat., 1826, p. 238 (type, Coluber
aulicus LINNAEus).”

1830. Ophites WActER, Syst. Amph., p. 186 (monotype, Lycodon subcinctus
Bore).

1853. Sphecodes DuMEéRIL and Brsron, Mém. Acad. Sci., Paris, vol. 23,
p. 461, author’s separate, p. 65 (monotype S. albofuscus).

1858. Leptorhytaon GUENTHER, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 205
(monotype, Leptorhytaon jara).

1858. Tetragonosoma GUENTHER, Cat. Colubr. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 253
(monotype, Lycodon effraenis CANTOR).

1868. Tytleria THEOBALD, Cat. Rept. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Mus., (p. 66)
(type, 7. hypsirhinoides THEOBALD).

1893. Anoplophallus Corr, Amer. Natural., 1893, p. 480; Trans. Amer.
Philos. Soc., vol. 18, pt. 2, 1895, p. 216. (Type, 4. maculatus Corer).

LYCODON SUBCINCTUS Boie

1827. Lycodon subcinctus Born, Isis, 1827, p. 551 (type locality, Java) .—
BovuLENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 1, 1893, p. 359—Watut, Proc.
Zool. Soe. London, 1903, p. 88 (Hongkong).

1860. Homalopsis buccatus HALtLowe tt, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1860, p. 504 (Hongkong Island) (not of Linnaeus).

1884, Hlapoides annulatus SAuvaGcr, Bull. Philom. Paris, ser. 7, vol. 8,
(p. 144) (type locality, Sumatra; type in Paris Mus.; P. Fauque, col-
lector).

1895. Anoplophallus maculatus Corr, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 18,
pt. 2, p. 216, pl. 26, fig. 2 (not Megalops maculatus HALLOWwELL, 1860).

The National Museum has not received any additional material
of this species, but I wish to place on record, U. S. Nat. Mus. No.
7359, which is the specimen mentioned by Hallowell (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 504) under the name “ ? Homalopsis
buccatus” as collected “on the Island of Hong Kong, May, 1854,

5° Type designation by Fitzinger, Neue Class. Rept., 1826, p. 29, p. 30. See Stejneger.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vo). 38, 1911, p. 107.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 91

by Mr. Brooke, of the North Pacific Exploration under command
of Capt. John Rogers, U. S. N.”

In connection with this specimen another error should be cor-
rected. It is the same specimen which Cope introduced as the type
of a new genus, Anoplophallus, to be known as A. maculatus,
under the mistaken notion that it was the type of Hallowell’s Mega-
lops maculatus, which apparently has been lost. The blunder is
manifest by examining Hallowell’s description of the generic char-
acters, among which “a frenal; two antoculars,” ete., while Cope
himself correctly (for Lycodon subcinctus) says “a long loreal and
no preocular plate.”

What Hallowell’s Megalops maculatus from Tahiti really repre-
sents is still a mystery, but Cope’s Anoplophallus maculatus is un-
doubtedly a synonym of Lycodon subcinctus.

LYCODON AULICUS (Linnaeus)

1758. Coluber aulicus LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol 1, p. 220 (type

locality, “America”; type in Mus. Adolph. Fred.) ; ed. 12, vol. 1, 1766, p.
381.—AnpeErRson, Bih. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 24, pt. 4, no. 6,
1899, p. 16 (type).
Lycodon aulicus Firzincer, Neue Classif. Rept., 1926, p. 57.—STEINDACH-
NER, Reise Novara, Rept., 1867, p. 74 (Amoy).—Boertcer, Offenbach. Ver.
Naturk., 26-28 Ber., 1888, p. 84 (Hongkong).—BouLencErR, Cat. Snakes
Brit. Mus., vol. 1, 1893, p. 8352.—Watt, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1908, p.
88 (Hongkong? Amoy?).—WERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1, vol.
22, pt. 2, 1908, p. 364 (Hongkong).—SrTrsNEcER, Herp. Japan, Bull. U.
S. Nat. Mus., no. 58, 1907, p. 358.

The doubt as to the occurrence of this species in southern China
voiced by Doctor Wall in 1903 has not been entirely removed, though
T still think that the specimen in the Hongkong Museum credited
to Formosa is in reality from Hongkong, if Chinese at all.

CALAMARIA SEPTENTRIONALIS Boulenger

1888. Calamaria quadrimaculata GUENTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 6),
vol. 1, 1888 (p. 165) (Mts. N. of Kiukiang) (not of DuMErRIL and
Brpron, 1854) ; in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 239.

1890. Calamaria septentrionalis BouLENGER, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1890,
p. 34 (type locality, Kiukiang and Hongkong, China; cotypes in Brit.

69 See Herp. Japan, p. 358.

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

Mus.;: A. E. Pratt, collector) ; Cat.
Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 2, 1894, p. 349,
pl. 20, fig. 1 (Mts. N. of Kiukiang,
Hongkong, Chusan Archip., and main-
land opposite) ; Proce. Zool. Soe. Lon-
don, 1899, p. 165 (IXuatun, Fukien).—
Watt, Proce. Zool. Soe. London, 1903,
p. 93.—WeERNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad.
WiASSs Eb Kelsi viol 22.8 Dine, ml OOsam Ds
365.—STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat.
Soc, vol. 45, 1914, p. 26 (Wuhu;
Weichow ; Fukien).

The series of seven specimens now
in the National Museum, thanks to Dr.
Louis R. Thompson, C. H. Barlow,
and A. deC. Sowerby extends the
known range of this species to south-
western Hunan. It consequently em-
braces all of southeastern China
south of the Yangtse and up that river
as far as Kiukiang.

Our series shows great uniformity
both in structure and color. The
scale formulas may be seen from the
table below, which show no deviation
from those given previously by Bou-
lenger for ten specimens, except that
the maximum for the subcaudals of
the males is raised from 17 to 18. The
snout in all is blunt, with the rostral
barely visible from above. The colora-
tion in all the specimens agrees closely
with the figure given by Boulenger.

It will thus be seen that the charac-
ters relied upon in the Herpetology of
Japan (p. 376) for the separation of
Calamaria berezowskii, from Szech-
wan and Formosa, are fully confirmed
by the present series of C. septen-
trionalis to which it is probably inti-
mately related. The curious fact that
several of the Formosan species show
greater similarity to species from
Szechwan and the Himalayan region
than to those of the intermediate re-
gion is thus emphasized.

List of specimens of Calamaria septentrionalis

VOL. 66
Aen s soso st tH
aa
ao
SS
DN
Tener a erooonw
Q34 SS Ss Ss a eS
Zsa
eo me Ss Ss Ss St eK
a
a
<
Mien fal Hon st tO
ae wma O tt m& wh
oan me aS SS Ss Re
Ne .
rr
ag | 8 Sa2e8e
oS
Oo
ae
q el Le eel bay Me te
a gl Past wea ame
® B Fe ee
= a 1 nt) ee ae
2 veo ie ae ha Bata
S ig ie 10 SN
5 a bo at ee
: theta tn as
3 ida | ae en
S Ba ee tenes
Es 2 estas lt 22
a z Laerunece oN these
z Haat haales
a AH eeu sse
4 fost bet pty, “elses
=) URI enchant i se
As ena
ES ' UCR teen
aes ' La Le ree
oS ' aS yeaa) Mer
a Netty aa ie
eS Ge Soa ait ea
oO 1 Tho Se Saleem ty ca
' So 2 DS Ode ee
1 eatarneeye agen
3 Dari tet, tet
& Heard conta eeaastran Fh Lt
cea yh eect
o Tag a ea
z tae testi
> Teer aa el area
oO aC
qa Hi ers tenant) ean
— WH rahpieods che Al Be
a. ene eaten
2 ee Mul at
> PY te eae tae
= a Fa Weipa re a
3 S tee TAR NOE La
O° q MED LAR OW Loam
8 8 ae Wh aecs
1 ee! aU ee tae
A td eens eye
_— Pr AOA Sa mimes
o 12. ee
1S ose ane Wee
2 net eal napus
S Le ele eee
a Ope cs etna es
Ragin | SEN Ree
Price relia eatin
a oo oc,
Seg TO TG eS
3 Hoe AS
5 Tatil capt
mM wrawetee | 1
& ee Tete
Oe ean oe
© i) Sahat Ste
50 Tn an el rete
Ss 3 ese nes
oS rah ostier Wis
8 eee ig
ede a es Rea
S Bago cl oe
mn BUG rs motets
a i) COE rear
ics Ci UE met
Nant
a: : Hea ee Heat ith."
aes ' at Sh a
ei Hee eae i
as , Veh wll aaa
°o ' Tg eos ek Come
saint ' eat ea la
3384 bine Gate Scala
a.c 1 1 Re
SY ! Pee Sa ae
oe See 2 a
Zz S Aaooo=s
oD oO OD <M sH sf 10
© oo Oo O&O ©

if ai

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 93

Family BOIGIDAE
PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS (Boie)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 383, to which add:
Psammodynastes pulverulentes STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol.
45, 1914, p. 29 (Hainan; Fukien).

In 1910 when discussing the relationship of the Formosan reptilian
fauna to that of the Philippine archipelago* I stated that there
were only two species common to Formosa and the Philippines which
had not yet been collected in Chinese territory, namely Dasia smaragq-
dina, a skink of wide distribution and likely to have been introduced
into Formosa by human agency, the other being the snake here under
consideration. With regard to P. pulverulentus I then remarked
that its discovery within the limits of China would not cause sur-
prise as its known distribution includes Assam, Sikkim, and the
Shan states. This prophecy was fulfilled within four years, for in
1914 Mr. Stanley recorded specimens both from north and south
Fukien, and from Hainan.

Further confirmation is had through a specimen (No. 65394) col-
lected by Mr. Sowerby near Yenpingfu, Fukien.

Family AMBLYCEPHALIDAE
AMBLYCEPHALUS CHINENSIS Barbour

1912. Amblycephalus chinensis BArBour, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZoOl., vol. 40, no.
4, August 1912, p. 182, pl. 2, fig. 1 (type-locality, Luluping, western
Szechwan; type, Mus. Comp. Zo6l., no. 7326; W. R. Zappey ).—STANLEY.
Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 47, 1916, p. xiii.

A specimen with a badly mutilated head, (no. 67815) was col-
lected by Mr. Graham 50 miles northwest of Kuanshien, Szechwan,
on the road to Sungpan, 1924. The scale formula is as follows:
sc. 15; v. 176; a. 1; sube. 74. The head is so badly crushed that
the separate shields can not always be made out with certainty.

Family ELAPIDAE
NAJA NAJA ATRA (Cantor)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 394, to which add:

Naia naia atra Barsour, Proc. New England Zo6l. Club, vol. 4, 1909, p. 72
(Hainan).—Srantey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc, vol. 45, 1914, p. 30
(Taichowfu, Wenchow, Chekiang; Kuatun and Ningteh, Fukien; Lam-
mock Islands) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xiv (Pagoda Anchorage, Foochow) ; vol.
50, 1919, p. xv (Hongkong).

A head (No. 16284) of a specimen from Wenchow, Chekiang, by
Dr. D. J. MacGowan, and an adult (No. 63190) collected by Dr.

61 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p. 94.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Lewis R. Thompson in the southwestern part of Hunan are now in
the collection in addition to the Hongkong specimen listed in the
Herpetology of Japan. The scale formula of the Hunan specimen
is as follows: sc. on neck 25, on body 21; v. 167; a. 1; c. 495 1. 7; oc.
1-2; temp. 2+2. It will be seen that the sum of ventrals and sub-
caudals is 216, exactly the average of the nine specimens previously
listed by me.°?
BUNGARUS MULTICINCTUS Blyth

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 397, to which add:
Bungarus caeruleus multicinetus Barsour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 40,
no. 4, 1912, p. 181 (Ichang, Hupeh).
Bungarus semifasciatus STANLEY Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 80 (South China).
Bungarus candidus STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p.
30 (Chekiang and Fukien) ; vol. 47, 1916, p. xiv (Ningteh, Fukien).
Four specimens have been recently added to the national collec-
tion, two (Nos. 63199-200) from the southwestern part of the
province of Hunan by Dr. Lewis R. Thompson, one (No. 64646) from
Kuliang by C. R. Kellogg, and one (No. 65408) from Foochow,
Fukien, by Mr. Sowerby. The number of black rings on body and
tail is respectively 54, 47, 59, and 58, showing that the specimens
are of the normal pattern of this form.

DISTEIRA CYANOCINCTA (Daudin)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 428, to which add:
Distira cyanocincta Watt, Mem. Asiat. Soe. Bengal, vol. 2, no. 8, 1909,
Deze
Disteira cyanocincta STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914,
p. 30 (Foochow, Fukien).
Lioselasma cyanocincta WALL, Snakes of Ceylon, 1921, p. 361.
A single specimen (No. 46521) from Shanghai has been presented
by D. C. Jansen.

Family CROTALIDAE
Genus AGKISTRODON Beauvois

In the Herpetology of Japan (p. 450) I referred to the “small
compact group consisting of the species Agkistrodon halys, blom-
hoffi and himalayanus occupying the vast territory from the Kas-
pian Sea in the west to the Pacific Ocean in the east, and from Lake
Baikal in the north to the Hamalayas in the south” as being
“closely interrelated, in fact so nearly allied that their descent from

a common ancestor can not have taken place at a very distant —

period.” With regard to the nomenclatorial treatment of these

® Herpetology of Japan, p. 397.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 95

snakes, particularly A. halys and A. blomhoffi, the latter being the
only form occurring in the territory treated of, I expressly stated
that “to what extent the turning up of the end of the snout may
serve in all instances as a character to separate A. halys I can not
say for lack of material, and for that reason I shall at present treat
the latter as a good species.”

The doubts as to the specific distinctness of these forms, first
hesitatingly expressed by Guenther in 1896, have since been justified
by the investigations of Bedriaga, 1912, and of Nikolski, 1916, who
have had access to an unsurpassed material of Central and East
Asiatic specimens.®? Bedriaga,®* particularly, demonstrated the
intergradation between A. halys and A. intermedius, though as a
binominalist he treats them nomenclatorially as species, but as I had
already (1907) shown the intergradation between A. intermedius
and blomhoffi, Nikolski who on the contrary is a thoroughgoing
trinominalist, accepted the nomenclatorial consequences and enum-
erated the various forms, including a new one described by him,
as A. halys halys, A. halys caucasicus, A. halys intermedius, A.
halys brevicaudus, and A. halys blomhoff.2 Both Bedriaga and
Nikolski tried to introduce new criteria for the discrimination of
these forms, the former mentioning the width of the rostral at the
apex, the latter the relative width of the anterior and posterior
nasals, which, when other characters fail, may be of assistance in
dubious cases. Bedriaga also described a new species from wes-
tern China as A. strauchi and essayed the following key (pp. 732-
733) :

a. Large posterior supralabials; height of fifth supralabial equals length

of free edge of third supralabial; rostral somewhat turned over
above; .canthus rostralis not marked... 2 A. strauchi.

Small or medium posterior supralabials; height of fifth supralabial less
than the length of the free edge of third supralabial; rostral not
turned over onto the upper surface of head; canthus rostralis dis-
tinctly or sharply prominent.

b*. Width of upper, strongly narrowed part of rostral, measured at the
level of the suture between internasals and nasals, equals half the
length of suture between anterior nasal and rostral______ _A. halys.

a’.

63 Nikolski, for instance, had 173 specimens of A. intermedius and 48 of A. halys.

* Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, pt. 4, 1912, pp. 719-
726.

%& During the same year, 1916, Dr. J. C. Thompson (Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 2, no. 2, 1916, pp. 61-76) attempted by the statistical method to reduce these va-
rious forms to synonyms of A. halys, but by bunching his figures under such geographic
headings as Korea, China, mainland specimens, and island specimens, ete., without giving
detailed data by individuals, he failed to bring out the significant facts associated with
the geographical distribution of the variations observed by him.

b°. Width of upper, narrow part of rostral, measured at the level
of the suture between internasals and nasals, greater than
half the length of suture between anterior nasal and rostral.
c’. Distance from lower end of suture between upper loreal.
and upper preocular to point of lower preocular
wedged in between second and third supralabials

equals height of third supralabial; width of rostral

at the-level of the suture between first supralabial and
anterior nasal as great as or somewhat greater than

the distance from eye to nostril__________ A, blomhoffii.

c’. Distance from lower end of suture between upper loreal
and upper preocular to point of lower preocular,
wedged in between second and third supralabials, dis-

tinctly less than height of third supralabials; width

of rostrals, at level of suture between first supralabial

and anterior nasal, less than distance from eye to nos-

CT ieee SRE URE ce esi. pe a eee A. intermedius.

Nikolski, omitting A. strauchi as not being included in the Russian
fauna, amended the key given in the Herpetology of Japan, in the
following manner (p. 267, misprints corrected) :

a’. Ventrals 151, or more.
b*. Seales in 28-25 rows; anterior nasal somewhat larger than pos-

terior.
CCaROW SADT oy ep371 E20) on oT] ry Gems saan eee HE NI ley A. halys caucasicus.
GEES UPD et Lea AS See TT Ya A. halys halys.
b°. Seales in 21-23 rows; anterior nasal at least twice as large as
DOSTErLOISS sages ieee eee eee A, halys intermedius.

a’, Ventrals 151, or less.

eee UL GSA CL en] Seed heen oS aT ee A. halys blomhofiii.
OeeSub cad als) 4 Go] Cs sateen eee A. halys brevicaudus.

Tf the specimens, the unquestioned and detailed data of which
have been recorded, were plotted on a map of Asia, it would be
found that the individuals identified according to the above keys
group themselves geographically in such a manner as to justify their
recognition nomenclatorially. The number of specimens which devi-
ate irom the normal of each region is not greater than in most other
cases of intergrading variable superspecies of wide distribution.

AGKISTRODON HALYS INTERMEDIUS (Strauch)

Agkistrodon blomhoffii intermedius SteaNecEer, Herp. Japan, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus., No. 58, 1907, p. 464.—Barsour, Proc. New England Zool. Club, —
vol. 4, No. 1909, p. 73 (Mt. Taipaishiang, Shensi). .

Ancistrodon intermedius SowrerBy in Clark and Sowerby, Through Shen-
Kan, 1912, p. 110 (Shansi).—Berprraca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-

Asien Reis., Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, pt. 4, June 1912, p. 718, pl. 10, figs. ~

2-2a, 6-6b (Alashan; Ordos; Kansu).—TscHucunow, Ann. Mus. Zool.
St. Pétersbourg, vol. 17, 1913, (p. 255) (Minussinsk).

Ancistrodon halys intermedius NuxkotsKkt, Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916,
p. 276 (Mongolia, Gobi, Ussuri etc.).

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 97

The records published and specimens received since the publica-
tion of the Herpetology of Japan bear out the general statement:
made there regarding this form. Thus Bedriaga records 14 speci-
mens from Alashan, Ordos, and Kansu with ventrals between 152 and.
180; Tschugunow mentions 6 specimens from Minusinsk with ven-
trals between 158 and 174 (average 164) ; Barbour reports two speci-
mens from Shensi having 157 and 161 ventrals. Sowerby sent a typi-
cal specimen (No. 49640), with scale formula: 23 se.; 147 v.; 45 sube. 3
7/8 lab., collected on September 29, 1911 at a locality 15 miles west
of Tai-yuan-fu, Shansi, altitude about 5,000 feet, and one (No. 53365))
from I-mien-po, North Kirin, Manchuria, with a scale formula of
21 se.; 152 v.; 48 subc.; and 7 lab.

AGKISTRODON HALYS BREVICAUDUS (Stejneger)

Agkistrodon blomhoffii brevicaudus StEJNEGER, Herp. Japan, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus., No. 58, 1907, p. 463.—BarsBour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zod6l., vol.
40, no. 4, Aug. 1912, p. 182, (Ichang and Kweichowhsien, Hupeh).

Halys blomhoffii GUENTHER in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet, 1892, p. 242
(near Kiukiang).

Ancistrodon blomhoffii StaNLEy, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soe., vol. 45,
1914, p. 31 (Shanghai; Soochow, Hankchow, Wusich, Chinkiang and
Tatung in Anhui).

Agkistrodon blomhofii brevicaudatus BArBour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zocél.)
vol. 40, no. 4, Aug. 1912, pl. 2, fig. 2 (emendation).

Ancistrodon blomhofii brevicaudus NikousKk1, Ann. Zool. Mus. St. Péters-
bourg, vol. 19, 1914 (p. 90) (Ussuri).

Ancistrodon halys brevicaudus NIKOLSKI, Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 2, 1916,
p. 283 (Hongkong; Korea).

A considerable material has accumulated since the publication of
the Herpetology of Japan, which throws further hight on the vexing
question of the distinctness of A. brevicaudus, A. intermedius and
A. blomhofii. ‘The specimens collected by Sowerby in northern
China are of special interest, particularly a series of 10 specimens
from the Hsin-Lung-Shan district, Imperial Hunting Grounds,
Chilili. They all have 21 scale rows, 136-144 ventrals (average 140),
35-40 subcaudals (average 39) and 7 labials, and are consequently al?
well within the limits set for A. brevicaudus, less than 151 ventrals
and less than 46 subcaudals. Specimens from further south in east-
ern China, as the two by L. I. Moffett from Kiangyin, province of
Kiangsu, and the one by C. H. Barlow from Wan Wang Shan, Che-
kiang, which have 21 scale rows, 7 labials, ventrals 136-140 and sub-
caudals 37-41, are of course equally typical. So are Barbour’s. Hu-

9118—25——7

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

peh specimens: 21 sec.; 141-145 v.; 35-39 sube.; 7 lab. It is along
the northern boundary between A. brevicaudus and A. intermedius
that we expect and, indeed, find intermediate specimens. Thus Mr.
Sowerby collected two specimens (Nos. 52339 and 52341) in southern
Manchuria on the Yalu river, the boundary against Korea, about 180
miles from its mouth. Both have 21 scale rows and 7 labials, negative
characters but in case of doubt pointing towards A. brevicaudus
rather than A. intermedius; one has 143 ventrals and 41 subcaudals,
well within the limits of A. brevicaudus. But the other one, which
it would be absurd to refer to under a different sub-specific name, has
151 ventrals and 44 subcaudals. On page 452 of the Herpetology of
Japan I said that “it would be impossible to say to which of the
three forms (brevicaudus or the two forms of intermedius) a speci-
men with 151 ventrals and 45 subcaudals were to be referred unless
it had 8 supralabials in which case it should probably be referred to
intermedius. In the present instance, however, I have no hesitation
in calling it A. brevicaudus, the decisive factor of course being the
fact that its companion is typical of this form. Were it not for these
dubious intermediate specimens in the geographically intermediate
territory we would be justified in applying a binominal appellation
rather than the present trinominal.

AGKISTRODON STRAUCHI Bedriaga

1912. Ancistrodon strauchi Bepriaca, Wiss. Res. Przewalski Central-Asien
Reis., Zool., vol. 3, sect. 1, pt. 4, June 1912, p. 728, pl. 10, figs. 11d
(type locality, Tungolo and Tatsienitu, Szechwan, China; cotypes, Petro-
grad Mus. Nos. 8533-8534; Potanin, collector).

1912. Agkistrodon tibetanus Barspour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 49,
No. 4, August, 1912, p. 183, pl. 2, figs. 3-4 (type locality, Ramala Pass
beyond Tatsienlu, western Szechwan, 13,000 feet; type, Mus. Comp.
Zool., no. 7327; W. R. Zappey, collector).

Of this recently described remarkable species, as yet very rare
in collections, Mr. Graham has sent three fine specimens collected
in July, 1923, at Ngan Yang, western Szechwan, at an altitude be-
tween 13,000 and 14,000 feet. This locality is evidently not far
from the type localities of A. strauchi and A. tibetanus. Ap-
parently the species is of very restricted distribution and is possibly |
limited to the high plateau of eastern Tibet above 13,000 feet
altitude.

STEJ NEGER

CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES

ART. 25

L & ST TGS So) et om, SOOCRZ aM | Se eee A Tozd ‘Bee BlwOleey |" -<- acer <a Ope * EGE ABS Fees espliqureg “j90z ‘du09

9 i T9L OOD ao == re MONZG “Nesey, |---=--------= ODS ote FEO ees ade ma 20

L tF GT Rei kG omy Se ete RU TOO). Sp eee Oo eee oe a eens oe USM ERIE ee AU OOSOTOD Ws CESS lier oie kes ee sane meres peis010g

Z €F 6ST | SGA a! ets (Fi aes SOD <p [5 ODS oon eeaaionees: aati er ne eee eee es0 Do ape sees op. a S000! || aa" eee gna eee “2 20@

Z 1g ST IZ qHeose[O PB ‘OPM TAT | CE9N0 Ils" wes = 2" " TS" > Gee Sa sana an od

L ge o9T 1% TIBUeIE) SO) CL te econ Ape oe Uvaqoozg ‘suv X-We3N|yWeosajope ‘opeute,g | Te999 |--------------- [eMONBN saqeig poymy
a |e ee eee ee

s[eiqey san chon | sefeog | poyooyfoo woym Ag Tee ARoo'T 038 pue xeg ‘ON ummesnyy

1yanD.ys Uuopousriyby fo suaurads fo ysvyz

L Le 9&T ly ee lp eee Se ee AN OTTG Gas) 6) || aes sais seme =
” og Get |g Giles 7 eae a eo eu Epes op
L If 981 Ge lkses eee Se asa SS op---7-|------- op-----
Z IP OFT Ge seller casino see ee oa op--7--|------- op-----
Z 98 681 CRON ES eee ake ae ee ees noro op-----|-----=- op----*
L oP LEI i Ct | hia aan ee aaa es op-----|------- op-----
Z 98 OFT lig a ep era ea opt-t--|-----=- op-----
Z &F PPT Ga Me ea ce aan 8S cee Fae ace op--77-|------- op-----
Z | 98 GPT ib gel partes oe oe en op-----|----"-- op-----
t 18 FFL 1G [ttn -------- == --- == op---7-|--=-==- es
Z | If OFT Tey Wl teeameas ene a ee AqiaMog ‘O9P °V |""“LI6T ‘snyv

L OF 8sI Ge oe | aa ee ge gos oe ae op---~-|--------------
L | iF OFT TG eiliag oa ae oe ee ANOMONNT alcolial aes = aaa eo
L ly SPT IZ eal o5 Ssss2a2 SS ee
L vP IST ie alee see ae “isis 5 Po AqiaMog ‘Qep *y |--------------

|
srerqey ang a oe pezoeT[0o wOyMA Ag ee

AyBo0T

snpnnoiaaig shjoy uopousryby fo suawreds fo SVT

Se eo ettueane
/JUsOsefOpe ‘oreure,T

| Sher Se snqoo} ‘are yy
~-~" snja0j ‘epeure,7
SS. re $n4a0j ‘eer
yUsoseope ‘areue,T
Soe op-----
~~“quadsefope ‘are yr
qusosefope ‘areure,T
~“qusosefope ‘areyr

Pe ek ae eTmeAne
~“quedsefope ‘ele yAy
jusose[ops ‘arBuleT

938 puB xag

‘ON UInesnyy
[BUEN soze1g poyag

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

AGKISTRODON ACUTUS (Guenther)

For synonymy see Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, vol. 38, 1910, p. 112, to
which add:

Ancistrodon acutus BouLeNnGrer, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1899, p. 166
(Kuatun, Fukien).—WaAt1L, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1903, p. 98 (Yangtse
Valley) —Sranitey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 31
(Fukien).

The National Museum is indebted to C. H. Barlow for a fine male
(No. 64024) of this remarkable copperhead from Moh-Kan-Shan,
Chekiang Province. The scale formula is as follows: sc. 21; v. 161;
a. 1; sube. 65, of which the first eight are single, the others divided;
1. 7; oc. 83-2; temp. 2+-4; rostral undivided; lower postocular extend-
ing under the eye and meeting anteriorly a small subpreocular, thus
separating the eye from the supralabials.

TRIMERESURUS MUCROSQUAMATUS (Cantor)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 467, to which add:
STANLEY, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 31 (Fukien).

A young specimen (No. 63417) collected by Rev. D. C. Graham
at Suifu, Szechwan, furnishes a welcome opportunity to examine
into the identity of the Formosan representative of this poisonous
snake and the mainland form. It will be recalled that the type of
T. mucrosquamatus which came from Naga Hills, Assam, has been
lost and that, as no specimens from that locality had been recorded
since, doubt had been raised as to the title of the Formosan snakes
to the name given by Cantor. Since then Mr. Stanley has recorded
specimens from Fukien, but apparently no comparison has been
instituted.

There can scarcely be any doubt that the Szechwan specimen is
entitled to the name. On the other hand, it is a very young speci-
men, and the two Formosan specimens at my disposal are full grown.
That may account for the different shape of the head which is much
shorter in the Szechwan specimen. The only other difference of any
consequence which I have found is that in the Szechwan specimen
the number of scale rows between the subocular and the supralabials
is four while in the Formosan ones there are only three and two.
The very variation of this character in the island specimens, how-
ever, would seem to indicate that this difference is of no importance.
The scale formula otherwise falls within the limit established for
the Formosan specimens, viz., sc. 27; v. 205; sube. 77; 1. 10. There
are about 17 small scales in a row between the supraoculars, but Dr.
Oshima,** has recorded 14 to 18 in Formosan examples.

% Annot. Zool. Japon., vol. 17, pt. 3, 1910, p. 206.

a a al ale all

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 101

Since the above was set in type Mr. Graham has sent another
specimen (No. 67778), also quite young, collected at Wanchan. It
agrees with the one described above, but has only three rows of
scales between subocular and supralabials, and about 13 between
supraoculars. Sc. 25; v. 209; subc. 88.

TRIMERESURUS JERDONII Guenther

1875. Trimeresurus jerdonii GUENTHER, Proe. Zool. Soc. London, 1875,
p. 233, pl. 34 (type locality, Khasi Hills, Assam; cotypes in Brit.
Mus.; T. C. Jerdon, coliector).—BovuLENGER, Fauna Brit. India, Rept.,
1890, p. 427 (Khasi Hills; Ichang, China).

Lachesis jerdonii BouLENGER, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., vol. 3, 1896, p. 551
(Assam; Kiatiangfu, Szechwan; Ichang).—Watt, Proc. Zool. Soe.
London, 1903, p. 99.—WeErNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II Kl., vol. 22,
pt. 2, 1903, p. 367.

1889. Trimeresurus xanthomelas GuENTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
6, vol. 4, Sept. 1889, p. 221 (type locality, Ichang, China; cotypes
in Brit. Mus.; A. E. Pratt, collector) ; in Pratt’s To Snows of Tibet,
1892, p. 241, pl. 1, fig. A (Ichang).

A splendid specimen (No. 64639) of this rare species was collected
by Rev. D. C. Graham at Si-Gi-Pin, Mount Omei, Szechwan, on
August 3, 1921. It agrees in coloration with Pratt’s Ichang speci-
mens as figured by Guenther. The scale formula is: sc. 21; v. 176;
a. 1; sube. 42-++. The large smooth temporal is a very striking char-
acter and serves at once to separate 7. jerdonii from the other
Chinese species. The species has no particular relationship with
T. mucrosquamatus and 7. elegans as surmised by me* at a time
when it was unknown to me except from description.

TRIMERESURUS GRAMINEUS (Shaw)

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 480, to which add:
STrantry, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 31 (Chekiang;
Fukien ; Hainan) ; vol. 46, 1915, p. xiii (Kuling Swatow), vol. 47, 1916,
p. xiv (Hoihow; Foochow) ; vol. 48, 1917, p. xii.

Two rather young specimens (Nos. 64022-23) from Moh-Kan-
Shan, Chekiang province) have been received from C. H. Barlow.
They are in every way typical, green, with tail end more brownish,
and a well-marked yellow lateral stripe.

67 Herp. Japan, p. 468.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Order TESTUDINATA
Family PLATYSTERNIDAE

Genus PLATYSTERNON Gray

1831. Platysternon GRaAy, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1831, p. 106 (monotype
P. megacephalum GRAY).

1848. Platysternum AGcassiz, Nomencl. Zool. Index Uniy., 1848, p. 856
(emendation).

PLATYSTERNON MEGACEPHALUM Gray

1831. Platysternon megacephalum Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1881,
p. 107 (type locality, China; type in Brit. Mus.; J. Reeves, collector) ;
Ill. Indian Zool., vol. 1, 1834 (pl. 62) ; Cat. Shield Rept. Brit. Mus., vol. 1,
March 8, 1856, p. 49 (China).—Du™MERIL and Brsron, Erpét. Gén., vol. 2,
1835, p. 844; Atlas, pl. 16, figs. 2-2a, (China).

Emys megacephala TEMMINCK and SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japon., Rept., 1835,
p. 49, (not of Holbrook).

Platysternum megacephalum GUENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, 1864, p. 48.—
SWINHOE, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1870, p. 409 (Kwangtung and
Kwangsi).—Borttcer, Offenbach. Ver. Naturk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 185
(South China) ; 26-28 Ber., 1888, (p. 107).—BouLENGcER, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (ser. 5), vol. 19, June, 1887, p. 461, pls. 16-17 (osteology) Cat. Chel.
Brit. Mus., 1889, p. 46 (China; Siam; Pegu; Burma).—WeERNER, Abh.
Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1908, p. 359 (South China) .—
SIEBENROCK, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math. Nat. K1., vol. 116, sect. 1,
Dec. 1907, p. 1742 (Kwangsi and Kwangtung) ; Zool. Jahrb. Suppl., vol.
10, pt. 8, 1909, p. 450 (South China to Burma and Pegu).—STANLEy,
Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 45, 1914, p. 24 (Fukien) ; vol. 49, 1918,
p. xiv (Foochow, Fukien). e

1870. Platysternon peguense GRAY, Suppl. Cat. Shield Rept. Brit. Mus.,
vol. 1, p. 70 (type locality, Pegu; types in Brit. Mus.; W. Theobald,
collector).

The first specimen (No. 66454) of this interesting snapping turtle
ever received by the National Museum, was collected for it at Foo-
chow, Fukien by A. de C. Sowerby. It corroborates the occurrence
of this species so far north, as first recorded by Mr. Stanley.

Family TESTUDINIDAE
OCADIA SINENSIS Gray

For synonymy see Herpetology of Japan, 1907, p. 489, to which add:
Ocadia sinensis SteBENRocK, Zool. Jahrb. Suppl., vol. 10, pt. 3, 1909, p. 470.
Emys sinensis STantey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc. vol. 45, 1914, p. 23

(Shanghai; Hangchow; Soochow; Fukien).

A characteristic specimen (No. 65427), a young recently hatched,
was collected at Foochow, Fukien, by Sowerby.

Ok ht me

ie ee et eee o>

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 103

GEOCLEMYS REEVESII (Gray)

Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 497, pl. 30. Add to synonymy:

Emys reevesii STEINDACHNER, Reise Novara, Zool., vol. 1, Rept., 1867, p. 5
(Shanghai).

Damonia reevesii STEINDACHNER, in Wiss. Hrg. Reise Szechenyi Ostasien,
vol. 2, 1898, p. 505 (Pingleang-fu, Kansu).

Geoclemys reevesii SteEBENROCK, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Nat.
Kl., vol. 116, sect. 1, 1907, p. 1758 (Kwangsi and Kwangtung) ; Zool.
Jahrb. Suppl., vol. 10, pt. 3, 1909, p. 477—StrsnecrErR, Science (n. s.), vol.
27, 1908, p. 748.—Barpour, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 40, no. 4, 1912, p.
135 (Ichang).—NrKkotskI, Fauna Rossij, Rept., vol. 1, 1915, p. 5 (Canton ;
Foochow; Shanghai; Chemulpo; Kioto).

Damonia reevesi Voat, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914, p. 96
(Canton).—SrTanuey, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 47, 1916, p. xiv
(Lake Taihu, Kiangsu).—Gerr, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol. 50, 1919,
p. 184 (Soochow).

Geoclemys reevesii wnricolor StmBpENROcK, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-
Nat. K1., vol. 116, sect. 1, 1907, p. 1759 (Kwangsi and Kwangtung) ; Zool.
Jahrb. Suppl., vol. 10, pt. 3, 1909, p. 477.

Damonia reevesi, var. unicolor StanLEy, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc., vol.
47, 1916, p. xiv (Lake Taihu, Kiangsu).—Gerr, Journ. N. China Asiat. Soc.,
vol. 50, 1919, p. 184 (Lake Taihu).

The National Museum, besides the specimens enumerated in the
Herpetology of Japan (p. 500), had already 5 good specimens (Nos.
46491—95) collected by P. L. Jouy at Hongkong and one (No. 31721)
supposed to be from Shanghai by E. Deschamps. In addition, Mr.
Sowerby has sent a young just hatched (No. 65426) from Foochow,
Fukien, and a fine series of nine half-grown and adults (Nos. 65417—
25) from Shanghai. These show the usual variations, and one (No.
65419) represents the melanistic phase nearly always found together
with the normal form, a question which I have treated more fully in
my article in “Science” quoted above. This specimen is uniformly
black above, but the plastron is more or less dark walnut brown,
lightest on the pectoral laminae near the median seam.

CYCLEMYS TRIFASCIATA (Bell)

1825. Sternothaerus trifasciatus Brett, Zool. Journ., vol. 2, p. 305, pl. 14
[18] (type lecality unknown; type in Bell’s Mus.).

Cistuda trifasciata Gray, Syn. Rept., 1831, p. 19 (loc. ?) ; Ill. Indian Zool.,
vol. 2, 1834 (pl. 61).

Cuora trifasciata Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, March 8, 1856,
p. 42 (China).—GuENTHER, Rept. Brit. India, 1864, p. 14 (China).

?Pyxidemys trifasciata Firzinecmr, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-
Nat. K1., vol. 42, 1861, p. 411 (Shanghai).

Terrapene trifasciata SrraucH, Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, ser. 7,
vol. 5, no. 7, 1862, p. 27 (Hast Indies).—Borrrerer, Offenbach. Ver. Na-
turk., 24-25 Ber., 1885, p. 188 (Shanghai) ; 26-28 Ber., 1888, (p. 104).

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Cyclemys trifasciata BoutzencEerR, Cat. Chel. Brit. Mus., 1889, p. 183 (South
China).—WerNER, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., vol. 22, pt. 2, 1903,
p. 359 (Shanghai.—Sresenrock, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-
Nat. K1., vol. 116, sect. 1, 1907, p. 1768 (Kwangtung or Kwangsi) ; Zool.
Jahrb. Suppl., vol. 10, pt. 8, 1909, p. 502 (ISMwantung and Kwangsi; Batu
Island).—Bruner, Blitt. Aquar. Terr. Kunde, vol. 19, 1908 (p. 746,
fig. 6).
Eimys trifasciata StrRaAucH, Mém, Acad. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, ser. 7, vol. 38,
no. 2, 1890, p. 65 (Canton).
Cyclemmys trifasciata Voct, Sitz. Ber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Berlin, 1914,
p. 96 (Canton).
Only one specimen (No. 86413) of this species has come to the
National Museum. It was collected by P. L. Jouy, 1881, in “ China.”
Tt is highly desirable to obtain more material of this interesting
species with definite localities so that its precise geographical distri-
bution may be ascertained. The locality Shanghai based on Fitz-
inger’s statement that the Vovara Expedition brought it from there
is not beyond suspicion, as Steindachner does not mention this species
in his detailed account of the reptiles of that expedition.

Family TRIONYCHIDAE
AMYDA SINENSIS (Wiegmann)

Amyda@ sinensis (WIEGMANN) Herp. Japan, 1907, p. 524.

The student of the Chinese (and Japanese) soft-shell turtles is
confronted by an unusually complicated problem, which because of
its peculiar circumstances may perhaps remain unsolved. In the
rivers from Hongkong north to the Amur, and also in Formosa
and Japan proper, there occurs one or more forms of the Genus
Amyda, which by some writers have been treated as a single species
while others have regarded them as a “ formenkreiss” consisting of
possibly as many as 5 differentiated subspecies to be treated nomen-
clatorially as binominals or trinominals according to the individual
views. The difficulties are chiefly due to (1) lack of material; (2)
great variability of these animals; (3) breaking down of the natural
barriers.

Lack of material—One can hardly expect to do justice to the
problem without a complete series from each of the main drainage
areas of China and the islands, to consist of well preserved suites
showing both the different stages of growth, the sexual and the
individual variation within the hatching stage, the adolescent stage
and the fully adult. Needless to say, such material exists as yet
nowhere. Few museums indeed can boast specimens from more than
a few localities, and those mostly of indifferent preservation and
uncomparable because of different age or sex.

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 105

Variability —tTo illustrate this it is only necessary to recite the
fact that Pére Heude, who once attempted the study of these turtles,
felt constrained to propose 8 specific names (each with a different
generic name) for the form inhabiting the lower reaches of the
Yangtsekiang.

Breaking down of the natural barriers—Two factors are here of
importance, human agency in carrying these valuable food animals
from place to place in order to market them or transplant them;
physical changes in the environment, some of which may be due
directly to man’s activity in building canals, thus opening up direct
water communication between different river systems, or the rivers
themselves changing their course. Thus the Hwangho in 1852 broke
through in a northeasterly direction debouching into the Gulf of
Chili instead of 4 degrees of latitude further south. We are in-
formed that because these turtles are considered a delicacy and ©
fetch higher prices in Japan, they are shipped in great quantities
to the latter country and elsewhere, so that one can not be sure
that the specimens obtained in a locality actually is a native of that
place. The history of these animals goes back to the tertiary epoch,
and we know now how different the drainage of those times may
have been from that of the present time. While one might be
tempted to approach the problem of these forms on the hypothesis
that each of the great river systems, such as the Amur, the Hwangho,
the Yangtsekiang and the West River might have favored the
differentiation of its own peculiar form, experience from elsewhere
shows that specific or even subspecific differences in these turtles
may be older than the present river drainages. A glance at the
map suggests that the great northern loop of the Hwangho, en-
circling Ordos and northern Shensi, may in part at least have
belonged to an entirely different river system at some earlier period.

The Hwangho may therefore easily share two different forms of
closely related turtles with other rivers, as does the Tennessee River,
and the explanation may be similar.®

The material received by the National Museum, since the pub-
lication of the Herpetology of Japan, is not of sufficient quantity or
quality to affect the preliminary views there expressed.

No specimens from the Amur river drainage representing A.
maackt are in the museum, and none has been received since the
publication of the Herpetology of Japan, which can be referred to
A. schlegeli.

The specimens which have been added I am now listing under the
name of A. s¢nensis with some doubt. Only one is supposed to be
from near the type of locality (No. 46488) having apparently been

“See Stejneger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 62, art. 6, Feb. 10, 1923, pp. 1-3.

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

acquired in 1883 at Hongkong by P. L. Jouy. It is in an indifferent
state of preservation, and may have been purchased in the market.
I am therefore unable to decide whether A. sinensis, from the West
River drainage and A. irrorata from the Yangtsekiang drainage are
identical or not.

Comparing the remainder of our Chinese mainiand soit-shell
turtles with the Japanese material at my command, as listed in
the Herpetology of Japan, two conclusions force themselves upon me,
namely, first, that the confidence I had in the table of measurements
(p. 516) was to a great extent misplaced, owing partly to the seanti-
ness of the material and partly to the selection of the length of the
dermal carapace as the unit (100) for comparison. On the other
hand, the additional material bears out the fact alluded to on page
517, that the plastron is shorter in the Japanese form. Reducing
the length of the plastron to per cent of the width of the membranous
shell, the Japanese specimens vary from 85 to 94, averaging about
90 per cent, while the continental and Formosan specimens vary
from 92 to 101, averaging 97 per cent.

The overlapping is caused by two specimens (Nos. 39313-4) col-
jected by Mr. Sowerby in the Hwangho near Honanfu, Honan, in
which the plastron is as short as the longest of the Japanese, namely,
92 and 94 to 100 of body width. In other respects they also agree
with Japanese specimens, but as they still fall within the range of
the size of the plastron of the other continental specimens I prefer
to name them A. sénensis.

Two other specimens (Nos. 39333-4) also male and female, were
collected by Sowerby further north in the same river drainage,
namely, respectively, 80 miles south and 12 miles east of Yenanfu,
Shensi. They are considerably older than the Honan specimens and
for that reason are not strictly comparable with them. They differ
in several respects, notably in having a much greater interorbital
width, but without corresponding specimens of the forms both to
the north and to the south I hesitate to pronounce them different.
The question of their relationship to A. schlegelii which according
to Nikoloki is the form collected by Przhevalski in the Mongolian
reaches of the Hwangho, is particularly interesting, but no solution
of this vexed problem seems possible at the present time.

From Shanghai we have now one specimen (No. 46515) sent by
D. C. Jansen, and two (Nos. 65415-6) by Mr. Sowerby, who also
sent two females (Nos. 66455-6) from Hangchow, Chekiang. From

Professor Ping a specimen (No. 66854) was recently received from —
Nanking. The above are all probably 3 to 4 years old, except the

ones from Honan which are older.
A hatchling (No. 65428) collected by Sowerby at Foochow, Fukien.
upon comparison with specimens from Japan of exactly same age

ART. 25 CHINESE AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES—STEJ NEGER 107

and size differs in having the carapace wider and the tubercles on
the dorsal ridges much more pronounced. The dark pattern on the
plastron in the Fukien specimen differs somewhat from that of the
Japanese °°; the line between the epiplastron is absent; instead of the
heart-shaped spot on the median line between the xiphiplastra, there
are two spots well separated one on each side of the median line,
the two spots on the soft skin in front of the vent are unusually large,
as are also the spots on the bridge filling the entire triangular space
between the outer branches of the hyo and hypoplastra.

There are several more species of soft-shell turtles occurring in
southern China. These as well as good series of the common species
from all the great river systems would be very welcome additions
to the national collection.

6 Herp. Japan, pl. 35.

: Ming
5 ioe -

for

eee
pe eee

INDEX

[The black-faced numbers indicate generic or specific heading.]

A Page

Apiabes chinensis .==s 22405. soe ee 64, 65
TAG) Ole oe es 3 nee 84

SinensiSies-- 325-23. Se ae 64
PAChalintis DraconiMieri + eee eae 79
MULES Ces ihe Sake ns see gee ee 79

Spinalise cs Poo ose aa an aan en

CHUUS AO KIS UEOG OMe ee eee eee eee 100
AM CISELOMON ease eee te eae eae 100
RCnNOpleura HANA 22 see le ae ee 23
PROMIT OMG YMC eee en ee eee ee 10
URE ETUDN SY Gee ee ee eres re ens 10

aequifasciata, Natrix____ ee eee ee. 69, 71
PRE KA SLE OC Olas ae te nn ao ee ee ee ee ane 94
ACUULIS Ste sone nets aa eens 106
Iploninhofitesss=-se- 94, 95, 96, 97
brevicaudatus_______- 97

aly sees tee Soe eee 94, 95

Dlonihomiete hes nese 95, 96

brevicaudus__-_- 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
CAUICASICUSEseees a eee eee 95

Internmedius == -s=s- aes 95, 96

himoalayanise sess 2 see e 94

INCHING GIS seasons = ene 95, 96, 97, 98

StLAucais sss aee ae nae 95, 96, 98, 99

Gibetamusste t= earer ee ee 98

al bOruUscuss Sphecodes. 22-22-22 ee 90
SNLUR SY HOY el as ie ae ae 34
SINE NSIS terre ee toe eee Sree e eee 34
Amblycephalus chinensis___...............-- 93
Amphiesma flavipunctatum____--._-__--.__- 72
LeMay eek eee eee 73

amurensis kukunoris, Rana_____....-__..---- 21
FEU AT eee sore See ne SA Nar eee 20, 21
DakeyGromusseeee sce ease eee 58, 61

PY CAH ThOLAGA Ses Asses ee Me hee ee a 106
SITUS LG Hel a eens ee ee nen et a 105
Schlegeliieem seers. -Mmeeer ete see 105, 106

SIN CTSIS ie ee Seren ae eee 104, 106
ENICISErOGOUTACH GUISE a = oa eae ee ee 100
INterme dis = ssc a see 96

SURBUCHI6G Sos oe ea sere eS 98

mnnilaris, Natrix-._......-..- 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72
: PRROPIGONOGUS= + nea asso ee noe 68
Bmmlatus, Hlapordes.:-- <2 -- 2. e woaee 90
Bromealus, Coluber= -=-=2-8 2-4===<--=+2--<--- 81
meron lopballts: es 22s. Sol .6 ee 90
MACH AGUS e=-se-e eet ee 90, 91

mpporea immaculata, Hyla._-.._---.-._.---.. 11
VAD OUICHs: ELV spe et pt g e e 11
SIDERSISMEL yaa te eee Seer 10
cctophenisictylac ss=ee sae e meres sera 11
RISSHTIGHSISs ely eye ee 11
BRUISE CITI Maree ee meme See ren I 63
BemaaliS WAN Gi- ao 2ek oe et ee ee 20
PAC MSV ATI Ah oh cick eee Seis as MAD 19, 20, 22
fEMPOLAarigi=. 2s ee ee 19

PACS. BUlOiDUIO 2 8 See ets 6

Page
asperriniassNatrixet=) 2 cesses ee ees 66
gtra; Najatiajase-s2s—. 5 eee ee 93
aulicus;;Coluberst=o265-2 oases 90, 91
Teycodonase ae ee Aes Re ew 91

B
bachtyana Wangs. =. ooo eee See 19
palestus) Ebyladactylussss2s ee tenes 15
Dan KOrensiS Ufone eee ee ee a
Batrachuperts!—=s- oo eee 5,6
MINChOMWM ses ee 5
Simensis=sae-2 0 ee 5, 6
Batrachyperuse +2 o-sost eee eae ee 5
Batrachypterussscsacc2 cen ee ee 5
bennetiligbnhy drish-- ees se 80
berezowskil, Calamaria---222222e2e. = 2 ee = 92
bistrigatus, Polypodontophis_____.__.____-_- 65
blomhoffi, Agkistrodon___________--_-. 94, 95, 96, 97
halys=sss.32ee 95, 96
brevicaudus, Agkistrodon__.-_-_- 97
(Hal yee ae. <i ee a ae 97
Bonmpbinayonientaliss=2=-s242- sae. see 6
Bombinatfon orientalis =e o eee a ee 6
boulengert; Ranges eee ai eae 26
bowringii, Hemidactylus__.........-----_--- 37
bpraccatawOxycdozy pate ene 33
braconnientsyAchalintiss. 52-2 se fee eee 79
Ophiblapsaes= 3s ee eee 79
DLAMINOUS L,Y) O DS asete a en a eee ere 64
DEAMIMIS slsyp hlOMSaae eee ae ae eee 64
DLAtICri SPE NAaCOD HORUS Hee se= asses ee aa 30, 31
brenchleyisphinemiass 9 se= see sen a eee ems 63
brevicaudatus, Agkistrodon blomhoffi--_-.-_- 97
brevicaudus, Agkistrodon blomhoffi_-__----- 97
halys._-- 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
brevipes; each yinitone seasons ease eee re 4,6
PASTS G Oa Re oa oe et ns 4
DUCCAGUS SELOMaODSISm= see = a =e 90
bufolasiaticussBulo ses s2--- Sosa eae ee 6
Bufo butoasisticuse ses. ee 6
bank orensis# "eee. oS es ey ee 7
himalayantsess: <2. == 2 cee 8
JADONICUSE 422s ae oe an oe ee 6
MAIMNIMOAUS ese ase Bose = Soe eee 10
IMeClANOSt!ChUSse = ass ee eae 8, 10
MOUCUTOL 2s sete ee Se aera es 8
PAC GEl tke Ma ee see eee os oer 8,9
raddelpleskel- == Res sen eee 8
DIZ6Walskcliy ses ee ocean 8
Wiis Meo ke eee 9
wulgaris:a2 222 koe oa oe 6
Bungarus caeruleus multicinctus--_---------. 94
Candids s22)0. 22 eee 94
MUU GICIN ChUS Hees aa a ee ee 94
Semifasclatusseas senor pee ae a= 94
buikilli, Rianass- 2 oo See es a 29
RPE ND ho tp spe 29

110

Cc Page

Cacopus systoma---------------------------- 17

caeruleus multicinetus, Bungarus------------ 94

Calamaria berezowskii-_---------------------- 92

quadrimaculata - ----------------- 91

septentrionalis____---.------------ $1, 92

@allila=e- =) ee eee 15

COLTMORe ne en ee ee ee eee 17

Oalohy laser ssee aan ae 15

candidus, Bungarus= _-----------------_--__- 94

@antonophisa = ssss2 = ane 7

practrontalis= == ee == eee 77

carinatus, Coryphodon---------------------- 87

caucasicus, Agkistrodon halys--------------- 95

eaudivolvulus, Phrynocephalus--_-_--_- 41, 42, 43, 44

chensinensis, Rana _------------- eee ae 20, 21

chinensis, Ablabes..------------------------ 64, 65

Amblycephalus _--=---------=-==--- 93

Cynops see 4

IDEN GINS. sees c= 79

MIM eCeS === = eee 46, 47, 48, 51

TElty eee 10

Tey DSLR ae ee 79

Oxyelossalimal === =e 33, 34

A oe ae ee ee 17

eSculentae- sees eee i7

Sibynophisise=s ssa see ae 66

collarist= heey. 232 64

TropidonotuSeees===—="=-———==— 68

chloris, Herpetodryas. ----------------------- 85

cinereus, Simotes---------------------------- 89

Cistuda trifasciata----------- +> EN TEE 103

collaris chinensis, Sibynophis_-------~-------- 64

Polyodontophisse=s==2———=—==—==————— 64, 65

Siby MOD NISS= = nea nanan __ 65

@olubersnomalusse seen ee 81

NCIS eee ee eee eee see eee eee 90, 91

Conspiciilaiis2es ass eee 84

TITEL GL Ss eee eee ees 84
MIPTOMAnsINal Us sees nen 87 -

THT GOLS AUS = see ee eee 80

SEIT TX al tse eee eee 81

Hip QubinOReee a eee oacereateea ees 83

VWaAlllanitios socsee opts ete ec san 83

conjunctus, Halonectes ---------------- aera 15

conspicillata, Elaphe - - ---------------------- 84

conspicillatus, Coluber -- -------------------- 84

@oronella violacé@e=ssess] se === = 89

Coryphodon carinatus.-..--.---------------- 87

Ghunine dessa s = ene 87

cruenta, Rana--_--------.-----------.-------- 19

Cryptobranchus maximus- ------------------ 3

GaGEs UhHaSCla lanes eno 103

cyanocincta, Disteira_----------------------- 94

WioselasiMaa-s--<—-es——— een 94

Cyclemys trifasciata_.--------------------- 103, 104

Cyclophis major___.------------------------- 84

Cynops chinensis---------------------------- 4

Damoniareavesiicess==—2 2-2 =e eee 103

tinicoloyss-2) se eee 103

Dasia smaragding-===2222--2=--==2"==="e==-— 93

davidiana, Sieboldia_------..---------------- 3

dennysi, Polypedates___-.------------------- 31

Rhacophorus=2--=-=2-=====--———--= 31

Dermodactylus pinchonii------.------------- 5

INDEX

Page
ahumnades, (Cory phodontessseeese==— eee 87
FR0CYS 43. eee 87, 88
Dinodon rufozonatums 2222s aa nee an een 89
dione, (blaphes 222222 4 eee 81, 82, 83
Diplopelmaornatuma sass. eee 11
pulchrume.:2 432. 2 =se ee 11
‘Disteira cyanocincta=-- 2. = =-- ee eee 94
Colle yarns, Olan ChUS =e. are ee 89
Gonide;: Liopeltis2=-=- 2-2 as--) ae 85
dorsalis; Pseudoxenodonic. == == see 75, 76
Tropid OnotUSs-aseee—-— eee 75
Gussumieri) Hurostuses 2s eee 80
By psinhin de = 80
E
Blaphe conspieillatas= =a. see ee 84
Gionen-- 2-2 ces eee eee 81, 82, 83
Mand aninuSes = a2=4- 2s — See 84
rufodorsata 2-2 3-2-5 =e eee 80
Schrenckaies ==. 2232 ee 3 eee ee eee 81, 82
GaeniUITS. 22a Se 82, 83
Biapoldesannul atusse es eee ee 90
elegans, “HTM eCeS = == ee se ee ee 45, 46, 51
TrimMeneSUnUS 9 a5- ee eee 101
emeljan Ovi, Ran aasss a ae- ec ene eee 26
mys amecacephalas.=-=as=— = —aa= =a eeea 102
TCOVCSI 222 oe eee eee a ae eee 103
SIN@nSIS. 22552 = soso Pee ce eee 102
trifasclatas--32-— = =< += 52 2- Se eeeee 104
PmbyGnris PeNNetW =n os eee 80
GHINENSIS == a=s=22-5--2- see eee 79
DIGI DCS sa ee ree 80
eTOMIAS ASUS safe ae. oo ee eee 63
brenehleyi=222=- 2. 222=. se ee ee 63
MIUlGLOCe Nata 2a = hoee ee ee 63
DIAN COS Sees ee 63
Oremita, |VELCro iy aes ee ese 11,12
esculenta chinensis, Rana------------------- zi
IR@NA con 2= secs Se oan ea 18
IBMIME COS 252 noe ee as ee eee ee eee 44,45
chinensis! == c= 5 se eee ae 46, 47, 48, 51
Cleans =e nae oa 45, 46, 51
latiscutatus=--=.—+<.5-—se = eee 51
Margin abUS == se == = ees 51
ekKiNCHSIS= --o 22-52-62 ae ee 49
BOUL CUE GUS es 45
quadrilineatuss:s--s—====== aaa 46
TUteSCONS=. 225-2622 == 2 = eee ae 45
SkilGonianus=— 2-22 =--see eee 46
BUN Pane eee ee ee 51
ManGhises Sele eee ae eee ee 45, 46, 51, 52
INU pre DIS pes) e ea 45
Wn rostiHs GQUSSUMNen = ane ee 80
F
fede sEvaNas2 20 e= ee eee ae een eee 25
fissipes, Microhyla----------------------- 12, 14,15
AAviceps, a aDalUNas= aan eee 38
flavipunctatum, Amphiesma_--------------- qa
formosanus, Holarchus---------------------- 89
frontalis, Phrynocephalus- --------------- 42, 43, 44
G
Gecko swinho@ls. == ee 36
Gekko japonicus- - ----------------------- 35, 36, 37
sSubpalmatus —--=-.222222222==" ==. -==— 35, 36
Swinhoniss—22--2-- =a ee eee 35, 36, 37

geminatus, Sibynophis
Geoclemys reevesli

gracilis, Rana
grahami, Microhyla

IPbnoxophrys=--- == se aa eee
gramineus, Erimeresurus-..- 2-25 252 2=_-—
SUENURENI An aes eee PEE 2 oes os

MY EUEXOTGOUU, INGLE ER ee a ae
LTO POGONOTUSH = Sap eaee a ae ae
irainanensis, SimOtes2= {eS 22a ae
MTSIONCCHCS So ee eek ee ee
halys, Agkistrodon
Halys blomhoffi
halys blomhoffi, Agkistrodon
brevicaudus, Agkistrodon_--_- 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
caucasicus, Agkistrodon
intermedius, Agkistrodon
handeli, Natrix
harti, Ophisaurus

Hemidactylus bowringii
Herpetodryas chloris
HeyINGNslVscrOhiylas oe eee ee eee 12,13

Tropidonotus
Holarchusdolleyanws= = - = ===" oss ate see

Homaiopsis buccatus
Hydrostentor pantherinus
Hyla arborea immaculata

SIM CTISISE See ee tee ee eee
BELA E VLU S eee a ene ea a eee

Hylaedactylus
Hylorana malabarica
Hynobius keyserlingii
Hypsirhina chinensis

immaculata, Hyla arborea
indicum, Lygosoma
indicus, Sphenomorphus
intermedius, Agkistrodon

Japalura fiaviceps-_ ==. ---= 2-5 =< eee

INDEX Eid

Page
65
103
103
28
13,15
39, 41
101
24

66, 68
68
89
15
15
94, 95
97

95, 96
95, 96
74
63
41
37
85

75
89
89
89
90
29
11
il
10
11
11
10
30
il
15

SSSSenRaaS

95, 96

106

38
38

Page
japonica. EvvilaraT bored. sea ee “s il
(RAN ate eeos oe ee ee err 19, 20, 22
japonicus:;OUlOs = ses ae Veen ere 6
@GekKore eo cece ee eae ee 35, 36, 37
Megalobatrachus_. —_--__22---_-=_ 3
Jerdonil, (achesises 2-22. aaa 101
“EFIMCreSURUS = a0 oS eee ee 101

K
Nealon ee ene ee ee 15
pulchraic2 2c =e eee 15, 17.
PUSTOL A on 2 ee ee saree ig
GOTRMIONI 02 oo soe Oa ee ae ay
Verrucosa~ 22. Shs ee 17
keyserlingit, Erynobiuis= 2222 = ee eee 4
KOrros) (Piyash-bs seat = es eet eee ens 86
ZIONS oe ea eee ee ee ee 86
RAT Ra eee ee ee ee 26, 27
kukunoris, Rana amurensis__-_.---_.---.---- 21

L
Wachesis ierdonil S55. = ee oe ee 101
WamMprosavnuoss-. 2. etaeyee Bena AN septs 45
laterale,,Leiolopismales2es25) 2 sa... - 52
Teevesi, Juyfosoma---4 4 52
lsteralisNatrix. = 32. Seer eae A ho 73, 74
LAtISCHTALUS wi) PIMC COS Sees ee ee 51
lstouchil, apino pisces eee ee 77
Iatrans WRan ay =a 8 so oe ae 26
Meiolopismalaterale_=——=- Baer eee 52
ibeptorhytaonea se ee 90
leucomystax megacephalus, Polypedates____- 20
Polypedates: =... 22 sen 30
Rhacophorussa 22 eae 30, 31
lima .chinensis,Oxyglossa- 22s eee 33, 34
Oxyelossus Sees ees 33
OXV 2075 20a ee ee ne 33
UAT ot ee ee ee 33
limmochaniswihvanae sass ee ee eee 27
isiepeltisidoriae-2% .Ssecee== =. Sen ee 85
Miopel vis iA Obs eee eae 84, 85
ioselasmacyanocincta.-=— sees eee 94
Lon Ficros aria sass kee ere ee ee 22
ludovicisO phishintis ses ee enna ae 64
TTY, COC GT ee ee eet eee ee Oe eee 90
SUiCuSe S85 See eae 91
TULOZONALUS aoe eee eee 89
SUDCINCtHHS == 2=- = = ee ee 90, 91
Lygosaurus pellopleurus_...._..-.-.-------_- 54, 55
SOWELD Vi Seenee eee eee eee 53
TV EOsOIMn a in GLctne eee eee ee 52
Jaterale:reevesile 2-4 os. se 52
TCC VeSiit wie s See tee no sec SEE 52

M
maackii; Amy dates ee eee 105
macrophthalmus. Tropidonotus -___________- 75
> Gye (0 0) ee ee Se ae 75
macrops, Pseudoxenodon_______.-____-__- 74, 75, 76
‘TDTOplGONOLUS 222s ae eee 74
maculatus, Anoplophallus___.....__-_______- 90, 91
IMepalOps see ssee nae ee eens 90, 91
PolypedatesSaee=- eee 30
unicolor, Polypedates_______.____ 30
miajor; A Dla beseee ene ee 84
Cyclophisst se, eee 3 84

Thi opelis ea te ea Me eee 84,85

112 INDEX
bage Page
malabarica, eoyloranale=s oss see se eee oe 240 Ophisaurus.s2) ai 22 ees eee ee 64
mammata, Aelurophryne__.-..--.-.---.----- 10 hartinté ed pses sa aes 64
MAMMAtus; Bulon salsa ss eee 10 ludovici=. ssh eS ee 64
mandarinus> Coluber seas ae eee eee, 84°] pOphites 222. S22 oss 552 Sse a 90:
Plaphe se eee 84 ‘| -orientalis; Bombings 2-235. 2) ees sae 6
IMALLINALUS. Pi IMeCes ae 51 Bombingtor-—— = eee 6
IMALEGUST RV ATG oe eae ao lp a Be er a 20 TSE OTe ese eats 9 re ee 3.
martensil, hrynoglossuss----2= ean ne 33 pyrrhogasters. 2st 222 4
IVEAStiCOp DIS == eer nae es es ee ee 86 VU TUGUTUS 5 3s a Se 3
Spinalis) eas as Lee ee 86) Pornata,, Microhylave seo ee eee 1L
maximus, Cryptobranchus-_--------..--_--. 312) KOCUALUM D110 POLI a ese a ee Il
Megalobatrachus_~_______.---_--- Bat OS ERIRELEUI eZ AOC yas eae 88.
megacephala, sb mySe oa eee ese 102!) Oxcy doz yc ae ease mai nl rer eee ee 33
megacephalum, Platysternon-_-_-----------_- 102 DENCCALA Oe: tee eee 33
megacephalus, Polypedates___..-..-.-.---=.- 30 Tier oe ae Cee = ST ee en ea 33
leucomystax_--- 30 | Oxyglossa lima chinensis -_________-__-_-_-__- 33, 34
Megalobatrachus japonicus-_-_------------.- Bil Oxy elossisme sn te ee oe 33.
IAEA Se eee SP Oxyvelossuse cre es ee ee ee 33
Wer alOchilers sss ss neaeyw sera nes Sen eeee eee 41 Le rn ae LOE ay 33
SWE LO YO EA ESS Se ge ae AA OXY 2079 200) iri ee 33
IME ralOpSMMACHAtHS=— = setae Seen eee ee 90, 91
MelLANOSHELUS | BIO= = ae eee ee 8, 10 P
meridionalis, Tachydromus_____._-.----.L=-- 55, 56 :
Takydromus sexlineatus______- 55 | Pachytriton----- RR ee ee £
NiicrodiscoDUS== ~~ <220-- = ae ene Te eee 3 brevipes_.-.-------------------- 4,6
SUMATaNUS= === = eee 33 palmata, Hyla____- Sone nae Ca a 30
Wiicrohyla.erentita-- =. 2-2 = pa ae 11, 12 pantherina, Rana tigrina -.--.--------------- =
fiscipag ee ida ima 12, 14, 15 pantherinus, Hy drostentons--= 29
grahami oe. 2 Se a ga S 13, 15 es Ce Ricdin eile a NAL eae! -
Teepe enter ta oy ae aaa 12,13 DAVITMEM EATS aS Cla CUS eae een ee ae ree 45.
Re Rio Ste RENT ga rf peguense, Plat ystennonncs 25222 =e ees 102
Seep gece aed 14 pekinensis, IUMECCES f= Soe ae ee eee 49
Wiolgespyrrbogastraa . > See! ee ao 4 reoe A EO LAA HOE ACERT ESI B
: pellioti, :Zamenise =a) se — ee ee 83.
mucrosquamatus, Trimeresurus --___-____- 109, 101
multicinctus, Bungarus__.._......_--...---. gg | Pellopleurus, Lygosaurus -.------------------ 54, 55.
CaErleiae beeeieee 94 percarinata, Natrix-.....-.---..- 66, 67, 68, 70, 71, 72
minitifasciatus, Simotes....-4.- | -- aacusaens gg | Perearinatus, Tropidonotus____-------------- 71
mit ltiocelltaskireniase ee ae ee 63} © hoxophrys--.---.- TETOaW as a a Tae 2
STahamiie sess s =e ee ka oe eee 39, 41
N GUbeLCulat a === == eee ee ee 39, 41
INajiamalaatra sate aes cule reel 93) | (ey OCe DNAS ae ee eee 41
INVA ETEK See tee as ee de cre 67 caudivolvulus ------_- 41, 42, 43, 44
Aequitasciatasse= = se ek ee 69, 71 frontalis --------~-—=—~_—_ 42, 43, 44
annularis__.----------- 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72 potanini__-.__..---.---.---- £2, 43.
GS DELTITN A Sat eee ae ete Se iy ||) Wsivady OSC -— eee ee 33
Habyener ae een eon ieee as 66, 68 PHACLCUSU =o ame e eco ee 33
TY erhGeLi ee Le aac rae emg ee Tq eDATyNOldes, Randa - ae asenaen enna a n-ne 25.
Tater alicnitwc sec n etd hier Ceasar ieerere aye! 73,74 | Phrynosaurus - ---------------------_-____-.- 41
PTTL isthe ee ell yen tech cee eI 72,73 | Pictus, PlectropuSs2- == -lecesen cae eee 15.
perearinata___--_--------- 66, 67, 68, 70, 71, 72 | Pinchonii, Batrachuperus___----------------- 5
ISGALG Es dco ree seein ees 66, 67, 68, 72 Dermodactylus-__---.------------ 5
STOLA Tee ane ace pn pet pu eae ay || PDISCALOn ; N&Un kee = aoe sneer e eeee 66, 67, 68, 72
Hiprin ae cceini ed etre diee nee ee 73 Tropid ONOLIS=s=56e. soe ee eee 27
Taf ernlisn eral ate ele nay DIAN Cy, ieee ee eee ee ee 18
tigrinns a eis Ba ee 7. planiceps, Eremias- - +. 2224222222222. 22-22 63
nigromachlatay Rand=] 2022-2 soe 17,18 Platysternon -------------------------------- 102
nigromarginatus, Coluber_--.--------------- 87 megacephalum___-------------- 102
LAGS ee 87, 88 DG MENS Gas eee eee 102
TOWECELOL IB U1 aren ee ee eee ee 8 Platysternum aie ween aren an nn nnn enn nes 102
TLPLC Hea Tiss, eINV en Bees eee ee 72,73 megacephalum-__------------- 102
Trirhinopholis.-_.-------------- 77, 78,79 | Plectropus...-.------------------------------ 15
RTOpIG OO LIS meses eee ee 72 pictus-__.------------------------ 15
Pleistod0n. 22223. 3 eee ee ee 44
0 pleskei, Bufo raddel-se2 ees 2 ee 8
Ocadia‘sinensisht Hee A ee 102 Ranas) cos Se eee Ae 10
omeimontis, Polypedates_.......-..--------- S15!|: pPlestiodoniete ee ee eee eas 44
Ophielaps braconnieri --__---- ane 26 MER ENS 79:14 Plistodom2¢2 -2212224e 0 ee 45

INDEX 118

Page Page

plumbea;-Enhydris 224 -. Birnie ae eae 80 | “Ranasphrynoidesss22 sas ee IS EE Be ay

IEG y Sint See oo oe fee ee beens 80 PLAN Gy ese ee EAS ADT Ste 18

Polyodontophis bistrigatus____...________-_- 65 pleskel= So A) Se SM I 10

COM arise eT 64, 65 Ticket tis Se ee eee ae

subpunetatus* 2222s. = == 65 TUP OSE Se 522 ase ae eee eee 24, 29

Poly pedatesisacs= 5 eee a 29 TUG OSA et See See ee ee 25, 28

Gennysic So AMEE 31 SPingsH sts es ee een se ee ese 26

leveoniystaxele. eae 30 SVIValiCas soe. 2 seen ee pee ee 22

megacephalus_ ___- 30 GCM POTALA s. = - 2a oe 19, 20

THA CUIAGUS 2 ee 30 ASIALI CA 225s ee ee

unicolors_ sees 30 tibetan: aul rere Aled xiii was epee Rano

megacephalus- ===) Use 30 tigeritiaes se. f= abs ee eee 28

Omeimontiss= sae ee eee 31 TETIN Dees ees a ora ee ee 29

potanini, Phrynocephalus_-____._.____.__--- 42,43 DUK TS Ss se ae See 29

praefrontalis, Cantonophis__...__...____----- 77 pantherinas 2. 22 =ssa2 4 pa = 29

przewalskii, Bufo raddei__._._._.__---------- 8 Wittigerac2 222225 s2oc scene lk cece ek 29

Psammodynastes pulvervlentus____________- $3 VUTINAN CUSIS=— oo aoe ae 25

Psammophisischokari__. 22225 24 bi | RG) |p meevesil, (Wamonia= 2225 222 se. ee eee 103

PESCU OREM GOT s eae to eee 14 ESN See 103

dorsaliss 2. Dense A 75, 76 Geoclemys:—- 22-2 --2- 222 canto 103

Ma Crops wee 74, 75, 76 Wy SOS OWS een ee eee eee 52

Sinensigee este fb . i laterales Sess aee se sues 52

SINONSIS oss oe Sy 75, 76 MNICOOT, Dy AIMOnigea= ss se eee 103

Pty dopkcorros eee a sR el) RR 86 Geoclemys==2=s=222=-ao=- = 103

ul chivas Kealou lessee as eens eee Mgt COO OPES eee eee eee 29

pulchrum, Diplopelma.--__...-------------- 11 Ibnaten) 232s == eee meee 30, 31

pulverulentus, Psammodynastes___________- 93 SC tee 31

MuUNnclatus HUM e6CeSras 2=s 22. see ee 45 leucomystax_------------------ 30, 31

pyrrhorastra; Molees.- === ase PAA HCG Uy karat hee 23

Pyxidemys trifasciata__..........--_------.- 103 | rufescens, Achalinus------------------------- 79

WimMeChses 2s sees See ere eee 45

G SUTIN CHIS eat eee oer mn eeee 45

quadrilineatus, Eumeces_-__._._._.--------- 4g | rufodorsata, Elaphe--------...-------------- 80

quadrimaculata, Calamaria__.._______------- gi | Tufodorsatus, Coluber-___------------------- 80

THIfOZONACIT DIN OG ONe = a- so sas. a eee ee $9

R PULGOZOUAGUS sy COG ONas= eae ae eee 89

raddcieButote seen te ede ou S91) sietiens, Kealoul a een n ee non 16

pleskelvBufo=s.a-ateemenen. 8s Ee Si Mecsas aan eee eee 24, 29

PrZewalskiivBulos.ss see ee ae § || rugulosa, Rama ooo anes 2 25, 28
Hanavadenopleura:» -==-2- 222.22. 2/ Sek 23 s

ATIUTONSIS = So we) = eas ba os 20, 21

ARIMEENSIS" + selma erate 21 SACCOSLOM Ae. see ee ee eee ee ne 41

eukOnOtisses dee oe a eh g1 | Salamandrella keyserlingii-__._-.____..-._--- 4,5

ATV ALIS esr eme enh He ee le ARYL |. 20 SIMONI SI St eee ns ee are 5

asiaticas joo at Senne Mier 19, 20,22 | sauteri, Takydromus- -------_--------------- 81

hachity ana ae ee ee Toa WsschlegelilteAinyd a= 2-2 een een ee 105, 106

oulenceriee a eee Se NS Sn ee DEH ESCHOKARI eS CRIT OP) HIS pee aes ee ee ere 86

Thani ee 99} | uschrenckil, Coluber. 22 a2. bona een 81

ehensinensis-...- ees 20, 21 Wa phees tt ase moe eee ean es 81,82

Ghinensiss... ec acer eae te ed TA encincus pavaimentatuss —-2-—-s-s---2--- == 45

GEHOKIL ae: cere reise Ds 19 TUTESCENS = oe ao co eee eae 45

OIRGH ATO VIM Se. Se 26 | semifasciatus, Bungarus---.-..--.----------- 04

CSCO IE Ace en ear ae ee 18 Bimotes=- = 22-22 se 89

ehinensise: . semesemn ee 17 Tropidonetus==—---——-=-e-=-=— 68

FA oes st gee IE EPI I 25 | septentrionalis, Calamaria__._..----.------.- 91,92

PaCS eel 28 Naky @romus= a2. cep eee 57, 58

guentheri in 24 | sexlineatus meridionalis, Takydromus-_----_-- 55

Japonicas- = 25 ae eee MR ee 19, 20, 22 Tachy dromus- 2.222 so3e--<-s2-=== 55

BI pc ee OE 26, 27 Tak-y dromus eee eon ae 61

RAtPARS oye eee oe Oe 261 eSibynophis: 22-22 52253222 a ne 65

BUS ss os ode ae a ae 33 Chinensis:) 2328s ae es ee 66

dimnoeharis- <2 = 2-5 See es 27 collaris= 2.2552 tcc eee eceeaty 65

JONGICHHS ow Re es 22 chinengisa- ase cea 2 5 64

MBALCORSI peta 5 Se 20 ReminaLus: =.=! bees So ate 65

migromacHlatas cscs sso SSeeee wud ee 17,18 Ssnbpunctattes2ccs tes Sess oct ee 65

9118—25f+——8

114 INDEX

Page Page
Sieboldiaidavidiana S.-i eee 3 | Takydromus sexlineatus__...-.......-...--.. 61
sikkimonsis, Tropidonotus____-....---------- 75 meridionalis_.___.- 65
Rilvatica Wand 222.2526 22 ee 22 Sniaragdingsi ee eae 61
Simotesicinereus2 22. 22s 2 eee 89 tachydromoidess=2ase sess 61
hainanensis 2229 ee- ate eee 89 Woltérinssds Seok eee 61
multifasciatus ee ees $9.5) Maninophists sees se saan se 11
semifasciatus ener non ---------------- 89 1atouCchil as See ee eee 17
ee Sa a temporaria asiatica, Rama___---.-.---------- 19
sinensis “A blabeseco cn 64 ee oa ae
linac nee Oe 34 terrapene trifasciata 2222 sss eae eee 103
sherri hpieales So kp Oe 104, 106 Tetragonosoma Pao eas a sb eL eee 90
tibetana,; Rana: 3232.28 ee eee ae 24, 25
Batrachtiperus: oe eae nana 5, 6 , eI
Perper sia oe ep a a ee 102 tibetanus, ‘Agkistrodon224222 22 ee 98
tigerina;, Rana 22 een eee eee 28
Eylalarbored os eae = 10 eae a
Aypsithing. cee 80 tigrina bunk Rana! ease eee eee 29
Gendarme Da bee ee 102 lateralis Natrix= == sees ee 73
Pscudoxenodons ea eee 75,7 Natrix...---------------------------- 73
LAT Arr lees 5 pantherina, Rang] 92s 29
skiltonianus, Eumeces_____------------------ 46). _ Rama-_...----------------------------- 29
SMALAr dina wy asia e ete ee re ee ee 93 tigrinum, Amphiesma Sat Senses Soca 73
smaragdinus, Takydromus.--__........------- 61 tigrinus, N atrix BTSs SESS SSS Snes ate 74
SOWELD Yi VP OSRULUS Sane nono se ee eee 53 aE! Tropidonotus--..------------------- 73
Miterphy lateral wir sateen! Age | pbOEtert,) Call ull eeee ene eee 17
BPUSCOCES ea nee ne cae oan ee eee 90 f Kaloula__..--.---------------------- 7
mbhahiscasles oo mano tenemos 90 trifasciata;Cistuds= 3-22.22 eee 103
Sphenomorphus indicus __...__.-.----------- 52 Cuora--~.----------------------- 103
spinalis\A(chalinuss sacs ae teen eee 79 Cyclemys---------------------- 103, 104
Mastenghig sts ete tees 86 ee ae
Paine en ene ea ae 86 Py xi demiyss- = 2 = eee eee 103
SpINOSA, Ran Qe oe oe ee eee 21 . , Terrapene...--------------------- 103
aplondidaganatani 220i ft ee 38 trifasciatus, Stermothaenus=5 2.8 eee eee 103
ate nhoate teint te ty ee ee ee il Trimeresurus elegans arte Se) oe 2 ok Ree en 101
Peas I tete 2 he ene il PraMines:jeseo = ee 101
Sternothaerus trifasciatus_____.______----___- 103 jerdonii---.------------------- os
BEGIMERMINGRE CTE om ene ee nn 3 mucrosquamatus____-.-.--.- 100, 101
SLOLAtUIS np ErOpIGONOLUS= = en =n ea eee = 73 eh _xanthomelas Doar eee pate a
Strauchi, Agkistrodon—_=_---.._-__-_-. 95, 96, 98, 99 Trirhinopholis Jee RTE eee se Pear 3 78 a
AMCIStrOd ON ssh aos eee 98 Ser Snr ae Oe Map 7?
Styanieecrirhinopioligeseesns sees 7%, 78 2 } ae ae
subcinctus, ycodon=: = 25 ee 99, 91 Triton brevip ee IG he aiieea Ga al .
subpalmatus, Gekko_.._.......-.----.------ 35, 36 eee aera: ca ea ee
subpunctatus, Polyodontophis-_-_-________-_- 65 ; pyrrhogaster orientalis. —_--—-—------- S
Sibynophis--e sss aoe eee 65 “UULEUEE Se SREP AIO Ae Oe eee Oe Tn ee p
sumatranus, Microdiscopus__...-.----------- 33 2 orientalis ——--- dik Rie? int syrah aS} :
mre fern Cice tetany eee 3g | Tropidonotus annularis_.------------------- 68
. GIAO TSd ns Se oe 89 chinensis woe pcot ae ie SS 68
Bwinhol PAD AITA=2 22526 eae eee eee een = 38 dorsalis- aT Scone ayy eee ail aa
swinkionis, Gekko... 21.8 35, 36, 37 Dee eee &
Sistatss haute eo ee 89 himalayanusS-.-.sessseee eee 75
OAC pu eueenecebog 72 macrophthalmus.-_-......----- 75
mylvatics,; Wang. 22-2252 = ee noe 22 mactops MAE Pied ces oa. ze
‘SVSCOINAs WACODUS 22 se-o sooo tae = serene meee 17 SERRE a ee ea) en ee ia
percarinatus. 2 -. oes ee 71
7 piscator=.22%2-A4e eS eee 72
tachydromoides, Takydromus------.-------- 61 semifasciatus.---------------~ 68
Tachydromus amurensis___-.---------------- 58, 61 sikkimensis--.---------------- %
moridionalis. 20222. 4L 55, 56 stolatus -.._..-..-------------- 73
= septentrionalis_)-_2-2.2_-...-- 57 swinhonis__------------------- 72
, Soxlineatus/ eee eee 55 tigrinus -_-..------------------ 78
taeniurus, Ooluber ._.-..---_---.-------_---- 83 lateralis._..-.--------- 73
Bela phieniceoe 0. eee) 82,83 | tuberculata, Phoxophrys__..-..-------------- 39, 41
Takydromus amurensis____.....-..-..------- 58 | tunganus, Eumeces___.-.-------------------- _ ot
intermedius____...--_- 57, 58, 59, 61,62 | Typhlops bramineus--....--.-.-------------- 64
saxuterls25- ee ae 61 PramMinws22 25225202" oe eee 64

scptentrionalis................. 675,58) | Mt ytleria. en te ek ae eee eee 90

INDEX ality

U Page x Page
unicolor, Damonia reevesi-_.--.-------------- LOS xanthise Wimecessseeseea sess seen aan 45, 46, 51, 52
Geoclemys reevesii__.-..------.---- 103 | xanthomelas, Trimeresurus__......-..------- 101
Polypedates maculatus___..---.-.-- 30 | Xenodon macrophthalmus_-_...--..---.------ wo:
ussuriensis, Hyla arborea_...---.------------ 11
v Y
Vaillanti: Ooluberie cos -6 <2 22s eae ease ae Soi | yunnanensis wap aluriesss seee sce a ee ne 38
WOrrucosa,, Kalomlals= 922 22 2252 aoe 17 RNa ne oe eee 25
wiolacea,|COoronelia=s <2" = a= = see sean 89
violacetis; EtolarchuS):2-=e so see see eae 89 Z
es eam ry |e at
are Mellioties seule es Sulla eee 83
WIttIPera pitaNa Ss oe eee oe eee eee eee 29 vane
vulgaris, Bufo 6 SDT on nnn nnn 2s
Ney aC aeRO 1 cea aT Toe A Zaocys dhummadesfes = seen ee eae eeaes 87, 88
WwW nivromareinatus 2 ~- =e en eens 87, 88
Wollerin-LakyGromusss- =e peso See 61 Ot aie oat ee 2 eee 88

eee

Siete
wires ae eae

oc
adie pau sos med 6 Oe re cere AY
ro ae 04 Me Boe

6 Bae ep ned mat dems ene ae *
ee i, diay ee c ie

¢ CARAS A eee Re
Sy te . b
PET a a is

burn shee tlhe eowrrs

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF REMAINS OF FOSSIL POR-
POISES OF THE GENUS EURHINODELPHIS IN NORTH
AMERICA

By Remineton Ketioce

Of the Bureau of Biological Survey,
United States Department of Agriculture

Tertiary porpoises with very long beaks, whose distal extremities
are edentulous, have been known to science since 1867. Prof. E. D.
Cope described a porpoise of this kind from the Miocene of Charles
County, Maryland, under the name of Rhabdosteus latiradizx.}

On December 17, 1867, Viscount DuBus? read a paper before the
Royal Academy of Sciences of Belgium in which similar porpoises
from the Black Crag formation of the Antwerp basin were described
and named L’urhinodelphis. The skulls of the European forms were
subsequently more or less fully described by Van Beneden, Gervais,
and others. Finally, in 1901, 1902, and 1905, these forms were
studied more thoroughly by Professor Abel,? and his monographs
were accompanied by satisfactory illustrations. In the spring of
1907 F. W. True discovered a nearly complete skull of one of these
long-beaked dolphins in the Miocene clay at Chesapeake Beach,
Maryland, and subsequently William Palmer collected three im-
perfectly preserved skulls in the Calvert Cliffs, at points a few miles
below Chesapeake Beach. No vertebrae were found associated with
any of the skulls mentioned above. Hence the discovery of a fine
skull and lower jaws in association with 16 vertebrae, 10 ribs, a
humerus, scapula, and sternum by Norman H. Boss in August, 1918,
has supplied some much-needed information regarding the skeleton.
The acquisition of this material confirms the occurrence of the genus
Eurhinodelphis in North American Miocene formations.

1Cope, E. D., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia [vol. 19], pp. 132, 145, Mar. 10,
1868, and Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, ser. 2, vol. 6, p. 91, 1868; True, F. W.,
Remarks on the fossil cetacean Rhabdosteus latiradix Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, pp. 24-29, text figs. 1-3, pl. 6, Apr. 22, 1908.

2DuBus, B., Sur quelques Mammiféres du Crag d’Anvers, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci.
Belgique, ser. 2, vol. 24, p. 569, 1867 (1868).

3 Abel, O., Les dauphins longirostres du Boldérien (Miocéne supérieur) des environs
d’Anvers, Mem. Mus. roy. d’hist. nat. de Belgique, Bruxelles, pt. 1, vol. 1, pp. 1—95, pls.
1-10, text figs. 1-17, 1901; pt. 2, idem, vol. 2, pp. 101-188, pls. 11-18, text figs. 18-20,
1902; Les Odontocétes du Boldérien (Miocéne supérieur) d’Anvers, idem, vol. 3, pp.
1-155, text figs. 1-27, 1905.

No. 2563.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 26.
9119—25——1 1

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Besides these skulls, several mandibles and numerous vertebrae,
ribs, and limb bones, which are referable with little doubt to this
genus have been obtained at this and other points in Maryland and
Virginia. As Professor Abel’s* promised description of the verte-
brae, and other parts of the skeleton of the European species of the
genus Lurhinodelphis has not yet appeared, a full comparison of
these parts is not possible at present, but from such figures and
records as have been published it is evident that a few of the Ameri-
can forms can be safely referred to the genus Hurhinodelphis, includ-
ing not only those obtained from the Calvert cliffs, but also some of
the vertebrae and other parts of skeletons described during the last
half of the nineteenth century by Leidy, Cope, and other American
writers. From the vertebrae at present available for study, two
courses present themselves for the treatment of the material. One
can follow Abel and state that there is a wide range of individual
variation in corresponding vertebrae or adopt the view of Leidy and
Cope that each type represents a different species.

The types of the American species already described by Cope and
Leidy, under the names of Pr%scodelphinus, Ixacanthus, Delphinap-
terus, Tretosphys, and Belosphys, the majority of which are in the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, necessarily demand at-
tention. Since these latter consist almost exclusively of vertebrae,
the question of generic and specific allocation is still an extremely
difficult one. Many years ago Du Bus® attempted to meet this diffi-
culty by assigning certain European forms to the American genus
Priscodelphinus, but his material consisted entirely of skulls, while
the various American species were described exclusively from verte-
brae. This association did not, therefore, remove the difficulty but
rather increased it. It is, of course, probable that the same species
frequented both the European and the American shores of the
Miocene ocean, but this can not be taken for granted, for it is known
that certain existing species of porpoises are peculiar to Kuropean
waters and others to American waters. Until further material is
obtained at the type locality for Priscodelphinus harlini® some un-
certainty will exist as to the proper allocation of this genus. .An im-
perfect posterior dorsal vertebra represents all that is definitely
known concerning the type species of this genus. Leidy reports that

*Abel, ©O., Presentation, avec explications justificatives, d’une reconstruction de
l’Eurhinodelphis, Dauphin longirostre du Boldérien des environs d’Anvers, Bulletin
Société de Belge de Géologie, Paleont., et d’Hydrol, Bruxelles, vol. 20, Proces Verbal,
pp. 1638-166, 1906; Cetaceenstudien. I. Mitteilung: Das Skelett von Hurhinodelphis
Cocheteuxi aus dem Obermioziin yon Antwerpen, Sitzungsber. K. Akad. Wiss. mathem.-
naturw. KI1., Wien, vol. 118, pt. 1, pp. 241-253, pl., March, 1909.

5 Du Bus, B., Mammiféres nouveaux du Crag d’Anvers, Bull. Acad. Roy. Soc. Belgique,
Bruxelles, ser. 2, vol. 34, p. 492, 1872. :

6 Leidy, J., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 5, pp. 326—327, 1851 [figured by
Harlan, R., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, ser. 1, vol.4, p. 232, pl. 14, fig. 1, 1824.]

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—-KELLOGG 3

this vertebra was discovered in the green sand at Mullica Hill, New -
Jersey. Other vertebrae from Shiloh, New Jersey, have been as-
signed to this species.

According to the practice of Cope and others whereby generic and
specific names were given to very fragmentary and incomplete re-
mains of fossil cetaceans, the opportunities for setting up new genera
and species for variations in structural modifications of vertebrae
were practically unlimited. Since many of the genera and species
erected by Cope and Leidy were based upon parts other than skulls,
it has been very difficult to correlate or allocate the material, save in
a few instances. The collection which forms the basis for this study
comprises a number of porpoises with skulls and associated vertebrae.
In studying this material it became evident that a number of well
known genera of fossil cetaceans were present in the Chesapeake em-
bayment during the Miocene epoch, some of which have not been
reported previously. A preliminary study of this material in con-
junction with the types of the previously described porpoises in the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has convinced the
writer that many of the Cope and Leidy types can not be allocated
until associated skeletons of all the fossil cetaceans for which skulls
are known are found.

Since Cope was practically the sole investigator of fossil pelagic
mammals in North America at the time of his death, it was un-
fortunate that no one came forward to carry on this work. Hence
interest in the problems involved lapsed. It was not until the Mary-
land Geological Survey began preparation of a series of reports to
illustrate the natural resources of that State that any further in-
terest was shown in the pelagic mammals of the Chesapeake em-
bayment. When this series of reports was planned it was found ad-
visable to secure the services of a number of specialists, and the
pelagic mammals were allotted to Prof. E. C. Case. In the section
of the report which deals with the Miocene, Case’ described a frag-
mentary skull and associated mandibles as Priscodelphinus (?%)
crassangulum. A few years later, True® concluded that this form
belonged in the genus Schizodelphis. In 1912° True published a de-
tailed account of the skull and associated skeleton of Delphinodon
dividum. 'This was the first account of a fairly complete fossil ceta-
cean skeleton obtained from the Calvert formation. Following this
publication, renewed interest was taken in the Calvert Miocene, and

* Case, E. C., Miocene Text, Maryland Geol. Surv., Baltimore, pp. 12-13, pl. 11, 1904.

* True, F, W. Smithson. Mise. Coll. (Quart. Is.). vol. 50, pt. 4, Publ. 1782, pp. 449-460,
pls. 69-70, 1908.

® True, F. W., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, ser. 2, vol. 15, pp. 165-194, pls.
17-26, 1912.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

as a result William Palmer and Norman H. Boss, devoted a con-
siderable portion of their personal time to the exploration of the
Calvert exposures on the western shore of the Chesapeake Bay. Mr.
Palmer was fortunate enough to collect a number of very interesting
skulls. To Mr. Boss should be given credit not only for the discovery
of some very valuable specimens, but also for the diligence and skill
he has shown in the preparation of the specimens for study and
exhibition.

Recent observations have shown that a number of the genera and
species erected by Cope are not distinct types and that those forms
which occur in the Calvert Miocene do not necessarily belong to dif-
ferent genera from those which are found in some of the Upper
Miocene deposits of Europe. While several investigators have ad-
duced much evidence to show that most of those cetaceans which in-
habit oceans south of the Equator never enter the waters north of it,
no one as yet has been able to satisfactorily explain why certain
forms that frequent the European side of the Atlantic Ocean might
not also be found on the North American coast as well. On this
subject much remains as yet to be investigated, but the occurrence
of Eurhinodelphis, Schizodelphis, Squalodon, etc., in the Calvert
formation indicates that the same genera and possibly the same
species frequented both sides of the Atlantic Ocean. It is possible
that actual comparison and acquisition of more complete specimens,
especially from deposits in northern Germany and Denmark, may
supply some much needed information.

As the distribution of the Cetacea appears to be dependent upon
the presence of an adequate food supply and as the organisms which
form their food are dependent either directly or indirectly upon
temperature, it is evident that those cetaceans which feed upon
tropical or subtropical organisms would not be present in waters
where temperate or arctic conditions prevailed. Hence in making
comparisons between faunas and in attempting to correlate de-
posits in which pelagic mammals occur some allowance must be
made for possible differences in climatic conditions. According
to Dr. W. H. Dall” the Chesapeake series should be compared with
the Miocene of north Germany, Belgium, and Denmark rather than —
with the more tropical Miocene of southern Europe. The tem-—
perature of the Chesapeake embayment, however, was considered to —
have been warmer than at present. The fauna represented is in- )
dicative of a temperate climate, thus differing from the boreal and —
subtropical faunas now present on the ante coast.

mere W. H., Miocene Text, Maryland Geological Survey, Baltimore, pp. cxlix, |
el. ‘

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 5

The sedimentary record of the Calvert formation has been dis-
cussed by Shattuck in an article entitled “ The Geology of Calvert
County,” from which the following is quoted:

The close of the Nanjemoy epoch was marked by an elevation of the region
which brought the Eocene deposits above the ocean and exposed them to a
prolonged attack of erosion. After the region had suffered extensively from
the work of waves and rivers, it waS again submerged beneath the ocean and
the material composing the Calvert formation were deposited. As the Miocene
sea advanced little by little on the sinking surface of the mainland, the waves
caught up and reworked the clays and greensands of the various Hocene beds.
The more obdurate fossils of the Eocene survived in a great measure the
erosive work along the old Miocene shore and were carried out and deposited
in deeper water. They may now be seen reworked in the basal member of
the Calvert formation. The old shore line of the Miocene sea which was
formed during the Calvert epoch of sedimentation has nowhere been preserved
in Maryland, but the materials which composed the Calvert formation in this
county were deposited in seas of moderate depth in which an abundance of life
was present, as is shown by remains of diatoms and the extensive beds of
fossil mollusks. The remains of whales and other cetaceans show that these
vertebrates abounded in the ocean, and the discovery of a bone belonging to a
gannet indicates that birds existed along the near-by shores. This particular
form doubtless sought its food in the sea as the modern fishing gannets do at
the present time.

The Calvert epoch was brought to a close by the elevation of the region once
more above the level of the ocean. A period of erosion followed which was
probably of short duration and closed with the depression of the region again
beneath the sea. Then followed the deposition of the Choptank and St. Mary’s
formations, in which conditions similar to those just described for the Calvert
were repeated.

In spite of the process of erosion that must have been going on for
a considerable period, remarkable exposures of the Calvert forma-
tion exist to-day along the western shore of the Chesapeake Bay.
These cliffs, which extend along the western shore of the Chesapeake
Bay from Chesapeake Beach southward to the mouth of the Pa-
tuxent River, a distance of about 35 miles, consist mainly of clays
belonging to the division of the Maryland Miocene known as the
Calvert formation. This area has been very carefully examined and
described by the Maryland Geological Survey which has published
a full account of the characteristics of the several superimposed
strata or zones and of the molluscs contained in each.

It is a comparatively easy matter, therefore, to locate quite exactly
the relative position of the various cetacean bones found in the cliffs.
The Calvert cliffs have long yielded specimens of different species
of toothed and whalebone whales, the former belonging to several
different families and genera.

Near the base of zone 10 and in zone 4 oysters are present in large
numbers. From this it would appear that a barrier beach had been

11 Shattuck, G. B., Calvert County, Maryland Geological Survey, Baltimore, pp. 106—
107, 1907.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

formed during each of these sedimentation intervals which shut off
a portion of the sea bed, and in consequence brackish water condi-
tions prevailed. Aquatic vegetation would thus gain a foothold and
afford favorable environmental conditions for sirenians. The occur-
rence of crocodiles (Zhecachampsa?) and the soft-shelled turtle
(7rionyx) would also suggest that extensive lagoons were present
in the Chesapeake embayment. Only a few scattered bones of
sirenians have been found during the past 15 years, and this in turn
suggests that these mammals were far from being plentiful. In time
the barrier bars would advance landward and the lagoons would be
gradually filled up with sediments. Complete skeletons of the
smaller dolphins have been found above and below the zones which
contain shells of oysters. This shows that the ocean tides had free
access to these areas during such periods of sedimentation, and that
the bluish clay in which they were embedded was laid down in quiet
water some distance from land. The presence of certain river dol-
phin types related to 7nia and Platanista tend to confirm the ex-
istence of a vast estuary in the present Chesapeake embayment.
Almost all of the specimens of the larger cetaceans show either the
action of surf waves or the presence of strong currents; the parts of
the skeletons are widely scattered and associated vertebrae are of
rare occurrence.

After a careful detailed study of the skulls of Hurhinodelphis in
the National Museum, I am unable to satisfy myself that any one of
them is identical specifically with any of the European species,
though it is not unlikely that such identity may be established later.

Although there are a few more alveoli in the maxillae, these
skulls show a closer agreement with H'urhinodelphis longirostris, the
smallest species known from the Antwerp Basin, than with any of
the others. The shape and relations of the anterior extremities of
the palatines, the depth and proportions of the braincase, the width
of the raised surface between the longitudinal furrows on the eden-
tulous portion of the rostrum, and the direction of the basicranial
axis are very similar. The differences pointed out in the descrip-
tions of these specimens seem to have sufficient weight to justify the
application of another specific name to the Calvert Miocene porpoise.

Professor Abel’s description’? of the family Eurhinodelphidae
and its single genus H'urhinodelphis is as follows:

Family EHURHINODELPHIDAE

Rostrum excessively elongated, occupying in one case (H'urhino-
delphis longirostris) nine-elevenths of the length of the skull; bones
of the rostrum very delicate; premaxilla strongly attenuated, form-

12 Abel, O., Mem. Mus. roy. d@’hist. nat. de* Belgique, Bruxelles, vol. 3, pp. 117-119,
1905.

ART, 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—-KELLOGG 7

ing by itself, in Lurhinodelphis longirostris, much more than half of
the rostrum; in Lurhinodelphis cocheteuxi it is, on the other hand,
shorter than the rostral portion of the maxilla. Skull resembling
that of the Ziphioids, either slightly convex (Hurhinodelphis coche-
teuxi, . longirostris) or with a transverse crest (Hurhinodelphis
cristatus) .

Maxilla and mandible, alone, bear teeth; maxilla with 87 to 60
conical teeth, single rooted in each maxilla; premaxilla edentulous,
with a rudimentary alveolar gutter, with sharp borders, which ex-
tends to the anterior extremity of the rostrum. It is not certain that
the lower jaw extends the whole length of the rostrum; per-
haps it was shorter (as in /chthyosaurus longirostris); in any
case, the symphysis of the lower jaw is very long, and the mandible
is furnished with conical teeth, very close together, and single rooted.

Lachrymal free, separated from the jugal by a suture; but with
age sometimes ankylosed with it. Olfactory foramina are large.
Supraorbital arch convex. Maxillae, above the orbits, especially in
Eurhinodelphis cristatus, very thick (more in the male than in the
female ?). Mesethmoid ossified for a small portion of its length, as
in the Delphinoids; vomerine canal broad and closed above by the
closely approximated premaxillae. Nasals very small, very variable
in form, generally oval. Frontals usually contracted at the vertex,
forming a narrow band, but sometimes entirely covered by the
supraoccipital, which projects forwards strongly, and the nasals
which are deeply embedded posteriorly; parietals always covered on
the vertex of the skull.

The form of the different bones of the skull, especially the squa-
mosal, varies greatly in different individuals.

All the cervical vertebrae are free. The atlas with the surfaces for
articulation with the occipital condyles sometimes extended into
wings on the external borders and having two superimposed trans-
verse processes. Axis with a strong odontoid process and, on each
side, a very strong imperforate transverse process. Centra of the
succeeding cervical vertebrae, either thin, or very thick (Lurhino-
delphis longirostris, Priscodelphinus grandaevus).

Thoracic vertebrae 10 or 11; the 8 anterior ones bearing bicipital
ribs; the last 2 or 3 bearing single-headed ribs. At the eighth dorsal
vertebra the rib articulates by the tuberculum to the diapophysis,
and by the capitulum to the parapophysis; at the ninth dorsal ver-
tebra the neck of the rib is joined with the parapophysis and the
diapophysis becomes rudimentary, or forms, in descending toward
the extremity of the rib, a transverse foramen with the neck; the rib
articulates with the tuberculum on the neck of the separated rib.
The tenth dorsal vertebra bears a very strong transverse process (the
neck of the tenth rib, which is joined with the vertebra), and the

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

tenth rib articulates with it there. The thoracic vertebrae are, there-
fore, formed like those of the Physeteroids and the Ziphioids.
Transverse processes of the lumbar vertebrae remarkably short,
slender, and narrow (laacanthus spinosus, Lurhinodelphis cristatus) ,
or long and broad (Lurhinodelphis cocheteuxi, EF’. longirostris).
Number of lumbar vertebrae probably 11, and of caudal vertebrae 19.
Number of vertebrae: Cervicals, 7; dorsals, 10 or 11; lumbars,
11; caudals, 19=47 or 48. Scapula very large, broad, and tri-
angular, and similar to that of the Delphinoids. Prescapular
fossa relatively broad, but the form of the scapula is variable.
Humerus similar to that of Physeter, with the deltoid crest more
or less developed; form of the articular head very variable; head
of humerus ordinarily oval, extended over upon the external bor-
der of the bone. Radius and ulna large, strong, about as long as
the humerus. Olecranon very large, and strongly notched below.
Of the carpal bones the following are known: Radial, intermedium,
and cubital which are ankylosed (old individual). The phalanges
are present. The largest specimens of the largest species (Hurhin-
odelphis cochetewxi) may have attained a length of 4 or 5 meters.

INDIVIDUAL 1
EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI, new species

Type.—Cat. No. 8842, Section of Vertebrate Paleontology,
United States National Museum. This specimen consists of a com-
plete skull with the exception of the ear bones, both lower jaws,
sixteen vertebrae, ten ribs, an imperfect scapula, a humerus, and
part of the sternum.

Type locality.——The occurrence is as follows: Near latitude 38°
40’ north, and longitude 76° 40’ west, about 2 miles south of
Chesapeake Beach, on the western shore of Chesapeake Bay, Cal-
vert County, Maryland. Shown on Patuxent Quadrangle or
Patuxent Folio, No. 152, United States Geological Survey. |

Horizon.—The specimen was discovered and excavated by Nor- |
man H. Boss in August, 1918. It was dug from the cliff above the |
oyster shell band. The specimen, apparently, was embedded in |
Shattuck’s zone No. 5 of the Calvert Miocene formation of Mary-_
land. |

SKULL

Dorsal view.—Although the outlines and relations of the bones —
forming the dorsal surface of the skull (pl. 1) at first glance are —
strongly suggestive of Schizodelphis, there appear to be some well- |
marked differences. In the Schizodelphis skull the exposed portions —
of the frontals on the vertex are considerably larger than the paired |
nasals, and the teeth are swollen near the base of the crown and
rather robust. Conversely, in the Hurhinodelphis skull the paired —

~ «sc ows

el See nd

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—-KELLOGG 9

nasals are nearly as large as the exposed portions of the frontals on
the vertex, and the enamel-covered crowns of the teeth are antero-
posteriorly compressed and rather slender.

This form is best characterized by the exceedingly long attenuate
rostrum which comprises four-fifths of the total length of the skull.
According to Abel #* the premaxillae by themselves form more than
half of the rostrum of an Lurhinodelphis skull. No trace of a suture
between the maxilla and the premaxilla in a position corresponding
to that shown by Abel could be made out on any of the specimens
from the Calvert formation. A shallow groove which probably con-
veyed some nerve or blood vessel is present in the same relative
position on the lateral face of the maxilla. Anterior to the maxil-
lary notches the premaxillae are thick and convex; they decrease in
breadth and in height toward the terminal portion of the rostrum.
The inner margins become closely appressed to one another at a
point 100 mm. in front of the maxillary notches and continue in
contact to the extremity of the rostrum. The raised convex portions
of the premaxillae do not parallel one another throughout the entire
length of the rostrum, but spread apart rather abruptly in front
of the maxillary notches. In this region they form the outer margin
of the concave and flattened internal portions of the premaxillae,
and in consequence of their tapering these elevated convex borders
disappear in front of the nasals. The premaxillae commence to
expand horizontally in front of the nasal bones and attain their
maximum breadth at the level of the anterior margins of the nasal
apertures. In front of the nares there is an oval concavity on each
premaxilla. The posterior end of each premaxilla is abruptly nar-
rowed along the external margin of the nasal. The premaxillary
foramina are moderately large and situated posterior the maxillary
ones. Each of these foramina open into two grooves. One of these
is broad and deep and extends transversely across the premaxilla to
its internal margin; the other, a longitudinal groove, which is con-
tinued backward to a point in front of the nasal, lies between the
concave internal and the convex external portions of the premaxilla.
Anterior to the transverse groove the internal surface of the pre-
maxilla is somewhat flattened; this area narrows rapidly and finally
disappears under the raised convex outer strip.

The premaxillae approximate each other so closely anterior to
the maxillary notches that the mesorostral gutter is completely
roofed over. Distally, the floor of the mesorostral gutter is formed
entirely by the premaxillae which meet mesially and ventrally in a

linear suture at a point slightly more than half way to the tip of

13 Abel, O., Les dauphins longirostres du Boldérien (Miocéne supérieur) des environs
d’Anvers. Mem. Mus. roy. d’hist. nat. de Belgique, vol. 1, p. 65, 1901; vol. 3, p. 117,
1905.

9119—25——3

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

the rostrum; proximally the vomer and the premaxillae contribute
to its formation. Skulls of those cetaceans which possess an elongated
beak have experienced various modifications in the relations of
their component parts, but nevertheless in all forms now known the
vomer has been lengthened and so placed as to afford a maximum
support for the rostral and cranial portions of the skull. The vomer
increases in width posteriorly and takes part in the formation of
the lateral walls of the mesorostral gutter. The contact between
the vomer and either premaxilla is clearly discernible distally in
skulls with damaged beaks although their surfaces are so smoothly
mortised into one another proximally that their relations can only
be determined by making cross sections of the rostrum. The posterior
limit of this contact between the vomer and the premaxilla is near
the anterior margin of the presphenoid. On the pase of the skull
the vomer extends backward upon the basisphenoid.

The mesethmoid does not rise to the level of the premaxillae. It
sheathes the dorsal and lateral faces of the presphenoid and thus
forms a partition between the nasal passages superiorly, fills in the
frontal fontanelle, and provides support for the nasals, and inci-
dentally for the vertex of the skull. No trace of a pair of passages
opening between the ectethmoids and the mesethmoid, and leading
‘nto the brain case could be found in any of the skulls examined. In
skulls of Déochotichus, Ceterhinops, and Squalodon the mesethmoid
incompletely fills the frontal fontanelle, and as a result a pair of
relatively large foramina are formed, through which the olfactory
nerves reached the respiratory passages. Abel*™ states that these
foramina are present in a skull of Eurhinodelphis longirostris.

A slit-like anterior border for the nasal aperture 1s formed by the
close approximation of the internal margins of the premaxillae. Be-
cause of this horizontal expansion of the premaxillae, most of the
anterior end of the presphenoid as well as the nasal passages are
hidden from view. The presphenoid is a porous bone which forms
a plug across the proximal end of the mesorostral gutter, but does
not rise to the level of the premaxillae above.

The dorsal surface of the skull is constituted almost entirely by
the maxillae and premaxillae; the nasals and frontals form the
vertex of the skull. The maxillary notches are shallow and rather
broad. From a dorsal view, the maxillae are seen to increase in
width from the tip of the rostrum posteriorly. When they reach
the maxillary notches they push back over the supraorbital processes
of the frontals and expand laterally to form the so-called frontal
plates of the maxillae. They attain their greatest width opposite
the large concavities on the premaxillae. These plates of the maxil-

14 Abel,O., Les dauphins longirostres du Boldérien (Miocéne supérieur) des environs
d’Anyers. Mem. Mus. roy. d’hist. nat. de Belgique, Bruxelles, vol. 2, pp. 171, 172, 1902.

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—-KELLOGG 11.

lae and the corresponding underlying lateral extensions of the
frontals roof over the temporal fossae, but the former do not come
in contact with the supraoccipital posteriorly because of the pres-
ence of a narrow intervening strip of the frontal. The outer mar-
gins of both maxillae are imperfect above the temporal fossae. The
surface of the maxilla is somewhat depressed opposite to the nasals
and slightly convex above the supraorbital plates of the frontals.
The concavity is most evident above the temporal fossa. Two rather
large foramina which connect with the infraorbital canal are pres-
ent on each maxilla above the temporal fossa, and of these the an-
terior one is the larger. The internal margin of the maxilla, with
the exception of that portion which overlaps the frontals on the
vertex, is in contact with the premaxilla for practically its entire
length. There are three additional foramina in each maxilla. The
most posterior one of these is situated a little behind the notch, and
from it there is a deep channel leading in a postero-external direc-
tion. The external border of the maxilla is convex in front of the
maxillary notch, but this portion of the maxilla is relatively thin.
Further forward the thin outer edge gradually disappears with the
lateral compression of the rostrum and the maxilla appears to be
deeper from a side view, but this is due to the outward and down-
ward curvature of the dorsal surface. In correlation with this
tapering, the maxilla decreases in breadth anteriorly and the sides
become more nearly vertical. For a distance of about 250 mm. in
front of the maxillary notch the inner border of the maxilla fits
closely to the outer border of the premaxilla, but at this point a
foramen appears between them, succeeded anteriorly by a broad and
rather deep groove. This groove does not follow the inner margin
of the maxilla, but extends directly forward, finally occupying the
side of the maxilla and disappearing before reaching the end of
the rostrum.

On comparing the dorsal view of the skull of Hurhinodelphis
cocheteuxi'® with this specimen, it was noted that the breadth of
the anterior margin of that portion of the maxilla which overlies
the supraorbital process of the frontal was proportionately less
and that the maxilla sends forward a narrow projection which re-
duces the maxillary notch to a narrow groove. Although no an-
terior projection is present on the skull of Lurhinodelphis longi-
rostris ** this portion of the maxilla is even narrower than in
cochetewxi. According to the figures used by Abel, the lachrymal
is not visible from a dorsal view of the skull in either longirostris
or cocheteuxi. A small portion of the anterior end of the lachrymal
projects forward in the left maxillary notch on the skull of

44 Abel, O., Les dauphins longirostres du Boldérien (Miccéne supérieur) des environs
16 Abel, O., Idem, vol. 2, p. 11, 1902.

A ig PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

Eurhinodelphis cristatus.* In this specimen from the Calvert cliffs
the maxilla does not completely sheath the anterior margin of the
supraorbital process. The outer margin of the frontal plate of the
maxilla is very irregular above the orbit, but on both maxillae there
is a deep indenture which sets off a process comparable to that shown
on the skull of /’. cocheteuxi. 'This portion of the maxilla, however,
does not project beyond the anterior edge of the supraorbital process
to any appreciable extent, but it may show how a process like that
present on the /. cocheteuxi skull was formed. In front of and
below this process there is a small bone which is continuous ventrally
with what was considered by Abel to be the lachrymal. This bone
is fused with the jugal and is closely appressed to the maxilla.
Differences in respect to the size and position of such bones are to
be expected in different genera, but it may appear somewhat unusual
that such modifications should be present in different species of the
same genus. The anterior end of the jugal is not visible from a
dorsal view.

The frontals are limited to a narrow strip on the vertex, being
overspread by the premaxillae and maxillae laterally, and by the
nasals anteriorly. Posteriorly they abut against the supraoccipital
and intervene between the extremities of the maxillae and the latter.
Anterolaterally and at a lower level than the vertex each frontal
sends out a supraorbital process which forms a complete osseous
root for the orbit. . No trace of a small bone described as the inter-
parietal could be found on this skull.

The nasals are small semipyriform bones placed obliquely between
the posterior extremities of the premaxillae, with their anterior
portions in contact along their inner margins. In position they
agree with those of Hurhinodelphis cocheteuxi, although in general
outlines they are somewhat different. They do not overhang the
nasal apertures.

Lateral view.—Aside from the relative small size of the braincase
the skull (pl. 2) is characterized by a shallow temporal fossa which
is roofed over for the most part by the maxilla and the lateral
extension of the frontal, a wide orbit, and a long zygomatic process.
The rostrum is exceedingly long and slender, depressed proximally,
and compressed from side to side anteriorly. To compensate for
strains arising from the length of the rostrum the posterior ex-
tremities of the maxillae are expanded horizontally. Additional
strength is given to the rostrum by the almost complete ankylosis
of the maxilla and premaxilla, as well as by the anterior extension
of the vomer.

17 Abel, O., Mem. Mus. roy. d’hist. nat. de Belgique, Bruxelles, vol. 2, p. 15, fig. 1, 1902.

= x

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 13

A slight bowed effect is imparted to the rostrum by the curvature
of the Jatero-ventral margin of the maxilla and by the combination
of two other features, namely, the upward curvature of the anterior
end and proximally by the gradual slope of the dorsal surface to
the vertex of the skull. From a lateral view the maxilla appears
to be deepest near the distal end of the proximal one-third of the
rostrum, but this is due to the curvature of its outer and lower
margin. At this point the maxilla is deeper than the premaxilla.
Farther forward they are almost equal in depth. Inasmuch as
some confusion may arise from differences in interpretation atten-
tion should again be directed to the absence in any of the skulls
from the Calvert cliffs of any indication of a suture between the
maxilla and premaxilla in the position shown by Abel. A shallow,
ill-defined groove, however, is present on most of the skulls. If
this groove really marked a suture, then the maxilla would taper
and end in a sharp point while the premaxilla would increase in
depth and finally comprise the extremity of the rostrum.

The orbit is moderately convex, the outer margin of the supra-
orbital process being thick and the superimposed plate of the maxilla
thin and shelving. The preorbital portion of the supraorbital proc-
ess is rounded, while the postorbital portion is compressed dorso-
ventrally. The lachrymal is closely appressed to the anterior face
of the supraorbital process and is in contact with the maxilla. Be-
low the maxillary notch the jugal fuses with the lachrymal and is
attached to the maxilla. The jugal is a very slender bone and ex-
tends backward beneath the orbit to the anteroventral angle of the
zygomatic process.

The zygomatic process of the squamosal is thickened dorsoventrally
and is in contact with the postorbital portion of the supraorbital
process. As a whole the zygoma is robust, curved, and rather long;
the dorsal outline curves gradually forward and upward. The post-
glenoid portion of the zygoma curves backward and then forward.
The greatest length of the right zygoma along the glenoid face is
98.5 mm. and the greatest depth anteriorly is 24 mm.

In this specimen the crest formed by the contact of the supra-
occipital and frontal is the highest point in the dorsal profile. .The
dorsal outline of the skull slopes forward from the crest and in the
region of the nares the declivity is more accentuated, but further
forward the slope is more gradual. On each side of the vertex and
in front of this crest the frontal plate of the maxilla is depressed,
forming a well-marked concavity. The supraorbital process of the
frontal and the superimposed maxilla rise above the premaxilla in
front of the nares. The temporal fossa is longer than the orbit and
its upper border is relatively straight, due in part to the lateral ex-

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

tension of a thin plate of the frontal to underlie the maxilla. In
this fossa the parietal is suturally united inferiorly with the squa-
mosal, anteriorly and superiorly with the frontal, and posteriorly
with the supraoccipital. Hence the parietals are excluded from the
dorsal surface of the skull. When viewed from the side, the
condyles are seen to project beyond the plane of the exoccipitals.
The basicranial axis is bent downward from the axis of the beak.

Posterior view.—This surface (pl. 4) attains its greatest breadth
at the level of the exoccipitals. These exoccipitals are relatively
large, coalesced with the supraoccipital above, and project outward
and backward like wings. Their external margins are rounded, but
are not produced so that they conceal the zygomatic processes from
behind. Anteriorly they are in contact with the squamosal and
inferiorly they unite with the basioccipital. The junction of the
exoccipital with the basioccipital lies internal to the deep jugular
incisure and crosses the falcate process of the latter. At the bottom
of this incisure and near the posterior margin there is a small
condylar foramen. The dorsal border of the exoccipital ascends
about half way to the upper limit of the temporal fossa. Exter-
nally the upper portion of the exoccipital is produced backward,
forming a crest which follows the curvature of the temporal fossa.
This crest is continuous with the corresponding border of the
supraoccipital and together they form the lambdoid crest. The
dorsal contour of the supraoccipital is evenly rounded. Between the
upper limits of the temporal fossae the supraoccipital is deeply con-
cave, but becomes somewhat flattened above the foramen magnum.
The greatest breadth of the supraoccipital is about equal to twice its
depth above the condyles.

Because of crushing the occipital view of this cranium appears
slightly unsymmetrical, and the distortion lies in the direction of a
plane passing from the upper left-hand angle to the lower right-
hand angle. This distortion has affected the contour of the foramen
magnum to some extent, but originally it must have been suboval in
outline. The occipital condyles are considerably broader near the
apex than near the base, and slope outward and forward. The in-
ternal margins are concave and sharply defined, converging infe-
riorly. The external margins are convex and are set off from the
exoccipitals by low necks. Below the condyles and internal to the
exoccipitals are the descending plates of the basioccipital.

Ventral view.—In contrast to other porpoises with very long beaks
there is reason to believe that the distal end of the rostrum of
this form did not bear teeth. Of course, there is the possibility that
a cartilaginous ligament might have lodged the teeth on this portion
of the rostrum, for there is an uninterruped furrow extending from
the anterior-most alveolus to the extremity. In that event the teeth

|
.

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 15

would readily become separated from the skull during decay or
before the skull was buried by sediments. Sixteen teeth are in place
on the right side of the rostrum and 33 teeth on the left. By count-
ing the vacant alveoli and the teeth in place, it appears that origi-
nally 59 teeth were present on the right side and 60 on the left
side. As by far the greater portion of the rostrum is constituted
by the maxillae, they will be discussed first. Near the anterior end
of the tooth row the external face of the maxilla is rounded, and in
front of the vomer it is nearly vertical, but at a point 190 mm. in
front of the maxillary notches the lower outer margin begins to
twist upward. This portion of the maxilla becomes progressively
thinner as it approaches the maxillary notches. Again it may be
noted (pl. 1) that no indication of sutures to mark the presence of
the premaxillae on the ventral surface of the rostrum can be traced
in this or in any of the skulls mentioned in another part of this
paper. Posteriorly the maxillae are separated for a short interval,
permitting the keel of the vomer to appear between them. Behind
this the maxillae are overlain by the palatines. The thin platelike
process of the maxilla that extends backward to the optic canal is
applied to the ventral face of the supraorbital process of the frontal.
The ventral orifice of the infraorbital canal is bounded by the max-
illa alone. In front of this orifice there is a shallow heart-shaped
depression which extends over the palatine and the maxilla for a
distance of 60 mm. in front of the maxillary notches.

There is nothing peculiar about the position of the palatines.
They meet mesially and are closely appressed to the maxillae.
Viewed from the side, the palatine extends forward beyond the
maxillary notch and above the pterygoid projects backward to the
anterior margin of the optic canal. Close to its posterior extremity,
but above it, the palatine comes in contact with the orbitosphenoid.

The jugal is a long, slender bone, consisting of a short, triangular,
dorso-ventrally expanded anterior portion which is closely joined
to the maxilla and lachrymal, and a styliform posterior process.
The posterior end of the latter is flattened and extremely thin, being
loosely attached to the ventral face of the zygomatic process.

The lachrymal is closely appressed to the anterior face of the
supraorbital process of the frontal and is sheathed dorsally by the
maxilla, while internally it appears to be fused with the jugal. In-
asmuch as no suture can be found it should be stated that these com-
bined bones occupy the lower margin of the maxillary notch.

Some confirmation as to the true relations of the pterygoids with
the surrounding bones appears to be found in certain living por-
poises. By studying the relations of the various bones involved in
this and other skulls hereinafter mentioned it was apparent that the
type of structure present was essentially in agreement with that of

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

a young Delphinapterus. 'The two plates of the pterygoid are sep-
arated from each other by a narrow interval anteriorly, but pos-
teriorly they are widely separated. Behind the middle the two
plates of the pterygoid are divergent, the external plate coming in
contact with the squamosal and parietal, and the internal plate over-
_ lapping the anterior margin of the basisphenoid behind and the
palatine in front. Anteriorly, the internai plate becomes somewhat
curved and contributes the lower outer surface for the nasal passage.
This portion of the internal plate bends inward and then outward
and is continuous anteriorly with the external plate of the pterygoid.
On the outside of the pterygoid and in front of the nasal passage
there is a lateral concavity. Below this concavity the lateral margin
of the pterygoid flares out. The external plate of the pterygoid ap-
parently contributes the horizontal backwardly projecting hamular
process which represents a posterior extension of the palatal sur-
face. The opening into the sinus between the two plates of the
pterygoid les internal and anterior to the falciform process of the
squamosal. Although this sinus is exposed along the right nasal
passage of this skull, it is because the horizontal hamular process cf
the pterygoid broke off at that level. The anterior margin of the
external plate of the pterygoid is united by a S-shaped suture with
the palatine. The external plate of the pterygoid articulates with
the squamosal, parietal, frontal, and palatine. The posterior half
of the external plate is arched over the alisphenoid, and excludes the
* Jatter from the temporal fossa and from the outer wall of the
cranium. The upper and anterior portion of the internal plate of
the pterygoid is applied to the ventral surface of the orbitosphenoid.

On the right side of the skull, the external plate of the pterygoid
is imperfect. One is thus permitted to study the relations of the
alisphenoid, internal plate of the pterygoid, and orbitosphenoid.
Fortunately these bones are essentially perfect in this skull. The
alisphenoid is broad, outwardly and upwardly curved, extending to
and suturally united above with the squamosal and parietal. Fur-
ther forward there is a small orbitosphenoid which projects laterally
on the ventral surface of the supraorbital process. Both plates of
the pterygoids are well preserved on the type skull, but on all the
others they have been destroyed in the region of the sphenoidal fis-
sure. By utilizing data obtained from all the specimens, it has been
possible to work out most of the details in this region. The condi-
tions observable in the region of the sphenoidal fissure appear to be -

essentially the same as in the skull of an adult Delphinapterus, al-

though in the young of the latter the anterior foramina are not so
well defined. As in Delphinapterus, the orbitosphenoid forms the
lower portion of the anterior wall of the brain case. Between the

alisphenoid and the orbitosphenoid there is a sphenoidal fissure, -

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 17

varying in outline and in extent in the different skulls. The ali-
sphenoid is overridden anteriorly by the internal plate of the ptery-
goid, thus closing the sphenoidal fissure laterally. The optic canal
while confluent with the sphenoidal fissure, nevertheless has its course
marked by a definite groove, and is bounded anteriorly by the de-
scending portion of the orbitosphenoid. No trace of a posterior par-
tition or taenia metoptica could be found in any of these skulls. As
in Delphinapterus the foramen rotundum appears to be situated in
the angle formed by the anterior margin of the alisphenoid where it
comes in contact with the frontal. In some skulls of Delphinapterus
there is a well-defined anteriorly directed canal leading from this
angle for conveying the maxillary branch of the trigeminal nerve.
This canal is distinct from a wider channel leading from the sphe-
noidal fissure, but terminates at the posterior margin of the broad
trough foy the optic nerve on the ventral face of the supraorbital
process of the frontal. A similar canal or groove can be made out
on one or two of these fossil skulls, but the interval between this
canal and that leading from the spenoidal fissure is much reduced.
When the pterygoid is in position the foramen rotundum as well as
its canal and the sphenoidal fissure are hidden from view. Near the
base of the alisphenoid and partially overlapped by the vaginal
process of the pterygoid is the ectal orifice of the canal for the
carotid artery. The mandibular branch of the trigeminal nerve
issues through a cleft on the posterior margin of the alisphenoid at
a point 9 mm. external to the carotid canal and on its outward
course occupies a channel on the ventral face of this bone, finally
emerging in the temporal fossa through the foramen ovale. The
latter is situated between the falciform process of the squamosal and
the parietal, immediately behind the posterior extremity of the ptery-
goid. In front of the carotid canal and the channel for the mandi-
bular branch of the trigeminal nerve, the alisphenoid curves abruptly
upward forming with internal plate of the pterygoid a large con-
cavity. This concavity may be further divided into a semicircular
internal portion and an elongate external portion. The posterior
margin of the internal plate of the pterygoid extends obliquely across
this concavity.

In this region the wall of the cranium consists of three layers of
bone. These, from the inside outwards, are: First, the alisphenoid,
which occupies the interval between the frontal, parietal, and basi-
sphenoid; next, the pterygoid proper, that is, the internal plate which
overspreads the sphenoidal fissure, overlaps the lateral margin of
the basisphenoid, and contributes the lower outer wall of the nasal
passage; and, lastly, the external reduplication of the pterygoid

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM You. 66

which is in contact posteriorly with the squamosal, anteriorly with
the palatine, and superiorly with the parietal and frontal.

By the backward extension of the alisphenoid (pl. 5) and its con-
tact with the underlying process of the basioccipital, a recess is
formed which completely excludes the periotic and tympanic from
the inner wall of the cranium. Above the descending plate or
falcate process of the basioccipital and near its posterior extremity

two foramina appear within the recess thus formed. The anterior —

one of these pierces the bone and probably represents the compart-
ment for the nerves in the foramen lacerum posterius. The poste-
rior compartment would then be the passage for the vein in the
same foramen. These two compartments are not distinct in the
type skull and the intervening bar of bone apparently never formed.
The condylar foramen is situated near the posterior margin of the
deep incisure between the paroccipital process and the descending
plate of the basioccipital. Two condylar foramina are present in
each jugular incisure on one of the skulls.

In the type skull the line of union between the basioccipital and
the basisphenoid can not be traced with certainty. The ventral sur-
face is concave from side to side. The descending plates or falcate
processes of the basioccipital are directed downward, backward, and
outward, and anteriorly they become closely united with those por-
tions of the internal plates of the pterygoids which overlap the
basisphenoid.

No attempt was made to clean the matrix from the brain case of
this skull and hence the position of the sutures between the bones
in the basicranium can not be traced. In another skull (Individual
2), however, the anterior surface of the basisphenoid has not united
with the presphenoid. The presphenoid is rodlike in the middle to
conform with the deep groove of the vomer.

The vomer is horizontally expanded posteriorly, sheathing the
basisphenoid and meeting the vaginal plates of the pterygoids along
its lateral margins. In front of the basisphenoid and between the
nasal passages the vomer becomes noticeably constricted, forming a
trough in which the presphenoid rests. It forms the lower portion
of the posterior and internal walls for each nasal passage, extending
upward to meet the corresponding descending plate of the ecteth-
moid. Between the nasal passages the vomer presents a keel which
anteriorly is interposed between the hamular processes of the ptery-
goids. In front of these processes the vomer is covered by the
palatines and the maxillae, but at a point 92 mm. in front of the
maxillary notches, the vomer again makes its appearance as a narrow
wedge inserted between the maxillae, and extending forward is
visible from a ventral view of a distance of approximately 217 mm.

ee 6

——————————S

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 19

The distinguishing features of the squamosal are the large size and
strength of the zygomatic arch, the short robust postglenoid process,
and the slender glenoid process which is directed forward and down-
ward in front of the tympano-periotic recess. A narrow groove for
the external auditory meatus traverses the squamosal behind the
postglenoid process. To the inside of the postglenoid process and in
a position corresponding to the direction of this groove, the periotic
was attached to the skull, and it in turn with the tympanic. The
posterior border of the squamosal articulates with the exoccipital
and between this suture and the transverse groove for the external
auditory meatus, a rounded tuberosity is formed. The zygomatic
process of this skull is rather large and has a slight outward curve.
The lower surface is convex, with a decided upward and forward
curve. The articular surface for the condyle of the mandible is an
eval concavity, looking forward, inward, and downward. Internal
to the glenoid fossa there is a sharply defined longitudinal depres-
sion, wide posteriorly and narrow anteriorly, which commences in
front of the groove of the external auditory meatus and extends for-
ward to the anterior margin of the squamosal.. The lower margin
of the squamosal, internal to this last-mentioned fossa, is prolonged
downward and inward to form a thin plate.

In this skull the line of separation between the exoccipitals and
the basioccipital crosses the falcate process of the latter. Posteriorly,
the exoccipitals are somewhat concave. The paroccipital process is
relatively thick, its anterior aspect is roughened, and internally in
conjunction with the descending plates of the basioccipital forms an
incisure for the passage of the jugular vein.

Measurements of the skull
mm.
‘otal length (occipital condyles to extremity of rostrum) ---*-----~-~-
Length of rostrum (maxillary notches to tip of beak) --------------~-
Breadth of skull across zygomatic processes of squamosal____________ 240
Height of skull (between tip of descending process of basioccipital

SATA Ge TTS) pea epee Faeroe geo eer ea yee 8 ee 160
HeichteorL skull s(basisphenoid..to, nasals) 2 =+-= 5-5 == 5-2 ae 123
Greatest breadth of skull across supraorbital processes________-__---- 236. 5
Occipito-premaxillary length of skull (posterior margin of maxilla to

BI AOLPLOSERUIM) a ee eee ee OLE) TY Od SPE ee ese ee ts 1, 000
Greatest distance between outside margins of premaxillae opposite

Pens SSAC PGi ee eee te ok ee Le ee ee 89
Greatest breadth of right premaxilla in front of nasal passageS__---~- 30
Greatest breadth of left premaxilla at maxillary notch--__--------~-- 27.5
Breadth of rostrum at maxillary notches____----------------------- 108
Greatest breadth of rostrum at extremity__------------------------- 14
Beast of frontal plate or riczht maxillas—* s+ === 2s eSesseeeee 162 :

66.

Greatest breadth of right maxilla posterior to nasals_____----------

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vol. 66

Measurements of the skull—Continued.
mm,

Distance between inner margins of maxillae at vertex______________ 65. 5
Greatest breadth of supraorbital process of frontal_________________ 71
Greatest thickness of frontal and maxilla combined near center of

Or bite es oe hE ees tae oe yee te PA se nae Ao Bp ee ee 1955
Maximum width of exposed portions of combined frontals on vertex. 102
Greatest length of exposed portion of left frontal at vertex__________ at
Anteroposterior diameter of left nasal (along suture)____-_________ 19
‘Transverse: diameter Of Tete ‘dasa ss 22.) soe ee ae ea eee 24.5
Least breadth of cranium between temporal fossae__________________ 144.8
Greatest height«of temporal siossas see. ! 5b. hee 56.5
Distance from vertex to upper margin of foramen magnum-__-___~_~~~ 96
Heicht of foramenzmacnum: (Genished)) ean ee ee ee 23
Width Of LOLaMen Ma SMe A CERUS ITEC) ee es ee 30. D
Greatest distance between the outer margins of the occipital condyles__ 80.5
Greatest -heishtior Tight) cond ylehs “wit is Abe sere ee ey ONE EP 49.5
Greatest, bread thivefsright Con ye sa a ee a a 27.8
Greatest length of right zygomatic process___----____..__--_________ 99. 5
Breadth Of skulliva CLoss: CxOCCUDI tal Se cee ee ee 186.8
Greatest vertical depth of skull in front of nares______________--____ 83
Breadth across posterior ends of descending processes of basioccipital_ 2
Breadth across anterior ends of descending processes of basioccipital_ 54. 4

TEETH

Fics 1-4.—TretH of EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI. Cat. No. 8842, U.'S.N.M. xX 3. 1. AN-
TERIOR VIEW OF TOOTH. 2. POSTERIOR VIEW OF A TOOTH. 3. POSTERIOR VIEW OF
AN ANTERIOR TOOTH. 4. LATERAL VIEW OF A POSTERIOR TOOTH, APEX OF CROWN
MISSING.

Unfortunately at least 12 of the posterior teeth and all of those
in front of the tooth assumed to be the fifty-first on the left side
are missing. Those that are present possess some interesting pecu-
liarities. All of these teeth are compressed in an anteroposterior
direction and progressively show a slight increase in height and
thickness posteriorly. The teeth of Priscodelphinus productus as
described by Du Bus ** are apparently flattened in an anteroposterior

1 Du Bus, B., Bull. Acad. Sci. de Belgique, ser. 2, vol. 34, No. 12, p. 492, 1872.

arr. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG Bt

direction. A short neck or constriction below the enamel crown
approximately 1.5 mm. wide accentuates the swollen appearance of
the roots of these teeth. The surface of the enamel crown is nearly
smooth. The inner and outer margins of the crown are rounded and
not strongly carinate. As viewed from in front, the outer margins
of the crowns are convex and the inner margins are concave. The
apical portions of most of the teeth exhibit a tendency to incline or
curve backward. A rudimentary second root is present on some of
the teeth. .

Measurements of the tecth in the left mazilla, in millimeters.

Seven- Forty- Fifty-

Four-

teenth teenth ninth first
Hecht one aimel CLOW Messe ae rene ne a nn a eon ee 9.4 9.8 7.3 6.6
Anteroposterior diameter of crown at base.._..-_.__----.-------- 3.4 3.3 2a 2.6
Transverse diameter of crown at base_-_-__.__........-.--------- 4.5 4.5 3.9 3.9

Mandible—As restored the symphysial portion of each mandible
1s slightly longer than the free portion. The rami are firmly anky-
losed throughout the symphysis and curve upward. This curvature
(pl. 2) permits the teeth in the upper and lower jaws to interlock
when the mouth is closed. All of the teeth are not located along the
symphysis (pl. 3) for at least 14 were present on the ascending por-
tion of the ramus. Judging from the alveoli, there were originally
at least 50 teeth on the right ramus and 51 on the left. If the ex-
tremity had been preserved the figures given above would be in-
creased. The symphysial portion of the combined lower jaws tapers
anteriorly and at the same time the dorsoventral compression becomes
more marked. Between the tooth rows the upper surface of the
symphysis is relatively smooth. The depth of either mandible at the
proximal end of the symphysis is nearly three times that at the ex-
tremity. The distance (118 mm.) from the symphysis to the last
tooth is greater than the interval (80 mm.) between the opposite rows
at the level of this tooth.

Back of the tooth row and on the internal face of the ramus there
is an orifice for the large dental canal. Beyond this point the
internal wall is incomplete and the ramus consists mainly of a thin
shell or bone. A thin inwardly curved plate which extends down-
ward from the superior margin of the coronoid portion of the
ramus roofs the concavity above the dental canal. The external
surface of the ramus in this region is convex. At a point 110 mm.
behind the last tooth on the right ramus and 61 mm. behind the
corresponding tooth on the left, the coronoid process and that portion
of the jaw which lies above the level of the condyle is missing. Part
of the coronoid process has been restored on the left ramus (pl. 3).

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The superior margin of the ramus ascends gradually in an even
curve, but because of crushing the inferior margin of the left ramus
(pl. 2) is continued backward for a distance of 180 mm. in an
essentially straight line and then slopes abruptly downward for 120
mm., curving upward beyond this point and terminating below the
condyle. Originally the posterior margin of the angle may have
been more nearly straight, for it is imperfect on both rami. By
making due allowance for crushing and distortion it appears that
the greatest depth (estimate 100 mm.) of the ramus at the coronoid ©
was equal to less than one-third of the length of the jaw (341 mm.)
posterior to the symphysis. The condyle is sub-quadrate in outline,
directed backward and outward.
When viewed from the ventral side it becomes apparent that there
is no well-defined longitudinal groove on either ramus. In its place
there is a series of small channels which occupy the same relative
position. On the right ramus there are at least seven foramina, and
from these channels of varying lengths extend forward. Four
foramina and their associated channels are present on the left
ramus. Between these foramina and their channels the ventral
surface of the combined rami is convex. The convexity of this
surface is interrupted mesially by the suture following the line of
fusion of the two rami.

Measurements of the mandible

Length of right mandible as preserved (condyle to tip) -----__--_________ 644. 5
Length of right mandible, estimated (condyle to tip) ----__-___-__________ 734. 5
Length of left mandible as preserved (condyle to tip) _--________________ 647
Length of left mandible, estimated (condyle to tip) ----_______--_____-__-_ Tou
Greatest breadth of combined mandibles at extremity__________________- 15
Greatest depth of combined mandibles at extremity__________________-___ 10. 4
Greatest breadth of combined mandibles at proximal end of symphysis____ 49. 2
Greatest depth of combined mandibles at proximal end of symphysis__--~_ 27. 2
Greatest depth of right mandible at level of proximal alveolus________-__~- 43.5
Greatest depth of left mandible at level of proximal alveolus___-_______ 41.7
Breadth of mandible at) basesof coroncid==— =e 20. 5
Greatest length of ankylosed symphysial portion of ramus as preserved___ 319
Greatest length of ankylosed symphysial portion of ramus, estimated____ 407
Length of right alveolar gutter as preserved___________________________ 422
Length of left alveolar gutter as preserved_——-__-____---__-_ === == 420
Depthot condyle of Tight/mandible: = ee eee 38. 2
Breadth of condyle of right mandible-________________-__--_-_-_______- 29.5
SCAPULA

In contour and size this scapula corresponds in a general way with
that of Inia geoffrensis. Posteriorly, most of the bladelike expanded
region (pl. 6, fig. 1) above the neck, including the greater portion of

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—-KELLOGG 23

the vertebral margin, is missing. The external surface of this bone
is slightly concave posterior to the spine, indicating a shallow post-
scapular fossa. The prescapular fossa is widest near the medial angle
and rapidly narrows as it approaches the acromion process. The
inferior margin of the scapula is divided into two deep notches by the
long flattened acromion process. This process is relatively wide, ex-
panded and irregularly rounded distally, and slightly twisted. In
contrast to nia, there is no distinct metacromial projection, and the
coracoid process is relatively long and attenuate. This coracoid
process (pl. 6, fig. 4) is inclined inward and directed downward from
the head of the scapula. Ovrcella possesses a long coracoid process,
but it is expanded distally. The neck of this scapula is rather broad
and the glenoid cavity for the head of the humerus is shallow. What
remains of the axillary margin shows that it turns abruptly back-
ward near the level of the upper margin of the acromion process.

Measurements of the scapula. (in millimeters)

- Eurhino- Inia
Measurements delphis geoff-

bossi 1 rensis 2
ATLeLO-pOSterior diameter of head of scapula. —.=.-<-.-=<==.-¢-=-=-.-.--4=-==--=---- 42.5 46
Extero- intemalidiameter OfMendvOnscapWines ssa. 2 kena s sce cc ow one one —-nee 35. 5 34
Posterior margin of head to tip of coracoid process___-..------- E 64.5 92
Posterior margin of head to tip of acromion______....-.---------------- 107. 2 115
Posterior margin of head to median (anterior) angle 155 155
Distance from anterior (coracoid) margin of scapula to tip of acromion 58 66
Distance from tip of coracoid process to median (anterior) angle of scapula-_--------- 123 137.0
Maximum thickness of scapula at base of acromion__._...__-.-_----------------------- 21 21.5

1 Cat. No. 8842, U.S. Nat. Mus. 2 Cat. No. 49582, U. S. Nat. Mus.

HUMERUS

The humerus is irregularly concave on the internal border, convex
on the external, and except for a slight swelling near the lower
margin of the lesser tuberosity the outline of the anterior border
(pl. 12, fig. 4) is rather evenly concave. The broadly oval head is
set off from the shaft by a well-marked neck, which, however, does
not extend around upon the proximal surface. The head is large
and projects slightly beyond the internal margin. It is barely
visible when the humerus is viewed from in front, and when viewed
from the side it is seen to lie below the lesser tuberosity, being sepa-
rated from it laterally by a narrow groove. The deltoid crest is
represented by a low swelling on the external face of the shaft.
About halfway between the head and the inner tr ochlea there is a
smailer but more evident protuberance on the angle formed by the
internal and posterior faces. On the anterior face of the shaft there
are two short elongate depressions that are almost continuous with
one another, which commence near the upper margin of the inner

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

trochlea and extend obliquely upward to a point about 10 mm. below
the center of the lower margin of the greater tuberosity. These de-
pressions may mark the position of the M/. teres major and the MM.
pectoralis and latissimus dorsi. The posterior surface (pl. 12, fig. 5)
is marked by a deep pit near the center of the shaft and below the
head. In this pit the short head of the Af. triceps probably had its
origin. The inner trochlea is continued upward on the internal face
of the shaft to correspond with the shape of the greater sigmoid
cavity of the ulna. From an inferior view the capitulum or articular
facet for the radius is seen to be parabolic in outline and to follow
closely the contour of the lower end of the shaft. There is a distinct
crest or ridge between the capitulum and the inner trochlea. Both
of these articular facets are characterized by a transverse depression
formed by a series of small foramina.

Measurements of left humerus
mm,

Greatest length (greater tuberosity to lower margin) —~----__-___-____ 104
Hxterointernal diameter of shatt near middle=— se 47
Anteroposterioridiameterzof Shaft near middle === ee 29055
Exterointernal diameter of distal extremity of shaft________________- 49.5
Anteroposterior diameter of proximal face of greater tuberosity________ 28
Dorsoventral diameter of head of humerus==- 222 eee 49.5
Exterointernal diameter of head of humerus__----------------_-___-_- 41
Anteroposterior diameter of humerus through head___------__________ 58

CERVICAL VERTEBRA

Only one of the cervical vertebrae was found and it (pl. 6, fig. 5)
lacks the distal extremities of the lower transverse processes. For
this reason it is difficult to determine which one of the posterior
cervicals it actually represents. On making comparisons with the
cervical series of other living and fossil porpoises there appears to
be some grounds for believing that this vertebra is the fifth. The
centrum is broadly oval in outline and relatively thin. The anterior
epiphysis is complete, but a portion of the posterior one (pl. 6, fig. 6)
is missing. The articular facets on the prezygapophyses are elon-
gate, flattened, and slope obliquely inward. The neural arch is
slender and bears a short spine. Only a rudiment of the upper
transverse process persists, but the lower process is developed to an
extraordinary degree. ‘The lower transverse process is thin, broadly
expanded, and unless it differed radically from other known por-
poises was rather long. This process is directed obliquely back-
ward and is perforated at the base by a large arterial canal. The
postzygapophysial articular facets are obliquely situated on the
lateral faces of backwardly projecting portions of the neural arch.

tetera meimmiaaimmmmmti

ART, 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 25

Measurements of fifth cervical vertebra

mm,
Greatest depth (vertically) of vertebra (tip of neural spine to inferior

HACeROLe CONbEUM setae ee oes cena os OS i ee ee ee a oe ey 73.6
Greatest breadth of neural canal posteriorly_______.____._.____________ 36.8
eishtsot.anterior stage of centrum =. 2 2222-32 See 42.4
IBreadihvo: anceriorerace: OL.centrum=—— 2 eee 50. 2
mieten oc posterior toce or centrum ———_ 2 43.2
Breadth or posterioriface of icentsumeus aL ee si) ues fe 48.7
ihenc thief jcémtrunmite thee) ek el Ltt a 25. 6
Distance across vertebra between tips of the diapophyses________.___ 67.2
Distance across vertebra between tips of the transverse processes

APD Teed UO PNY ne eo a 103. 2+
Distance across vertebra between tips of prezygapophyses____________ 47.6
Distance across vertebra between outside margins of the postzygapo-

physiol facets. 82S 2b Se ee ede te 54.3
Distance between tip of left postzygapophysis and tip of left prezy-

STEAD OLDEN, teense ret ee eee i ee Sica.
Maimimimlenstheorneurapopnysis= = so = Siete aah eee eee ee Helen
Anteroposterior length of neural spine in a horizontal line. imme-

Giately above: the*zygapophiyses =. 32. soe teed Sh Oe es 10
Vertical height of neural spine (distance between superior margin of

MCU RA le CAT al ATC AG! Db OLS ]o me) = sae Fe hee ENS
Maximum thickness Of posterior epiphysis__ $22 2 5

DORSAL VERTEBRAE

Isolated vertebrae of fossil cetaceans are usually difficult to al-
locate when the full complement of the skeleton is unknown.
Abel*® has indicated the vertebral formula for Hurhinodelphis
and has published a restoration of the entire skeleton. It is not
known whether his observations were based on an associated skele-
ton, or whether a composite skeleton was constructed out of mis-
cellaneous vertebrae from deposits in the vicinity of Antwerp.
This formula in conjunction with the ribs found with the skull
have been used in allocating these vertebrae.

From a study of recent types it might be argued that these seven
dorsals are sufficiently characteristic for definite allocation. This
is true so far as certain vertebrae are unquestionably anterior
and others posterior. The prezygapophysial facets on the anterior
dorsal of this porpoise are separated by a greater interval than any
of the succeeding ones. Hence the postzygapophysial articular
facets on each of the following dorsals tend to approximate one
another to a greater degree in accordance with their position in the
column. The centra of the dorsal and lumbar vertebrae increase

RE yoy SD SE he ee SS

1 Apel, O., Cetaceenstudien. I. Mftteilung: Das Skelett von Eurhinodelphis Coche-
teuxi aus dem Obermiozan von Antwerpen. Sitz.-ber. kais. Akad. Wiss., Wien, Mathem.-
naturw. K1., vol. 118, Abt. 1, pp. 241-253, mit 1 pl., 1909.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

in length from the first to the last. In view of the above, all
allocations given below will remain tentative until a skeleton with
associated vertebrae is found. Inasmuch as the first six ribs on
the right side were preserved, it has been possible to determine
definitely the position in the column of at least three of these
dorsals.

The first and second dorsals are missing, but the third (pl. 8,

fig. 1) is characterized by a rather long diapophysis, large oval
prezygapophysial facets which lie in a slightly oblique plane, and
a narrow neural spine. The neural arch (pl. 7, fig. 3) is low,
relatively long, and on each side gives rise to a lateral process, the
diapophysis. The articular facet for the tuberculum of the third
rib is situated on the lower two-thirds of the outer face of the
diapophysis. The neck of the diapophysis is constricted dorso-
ventrally between the facet and the neural arch. The_ postzy-
gapophysial facets (pl. 7, fig. 6) are large, elongate, and slope ob-
liquely inward. Both epiphyses are missing.
‘ The neurapophyses of the fifth dorsal (pl. 7, fig. 2) are not as
highly arched as the third, the diapophyses are shorter, and the
neural spine is longer. No posterior epiphysis (pl. 7, fig. 5) is
present and at least two-thirds of the anterior one is missing. The
prezygapophysial facets are large and elongate, but they are
nearer together than those of the third, and the inward slope is
more oblique. The facet for the tuberculum of the rib (pl. 8, fig.
2) has shifted very slightly in position from that of the third,
but it is somewhat broader. The postzygapophysial facets are
nearly vertical in position. There is a trace of a median keel on
this vertebra.

Unless the vertebra assumed to be the sixth (pl. 7, fig. 1) is ab-
normal, it will be difficult to explain certain features possessed by
it. The centrum (pl. 8, fig. 3) is too short to follow after the
fifth vertebra, but the neural spine is too high and long, and the
prezygapophysial facets are too close together to assign a more
anterior position to it. This vertebra may not belong to this por- |
poise. The diapophyses (pl. 7, fig. 4) are much shorter than those |
of either the fifth or the third, and the mesial dorsoventral con- |
striction has largely disappeared. |

The neural spine of the seventh dorsal is broken off near the base
and the posterior epiphysis is missing. The prezygapophysial facets
(pli, fer) mane strongly concave, oblique in position, with thin | |
raised ete margins. The neural canal is more nearly circular |
than in any of the preceding vertebrae and the neurapophyses are)
slightly thinner. The diapophyses are short and their extremities
are occupied by kidney-shaped facets for the tubercula. In the an-—

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 27

terior dorsals the basal portions of the neural arches extend prac-
tically the entire length of the centrum, but in the ninth dorsal as
well as in the more posterior ones they have receded from the
posterior epiphyses. As will be noted from an examination of the
figures, the backward projecting mesial portion of the neural arch
becomes progressively shorter toward the posterior end of the series.
The principal differences to be noted between this dorsal and the
anterior ones are the length of the neural spine, the length of the
centrum, the position and length of the diapophysis, and the close
approximation of the postzygapophysial facets.

On account of the contact between the diapophysis and the para-
pophysis it appears probable that this vertebra (pl. 9, fig. 8) is the
ninth dorsal. At least it is the last one in the dorsal series that
retains a diapophysis. The most apparent differences between this
vertebra and the preceding are the more noticeable constriction of
the mesial portion of the centrum, the increase in length of the
neural spine, and the narrowness of the neural canal. On the first
two or three dorsals the diapophyses arise high up on the neural arch
and when followed backward along the series they are seen to grad-
ually shift their position until on the ninth dorsal they project from
the base of the arch. In the third dorsal the distance from the in-
side margin of the neural arch to the tip of the diapophysis is 46.5
mm. The same measurement for the ninth dorsal is 18.5 mm.

On each side of the centrum of the third, fifth, and sixth dorsals,
below the level of the neural arches and in front of the posterior
epiphysis, there is a circular depression for the accommodation of
the capitulum of the following rib. On the seventh dorsal there is a
corresponding articular surface behind the anterior epiphysis and
below the base of the neural arch.

The tenth dorsal (pl. 7, fig. 9) is characterized by a short bread
parapophysis, high and narrow neural canal, long neural arch, and
the small size of the postzygapophysial facets. The prezygapo-
physial facets of the third, fifth, and sixth dorsals are more*nearly
horizontal in position than are those of the ninth, tenth, and eleventh.
The metapophyses project beyond the epiphyses in all of these
dorsals, but the postzygapophyses do not. The anterior margin of
the parapophysis on the tenth dorsal (pl. 9, fig. 2) is nearer to the
anterior epiphysis than is the posterior margin with the other
epiphysis, while in case of the eleventh dorsal (pl. 9, fig. 1) both
margins near the base are almost equally distant from their
corresponding epiphyses. Furthermore, the parapophyses of the
eleventh dorsal tend to incline backward. On these last mentioned
dorsals, the articular facets for the tubercula of the ribs are elongate
and shallowly concave. These vertebrae differ among themselves in

(28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

the size of the neural canal in accordance with their position in the
column. Anteriorly the neural canal is wider than high, but pos-
teriorly (pl. 7, fig. 8) the reverse is true. The centra of all these
dorsals are very slightly flattened dorsally and constricted mesially.
The centra of the posterior dorsals are deeper and more rounded in
cross section. ‘There is a thin-edged longitudinal ridge or carina
on the dorsal faces of the centra of the third, fifth, ninth, tenth, and
eleventh dorsals.

Measurements of dorsal vertebrae (in millimeters)

Greatest depth (vertically) of vertebra (tip of |

neural spine to inferior face of centrum)_---- 130+ | 131+ /|110.2+ | 97+ 129.7 |143. 2 132. 7
Greatest depth of neural canal anteriorly _---- 29.5 27 23. 7 27.6 28 | 32.7 29.5
Greatest breadth of neural canal posteriorly -_| 37.2 34.5 | 30.2 hee, 20.5 | 20.5 20. 7
Height of anterior face of centrum_-_----------- 39 38.2 | 33.5-+ | 41.4 45.2 | 47.5 48
Breadth of anterior face of centrum-_-_-_-------- 42 43.4 | 46.4 46.7 53.6 | 54 53. 6
Height of posterior face of centrum_-_-_--------- 38-++ 35.5 | 35+ 41.7+ 47 | 46.6 48+
Breadth of posterior face of centrum---_------- 53-+- 51.7 | 56.2 48, 8-- 50.2 | 52.8 54. 2+
Length or contrims 225-6 ee eee ee eee 236 144.2 [235+ /|148.7 57.5 | 61.8 160.6
Distance across vertebra between tips of the

dispophiyses® 2222 Ws. ea ee ae ee eee 114 96.8 | 84.5 83.3 Ove 2 | esas oe eee eee
Distance across vertebra between tips of

transverse: processes) (parAapOpMySes) eee == o— ota eee one ee ee a eee | 66 97 128. 2
Distance across vertebra between tips of pre-

ZY PAPODHYSeS ase Sees ee. ee 68 O12 |= =22 45.7 20944) 2RNor eens
Distance across vertebra between outside

margins of the postzygapophysial facets__-| 53.7 33. 4 28.6 | 18.5 16.5 | 14.3 LIST
Distance between tip of left postzygapophysis

and tip of left prezygapophysis-_-------.---- 58. 7 65 49.5 73. 2 66+ | 73.5-+- | 82.2
Minimum length of neurapophysis- ---------- 20. 2 22.1 | 20.4 26 35.8 | 40.7 42.3
Anteroposterior length of neural spine in a

horizontal line immediately above the

ZY ZAPODUOYSCS: Bos Se meee ee ee eee eee ee. 30. 5 36 36 41 45.5 | 45 49.2
Anteroposterior diameter of right diapophysis

atexrtremity--2--=— See ie ee 21.4 O20 eos O 21 V5v4 |s2as. TS
Anteroposterior diameter of right parapophy-

sistatextromity 2.2 2 ead Soe SEE ee eae DS he a se ee 34.3 33.3
Vertical height of neural spine (distance be-

tween superior margin of neural canal and

tip/Ofspine) es 28- no. eee eee ne 61+ On Tao tl eee 52 66. 8 55.5

1 One epiphysis missing. 2 Both epiphyses missing.

LUMBAR VERTEBRAE

Before taking up in detail the characteristics of the three lumbars
found with the skull, mention should be made that on the basis of
Abel’s restoration they appear to represent the sixth, eighth, and
tenth in the series. The right parapophysis of the sixth lumbar
(pl. 8, fig. 5) is broken off near the base. Beyond the lengthening
of the neural spine and a slight narrowing of the neural canal, there
is no marked difference between the eighth (pl. 8, fig. 4) and sixth
lumbars. The sixth (pl. 9, fig. 5) lacks the posterior epiphysis and

the eighth (pl. 9, fig. 4) lacks both epiphyses. The prezygapophyses |

of both lumbars are damaged, but those of the eighth are the best

preserved. The right parapophysis, the posterior epiphysis, the —

neural arch and its associated structures are missing on the tenth
lumbar (pl. 9, fig. 6). On the sixth and eighth lumbars the neural

ABT. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 29

arches are not as long anteroposteriorly as those of the eleventh
dorsal and are characterized by curved anterior and posterior mar-
gins. The neural canals of these lumbars are narrow, high, and
roughly triangular in outline. In cross section the centra of all
three lumbars are roughly pentagonal in outline. The transverse
processes or parapophyses are thin, relatively narrow, long, and in-
cline downward. The neural spines appear to rake backward to a
more noticeable degree than those of the posterior dorsals. The
prezygapophysial facets are situated on the internal faces of the
obliquely directed laminae which arise from the anterior margins of
the neural arches. The postzygapophysial facets are small and are
situated on the lateral faces of the neural spine at the posteroinferior
angle. There is a well-defined ventral carina on the eighth and tenth
lumbars.
Measurements of lumbar vertebrae (in millimeters)

Sixth Eighth | Tenth

Greatest depth (vertically) of vertebra (tip of neural spine to inferior

PACCLON CONLIN) ees oe eee ee ee ee ee eee er eae Ae ee ke tS y ASV SO- | See ee
Greatest depth of neural canal anteriorly____......__._-_-_-_-_-_--------- : SOuid piew weet et
Greatest breadth of neural canal posteriorly_____......-_._.__....-------- : 19.5 FIZ
Height, of. anterior iaceek centrum s+ . 225-9 2s... 2 sks. a ,. git dek (acces
Bresdtinof anterioniace’ OL CON trie. = hen oak ae ae ee oe tt : 55 58
Heleht ol postenion ice OUCOMLMis ss ee Ne ee . 48.5 1 56.5
‘BrcagLh olposvenion ace of contnimr sa aso ee Se ee . 54. 7+ 160
CREE OMCOR URE Is eres nt wenn Se erates ee See EL Bl 165.5 273.5
Distance across vertebra between tips of parapophyses_____________- s : 2 194 2194

Distance across vertebra between tips of prezygapophyses 7
Distance across vertebra between outside margins of postzygapophysial

TST ate i ne ee ee ns ee ee ee 6.2 Bo 4g Soe
Distance between tip of right postzygapophysis and tip of right prezy-

CADGDIVSIS se tee ae ee eo nomen ee ee re ee ee 84 Pa | a Pe
MinimiumJengthiof neurapophysises. 2225 shes. SSS eee See se 40 40NG 74> soe
Anteroposterior length of neural spine in a horizontal line immediately

ABOVELHE ZY SADOPHYSES errata eee eae In Pee Ie | eR Ses oe 8 44.5 BORA agit e kes
Anteroposterior diameter of left parapophysis at extremity_-__.--.--------- 23.5 24 24, 2
Vertical height of neural spine (distance between superior margin of

Sninalicansl and ti pior Sone) 2 oe ea eee eee ne eee 95. 2 URS Oe | Sees

1 Epiphysis missing. 2 Estimate.

CAUDAL VERTEBRAE

It may seem unusual that these five caudal vertebrae are so widely
separated from each other in the column, but on the basis of Abel’s
figure they will have to be assigned somewhere near the following
positions. The epiphyses of three of these caudals are nearly circu-
lar, even though the centra are irregularly pentagonal. Although
the transverse processes of the fifth caudal (pl. 12, fig. 1) are broken
off near the base, it is evident that these processes were somewhat
shorter than those of the tenth lumbar. The lateral faces of the
centrum (pl. 11, fig. 1) both above and below these processes are con-
cave. The neural arches are high and long anteroposteriorly. The
neural spine is short and its posterior margin curves forward. The
neural canal is very narrow in proportion to its height. Large
protruding postero-inferior facets for the chevrons (pl. 13, fig. 1)

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

are present in front of the posterior epiphysis, but the antero-
inferior ones are somewhat smaller. Between these facets the in-
ferior surface of the centrum is grooved.

The neural arches of the eighth caudal (pl. 10, fig. 2) are rather
low and the neural canal is small and ovoidal. Short transverse
processes (pl. 12, fig. 2) are present; their extremities are obliquely
truncated. Both pairs of inferior facets for the chevrons (pl. 13,
fig. 2) are situated on prominent protuberances. These articular
surfaces are obliquely placed on the protuberances and slope upward
and outward. The depression between these facets is deeper than
that on the fifth caudal. On this caudal and on the tenth the
prominence of these protuberances in conjunction with the outward
curvature of the rudimentary neural arches emphasize the con-
cavities above and below the transverse processes.

The tenth caudal (pl. 10, fig. 3) is characterized by a lower neural
arch, smaller neural canal, and rudimentary transverse processes.
In cross section this vertebra would appear almost pentagonal.
Behind the transverse process (pl. 11, fig. 3) there is a well-defined
groove which curves downward and reaches the ventral face through
the depression between the anterior and posterior facets for the
chevron bones. Between these facets (pl. 18, fig. 3) there is a broad
elongate concavity. This vertebra is noticeably broader anteriorly
than posteriorly. Both epiphyses are missing.

As compared with the tenth caudal, the fourteenth (pl. 10, fig. 4)
is somewhat shorter, more rounded, and lacks a complete neural
arch. Near the middle and inside of the low ridges which represent
the rudiments of the neural arch, there is an orifice for each verte-
brarterial canal. No trace of the transverse process is retained 91
either lateral face of the centrum. In its place there is a mesial
depression which corresponds in function.with the more evident
groove on the tenth caudal. No facets for the chevrons are present.

The eighteenth caudal is strongly flattened dorsoventrally. The
anterior epiphysis is thick with a convex articular face. The
posterior epiphysis is missing. Near the middle of the dorsal face
there are a pair of orifices for vertebrarterial canals which pierce
the centrum in a dorsoventral direction and emerge ventrally. There
is an oval longitudinal depression between their orifices on the
ventral face. The centrum is irregular in outline and is more |
noticeably porous than any of the preceding caudals. The lateral
faces of this caudal are nearly vertical in contrast to the rounded
appearance of the centra of the anterior caudals. The anterior and
posterior faces of the centrum swell out and consequently tha
epiphyses of this caudal acquire a slightly different shape from the
others.

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 31

Measurements of caudal vertebrae (in millimeters)

- . Four- | Eigh-
Measurements Fifth | Eighth} Tenth fedath stdoath
Greatest depth (vertically) of vertebra (tip of neural spine to
HUELTON FACE OM CEMELUM) Sos eae 2 eR NS Bees eA AS Ge 142 93 82 54.6 30
Greatest depth of neural canal anteriorly_____-____.__________- 28pie lk ie ey Se | eee. ™ ae see
Greatest breadth of neural canal posteriorly__________________- 8.5 8.7 Maen Lod poe SRS SS
Height of anterior face of centrum. ._._-.--=_---.. 223. 60. 5 61.7 63 61.2 29
Breadth of anterior face of centrum _.__-_-.--._....-.-_..-.-.-- 67.7 64. 7 61.5 53 35.7
Height of posterior face of centrum_-__.-.--.-----.-.-.--.--=-.-. 66 64 65 At, Oi eee,
Breadth of posterior face of centrum ___._._______-___-_-______- 67 58. 6 52. 6 MAES eer ES!
ene aioncentriuin meee ee sae ee ee Pe 87.5 86.5 | 169 61.6 145
Distance across vertebra between tips of the parapophyses_____|________ 92.2 GOP Libub eye ss sees
Distance across vertebra between tips of the prezygapophyses.-| 35 38. 2 30;:5))|2 5 Asse eee
Minimum length of neurapophysis.____...._.....___.2._2_.---- 41 46 DIE ss t-te ee eee
Anteroposterior length of neural spine in a horizontal line im-
mediately above the zygapophyses____.-___-__._.-___--__2__- QUE Z) CIS elt OSs SESE ae Blears re eee
Vertical height of neural spine (distance between superior
maria ofnenralicanal- and tiprof spine). =. =- 2-222 Lo) PV Bie ryt akteae cite eee, eee baa eng Soa
Maximum thickness of posterior epiphysis__._-____.._____--_-- O83) ||Ro ae see eee | We ao oe eater

1 Epiphysis missing.
RIBS

All the ribs found with this specimen are imperfect. The proxi-
mal portions of 10 ribs are sufficiently well preserved to permit ac-
curate description. ‘The extremities only of two other ribs were
found. This fossil porpoise probably possessed 11 pairs of ribs of
which the first pair are the shortest. When these ribs are arranged
in what appears to be their normal position, the external curvature
of the anterior ribs is seen to be less pronounced than that for those
near the posterior end of the series.

The neck of the first rib (pl. 14, fig. 1) is flattened, relatively deep,
and bears a short quadrangular-shaped capitulum at the extremity.
The tuberculum is subovoidal, concave, with a noticeable mesial
depression. The shaft is also flattened.

Only the neck of the second rib (pl. 14, fig. 2) was found and it is
also deep and rather short, but the capitulum is larger and more
ovoidal than that of the first rib. The tuberculum is also ovoidal,
but is not so noticeably depressed mesially. There is a concavity
on the posterior face of the neck.

The neck of the third rib (pl. 14, fig. 3) is narrower than that of
the second, with an evident constriction. The capitulum is trape-
zoidal in outline. The tuberculum is elongate, nearly subtriangular
in outline, and somewhat depressed mesially. Between the tubercu-
lum and the angle the external face of this rib is flattened, with a
flaring posterior margin.

In depth the neck of the fourth rib (pl. 14, fig. 4) is about equal
to the breadth. The increase in length of the neck corresponds to
the change in relative position of the facets on the corresponding
vertebrae for the capitulum and tuberculum. These facets are
roughly triangular in outline. The external face of this rib is flat-
ened with projecting anterior and posterior margins. This flattened

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

area commences 23.5 mm. below tuberculum and extends downward
for a distance of 88 mm.

The neck of the fifth rib (pl. 14, fig. 5) is also narrow, with its
depth greater than its breadth. The tuberculum is sub-triangular in
outline and about equally as long as broad. The internal margin
of this articular facet rolls over upon the shaft and the external face
of the shaft is not so noticeably flattened as on the fourth rib.

The neck of the sixth rib (pl. 14, fig. 6) is even narrower, but the
depth and breadth are about equal. The capitulum and tuberculum
are about equal in area. As in case of the fifth rib, the internal
margin of the tuberculum likewise rolls over upon the shaft, and the
external face is more rounded.

On the ninth rib (pl. 14, fig. 7) the facets for articulation with the
rudimentary diapophysis and parapophysis are combined into a sin-
gle articular head. The tenth rib (pl. 14, fig. 8) is characterized by
having a long narrow articular head for the parapophysis. Near the
middle the width and depth of the shaft are about equal. All the
ribs thin out near their lower extremities.

Measurements of ribs in millimeters

Total length in a |

straight line___.___ [S4OnS5 alee eee 1186.3 | 2265.7 | 1174.3 | 2 283.5 | 1 248.5 | 2293.6 | 1112.2 | 1120
Greatest breadth of
shaft at angle____-- (eg ove nese 24.3 18. 2 17 18.3 14.8 16.3 19.3 16.8

Distance between
external margin of
tuberculum and |
anterior margin of
capitulum______.__ SONG Ves 47.5 468 j2555 Fst 43.2 20513) Sse 46.1 43. 2

middletsa2 —. = — 1032)| eee 9.5 10.8 10.6 10.8 Ly 10. 2 10.1 LT
Greatest diameter
of articular facet
on head of rib_____! 13.8 18.7 16.7 14.33% | Saree eee 1G FSi $8255.25 oes Te 7 14.5
Greatest diameter |
of articular facet

on tubercle of rib__ O42) sean ee 21.9 21 17.6 7 5 gd ee ere hf oe 20.7 17.6
Least breadth of
Neck == See ee 21.4 20. 2 1287, LOL 10.6 QnO i Len S| 2 ks Le 10.8 10

1 Capitulum to extremity.
2 Tuberculum to extremity.
3 Combined facets for diapophysis and parapophyses.

INDIVIDUAL 2

Skull, Cat. No. 10714, Section of Vertebrate Paleontology, United
States National Museum.

Some difficulty was encountered while excavating around this
skull in preparation for its removal from the cliff, and unfortunately
it was fractured in several places. The top of the cranium (pl. 15,
fig. 1) and most of the rostrum was removed in good condition.

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 33

All of the material that could be found was brought to Washing-
ton, and thanks to the skillful manner in which the fragments have
been fitted together by Norman H. Boss, a fair skull was made avail-
able for study. In its present condition the loss of the extremity
of the rostrum is the most noticeable defect. Fortunately the ex-
ternal margins of the maxillae above the temporal fossae are perfect
and supplement the skull of individual 1 (Cat. No. 8842, U. S. Nat.
Mus.). The premaxillae were damaged in the region of the nasal
passages and the missing portions have been restored. There is an
unusually deep external groove leading backward from the pre-
maxillary foramen. The nasal] bones are in contact mesially for
a distance of 25 mm. The exposed portions of the frontals on the
vertex are relatively narrow and are not noticeably longer than the
nasals. The dorsal surface of the vertex (pl. 16, fig. 1) is higher
than the adjoining upper margin of the supraoccipital. On the
left side the posterior half of the supraorbital process is missing.
The left zygoma lacks the postglenoid process and a portion of its
anterior extremity. Except for the anterior end, the right zygoma
is lost. In addition the lower half of the left exoccipital and the
adjoining portion of the descending plate of the basioccipital are
missing. In the region of the temporal fossae, both parietals are
absent. The pterygoids (pl. 15, fig. 2) are completely destroyed on
the left side. On the right side, a small portion of the internal plate
of the pterygoid which abuts against the basisphenoid is present;
the remainder of this plate and its external reduplication are miss-
ing. In consequence of the loss of the external plate of the ptery-
goid, the optic canal is exposed near its origin. Because of the
absence of the mesethmoid and the loss of the internal plates of the
pterygoids, the nasal passages do not appear as small as they do in
better preserved skulls. The foramina (pl. 5) in the right tympano-
periotic recess are well preserved; those on the left side are more
or less mutilated. A broad strip of the supraoccipital extending
from side to side immediately above the foramen magnum is also
missing. The posterior styliform processes of the jugals are miss-
ing on both sides, but their anterior extremities are present. For
the most part the septa between the alveoli are obliterated.

Occurrence.—Near latitude 38° 40’ north, and longitude 76° 41’
west, South Chesapeake Beach, on the western shore of Chesapeake
Bay, Calvert County, Maryland. Shown on Patuxent Quadrangle or
Patuxent Folio, No. 152, United States Geological Survey. ©

Horizon.—This skull came from Shattuck’s zone No. 3 of the Cal-
vert Miocene formation of Maryland. It was discovered and exca-
vated by William Palmer in September, 1920.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Measurements of the skull

mm,

Total length (occipital condyles to extremity of rostrum) ______________ 794
Length of rostrum (maxillary notches to tip of beak) _________________ 587
Breadth of skull across zygomatic processes of squamosal____________ 239
Height of skull (between tip of descending process of basioccipital

and ‘nasals: 2scr ~ Lertre iti fed t cece see ye Fak elt, ee he See eee eae 179
Height fof skulls (basisphenoiditornasals)) 22s teeth eee 140
Occipito-premaxillary length of Skull (posterior margin of maxilla

COL TLD vO LAOS CT UI es a a eee ne dig oar 743
Greatest breadth of skull across supraorbital processes_________--______ 224
Greatest distance between external margins of premaxillae at level of

NasalpAassagseshs esses ye a Res SD ea re ae Pe eeeeaty eee) See 108
Greatest breadth of left premaxilla in front of nares___________________ 47.5
Greatest breadth of left premaxilla at maxillary notch_________________ 46.5
PS EB GO te or OSE UINN el eg 100 Sas ED Tear) OE eae ae eee 126.5
Greatest length of frontal plate of right maxilla_________.______________ 164
Greatest breadth of right maxilla posterior to nasals__________________ 87.5
Distance between inner margins of maxillae at vertex_____________-___- 66

Greatest antero-posterior length of supraorbital process of right frontal__ 68.5
Greatest thickness of frontal, lachrymal, and maxilla combined in front

OE Te GODT a a a ee Ep 30
Maximum width of exposed portions of combined frontals on vertex_____ 98
Greatest length of exposed portion of left frontal at vertex_____________ 32.5
Anteroposterior diameter of left nasal (along suture)__________________ 25.5
Transverse:diameter ofmertinasal 4.22 Se hae eas en ad See 26
Distance from vertex to upper margin of foramen magnum____________ 102.5
Height, of LOAM EM We TN ee ae ee ee ee ee 39
Breadthro£ foramen mM aASnU Awe So wee ee Dea ee oe ee ee ee eee ee Ot
Greatest distance between outer margins of occipital condyles_________- 89. 8
Greatest*height of rightscond yle! 22h3 23) ete a ea eee Le Hin
Greatest: breadth of right icondyles2n 22) 2 see ee a ee ee fe Bo
Greatest length of left zygomatic process (as preserved) _-___________ aS ote
Breadth ofeskull) Across Cxoccipitals 02 2 2 ee ee eee uO
Greatest vertical depth of skull in front of nares_______________________ 94

Breadth across posterior ends of descending processes of basioccipital___ 107
Breadth across anterior ends of descending processes of basioccipital___. 61
Breadth of skull across zygomatic processes of squamosals________-_-__ 237

INDIVIDUAL 3

Skull, Cat. No. 10464, Section of Vertebrate Paleontology, United
States National Museum.

Although the skull from a dorsal view (pl. 16, fig. 2) appears to
be in a fair state of preservation, this condition unfortunately does
not extend to structures not visible from this view. The extremity
of the rostrum, the teeth, and the ear bones are missing. On the left
side of the rostrum in the groove between the maxilla and the pre-
maxilla and at a point 248 mm. in front of the maxillary notch,
there is a large foramen. Notwithstanding the fracture across the
base of the rostrum, the premaxillae were little damaged by that
accident. The mesethmoid is present, and although there is a well-

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—-KELLOGG 35

deiined pit on each side of it below the nasals the frontal fontanelle
was completely closed and no trace can be found of foramina which
would afford passage for the olfactory nerves through the ecteth-
moids. To make certain that these foramina were not hidden by
matrix, that portion of the bone which incloses the pit on the left
side was removed and carefully examined. The jugals and their
long styliform processes are missing. Both lachrymals are preserved
even though the forward projecting processes of the horizontal
plates of the maxillae which normally overlie them are broken off
near the anterior margin of the supraorbital processes of the frontals.
The right and left supraorbital processes are essentially complete
except for the loss of their postorbital projections. The outer margin
of the maxilla above the right temporal fossa is imperfect. The
nasals are more rounded than those of the other skulls. On each side
above the foramen magnum there is a vacuity in the supraoccipital
approximately 38 mm. wide which has resulted from some accident,
probably from the dislodgment of the exoccipitals. Between these
vacuities there is a median strip of the supraoccipital averaging 31
mm. in width which maintains the correct relations between the base
and the top of the skull. Both exoccipitals are lost. All of the right
and left squamosal bones, including their zygomatic processes, are
missing. The extremities of the alisphenoids are damaged. The
descending plates of the basioccipital are not complete. No remnants
of the pterygoids can be found on either side. Both parietals are
lost.

Occurrence.—Near latitude 38° 40’ north, and longitude 76° 41’
west, South Chesapeake Beach, en the western shore of Chesapeake
Bay, Calvert County, Maryland. Shown on Patuxent Quadrangle
or Pateuxent Folio, No. 152, United States Geological Survey.

Horizon.—The skull was found by F. W. True on March 30, 1907,
in clay on the shore at a point immediately north of the Sunset
Hotel, Chesapeake Beach. It lay in bluish clay about a foot above
the beach. The skull was turned upside down, and the right frontal
bone was exposed. The long axis of the skull was at an angle to the
face of the bank. The skull belongs to Shattuck’s zone No. 5.

Measurements of the skull

mm,
Total length (occipital condyles to extremity of the rostrum) —~-----~--- 842
Length of rostrum (maxillary notches to tip of beak) ------------------ 649
Meicht,of skull (basisphenoid. to nasals) ~..__..--------+------=--~-== 118
Greatest breadth of skull across supraorbital processes of frontals (an-
Seert sic] pee een ome uneereere Stay SShI AS 22 TES Sey oe re 196.5
Occipito-premaxillary length of skull (posterior margin of maxilla to
Sine craicitctnan ) hae sceet igh or Pt) San cele, pot ecu thee. 803

Greatest distance between outside margins of premaxillae opposite nasal
[RS HSIS EES SAST oR oS a a ee 95

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Measurements of the skull—Continued
Tun

Greatest breadth of left premaxilla in front of nares____-_--_--_------~--- 41
Greatest breadth of left premaxilla at maxillary notch__---------_---_--_ 29, 2
Breadth) of rostrumyatanaxllany,notehes!== 232 ee ee 118
Brendth of TOSsthumiat pexehemitt ye on eee ee ee 19. 2
Leneth sot frontal plarevot Letters ales 152. &
Greatest breadth of left maxilla posterior to nasals_____-_-_--------_-__-__~- 66
Distance between inner margins of maxillae at vertex_________________ 56.8
Greatest thickness of frontal and maxilla combined near center of orbit. 17.3
Maximum width of exposed portions of combined frontals on vertex_____ 7d
Greatest length of exposed portion of left frontal at vertex__-__________- 25
Anteroposterior diameter of left nasal (along suture) _--__-____________ 21.5
Greatest anteroposterior diameter of right nasal______________________ 28.3
Transverse: diameter OL right masala sees eee ee ee 212
Distance from vertex to upper margin of foramen magnum _____.—-_____-_ 102. 7
Greatest hetcht ‘of left. cond ylew 4 Se wee eee Fe eerie Se ee 41
Greatest breadth ofdert Cond ylel 22 ee S See eee es eel ee ie a 26

INDIVIDUAL 4

Skull, Cat. No. 10711, Section of Vertebrate Paleontology, United
States National Museum. .

From time to time large masses of clay are dislodged from the
cliffs by the undercutting action of the tides. Whenever remains
of fossil cetaceans are thrown down in this manner they are usually
broken up either by the fall or by being rolled about in the water.
It is not known whether this skull was broken in this way or at the
time of excavation. At any event the skull was fractured in many
places and was restored to its present condition before it was pur-
chased by the museum. It is listed here on account of the large
size of the braincase. On the basis of comparative measurements
taken from the other skulls it is apparent that only the proximal
one-third of the rostrum is preserved. As will be noted from an
examination of plate 17, the outer margins of the maxillae anterior
to the maxillary foramina have been broken off along the external
margins of the premaxillae. The thin horizontal plate of the left
maxilla is fairly well preserved above the temporal fossa and re-
tains most of its original external margin, but on the right side
posterior to the supraorbital process a large section of the maxilla
is missing, exposing the temporal fossa.

A section of the right premaxilla, 46 mm. in length, is missing
above the nasal passage and the inner margin of the left is imperfect
in the corresponding region. Both nasal bones are lost. A very
narrow strip of the combined frontals is exposed on the vertex.
Part of the thin horizontal plate of the maxilla which overlies the
right supraorbital process is missing. The slender process of the
maxilla which projects forward and overlies the left lachrymal was

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 37

broken off near its origin. The anterior half of the outer border of
the right supraorbital process is missing.

The right zygoma is nearly perfect, but the left one is fractured
behind the postglenoid process. In the right temporal fossa a
small fragment of the parietal remains. The alisphenoid is con-
siderably damaged on both sides, so much so that most of the
foramina are obliterated. The outer and lower extremities of both
exoccipitals are damaged. The supraoccipital is lost except for a
small piece attached to the right frontal. From a ventral view the
vomer is seen to be greatly constricted between the nasal passages,
forming a narrow trough. The internal plate of the pterygoid and
its external reduplication are completely missing on both sides.
The lachrymals and jugals are missing. The palatines are damaged
along their external margins. The mesethmoid is lost. No septa
between the alveoli are preserved.

Occurrence.—No definite information regarding the place of dis-
covery of this specimen can be found in any of the notes left by
William Palmer. All that is known is that it was obtained from
the Calvert cliffs, on the western shore of Chesapeake Bay, at some
point between Dare’s wharf and Chesapeake Beach. The clay.
matrix and mollusca within the brain cavity show that the specimen
came from the Calvert formation.

Measurements of the skull
mm.

Total length (occipital condyles to extremity of rostrum) ____________ 497.5
Length of rostrum (maxillary notches to extremity) —-______-_________ 287. 5
Breadth of skull across zygomatic processes of squamoSsals____________ 245
Height of skull (between tip of descending process of basioccipital and

BASES UT HeaNE Sty) ees oe ey Cee ne eas SPD PSST Pe Peete Re ee aie
Pett orskiml “(pasisphenoird to trontals) 2222 2s es ee 131
Greatest breadth of skull across supraorbital processes________________ 250
Greatest distance between outside margins of premaxillae opposite nasal

ESS eG ew rere cere eee eee seaat cee Ree bit ee aes Se ee 111
Greatest breadth of left premaxilla in front of nasal passages_____---_- 44
Breadth vor rostrum, at maxillary notches-/2—2 ==) St es 126. 4
Mena titemrorcal plate onlert max l tas Seas 2S ee ee ee ee 169
Greatest breadth of left maxilla at level of posterior margin of supra-

Setatied ROE NS: ert DOMeat tt nee eee 8 eh 100
Distance between inner margins of maxillae at vertex___----_---------- 55
Greatest anteroposterior length of left supraorbital process of frontal__ 76.2
Maximum width of exposed portions of compined frontals on vertex____ 92
Greatest length of exposed portion of left frontal on vertex_______-_--~ 25
Distance from vertex to lower margin of foramen magnum__----~---~-
Breath OF, fern Ne OTN Fie eS 40. 5
Greatest distance between outer margins of occipital condyles_______-_- 92. 2
Pie west DLeadi a Ne Tight, COndyle. =. — 42 ok 35
Greatest length of left zygomatic process, as preserved___-_----------- 86. 4
Breadth of skull across .exoccipitals......_-—-+-sa---==222+26-2s-se 208. 5

Breadth of skull across zygomatic processes of squamosals____-------- 245

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 66

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

Lurhinodelphis bossi, new species. Type, Cat. No. 8842, Section of Verte-
brate Paleontology, United States National Museum. Calvert formation,
western shore of Chesapeake Bay, about 2 miles south of Chesapeake Beach,
Calvert County, Maryland. Collected by Norman H. Boss, August, 1918.

PLATE 1

Type skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi, new species. About one-sixth natural
size. Fig. 1. Dorsal view. Fig. 2. Ventral view. Abbreviations: Bo., basioc-
cipital; C., condyle; Hx. O., exoccipital; Fo. c., condyloid foramen; Io. inf.,
infraorbital foramen; Jo. l. p., foramen lacerum posterius; Fo. mar., maxillary
foramen; Fr., frontal; Ha., hamular process of pterygoid; Ju., jugal; La., lach-
rymal; Maz., maxilla; Mes., mesethmoid; Na., nasal; Op. c., optic canal; Pal.,
palatine; Pmsz., premaxilla; Pt., pterygoid; So., supraoccipital; S. or. pr., supra-
orbital process of frontal; St. pr., styliform process of jugal; V., vomer; Zyq@.,
zygomatic process of squamosal.

PLATE 2

Lateral view of type skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi, new species. About one-
sixth natural size.
PLATE 3

Dorsal view of type mandible of Hurhinodelphis bossi, new species. About
three-tenths natural size.
PLATE 4

Posterior view of type skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi, new species. About
one-half natural size.
PLATE 5

Ventral view of skull of Lurhinodelphis bossi. Individual 2, Cat. No. 10714,
United States National Museum. About five-sevenths natural size. View show-
ing foramina within the tympano-periotic recess and the relations of the
various elements composing the ventral face of the skull. The external re-
duplication of the pterygoid and the orbitosphenoid are missing. Hence the
outer wall of the nasal passage is also missing. Abbreviations: Al., alisphenoid;
Bo., basioccipital; Bo. pl., descending plate or falcate process of the basioc-
cipital; O., condyle; Hz. o., exoccipital; Fo. inf., infraorbital foramen; Fr., fron-
tal; Ju., jugal; ZLa., lachrymal; Maz., maxilla; Op. c., optic canal; Pal., pala-
tine; Pt., pterygoid; S. or pr., supraorbital process of frontal; Sq, squamosal;
V., vomer; Zyg., zygomatic process of squamosal; 1, carotid canal; 2, passage
for mandibular branch of trigeminal nerve; 3, furrow for mandibular branchgf
trigeminal nerve; 4, foramen lacerum medius; 5, jugular foramen or foramen
lacerum posterius, compartment for nerves; 6, jugular foramen or foramen
lacerum posterius, compartment for vein; 7, condyloid foramen or hypoglossal
canal in jugular incisure.

PLATE 6

Views of scapula and vertebrae of Eurhinodelphis bossi. Fig. 1, dorsal or

external view of left scapula (about three-sevenths natural size) ; Fig. 2, posterior —

epiphysis of fifth caudal (about two-fifths natural size) ; Fig. 3, anterior view of
fifth cervical (about one-half natural size) ; Fig. 4, ventral or internal view of
left scapula (about three-sevenths natural size); Fig. 5, internal surface of
epiphysis of an anterior caudal (about two-fifths natural size) ; Fig. 6, posterior
view of fifth cervical (about one-half natural size).

ART. 26 REMAINS OF FOSSIL PORPOISES—KELLOGG 39

PLATE 7

Views of dorsal vertebrae of Eurhinodelphis bossi. About three-tenths natural
size. Fig. 1, anterior view of sixth dorsal vetebra; Fig. 2, anterior view of fifth
dorsal vertebra ; Fig. 3, anterior view of third dorsal vertebra; Fig. 4, posterior
view of sixth dorsal vertebra; Fig. 5, posterior view of fifth dorsal vertebra:
Fig. 6, posterior view of third dorsal vertebra; Fig. 7, anterior view of seventh
dorsal vertebra; Fig. 8, anterior view of eleventh dorsal vertebra; Fig. 9,
anterior view of tenth dorsal vertebra.

PLATE 8

Views of dorsal and lumbar vertebrae of Hurhinodelphis bossi. Figs. 1-3,
about three-sevenths natural size; Figs. 4-5, about one-third natural size. Fig. 1,
lateral view of third dorsal vertebra; Fig. 2, lateral view of fifth dorsal ver-
tebra; Fig. 3, lateral view of sixth dorsal vertebra; Fig. 4, anterior view of
eighth lumbar vertebra ; Fig. 5, posterior view of sixth lumbar vertebra.

PLATE 9

Lateral views of posterior dorsal and lumbar vertebrae of Eurhinodelphis
bossi. About two-fifths natural size. Fig. 1, eleventh dorsal vertebra; Fig.
2, tenth dorsal vertebra; Fig. 3, ninth dorsal vertebra; Fig. 4, eighth lumbar
vertebra; Fig. 5, sixth lumbar vertebra; Fig. 6, tenth lumbar vertebra.

PLATE 10 5

Views of caudal vertebrae of Hurhinodelphis bossi. About three-fifths natural
size. Fig. 1, anterior view of fifth caudal vertebra; Fig. 2, anterior view of
eighth caudal vertebra; Fig. 3, anterior view of tenth caudal vertebra; Fig. 4,
dorsal view of fourteenth caudal vertebra; Fig. 5, anterior view of fourteenth
caudal vertebra.

PLATE 11

Lateral views of caudal vertebrae of EHurhinodelphis bossi. About three-
fifths natural size. Fig. 1, fifth caudal vertebra; Fig. 2, eighth candal vertebra ;
Fig. 3, tenth caudal vertebra.

PLATE 12

Views of caudal vertebrae and left humerus of Hurhinodelphis bossi. About
three-fifths natural size. Fig. 1, dorsal view of fifth caudal vertebra; Fig. 2,
dorsal view of eighth caudal vertebra; Fig. 3, dorsal view of tenth caudal ver-
tebra; Fig. 4, internal view of left humerus; Fig. 5, posterior view of left
humerus.

PLATE 13

Ventral views of caudal vertebrae of Hurhinodelphis bossi. About three-
fifths natural size. Fig. 1, fifth caudal vertebra; Fig. 2, eighth caudal ver-
tebra; Fig. 3, tenth caudal vertebra.

PLATE 14

Lateral views of ribs of Hurhinodelphis bossi. About nine-twentieths natural
size. Fig. 1, first rib, right side; Fig. 2, second rib, right side; Fig. 3, third
rib, right side; Fig. 4, fourth rib, right side; Fig. 5, fifth rib, right side; Fig. 6,
sixth rib, right side; Fig. 7, ninth rib, right side; Fig. 8, tenth rib, right side;
Fig. 9, third rib, left side; Fig. 10, fifth rib, left side.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

PLATE 15

Skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi. Individual 2, Cat. No. 10714, United States
National Museum. About one-fifth natural size. Fig. 1, dorsal view; Fig. 2,

ventral view.

PLATE 16

Fig. 1. Lateral view of skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi. Individual 2, Cat. No.
10714, United States National Museum. About one-fifth natural size.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view of skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi. Individual 3, Cat. No.
10464, United States National Museum. About one-fifth natural size.

PLATE 17>

‘Lateral view of skull of Hurhinodelphis bossi. Individual 4, Cat. No. 10711,
United States National Museum. About one-third natural size.

PES

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

eee

re meoninion . :
Pee ee es

DORSAL AND VENTRAL VIEWS OF TYPE SKULL OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

LATERAL VIEW OF TYPE SKULL OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSS!

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

PL.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

ees

reat

Soon
a at

sence

; seat ee
* we : z
nig ae
: os
sg ee

DORSAL VIEW OF TYPE MANDIBLE OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26

Pied

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 4

POSTERIOR VIEW OF TYPE SKULL OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

PROCEEDNGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26

NATIONAL MUSEUM

Ss.

VENTRAL VIEW OF A SKULL OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 6

VIEWS OF SCAPULA, CERVICAL, AND EPIPHYSIS OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 38

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 7

VIEWS OF DORSAL VERTEBRAE OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 8

VIEWS OF DORSAL AND LUMBAR VERTEBRAE OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 9

VIEWS OF DORSAL AND LUMBAR VERTEBRAE OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

VIEWS OF CAUDAL VERTEBRAE OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

PE:

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. II

LATERAL VIEWS OF CAUDAL VERTEBRAE OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 12

VIEWS OF CAUDAL VERTEBRAE AND HUMERUS OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 13

VENTRAL VIEWS OF CAUDAL VERTEBRAE OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 14

LATERAL VIEWS OF RIBS OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 15

searacgereeeresste

aie oes ame orem

in Ratnam

DORSAL AND VENTRAL VIEWS OF A SKULL OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSS!

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 40

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 16

VIEWS OF TWO SKULLS OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSS!

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 40

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ° PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 26 PL. 17

LATERAL VIEW OF A SKULL OF EURHINODELPHIS BOSSI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 40

A FOSSIL PHYSETEROID CETACEAN FROM SANTA
BARBARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

By Remineton KeELioce

Of the Bureau of Biological Survey, U. S. Department of Agriculture

The discovery of a skull of a fossil physeteroid whale anywhere
is worth recording, and when one is found on the Pacific Coast of
North America, the occurrence is all the more important in view of
the present inadequate record of their presence there during tertiary
times. The living sperm whale is almost cosmopolitan in its distri-
bution, and there is considerable evidence to support the assumption
that the geographical range of many, if not all, of the fossil repre-
sentatives of this family included the Pacific as well as the Atlantic
ocean. The suggestion may be offered here that these cetaceans, in
particular, will eventually prove to be very useful for purposes of
intercontinental geological correlation. Sooner or later, these widely
scattered occurrences of fossil sperm whales will assist in either cor-
roborating or modifying some of our concepts as to the age of various
marine formations.

Comparative measurements indicate that a complete skull of this
species will measure between 4 and 5 meters (12 and 15 feet) in
length. If this estimate is correct, then the skull of this species is
more than twice as long as that of Physodon patagonicus Lydekker
from a lower Miocene tuff formation on the coast of Chubut Terri-
tory, Patagonia, and probably represents the largest Miocene phys-
eteroid thus far described. This specimen is tentatively referred to
the genus Ontocetus of Leidy. Although only a small portion of the
skull is available for description at present, it obviously represents a
distinct type, and requires a name.

Through the interest of Dr. J. P. Harrington of the Bureau of
Ethnology, this specimen was presented to the United States Nation-
al Museum by Mrs. Charles O. Roe, of Santa Barbara, California. I
am indebted to Mr. C. W. Gilmore, curator of the Division of Verte-
brate Palaeontology, for the opportunity to describe this specimen.

No. 2564.—PRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 27.
9120—24 al

9 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
ONTOCETUS OXYMYCTERUS, new species

Type specimen.—Cat. No. 10923, Division of Vertebrate Palaeon-
tology, United States National Museum. The material includes the
distal end of the rostrum, the extremities of both mandibles with the
roots or portions of 10 or 11 teeth in place, as well as several im-
perfect teeth which were found in the adjoining matrix.

Type locality —The occurrence is as follows: Near latitude 34° 20’
12’’ north, and longitude 119° 43’ 20’’ west, in the sea cliff which fol-
lows the beach north of the Santa Bunbine lighthouse, Santa Bar-

bara County, California. Range 27 west, township 4 north, Santa
Barbara special map, United States Cestomien! Survey.

Horizon.—The specimen was discovered by Mr. Charles O. Roe
some 35 years before he finally removed it to his home in Santa Bar-
bara during the year 1909. The rostrum and mandibles were found
projecting from the sea cliff at an elevation of about 12 feet above the
high water mark. The sea cliff is nearly 80 feet high at the point
where the skull was found, but the writer can not give any estimate
as to the thickness of the stratum or as to the relative position of the
specimen within it. I am indebted to Mr. Earl V. Shannon, As-
sistant Curator of Geology, for the following report on the matrix.

The specimen submitted for examination consists of a dense almost aphanitic
laminated rock of medium olive buff color. Superficially it resembles a rhyolite
with a flow structure more than a sedimentary rock and this resemblance is
heightened by scattered nearly spherical cavities a millimeter or two in diam-
eter which, under a binocular microscope, are seen to be lined with minute,
sparkling, rhombohedral, colorless, or slightly yellowish crystals. In dilute
(1:1) hydrochloric acid the rock effervesces slowly in the manner characteristic
of a dolomite and upon warming in the acid large pieces are completely dis-
solved leaving little residue and with the separation of a considerable amount
of oily matter. The solution, after removal of iron, lime, ete. in the usual
manner, reacts copiously for magnesia with microcosmic salt. The rock is evi-
dently a fairly pure bituminous dolomite.

No direct reference to the deposits which comprise the sea cliff
west of the Santa Barbara lighthouse can be found and Arnold?
writes that “the structure of the coast west of Punta del Castillo was
not studied.” This stratum of bituminous dolomite, however, prob-
ably represents one of the calcareous deposits which alternated with
siliceous deposits to form the thick series known as the lower division
of the Monterey formation. In the report by Arnold and Ander-
son,” reference is made to “massive beds of peculiar sand-colored
limestone with characteristic lamellar weathering.” Again in re-

1 Arnold, R., Geology and Oil Resources of the Summerland District, Santa Barbara

County, California. Bulletin No. 321, U. S. Geol. Surv., Washington, D. C., p. 38, 1907.
* Arnold, R., and Anderson, R., Geology and Oil Resources of the Santa Maria Oil Dis-

trict, Santa Bata oes California. Bulletin No. 322, U. S. Geol. Surv., Washing-
ton, ’D. C., p. 34, 29

SS SSS SSS—S505 =

ART. 27 A FOSSIL PHYSETEROID CETACEAN—KELLOGG 3

ferring to a bituminous limestone [bituminous dolomite as shown
by No. 11 in table of analyses, p. 45] from the Redrock Mountain,
northeast of Lompoc, Santa Barbara County, they report as follows:
“The last analysis (No. 11) represents limestone typical in lithologic
appearance of the limestone of the Monterey.” The age of this
formation is probably Helvetian or later.

Rostrum.—As the base of the rostrum and the brainease still re-
main in the sea cliff near Santa Barbara, an exact idea of this physe-
teroid’s relation to previously described skulls can not be given at
present. The general outlines of the skull, however, were probably
similar to Scaldicetus. According to the figures of Scaldicetus
mortezelensis given by Abel,* the extremity of the rostrum of that
species is not characterized by a lateral compression. This is the
most apparent difference between the rostrum of the Santa Barbara
cetacean (pl. 1) and that of Scaldicetus. The size of the teeth and
the general appearance of their dentinal axes indicate some relation-
ship with Ontocetus. All previously described skulls of fossil phys-
eteroids, in so far as can be judged from the imperfectly preserved
specimens now known, were characterized in part by the presence of
three teeth in the extremity of each premaxilla. In these forms the
extremity of the rostrum is formed by the premaxillae alone. In
this Santa Barbara skull, also, the premaxillae take part in the for-
mation of the extremity of the rostrum and three of the teeth on
each side are implanted in the premaxilla. The lateral compression
of the distal portion of the rostrum is quite noticeable in certain
genera, particularly so in Physodon patagonicus and Diaphorocetus
mediatlanticus. The extremity of the rostrum of this fossil phys-
eteroid was constricted from side to side and the inner margins of
the premaxillae are in contact along the median line as in Physodon
patagonicus, forming a roof for the mesorostral gutter. On com-
paring the dorsal view of this Santa Barbara rostrum with that of
Physeter,> other peculiarities become apparent. In the latter, the
rostrum is more or less attenuated anteriorly, but the abrupt con-
striction or lateral compression of the distal portion of the rostrum
has disappeared with the horizontal expansion of the rostrum.

While removing the matrix it became evident that this skull had
partially decayed before it was completely buried in the sediments
which preserved it. Furthermore, some of the teeth were broken
off in the alveoli previous to its burial, for on removing the matrix
which covered the right mandible, the roots of the teeth were ex-

3 Arnold, R., and Anderson, R., Geology and Oil Resources of the Summerland District,
Santa Barbara County, California.

4 Abel, O., Mem. Mus. roy. d’hist. nat. de Belgique, Bruxelles, vol. 8, p. 67, fig. 5 1905.

5 Van Beneden, P. J., and Gervais, P., Ostégraphie des Cetacés vivants et fossiles,
Paris, Atlas, pl. 19, figs. 5-6. 1880.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

posed to view. Other teeth dropped out of the alveoli in the upper
jaws after the skull was covered with sediments as several were
found in the matrix. The outer surface of the maxilla is worn,
more so in some places than in others. Nevertheless, it appears that
the anterior alveoli in the maxilla are separated from the outer sur-
face by a very thin plate, hardly more than 15 mm. in thickness.
The lateral border of the maxilla overhangs the alveoli more notice-
ably posteriorly than anteriorly. The alveoli in the maxillae agree
in size with those for the corresponding teeth in the mandibles. At
least eight alveoli are present in the distal end of each maxilla
and a complete skull may have carried 18 or more teeth in each jaw.
From the inferior margin, the maxilla curves upward to the pre-
maxilla in a gradual curve which becomes more pronounced as the
maxilla attains a greater depth posteriorly. Apparently, the hori-
zontal plate-like inwardly projecting portions of the premaxillae
do not roof the mesorostral gutter to the extremity of the rostrum,
but this can not be stated with any degree of certainty for although
they taper rapidly their extremities are clearly mutilated. The
maxillae gradually increase in breadth toward the base of this sec-
tion of the rostrum and then appear to suddenly expand as would
be expected in a skull characterized by a lateral constriction of the
extremity of the rostrum. From a lateral view the maxillae in-
crease in depth as they approach the base; whereas the premaxillae
decrease.

The mesorostral gutter extends the full length of the rostrum.
Its distal extension is made up entirely by the premaxillae which
meet mesially on the floor in a linear suture. Posterior to the third
pair of alveoli is the distal extremity of the vomer which contributes
the floor of the gutter for most of its length, and on each side is
mortised into the ventral extensions of the premaxillae and they in
turn are applied to the inner borders of the maxillae. From its ex-
tremity posteriorly, the vomer increases in width and eventually
gains a position on the walls. The dorsal wall or roof of the
vomerine gutter is formed, as mentioned above, by the overhanging
plate-like portions of the premaxillae. From the level of the third
pair of alveoli posteriorly, the premaxillae retain a nearly uniform
breadth.

Mandibles.—Since this specimen projected from the face of the cliff
and was exposed to the action of the elements for 35 years at least, it
is not surprising that the inferior surfaces of the mandibles should
exhibit evidence of considerable erosion. From a ventral view,
numerous branching canals are now visible, although they are filled
with matrix, which afforded passage for nerves and blood vessels.
In places, this wear has amounted to an inch or more in thickness.

ART. 27 A FOSSIL PHYSETEROID CETACEAN—KELLOGG 5

The extremities of the mandibles are relatively large in comparison
to the rostrum and in general conformation are somewhat similar to
those of Physeter. Pressure or other factors resulted in the separa-
tion of the mandibles at the symphysis. The left mandible does not
lie in its normal position and its inner face is appressed against the
ventral surface of the rostrum. The proximal portions of the mandi-
bles were not collected and as the inner faces of these mandibles begin
to diverge some 170 mm. in front of the point where they were broken
off, it is evident that all of the symphysial region is represented. If
this is the case then the symphysis of the mandible is coextensive
with the first eight pairs of teeth. Both mandibles curved upward
from the posterior end of the symphysis forward. The distal ex-
tremity of each mandible is obliquely truncated in a dorso-ventral
direction while the external and internal faces of the mandible de-
scend abruptly from the dorsal surface which is relatively flat.

The tooth-bearing portion of the mandible is relatively massive
and the bone itself is rather dense. The alveoli (pl. 2) are large and
the posterior ones occupy more than half of the width of the mandible.
Yn this fossil, the series of teeth in each mandible consists of more
than eleven slightly curved and conical teeth. The first and third
teeth are the smallest of the mandibular series. The roots of all the
teeth available for examination from the upper jaw are terminated
obtusely and no doubt those of the mandible are similar in appear-
ance. ‘Two teeth, the inner one much smaller than all of the follow-
ing with the exception of the third, project obliquely forward from
the extremity of each mandible.

Teeth—Turning to the teeth, we find that they are all very large
and that some of them may have projected 4 or 5 inches beyond
the jaws. They are separated by intervals or septa narrower than
the thickness of the cement. In respect to their mode of implanta-
tion in the jaw, the teeth differ froth those of Physeter in that they
are lodged in distinct alveoli and the septa extend the full depth
of the alveolus. These alveoli are too large to hold the teeth in
place independently of a dense ligamentous gum which accounts
for their absence from the alveoli in the upper jaw. The position
of the mandibles prevented the teeth from falling out of the alveoli
and in some instances the matrix in the alveolus which encircles
the root attains a width of 20 mm. or more. This interval affords
another indication of how loosely the teeth were implanted in the
jaws. All the crowns of the teeth, with the exception of the third
in the right mandible, either were broken off at the time the speci-
men was removed from the sea cliff or were destroyed before burial.
The summit of the crown of this tooth is abraded and the enamel
is ornamented with coarse longitudinal striae.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The crown of the third mandibular tooth is broken off obliquely
in an interno-external direction. The enamel forms a band en-
circling the crown of the tooth, about 1 mm. in thickness and ap-
proximately 35 mm. in depth when complete. The crown and upper
part of a tooth which broke away from the end of the root in the
mandible at the time the specimen was removed from the sea cliff
measures 153 mm. in length. The greatest transverse diameter of
the base of this apical section of the tooth equals 68 mm. and the
maximum thickness of the cement is 9.5 mm. At the level of the
superior face of the mandible, the outer coat of cement varies from
10 to 19 mm. in thickness. From these measurements it is evident
that a short section of the root which intervenes between this apical
portion and the distal extremity is missing. A large mandibular
tooth will measure at least 300 mm. in length. The roots of these
teeth are fusiform, remarkably robust, and very large in proportion
to the crown. They are almost straight at the basal two-thirds, but
curved toward the crown so that the latter appears to be obliquely
placed upon it.

The enamel on the crown does not form an enlargement at the base
and passes into the cement on the root without any perceptible in-
crease or decrease in the diameter of the neck. Hence there is no
distinct neck and no constriction at this point can be observed on any
of the teeth which are sufficiently preserved to offer any data. The
distal extremities of all the teeth are present in the left mandible.
At their upper ends, a small pulp cavity is exposed in the second and
ninth teeth, measuring 3.5 and 7.5 mm. respectively in diameter. This
indicates that the lower portions of the roots were pervaded by a
slender pulp cavity, irregular in diameter because of the presence of
nodosities on the sides.

As seen in cross section, the teeth consist of an internal cone of
ossified pulp and dentine which is covered externally by a thick layer
of cement. This outer coat of cement is usually brownish in con-
trast to the light cream-colored dentine, and on the eighth tooth of
the right mandible is equal to about one-fourth of the transverse di-
ameter of the root. The dentinal axis is formed in concentric layers
while the cement on the other hand appears to be composed of thin
and narrow longitudinal strips or laminae. In cross section, the ends
of these laminae are so arranged that their axes correspond to lines
radiating from the center of the pulp cavity.

The most obvious distinction between these teeth and that of
Ontocetus emmonsi is the relative thickness of the outer layer of
cement. In cross section the central axis of dentine appears to be
more or less ovoidal in the anterior mandibular teeth in contrast to
the circular outlines of the posterior ones, but this may be due in

ART. 27 A FOSSIL PHYSETEROID CETACEAN—KELLOGG 7

part to differences in the direction of the teeth in the alveoli, the
former being implanted more obliquely than the latter. Thin ridges
which encircle the dentinal axis and which have been referred to as
annular lines of growth are present. Longitudinal grooves or fluting,
varying in number and in depth among the several teeth at hand,
further characterize the external surface of the dentinal axis. The
teeth of Scaldicetus caretti, a physeteroid whale from the Anversian
of Belgium, agree with those of this Californian species in size.

All of the teeth are imperfectly fossilized and the dentine especi-
ally is rather soft and pithy. In their present state, difficulties which
are familiar to anyone who has attempted to preserve tusks of
mastodons, are encountered when the teeth are freed from the matrix.
The teeth fracture and crumble even when every precaution is taken
for their preservation.

Measurements of the rostrum and mandibles

mm
Total length of rostral fragment along the median line________________ 845
Width of right premaxilla at proximal end of rostral fragment________ 97
Width of right premaxilla at level of second alveolus________________ 91
Depth of right premaxilla at proximal end of rostral fragment ______ 190
Depth of right premaxilla above maxillary suture at level of fifth
ULV, WU SS aero ier ee ee oe ne ee a I er 69
Breadth of rostral fragment at proximal end (left maxillary surface
SVVCO TET Wes Op ibs) eens tis ce mI eo, EE Se ee 405

Breadth of rostral fragment at point 100 mm. posterior to distal end__ 170
Breadth across combined premaxillae at proximal end of rostral frag-

peer ee eT PEE eee 2 eS ee 213
Breadth across combined premaxillae at level of fifth alveolus________ 211
otal leneth of fragment, of) right,mandible-<_¢-= 222 = se ae 965
DeptihsoL riche mandible ateproximal’ end 2 = ee ee 192
Wepth) of right mandible atpextremity 0 vis oe ee 117
Breadth of right mandible at proximal end______-_.--_\__- = eis 175
IBresdtheot sieht mandible: at extremity... 02022. oe ee ee 123
MotalelenstheoLt-rragzment of lett. mandible. 3292 a ee eee ee 920
Wepine or Jet: mandible at proximal end....-= <2. 2 soe. 252k 196
Wepthwot, lero mandible: at. extremity... eee 115
mresath of Jett mandible: at proximal end...=~~.--..=4-=-2 -=)--- 180
Bresdiioot lett mangiple at extremity... 117
Greatest transverse diameter of root of first tooth, left mandible________ 54
Greatest transverse diameter of root of second tooth, left mandible____. 74
Greatest transverse diameter of root of third tooth, left mandible___-_- 70
Greatest transverse diameter of root of fourth tooth, left mandible___ 66.5
Greatest transverse diameter of root of fifth tooth, left mandible___--__ 67.5
Greatest transverse diameter of root of sixth tooth, left mandible______ 70
Greatest transverse diameter of root of seventh tooth, left mandible_-___ 78.5
Greatest transverse diameter of root of eighth tooth, left mandible____ 89
Greatest transverse diameter of root of ninth tooth, left mandible______ 50. 5
Greatest transverse diameter of root of tenth tooth, left mandible__-____ 71

Length of enamel crown of third tooth, right mandible (apex missing
GimUOnieO linea a ee ee Shs Se ee ee ee 30-+-

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

mm,
Greatest antero-posterior diameter of enamel crown of third tooth at
base, right rr erm i) Ge oe a a Te ed ea 32
Highth tooth, right mandible:
Transverse diameter of tooth at level superior face mandible______ 82
Transverse/diameter of ‘dentinal: axiseo 2. Tie Wea aa 50:
Greatest! width.of cement in) Same place. 22502 ae eee 18
Pulp cavity closed.
Highth tooth, left mandible:
Transverse diameter of tooth at level superior face of mandible____ 93
Transverse” diameter “of dentinal” axis 2 = 220k Site ee ee 62
Greatest width of cement in same plane_________-________________ 19

Pulp cavity closed.
Ninth tooth, right mandible:
Transverse diameter of tooth at level of superior face of mandible__ 80

IETANSVECESE, Gia Meter) Ol, sem GIN Wl exe Ss ee ee 46.3
Greatest width of cement in same plane____________________-___- 19
Transverse diameter of pulp cavity at same plane__________________ hoe

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1

Dorsal view of type rostrum and mandibles of Ontocetus oxymycterus
The internal face of the left mandible is covered with the matrix.
Abbreviations: J/az, maxilla; Pma. premaxilla.

PrAmne2

Lateral view of type rostrum and dorsal view of right mandible of Ontocetus
oxymycterus

This view shows that the extremity of rostrum is formed by the premaxillae;
the end of the maxilla, which normally forms the external wall of the fourth
alveolus, is missing.

Abbreviations: Maz. maxilla; Pmz. premaxilla.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 27 PL. |

VIEWS OF ROSTRUM AND MANDIBLES OF ONTOCETUS OXYMYCTERUS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 8

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 27 PL. 2

VIEWS OF ROSTRUM AND RIGHT MANDIBLE OF ONTOCETUS OXYMYCTERUS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 8

MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF TRIASSIC LIME-
STONE CONGLOMERATE METAMORPHOSED BY IN-
TRUSIVE DIABASE AT LEESBURG, VIRGINIA

By Eart V. SHannon

Assistant Curator of Geology, United States National Museum

INTRODUCTION

The present article is intended to follow a preceding much length-
ler paper on Triassic diabase at Goose Creek, Virginia.1 In that
paper the diabase, which forms an intrusive sill-like mass several
hundred meters in thickness, is described in detail, and it was con-
cluded that certain secondary minerals, among them datolite,
prehnite, apophyllite, and certain zeolites, were deposited by mag-
matic waters expelled by the diabase magma at the end of its con-
solidation. Various hydrothermal effects of the magmatic solutions
upon the consolidated diabase were also considered. The following
description considers the case where these magmatic solutions,
emanating from the crystallizing diabase, ascended along fissures
in the overlying limestone and the alteration of the limestone and
the secondary minerals deposited, both as fillings of open cavities
and by metasomatic replacement of the limestone itself, are de-
scribed in detail.

The quarry was visited at various times with several other min-
eralogists, namely, Frank L. Hess, Esper S. Larsen, Clarence S.
Ross, Waldemar T. Schaller, and Ralph W. G. Wyckoff, to all of
whom I am deeply indebted for valuable assistance and advice. I
would especially express my thanks to Doctor Ross for help and

1Earl V. Shannon. Mineralogy and Petrography of intrusive Triassic diabase at Goose
Creek, Loudoun County, Virginia. Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 66, pp. 1-86, 1924.

2 Since this paper was written and following the December, 1923, meeting of the Geo-
logical Society of America and the Mineralogical Society of America in Washington, a
field trip was held to this locality under direction of the writer, which was attended by
numerous other scientists of national and international repute.

No. 2565.—PRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 28.
9098—25 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

opinions throughout the preparation of the paper and to Dr. Edgar
T. Wherry for kindly reviewing the manuscript and offering numer-
ous helpful criticisms.

LOCALITY

The locality described is a quarry at the north side of the Wash-
ington & Old Dominion Electric Railway a short distance east of
Leesburg station. The main pit now being worked is about 80
meters long by 30 meters wide and about 30 meters deep. The rock
is the limestone conglomerate, known as Potomac marble, which
frequently occurs at the western border of the Triassic area, and
consists of limestone fragments in a calcareous matrix, the product
being used as lime, mainly for agricultural purposes. The location
is about three miles northwest of the previously described Goose
Creek diabase quarry and is immediately above the roof of the same
intrusive diabase sill.

GENERAL RELATIONS

The bottom of the quarry is believed to be, at most, only a few
meters from the roof of the large sill, the contact of which is re-
ported to have been encountered in an adjoining quarry which is
now filled with water. Near the bottom of the east wall of the pit
two dikes of basalt are exposed, which are doubtless apophyses
of the main igneous mass. The exact relations of the dikes are
not clear mainly because of a fault which is exposed here and
which has greatly fractured the limestone, locally largely replaced
by diopside, but they seem to dip at a low angle to the east toward
the sill, the roof of which apparently dips west. The rock quarried
from the eastern side of the quarry is much harder than the rest,
owing to being higher in silica, and is used mainly for road “ metal.”
The exact attitude of the faulting likewise could not be made out
but both the basalt and the silicated limestone have been involved
in crushing movements. The large amount of diopsidation of the
limestone adjacent to the dikes is probably not due to the fact that
the dikes are intruded here but rather to the fact that the fissures
along which the dikes were intruded have been reopened giving
a channel which carried the heated solutions emanating from the
sill. Although the attitudes of the large masses of diopside and
diopside garnet rock are not clear, the manner of their formation
is indicated by certain smaller altered zones along smaller frac-
tures where the replacement of the limestone can be studied in de-
tail. Some of these are well exposed in the north wall of the quarry,
and a typical cross section of one of them, illustrated in plate 1,
shows the principal features of the replacement. ‘These are re-

art.28 . MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 3

garded as having originated by the hydrothermal replacement of
the limestone and some of them are persistent to a considerable
distance from the diabase mass. The minerals thus developed in
the limestone are those typical of what are commonly called con-
tact metamorphic deposits in limestone. Inasmuch as the replace-
ment is clearly a result of the action of heated solutions, or possibly
“aqueous vapors, on the walls of the fissure, the conception of con-
tact metamorphism is not greatly emphasized here, the minerals
being described instead as high temperature hydrothermal replace-
ments. The minerals occurring in this manner include diopside,
garnet, magnetite, serpentine, wollastonite, xonotlite, and probably
thaumasite. The other class of secondary minerals, regarded as
probably having originated at a somewhat later period marked
_ by a considerably lower temperature, occurs as crystals and fillings
of cracks and open spaces along slight fissures in limestone. The
limestone of the walls of these fissures is not greatly altered. De-
posits of this class include datolite, calcite, diopside, apophyllite,
and barite; probably anhydrite was also among these.

THH LIMESTONE CONGLOMERATE

Little that is original can be added regarding the limestone which
is quarried. It is Triassic limestone conglomerate which is com-
monly known as “ Potomac marble” and is made up of fragments
of limestone of various sizes and colors in a matrix of calcareous
sand, the average tone of the rock as a whole being lght gray to
almost white. Considering its heterogeneous origin the conglom-
erate is unusually low in quartz and other impurities. Keith * gives
the following description of the formation:

The limestone conglomerate is made up of worn pebbles of limestone of
various colors, usually blue, interbedded in a reddish calcareous matrix.
Rarely pebbles of slate and gray sandstone also occur with those of limestone.
The pebbles were deposited in their matrix in a very irregular manner and in
sharply limited areas. The areas of conglomerate point off into the sand-
stone like wedges, their form being due either to thinning out away from shore
or to subsequent cutting off by faults. From these masses of limestone peb-
bles it is inferred that a large body of limestone was exposed to erosion and
that from its fragments were produced the worn pebbles. The conglomerate
being coarse, it was probably laid down by strong currents or waves along
a shore, and is therefore apparently a beach deposit.

Doctor Merrill gives the following account of the formation: *

The only true conglomerate or breccia marble that has ever been utilized to
any extent in the United States is found near Point of Rocks, Frederick County,

3 Arthur Keith. Geol. Atlas U. S., U. S. Geol. Survey, Harpers Ferry Folio. Folio 10,
p. 3, 1894.
George P. Merrill. Stones for Building and Decoration. New York, 1891, pp. 92-93.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

in this State (Maryland). The rock, which belongs geologically to the Tri-
assic formations, is composed of rounded and angular fragments of all sizes,
up to several inches in diameter, of quartz and magnesian limestone imbedded
in a fine gray calcareous groundmass. This composition renders the proper
dressing of the stone a matter of some difficulty, since the hard quartz pebbles
break away from the softer parts in which they lie, leaving numerous cavities
to be filled with colored wax or shellac. It should therefore never be worked
with hammer and chisel, but only with saw and grinding material, and no
attempt made at other than plain surfaces. The stone was used for the pillars
of the old Hall of Representatives in the Capitol at Washington, and a polished
slab 34 inches long by 20 inches wide may be seen in the National Museum at
Washington. The pebbles forming the stone are of so varied shades that to
state its exact color is a matter of difficulty. Red, white, and slate-gray are
perhaps the prevailing tints. On account of its locality the stone has been
popularly called “ Potomac” marble, or sometimes calico marble, in reference
to its structure and spotted appearance. The formation from whence it is
derived is said to commence near the mouth of the Monocacy River, and to
extend along the Potomac to Point of Rocks and along the valley on the eastern
side of the Catoctin Mountain to within 2 miles of Frederick. The writer is
informed, moreover, that the same formation occurs in Virginia, near Lees-
burg, and that here the quartzose pebbles are almost entirely lacking, thereby
rendering the stone less difficult to work.

At the Leesburg quarry the rock consists of pebbles of white, slaty
blue or buff fine to coarse-grained marble in a light colored calcareous
matrix, so that the general tone of the rock is light colored with no
red tints. No quartzose or siliceous pebbles are to be seen and, where
the silica content increases it is apparently due to secondary intro-
duction of diopside and other silicates.

THE BASALT

The basalt is exposed on the east side near the bottom of the quarry
where it occurs apparently as two flat easterly dipping dikes about a
meter in thickness, separated by several meters of diopside rock. The
dike rock apparently has been shattered in part by later faulting
which took place at various times and some of the basalt was prob-
ably broken up and dragged as fragments into the sheared material,
subsequent to its consolidation yet previous to the alteration of the
limestone to diopside rock.

In the hand specimen the rock is medium dark purplish gray in
color and dense in structure, no individual minerals being distin-
guishable under a lens. It is practically lusterless in the crystalline
portion but varies to waxy-lustered in the glassy chilled border
phases. The dikes are so jointed that it is difficult to secure a piece
large enough to trim into a hand specimen.

Under the microscope the average rock from the dikes is a very
fine grained holocrystalline aggregate of feldspar and pyroxene,
both of which tend to assume euhedral form, the pyroxene in short

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 5

prisms and the feldspar in elongated laths. The rock is all more or
less affected by alteration and the feldspars are so sericitized that
their determinaticn is impossible. The lath-like habit of the feld-
spars gives the rock an ophitic appearance but the crystallization of
the pyroxene and feldspar was apparently nearly simultaneous. Ir-
regular or rounded rather large dark spots in the section are appar-
ently aggregates of very minute grains of magnetite, dense in the
center and thinning toward the borders of the spot. Where small un-
sericitized remnants of the feldspar remain they have a refractive
index distinctly above that of Canada balsam showing that they have
not been albitized. In addition to the fine crystalline fabric which
forms the body of the rock, there are visible in thin sections certain
scattered areas, much larger than the average grain of the rock, which
are now green serpentine clearly secondary after original olivine.
Occasionally they inclose a core of unaltered olivine. These olivine
pseudomorphs seldom show complete crystal outline but have the
appearance of fragments of broken up larger crystals. Colorless and
fresh pyroxene also occurs rarely like the olivine as larger isolated
erystals or groups of several crystals. The freshest rock is cut by
very thin cracks filled with fibrous, colorless serpentine.

At the borders of the dikes there are chilled glassy phases which
have the same purplish color as the body of the rock except where
hydrothermally altered to a dull green. The glassy material has a
waxy luster and faintly conchoidal fracture. It is clear isotropic
glass of dark brown color in thin section and, like the crystalline
rock, contains scattered tale and serpentine pseudomorphs after
olivine and a few pyroxenes. The isotropic glass grades into bire-
fracting material and at a distance of 16 millimeters from the con-
tact in one specimen, had graded into wholly birefracting very fine
grained material having a fibrous structure suggesting the structure
of the crystallized basalt.

HYDROTHERMAL ALTERATION OF THE BASALT

The alteration of the limestone, which, in the vicinity of the
basalt dikes is largely converted to lime-silicate rock, by the action
of thermal solutions is believed in great part to be subsequent to the
intrusion of the basalt. The solutions might naturally be expected
to exert some profound influence on the shattered basalt while pro-
ducing such drastic changes in the limestone but such is not the
ease. All of the feldspar of the basalt is sericitized, and, as has been
mentioned, it is extensively traversed by narrow seams of serpentine.
Moreover, there occur, here and there, scattered in the diopsidized
limestone, small masses and fragments of more or less glassy basalt
from the dikes. These have lost their original purple color and are

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

now dull olive green. The glassy basalt at the contact with the
diopside rock is changed to this green color for a distance of about
5 millimeters. Under the microscope this green glassy basalt has
precisely the same appearance as the normal purplish glass and the
line of contact between the two can not be distinguished in the thin
section, although the glass is banded in more and less transparent
bands parallel to the contact. It may be recalled from the descrip-
tion of hydrothermal alteration of the diabase of Goose Creek that
the principal effect of the solutions was removal of some of the iron
of the original augite and the changing of this high iron pyroxene
to pale green or colorless diopside. The effect here on the basaltic
glass has probably been a similar substitution of bases although it
is not susceptible of proof by microscopic examination.

Many specimens of the crystalline basalt of the dikes show nar-
row seams and veinlets cutting the normal rock. These have a
central white seam averaging 14 mm. in width bordered on either
side by a dense olive green layer about 1 mm. wide beyond which
is a bleached greenish band from 1 to 2 mm. wide which shades
into the normal rock. Under the microscope these bands are not so
conspicuous. The central filling is composed of granular datolite.
The dense greenish band is largely pyroxene, apparently an enrich-
ment by enlarging the original grains of the rock. The outer
bleached streak presents no conspicuous difference from the adja-
cent normal basalt under the microscope except that the pyroxene
looks clearer and less colored while by comparison that of the
adjacent unaltered basalt appears brownish. It seems most prob-
able that this alteration is, like that observed in the Goose Creek
diabase, diopsidization of the augite. The outer band contains
scattered grains of pyrite.

HYDROTHERMAL MINERALS REPLACING THE LIMESTONE

As has been previously pointed out, large amounts of diopside and
diopside-garnet rock are developed adjacent to the basalt dikes or,
probably better, in and adjacent to the shear zone which is associated
with the dikes where they are exposed on the east side of the quarry.
These lime silicate rocks are fine grained and lusterless, with dull
green to brownish green and brownish gray colors. Their relations
are not clear, and perhaps the best method of describing them is to
describe the several specimens collected as typical of the several
variations.

The writer’s No. “ Lb-3 ” in the hand specimen is a sugary granu-
lar dull green rock showing no minerals clearly identifiable with the
unaided eye, except a little coarse calcite. It shows ghost outlines

ART, 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON q

of the original conglomeratic structure, remnants of the original
pebbles showing either as deeper green or browner green masses or
as incompletely replaced granular areas richer in calcite than the
matrix. Under the microscope this is seen to consist predominantly
of diopside, with less calcite, garnet, and serpentine. The diopside
is fine granular, colorless, and of normal optical properties, and is
anhedral except where it projects into calcite or serpentine there
forming short, stout prisms. The garnets are hexagonal in outline
and are anomalously birefracting, some with division into sectors.
The centers of some are isotropic, the outer border having a rela-
tively high birefringence, while others show a uniform low order
blue interference color. Occasionally they have yellow-brown cores.
The serpentine forms fine flaky colorless interstitial areas or fills
cracks in the diopside, and is probably the latest mineral in the
section. .

“TLb4” is a massive granular lusterless rock like the last but of
a more yellowish green tone. Pebbles of the original structure are
shown by masses of more yellowish color dotted with dark specks.
This contains much less visible calcite than “ Lb-3.” Under the
microscope this rock is also found to consist principally of granular
diopside, with large poikilitic crystals of a uniaxial positive mineral
of low birefringence and high refractive index which is probably
vesuvianite. Groups of small colorless isotropic garnets and a little
flaky interstitial serpentine occur.

“Tb-5 ” is a dense fine-grained rock having a greenish-gray to
lilac-gray color dotted with dark spots only about 0.2 mm. in size,
which give the rock a speckled “ pepper-and-salt ” appearance.
Under a lens these dark spots, which look like minute manganese
oxide stains, are seen to be resinous and lustrous. They are small
patches of garnet. Under the microscope this rock is found to be
composed of calcite, diopside, and garnet in roughly equal amounts.
The calcite, which is a fabric of coarse interlocking grains, forms a
matrix in which the other minerals have developed, probably by
replacement. The diopside is colorless and of normal optical proper-
ties. It occurs as large ragged and irregular crystals inclosing much
calcite and also as radial aggregates of slender prisms. The garnet
forms granular areas, ragged in outline and including much diopside.
It is completely isotropic, and varies from colorless to resinous
brown.

One section was cut showing the actual contact between glassy
chilled basalt and the lime-silicate rock. The latter is made up of
coarse and fine granular diopside, sharply euhedral garnets, scattered
large vesuvianite grains and interstitial patches of serpentine and
calcite. The body of the rock and the earliest mineral now shown

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

by the section is diopside, which includes the later large ragged and
poikilitic vesuvianites. The garnets have sharp outlines where they
abut against calcite or serpentine and are isotropic except at the
borders, where they have a narrow double refracting outer layer.
They are grouped in a manner indicating that they probably de-
veloped lining minute cavities which were later filled with serpen-
tine now largely replaced or saturated with still later calcite.

The replacement of the limestone by the high temperature solu-
tions moving along fissures is well shown by the specimen illus-
trated in plate 1. The solutions were controlled by narrow frac-
tures, seldom of any significant size. Along some of these there is
some crushing and slickensiding indicating some movement, but in
others they are simply weak cracks which have not been accom-
panied by any displacement at all. They vary somewhat in attitude
and dip, ranging from some 60° to vertical, and in general have a
north-south strike. Adjacent to this crack the limestone has been
replaced by lime silicates, principally diopside with less garnet and
serpentine, and some vesuvianite. This replacement extends to vari-
able distances from the fissure. In the illustrated specimen the width
of the central filled crack averages only about 2 millimeters, yet the
replacement with development of abundant diopside reaches a dis-
tance of 10 centimeters from the crack and abundant magnetite has
developed up to 4 centimeters away. The specimen is composed pre-
dominantly of two kinds of limestones in the usual sandy cement.
The matrix of the pebbles has been preferentially replaced by the
lime silicates while at the same distance from the fracture the coarse-
grained gray-and-white mottled marble has not been attacked at
all while a finer granular buff-white marble has been slightly re-
placed in porous streaks and along rifts. The controlling factor
in the replacement has apparently been permeability. Near the
fissure many of the fragments of limestone which did not yield to
the alteration to lime silicates have been impregnated with fine scales
of serpentine in concentric layers parallel to their outer surface.
The magnetite has not replaced the lime silicates to any great extent
but has developed principally by replacement of these-serpentinized
limestone masses, the structure of the replaced marble being retained
in the structure of the magnetite.

The lime silicate rock is not so well individualized in these small
replacements as in the large diopside rock masses previously de-
scribed, the garnet being in the form of irregular and indistinct
patches.

The central crack is lined with a layer of about 1 millimeter of
diopside, overlain by a layer of minute magnetite grains following
which the remaining open space was filled with coarse white calcite.

ART, 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 9

Thin sections from a second similar vein show the same relations.
The central crack is filled with granular calcite containing dissemi-
nated magnetite grains and bordered by several alternate layers of
diopside and magnetite. There are also layers of another bladed
fibrous mineral of low birefringence, with an index of refraction
of about 1.56. This mineral is optically positive and probably
uniaxial. In optical properties it agrees with brucite or colerainite.
It is probably a white chlorite allied to colerainite. Small cavities
in the rock adjacent to the crack are lined with a botryoidal brown
layer and filled centrally with pale yellow to colorless material
which is isotropic at the borders to feebly birefringent with a fine
confused fibrous structure at the center. These have the appearance
of opal and chalcedony.

Another specimen shows abundant magnetite associated with the
colorless chloritic material, and large anhedral areas of garnet
which is colorless and isotropic and grades into a thick layer of
garnet coating a slickenside along the parent crack. This garnet
is largely replaced by a golden brown isotropic material of high
refractive index which tends, in places, to form spherical globules
each of which has a minute nucleus which appears to be a colorless
octahedral crystal.

The minerals which occur as constituents of what are here called
high temperature hydrothermal replacements may now be enumer-
ated, with descriptions.

DIOPSIDE

Diopside is the most abundant of the minerals replacing limestone
and makes up large masses of secondary lime-silicate rock as de-
scribed above. It is always microscopic granular and never recog-
nizable with the unaided eye. In thin section it is colorless with
normal optical properties. Some of the masses of rock consisting
predominantly of diopside are a meter or two in diameter.

VESUVIANITE

Vesuvianite occurs only as scattered microscopic grains, conspicu-
ous in thin section but invisible to the unaided eye. It is a minor
constituent of the lime-silicate rocks.

MAGNETITE

Maenetite occurs as fine granular masses adjacent to fissures in the
limestone where it accompanies the various secondary silicates. It
has chiefly formed by replacement of limestone masses adjacent
to the fractures and is younger in age than the lime silicates and
serpentine.

9098—25

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM . VOL. 66
COLERAINITE

A mineral having the optical properties of colerainite was seen in
a few thin sections as a miscroscopic mineral associated with mag-
netite along fractures.
GARNET

Garnet is an easily recognized microscopic constituent of the lime
silicate rocks where it forms minute sharply bounded euhedral
crystals. These vary from completely isotropic to rather notably
doubly refracting, with division into sectors. Some crystals have
an isotropic core with a birefracting border. The mineral also
forms irregular poikilitic areas in diopside rock which appear to the
unaided eye as black specks giving a “pepper and salt” appearance
in the hand specimen.

Garnet forms large and somewhat irregular areas associated with
magnetite along fissures. This garnet is nearly colorless, isotropic,
and devoid of crystal outlines. With it is associated another iso-
tropic substance of unknown character which has a golden brown
color and index of refraction below that of the garnet but still very
high. This brown mineral seems to replace the garnet and in places
tends to form globular masses, each of which contains what ap-
pears to be a minute colorless octahedron having the index of the
garnet.

The most unusual garnet found in the quarries is obtained as a
coating on slickensides. Many of the small fissures along which
high temperature replacement of the limestone with diopside, mag-
netite, etc., has taken place are not healed but have been kept open
by slight movements which have produced slickensides. These
slickensides are coated, to an average depth of several millimeters,
with a green material which has all the appearance of serpentine,
which might be expected to occur in such manner. These were
thought to be serpentine in the field but the specimens of them col-
lected were found to be garnet when further examined. This gar-
net is so unusual in appearance and occurrence as to warrant a de-
tailed description.

The coatings are associated with magnetite, diopside, etc., which
have developed in the adjacent rock and are usually well polished
by slickensiding. They have a pale serpentine green color, and are
dense with an opaline texture and waxy luster and subconchoidal
fracture. Like some amorphous minerals they tend to contract with
the formation of cracks which disintegrate them somewhat. The
material was found upon microscopic examination to be isotropic
with a refractive index above 1.82, the highest oil at hand. A pure
piece of the mineral was selected for analysis, ground and treated

= eee

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON bt

with dilute acid to remove a little calcite present as impurity. The
resulting material was homogeneous garnet but varied in color under
the microscope from transparent colorless to brown, the brownest
material being faintly anisotropic but grading into the isotropic
material with lessening of the color. The analysis gave the fol-
lowing results:

Analysis of slickensided garnet coating

HE Crey ener eens us nd Te oo. 20
PAT Osean ann eae Se Ee aA RE NDE IGEN) 4. 65
CLO 32 eee es 2 TS Se Ts SET Oye i Ot oi 26. 37
He Ope rere bared Pes sbi ops oh) bps aes tg ree ee AE he ey ete a . 04
CO ca) eee ee Bt ies wih a 34. 18
AV Tico (@) es Be teen eR i ee Trace
E12 Oe ere se ee ee Ee ee eee flea

PU See Nise ee Se a i a an he ay ae el 100. 26

The analysis shows the material to be garnet, principally of the
lime-iron molecule andradite with a little of the lime-alumina mole-

cule, grossularite.
SERPENTINE

Serpentine is common though not abundant in the lime silicate
rocks as fine scaly interstitial material. It frequently replaces lime-
stone pebbles to a slight extent as disseminated grains scattered
throughout the pebble. Sometimes small fla€é thin fragments of
limestone in the breccia are completely replaced by oil green trans-
lucent serpentine when it becomes conspicuous to the naked eye. In
other cases a layer of pale yellow green waxy serpentine from a mil-
limeter to a centimeter thick surrounds a rounded pebble of dense
white marble as a continuous envelope, and penetrates it along
eracks. In thin section this serpentine is clearly seen to be a re-
placement of the calcite of the marble and to vary from isotropic
through fine scaly material of low birefringence to coarser flakes of

high birefringence.
XONOTLITE

The calcium silicate described as a new mineral from California ®
and later shown to be identical with xonotlite® was identified in a
single specimen found loose on the floor of the Leesburg quarry by
Doctor Schaller. The xonotlite forms rounded patches up to 5 or 6
centimeters in diameter, surrounded by rims from 1 to 4 millimeters
wide of cross fibered pale bluish green material which is largely

5 Esper S. Larsen. Eakleite, a new mineral from California. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 43,
pp. 464-465, 1917.

® Esper S. Larsen. The identity of eakleite and xonotlite. Amer. Mineralogist, vol. 8,
pp. 181-182, 1923.

13 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

calcite mixed with some fibrous silicate. After treatment with cold
dilute acid there remains a residue of fibrous material of very low
birefringence with a refractive index below 1.50. This may be
silica from the decomposition of thin wollastonite fibers. The inter-
stices between the xonotlite areas are filled with pearly granular
wollastonite.

This xonotlite, like those previously described from other locali-
ties, is densely fibrous and very tough. When freshly broken the
mineral is distinctly pink in color and somewhat translucent but
upon exposure to air the pink color gradually fades and the mineral
becomes more opaque at the surface with a chalky appearance. A
selected fragment from the center of one of the purer masses was
analyzed yielding the results given in the following table. The
sample was not of very pure material as it was shown by micro-
scopic examination to contain two minerals as impurity, amounting
to several per cent. The most abundant of these was apparently
diopside, the second probably thaumasite.

Analysis and ratios of compact xonotlite from Leesburg

Per

Constituent ene Ratios Constituent cont | Ratios
erst: ral vies oie nal cen cnc apa ag sce el ee
SiQgmct ao opts pips _ ef 45.62 | 0. 757 He @ 110° (GS bis fet 6.00 | 0.333 0.111X3
(Ne RaygOg. eon en 2. 05 aio PLONE Fig = 11 pe Ooh: pode 1/007)c oe ooo
On0 sieoeresst eee 41. 28 ue 113X7 |
Nig Oe se Sea es Eee 2526) 1S 056f:7" "Totalpeesug tose eee 98. 21 | Seek See Pee

The ratios give the formula 7CaSiO,.3H,O as compared with the
4CaSiO,.H,O or 5CaSiO,.H,O of previous analyses. This may be
due to water absorbed in the fine fibrous mass. The material used
for analysis was too impure to do more than establish the identity
of the species.

Under the microscope the mineral is finely fibrous with parallel
extinction and positive elongation. The refractive indices are some-
what variable, the average being, a=1.580 ~=1.592.

The xonotlite-bearing mass found loose and its original position
in the quarry is not known. It was near the eastern wall and may
have come from the vicinity of the basaltic dikes. Although spe-
cially sought, none of the mineral could be found on several sub-
sequent visits.

When the field trip party of the Mineralogical Society of Amer-
ica visited this locality following the Christmas, 1923, meeting, a
very different type of xonotlite was found, in thin seams in relatively
unaltered limestone in the north end of the quarry. This formed
veinlets up to 5 mm. wide filled with flaky fibrous xonotlite with
pearly luster and pale pinkish color which greatly resembles the

art. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 13

coarser varieties of pectolite. The feel is harsh and needles break
off and enter the fingers as splinters like pectolite. The xonotlite
is mixed with calcite and some of the fissures have an earlier layer
of datolite next the wall. The needles form radiating bundles and
rosettes on the crack-surfaces, sometimes 3 cm. across. Under the
microscope these lie on a perfect cleavage which is probably per-
pendicular to the obtuse bisectrix. If this be taken as 6(010) the
optical orientation is X=b, Y=a, Z=c. The elongation of the
needles is positive and they give parallel extinction. The mineral
is biaxial positive with 2V probably small. The refractive indices
are 4=1.583, 0=1.583, y=1.595. The material gave the following
composition upon analysis:

Analysis of coarse xonotlite

CO ae EEE EEE Re 2 EE ee SSI Se Eee pee ae 49. 60

IE Opt =< Sant Set erivn eee Werder pete = ee ta a 1. 00

CaO eee a ee ee BEM ees wae ee 2 te 46. 32

ECO el oO ea ee ee eM Se 2 a 2. 80

ele Oa el Oe a ee eee swe en F e ae e None.

otal’ sO Ses to CAPER were! Oe See? aE 99. 72
THAUMASITER

Certain glassy transparent grains making up about 1 per cent of
the first analyzed sample of xonotlite were not fibrous, had a fairly
high birefringence and were uniaxial negative with o=1.505 and «
decidedly lower. These, to judge from their optical properties, were
probably thaumasite. The analyzed sample gave faint qualitative
reactions for carbonic and sulphuric acids.

WOLLASTONITE

Small interstitial areas between the masses of xonotlite are filled
with a glistening material of fine bladed structure varying in color
from pearly white to pale greenish. This material, when powdered
and examined under the microscope, yields laths with parallel ex-
tinction, biaxial negative, 2V small, r<v weak, Y=elongation, (
above 1.62. This is doubtless wollastonite. It is difficultly distin-
guishable, with the naked eye, from the crystalline calcite of the
marbles and, although none was found on a later visit to the quarry,
the mineral may not be uncommon.

DISCUSSION

The foregoing descriptions may now be summarized. Magmatic
solutions, emanating from diabase, have traversed fissures penetrat-
ing overlying limestone and have largely replaced the rock adjacent

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

to the fissures with secondary silicates. These are principally diop-
side and andradite garnet, with less vesuvianite and serpentine, and
a little wollastonite, xonotlite, and thaumasite. Magnetite was later
introduced in considerable quantity. The order of formation of the
most important minerals was diopside, vesuvianite, garnet, serpen-
tine, and magnetite.

This assemblage of secondary silicates is entirely like that found
in so-called lime-silicate contact zones and, because of such lime-
silicate zones frequently being associated with workable deposits of
copper or iron ore, they have been carefully studied by a number of
able geologists, and the literature relating to them is rather volumi-
nous. A majority of the authorities who have done detailed work
on deposits of this type agree in assigning the source of most of the
material of the so-called “ garnet-zones” to emanations from the
cooling magma and consider that there has been a large addition of

*material, notably silica and iron, from the igneous rock. There is an
alternate opinion supported by some, however, which holds that there
has been relatively little material added from the magma and that
the lime silicates have formed by simple combination of the hme of
the limestone with the impurities already present to form the sili-
cates, under the influence of the heat of the intrusive, the excess of
calcium carbonate having been removed from the vicinity. It is not
desired to enter here into an exhaustive review or discussion of the
two theories nor of the various phenomena which characterize lime-
silicate zones in general. The literature of the subject has been
reviewed in detail in a paper by Uglow’ who favored the idea that
the recrystallization of the materials of the limestone was the process
of fundamental importance in the production of the lime-silicate
zones. The discussion provoked by this opposition to the favored
view was entered into by a large proportion of the leading American
authorities on the subject. The concensus of opinion is that both
processes are operative, but the majority favor the conclusion that
the addition of material from the magma has greatly overshadowed .
the mere concentration of impurities by reduction in volume in most
of the known cases.

While the term “ contact zones” is generally used for these lime-
silicate masses, they are characterized, usually, by marked irregu-
larity of distribution, even about a single intrusive mass. In some

places great quantities of the silicates are developed at one point

O. ww is tc Dk ee

7W. L. Uglow. Review of the existing hypotheses on the origin of the secondary sili-
cate zones at contacts of intrusives with limestones. Econ. Geology, vol. 8, pp. 19-30 and ~
215-234, 1913.

8 Heon. Geol., vol. 8, 1913, pp. 501-507 (C. A. Stewart), and pp. 597-610 (J. F. Kemp) ;
vol. 9, 1914, pp. 73-77 (D. F. Higgins) ; pp. 175-183 (W. L. Uglow) ; pp. 278-281 (C. A.
Stewart) ; p. 282 (J. F. Kemp) ; 283-292 (W. Lindgren) ; 292-299 (C. K. Leith) ; 593-594
(J. B. Umpleby).

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 15

in the contact while at other places, where the same igneous rock
is in contact with identical limestone, no appreciable effect can
be found. Sometimes secondary minerals form at a considerable
distance from the intrusive as tabular bodies along fissures or as
pipes and in many places the garnetization follows single beds
for a long distance from the contact while the other beds of the
series are completely unaltered. The latter phenomena have been
explained by the proponents of the residual crystallization theory
as being due to impurities, capable of forming secondary silicates,
in the replaced beds while the unreplaced beds were devoid of the
constituents, notably silica, alumina, iron, etc., necessary to form the
garnet and other silicate minerals; but several authors have shown
that this does not hold true for in many cases it is the purer beds
which have been converted to silicates.

The formation of these lime-silicate zones in limestone is in
almost all cases at the contacts of acid rocks, basic rocks very
seldom giving rise to such deposits. In the case of the Leesburg
quarry, however, the lime silicates are formed adjacent to a dia-
basic intrusion. Referring again to the preceding Goose Creek
paper, it may be recalled that it was there concluded that the heated
magmatic solutions were released only after they had concentrated
in residual areas in the magma and had induced differentiation in
these areas so that the last rock to crystallize, preceding the release
of the solutions, was 'a quartz albite rock. The solutions, as such,
were thus in fact emanations from very acid rocks, despite the
small amount of the acid rocks and their derivation from a great
body of basaltic magma. These solutions were not stable in con-
tact with the already solidified basalt but reacted with it adjacent
to the fissures which formed channels for their escape, meta-
somatically replacing augite by diopside, plagioclase by albite and
sericite, and magnetite by titanite. It is these solutions which,
escaping along fissures in the limestone, accomplished the minerali-
zation described in the present paper. This small-scale process of
elimination of concentrated solutions at the final consolidation of
acid end products of differentiation is, if we may credit modern
petrologic theory, precisely what has happened in the larger bath-
olithic masses of relatively acid rocks.

Emanations, by which is here meant principally water solutions, may
be given off in the earlier stages following the intrusion of a batholith
into its chamber, particularly if it be saturated with volatile ma-
terials, but it seems improbable that a high degree of saturation often
obtains. The water enters the magma chamber in solution in the
magma. There must be some essential difference in the behavior of
water in abyssal chambers crystallizing to give a plutonic rock of
granitoid texture and in a stock crystallizing at moderate depth.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

In the former case it may'be presumed that there was no means of
escape for the contained water and it was retained until final con-
solidation, the expulsion of the water being the result of crystalliza-
tion. In the case of hypabyssal intrusions, forced into magma cham-
bers at moderate depth, on the other hand it may be conceived that
the surrounding rock was to some extent permeable, permitting the
escape of some of the vapors and corresponding reduction of the
vapor pressure of the magma. Such action might be expected to
give general contact action by the magma on its walls proportional
to the porosity or permeability of the confining rock at any given
point. If this rock were limestone the extent to which it was affected
would be dependent on its permeability, a property not directly con-
nected with its chemical or mineralogical composition.

Such loss of volatile constituents of the igneous mass, by permea-
tion of the enclosing walls, results in a decreased vapor pressure in
the mass of fused material and a lessening of the content of dis-
solved gases. It would thus act to constantly raise the point of con-
solidation of the magma and, taking place concurrently with loss of
heat by diffusion into the surrounding rocks, would inevitably hasten
the final consolidation. Since the presence of phenocrysts, carried
already crystallized in the magmas filling many such bodies, pre-
cludes the idea that they were greatly superheated when intruded,
the combined influences would tend to crystallize them rather quickly
with little opportunity for further differentiation. At the crystal-
lization of the mass as a whole, however, the remaining volatile con-
stituents, including the remainder of the water must be expelled,
either through the consolidated rock as a mass or through fissures
which might be developed from the act of crystallization or by some
outside agency. If the final elimination of water took place uni-
formly without fissures it might be expected to continue to move
as the earlier emanations had moved, controlled by the permeability
of the surrounding rocks. In most cases, however, fractures seem
to have developed at the critical moment, giving localized channels
for the escape of the materials. These late emanations doubtless
were laden with materials in solution and were capable, in their
earlier and hotter stages, of producing lime-silicate mases like those
resulting from the earlier emanations. Whether the materials car-
ried in solution at a given place outside the magma were the original
constituents of the solutions at the moment of crystallization or
whether they are the result of reactions and substitution in the trav-
ersed rock, where they have produced alterations so generally as to —
be difficultly demonstrable, can not in all cases be determined. Seri-
citization of the feldspar seems a common effect of such late solu-
tions and this can be detected, but minor substitutions might take

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON £7

place extensively without obvious effect. In the examples which,
because of their economic importance have received much careful
study the solutions have produced, in their early stages, when en-
closed in limestone, garnet zones, while at greater distance or in
different surroundings and under other conditions they gave rise to
metalliferous veins. There is no real difference between metallifer-
ous veins, such as are widely known, on the one hand and the
less conspicuous zeolite-bearing veins arising from basaltic rocks on
the other hand, and ore minerals are frequently noted in association
with the zeolites while zeolites are not infrequent in association with
valuable ores.

At Leesburg the solutions emanating from the crystallizing dia-
base have penetrated the limestone, after some reaction with the
traversed igneous rock, and have followed fissures replacing the lime-
stone adjacent to these fissures by lime-silicates. The most abundant
mineral is diopside, followed by garnet and vesuvianite and later
serpentine, followed by magnetite. The diopside replaced, first, the
porous material of the calcareous sand groundmass and, later, the
more porous of two kinds of marble making up the pebbles of the
conglomerate, leaving even small pebbles of the other less porous
marble isolated in a diopside groundmass. The serpentine-forming
solutions coming later penetrated these residual pebbles of limestone,
coloring them with disseminated flakes of serpentine and strround-
ing them with a serpentine crust. The magnetite moreover replaced
these serpentinized pebbles of limestone in preference to the pre-
viously formed diopside and garnet of the matrix. Advocates of
the origin of lime-silicate zones by decrease in volume and recrystal-
lization might maintain that the presence of clay and sand as im-
purities in the groundmass was the controlling factor in this localiza-
tion. The attitude of the silicates along a fissure in unaltered rock
shows, however, that whatever agency created them traveled along,
and confined itself to the immediate vicinity of, the fissure. More-
over, the structure of the conglomerate is retained, showing that
there has been no considerable decrease in volume or concentration
of impurities. The process has apparently been entirely metaso-
matic and volume for volume without any alteration or loss of
structure. It is conceivable from a study of the specimen illustrated
in plate 1 that, assuming the limestones to have been a bedded series
instead of the conglomerate, the buff marble might have been com-
pletely converted to silicate rock while the gray and white marble
remained unchanged or was replaced by magnetite, it being as-
sumed, of course, that the supply of replacing solutions was adequate
and not limited as in the illustrated specimen. On the eastern side

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

of the quarry, where the action was more intense, all parts of the
limestone have finally succumbed to the replacement. —

It seems probable that the extent of the metamorphic replacement
of the limestone at Leesburg is more or less coincident with and
dependent upon the abundance of water in the underlying sill and
upon the formation of pegmatites and acid differentiates in the sill.
This mass thus behaved more or less as an abyssal chamber, retaining
its volatile emanations and concentrating them in differentiates.

Characteristic of a somewhat later phase of the activity of the
solutions are the low temperature veins, corresponding to the zeolite
veins at Goose Creek, which are described below as containing dato-
lite and calcite with less apophyllite, diopside, and barite.

LOW-TEMPERATURE VEINS

Under this heading are considered narrow fractures in the lime-
stone containing fillings of calcite or, more frequently, datolite, and
having numerous open spaces lined with datolite, calcite, and less
of a peculiar form of diopside, apophyllite, and barite. These veins
average only about 2 centimeters in width, although they widen out
in places to 8 or more cm. with open centers. The veins fill open
cracks which are apparently feeble breaks of practically no dis-
placement. The open space which they have filled may in part be
due to solution of the limestone along the break. The adjacent lime-
stone is not conspicuously altered. These veins are considered to
represent the material deposited from solution by emanations from
the underlying diabase in the same manner that datolite with zeo-
lites and prehnite were deposited in the veins in the diabase. The
source for these vein minerals is thus the same as that of the ma-
terials added to the limestone to form the replacements composed of
lime-silicate minerals and magnetite. The datolite-calcite bearing
veins are considered to represent a slightly later phase of deposition,
marked by lower temperature and perhaps pressure, indicated by
the fact that they cut the lime silicate rock but have produced no
notable alteration where they have intersected the original lime-
stone. The parent cracks which controlled the lime-silicate depo-
sition described above are filled with calcite and datolite occurring
in the cracks along which the basalt has been hydrothermally
altered. In general the deposition of the later veins followed new
fractures, but the veins are linked to the high temperature replace-
ments by a number of features in common. Calcite veins cut the
lime silicate body on the east side of the quarry and one of these
had a central filling of chalcedony like that observed in thin section
in lime silicate rock. Moreover, diopside, the most abundant product
of the lime silicate replacement, occurs as a true vein mineral inti-
mately associated with the datolite.

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE

SHANNON 19

It is not believed that there can be any separation into two dis-
tinct phases of alteration and deposition of secondary minerals and
there is probably every gradation from the so-called high-tempera-
ture replacements to the presumable low-temperature veins. The
fact that the low-temperature veins are later in the observed cases
than the lime-silicates merely indicates that they were formed by
superposition at a period when the environment had become cooler,
either by the dying stage of the same current of material or by a
new pulse of solutions ascending along new
fractures, from a deeper part of the sill. In J ips
the earlier stage, the zone characterized by “ EN
deposition of datolite was well beyond that wee
where the diopside and associated minerals
were formed.

~The minerals occurring in the veins are tos
separately described below. |

DIOPSIDE

Some of the specimens of crystallized
datolite show minute translucent white blades
which are aggregated into masses, some-
times filling a small cavity, and resembling
frost crystals. In most cases the mineral
rests upon the bare portions of the lime-
stone base of the specimens where they are
not coated by datolite. Sometimes a com-
pletely bounded datolite crystal is impaled
upon one of the minute blades. In a few ee Tae ao cet aee
cases they seem to rest definitely on the CRYSTALS occURRING 1N
crusts of datolite crystals as though younger. “ gO

The amount of the mineral is so small that it was with difficulty that
4 milligrams of pure material was obtained for qualitative testing.
1t is infusible before the blowpipe, insoluble in acids, and suffers no
loss on ignition. Its constituents are silica, lime, and magnesia in
approximately equal amounts. Optically the laths are biaxial posi-
tive with 2V medium, dispersion pronounced r<v. In some posi-
tions the extinction is parallel with positive elongation, in others the’
extinction is inclined with Z/\c=44°. The refractive indices are
a=1.670, @=1.680, y=1.690, y—a=—.020. All of these properties
unite to identify the mineral as diopside, although it looks more like
a zeolite and its occurrence and appearance are so unlike those of a
pyroxene that the identification was reluctantly accepted.

3
2S en ee

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

One of the best of the minute crystals yielded approximate meas-
urements sufficient to identify the forms, after the other properties
had served to identify the mineral. The angles are given in the
following table. The flat lath-like form is due to the predominance
of the prism /(310). The habit of the measured crystal is shown
in figure 1.

Measurements of vein diopside, Figure 1

Form Symbol | Measured Calculated
SSS Quality; description Te ae
No.} Letter | Gdt. | Miller RO ecg d p

ee Clea Fay bees of
1 c 0 OOM Viom. minutes: tee 00) | 1406n ROO; OURHeonol
2 a co0 100°) Vip. minutes=2- 2. 224s sa ees te | te pees | 93 00 | 88 CO | 90 00 | 90 00
3 m™m co AOS eps aOINULeS eee ae senate at aos | 43 30 | 90 00 | 43 38 | 90 00
4 fi 300 310 || Veep minute test fesse k eect = ee ES | 72 00 | 90 00 | 70 41 | 90 00
5 | 6| -1%| 313 | Vip 17 | 54 36 | 18 44

AMIN COs soe ee eee ee ae ee eee | 55 42 | 20

ANHYDRITE? MOLDS

Many of the specimens of datolite from Leesburg contain tabular
hollow cavities, now empty or partially filled with a late “deposit
of calcite, which evidently owe their form to crystals of some
mineral which has now been completely removed. Many of these
cavities are mere gashes showing the mineral to have been very thin
tabular and they have often formed parallel aggregates or slightly
divergent sheaves of plates and in a few cases rosettes of thin tables
radiating from a center. In size the gashes range from exceedingly
thin ones with a length of 1 or 2 millimeters to an extreme size, in
those examined, of about 3 by 20 millimeters in cross section. The
cavities are rectangular in cross section and no impresions of termi-
nations could be made out (See pl. 3).

These are entirely similar to the tabular empty cavities so common
in zeolite specimens from the New Jersey localities and to similar
impressions or molds which have also been noted at Westfield and
elsewhere in Massachusetts and at Meriden, Connecticut. At some
of these places they are associated with anhydrite which partly
fills them, and it seems altogether probable that in all of the local-
ities, including that at Leesburg, the cavities are the impressions of.
anhydrite crystals.

The minerals which preserve the cavities are datolite and calcite
of the generation which formed immediately after the datolite but
the anhydrite was removed earlier than the deposition of the later
globular calcite which occurs in the crystal molds. The main
generation of the datolite is later than the anhydrite but the cavities

ART, 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 21

do not penetrate quite to the base of the datolite layer so that they
are probably approximately contemporaneous.

DATOLITE

Datolite is the most abundant mineral of the low temperature
filled veins. The veins are narrow, averaging about 2 to 3 cm. in
width, and are, throughout most of their length, filled with granu-
lar massive datolite of a translucent pale yellowish-green color.
They open out into vuggy open spaces lined with crusts of crystals
of datolite (pl. 2). Sometimes a vein.so splits as to include flat
pieces of limestone which are coated
on both sides with datolite crystals.
The datolite rests upon the brecciated
limestone conglomerate which, adja-
cent to the veins, is comparatively un-
altered. The crystals of datolite vary
from pale transparent yellow green in
the larger to opaque and white in the
smaller. They reach a maximum di-
ameter of about 7 millimeters.

The crystal habit of most of this
datolite is rather unlike that of any
American datolite heretofore de-
scribed. The crystals are thick tabu-
lar parallel to the front pinacoid a
(100) and most of them, as shown in
figure 2, are orthorhombic in habit.
Quite contrary to the usual develop-
ment of this mineral the positive and
negative clinopyramids in a majority *", oe tg ae of a
of the crystals are simultaneously de- APPARENTLY ORTHORHOMBIC SYM-
veloped. Most of the faces are not “™"**
plane enough to afford good signals on the goniometer, and the crys-
tals would be considered orthorhombic on the basis of these measure-
ments, the deviation of datolite from orthorhombic symmetry being
within their limit of error. Owing to the habit of the crystals it was
found most advantageous to measure some of them in the Goldschmidt
position; that is, with the a axis (Dana) vertical. The angle tables
given below are in part made in this orientation and in part in the
Dana orientation. The figures are all drawn in the Dana orientation
and the indices given are the Dana indices. A small crystal of the
habit shown in figure 2 gave the following measurements:

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Measurements of datolite, Figure 2

Form Symbol Measured Calculated
| Quality description
No.| Letter | Gdt. | Miller . > p ? p
° / ° , ° / ° ,
1 a co) 100) Vir CE os ais Se a oe ae ee ee 90 00 | 0 00/9000} 009
2 S 02 O21 | (Weditmm £ #22) 8 Saige Breed ees ei 21 56 | 90 00 | 21 33 | 90 00
3 Mx 01 OL) Excellent: cot once enon en en ee ere 38 25 | 90 00 | 38 18 | 90 00
4 g 0% O12.) (Mediumess.-S4¢erste eek fe eer 57 44 | 90 00 | 57 40 | 90 00
5 t 0% OLSt Win eos soe oe eee hen ee eee 68 41 | 90 00 | 67 07 | 90 00
6 c 0 O01) GV Ap - 2Gst Te ee Bee etre terrane pie ie 91 12 | 90 00 | 90 00 | 90 00
7 m co AO Wf} ORKCaL lente vse ers oes on eee Bee 00 | 32 28 14 | 32 24
8 B 12 121) | Medium sb? 2 tie Sn oe ee ae 21 33 | 53 57 | 21 39 | 53 47
9 B —12 121 | BSE cor ane Rete emg eres ae ee 1m a 21 58 | 53 30 | 21 27 | 53 44
10 n| +1444 132.) Medium —.2- -_Yscgh pes) ele Cains ol cer 27 26 | 65 00 | N.c.| N.c.
1l r| —4%3 GIS PAM WD YB ee ye al rp id a AT a ho Nese }ONiess 2g, 00 | 65 05
|

The letters, symbols, and indices of the above table are for the
Dana orientation, while the calculated angles are for the equivalent
indices taken from Goldschmidt’s Winkeltabellen.

The larger and more highly modified crystals usually have some
small negative pyramid faces developed without the corresponding
positive forms or the opposite and, where the forms are the same,
the faces of one end are slightly larger than at the other end of the
crystal. Where the larger faces are of forms occurring more fre-
quently as negative forms they are made negative although the
orientation is wholly arbitrary. One such crystal is shown in
figure 3 and the measurements are given in the following table.
This crystal was measured in the Dana orientation and the angles

are SO given.
Measurements of datolite, Figure 3

Form Symbol | Measured Calculated
EN GEE Cas Re Quality description eae oa eae
No.| Letter | Gdt. | Miller | > p > p
° , ° lA ° , °
1 c 0 O01}|) Poors. 22 2250 Sa Eee a ee SEL 90 00} 000} 9000) 008
2 a co0 LOO; ixcellont 2: 42 tel Ss a 53kt eek ee a ee 90 00 | 90 00 | 90 00 | 90 00
3 A 200 210 | V.
4 m oo LTO ei eae os ee lee eae ee Se Re a
5 0 [ooy) 205) CMe (oe eS eS REET SIN SS ee ror ee
6 g 0% 012 | Good
i ™x 01 011 x
8 S 02 021 | Good
9 n +1 111 | V.p
10 A} +12 21a pees
11 T —23 231 | Good_-
12 Br 12 121 | Good.-
13 r1) —3/22 342 | V. g__-
14 «| —1% 212 | Good__-
15 € -4 112 | V.p. dull

Another habit occurring as a variant among crystals of the pre-
ceding kinds is shown in figure 4. The same choice exists as in

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 23
*

the preceding as to whether
the modifying pyramids and
dome be made positive or
negative. The five forms,
however, are fairly common
on datolite as positive forms
and are much rarer as nega-
tive forms, hence the orien-
tation adopted was as drawn.
The crystal is unique, how-
ever, since in datolite nega-
tive hemipyramids are usu-
ally developed much more
frequently and in greater
number than are _ positive
hemipyramids. The crystal
shown in figure 4 gave the
angles of the following table.
As in the first table above it
was found best to measure
this with the a@ axis vertical
and the table is composite,
the indices, etc., being those
for the Dana orientation,
while the angles are for the Fie. 3.—DATOLITH. SIMILAR TO FIGURE

corresponding forms taken 2 BUT HAVING SOMH NEGATIVH PYRAMIDS
f 1 : NOT REPRESENTED BY CORRESPONDING
rom the Winkeltabellen. Oath n BORE

Measurements of datolite, Figure 4

Form Symbol Measured Calculated

ST = Quality description
No.| Letter | Gdt. | Miller od p ? p

KOO ONADAaRwWhe
ee ee Zbea

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL 66
>

In the several variations of the crystals above described the front
pinacoid @ (100) is marked by vertical striations, which make this
form easy of identification and facilitate orientation of the crystals.
The only other noteworthy feature
is the presence of A (210), ordi-
nerily a rare form on datolite,
which is present as narrow but dis-
tinct faces on nearly every one of
the larger crystals. The negative
pyramid wv, (342) reported as a
new form on datolite from West-
field, Massachusetts, is present as
«a small face on one of the meas-
ured crystals from Leesburg.

Although all of the datolite
crystals of a large number of speci-
mens from several veins had the
general habit above described, one
specimen, found loose on the east
side of the quarry, contained crys-
tals of distinctly different type.
This specimen consists of brec-
ciated limestone cemented by mas-
sive datolite containing vugs lined
with colorless transparent crystals
up to 6 millimeters in diameter,
all of which have the development
shown in figure 5. These are, in
general aspect, like some crystals
found in veins in diabase at Goose
Creek quarry. They exhibit sey-
eral forms which, while not new,
have not been encountered on any
datolite crystals which I have
Fic. 4.—Darortre, Siar Hazir to heretofore examined. The crystals

tou idee ee Pe ake very thick, tubular pakallelams

(102), while the base c (001) is
prominent, and the front pinacoid a (100) is a small and incon-
spicuous face. The one of these which was measured gave the forms
and angles of the following table, oriented, as drawn, in the Dana ©
position.

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 25

Measurements of datolite crystal, Figure 5

Form Symbol Measured Calculated
a Quality description a
No. | Letter | Gdt. | Miller - p @ | p
ot |-
Dz CG wal Ore le 2 8
] c 0 OUI IDE I ISIONaIS= += eee wa eee ee 89 37 | 000] 9000} 000
2 a cop 100 DIES 2 FE See ee Bos eek set ad ea 90 00 | 90 00 | 90 09 90 00
3 m co Drea VAR Oe So i ee en nn eee 57 54 | 90 00 | 57 37 | 90 00
4 0 002 EAQHVS 7p (Ge SAE e eee at ee eee eens eee 38 50 | 90 00 | 38 14 | 90 00
5 Mx 01 Ons (mUmionmlvedwile = Sa ees eT ee N.s.| N.s.| 007 | 51 41
6 g 044 GEZ3) Pexepllipn t2)"s ey sss: 32. eo. ace eee ols 0 30 | 32 31 | 014 | 3219
7 z| +40 LO2tiDeenlyicarroded=s) S245 .cs elec ten ee ees N.s. | N.s. | 90 00 | 45 00
8 p| +1/<0 f06 |pRoundedsfaine - Freel sorte lS Blze 90 00 | 18 32 | 90 00 | 18 31
9 Z +16 NGM | EVR Peee ct ee eae oe eee a eset oe 56 25 | 21 23 | 57 48 | 21 36
10 Q| +41 127) | ull, otehed_ -_.2 2+ -- eeussdise eel aot 38.12 | 57 52 | 38 19 | 58 12
11 le ee TOCA BVeep Maleate ele ne es ne ee ea
12 f} +241 144 | Excellent -_--------
13 | New |+5/s x | 2.3.10 | Medium----_----
14 € -\% 112 | Med., wavy
15 iy, -H 324 | Excellent _-_--.----
16 y —1 SUMED PRE 1 CRN ee ere ee
17 r —21 CAR AIGe ee ee ee ee es Socal scec ad

The faces of m, (011), Q
(122) y (124), and n (111)
are etched uniformly dull
while w (102) is not merely
dull but is deeply pitted and
corroded. « (112) and Y
(334) are ribbed and striated
parallel to their mutual inter-
section, a peculiarity since
such striations on « (112),
almost invariably present on
the crystals of this mineral
from other localities, are
usually parallel to its inter-
section with m (110).

A small face, not shown
on the drawing, which oc-
curs between Z (116) and ¥
(124) gives angles indicating
a new form with the indices
(2.3.10). The negative pyra-
mid u (211), recorded as a Fig. 5.—DaTouitrE. CRYSTAL FROM A SPECIMEN

j ON WHICH ALL THE CRYSTALS, LIKE THD ONE
eo) oon datolite from FIGURED, ARB DIFFERENT FROM THE PREVAILING
Westfield, Mass., is here con- HABIT AT THE LOCALITY. SHOWS SEVERAL
firmed UNUSUAL FORMS

There is an alternate position possible for these crystals whereby
the broad face indicated as ¢ (001) in the drawing becomes a (100)
and the small triangular face, above made a (100) becomes e (001),

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

w (102) remaining the same. The latter orientation makes a (100)
prominent as in the previously described crystals, while the stria-
tions on ¢ (112) become normal in direction and Y (324) becomes
X (118). The assumption that the latter is the correct orientation
would make it evident that the crystals were measured in the Gold-
schmidt, rather than the Dana, orientation. The angles measured
may .therefore be compared with those in the Winkeltabellen and
the forms thus identified may be transposed to those for the Dana
position. The angles are below compared with those for the Gold-
schmidt position and the equivalent indices for the Dana orienta-
tion are given in the last column.

Comparison of angles measured on datolite crystal, Figure 5, with angles for
Goldschmidt position and equivalent indices for the two positions

Form Measured Calculated
Gold- Ean
= schmidt qadices
No. Letter indices ? p ¢ p
° ’ ° , ° , ° i

Le RA Ss ee ee eS eee a 001 | 89 37} 000; 9000; 009 100

2s aia Ae ee es ee Fe ee ee c 100 | 90 00 | 90 00 | 90 06 | $0 00 001

Bc AAS Sn ee See eee g 110 | 57 54 | 90 00 | 57 40 | 90 00 012

4 5 tA han oa hee cee Mx 120 | 38 50 | 90 00 | 38 18 | 90 00 O11

ey EE IE ee ek Sees Se ee Se ee 0 021} N.s. | N.s. 07 | 51 45 120

Ge 34 ee Se M O11 0 30 | 32 31 14 | 32 24 110

TR ao on rr Ee ae z 101 | N.s.| N.s. | 90 00 | 45 09 102

8.2 iM = We ae ee te ee 8 103 | 90 00 | 18 32 | 90 00 | 18 36 302

OS 5 Re sa ee Se Se ee Se q 113 | 56 25 | 21 23 | 57 52 21 41 312

NOE SS Se ee i a eee Se esa Q 121 | 38 12 | 57 52 | 38 23 | 58 17 122
TS ee ee ee 2 ee n 122 | 38 14 | 39 34 | 38 27 | 39 O1 111
1 eR es ee ee ae ee B 142 | 21 12 | 53 54 | 21 39 | 53 47 121
1Gi: 5s SE Te Pele es eee x 235 | 47 37 | 28 57 | 46 40 | 29 01 534
142 ee Se ee ee eee eee € 111 | 57 02 | 49 41 | 57 36 | 49 49 112
sk ee Oe ee ee 2 EE a eee See L 322 | 67 20 | 58 23 | 67 0 58 28 113
16S Se. FO Ee ee ee ed New. 553 | 57 02 | 64 01 | N.c. | N.c. | 3.5.10
Li i5 eee A et ee ee ee ek Be New. 952 | 72 44 | 78 34| N.e.| N.ec. | 2.5.18

The above table shows that the alternate position gives no closer
agreement in angles and, although the face which is a new form
(2.3.10) in the first orientation becomes (534) an established form,
two others which in the first orientation are v (111) and e (211) estab-
lished forms with simple indices, become new forms with the more
complex indices (553) and (952) respectively. For these reasons the
orientation as drawn is believed to be correct. The cause for the
abrupt departure of the crystals of this specimen from the habit
characteristic for the locality is not apparent.

APOPHYLLITE

Apophyllite is rare at Leesburg, occurring as scattered minute
colorless transparent crystals, seldom 1 mm. long, resting upon
crusts of datolite crystals. On other specimens the apophyllite is
largely altered and is opaque white, and friable, many of the crystals
being mere skeletons or shells.

‘

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 27

Under the microscope the transparent unaltered crystals are uni-
axial and positive with ¢ =1.535, ® =1.532. They are for the most
part poised upon needles of diopside and include the colorless vein
diopside as numerous fibers.

The crystals, as shown in figure 6, are dominated by the unit
pyramid p (111) with a short prism zone composed of small faces
of m (110) rounded into faces giving angles approximating the form
(780). The measurements follow.

Measurements of apophyliite, Figure 6

Measured Calculated

Form Symbol |
|
aa Kaas deen & | Quality description -
No.| Letter | Gdt. | Miller | ¢ p ¢ p
|
3 |
| ov o_o, oF =s °
1| m © BN re as aM eae 45 00 | 90 00 | 45 00 | 90 00
Di Mewinaamosin hve 760N! Pianingie. 256-22. 2.22 --2s sense noe 41 04 | 90 00 | 41 11 | 90 00
3 | ei ht | epdnimeeeemenn snort ea ee eer 45 00 | 60 41 | 45 00 | 60 32

The apophyllite is definitely later than datolite and diopside and
is probably earlier than all of the calcite.

BARITE

Barite was found in a number of specimens, all apparently from
a single narrow but persistent vein. It rests upon crystallized da-
tolite and is doubtless later than the datolite but its age relation to
diopside, apophyllite and calcite could not be made out. The barite
forms flat tables which reach a diameter of 3 centimeters, some of
them being very thin. Many of the plates are curved and they
tend to aggregate in sheaves (pl. 3). The surfaces of the plates are
etched with a silky sheen but insjde they are transparent and color-
less with good cleavage. Small free plates are square tables with
round corners and show no bounding faces.

The forms assumed by the barite are precisely those shown by the
empty cavities assumed to have originally held anhydrite. The
barite is, however, a rather insoluble mineral. There is no indica-
tion that it is removed in solution and its age relation to the datolite
is different.

CALCITE

Calcite is an abundant mineral in the veins, probably as abundant
as datolite, which is not surprising as the limestone of the walls is
capable of furnishing any amount of calcium carbonate to be re-
erystallized in the open spaces. Some of the small filled veins con-
tain only calcite. One flat seam in diopside rock above the upper-
most of the two basalt dikes on the east side of the quarry averaged

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66

2 to 3 cm. wide and was traceable for 2 meters. This was first filled
with opaque white calcite crystals of the form ¢ (2241), 2 mm. in
average diameter, to a thickness of 5 millimeters and was later re-
opened along one wall and a later filling 15 millimeters wide of

Fic. 6.—APOPHYLLITE. FABIT OF
MINUTE CRYSTALS WHICH REST Fic. 7.—CALCITE. HABIT OF SMALL
ON DATOLITE YELLOWISH TO AMBER CRYSTALS

yellowish transparent crystals of the form (3361) was then intro-
duced, these averaging 5 millimeters in length. One small vug in
this seam was filled with chalcedony.

Some specimens show datolite resting on coarse granular bluish
calcite which is apparently older than the datolite. Most of the
calcite crystals are, however, distinctly younger and rest upon the

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 29

datolite. The first and simplest type of these forms transparent pale
amber “dog-tooth” crystals resting thickly upon free surfaces of
small white datolite crystals. These average 4 mm. in length and
have the habit shown in figure 7. Those which were measured gave
the following forms and angles:

Measurements of calcite from Leesburg, Figure 7

| o 7 oF ov | oF os,

1 5/o Sty SUL Ned woo co Sey 2 te ere | 30 00 | 44 31 | 30 00 | 44 36
2 as Shoe 605 1052) (AP aGUNS 522.2 Sk. re 30 00 | 66 20 | 30 00 | 67 55
Seneca 452| 5971 | PRON ce Ree EL a 15 32 | 75 35 | 16 06 | 74 18
4 6 | +61] 6171 | 1c ee ES eT re eee oe 7 45 | 76 26 | 735 | 75 00

Another habit of calcite occurs as clear colorless and transparent
to translucent crystals up to 2 centimeters in length resting on the
larger datolite crystals. These calcites, which are associated with
barite plates, have in general the habit shown in figure 8. The
averages of the angles measured on several of these are given in
the following table:

Angles of Calcite crystals of the habit of Figure 8

Form Symbol Measured Calculated
Se | Quality description [a ieee
No.}| Letter | Gdt. | Miller ? Be cle ie p
° ‘ ° , ° , ° /

1 Ci) —2 2241 eee ce Pe oes Soe ed 30 03 | 63 03 | 30 00 | 63 07
2 m +4 AAS Teh NOUN tar ee a eR So eles 30 00 | 75 33 | 30 00 | 75 47
3 e —4| 4481 epee TES SAGE be 29 51 | 76 30 | 30 00 | 75 47
ANE ess = GEG sto ie MK ese See eae Rk Se LE eas 29 51 | 80 52 | 30 00 | 80 24
5 € —3/g SOOZN PE DtUTTOd ss kan as owe Sh Oe <i ee 30 03 | 56 16 | 30 00 | 55 57
6 Dp +1 1121 Glee ae ee 30 03 | 44 32 | 30 00 | 44 36
7 cc 40 Ain OtChede. ase ose ka ee 00 | 66 10 | 66 18
Selsscws- = SII Py Ih ER 1 Be ee ee pS ae Se ee Pesscese| 25 20 | 60 10 | N.c. | N.c.
9 D |—22 8/7 20.8.28.7 Panne Ge ot ae a ee ee eee 16 11 | 63 37 | 16 06 | 63 48
10 n So o.o- Osa AveeGiuml ose. -. 62. 3 be eesea oe

1 x —J, |9.9.18.4 | V. p._.--------

12 f +% 1122 | Medium~----..

13 he 41 4951 | Goode--2e-=2--

A later deposit of calcite occurs as a minutely drusy botryoidal
crust. This varies from a continuous crust which may envelope
large crystals of the last described form, to minute spherical glob-
ules, and ranges in color from white through yellowish to smoky
gray. The surface of this crust is made up of minute curved flat
rhombohedral crystals. This deposit of calcite was formed after the
removal of the anhydrite and occurs in places in the anhydrite
cavities.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Chalcedony was found in megascopic masses only once as a pur-
plish-gray filling of a cavity lined with calcite crystals. Its micro-

Fic. 8.—CALCITB. HABIT OF LARGER COLORLESS CRYSTALS

scopic occurence in lime-silicate rock has been noted above. The
chalcedony is in the white earliest calcite in the calcite veinlet above

ART. 28 MINERALOGY OF TRIASSIC LIMESTONE—SHANNON 31

the basalt dikes as described above. It forms an irregular mass
15 millimeters in maximum diameter, varying from chalky white
at the borders to translucent purplish gray in the center. It has
the usual lusterless surface and flinty fracture.

EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES
PLATE 1

Replacement of limestone conglomerate along a narrow fissure. Shows the
replacement of the calcareous sand forming the matrix of the pebbles by a
mixture of diopside vesuvianite and garnet and, nearer the fissure, later re-
placement by magnetite. Two-thirds natural size.

PLATE 2

Crust of datolite crystals encrusting the walls of a narrow open fissure in
limestone. Natural size.

PLATE 3

Upper left: Rectangular mold of anhydrite crystal preserved in datolite.
Natural size.

Upper right: Thin platy molds of anhydrite crystals preserved in calcite.
Natural size,

Lower: Platy barite resting on datolite crystals. Natural size.

in ¢

wud a

a ae

a hike
& WM waldsiony ods
et tbat orsaett 9%

stihoieb Jab bewssuesq lave

& ae
Histes al forieaciy 3 araaiag) th

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 28 PL. |

REPLACEMENT OF LIMESTONE CONGLOMERATE ALONG FISSURE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 31

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 28 PL. 2

CRUST OF DATOLITE CRYSTALS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 31

ae,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 28 PL. 3

ANHYDRITE MOLDs, CALCITE, DATOLITE, AND BARITE

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 31

THE PUPARIA AND LARVAE OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

By Cuariss T. Greene
Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture

INTRODUCTION

The family Sarcophagidae has always been considered a very
difficult group of flies and especially difficult in the immature stages.
The adults are determined very easily by the male genitalia. These
flies are very important from the fact that some species are parasitic
on insects of great economic importance, while other species are
parasitic on turtles and the higher animals, including man. Some
species are parasitic and others simply scavengers in dead insects,
mollusks, and decomposing animal matter, while certain species are
either a parasite or a scavenger as the opportunity offers. The lar-
vae of the genus Wohlfahrtia are found under the skin of young
infants. There are also records of these larvae working under the
skin of some of the lower vertebrates, such as the cat, dog, and rabbit.
The larvae of Sarcophaga are often found in the nasal passages of
man and also in open wounds of various animals. The larva of
Sarcophaga haemorrhoidalis has been found in the intestinal tract
of man on several occasions. The full-grown larva always leaves the
wound and pupates elsewhere. The puparium is formed from the
molted larval skin. So far as known none of the species of Sar-
cophagidae deposit eggs. All the species deposit first-stage larvae
or maggots which start to work in immediately, and they develop
very rapidly under favorable conditions.

_ Up to this time there has been no attempt to classify the larvae or

pupae. In the larval and pupal stage the main character used for
separating this family from the other muscoid flies is the absence
of the button on the spiracular plate. This button is also absent in
some species in the family Oestridae, but there can be no confusion
because the larva and the puparium of this family are of an entirely

No. 2566.—PrRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL eee Vout 66, ‘ARG, 929.
912125 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

different form from that of the Sarcophagidae and are almost com-
pletely covered with very large chitinous spines. This button is
Jocated on the inner edge of the spiracular plate either near the
middle or on the lower half. All of the pupae have a pit or cavity
at the posterior end which I call the “ posterior cavity.” There are
several species in the family Tachinidae which also have this
posterior cavity but all of these Tachinids have a definite button on
the spiracular plate. Within this cavity are located the spiracular
plates and they are always located on the upper half of the cavity.
It is very difficult to see these plates and it is also impossible
to determine a species accurately without first cutting into this
cavity. With a sharp knife and using a little care you can make a
transverse cut which will divide the cavity into an upper and a lower
half. After this operation the spiracular plates will be seen to be
very distinct in each species. In the pupal stage the tubercles on
the edge of the posterior cavity are quite variable in the various
species and may be present or absent and this is due, I think, to the
shrinkage in transforming and drying. However, the constancy of
these tubercles in their presence or absence seems to be reliable within
the species.

In the larval stage the tubercles around the edge of the posterior
cavity are always present. The spiracular plate of the larva differs
slightly from that of the puparium. In the larva this plate is
generally a pale yellowish white in the central area with an amber
color towards the upper or outer ends of the slits and with a very
deep amber or dark brown ring around the edge. The ends of this
outer ring appear to be separated at the lower end of the plate. In
transforming to the pupal stage the appearance of the spiracular
plate is changed by the entire plate changing to a deep red or black
color, and in shrinking. the ends of this outer ring are contracted,
causing the plate to be a little more pointed. The slits are of an
amber color and darken a little in the pupal stage. The anterior
spiracles are often of considerable value, but there is a possibility of
variation in the number of lobes of each spiracle.

For details of the terms used in this paper see plate 1, figures 1
and 2. The dotted line shows the contour of the posterior cavity
and just above the horizontal axis is shown the location of the spi-
racular plates.

I think the term spiracular plate is more appropriate and should
be used in place of the term stigmal plate used in my former paper."
The right spiracular plate is drawn for each species.

ee ee ee ee ee

1 An illustrated Synopsis of the Puparia of 100 Muscoid Flies (Diptera), by ¢) 3a
Greene, Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, 1921, vol. 60, article 10, pp. 1-39,
pls. 1-20, No. 2405.

art.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 3

The number given to each species is the same in the table of
species, description, and the figure on the plate.

The specimens used in this paper are labeled with the number
herein given to the species and a reference to the number of this
article.

Unless otherwise stated, the material is located in the national
collection.

I wish to acknowledge my thanks to Dr. R. R. Parker, Dr. J.
Bequaert, Dr. F. M. Root, and F. C. Bishopp for the loan and gift
of some valuable material used in the preparation of this paper. The
main portion of the material herein treated was from the National
Collection and the collection of Dr. J. M. Aldrich, which is now a
Part of the National Collection. I also had some material from the
Gypsy Moth Laboratory at Melrose Highlands, Massachusetts.

TABLE OF SPECIES—PUPARIA

1. Puparium definitely wrinkled along the segmental lines______________ 2
Buparitimy notewrinlsledRastalbOve ss =o ee eee 3
2. Segmental wrinkles distinct on at least half of the puparium; posterior
cavity shallow, located centrally on the horizontal axis; posterior spiracu-
lar plates smooth without definite lobes.
No. 1, Sarcophaga cistudinis Aldrich.
Segmental wrinkles distinct on the anterior segments 1-4; posterior cavity
deep, located on the horizontal axis but mostly above; spiracular plates
with three distinct lobes, the inner one short.
No. 2, Sarcophaga communis, var. ochracea Aldrich.
3. Posterior end of puparium with three black chitinized points on each side
and above the posterior cavity; posterior cavity medium sized, elliptical,
located on but mostly below the horizontal axis; posterior spiracular
plates with three distinct lobes with all slits slightly arcuate.
No. 3, Sarcophaga communis Parker.

Posterior end of puparium without chitinized points__________________ 4

4, Puparium with a keel or ridge below the posterior cavity____________ 5
Puparium without a keel or ridge at posterior end____________________ 8

5. A narrow definite keel reaching from the posterior cavity to the anal open-
GL) OS a SERS Se eS he No. 4, Sarcophaga securifera Villeneuve.
Without a definite keel but having a definite rounded ridge below the pos-
QTL ©) Toi Can iA tara wae ey hes rae 6

6. A broad, rounded, definite ridge connecting with the two tubercles at the
anal opening; posterior spiracular plates with three lobes, slits narrow,
sinuous; a narrow extension of chitin on the lower and outer edge of the
platen ee sae net et ae ae es No. 5, Sarcophaga cooleyi Parker.

With a ridge not well developed like the above_-__-----------------_- iu

7. A broad, flattened, slightly raised surface below the posterior cavity, with
a large rounded tubercle each side of the anal opening; posterior cavity
very large; spiracular plate with three definite lobes, pointed at the
base; slits: nearly straight_____._..........-~- No. 6, Agria affinis Fallén.

EBA riNnNieNOt aS ADOVCZ. ee iw i a ee 8

10.

11.

13.

14.

16.

18.

19.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

. Puparium with posterior cavity located above or below the horizontal

XAG pe ee re See eh Be RE fa 2 peer et aoe 9
Puparium with posterior cavity located on the horizontal axis________ 10

. Posterior cavity distinctly below the horizontal axis; spiracular plate

rounded with a definite extension on the outer edge.
No. 7, Sarcophaga eleodis Aldrich.
Posterior cavity distinctly above the horizontal axis; spiracular plate with-
out an extension; slits short and nearly straight.
No. 8, Sarcophaga opifera Coquillett.

Posterior cavity quite round with the edge flattened.
No. 9, Sarcophaga subaenescens Aldrich.

Posterior Cavity NOt aS dDOVG iss. a ee ee re ee ee TL
Posterior "cavity extremely smalls Ua) sere ase Sie Se eee ee 12
Posterior ieavity.-veryt large! - 22. Yee is Neer es be eee 13

2. Posterior end of puparium slightly tuberculate; spiracular plates with three

distinct lobes; slits short, broad, pointed apically.
No. 10, Sarcophaga hunteri Hough.
Posterior end of puparium more broadly tuberculate, with three segments a
little indefinite; lobes smaller, slits short and narrow.
No. 11, Sarcophaga atlanis Aldrich.
Postérior cavity extremely: larges2s2s) 0) Sie ee ee ee ae eee 14
Posterior ‘cavity. medium-sized’ to large ee eee 15
Posterior cavity located centrally on horizontal axis; last two segments
visible; spiracular plate rounded; slits narrow; two inner ones very long,
outer slit noticeably shorter____~ No. 12, Sarcophaga fuscicauda Bottcher.
Posterior cavity slightly quadrate (especially at base) ; spiracular plate with
three broad slits; the plate has a broad extension on the upper and outer

CdS es 28n Sh eee No. 13, Sarcophaga sternodontis Townsend.
; DeOsterion cavity. aro eee ase eS ee ee a eee 16
Posterior” cavity nredium Sizeds 2230). Sais ee a ae eee 17

Posterior cavity slightly semicircular, with yellowish pointed tubercles on
the edge; spiracular plates with three narrow, nearly straight slits.

No. 14, Sarcophaga australis Aldrich.

Posterior cavity irregularly rounded, with greater portion below the hori-

zontal axis; spiracular plate large, with three large lobes, each lobe with

AON Ss DrOAt Site No. 15, Sarcophaga sarracenioides Aldrich.
. Posterior spiracular plate without definite lobes_____________________ 18
Posterior spiracular plate with definite lobes_____________________-_-= 19

Posterior cavity elliptical; located centrally on horizontal axis, edge of
cavity with indications of tubercles; below the cavity is a definite out-
lined rounded area containing two rounded tubercles; spiracular plate
about as broad as long; slits broad, pointed at the base.

No. 16, Wohlfahrtia vigil Walker.

Posterior cavity elliptical, with only the lower edge of the cavity touching
the horizontal axis; spiracular plate with three very broad slits pointed
atthe rbasetss hes a2 Bee Ie’ No. 17, Sarcophaga aculeata Aldrich.

Spiracular plate with a tuberculate projection on the inner edge; plate

rounded with three curved slits___ No. 18, Sarcophaga singularis Aldrich.
9»

SDITACUIAL PLACES NOE AS Oy ee ee ee eg Re SOs ee a 209

LOD GS ea air ae ia rp ans in eye ARE Sees eae a a 21
Spiracilar plates without the above ridges. 222 eae 22

. Spiracular plates with a small narrow ridge in addition to the main —

arr. 29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 5

21.

22.

24.

26.

29.

30.

33.

34.

Spiracular plates with a narrow ridge on the lower inner edge; slits long,
narrow ; the inner slit with a bend just above the middle.
No. 19, Sarcophaga haemorrhoidalis Fallén.
Spiracular plate with a narrow ridge between the two inner slits; slits of
nearly equal length, broad_ No. 20, Chaetoravinia quadrisetosa Coquillett.
Anal opening located on a definite tubercle; spiracular slits short, slightly
curved; plate with an extended edge along the upper and outer edges.
No. 21, Sarcophaga rudis Aldrich.

Ania Fe OpenIN GIANG Geass ODOVCs= ate heer ee Pees ee 23
Spiracular plates rounded, lobes flattened with three straight slits of

eqruavha engl a0 see ene tre No. 22, Sarcophaga pachyprocta Parker.
Spinacularsplateswnob fattened.) wh. 2 sy ee geese 24
Spiracular plate with the first slit bent sharply downward to the right_. 25
Spinacularsplatewnotwas: abovels.8 =. bat tee ee 26

5. Spiracular plate with the middle slit quite long; posterior cavity large.

No. 23, Sarcophaga barbata Thomson.
Spiracular plate with the middle slit short, posterior cavity small.
No. 24, Sarcophaga bisetosa Parker.

Postenioniesvity roundsor NearlyyS0 os = 2a ee ee 216.
BOSEERIOF Cava yae HajtiGa 44 “Ses abe eth a st te 28
Spiracular plate with an oblique point on the first lobe.

No. 25, Sarcophaga plinthopyga Wiedemann.
Spiracular plate without the above point; spiracular plate more quadrate ;

TOHeSEDrGAG ee Ss da eee nee et (o. 26, Helicobia helicis Townsend.

; pereiian plate with the first slit much longer than the second or third.

No. 27, Sarcophaga uliginosa Kramer.

SwikachlaraplarennourastapOves] 2222 ee 29

Lobes of plate broad; slits short and broad; posterior cavity on but below
the horizontal axis; lower edge of cavity with short rugosities.

No. 28, Sarcophaga davidsoni Coquillett.

Obese Ord Sal) OV. creme mre bere foes See Ee OE ee ee 30
SWRA CH AES GSES OM t= sane pyeneeen eet es cere es Su bee oe ee ee 31
SPLICE CUTE TRS HIG Sp LO Tn ee nt aes nat cao eres a, oo i Me coef Bs eB hes ee pele eh od 32

. Spiracular plate rounded; slits slightly bent; posterior cavity not elliptical ;

no indication of segmentation on the posterior end of pupa.
No. 29, Sarcophaga prohibita Aldrich.
Spiracular plate more rectangular; first slit slightly curved, with the other
two slits parallel; posterior cavity elliptical; one segmental line promi-
nent on the posterior end of the puparium.
No. 30, Sareophaga morosa Aldrich.

PATS EWOMShitsmongenithan «thesthird ir osteo ovies 9 eo tees Stes 33
PUES .OfeahOutequal: length! = ee te el ee 34
All three slits slightly arcuate; a conical tubercle on each side of anal

OVEMTN Otek oe Ueber en ei ie hips el od No. 31, Sarcophaga latisterna Parker.
First two slits slightly arcuate; third slit quite short and straight.
No. 32, Sarcophaga marginata Aldrich.
Puparium with indications of segmentation on the posterior end; first slit
slightly sinuous; a tubercle on each side of the anal opening.
No. 33, Sarcophaga bullata Parker.
Parmer pmapopnitse Delos fet Oo. tees ee ee eee 35

oo
on

39.

40.

41.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

. Puparium with a depression, containing a central ridge above the posterior

cavity; posterior cavity small, rounded; a weak tubercle each side of the
anal opening; first slit bent toward the second, other slits nearly straight,

Of equal length =32. 22) Nae SP. Sa e No. 34, Sarcophaga utilis Aldrich.
Puparium Not. ‘as abovesL22 2222245 eee Ge ee eee 36
. Posterior cavity located on but mostly below the horizontal axis____-~~- 37
Posterior cavity located more centrally on the horizontal axis______-__ 38

. Spiracular plate somewhat rounded; three long, narrow, arcuated slits of

equal length; a small tubercle each side of anal opening; these tubercles
close:together= 24222520 = No. 35, Sarcophaga tryoni Johnston and Teig.
Spiracular plate not so rounded; third slit shorter than first two; larger

tubercle each side of anal opening; these tubercles widely separated.
No. 36, Sarcophaga dux Thomson.

. With large rounded tubercles each side of anal opening; slits in spiracular

plate narrow, slightly arcuate and of nearly equal length.
No. 37, Sarcophaga aldrichi Parker.
Tubercles at anal opening very small or absent______-_-________---_--- 39
MuPeTCLE “Sila heeet s 2S ee ANAS he ee ee ee 40
Tubercles absent; spiracular plate with an extension of chitin except on
the inner edge; first two slits parallel; third slit slightly arcuate and
extending below the other silts______-_ No. 38. Sarcophaga kellyi Aldrich.
Middleslige lone’ ‘straights 202 ic. Ge Oe) 2 oe ee 41
All three slits slightly arcuate; posterior cavity elongated transversely ;
ridges on spiracular plate broad, with a deep notch between them.
No. 39, Ravinia peniculata Parker.
Spiracular plate rounded; tubercles and anal opening near lower edge of
Posterior. Cavitys+=3¢— =e es No. 40, Sarcophaga placida Aldrich.
Spiracular plate more rectangular; tubercles more widely separated; more
distant from posterior cavity and with a slightly raised area between
tiem 22a Sey Bee bie Ae ee No. 41, Sarcophaga froggatti Taylor.

TABLE OF SPECIBS—LARVAB

. Anterior end pointed; posterior end truncate; chitinous spines small___ 2

Anterior and posterior ends tapering slightly; chitinous spines very robust.
No. 42, Sarcophaga cistudinis Aldrich.

. Larva quite robust; posterior cavity small; a large rounded tubercle each

side of the anal opening; spines along segmental lines small and sparse.
No. 43, Wohlfahrtia vigil Walker.
Larva more slender; posterior cavity larger_________________________- 3

. Posterior cavity with a very large tubercle each side; anal tubercles very

widely separated; spiracular plates small; chitinous edge of plate broad
and gihesslitssshOnt== 2 == eee ee No. 44, Sarcophaga placida Aldrich.
Posterior cavity and characters not as above________________________= 4

. Anal tubercles slender; tubercles below posterior cavity nearly in a line;

spiracular plates large with long slits.
No. 45, Sarcophaga bullata Parker.
Anal tubercles more robust; tubercles below posterior cavity, with a pair
of small ones below the usual line; spiracular plates smaller.
No. 46, Sarcophaga securifera Villeneuve

art.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 7

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PUPARIA

1. SARCOPHAGA CISTUDINIS Aldrich

Medium sized, dull, deep reddish black, very rugose with the seg-
mentation distinct. Posterior cavity distinct but not deep; it is ellip-
tical and located centrally on the horizontal axis; no tubercles on the
edge of the posterior cavity. Each spiracular plate is smooth, shin-
ing, reddish-black with three dark, dull yellow slits; there are no in-
dications of ridges around the slits; the slits are straight and con-
verge slightly at their bases; each spiracular plate is on a slight ele-
vation which is rugose. Anal opening is a distinct depression in the
middle of a large wrinkle just below the posterior cavity. Anterior
spiracles are missing in this material.

Length, 10 mm.; diameter, 3.5 mm.

Long Branch, N. J., no date. In coilection of J. Bequaert and
National Collection. Reared from box turtle Cistudo carolina.

2. SARCOPHAGA COMMUNIS, var. OCHRACEA Aldrich

Large sized, dull, reddish black, decided transversely wrinkled.
Posterior cavity deep, broadly elliptical; located on but mostly above
the horizontal axis; a depression above (seen from lateral view) and
deeply notched laterally; numerous broad, flattened, yellowish tu-
bercles around the entire edge of the cavity. Each spiracular plate
is subshining, deep reddish with three long, reddish yellow slits; first
sht bent outward; middle slits decidedly converging toward the
apex; spiracular plates separated by a space equal to one-half the
width of one plate. Anal opening small and not very conspicuous
and located not far below the cavity. Anterior end of puparium de-
eidedly wrinkled; first three segments very well marked and a broad
lateral ridge. Anterior spiracles located at the apex of the
puparium; spiracles are about two and one-half to three times as
long as high, with 22 small, deep yellow lobes; basal portion of the
spiracle is deep reddish.

Length, 8-9.5 mm.; diameter, 3.5-4 mm.

Dallas, Texas, August 28, 1907, to September 10, 1907; F. C. Pratt,
collector. Reared from cow dung.

3. SARCOPHAGA COMMUNIS Parker

Medium sized, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity medium sized, not
very deep, elliptical, located on but mostly below the horizontal
axis; on each side of the vertical center line, above the cavity, are
three blackish pointed tubercles; below the cavity, on each side, is
a small roughened area. Each spiracular plate is dull, dark red

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

with the three lobes well defined apically; three yellow slits, shin-
ing; middle slits nearly parallel, or at most converging slightly
toward the apex; spiracular plates separated by a space equal to
half the width of one plate. Anal opening small, slightly depressed,
located a short distance below the edge of the cavity; no anal
tubercles. Anterior spiracles much wider than high, located a short
distance below the apex of the puparium; each spiracle has 18 small
yellow lobes; lower portion of spiracle is deep, dull red.

Length, 7.5 mm.; diameter, 2.75-3 mm.

Dallas Texas, August 13, 1907; F. C. Pratt collector. Scavenger.
Also found in human excrement.

4, SARCOPHAGA SECURIFERA Villeneuve

Large, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity deep, large, elliptical,
located mostly above the horizontal axis; tubercles around the edge
of the cavity distinct; deeply incised in lateral view. Each spirac-
ular plate is shining black with three long, narrow, yellow slits;
the middle slits are parallel; at the lower inside edge of each
spiracular plate is a raised, roughened area; spiracular plates sep-
arated by a space equal to about half the width of one plate. From
the lower edge of the cavity is a narrow, sinuous, keel-like ridge
extending to the anal opening; a row of very short setae the entire
length of this ridge; each side of the anal opening is a conical
tubercle and the two are connected by a roughened raised area.
Anterior spiracles arcuate, about twice as wide as high and having
10 small yellow lobes; reddish brown near the base.

Length, 9-11 mm.; diameter, 3-4 mm.

Washington, D. C., June 8, 1923; H. E. Ewing, collector. Reared
from decomposed liver.

5. SARCOPHAGA COOLEYI Parker

Large, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity medium sized, elliptical,
deep, and located on horizontal axis; two tubercles on each side of
cavity flattened; from the lower edge of the cavity and connected
with the anal tubercles is a broad rounded ridge which forks and
connects the two anal tubercles. Each spiracular plate is black, sub-
shining; each plate has three yellow slits, the middle ones parallel.
Spiracular plates separated by a space about half the width of one
plate. Anal opening located between the two anal tubercles. An-
terior spiracles slightly more than twice as broad as high and having
16 yellow lobes; spiracle reddish brown near base. Spiracles lo-
cated at the end of the puparium.

Length, 10 mm.; diameter, 4 mm.

Laurel, Montana, 1914. Reared from decayed fish.

arT.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 9
6. AGRIA AFFINIS Fallén

Medium to large sized. Dull, yellowish red to a deep red, nearly
black; from a lateral view there is a small depression above the
posterior cavity. Posterior cavity large, deep, rounded, located
centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles on edge of cavity indis-
tinct. Each spiracular plate is small, shining, from dark red to
black; each plate has three reddish slits of nearly equal length —
converging very slightly toward their basal ends; spiracular plates
separated by a space nearly equal to the width of one plate. Anal
opening distinct, with a rounded tubercle on each side; this tubercle
varies somewhat in size. There are indications of an indistinct ridge
from the anal opening to the lower edge of the cavity. Anterior
spiracles are missing in this material.

Length, 6-9 mm.; diameter, 2.5-3.75 mm.

Melrose Highlands, Massachusetts (Gipsy Moth Laboratory). In
national collection and one specimen in collection of R. R. Parker.
Reared from larva of Vanessa antiopa.

7. SARCOPHAGA ELEODIS Aldrich

Medium sized, dull, dark, yellowish red. Posterior cavity small,
nearly round, located entirely below the longitudinal axis; this loca-
tion is a little variable; tubercles indistinct or absent. Each spi-
racular plate is very dark, shining red, with three narrow, yellow
slits; first slit slightly bent below the middle; middle slits parallel;
on the outside of each plate is a narrow extended area of a dark
reddish-black color; spiracular plates separated by a space nearly
equal to the width of one plate. Anal opening not very distinct and
located near the edge of the cavity; no anal tubercles. Anterior
spiracles slightly below the apex of the puparium; each spiracle has
seven yellow lobes; area on the side reddish brown down to the base.

Length, 8 mm.; diameter, 5 mm.

Maxwell, New Mexico; D. J. Caffrey, collector. Koehler, New
Mexico; V. L. Wildermuth, collector. Reared from Hleodes extri-
cata, FE’. fusiformis, EB. hispilabris, E. obsoleta, FE. tricostata, and
Asida obvata.

8. SARCOPHAGA OPIFERA Coquillett

Small, dull, yellowish to red. Posterior cavity small, elliptical,
located above the horizontal axis; no tubercules visible around the
‘edge. Each spiracular plate is shining, deep reddish with three
yellow slits; middle slits nearly parallel; spiracular plates separated
by a space less than the width of one plate. Anal opening small, de-
pressed, located close, under the posterior cavity: no anal tubercules.

9121—25——_2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Anterior spiracles located near the apex of the puparium; each
spiracle has six yellow lobes well separated; basal portion of the -
spiracle is dull, dark red.

Length, 5-6 mm.; diameter, 1.5-2 mm.

Natrona, California, July 18, 1885. Reared from Melanoplus de-
vastator, marginates, differentialis, plumbeus, and bivittatus.

isa 9. SARCOPHAGA SUBAENESCENS Aldrich

Small, dull, yellowish red. Posterior cavity small, round, located
centrally on the horizontal axis; the edge of the cavity flattened and
there are no indications of tubercules. Each spiracular plate is
shining, deep red with three yellow slits, each on a broad lobe, the
middle slit is straight and the other two slits converge toward it at
the lower end; spiracular plates separated by a space about three-
fourths the width of one plate. Anal opening small, fairly distinct,
and located just below the posterior cavity. Anterior spiracles are
missing.

Length, 4.5 mm.; diameter, 2 mm.

Somerville, New Jersey, June 23, 1922; R. T. Webber, collector.
From spider web.

10. SARCOPHAGA HUNTERI Hough

Small, dull yellowish red. Posterior cavity is quite small, ellipti-
cal, and located on the horizontal axis; no tubercles visible on the
edge of the cavity. Each spiracular plate is sub-shining, dark red
with three distinct lobes; three yellow slits each slightly broader at
the base and pointed at the apex; middle slits almost parallel; spir-
acular plates almost touching. Anal opening quite small, depressed,
and located just below the edge of the cavity; no anal tubercle.
Anterior spiracles nearly as high as broad; each spiracle has nine
small yellow lobes; basal part of spiracle is deep reddish.

Length, 5.25 mm.; diameter, 2 mm.

Charleston, Missouri, September 28, 1914; G. W. Barber, col-
lector; Platte, South Dakota, C. N. Ainslie, collector. Reared from
Melanoplus differentialis, M. atlanis, and from codling moth.

11. SARCOPHAGA ATLANIS Aldrich

Small sized, dull, yellowish red. Posterior cavity quite small,
shallow, located on the horizontal axis; no tubercles around the edge
of the cavity; last two segments of puparium rather distinct. Each
spiracular plate is sub-shining, red with three yellow slits; the mid-
dle slits parallel, spiracular plates separated by a space about three-
fourths the width of one plate; on the inside, near the lower edge of
each spiracular plate is a small, wrinkled area. Anal opening small,

art.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 11

inconspicuous, dark; on each side of the opening is a small, rounded
depression; no anal tubercles. Anterior spiracles small, located close
to the apex of the puparium; each spiracle has seven yellow lobes;
spiracle dull, dark red at base.

Length, 6 mm.; diameter, 2 mm.

Aberdeen, South Dakota, July 12. Reared from @. atlanis and
grasshoppers.

12. SARCOPHAGA FUSCICAUDA Bittcher

Large, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity deep, diameter large, lo-
cated centrally on the longitudinal axis; tubercles on outer edge of
cavity indistinct. Each spiracular plate is reddish black with three
yellow, narrow slits, the third slit much shorter than the other two;
first slit deeply curved on lower half toward the lower end of the
middle slit; middle slits about parallel; spiracular plates separated
by a space slightly less than the width of one plate. Anal opening
some distance from the edge of the cavity; each side of the anal open-
ing is.a conical tubercle, these tubercles are widely separated. Pos-
terior end of puparium shows two segments slightly more pronounced
than the others. Anterior spiracles close to anterior end of puparium;
each spiracle has.27 small, yellow lobes, five of these are below the
edge and on the outside surface of the spiracle; basal part of the
spiracle reddish-brown.

Length, 9 mm.; diameter, 3.5 mm.

Honolulu, J. F. Illingworth, collector; two specimens in national
collection. Honolulu, February 5, 1917; Timberlake, collector; in
collection of R. R. Parker. Reared from dead grubs.

13. SARCOPHAGA STERNODONTUS Tewnsend

Medium sized, sub-shining, dark red; more shining around the
posterior cavity. Posterior cavity deep, large, rounded, more pointed
at lower middle; at the lower edge of the posterior cavity is a short,
sharply defined carina or ridge. Each spiracular plate is very deep
red, subshining with three reddish yellow slits; middle slits about
parallel; on the upper and outside edge of each spiracular plate is
a broad extension, slightly broader toward the apex; spiracular
plates separated by a space equal to about two-thirds the width of
one plate. Anal opening depressed, some distance from the edge
of the cavity; each side of the anal opening is a small conical tu-
bercle; these tubercles separated by a space equal to about twice the
height of one tubercle. Anterior spiracles about as high as broad,
not far from anterior end of puparium; each spiracle has 14 small
yellow lobes, otherwise the spiracle is a dull, very dark red.

Length, 7 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

12, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Canal Zone, September 1, 1918; H. F. Dietz, collector, Mayaguez,
Porto Rico, November 17, 1915; R. H. Van Zwalenburg, collector.
Reared from pupa of L’rinnyis allo Linnaeus.

14. SARCOPHAGA AUSTRALIS Aldrich

Medium sized, dull, yellowish red. Posterior cavity large, deep,
slightly wider than high; located about centrally on the horizontal
axis; upper edge of cavity has three tubercles on each side, the
middle one smaller; on lower edge are four tubercles, the middle
pair being larger. Each spiracular plate is black, subshining with
three yellow slits, the middle slits are parallel; spiracular plates
are separated by a space slightly less than the width of one plate.
Anal opening small, some distance from the edge of the cavity;
each side of the anal opening is a distinct, conical tubercle; these
tubercles are separated by a space equal to the height of one tubercle.
Anterior spiracles are missing in the specimen.

Length, 7 mm.; diameter, 2 mm.

Baton Rouge, Louisiana, December 8, 1923; T. H. Jones, collector.

15. SARCOPHAGA SARRACENIOIDES Aldrich

Medium to large sized, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity on but
mostly below the horizontal axis; numerous distinct wrinkles on the
edge of the cavity. Each spiracular plate is shining reddish black
with yellow slits; middle slits slightly converging toward the apex;
spiracular plates separated by a space equal to about half the width
of one plate. Anal opening located some distance below the edge
of the cavity; each side is a definite, rugose, conical tubercle; these
tubercles are separated by a space equal to about one and one-half
times the height of one tubercle. Anterior spiracles located a short
distance from the apex of the puparium; each spiracle has 18 yellow
lobes; area in center of this spiracle is reddish and rugose.

Length, 7-10 mm.; diameter, 3-3.75 mm.

Gainesville, Texas; W. E. Pennington, collector, Webster, No.
12745. Gila River Valley, Arizona, August 21, 1915; R. N. Wilson,
collector. Baton Rouge, Louisiana, April 5; T. H. Jones, collector.
Dallas, Texas, July 15, 1905; W. D. Pierce, collector. Okanogan
Valley, British Columbia (from Anabrus); emerged April, 1896;
J. Fletcher. Graysville, Tennessee, from Dynastes tityus.

16. WOHLFABRTIA VIGIL Walker

Large, dull, very dark red. Posterior cavity small, elliptical,
located centrally on the horizontal axis; edge of cavity broadly
rounded; tubercles on edge rather weak. Each spiracular plate is
subshining, blackish with three yellow slits, first two slits bent near

art.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE Ls

their base toward the third slit, which is straight; middle slits
parallel; spiracular plates are separated by a space about half the
width of one plate. Below the posterior cavity is a rounded area
in the middle of which is the anal opening; each side of the anal
opening is a distinct rounded tubercle, the space between these tu-
bercles is about the width of one tubercle at its base. Anterior
spiracles near the apex of the puparium; each spiracle has nine
lobes in a slightly curved line.

Length, 9 mm.; diameter, 3.5 mm.

Ithaca, New York; emerged July 15,1922; R.C.Shannon. Reared
from rabbit caught by R. Harwood.

17. SARCOPHAGA ACULEATA Aldrich

Large sized, dull, yellowish red to dark red. Posterior cavity not
very deep, small, elliptical, located just above the horizontal axis;
tubercles on the edge of the cavity indistinct; on the dorsum above
the cavity is a faint depression (seen from lateral view). Each
spiracular plate is shining, deep red with three large, yellow slits
pointed at the posterior end; middle slits are almost parallel; spirac-
ular plates are separated by a space equal to about one-third the
width of one plate. Anal opening small, darkened, and faintly
depressed; no anal tubercles; between the anus and the cavity is a
large depression, sometimes this depression appears more like two
depressions with a faint elevation between them; below the anus is
a depression or fold reaching up on each side nearly to the horizontal
axis. Anterior spiracles located near to the apex of the puparium;
each spiracle has five yellow lobes; basal portion of spiracle is dull.
reddish.

Length 8-8.5 mm.; diameter, 2.75-8 mm.

Reared from an Acridid species at Alpine, California; C. M.
Packard, collector. Pasadena No. 16163, July 21, 1916. Ashland,
Nebraska, August 14, 1914, from grasshopper; W. E. Pennington,
collector; exp., No. A 787. Ellis, Kansas, no date; from . opaca;
J. S. Wade, collector; Webster, No. 14258.

18. SPIROBOLOMYIA SINGULARIS Aldrich

Medium to large sized; dull yellowish to red. Posterior cavity
deep, broadly elliptical, located about centrally on the horizontal
axis; tubercles around the edge of the cavity indistinct; on the dorsal
part of the puparium, close to the cavity is a faint depression. Each
spiracular plate dull, reddish to black, with three narrow yellow
slits, the two middle slits very slightly converging toward the apex;
on the inner edge of the spiracular plate, near the base, is a slight
projection; spiracular plates separated by a space about equal to

9121—25——3

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

half the width of one plate. Anal opening small, dark, depressed,
located some distance below the edge of the posterior cavity; each
side of the anal opening is a small tubercle; these tubercles are sepa-
rated by a space about equal to twice the height of one tubercle.
Anterior spiracles are missing in these specimens.

Length, 6.5-8 mm.; diameter, 2.5-3 mm.

Enola, Virginia, May 1, 1915; Sara Reynolds, collector.

19. SARCOPHAGA HAEMORRHOIDALIS Fallén

Large, dull, brownish red. Posterior cavity deep, nearly round,
the greatest width being on the horizontal; located centrally on the
horizontal axis; there are two pairs of rounded tubercles above the
center line and one pair below. Each spiracular plate is dark red
subshining, with three narrow, yellowish slits, the first or inner slit
is bent slightly just above the middle; on the inner edge of each
plate, near the base, is a small ridge; spiracular plates separated by
a space about half the width of one plate. Anal opening distinct,
located a short distance below the cavity. Anterior spiracles close
to the apex, much wider than high, with 14 small yellow lobes; the
basal portion of the spiracle deep red.

Length, 9-10 mm.; diameter, 2.5-4 mm.

No date or locality given; specimens in collection of R. R. Parker;
two specimens in national collection.

20. CHAETORAVINIA QUADRISETOSA Coquillett

Small, dull, yellowish red. Posterior cavity is of medium size,
elliptical, and located centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles
around the edge of the cavity fairly distinct. Each spiracular plate
is subshining, deep red, with three yellow slits; middle slits are about
parallel and longer than either of the other two; between the first
and second slits is a faint, narrow, elongated ridge; spiracular plates
separated by a space equal to about one-third the width of one plate.
Anal opening depressed, located some distance below the edge of the
cavity, slightly darkened near the outer edges; no anal tubercles.
Anterior spiracles at apex, wider than high; each spiracle has 13
yellow lobes, lower portion of spiracle is deep reddish.

Length, 5.5 mm.; diameter, 2 mm.

Victoria, Texas, June 15, 1907; J. D. Mitchell, collector; bred from
manure; Hunter, No. 1611-39. Dallas, Tex., August 10, 1907, bred
from manure; F. C. Pratt, collector; Hunter, No. 1611-11.

21. SARCOPHAGA RUDIS Aldrich

Small sized, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity fairly deep, ellipti-
cal, located on but entirely above the horizontal axis; immediately

arTt.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE TD

above the cavity is a slight depression (seen laterally). Each spirac-
ular plate with three distinct lobes, shining, very dark, red, with
three yellow slits; middle slits about parallel; spiracular plates
separated by a space at least as wide as the width of one plate; each
spiracular plate has an extension along the upper and outer edges.
Anal opening conspicuous, depressed, with an elevated ridge encir-
cling it, located close to under edge of the cavity; no anal tubercles.
Anterior spiracles missing in this material.

Length, 6 mm.; diameter, 2 mm.

Charleston, Missouri, June 22, 1915; E. H. Gibson, collector.
Reared from L. gibbosus. Webster No. 13668.

22. METOPOSARCOPHAGA PACHYPROCTA Parker

Medium sized, dull to subshining, yellowish red to dark red. Pos-
terior cavity deep, somewhat quadrate, medium sized, located on the
horizontal axis; tubercles around the edge of the cavity indistinct;
laterally the posterior end is deep notched. Each spiracular plate
is dull, deep red with three narrow, yellow slits, the first and middle
one parallel; middle slits nearly parallel; at the lower, inner edge of
the spiracular plate is a small wrinkle. Anal opening and a wrinkle
on each side well defined and darkened; no anal tubercles. Anterior
spiracles at the apex of the puparium, a little wider than high; each
spiracle has 11 yellow lobes; basal portion of spiracle dark reddish.

Length, 7 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

Beaufort, North Carolina, from terrapin eggs; issued September
27, 1915; W. P. Hay, collector.

23. SARCOPHAGA BARBATA Thomson

Large, dull, dark red, dorsal surface definitely arched. Posterior
end reduced in diameter with an elliptical, deep, transverse cavity
located nearly centrally; tubercles very faintly showing; each side of
and below the cavity is a good sized, faint depression. Each spiracu-
lar plate has three narrow slits of unequal length; the first slit is
sharply bent near its lowest third and directed toward the lower
end of the middle slit; spiracular plates separated by a space equal
to about half the width of one plate; middle slits very slightly
oblique, converging toward their apex. Anal opening depressed,
some distance below the cavity; each side of anal opening is a very
small, conical tubercle; these tubercles are separated by a space
equal to one and one-half times the height of one tubercle. Anterior
spiracles are located close to the apex of the puparium; each spiracle
has 12 small, yellow lobes; lower area of the spiracle dark reddish
brown.

Length, 9.5 mm.; diameter, 4 mm.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Honolulu, Hawaii, March 27, 1917; P. H. Timberlake, collector.
Reared from dead grubs; Timberlake, No. 7629.

24. SARCOPHAGA BISETOSA Parker

Small sized, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity small, deep, some-
what elliptical, with the lower edge notched in the middle; located
centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles or the edge of the cavity
indistinct. Each spiracular plate is subshining, black with three
yellowish slits,each on a well-defined ridge; the first sht is slightly,
bent, near its base, toward the second; the plate is shghtly extended
beyond the ridges along the upper and outer edge; spiracular plates
are separated by a very narrow space. Anal opening small, located
just below the posterior cavity; there is a small tubercle each side
of the anal opening. Anterior spiracles close to the apex; each
spiracle has 29 small, yellow lobes; the lower part of the spiracle
is deep red.

Length, 7 mm.; diameter, 2 mm.

Rockville, Pennsylvania, April 17, 1922; A. B. Champlain, col-
lector.

25. SARCOPHAGA PLINTHOPYGA Wiedemann

Large sized, dull, dark red with a faint depression above the pos-
terior cavity. Posterior cavity medium to large sized, rounded and
located centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles on edge of cavity
fairly well marked. Each spiracular plate is shining reddish black
with three yellow slits; middle slit long and straight; first slit is
slightly sinuous and the first ridge has a point on the side near the
apex; spiracular plates separated by a space equal to about one-
third of the width of one plate. Anal opening depressed and some
distance below the edge of the cavity; a rounded tubercle on each
side of the anal opening. Anterior spiracles are missing in this
material.

In one specimen the spiracular plates are nearly touching.

Length, 7-9 mm.; diameter, 2.5-3.75 mm.

Victoria, Texas, November 1, 1916; J. D. Mitchell, collector;
Bishopp, No. 7092.

26. HELICOBIA HELICIS Townsend

Small sized, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity large, deep, rounded,
located centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles around the edge
indistinct; above the posterior cavity is a depression (seen from
lateral view). Each spiracular plate is small, shining, reddish black —
with three narrow yellow slits; middle slits about parallel; spiracular
plates separated by a space slightly greater than the width of one —
plate. Anal opening large, not far below the cavity; no anal

ART. 29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE v7

tubercles. Anterior spiracles located close to the apex of the pu-
parium; each spiracle is wider than high and with 12 yellow lobes;
basal portion is dark reddish.

Length, 5-6 mm.; diameter, 1.5-2 mm.

Chain Bridge, District of Columbia. Reared August 17, 1912,
from Allorrhina nitida; C. T. Greene, collector.

27. SARCOPHAGA ULIGINOSA Kramer

Medium sized, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity medium sized,
elliptical, located centrally on the horizontal axis; three indistinct
tubercles on each side of the cavity above the center line. Each
spiracular plate is shining dark red with three yellow, narrow slits;
middle sht straight; the first or inner slit parallel with the second
for the first half of its length and then the first slit bends diagonally
toward the second and reaches a little beyond it; outer slit almost
as long as the middle one; spiracular plates separated by a space
equal to about one-third the width of one plate. Anal opening lo-
cated in a transverse depression a short distance below the cavity.
Anterior spiracles close to the apex; each spiracle has 30 small, yel-
low lobes, with the central portion of the spiracle deep reddish.

Length, 8 mm.; diameter, 3 mm.

Gipsy Moth Laboratory, 548B; May 14, 1907. In collection of
R. R. Parker.

28. SARCOPHAGA DAVIDSONI Coquillett

Medium sized, dull, yellowish red. Posterior cavity nearly round
below, but touching the horizontal axis; tubercles on edge not visible;
there are a few, short, visible wrinkles on the lower edge of the
cavity. Each spiracular plate shining, dark red, with three yellow
slits and the lobes distinct; middle slits nearly parallel; spiracular
plates separated by a space slightly greater than the width of one
plate. Anal opening small, depressed, with a darkened area around
the edge, located some distance below posterior cavity; no anal tu-
bercles. Anterior spiracle located below the anterior end of the
puparium; each spiracle has six small, yellow lobes; basal portion
of spiracle is deep reddish.

Length, 6 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

Los Angeles, California. Reared from eggs of E'peira argentata,
September, 1893; Anstruther Davidson, collector.

29. SARCOPHAGA PROHIBITA Aldrich

Medium sized, dull, reddish brown. Posterior cavity small, deep,
somewhat hexagonal, located on but mostly below the horizontal
axis; tubercles on the edge indistinct. Each spiracular plate shin-
ing, deep red with three yellow slits; middle slits about parallel;

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL. MUSEUM VOL. 66

spiracular plates separated by a space equal to the width of one
plate. Anal opening small, inconspicuous, and with a depressed area
on each side. No anal tubercles. Anterior spiracles missing in this
material.

Length, 7 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

Manhattan, Kansas, June 5, 1917; McColloch and Hays, collectors;
Lafayette cage 611a.

30. SARCOPHAGA MOROSA Aldrich

Large sized, dull, very dark red. Posterior cavity deep. Me-
dium sized, elliptical, located centrally on the horizontal axis;
tubercles on edge of cavity not very distinct. Each spiracular plate
is subshining, black with three yellow slits; the middle and third
shit about parallel; the first slit is shghtly curved downward and
toward the middle slit; spiracular plates separated by a space equal
to about half the width of one plate. Anal opening small, distinct,
located just a short distance below the edge of the cavity; each side
of the anal opening is a well-defined tubercle with a large reddish
spot on the inner side. Anterior spiracles are missing.

Length, 9.5 mm; diameter, 4 mm.

Near Ottawa, Canada; F. Johansen, collector. Reared July 11,
1918, by C. T. Greene.

31. SARCOPHAGA LATISTERNA Parker

Large sized, dull, reddish black. Posterior cavity deep, elliptical,
located centrally on the horizontal axis; two tubercles on the upper
edge of the cavity faintly visible, the others indistinct; laterally the
posterior end of the puparium is slightly notched. Each spiracular
plate is dull, black, with three narrow yellow slits, the two outer ones
closer together, middle slits about parallel; spiracular plates sepa-
rated by a space equal to half the width of one plate. Anal opening
small, distinct, depressed, with a low, rounded tubercle on each side;
tubercles separated by a space equal to about one and one-half
times the diameter of one tubercle. Anterior spiracles are missing
in this material.

Length, 9.5 mm.; diameter, 4 mm.

Andover, New Hampshire, Gipsy Moth Laboratory, 100416-7,
August 2, 1922.

32. SARCOPHAGA MARGINATA Aldrich

Medium sized, subshining, yellowish red, and slightly arched
along the dorsum. Posterior cavity medium sized, elliptical, located
centrally on the horizontal axis; no distinct tubercles on the edge
of the cavity; a distinct depression on the dorsum just above the

arT.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 19

cavity. Each spiracular plate is shining red, with three yellow
slits; inner and middle slit slightly convex to each other and of
about equal length; outer slit straight and about two-thirds as long
as the middle one; spiracular plates separated by a space about as
wide as one plate. ste opening small, indistinct, located just below
the cavity. Anterior spiracles are tems in the iene at hand.

Length, 7-7.5 mm.; diameter, 8 mm.

One j specimen note labels ; ‘other specimen labeled “Sarcophaga
No. 25.” Both specimens in coileeton of R. R. Parker.

33. SARCOPHAGA BULLATA Parker

Large, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity large, elliptical; located
centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles around the edge very
small; two posterior segments slightly visible; on each side and
below the posterior cavity is an area faintly depressed. Each
spiracular plate is shining black with three narrow yellow slits; the
first slit is slightly sinuous; middle slits about parallel; spiracular
plates separated by a space about half the width of one plate. Anal
opening some distance from the edge of the cavity; each side of the
anal opening is a conical tubercle; these tubercles are separated
by a space about twice the height of one tubercle. Anterior spiracles
arcuate, about twice as wide as high; located at the apex each spiracle
has 20 small, yellow, lobes; spiracle reddish brown at the base.

Length, 8 mm.; diameter, 3 mm.

Bethesda, Maryland, June 26, 1915; reared from meat by Max
Kisliuk; Hunter, No. 3281.

34. SARCOPHAGA UTILIS Aldrich

Large subshining, dark red; surface around the posterior cavity
shining with the edge of the cavity yellow. On the dorsum at the
posterior end is a depression with a broad ridge in the middle.
Posterior cavity nearly round, located centrally on the horizontal
axis. Each spiracular plate is shining, deep reddish black, with
three yellow slits of nearly equal length; two inner slits parallel with
the outer or first slit bent slightly to the right near the base;
spiracular plates separated by a space equal to about two-thirds
the width of one plate. Anal opening small, fairly distinct, with a
rather weak tubercle on each side of the opening. Anterior spiracles
about as high as wide; each spiracle has 26 small yellow lobes with
the lower part of the spiracle deep red.

Length, 9 mm.; diameter, 4 mm.

Natrona, Pennsylvania, May 30, 1896. In collection of R. R.
Parker.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

35. SARCOPHAGA TRYONI Johnston and Teig

Small sized, dull, from light yellowish-red to dark red. Posterior
cavity medium sized, elliptical, located entirely below with just the
upper edge touching the horizontal axis; tubercles on the edge of
the cavity distinct, somewhat flattened laterally; there are three
pairs on the upper half of the cavity and two pairs on the lower
haif. Below the cavity is a narrow ridge reaching from the lower
edge of the cavity to the anal opening. Each spiracular plate is
shining, deep reddish black, and with three narrow yellow slits
slightly curved, the first two slits convex to one another; spiracular
plates are just barely separated at the upper, inner edge. Anal
opening small, depressed, with a small, conical tubercle on each side.
Anterior spiracles each have 23 small, yellow lobes with the basal
porticn of the spiracle deep red.

Length. 6.5 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

One specimen labeled “ 1501,” one specimen without labels. Both
in collection of R. R. Parker.

36. SARCOPHAGA DUX Thomson

Large sized, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity large, deep, ellipti-
- cal; located on but mostly below the horizontal axis; tubercles on
the edge of the cavity indistinct; laterally the cavity is deeply
notched. Each spiracular plate is subshining, reddish black, with
three well-defined lobes and three yellow slits, first two slits much
longer than the third; first two slits converge toward the base and
almost touch; spiracular plates separated by a space equal to about
half the width of one plate. At the lower edge of the cavity, in the
center, is a very short, narrow carina. Anal opening some distance
below the cavity, short, depressed; each side is a tubercle slightly
longer than its diameter; these tubercles are separated by a space
equal to about three and one-half times the length of one tubercle.
Anterior spiracles missing in this material.

Length, 9 mm.; diameter, 3.25 mm.

Honolulu, February 5, 1917. Reared from dead grubs; P. H.
Timberlake, collector.

37. SARCOPHAGA ALDRICHI Parker

Large, dull, red to black. Posterity cavity deep, medium-sized,
located centrally on the horizontal axis; edges of cavity slightly
wrinkled. Each spiracular plate is blackish, subshining and with
three narrow yellow slits; between the first and second slit is a short
yellow line which resembles a short slit; spiracular plates separated
by a space equal to about one half the width of one plate. Anal
opening distinct, located a short distance below the cavity; each

arr, 29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—-GREENE OPN

side of the anal opening is a large, rounded tubercle. Anterior
spiracles close to the apex; each spiracle has about 80 small, yellow
lobes; base of spiracle is deep reddish.

Length, 8—9.5 mm.; diameter, 3-4 mm.

Lunenburg, Mass., 6114; R. T. Webber, collector. In collection of
R. R. Parker. One specimen from Melrose Highlands, Massa-
chusetts, May 25, 1916; R. T. Webber, collector. In National Collec-
tion.

38. SARCOPHAGA KELLYI Aldrich

Medium size, dull, dark red. Posterior cavity nearly round,
large, located centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles on the out-
side edge indistinct. Each spiracular plate is deep reddish black
with three yellow, narrow slits; middle slits about parallel; each
plate has an extension nearly all the way around it and a wrinkled
area on the lower, inner edge; spiracular plates separated by a space
about equal to the width of one plate. Anal opening small, depressed
and located a short distance below the posterior cavity ; no anal tuber-
cles; ‘on each side of the anal opening and between that opening and
the posterior cavity is a depressed area. Anterior spiracles close to the
anterior end of the puparium; each spiracle has six small, yellow
lobes; basal portion of the spiracle is reddish brown.

Length, 8 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

Gila River Valley, Arizona, August 21, 1913; R. N. Wilson, col-
lector; Webster, No. 10535. Specimen from Minot, North Dakota,
August 1919; C. N. Ainslie, collector; Sioux City, No. 19145. Elida,
New Mexico; H. E. Smith, collector; Webster, No. 10244; cage 2926.

39. RAVINIA PENICULATA Parker

Small, dull, reddish-yellow. Posterior cavity, medium sized, ellip-
tical, located centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles on the edge
of the cavity not very distinct; three pairs above and one pair be-
low the center line; those close to the horizontal axis more distinct.
Each spiracular plate reddish yellow, subshining with three yellow
slits; of nearly equal length; each slit on a broad, well defined lobe;
spiracular plates separated by a space from half to two-thirds of the
width of one plate. Anal opening distinct, located some distance
below the cavity; on each side of the anal opening is a well defined
tubercle. Anterior spiracles located at the apex of the puparium;
each spiracle has 10 pale yellow lobes; the lower part of spiracle is
reddish.

Length, 4-5 mm.; diameter, 1.5-2 mm.

No data. Six puparia in collection of R. R. Parker; two puparia
in national collection.

29 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66
40. SARCOPHAGA PLACIDA Aldrich

Medium sized, dull, very dark red. Posterior cavity medium
sized, slightly elliptical, located centrally on the horizontal axis; one
tubercle on each side of the cavity shghtly above the horizontal axis.
Each spiracular plate is subshining black with three narrow yellow
slits; middle slit straight, all three slits converging very slightly to-
ward their bases; spiracular plates separated by a space nearly equal
to the width of one plate. Anal opening small, depressed with a
large rounded tubercle each side. Anterior spiracles at anterior end
of puparium; each spiracle has 16 small, yellow lobes; basal portion
dull, reddish black.

Length, 8 mm.; diameter, 3.25 mm.

Ancon, Canal Zone, September 12, 1923. Reared from Murex; J.
Zetek, collector; “ Z. No. 2305.”

41. SARCOPHAGA FROGGATTI Taylor

Large, dull, very dark red. Posterior cavity small, elliptical,
deep, located centrally on the horizontal axis; tubercles distinct; two
pairs above the central line and one pair below; from the posterior
cavity to the anal opening is a broadly rounded ridge with a
tubercle on each side of the anal opening which is distinctly de-
pressed. Each spiracular plate is shining, reddish black, with three
yellow slits; the lower end of the outer slit is bent in toward the
middle slit; spiracular plates separated by a space equal to about
two-thirds the width of one plate. Anterior spiracles with 15 small,
rounded, yellow lobes; the basal portion of the spiracle is deep red.

Length, 9-10 mm.; diameter, 3.5 mm.

Townsville, North Queensland; G. F. Hill, collector; 1506. In
national collection and one specimen in collection of R. R. Parker.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE LARVAE

42. SARCOPHAGA CISTUDINIS Aldrich

Larva pale ocher yellow, tapering slightly toward each end. There
are 10 segments in addition to the head. First three segments nar-
row and of equal width; other segments wider and of equal width.
Numerous very thick, short, pointed reddish-brown spines not con-
fined to the segmental line but also in various other areas. Posterior
cavity shallow, transversely elliptical; the edges around this cavity
have very delicate, chitinous, sharp-pointed spines arranged in very
short rows like the teeth of a comb; these little rows of teeth are
shorter above and below the central area of the cavity. The tuber-
cles around the posterior cavity are round, flat and appear to be
made up of rounded plates located one on top of the other; these

ArT.29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 23

tubercles always appear to be worn off. Each spiracular plate is
located on a rounded, raised area; these areas touch each other in the
center of the cavity; each plate is shining, reddish-yellow with a
broad, reddish-black, wide ring around the edge very narrowly
connected at the base; each plate has three broad slits nearly parallel;
the first or inner slit bent slightly, in the middle, toward the second
slit. Looking from the posterior end there is a large rounded, flat-
tened tubercle like those described above. There are two mouth
hooklets; two small papillae on each side of head segment near the
apex; these papillae are hardly as long as their diameter. Anterior
spiracles deeper reddish brown with 19 small lobes to each.

Length, 12-13 mm.; diameter, 3-4 mm.

Long Branch, New Jersey, March 29, 1910; William T, Davis,
collector.

43. WOHLFAHRTIA VIGIL Walker

Larva pale yellowish white, very robust; posterior end slightly
rounded, tapering to a point at the anterior end. There are 10 seg-
ments in addition to the head. First three segments slightly nar-
rower than the others. Chitinous spines minute confined to the
segmental lines, much more numerous on the anterior portion, where
the spines are arranged in very short, slightly arcuated lines or
groups. Anterior segments 2, 3, and 4 with large, rounded tubercles
arranged transversely; posterior cavity small, deep, with six small,
conical tubercles on the upper edge and with two on the lower edge.
Spiracular plates small, shining, deep reddish black, with three yel-
low slits; the two inner slits nearly parallel. Each side of the anal
opening is a large globular tubercle with the space between them
about equal to the diameter of one tubercle. Between these two
large tubercles is a very small tubercle. There are two mouth hook-
lets; two small papillae on each side of the head, brownish, the
upper one is larger and darker; their length is less than their
diameter. Anterior spiracles brownish, and each spiracle with nine
lobes.

Length, 13 mm.; diameter, 3.5 mm.

Dunkirk, Montana, September 8, 1922; W. Roy Walker, col-
lector. In back of Airedale puppy 6 days old.

44. SARCOPHAGA PLACIDA Aldrich

Larva yellowish white, slender, tapering to a point at the an-
terior end, somewhat truncate at the posterior end. There are 10 seg-
ments in addition to the head; anterior segments 2, 3, and 4 slightly
narrower than the following segments, which are of about the
same width. Segments 1 to 9 each have a transverse row of small
conical tubercles; those of the first three segments a little more

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

rounded. Spines minute, pale yellow, and confined to the segmental
lines. Posterior cavity deep, large, elliptical. On the edge of the
upper half of the cavity is one very large conical tubercle on each
side; above, between these, are two pairs of much smaller tubercles;
on the lower half of the cavity are two pairs of small tubercles, with
a smaller pair located centrally between them. Spiracular plate
small, with three broad short slits; the chitinous edge is dark brown,
very broad, extending down in a pointed fashion between the slits;
the lower end of the inner edge of the plate has a deep notch, and
the chitin here is more blackish. Each side of the anal opening is
a large conical tubercle; these tubercles are widely separated. There
are two mouth hooklets; two small papillae on each side of the head,
very pale, of about equal size, their length less than their diameter.
Anterior spiracles brownish yellow; each spiracle has 16 small lobes.

Length, 11 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

Ancon, Canal Zone, September 12, 1923; in Murex. J. Zetek, col-
lector; “ Z No. 2305.”

45. SARCOPHAGA BULLATA Parker

Larva pale yelowish-white tapering to a point at the anterior end.
There are 10 segments in addition to the head. All segments are
nearly equal in length; chitinous spines are very minute, light colored
and confined to the segmental lines. Posterior cavity large, deep,
elliptical. On the upper edge of the posterior cavity are three
pairs of conical tubercles; the outer tubercle is shghtly larger than
the inner ones; the lower edge has three pairs of tubercles with the
middle pair slightly smaller and located slightly below the line of the
other tubercles. Spiracular plates large, faintly brownish yellow
toward the apex; spiracular plates separated by a space about half
as wide as the width of one plate. Each plate has three fairly wide,
long yellow slits; darkened edge of the plate very narrow, widened
on the lower inner edge. Below the posterior cavity the anal tuber-
cles are nearly transverse. Anterior spiracles are brownish yellow;
each spiracle has 20 small lobes.

Length, 12-13 mm.; diameter, 2.5 mm.

Washington, District of Columbia, May 31, 1923; H. E. Ewing,
collector. Reared from beef liver.

46. SARCOPHAGA SECURIFERA Villeneuve

Larva is pale yellowish white, tapering gradually to a point at
the anterior end. There are 10 segments of about equal width in
addition to the head. The very minute chitinous points are princi-
pally along the segmental lines, but there are small similar areas
between these lines; the posterior end is pretty well covered with

ART, 29 IMMATURE STAGES OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES—GREENE 25

these small points. The three anterior segments each have a trans-
verse row of rounded tubercles; on segments 3 to 9 there is a small
granular tubercle on the lower lateral portion. Posterior cavity
large, deep, elliptical, with three pairs of conical tubercles of equal
size on the edge of the upper half; on the edge of the lower half
are three pairs of tubercles with the middle pair smaller. Spiracular
plates large, dark yelowish brown, with the edge much darker; on
the lower portion of the inner edge the chitin is wider and there
is also a notch on the side. Each plate has three broad slits con-
verging at the base. Anal tubercles robust, conical, and widely
separated; edge of anal opening yellowish brown. There are two
mouth hooklets: two small, brownish papillae on each side of the
head just barely elevated.

Length, 14-15 mm.; diameter, 3 mm.

Washington, District of Columbia, June 8, 1923; H. E. Ewing, col-
lector. Reared from beef liver.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
(Drawings by C. T. Greene)
PRATE

Fie. . Sarcophaga cistudinis Aldrich.

. Sarcophaga communis, var. ochracea Aldrich.
. Sarcophaga communis Parker.

. Sarcophaga securifera Villeneuve.

. Sarcophaga cooleyi Parker.

doe

Ol me ©

PLATE 2

Fig. . Agria affinis Fallén.

. Sarcophaga eleodes Aldrich.

. Sarcophaga opifera Coquillett.

. Sarcophaga subaenescens Aldrich.

10. Sarcophaga hunteri Hough.

Oo OI D

PLATE 3

Fic. 11. Sarcophaga atlanis Aldrich.
12. Sarcophaga fuscicauda Béttcher.
13. Sarcophaga sternodontis Townsend.
14. Sarcophaga australis Aldrich.
15. Sarcophaga sarracenioides Aldrich.

PLATE 4

Fie. 16. Wohlfahrtia vigil Walker.
17. Sarcophaga aculeata Aldrich.
18. Spirobolomyia singularis Aldrich.
19. Sarcophaga haemorrhoidalis Fallén.
20. Chaetoravinia quadrisetosa Coquillett.

Ira.

Fic.

FIa.

21.
22.
23.
24.
205.

26.
21.
28.
29.
30.
31.

32.
30.
34.
35.
36.

oT.
38.
39.
40.
41.

42.
43.
. Sarcophaga
45.
46.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM

Sarcophaga

VOL. 66

PLATE 5

rudis Aldrich.

Metaposarcophaga pachyprocta Parker.

Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga

barbata Thomson.
bisetosa Parker.
plinthopyga Wiedemann.

PLATE 6

Helicobia helicis Townsend.

Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga

Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga

uliginosa Kramer.
davidsoni Coquillett.
prohibita Aldrich.
morosa Aldrich.
latisterna Parker.

PLATE 7

marginata Aldrich.
bullata Parker.

utilis Aldrich.

tryoni Johnston and Teig.
dux Thomson.

PLATE 8

aldrichi Parker.
kelleyi Aldrich.

Ravinia peniculata Parker.

Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga

Sarcophaga

placida Aldrich.
froggatti Taylor.

PLATE 9
LARVAE

cistudinis Aldrich.

Wohlfahrtia vigil Walker.

Sarcophaga
Sarcophaga

placida Aldrich.
bullata Parker.
securifera Villeneuve

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL.

spiracular plate

| || Sarcophaga
cistudinis Aldrich

Sarcophaga communis [("<
var. ochracea MHldrich

Sarcophaga

communis farker

ROAM SSM) Ks
aU oe

Sy arcoph aga

securifera Villeneuve

Sc oph Iga

cooley Farker

THE PUPARIA OF SARCOPHAG!D FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 25

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL. 2

A. grla
affinis Fallen

Sarcophaga
eleodis Aldrich

be)
=-Zf7,

a es 7

j Si arcophaga
opifera Coguillett

OF arcophaga

subaenescens Aldrich

Sarcophaga
hunk Ley Hough

THE PUPARIA OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 26

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL. 3

JSarcophaga
atlanis Aldrich

Sarcophaga
fuscicaude Bétcher

O} arcophaga

sternodonts Townsend

is Pe
x rea
|

di i

z
ae

Searcophaga
aus Ye Ta Pie. erich

Am)
Ut

ve Sarcophaga

sarracenioides Aldrich

=s
B

THE PUPARIA OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 25

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL. 4

Wohlfahrtia
vigil Walker

Sarcophaga
aculeata Aldrich

Spirobolomuyla
singularis Aldrich

Sarcophaga
haemorrhoidalis Fallen

Chaeforavinia
guadr/setosa Cogu/Ilett

THE PUPAR'A OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 25

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL. 5

Sarcophaga
Shes

3 Metoposarcophaga
pach eee Zs, Ae

ir)

J
ay
a]

Jarcophaga
Larh ae Thoms on

JSarcophaga
bisetosa Tork ee

JSarcophaga
Riese Wiedemann

THE PUPARIA OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEF PAGE 26

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL. 6

Helecobia

helicis Townsend

ca = + ~~ -~ — —— = os — —
. JSarcophaga
! uliginosa Kramer

SS hare Serer

i Sarcophega
davidson! Coguitlett

Sercophaga
prohibita Aldrich

Jere ophaga
morosa Aldrich

Ss ITT

Ul fp }

we Sarcophaga

latisterna Parker

THE PUPARIA OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 26

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL 7

Sarco haga
bullata Parker

ES Sercophaca
utilis Aldrich

Ress cee ii 2 el

oe ;
--” Sarcophaga
tryon ! Johnston & Teg

J arcophaga

dux Thomson

THE PUPARIA OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 26

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL. 8

Searcopha a
aldrichi om

Sarcophaga
kelly/ Aldrich

Ravinia
pen iculata Farker

Sarco haga
pl dg See Aldrich

Sarcophaga
Froggatt Taylor

THE PUPARIA OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 26

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 29 PL. 9

ets la, tees,
wih, atlas,
wettest 4
no >

THE LARVAE OF SARCOPHAGID FLIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 26

A NEW GENUS OF EOCENE FORAMINIFERA

By Josreru A. CusHMANn
Of Sharon, Massachusetts

In the American Tertiary there are numerous foraminifera repre-
senting several species which it is difficult to assign to any existing
genus. The nearest species to these is that described by Hantken
as Siderolina kochi Hantken.’ A figure of this is given here. The
American species are all different from this.

The genus Siderolina was erected by Defrance? and is the same
as Siderolites Lamarck? the type species being S. calcitrapoides™
Lamarck. This has been at various times assigned to Siderolina
Defrance of which it is the type and to Calcarina @’Orbigny. The
model of d’Orbigny of Szderolina is of S. laevigata d’Orbigny and
may probably be referred to Siderolites. That genus has the young
rotaliform and later vesicular chambers cover the early chambers.
These Eocene species referred to here are planospiral, consisting of
but a few chambers usually each with a distinct spine and while
they should probably be referred to the Rotaliidae are very different
from Szderolites or Calcarina. 'The following genus is proposed for
them:

HANTKENIA, new genus

Description—Test free, planospiral, consisting of about three
coils, chambers few, usually about five in the adult coil, laterally
compressed, wall finely or coarsely perforate, sutures distinct and
depressed, each chamber at least in the adult with a stout peripheral
spine with a hollow center, aperture tripartite one arm running
along either side of the base of the chamber, the other extending
peripherally in the apertura] face of the chamber.

Type species—Hantkenina alabamensis, new species, from the
Zeuglodon bed at Cocoa post office, Alabama.

1A magy. kir. féldt. int. évkényve, vol. 4, 1875 (1876), p. 68, pl. 16, fig. 1 and Mitth.
Jahrb. ung. geol. Anstalt, vol. 4, 1875 (1881), p. 79, pl. 16, fig. 1.

2 Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 32, 1824, p. 180.
8 Syst. Anim. sans Vert., 1801, p. 376.

No. 2567.—PROcEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuSsEuM, VOL. 66, ART. 30.
912224 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL 66

In the Tertiary of America there are at least four species and to
this genus should be referred Hantken’s species. These are all de-
scribed below and figures are given of all of them. They seem to
mark the Uppermost Eocene in Alabama and elsewhere on our
Gulf Coastal Plain and the Mexican species from the Alazan are
closely related. Hantken’s species is from the Clavulina-Szaboi beds
of Hungary.

HANTKENINA KOCHI (Hantken)

Plate 2, fig. 1.

Siderolina kochi HAnTKEN, A magy. kir. foldt. int. évkOnyve, vol. 4, 1875
(1876), p. 68, pl. 16, fig. 1; Mitth. Jahrg. ung. geol. Anstalt, vol. 4, 1875
(1881), p. ‘79, pl. 16, fig: 1.

Description.—Test planospiral, laterally compressed, adult coil
composed of five chambers, wall smooth, sutures slightly depressed,
distinct, each chamber in the adult with a rapidly tapering spine in
the last formed chambers nearer the apertural side, hollow, aperture

. not shown.

Diameter 0.5 mm.

The type specimen as described from the Clavulina-Szaboi beds of
Porna, Hungary, was a unique, no other specimens being known.

Hantken speaks of the aperture being formed by the tubelike pro-
jection, but this is evidently an error, as the hollow spines would give
this appearance. The aperture may have been filled and indistinct.

HANTKENINA BREVISPINA, new species
Plate 2, fig. 3

Description—Test somewhat compressed, planospiral, six cham-
‘bers in the adult coil, periphery not lobulate, wall distinctly per-
forate, each chamber with a short hollow spine broad at the base,
chambers of the umbilical area slightly visible.

-Diameter without spines 0.45 mm., with spines 0.65 mm.

Type specimen.—Cat. No. 353079, U.S.N.M., from Mexico. Light
colored clay, lower 20 feet of exposure, Rio Pantepec, 2.2 kms. S.
20° W. from Buena Vista, T. W. Vaughan, Collector.

This species has much shorter and stouter spines than the other
species of the genus.

HANTKENINA LONGISPINA, new species
Plate 2, fig. 4

Description.—Test planospiral, compressed, chambers rapidly in-
creasing in size and height as added, five or six in the adult coil,
those of the early coils showing slightly at the umbilicus, each
chamber with a long stout spine, often somewhat longer than the

ART. 30 EOCENE FORAMINIFERA—CUSHMAN 3

chamber, hollow centered, wall very finely punctate, per iphery some-
what lobulate.

Diameter without spines 0.5 mm., with spines nearly 1 mm.

Type specimen.—Cat. No. 353080, U.S.N.M., from Mexico. Dark
gray clay, Rio Tuxpan, crossing of road from Palo Blanco to La
Noria and along Rio Pantepec about 200 meters above its mouth,
T. W. Vaughan, Collector.

This species has much longer spines than any of the others. This
occurs with Orthophragmina.

HANTKENINA MEXICANA, new species
Plate 2, fig. 2

Description—Test planospiral, umbilicate, five or six
chambers in the adult coil, rapidly elongating as added
and peripherally extended to the base of the very large
stout hollow spine at the periphery of the chamber, wall
coarsely punctate, periphery of test much lobulated.

Diameter without spines 0.5 mm., with spines 0.75
mm. or more.

Type specimen.—Cat. No. 353081, U.S.N.M., from
Mexico. Yellowish brown clay, La Laja, Zardo Creek,
1 kilometer southwest of Tierra Colorado, T. W.

Vaughan, Collector. HANTKENINA
: : . ALABAMENSIS

> 7 ”) 2

This occurs with Orthophragmina. ae aoe
APERTURAL

HANTKENINA ALABAMENSIS, new species VIEW SHOW-

ING THE ME-

Plate 1, figs. 1-6; plate 2, fig. 5 Dee

TURE AND THH
° ‘ . ALAR PROJEC-
Description—Test planospiral, compressed, adult qos rrom ir

coil with five or six chambers, periphery very slightly *?wAn> 75S
if at all lobulated, wall very finely punctate, smooth,
granular near the aperture, each chamber with a hollow, slender,
acicular spine at the periphery, pointing somewhat anteriorly; aper-
ture tripartite, with an elongate projection along each side at the
base of the apertural face, and the third, median, extending periph-
erally from the base of the apertural face.

Diameter without spines 0.45 mm., with spines 0.75 mm.

Type specimen—Cat. No. 353082, U.S.N.M., from the Eocene of
the Zeuglodon bed at Cocoa post office, Alabama, where it is very
abundant. It occurs in other parts of the Coastal Plain in the
Upper Eocene.

There are specimens from Mexico in the United States National
Museum collections which seem identical with this species. They are

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAI. MUSEUM VOL 66

from fine sandy clay, Rio Buena Vista, just south of crossing of
Alazan to Moyutla road, Vera Cruz; fossil horizons 3 and 4; light
gray sandy clay, Rio Tuxpan, south side just above Agua Nacida,
Vera Cruz, all three lots collected by T. W. Vaughan.

This is the most delicate of the various species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
fi PLATE 1

Hantkenina alabamensis, new species

Fias. 1-6. Side views of six specimens from Cocoa post office, Alabama. X 60:

PLATE 2
Side views and apertural view. (After

Fic. 1. Hantkenina kochi Hantken.

Hantken. )
Hantkenina mexicana, new species. Side view. X 75.

. Hantkenina brevispina, new species. Side view. X 75.
Hantkenina longispina, new species. Side view. X 75.
. Hantkenina alabamensis, new species. Side view of Mexican specimen.

x 75.

or OD BO

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 30 PL. I

HANTKENINA ALABAMENSIS, NEW SPECIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 30 PL. 2

SIDE VIEWS OF VARIOUS SPECIES OF HANTKENINA

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 4

BUPRESTID BEETLES COLLECTED BY THE MULFORD
BIOLOGICAL EXPLORATION IN BOLIVIA

By Warren §. FisuHer,
Of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture

The present paper is the results of a study of the material of the
family Buprestidae collected by the Mulford Biological Exploration
during 1921-1922. This material was all collected in Bolivia, and
so far as I know, no species of this family have been previously
recorded from the region covered by this expedition, hence, as might
be expected, a large portion of the material proved to be of species
new to science, this being especially true of the smaller forms. All
of the specimens, except where noted, were collected by William M.
Mann.

All of this material, including the types, has been deposited in the
United States National Museum, and consists of 45 species, 29 of
which are described as new.

PELECOPSELAPHUS ELONGATUS Thomson

Pelecopselaphus elongatus THOMSON, Typ. Bupr., 1878, pp. 24—25.
This species is represented by a single specimen collected at
Tumupasa, Bolivia, during December, 1921.

CHRYSESTHES TRIPUNCTATA (Fabricius)

Buprestis tripunctata Fasricius, Mant. Ins., vol. 1, 1787, p. 179.
One specimen collected at Rurrenabaque (Beni River), during
December, 1921.

EUCHROMA GIGANTEA, var. GIGANTEA (Linnaeus)

Buprestis gigantea LINNAEUS, Syst. Nat., 10 ed., 1758, p. 408.

This species is represented by nine specimens collected at Rur-
renabaque (Beni River), Rosario (Lake Rogagua) during Novem-
ber, and at Isiamas during December, 1921.

No. 2568.—PRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 31
12050—25—_1 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

CHRYSOBOTHRIS ROGAGUAENSIS, new species

Male——Form rather broadly oblong and feebly convex, with the
surface subopaque; color aeneo-brunneus, with a feeble cupreous or
purplish tinge, the head more or less ornated with bright green,
which is more distinct on the epistoma, along the lateral margins and
antennal cavities, and sometimes with two small round spots on the
front; antennae green at base, becoming reddish-cupreous toward the
apex; each elytron with three irregular foveae, a rather deep one at
basal lobe, an obsolete irregular one at middle divided by the second
costa, and a more distinct zigzag one near apical third, extending
between the second and fourth costae, the foveae are nearly con-
colorous, but in some specimens they are more distinctly aeneous or
cupreous; beneath aeneo-brunneus, with a strong cupreous tinge at
the sides, becoming golden-green, with a strong cyaneous reflection
on the median parts and tibiae, the tarsi cyaneous.

Head feebly convex, with the front triangular, the sides strongly ob-
liquely narrowed toward the top, and with three irregular transverse
carinae which do not extend to the lateral margins, and arranged as
follows: a very narrow sinuate one, broadly interrupted at middle,
and situated behind the antennal cavities, a broader, feebly arcuate
one on the front, and a narrow one on the vertex; surface coarsely
and irregularly punctate, the punctures more shallow and widely
separated on the front, becoming deeper and confluent on vertex and
along the eyes, sparsely clothed with fine long recumbent cinereous
hairs; intervals finely and densely granulose; eyes large, moderately
convex, top and bottom about equally rounded, and separated from
each other on the occiput by about the same distance as between the
antennal cavities; epistoma feebly and broadly arcuately emarginate
in front, the lobes on each side very broadly rounded; antennae
rather short, the third joint about as long as the following two joints
united. Pronotum strongly transverse, nearly two times as wide as
long, widest along middle, apex and base about equal in width; sides
strongly obliquely expanded from anterior margin to apical fourth,
then parallel to basal third, except for a regular arcuate emargina-
tion, and finally obliquely narrowed to the posterior angles, which
are obtusely angulated; anterior margin broadly arcuately emargi-
nate, with only an obsolete median lobe; base strongly arcuately
emarginate on each side at the elytral lobes, the median lobe broadly
rounded and narrowly truncate in front of the scutellum; surface
feebly convex, with an obsolete longitudinal median sulcus, and with
two more or less distinct round depressions on each side of the mid-
dle, the posterior pair broader and more widely separated than the
anterior pair, there is also an irregular flattened depression on each
side along the lateral margin, finely and irregularly punctate, the
punctures widely separated on the disk, but becoming more confluent

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—-FISHER 3

toward the sides, the intervals smooth, transversely rugose toward
the sides, where the depressions are finely and densely granulose.
Scutellum triangular, longer than wide, strongly acuminate at apex,
with the surface smooth. Elytra distinctly wider than pronotum at
base, sides broadly rounded at humeral angles, parallel to apical
third (feebly concave at basal third), then arcuately attenuate to
the tips, which are conjointly rather acutely rounded, lateral mar-
gins coarsely serrate to the middle, the teeth large and rather evenly
spaced; humeri not prominent; base strongly angularly lobed; sur-
face finely and irregularly punctate, the punctures shallow and
more widely separated on the disk, becoming deeper and more con-
fluent in the depressions and at the sides, and each puncture with a
minute pit-like depression at the middle, the intervals smooth; each
elytron with the sutural margin strongly elevated posteriorly, and
with four more or less distinct longitudinal costae, the first parallel
to the sutural margin, strongly elevated posteriorly, abruptly ex-
panded at basal third and extending to the basal depression, the
second more feebly elevated and extending from base to the apical
depression, the third very arcuate, extending around the external
margin of humerus to near the apex, and broadly interrupted by the
apical depression, and the fourth parallel with the lateral margin,
extending from behind the humerus to the apex and nearly con-
nected to the first costa. Abdomen beneath sparsely, coarsely and
irregularly punctate, the punctures open posteriorly, and larger and
somewhat confluent toward the sides, where the surface is also
sparsely clothed with long recumbent cinereous hairs; intervals
smooth; first segment broadly, longitudinally concave at middle;
last segment broadly longitudinally concave at middle, with the
lateral margins entire, the submarginal ridge only prominent on
each side of the apical emargination, and the apex deeply, broadly,
arcuately emarginate. Prosternum transversely truncate in front;
surface transversely narrowly concave behind the anterior margin,
rather coarsely, sparsely and irregularly punctate, becoming trans-
versely rugose toward the sides, and sparsely clothed with long
cinereous hairs; prosternal process flat, strongly expanded behind
the coxal cavities, with a very large triangular tooth at apex.
Femora robust; anterior pair with a large obtuse tooth on the outer
edge, closer to the apex than base, and coarsely and irregularly ser-
rate on the exterior margin. Anterior and middle tibiae strongly
arcuate, subcylindrical and without any dilatation, the posterior
pair straight and subcylindrical.

Female—Differs from the male in having the head more cupreous,
last abdominal segment not concave at middle, but with two large
depressions on each side along base, the submarginal ridge more
prominent, strongly serrate, broadly rounded at apex and not in-

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

terrupted at the middle, the apex not as deeply emarginate, and
with an obsolete tooth at the middle of the emargination.

Length, 11.5-14 mm.; width, 4.75-5.5 mm.

Type locality—Rurrenabaque (Beni River), Bolivia.

Other localities—Rosario (Lake Rogagua), Bolivia.

Type, allotype and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26964, U.S.N.M.

Described from six specimens, four males and two females. The
type and allotype collected at the type locality during November,
1921; and four paratypes, 3 males and one female, collected at
Rosario, during the same month.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS FRONTALIS (Olivier)
Buprestis frontalis Ouivier, Entom., vol. 2, 1790, gen. 32, pp. 45-46, pl. 5, fig. 44.

One specimen collected at Cavinas (Beni River), during Feb-
ruary, 1922.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS RUBIMACULATA (Castelnau and Gory)

Colobogaster rubimaculata CASTELNAU and Gory, Mon. Bupr., vol. 2, 1836, pp.
10-11, pl. 2, fig. 9.
Represented by five specimens collected at Rosario (Lake Roga-
gua), during November, 1921.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS BENIENSIS, new species

Female.—F¥orm rather broadly oblong and feebly convex, and with
the surface moderately shining; above piceous, with a strong bluish,
greenish, or purplish tinge, the head with the lateral margins, front
of epistoma, and antennal cavities narrowly margined with a bright
green or cupreous color; antennae bright green on basal joints, be-
coming more aeneous toward the apex; each elytron with three round
deeply depressed foveae, which are golden-green margined with
cupreous, one in the basal depression, one on the disk at middle, and
the other at the apical third and situated closer to the lateral margin
than the suture; color beneath similar to above, except on the median
parts, where it is bright green or cupreous; tarsi cyaneous.

Head moderately convex, with the front triangular, the sides
strongly obliquely narrowed toward the top, with an obsolete arcuate
carina between the vertex and occiput, a broad obsolete depression on
the front, and a distinct narrow longitudinal carina on the occiput;
surface coarsely and densely punctate, the punctures becoming trans-
versely rugose on the front, and sparsely clothed with long semi-erect
cinereous hairs; intervals smooth; eyes large, feebly convex, more
acutely rounded at bottom than on top, and separated from each
other on the occiput by four-fifths of the distance between the an-
tennal cavities; epistoma broadly, angularly, and rather deeply
emarginate in front, the lobes on each side broadly rounded ; antennae

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 5

short and robust, the third joint about as long as the following four
joints united. Pronotum strongly transverse, two times as wide as
long, base and apex about equal in width, widest at apical fourth;
sides strongly obliquely expanded to apical fourth, where they are
obtusely angulated, then obliquely attenuate to the posterior angles,
which are obtuse (in some specimens the sides are feebly sinuate be-
hind the apical fourth) ; anterior margin broadly arcuately emargi-
nate, with an obsolete broadly rounded median lobe; base strongly
urcuately emarginate on each side at the elytral lobe, the median lobe
broadly rounded and narrowly truncate in front of the scutellum;
surface feebly convex and obsoletely uneven, with a more distinct
broad depression along lateral margin at apical third, and a similar
one in front of elytral lobe, finely, rather densely and regularly
punctate, sometimes becoming obsoletely transversely rugose toward
the sides, the intervals smooth. Scutellum triangular, the three sides
about equal in length, with the surface finely, densely granulose.
Elytra distinctly wider than pronotum at base; sides broadly rounded
at humeral angles, parallel to just behind the middle (feebly concave
at basal third), then arcuately attenuate to the tips, which are rather
acutely rounded, lateral margins finely serrate to basal third; humeri
feebly developed; base strongly angularly lobed; surface densely,
finely, and regularly punctate, and the intervals smooth; each elytron
with two more or less distinct longitudinal costae, one parallel to the
sutural margin, and extending from the apex to middle, the other
along the lateral margin, extending from behind the humerus to the
apex, where it is connected to the other costa. Abdomen beneath
coarsely and irregularly punctate, the punctures widely separated on
the median parts, but becoming denser and finely rugose on the
antero-lateral areas of the segments, where the surface is also rather
densely clothed with long recumbent cinereous hairs; intervals
smooth; first segment not distinctly concave at middle; last segment
convex, or with an obsolete broadly rounded carina at middle, the
lateral margins variable, entire or with a more or less abrupt emargi-
nation on each side near the apex, and without a submarginal ridge;
the apex with two deep semi-circular emarginations. Prosternum
truncate in front, with the anterior margin strongly elevated; sur-
face narrowly, transversely depressed behind the anterior margin,
coarsely, very densely punctate, and sparsely clothed with long
recumbent cinereous hairs toward the sides; prosternal process flat,
strongly expanded behind the coxal cavities, and with a very large
triangular tooth at apex. Femora robust; anterior pair strongly
swollen at middle, with a large obtuse triangular tooth on the outer
margin, closer to the apex than base, and feebly serrate on the ex-
terior margin; middle pair slightly swollen at middle; the posterior

pair subcylindrical, and feebly flattened. Anterior tibiae feebly

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

arcuate, strongly expanded and flattened toward apex, and without
any dilatation on the inner margin; middle and posterior pairs sub-
cylindrical, the middle pair feebly arcuate, and the posterior pair
straight.

Male——Unknown.

Length, 9-14 mm.; width, 4-6 mm.

Type localtty——Cavinas (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26965, U.S.N.M.

Described from nine specimens, probably all females, collected at
the type locality during January and February, 1922.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS SEXPUNCTATA (Fabricius)

Buprestis serpunctata Fasrictus, Syst. Eleuth., vol. 2, 1801, p. 206.

Eighteen specimens collected at Cavinas (Beni River) during
January and February, 1922.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS DECOLORATA (Castelnau and Gory)

Colobogaster decolorata CASTELNAU and Gory, Mon. Bupr., vol. 2, 1836, p. 11,
jo) eramaired oak Oy
A single example collected at Cavinas (Beni River) during Janu-
ary, 1922.

CHRYSOBOTHRIS CUPRIFRONS, new species

Female—Form narrowly oblong and feebly convex, and with the
surface shining; head reddish-cupreous, with the lateral margins, an-
terior margin of epistoma and margins around antennal cavities
bright green; antennae bright green on basal joints, becoming darker
green toward the apex; pronotum olive-green, becoming rubinous
along the anterior margin; elytra blackish-green, with a strong
purplish or reddish-cupreous reflection when viewed in different
hghts, and each elytron ornated with three bright green spots, a
narrow oblong one at basal depression, a very narrow oblique one
behind humerus, extending forward along the lateral margin, and
becoming more or less obsolete around the humeral angle, and a
rounded one (emarginated anteriorly and posteriorly) on disk just in
front of the middle; beneath olive-green, with strong purplish tinge
at the sides, the median parts of a brighter green, with a strong
bluish or purplish tinge; tarsi cyaneous.

Head broadly depressed on the front, which is triangular, the sides
strongly obliquely narrowed toward the top, and with two broadly
arcuate transverse carinae on the vertex, the anterior one broad and
strongly elevated, the posterior one nearly obsolete; occiput with an
obsolete longitudinal carina; surface coarsely and densely punctate,
the punctures round, fine, and distinctly separated on the occiput,

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 7

becoming much coarser, very irregular in shape, and confluent in
the frontal depressed area, bottom of the punctures finely, densely
granulose, and sparsely clothed with long semierect cinereous hairs;
eyes large, strongly convex, more broadly rounded at bottom than
on top, and separated from each other on the occiput by about one-
half of the distance between the antennal cavities; epistoma feebly
and broadly arcuately emarginate in front, the lobes on each side
only feebly rounded; antennae very short, the third joint about as
long as the following four joints united. Pronotum strongly trans-
verse, two times as wide as long, slightly narrower in front than be-
hind; sides strongly obliquely expanded to apical fifth, then parallel,
or at most, only obsoletely arcuate to the posterior angles, which are
acute; anterior margin nearly truncate; base deeply arcuately emar-
ginate on each side at elytral lobe, and with a large broadly rounded
median lobe; surface feebly, regularly convex, with a broad obsolete
depression in front of scutellum, feebly transversely rugose, with a
few very fine, irregularly placed punctures between the rugae on
disk, the punctures becoming denser and coarser on the antero-lateral
region, the bottom of the punctures obsoletely granulose and with a
pitlike depression at the center, the intervals obsoletely granulose.
Scutellum very small, triangular; surface finely granulose, with a
deep fovea at the middle. Elytra distinctly wider than pronotum at
base; sides obtusely rounded at the humeral angles, parallel to just be-
hind the middle (feebly concave at basal third), then obliquely atten-
uate to the tips, which are acutely rounded, lateral margins coarsely
serrate to near the middle, the teeth large and rather evenly spaced
except at apex; humeri not prominent; base strongly angularly
lobed; surface sparsely and finely punctate, the punctures very fine
and widely separated on the disk, becoming coarser, more confluent
and somewhat transversely rugose toward the lateral margins and in
the depressed green areas, and without longitudinal costae, intervals
smooth; each elytron with a deep basal depression, a more shallow
one at humerus, and with the green spot on disk broadly but feebly
depressed. Abdomen beneath sparsely, coarsely and regularly punc-
tate on the median parts, becoming very finely and densely punctate
on the antero-lateral areas of the segments, where the surface is also
densely clothed with long recumbent cinerous hairs; intervals
smooth ; first segment obsoletely concave at the middle; last segment
with a broadly rounded obsolete median carina, the lateral margins
entire, and without a submarginal ridge; apex broadly rectangularly
emarginate, the emargination deep, feebly sinuate at middle, the sides
rounded at bottom and produced into a long sharp tooth at apical
angles. Prosternum with a narrow, broadly rounded median lobe in
front, and the anterior margin elevated; surface feebly transversely

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

concave behind the anterior margin, coarsely, densely punctate, and
sparsely clothed with moderately long recumbent cinereous hairs to-
ward the sides; prosternal process flat, strongly expanded behind the
coxal cavities, and with a very large, acutely triangular tooth at apex.
Femora robust; anterior pair short, strongly swollen, the outer mar-
gin flattened, arcuately expanded, but not forming a distinct tooth;
the middle and posterior pairs subcylindrical, feebly flattened, and
the middle pair slightly more swollen at middle. Anterior and mid-
dle tibiae strongly arcuate, subcylindrical, and without any dila-
tations; the posterior pair straight and subcylindrical.

Male—Unknown.

Length, 12.5 mm.; width, 5 mm.

Type locality—San Antonio, Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26966, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique female collected during November, 1921.

ACTENODES FULMINATA (Schénherr)
Buprestis fulminata SCHONHERR, Syn. Ins., vol. 1, pt. 8, App., 1817, p. 121.

A single example of this species collected at Tumupasa, Bolivia,
during December, 1921.

ACTENODES MANNI, new species

Form narrowly elongate, feebly convex, attenuate in front, and
more acuminate posteriorly, glabrous and rather shining; head
and pronotum olive green, with a strong purplish reflection; elytra
nigro-purpureous, with a distinct olive green tinge, and each ely-
tron ornated with three green spots, a broad transverse one at base,
extending narrowly along margin to behind the humerus, an elon-
gate oblique one along lateral margin at apical third, and a rather
large irregular one on disk in front of middle and situated obliquely
behind the marginal spot, the spots not depressed except the basal
one; beneath aeneo-cupreous, with a feeble purplish tinge; tarsi
cyaneous.

Head feebly convex, with the front strongly triangular, and the
sides strongly obliquely narrowed toward the top, with a broad,
moderately deep concave depression on the vertex, which is lon-
gitudinally, narrowly and obsoletely impressed to the epistoma;
occiput with a narrow longitudinal carina; surface coarsely and
densely punctate, the punctures separated on the vertex and occi-
put, but becoming confluent and transversely rugose toward the
epistoma, and each puncture with a small pithke depression at the
center, the intervals smooth and shining; eyes large, moderately
convex, nearly contiguous on the occiput, where they are separated
from each other by about one-sixth the distance between the an-

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 9

tenal cavities; epistoma broadly arcuately emarginate in front, with
a small obtuse median tooth, and the lobes on each side broadly
rounded. Pronotum strongly transverse and feebly convex, two
times as wide as long, apex and base about equal in width, widest
at about apical third; sides broadly rounded at apical third, then
arcuately attenuate to the posterior angles, which are nearly rec-
tangular; anterior margin deeply arcuately emarginate, without a
median lobe; base nearly truncate, with an obsolete broadly rounded
lobe at middle; surface with two broad transverse depressions, one
along the anterior margin, the other along the base, the latter being
more deeply depressed and extending to near the lateral margins,
finely, sparsely punctate, and the entire surface rather densely
covered with coarse rugae, which are very irregular in shape, and
becoming more or less transverse on the disk, the intervals finely
and densely granulose. Scutellum small, triangular, the sides
about equal in length, and the surface obsoletely granulose. Elytra
distinctly wider than pronotum at base; sides broadly rounded at
humeral angles, nearly parallel to behind the middle (strongly
concave at basal third), where they are broadly rounded, then
strongly obliquely attenuate to the tips, which are very acute and
terminating in a short, acute tooth, lateral margins entire, or at
most only obsoletely serrate; each elytron strongly lobed at base,
with a broad, deep basal depression, but without longitudinal
costae; surface finely, densely and rather regularly punctate, the
punctures coarser and strongly rugose in the green colored areas,
the intervals obsoletely rugose at base, becoming smooth and shin-
ing toward apex. Abdomen beneath feebly convex, finely, very
sparsely and scabrously punctate, becoming more or less rugose at
the sides; intervals smooth at middle, and densely granulose to-
ward the sides; last segment armed on each side with an obtuse
tooth, and broadly truncate at apex. Prosternum feebly convex;
anterior margin truncate, with an obsolete lobe on each side, the
margin, as well as those around coxal cavities strongly elevated;
surface strongly depressed behind the anterior margin and in front
of coxal cavities, causing the surface to be abruptly elevated on each
side in front, coarsely and sparsely punctate, and finely rugose
at sides; prosternal process feebly convex, strongly expanded be-
hind coxal cavities, and with a large acute triangular tooth at
middle of apex. Posterior tibiae without a row of long hairs on
the inner margin.

Length, 11.5 mm.; width, 5 mm.

Type locality—Rurrenabaque (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26967, U.S.N.M.

Described from a single specimen collected during October, 1921.

12050—25——_2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The species is closely allied to buquetz, described from Colombia by
Gory, but can be separated from that species by the pronotum not
narrower in front than behind, and the lateral margins of the elytra
entire posteriorly, and not serrate.

CONOGNATHA AMOENA Kirby
Conognatha amoena Kirsy, Trans. Linn. Soc., London, vol. 12, 1818, p. 381.

A single example of this beautiful species was collected at Rur-
renapaque (Beni River), during December, 1921.

AUTARCHONTES LOPEZI, new species

Form large, robust, and strongly shining; head cupreous, more or
less aureus on the front, and becoming purplish-red, with feeble
greenish reflection on the occiput; pronotum blackish-green, with
a distinct purpureous or violaceous tinge, especially toward the
sides; scutellum and elytra blackish-green, the latter with the apex
cyaneous, the sides feebly purplish, and each elytron ornated with
three small cinerous spots arranged in a straight line in the con-
cavity near suture, and located as follows: one just in front of mid-
dle, one at apical third, and the other near apex; beneath bluish or
greenish-black, with a strong purplish tinge, and the legs viola-
ceous; tarsi and antennae piceous, with a feeble aeneous tinge.

Head with the front rather wide, feebly convex, sides feebly arcu-
ately expanded near vertex, broadly and deeply depressed from occi-
put to epistoma, the depression becoming broader and more flattened
behind the epistoma; surface coarsely and rather densely punctate
on the front, (except behind the epistoma where it is finely, densely
punctate, and sparsely clothed with fine cinereous hairs), becoming
coarsely and more or less concentrically rugous on the occiput;
epistoma broadly and deeply arcuately emarginate in front, with a
large obtuse tooth on each side of the emargination; antennae scarce-
ly reaching to middle of pronotum, and serrate from the fourth
joint. Pronotum one and one-third times as wide as long, base and
apex about equal in width, and widest at apical fourth; sides feebly
arcuately expanded from apical angles to middle, then obsoletely
narrowed to near the posterior angles, where they are feebly ex-
panded, with the angles nearly rectangular; lateral margin when
viewed from the side strongly sinuate and the two margins sep-
arated; anterior margin feebly arcuately emarginate, with a broadly
rounded median lobe; base feebly emarginate at middle of each
elytron with a broadly rounded median lobe, which is truncate in
front of scutellum; disk moderately convex, with two rather deep
depressions at the middle, the posterior one being broader and deeper,
and on each side with a deep elongate depression on the inner
side of the lateral carina, the carina distinct, and extending from

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 11

the posterior angles arcuately forward to the middle, where it is
joined to the lateral margin; surface coarsely and densely rugous,
the rugae more or less transverse on the disk, but becoming more
irregular toward the sides, sparsely, finely punctate, and sparsely
clothed with cinereous hairs in the depressed areas. Scutellum
strongly, transversely carinate, and strongly acuminate at apex;
surface finely and obsoletely reticulate. Elytra slightly wider than
pronotum at base, feebly expanded behind the humeral angles,
broadly constricted at middle, feebly arcuately expanded behind
middle, then obliquely attenuate to near the tips, which are feebly
expanded, subtruncate, coarsely serrate, and with a long, acute
spine at the middle of each elytron; sides of abdomen broadly ex-
posed above; disk feebly convex, and each elytron with an obsolete
costa at middle, causing a rather deep concave depression along the
suture, which is feebly elevated posteriorly; basal depressions broad
and deep; surface shining, rather coarsely and obsoletely imbricate-
punctate, and sparsely clothed with very short, inconspicuous hairs.
Abdomen beneath finely and rather densely punctate, becoming ir-
regularly striolate toward the sides, sparsely clothed with very
short cinereous hairs, and with a large densely pubescent triangular
spot on each side of the third segment; intervals densely and finely
granulose; first segment with a small round depression at middle;
last segment broadly rounded at apex; vertical portion of third seg-
ment densely clothed with recumbent cinereous pubescence; pygi-
dium without a median carina at apex. Prosternum feebly, irregu-
larly striolate, finely and sparsely punctate, and sparsely clothed
with short, inconspicuous hairs; prosternal lobe broadly rounded in
front, broadly arcuately emarginate at middle, and strongly decli-
vous; prosternal process rather broad, sides feebly arcuately emar-
ginate to behind the coxal cavities, where they are expanded, then
abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is acute; sides of prosternum,
metasternum and mesosternum more densely clothed with recumbent
cinereous pubescence than rest of body. Hind tarsi three-fourths as
long as tibiae, the first joint as long as the following three joints
united. Anterior and middle tibiae slender, feebly arcuate, and
subeylindrical, and more or less mucronate at the apex; posterior
pair straight, strongly flattened, and with a series of stiff hairs on
the outer margin. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, deeply cleft,
the teeth about equal in width, the inner one slightly shorter than
ethe outer one, and slightly turned inward.

Length, 11.5 mm.; width, 2.75 mm.

Type locality.—Reyes, Bolivia.

Type—Cat. No. 26968, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique specimen, probably a female, collected
at the type locality during October, 1921.

1S PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
AGRILUS BOLIVIENSIS, new species

Male—Form small, slender, and moderately shining; head
emerald-green in front, becoming aureus, reddish and brownish-
cupreous on the occiput; pronotum green, with a purplish tinge;
elytra black, with a feeble purplish reflection, and each elytron
ornated with cinereous pubescence as follows: A small, sparsely
clothed spot in basal depression; an oblong, feebly impressed spot
near sutural margin at basal third; and a similar one near the
apical third. Beneath piceous, with a strong aeneous and cupreous
tinge, and more shining than above; legs aeneo-viridis, more or less
cupreous, and the tarsi blackish. Antennae aeneo-viridis.

Head with the front rather narrow, nearly flat, the sides strongly
arcuately expanded at vertex, front without depressions, but with a
rather deep, narrow longitudinal groove on the occiput and vertex;
surface coarsely, densely granulose, and feebly scabrous on the front,
becoming feebly longitudinally rugose on the occiput, and without
any distinct pubescence; epistoma narrow between the antennae, and
deeply, arcuately emarginate in front; antennae rather short, not
extending to middle of pronotum, and serrate from the fourth joint.
Pronotum one and one-third times as wide as long, distinctly wider
in front than behind, and widest near apical fourth; sides feebly
rounded from apical angles to behind the middle, then more obliquely
narrowed to near the posterior angles, where they are feebly ex-
panded, when viewed from the side the two margins are feebly sin-
uate, separated anteriorly, and connected to each other near pos-
terior angles; anterior margin deeply arcuately emarginate, with a
broadly rounded median lobe; base strongly emarginate at the mid-
dle of each elytron, and the median lobe broadly rounded, and more
or less truncate in front of scutellum; disk moderately convex, with-
out any distinct median depressions, but with a shallow depression
on each side along the lateral carina, which is not sharply defined,
slightly arcuate, and extending from the posterior angle to the
lateral margin at middle; surface densely, but not very coarsely
rugose, the rugae more or less transverse on the disk, but becoming
more irregular and obsolete toward the sides, the intervals densely
granulose, with numerous fine punctures along the rugae, and with-
out any conspicuous pubescence. Scutellum strongly transversely
carinate, and strongly acuminate at the apex; surface finely and
densely reticulate. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum at base;
sides parallel for a short distance behind base, broadly arcuately con-
stricted at middle, broadly expanded at apical third, then obliquely
attenuate to the tips, which are separately acutely rounded, and —
rather coarsely dentate; sides of abdomen narrowly exposed above;
disk feebly convex, and each elytron with a broad deep basal de-

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER nS

pression, and an obsolete longitudinal depression along the sutural
margin, which is slightly elevated posteriorly ; surface rather densely
and finely imbricate-punctate, and besides the cinereous pubescent
spots, is sparsely clothed with very short inconspicuous hairs. Ab-
domen beneath finely and sparsely punctate, the punctures becoming
denser and more or less connected to each other by striae on the basal
segment, and sparsely clothed with rather long recumbent cinereous
hairs, which become denser toward the sides; intervals finely and
densely reticulate; first segment obsoletely flattened at middle; last
segment broadly truncate and feebly emarginate at apex; vertical
portion of the segments sparsely clothed with cinereous pubescence;
pygidium without a median carina at apex. Prosternum finely,
densely punctate, densely granulose, and sparsely clothed with
moderately long semi-erect cinereous hairs; prosternal lobe broadly
rounded in front and moderately declivous; prosternal process rather
broad, the sides nearly parallel to the apex, which is subtruncate.
Femora moderately robust, and not armed with teeth on the inner
margin. ‘Tibiae slender, anterior and middle pairs nearly straight
and mucronate at apex; posterior pair straight, and strongly ciliate
on outer margin near apex. Posterior tarsi three-fourths as long as
the tibiae, and the first joint about equal in length to the following
three joints united. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, deeply cleft
at apex, the teeth about equal in length, and slightly turned inward.

Female.—Differs from the male in having the head slightly more
convex, front aeneous, with a slight cupreous tinge, antennae aeneo-
piceous, and the prosternum not as densely pubescent.

Length, 5 mm.; width, 1.2 mm.

Type locality—Cavinas (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type, allotype and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26969, U.S.N.M.

Described from a large series of specimens, all of which were
collected at the type locality during January and February, 1922,
by William M. Mann and M. R. Lopez.

This seems to be a very common species and is very uniform
in size and coloration. Some of the paratypes have the pronotum
and elytra more purplish than in the type, but otherwise they are
identical.

AGRILUS CAVINAS, new species

Male—¥orm rather small, slender and feebly shining; head
emerald green in front, brownish-cupreous or aeneo-cuperous on the
occiput; pronotum and elytra olivaceous-green, with an obsolete
purplish reflection, and each elytron ornated with a rather broad
yellow pubescent vitta along the sutural margin, extending from the
basal depression to the apex, and broadly interrupted at basal fourth,
behind the middle, and at the apical fourth. Beneath/aeneo-cupreous,

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

with a rather strong purplish tinge, and more shining than above;
legs aeneo-viridis, and the tarsi blackish; antennae aeneous at base,
becoming piceous toward apex.

Head with the front rather narrow, nearly flat, sides strongly
arcuately expanded at vertex, and without distinct depressions; sur-
face densely coarsely granulose, and coarsely scabrous on the front,
becoming coarsely, longitudinally rugose on the occiput, and clothed
with a few long recumbent cinereous hairs behind the epistoma;
epistoma broadly, but not very deeply arcuately emarginate
in front; antennae short, not reaching to midde of pronotum,
and serrate from the fourth joint. Pronotum one and one-half
times as wide as long, slightly wider in front than behind, and
widest at apical third; sides feebly arcuately rounded from apical
angles to behind the middle, then nearly parallel to the posterior
angles, which are rectangular, when viewed from the side the lower
margin is straight, the upper one extending obliquely from the
anterior margin to the lower lateral margin at middle, and widely
separated from it anteriorly; anterior margin feebly, arcuately
emarginate, with a broadly rounded median lobe; base strongly
emarginate at middle of each elytron, with a broadly rounded median
lobe, which is broadly truncate in front of scutellum; disk moderately
convex, with a round shallow median depression in front of scutel-
lum, and on each side with a rather deep depression extending
arcuately around the inner side of the lateral carina to the lateral
margin at middle, the lateral carina broadly elevated, but not
sharply distinct, and extending arcuately from the posterior angle
to lateral margin near middle, but not connected to it; surface
coarsely and densely rugose, the rugae more or less transverse on
the disk, but becoming more irregular toward the sides, the intervals
densely granulose, with numerous fine. punctures along the rugae,
and sparsely clothed with rather short cinereous hairs in the de-
pressed areas. Scutellum strongly transversely carinate, and strong-
ly acuminate at apex; surface finely and densely granulose. Elytra
slightly wider than pronotum at base; sides parallel for a short
distance behind base, broadly arcuately constricted at middle,
broadly expanded at apical third, then obliquely narrowed to the
tips, which are separately obtusely rounded, and strongly dentate;
sides of abdomen narrowly exposed above; disk feebly convex, and
each elytron with a broad, rather deep basal depression, and an obso-
lete longitudinal depression along the sutural margin, which is feebly
elevated posteriorly ; surface coarsely and densely imbricate-punctate,
and densely, finely granulose. Abdomen beneath finely and sparsely
punctate, the punctures more or less transversely connected by striae
on the basal segment, very sparsely clothed with short recumbent

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—-FISHER 15

cinereous hairs, and with a more densely pubescent spot at the sides
of the segments; intervals finely and densely reticulate; first segment
convex at middle, and without any median depressions; last segment
broadly rounded at apex; pygidium without a median carina at
apex. Prosternum finely, densely punctate, and rather densely
clothed with moderately long, semi-erect cinereous hairs; prosternal
lobe broadly rounded in front, obsoletely emarginate at middle, and
moderately declivous; prosternal process rather broad, the sides
nearly parallel to the apex, which is broadly rounded. Femora
robust, especially the posterior ones, and not armed with teeth on the
inner margin. Tibiae slender; anterior and middle pairs with a
small spine at apex, the former slightly arcuate; posterior pair
straight, and strongly ciliate on outer margin on apical half.
Posterior tarsi about three-fourths as long as the tibiae, the first
joint equal in length to the following three joints united. Tarsal
claws dissimilar; claws on anterior pair deeply cleft at apex, the
teeth about equal in length, and not turned inward; middle and
posterior claws cleft at middle, the inner tooth broad, short, and not
turned inward.

Female—Similar to the male, but differs from it in having the
front of the head wider, sides more parallel, and more aeneo-cupre-
ous, abdomen more acutely rounded at apex, and the tarsal claws
on all the feet cleft at the middle, with the inner tooth rather broad,
short, and not turned inward.

Length, 6 mm.; width, 1.5 mm.

Type locality.—Cavinas (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type, allotype and paratypes.—Cat No. 26970, U.S.N.M.

Described from eleven specimens, ten males and one female, all
collected at the type locality during January, 1922.

The species is very constant in size, coloration and markings, with
the exception that some of the paratypes have the pubescent spots
on the elytra more whitish than the type. This species is named
after one of the Indian tribes.

AGRILUS TAKANA, new species

Male—Form rather small, slender and moderately shining; head
aeneeo-viridis on the front, becoming purplish-black on the occiput;
pronotum purplish-black; elytra bottle-green, with a feeble purplish-
black reflection, and each elytron ornated with cinereous pubescence
as follows: A small spot in the basal depression; a narrow im-
pressed vitta along suture, extending from basal fourth to middle,
with a small obselete spot between its posterior extremity and
the lateral margin; and a sparsely clothed area covering the apical
fourth. Beneath aeneo-piceous, and more shining than above; legs

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

more greenish, and the tarsi piceous; antennae aeneous at base,
becoming purplish toward apex.

Head with the front rather wide, nearly flat, the sides nearly
parallel, and without any distinct depressions; surface densely,
coarsely granulose, and densely, coarsely rugose or scabrous on the
front, becoming coarsely longitudinally rugose on the occiput, and
very sparsely clothed with rather long cinereous hairs behind the
epistoma; epistoma wide between the antennae, and broadly, but
not deeply emarginate in front; antennae rather short, reaching
to middle of pronotum, and serrate from the fourth joint. Prono-
tum one and one-fourth times as wide as long, distinctly wider in front
than behind, and widest along apical half; sides nearly parallel to
middle, then arcuately narrowed to near the posterior angles, where
they are feebly expanded, when viewed from the side the two margins
are strongly sinuate, separated anteriorly, and connected to each
other at basal third; anterior margin strongly arcuately emargin-
ate, with a broadly rounded median lobe; base feebly emarginate
at middle of each elytron, and with a broadly rounded median lobe;
disk moderately convex, with two round, moderately deep median
depressions, and more or less broadly depressed along the sides and
at base, the lateral carina rather sharply defined, straight, and ex-
tending from the posterior angle to near the middle; surface rather
irregularly rugose, the intervals finely, irregularly punctate, and
finely, densely granulose, and sparsely clothed with cinereous
pubescence in the depressed areas at sides. Scutellum strongly
transversely carinate, and strongly acuminate at apex; surface finely
and densely reticulate. Elytra distinctly wider than pronotum at
base; sides parallel for a short distance behind base, broadly
arcuately constricted at basal third, arctiately expanded at apical
third, then obliquely attenuate to the tips, which are separately
obtusely rounded, and strongly, regularly dentate; sides of abdomen
covered by elytron; disk feebly convex, and each elytron with a
broad, rather deep basal depression, and with an obsolete longi-
tudinal depression along sutural margin, the depression more deeply
impressed from basal fourth to middle, and the suture feebly elevated
posteriorly; surface coarsely and densely imbricate-punctate. Ab-
domen beneath sparsely, coarsely and obsoletely punctate, becom-
ing more or less transversely striolate at sides of basal segment,
sparsely clothed with short recumbent hairs, and with a more densely
pubescent spot at sides of third segment; intervals finely and densely
reticulate; first segment feebly convex, and sparsely clothed with
long, fine, erect hairs at the middle; last segment broadly rounded
at apex, with the apical groove rounded at middle; vertical portion
of the segments not conspicuously pubescent; pygidium without
a median carina at apex. Prosternum coarsely, rather densely scab-
rous, and densely clothed with very Tong, erect, inconspicuous hairs;

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—-FISHER Li

prosternal lobe broadly rounded in front, deeply arcuately emar-
ginate at middle, and feebly declivous; prosternal process rather
broad, the sides parallel to the apex, which is broadly rounded.
Femora rather slender, the anterior pair with a few obsolete teeth
on the inner margin near apex. Tibiae slender, anterior and middle
pairs feebly arcuate, and armed with a sharp curved spine on inner
margin at apex; posterior pair straight, feebly flattened, and strongly
ciliate on outer margin on apical half. Posterior tarsi about as
long as the tibiae, and the first joint as long as the following
three joints united. Tarsal claws dissimilar; claws on anterior and
middle feet deeply cleft near apex, the inner tooth slender, not
quite as long as the outer one, and not turned inward; claws on
posterior feet cleft at middle, the inner tooth broad and very short.

Female.—Differs from the male in being larger; head more con-
vex, broader in front, sides more parallel, and the color dark brown,
with an aeneous tinge; median parts of first abdominal segment and
prosternum without long erect hairs; and the tarsal claws broadly
cleft at middle on all the feet, the inner tooth very broad, short, and
not turned inward.

Length, 5.75-7.5 mm.; width, 1.4-1.9 mm.

Type locality. Rurrenabaque (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type and allotype.—Cat. No. 26971, U.S.N.M.

Described from two examples, male and female, collected at the
type locality during October, 1921. Named after one of the Indian

tribes.
AGRILUS TUMUPASAENSIS, new species

Male—F¥orm moderately large, elongate and feebly shining; head
olivaceous-green on the front, becoming cupreous on the occiput;
pronotum aeneo-brunneus, with a feeble greenish or purplish reflec-
tion; elytra bottle-green, with a distinct purplish tinge, and each
elytron ornated with pale yellow recumbent pubescence arranged as
follows: A rather broad vitta extending from the basal depression
along the suture to middle, with an obsolete spot between its pos-
terior extremity and the lateral margin; two oblong spots placed
transversely at apical third, the sutural one slightly in advance of
the lateral one; and a rather broad vitta along the suture at apex.
Beneath brunneo-cupreous, more shining than above, and more or
less ornated with whitish pubescent areas.

Head with the front rather narrow, nearly fiat, sides feebly arcu-
ately expanded at vertex, without any depressions on the front, but
with a narrow longitudinal groove on the vertex and occiput; sur-
face coarsely, densely scabrous, or irregularly rugose on the front,
becoming coarsely, longitudinally rugose on the occiput, and sparsely
clothed with rather long recumbent hairs on the front; epistoma

12050—25 3

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

broadly, but not very deeply arcuately emarginate in front; anten-
nae rather long, extending beyond middle of pronotum and serrate
from the fourth joint. Pronotum about one and one-fourth times
as wide as long, distinctly wider in front than behind, and widest at
apical angles; sides obliquely narrowed from apical angles to the
base, where they are feebly expanded, when viewed from the side the
lower margin is nearly straight, the upper one sinuate, strongly
arcuate anteriorly and connected to the lower margin at posterior
angle; anterior margin deeply arcuately emarginate, with a broadly
rounded median lobe; base feebly sinuate on each side, with a
broadly rounded median lobe, which is truncate in front of scutel-
ium; disk moderately convex, with a rather broad, deep median de-
pression extending from anterior margin to base, and on each side
with a sinuate depression extending from the base along inner side
of lateral carina to anterior angle, the lateral carina sharply defined,
straight, and extending from base to near the middle, where it is
slightly arcuate; surface coarsely and densely rugose, the rugae more
or less transverse on the disk, but becoming more obsolete and irre-
gular toward the sides, finely and rather densely punctate between
the rugae, and rather densely clothed with moderately long, yellow-
ish hairs in the depressed areas. Scutellum strongly transversely
carinate, and strongly accuminate at apex; surface densely and finely
reticulate. Elytra distinctly wider than pronotum at base; sides
feebly, arcuately expanded for a short distance behind the humeral
angles, broadly arcuately constricted near middle, feebly expanded
at apical third, then obliquely attenuate to the tips, which are
strongly, coarsely dentate, the median tooth of each elytron being
the longest; sides of abdomen narrowly exposed above; disk feebly
convex, and each elytron with a broad, deep basal depression, and
with a more or less distinct longitudinal depression along the sutural
margin, which is feebly elevated posteriorly; surface finely, densely
imbricate-punctate, and besides the yellowish pubescent areas, is
sparsely clothed with very short inconspicuous hairs. Abdomen
beneath sparsely, finely punctate, the punctures becoming denser and
more or less connected toward the sides, very sparsely clothed with
short recumbent hairs, and with a more densely pubescent spot at
the sides of the segments; intervals nearly smooth; first segment
convex at middle, and without any median depression; last segment
rather acutely rounded at apex; vertical portion of the segments
rather densely clothed with recumbent yellowish pubescence; pygid-
ium without a median carina at apex. Prosternum sparsely, finely
punctate, densely, coarsely granulose, and sparsely clothed with
moderately long semi-erect cinereous hairs; prosternal lobe broadly
rounded in front, obsoletely emarginate at middle, and feebly de-

ln a ae ee a

it lh i i

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—-FISHER 19

clivous; prosternal process rather wide, the sides parallel to behind
the coxal cavities, then abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is
acute. Femora moderately robust, and with a few obsolete teeth on
the inner margin near apex. Tibiae slender, anterior and middle
pairs feebly arcuate, and armed with a sharp curved spine on inner
margin at apex; posterior pair straight, subcylindrical, and strongly
ciliate on outer margin on apical half. Posterior tarsi seven-ninths
as long as the tibiae, and the first joint about equal in length to the
following three joints united. Tarsal claws dissimilar; claws on
anterior and middle tarsi deeply cleft at apex, the two teeth slender
and about equal in length; anterior claws cleft at middle, the inner
tooth broad, short, and not turned inward.

Female.—Differs from the male in having the head more convex,
slightly wider, sides more parallel, the front more sparsely, coarsely
punctured, and entirely reddish-cupreous, pronotum and elytra
more greenish, the pubescence more whitish, and the two posterior
pubescent spots along suture connected, abdomen acutely rounded at
apex, and the tarsal claws broadly cleft at middle on all feet, the
inner tooth broad, short, and not turned inward.

Length, 8.5-9.5 mm.; width, 2-2.1 mm.

Type locality —Tumupasa, Bolivia.

Type, allotype and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26972, U.S.N.M.

Described from six specimens, five males and one female, collected
at the type locality during December, 1921.

In some of the paratypes the dorsal surface is more purplish and
the pubescence more whitish, otherwise they agree with the type.

AGRILUS GORAI, new species

Female.—Form rather small, slender, and moderately shining;
above black, with an obsolete purplish reflection, the head more or
less aeneous in front, and each elytron ornated with cinereous pubes-
cence as follows: A sparsely clothed area surrounding the scutel-
lum and filling the basal depression; a wide impressed vitta, extend-
ing along the sutural margin from basal fourth to middle, and then
transversely to the lateral margin; and a large spot covering the
entire apical third. Beneath aeneo-piceous, with the legs more or
less cupreous, and the tarsi blackish.

Head with the front wide, feebly convex, the sides feebly ex-
panded on vertex and occiput, and with a broad shallow depression
extending from the occiput to epistoma, the depression more or
less obsolete on the front, but becoming more distinct on the vertex;
surface densely, coarsely granulose, and coarsely, irregularly. reticu-
late on the front, becoming coarsely longitudinally rugose on the
occiput, and with only a few cinereous hairs behind the epistoma;

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

epistoma rather wide between the antennae, and broadly feebly ar-
cuately emarginate in front; antennae rather long, extending to
middle of the pronotum, and serrate from the fourth joint. Prono-
tum only slightly wider than long, distinctly wider in front than
behind, and widest at apical angles; sides obliquely narrowed from
the apical angles to the base, and when viewed from the side the two
margins are strongly sinuate, separated anteriorly, and connected
to each other at the basal fourth; anterior margin deeply arcuately
emarginate, with a broadly rounded median lobe; base rather
strongly emarginate at middle of each elytron, with a broadly
rounded median lobe, which is feebly arcuately emarginate in front
of scutellum; disk moderately convex, with two round shallow me-
dian depressions, and rather deeply depressed on each side along
lateral margin, the lateral carina not very sharply defined, nearly
straight, and extending from the posterior angle to basal fourth;
surface finely and densely rugose, the rugae more or less con-
centrical on the disk, the intervals densely granulose, with numerous
fine punctures along the rugae, and clothed with a few short cinere-
ous hairs an the depressed areas along sides. Scutellum strongly
transversely carinate, and strongly acuminate at apex; surface
finely and densely reticulate. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum
at base; sides parallel for a short distance behind base, broadly and
strongly arcuately constricted at middle, feebly arcuately expanded
at apical third, then obliquely attenuate to the tips, which are sub-
truncate, strongly dentate, with the median tooth of each elytron
much longer than the others; disk feebly convex, and each elytron
with a very broad, moderately deep basal depression, and an obsolete
longitudinal depression along the sutural margin, the depression
more deeply impressed from basal fourth to middle, and the suture
feebly elevated posteriorly; sides of abdomen broadly exposed
above; surface coarsely and densely imbricate-punctate, and be-
sides the cinereous pubescent areas, is sparsely clothed with short
inconspicuous hairs. Abdomen beneath sparsely, finely punctate,
the punctures becoming denser and feebly striolate toward the
sides, very sparsely clothed with short recumbent cinereous hairs,
and with a slightly denser pubescent spot at the sides of the seg-
ments; intervals obsoletely reticulate; first segment convex at mid-
dle, without any median depression; last segment acutely rounded
at apex; vertical portion of first segment with a densely pubescent
spot; pygidium without a median carina at apex. Prosternum
sparsely finely scabrous, more or less rugose, and very sparsely
clothed with short recumbent cinereous hairs; prosternal lobe broadly
rounded in front, obsoletely emarginate at middle, and moderately
declivous; prosternal process rather broad, the sides nearly parallel

aRT. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 24

to apex, which is broadly rounded. Femora not armed with teeth
on the inner margin. Tibiae slender, the anterior pair feebly arcu-
ate and slightly mucronate at the apex. Posterior tarsi about three-
fourths as long as the tibiae, and the first joint about as long as
the following three joints united. Tarsal claws similar on all feet,
cleft at middle, the inner tooth broad, very short, and not turned
inward.

Length, 6.25 mm.; width, 1.4 mm.

Type locality —Tumupasa, Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26973, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique female collected at the type locality
during December, 1921. This species is named after one of the
Indian tribes.

AGRILUS BENIENSIS, new species

Male.—Form moderately large, rather slender, strongly acuminate
posteriorly, and subopaque; head bluish-green on the front, becom-
ing aeneo-brunneus on the occiput; pronotum aeneo-brunneus, the
aeneous tinge becoming more distinct toward the sides; elytra brun-
neo-purpureous, with feeble aeneous reflection, and each elytron
ornated with a narrow pale yellow pubescent vitta, extending along
suture from basal depression to apex. Beneath aeneo-cupreous,
more shining than above; legs more or less greenish, and the tarsi
piceous; antennae with the basal joints aeneous, and the exterior
ones piceous above, and reddish-cupreous beneath.

Head with the front narrow, nearly flat, the sides strongly arcuately
expanded at vertex, and with an obsolete longitudinal depression
extending from the occiput to epistoma; surface densely, coarsely
granulose, and coarsely scabrous on the front, becoming coarsely
longitudinally rugose on the occiput, and very sparsely clothed with
cinereous hairs behind the epistoma; epistoma narrow between the
antennae, and deeply arcuately emarginate in front; antennae rather
long, extending slightly beyond middle of pronotum and serrate
from the fourth joint. Pronotum only slightly wider than long,
distinctly wider in front than behind, and widest near apical angles;
sides arcuately narrowed from anterior angles to the base, where
they are feebly expanded, when viewed from the side the two
margins are rather strongly sinuate, separated anteriorly, and con-
nected to each other at posterior angle; anterior margin deeply
arcuately emarginate, with a broadly rounded median lobe; base
strongly emarginate at middle of each elytron, with a broadly
rounded median lobe, which is broadly truncate in front of scutel-
lum; disk moderately convex, with two round, rather deep median
depressions, and on each side with rather deep depression extending
from the base along inner side of lateral carina to the apical angle,

WO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

the lateral carina sharply defined, extending arcuately from the pos-
terior angle to the lateral margin at middle; surface feebly irregu-
larly rugose, finely, densely granulose, and finely, deeply and ir-
regularly punctate, and clothed with a few scattered cinereous
hairs. Scutellum strongly transversely carinate, and strongly acu-
minate at apex; surface finely and densely reticulate. Elytra slightly
wider than pronotum at base, and strongly acuminate posteriorly;
sides feebly arcuately expanded behind the humeral angles for a
short distance, broadly arcuately constricted near middle, feebly
broadly expanded at apical third, then obliquely attentuate to the
tips, which are separately acutely rounded, strongly dentate, and
each elytron terminating in a short spine at the middle; sides of
abdomen narrowly exposed above; disk feebly convex, and each ely-
tron with a broad, moderately deep basal depression, and with a
moderately deep longitudinal depression along the sutural margin,
which is feebly elevated posteriorly; surface rather finely and very
densely imbricate-punctate. Abdomen beneath finely and rather
densely punctate, and more or less transversely striolate, sparsely
clothed with short recumbent cinereous hairs, and with a slightly
denser pubescent spot at the sides of the segments; intervals finely
obsoletely reticulate; first segment strongly compressed laterally,
with a strongly elevated, transversely arcuate median carina at
apex; last segment broadly subtruncate at apex, with the apical
groove feebly emarginate at middle; vertical portion of the seg-
ments not conspicuously pubescent; pygidium with a strongly pro-
jecting carina at apex, the carina truncate at tip. Prosternum
densely, coarsely scabrous, and sparsely clothed with moderately
long semi-erect cinereous hairs; posternal lobe broadly rounded in
front, and moderately declivous; prosternal process rather broad,
sides feebly arcuately emarginate to behind the coxal cavities, where
they are expanded, then abruptly narrowed to the apex, which is
acute. Femora robust, the anterior pair with a few obsolete teeth
on the inner margin near apex. Tibae slender; anterior pair strongly
arcuate, with a sharp curved spine on inner margin at apex; middle
pair feebly arcuate, with a similar tooth at apex; posterior pair
straight, more or less flattened, and feebly expanded at apex. Pos-
terior tarsi two-thirds as long as the tibiae, and the first joint about
equal in length to the following three joints united. Tarsal claws
dissimilar, anterior and middle Cc feebly cleft at apex, forming
two short teeth of equal length; posterior claws cleft near mde
the inner tooth slender, not quite as long as outer one, and not turned
inward.

Female.—Differs from the male in having the head a little more
convex, and the surface a little more coarsely punctate, pubescence
on elytra more cinereous, abdomen with the first segment regularly

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—-FISHER 23

convex, the sides not as densely pubescent, and the claws similar on
all feet, cleft near the middle, the inner tooth slender, not quite as
long as the outer one, and not turned inward.

Length, 5.7-7.25 mm.; width, 1.2-1.4 mm.

Type locality—Cachuela Esperanza (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type, allotype, and paratype—Cat. No. 26974, U.S.N.M.

Described from three specimens, one male and two females, col-
lected at the type locality during March, 1922

The paratype differs from the allotype in having the pubescence
on the elytra pale yellow, and the carina on pygidium not projecting
beyond the tip.

AGRILUS MANNI, new species

Female——Form large, robust and subopaque; head purpureous,
with a distinct cupreous tinge; pronotum and elytra purpureous,
with ‘a feeble olivaceous reflection, and each elytron with a broad.
obsolete pubescent vitta along the suture; beneath brunneus, with
purplish or cupreous reflections, and more or less ornated with yel-
lowish-white pubescent areas.

Head with the front rather wide, nearly flat, ae broadly arcu-

ately expanded, with a broad, an concavity on the vertex and
occiput, composed of three depressions arranged in the form of a
triangle, of which the posterior one is the deepest, the depression ex-
tending transversely to the lateral margins; there is also a broad
shallow longitudinal depression behind the epistoma; surface
coarsely, irregularly and rather densely punctate, the punctures
more or less confluent and forming irregular rugae, the intervals
obsoletely granulose, and clothed with a few very short cinereous
hairs behind the epistoma; epistoma narrow between the antennae,
feebly arcuately emarginate in front, with a broad, obsolete tooth
on each side of the emargination; antennae short, extending a little
beyond the anterior margin of pronotum, and serrate from the
fourth joint. Pronotum one and one-third times as wide as long,
apex and base nearly equal in width, and widest at middle; sides
rather strongly arcuately rounded; when viewed from the side the
upper margin is sharply defined and feebly sinuate, and the lower
one represented by an abbreviated short carina connected to the
upper margin at middle and not extending to the front margin; an-
terior margin feebly arcuately emarginate, with an obsolete broadly
rounded merian lobe; base broadly arcuately emarginate from pos-
terior angles to scutellum, in front of which the lobe is subtruncate ;
disk moderately convex, with a broad, moderately deep median de-
pression, extending from anterior margin to base, and becoming
deeper posteriorly, and on each side with a rather deep depression
extending along inner side of lateral carina to the lateral margin

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

at middle, the lateral carina broadly rounded, not sharply defined
on top, and extending from the base near posterior angle parallel
with the margin to near middle, then turning arcuately to the lateral
margin, with which it is obsoletely connected; surface coarsely and
densely rugose, the rugae more or less transverse on the disk, but
becoming more irregular toward the sides, finely and rather densely
punctate between the rugae, and sparsely clothed with recumbent
pubescence, which is short on the disk, but becoming longer, denser
and more yellowish toward the anterior angles. Scutellum not
transversely carinate, nor strongly acuminate at apex; surface finely
and densely reticulate. Elytra as wide as pronotum at base; sides
parallel and feebly sinuate for a short distance behind base, broadly
arcuately constricted near middle, feebly expanded at apical third,
then feebly attenuate to the apex, which is deeply arcuately emar-
ginate, obsoletely dentate, and each elytron terminating in a long
acute spine at the lateral margin; sides of abdomen broadly exposed
above; disk feebly convex, and each elytron with a rather shallow,
broad basal depression, and a broad obsolete longitudinal depression
along the sutural margin, which is scarcely elevated posteriorly;
surface densely and coarsely imbricate-punctate at the sides, but the
punctuation becoming finer in the sutural depression. Abdomen
beneath densely, finely, but not deeply punctate, the punctures con-
nected transversely by obsolete striae on the basal segments, very
sparsely clothed with short inconspicuous hairs, and with a large
densely pubescent spot at the sides of the segments; intervals obso-
letely granulose; first segment convex at middle, and without any
median depression; last segment broadly rounded at apex; vertical
portion of the first and second segments densely clothed with yel-
lowish pubescence; pygidium without a median carina at apex.
Prosternum coarsely, densely rugose, densely, irregularly punctate,
and rather densely clothed with short recumbent cinereous hairs;
prosternal lobe broadly rounded in front, obsoletely emarginate at
middle, and strongly declivous; prosternal process nearly parallel
to behind the coxal cavities, then strongly attenuate to the apex,
which is rather acutely rounded. Femora not armed with teeth on
inner margin. Tibiae slender, the anterior pair feebly arcuate and
rather strongly mucronate at the apex. Posterior tarsi longer than
the tibiae, and the first joint slightly longer than the following three
joints united. Tarsal claws similar on all feet, cleft at middle, the
inner tooth broad, only one-half as long as the outer tooth, and not
turned inward.

Length, 11 mm.; width, 2.5 mm.

Type locality—Rosario (Lake Rogagua), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26975, U.S.N.M.

ART. 81 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 95

Described from a unique female collected at the type locality dur-
ing November, 1921.

AGRILUS AURITUS Chevrolat

Agrilus auritus CHEVROLAT Silbermann’s Rev. Ent., vol. 5, 1838, pp. 93-94.

One example collected at Rio Colorado, Bolivia, during September,
1921.

This beautiful species is quite distinct from most of the species of
Agrilus. It is much flattened above, elytra nearly parallel, black,
with the front of head and sides of the pronotum reddish, the anten-
nae strongly pectinate, and should probably be taken as the type of a
new genus. :
GERALIUS FURCIVENTRIS (Chevrolat)

Stenogaster furciventris CHEVROLAT, Silbermann’s Rey. Ent., vol. 5, 1838, pp.
88-89.
Two specimens of this species were collected at Rosario (Lake
Rogagua), during November, 1921.

PARAGRILUS PURPUREUS, new species

Male—Narrowly elongate, and moderately shining; above black,
with a strong purplish tinge; beneath piceous with a feeble aeneous
or cupreous reflection.

Head feebly convex, not flattened behind the epistoma, but with a
round, moderately deep depression on the front, and a feeble longi-
tudinal groove on the vertex, the groove not extended on the occiput;
surface glabrous, coarsely and densely granulose, with the punctures
only obsoletely indicated; antennal cavities nearly contiguous; epis-
toma broadly, but feebly arcuately emarginate in front. Pronotum
moderately, regularly convex, slightly wider than long, feebly nar-
rower in front than behind; sides when viewed from above, feebly
arcuately expanded from anterior angles to apical fourth, then
nearly parallel to the posterior angles, which are obtusely rounded;
anterior margin bisinuate, with the median lobe broadly rounded;
base deeply, arcuately emarginate on each side, with the median lobe
strongly produced, broadly truncate, and feebly emarginate in front
of scutellum; surface with a broad, shallow depression, extending
obliquely from near the lateral margin at middle to the elytral lobe,
then transversely along the base, and more deeply depressed in front
of scutellum, densely, coarsely granulose, and rather sparsely obso-
letely punctate, the punctures large, very shallow, denser toward the
sides, and forming more or less distinct transverse or broadly arcuate
rugae on the disk. Scutellum triangular, acute at apex, with the
surface densely and coarsely granulose. Elytra with the sides
broadly rounded behind the humeral angles, strongly, broadly arcu-

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66:

ately constricted at middle, then broadly arcuately expanded at apical
third, and finally obliquely attenuate to the tips, which are conjointly
broadly subtruncate, with the lateral margins entire; humeri mod-
erately developed; each elytron with a rather broad, deep basal
depression, with a distinct feebly arcuate lateral carina extending
from the humerus to middle of elytron, and with the suture strongly
elevated from basal fourth to apex; surface coarsely, densely granu-
lose, with a few obsolete punctures, which have a tendency of form-
ing rows on the disk, and clothed with a few very short inconspicuous.
hairs. Abdomen beneath finely, densely granulose, with a few obso-
lete punctures intermixed, and sparsely clothed with very short, in-
conspicuous hairs.

Length, 4.5 mm.; width, 1.1 mm.

Type locality—Rio Mapiri (near mouth), Bolivia.

Other localities—Huachi (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26976, U.S.N.M.

Described from six specimens, the type and two paratypes collected
during September, 1921, near the mouth of the Rio Mapiri, and
three paratypes collected during the same month at Huachi, on the
Beni River.

PARAGRILUS OPACIPENNIS, new species

Male.—Narrowly elongated; head and pronotum dark aeneous, the
latter with the median part more aureo-aeneus, and moderately shin-
ing; scutellum and elytra black, strongly opaque, with the reliefs
more shining; beneath black, and more shining than above.

Head feebly convex, not flattened behind the epistoma, but with
a rather broad, moderately deep longitudinal groove extending from
occiput to middle of front; surface glabrous, densely, obsoletely
granulose, and rather densely. coarsely punctate, the punctures
shallow, irregularly placed, and becoming somewhat confluent and
transversely rugose behind the epistoma; antennal cavities nearly
contiguous; epistoma broadly, but feebly arcuately emarginate in
front. Pronotum feebly, regularly convex, one and one-third times
as wide as long, apex and base about equal in width, and widest at
apical third; sides when viewed from above arcuately expanded
from anterior angles to apical third, where they are obtusely
rounded, then strongly obliquely attenuate to the posterior angles,
which are obtusely rounded; anterior margin bisinuate, with the.
median lobe broadly rounded; base deeply arcuately emarginate on
each side, with the median lobe moderately produced and broadly
subtruncate in front of scutellum; surface with two broad, rather
deep depressions on each side, one near the lateral margin at apical
third, the other in front of the basal emargination, densely, coarsely
granulose, especially near the posterior angles, and very strongly, ir-

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOL!IVIA—-FISHER OH

regularly transversely rugose on the disk. Scutellum triangular,
acute at apex, with the surface densely and coarsely granulose.
Elytra with the sides slightly rounded behind the humeral angles,
feebly broadly arcuately constricted at middle, then broadly arcuately
expanded at apical fourth, and finally arcuately attenuate to the tips,
which are separately broadly rounded, with the lateral margins entire;
humeri rather strongly developed; each elytron with a broad, moder-
ately deep basal depression, with a short straight lateral carina extend-
ing from humerus to middle of elytron, and with the suture elevated
from basal third to apex; surface opaque, densely, coarsely granu-
lose, with numerous short transverse elevations, which are irregularly
placed and more shining than the intervals. Abdomen beneath
densely and rather coarsely granulose, and rather densely punctate,
the punctures large, very shallow, and nearly obsolete, and sparsely
clothed with very short, inconspicuous hairs.

Length, 3.75 mm. sy corinltt 1 mm.

Type localit, Y. aes (Lake Raseduat Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26977, U.S.N.M.

Described from a rade male collected at the type locality during
November, 1921.

PARAGRILUS HOLOMELAS, new species

Narrowly elongate, uniformly piceous above and beneath, and
strongly shining.

Head feebly convex and only obsoletely flattened behind the epis-
toma, with a round, moderately deep depression on the front, and
a broad longitudinal groove on the vertex, the groove not extended
on the occiput; surface densely, coarsely granulose, with a few
large, obsolete punctures intermixed, the punctures shallow, irreg-
ular in shape, and becoming more closely placed behind the epistoma,
where the surface is also rather densely clothed with short, recum-
bent, scale-like cinereous hairs; antennal cavities narrowly separated
on the front; epistoma broadly, deeply arcuately emarginate in front.
Pronotum moderately, regularly convex, slightly wider than long,
apex and base about equal in width, and widest at apical third;
sides when viewed from above arcuately expanded from anterior
angles to apical third, where they are broadly rounded, then feebly
obliquely attenuate to the posterior angles, which are rectangular;
anterior margin bisinuate, with the median lobe broadly rounded;
base strongly angularly emarginate on each side, with the median
lobe moderately produced, and broadly subtruncate in front of scu-
tellum; surface with a broad, very deep depression, extending ob-
liquely from near the apical angles to the basal emargination, then
transversely along the base, the groove more deeply impressed at
the posterior angles, in front of which is a broadly rounded eleva-

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

tion, nearly smooth, only indistinctly punctate and granulose.
Scutellum triangular, acute at apex, with the surface obsoletely
granulose. Elytra with the sides broadly rounded behind the hu-
meral angles, strongly, broadly, arcuately constricted at middle, then
broadly arcuately expanded at apical third, and finally obliquely
attenuate to the tips, which are separately broadly rounded, with the
lateral margins entire; humeri moderately developed; each elytron
with a broad, rather shallow basal depression, with a distinct feebly
sinuate lateral carina extending from the humeral angle to a little
beyond the middle of elytron, and with the suture strongly elevated
from basal fourth to apex; surface coarsely densely granulose, and
feebly transversely rugose on the disk, with a few obsolete punc-
tures, which have a tendency of forming rows on the disk. Abdo-
men beneath densely, finely granulose, with a few obsolete punctures
intermixed, and sparsely clothed with very short inconspicuous
hairs.

Length, 3.5 mm.; width, 1 mm.

Type locality —Rurrenabaque (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26978, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique specimen, probably a female, collecte:! at
the type locality during December, 1921.

PARAGRILUS PULCHELLUS, new species

Male.—Rather broadly elongate, and moderately shining; head
aeneous; pronotum and scutellum aeneo-cupreous, the former with
the disk purplish, and the median part of a more or less dark
bluish color; elytra dark blue, with a strong purplish tinge in cer-
tain lights; beneath piceous, with a feeble eneous reflection, and
more shining than above.

Head moderately convex, distinctly flattened behind the epistoma,
with a longitudinal groove extending from the occiput to flattened
area in front, the groove rather obsolete on the occiput, and more
broadly and deeply impressed on front; surface coarsely, densely
granulose, and rather densely coarsely punctate, the punctures very
shallow, irregularly placed, and becoming denser on the flattened
area behind epistoma, where the surface is densely clothed with
short, recumbent, scale-like yellow hairs; antennal cavities separated
on the front by about the diameter of the cavities; epistoma broadly,
deeply, arcuately emarginate in front. Pronotum feebly convex,
rather uneven, one and one-third times as wide as long, apex and
base about equal in width, and widest just behind the middle; sides
when viewed from above feebly arcuately expanded to just behind
the middle, then arcuately emarginate and feebly attenuate to pos-
terior angles, which are rectangular; anterior margin bisinuate,
with the median lobe broadly rounded; base abruptly, but feebly ar-

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 99

cuately emarginate on each side, with the median lobe moderately
produced, and broadly rounded in front of scutellum; surface with
a broad, rather deep depression, extending from near the lateral
margin at middle, obliquely backward and covering the entire
postero-median part, the depression more deeply depressed poster-
iorly, with the sides abruptly marked, densely, coarsely granulose,
and strongly, irregularly, transversely rugose on the disk. Scutel-
jum triangular, acute at apex, with the surface coarsely and densely
granulose. Elytra with the sides moderately expanded behind the
humeral angles, feebly, broadly arcuately constricted near basal
third, then broadly arcuately expanded at apical third, and finally
arcuately attenuate to the tips, which are separately broadly
rounded, with the lateral margins entire; humeri feebly developed;
each elytron with a broad, very shallow basal depression, with a
short, straight, strongly elevated carina extending from the hu-
merus to middle of elytron, and with the suture feebly elevated poste-
riorly; surface coarsely, densely granulose, obsoletely rugose, with
few obsolete punctures, which have a tendency of forming rows
on the disk, and sparsely clothed with very short, inconspicuous
hairs. Abdomen beneath finely, densely granulose, with a few ob-
solete punctures intermixed, and sparsely clothed with very short
inconspicuous hairs.

Length, 4.75 mm.; width, 1.5 mm.

Type locality—Huachi (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type—Cat. No. 26979, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique male, collected at the type locality dur-
ing September, 1921.

PACHYSCHELUS CAVINAS, new species

Female.—Broadly cuneiform, distinctly longer than wide, broadly
rounded in front, strongly attenuate posteriorly, distinctly nar-
rower behind than in front, and the surface glabrous and moderately
shining; head, pronotum, and scutellum green, with a feeble aeneous
tinge; elytra dark greenish-blue, with a distinct violaceous reflec-
tion, especially toward the sides; beneath piceous, and more shining
than above.

Head feebly and evenly convex, deeply embedded in the prothorax,
without any depression, but with a very narrow, obsolete groove,
which is only indicated on the front; surface glabrous, nearly
smooth on the occiput, but becoming finely and densely granulose
toward the epistoma, and with a few coarse, irregularly placed
punctures intermixed. Pronotum nearly flat, strongly declivous at
anterior angles, four times as wide as long at middle, very much
narrower in front than behind, and widest at base; sides strongly
obliquely attenuate (feebly arcuate) from base to anterior angles,

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

which are acutely angulated; anterior margin broadly and deeply
arcuately emarginate; base transversely sinuate, acutely emarginate
at elytral lobes, and broadly truncate in front of scutellum; posterior
angles acute, projecting slightly beyond the humeral angles of
elytra and fitting closely to them; surface glabrous, sparsely and
very irregularly punctate, the punctures finer on the median part,
but becoming coarser toward the sides; intervals nearly smooth on
the disk, and finely, densely granulose along the lateral margins.
Scutellum wider than long, glabrous, smooth, with the anterior angles
rectangular. Elytra as wide as pronotum at base, and widest at
basal third; humeral angles broadly rounded; sides arcuately ex-
panded to basal third, where they are broadly rounded, then obliquely
attenuate to near the tips, which are conjointly rather narrowly
rounded, the lateral margins strongly serrate, and when viewed —
from the side are nearly straight, except for an abrupt sinuation
for the posterior femora; each elytron with a broad shallow depres-
sion at base, and a very broad, deeper one behind the humerus,
broadly flattened at the lateral margin and extending forward to
the humeral angle; surface with more or less regular rows of fine,
irregularly placed punctures, which are distinct on the basal region,
but becoming obsolete posteriorly, and with the intervals smooth.
Abdomen beneath moderately convex, finely, sparsely, and obso-
letely punctate, and clothed with a few very short, inconspicuous
hairs; intervals finely and obsoletely reticulate; last segment
strongly, narrowly produced, and very deeply triangularly emargi-
nate at apex, with four sharp teeth arranged in pairs obliquely on
each side of the emargination, the anterior pair shorter than the
apical pair, the ventral surface with a moderately deep, longitudinal
depression, extending from the apex to near the middle. Elytral
epipleura narrow. Metasternum sparsely, coarsely punctate, and
feebly, broadly, arcuately emarginate in front. Prosternum feebly
arcuately emarginate in front, the surface nearly glabrous, smooth,
and with only a few fine obsolete punctures; prosternal process four
times as wide as the coxal cavities, sides feebly rounded, and broadly
rounded or subtruncate at apex.

Length, 3.1 mm.; width, 2.25 mm.

Type locality—Canamina, Bolivia.

Type and paratype.—Cat. No. 26980, U.S.N.M.

Described from two females collected at the type locality during
January, 1922.

PACHYSCHELUS JUCUNDUS (Kirsch) :

Brachys jucundus Kirscu, Berl. Ent. Zeit., vol. 17, 1873, p. 361.

One specimen collected at Rosario (Lake Rogagua), dvring
the latter part of October, 1921, by M. R. Lopez.

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 31

PACHYSCHELUS VIRIDESCENS (Kirsch)

Brachys viridescens Krrscu, Berl. Ent. Zeit., vol. 17, 1873, pp. 359-360.

A single example of this species was collected near the mouth of
the Mapiri River, Bolivia, during September, 1921.

PACHYSCHELUS NUDUS, new species

-Male—More narrowly cuneiform than cavinas, considerably
longer than wide, broadly rounded in front, strongly attenuate
posteriorly, distinctly narrower behind than in front, and the sur-
face glabrous and moderately shining; head and pronotum aureo-
viridis, the latter with a large, broadly triangular fuscous spot,
the sides of the spot extending from anterior margin at middle,
obliquely backward to the posterior angles; scutellum fuscous;
elytra greenish-black; beneath piceous, and more shining than above.

Head feebly convex, deeply embedded in the prothorax, broadly
but not deeply depressed on the front, and with a narrow obsolete
longitudinal groove, extending from vertex to near the epistoma,
where it terminates in a small obsolete triangular depression; sur-
face densely and coarsely granulose, with a few coarse, irregularly
placed punctures intermixed. Pronotum feebly convex, three times
as wide as long at middle, much narrower in front than behind,
and widest at base; sides strongly obliquely arcuate from base to
anterior angles, which are acutely angulated; anterior margin
broadly and deeply arcuately emarginate; base transversely sin-
uate, acutely emarginate at elytral lobes, and feebly broadly
emarginate in front of scutellum; posterior angles acute, projecting
slightly beyond the humeral angles of elytra and fitting closely te
them; surface glabrous, sparsely and irregularly punctate, the
punctures rather fine and more obsolete on the disk, becoming
coarser at the sides, the intervals nearly smooth on the median part,
but densely, finely granulose toward the lateral margins. Scutellum
wider than long, glabrous, obsoletely granulose, with the anterior
angles rectangular. Elytra about as wide as pronotum at base;
humeral angles broadly rounded; sides nearly parallel to near the
middle, then obliquely attenuate to near the tips, which are con-
jointly rather narrowly rounded, the lateral margins strongly ser-
rate posteriorly, and when viewed from the side, are feebly sinuate,
and with a more distinct sinuation for the posterior femora; each
elytron with a broad obsolete basal depression, and with a very
broad, deeper depression behind the humerus, broadly flattened
along lateral margin and extending forward to the humeral angle;
surface coarsely, obsoletely and irregularly punctate, and the inter-
vals more or less obsoletely rugose. Abdomen beneath moderately

ou PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66:

convex, densely, finely and obsoletely reticulate, and nearly gla-
brous; last segment acutely rounded at apex, the area in front of the
marginal groove acutely rounded, with a rather acute tooth at the
tip. Elytra epipleura narrow. Metasternum sparsely and coarsely
punctate, and broadly, rectangularly emarginate in front. Pro-
sternum feebly arcuately emarginate in front, the surface glabrous,
obsoletely reticulate, and not distinctly punctate; prosternal process
nearly four times as wide as the coxal cavities, sides feebly rounded,
and broadly truncate at apex.

Length, 2.2 mm.; width, 1.4 mm.

Type locality —Cavinas (Beni Kiver), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26981, U. S. N. M.

Described from a unique male collected at the type locality during
January, 1922.

PACHYSCHELUS AENEICOLLIS (Kirsch)

Brachys aeneicollis Kirscu, Berl. Hnt. Zeit., vol. 17, 1878, pp. 860-3861.

Two specimens of this species were collected at Huachi (Beni
River), during September, 1921.

PACHYSCHELUS VIRIDULUS (Kirsch)
Brachys viridulus Kirscu, Berl. Ent. Zeit., vol. 17, 1873, p. 362.

This species is represented by a single example collected at Riber-
alta (Beni River), during January, 1922.

PACHYSCHELUS NIGRIVENTRIS, new species

Female—More narrowly cuneiform than cavinas, considerably
longer than wide, broadly rounded in front, strongly attenuate pos-
teriorly, distinctly narrower behind than in front, and rather |
strongly shining; head, pronotum and scutellum fuscous, the head
with a feeble aeneous tinge, and the pronotum narrowly, obsoletely
margined with green; elytra bluish-black, with a feeble violaceous
reflection ; beneath piceous, and more shining than above.

Head feebly convex, deeply embedded in the prothorax, and broad-
ly, longitudinally grooved from vertex to epistoma, the groove rather
deep on the front, but becoming obsolete on the vertex; surface
glabrous, densely and finely granulose, with a few coarse, irregularly
placed punctures intermixed. Pronotum feebly convex, three times
as wide as long at middle, much narrower in front than behind, and
widest at base; sides strongly obliquely arcuate from base to anterior
angles, which are acutely angulated; anterior margin broadly and
deeply arcuately emarginate; base transversely sinuate, acutely
emarginate at elytral lobes, and nearly truncate in front of scutellum ;
posterior angles acute, projecting slightly beyond the humeral
angles of elytra and fitting closely to them; surface sparsely clothed

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 30

with very short inconspicuous hairs, nearly smooth on the disk, but
becoming finely and densely granulose, with a few coarse, shallow
punctures intermixed toward the sides. Scutellum wider than long,
glabrous, nearly smooth, with the anterior angles rectangular.
Elytra about as wide as pronotum at base; humeral angles broadly
rounded; sides parallel to near middle, then strongly obliquely at-
tenuate to near the tips, which are conjointly rather narrowly round-
ed, the lateral margins strongly serrate posteriorly, and when viewed
from the sides are feebly arcuate, with a feeble sinuation for the pos-
terior femora; each elytron with a broad, obsolete basal depression,
and with a broad, deeper one behind the humerus, broadly flattened
along the lateral margin, and extending forward to the humeral an-
gle; surface rather densely, coarsely and obsoletely punctate, the
punctures arranged in rows and from each puncture arises a very
short, recumbent, inconspicuous hair; intervals obsoletely rugose.
Abdomen beneath moderately convex, densely, finely and obsoletely
reticulate, and nearly glabrous; last segment strongly, narrowly pro-
duced, and armed at apex with eight, moderately long, sharp teeth,
which are arcuately arranged, equally separated, and the median ones
not more widely separated than the lateral ones, the ventral surface
with a moderately deep, longitudinal depression, extending from
the apex to near the middle, and a similar one on each side along the
lateral margins. Elytral epipleura narrow. Metasternum sparsely,
coarsely punctate, and feebly, broadly, rectangularly emarginate in
front. Prosternum feebly arcuately emarginate in front, the surface
nearly glabrous, smooth, and obsoletely reticulate; prosternal pro-
cess nearly four times as wide as the coxal cavities, sides feebly
rounded, and broadly truncate at apex.

Length, 2.5 mm.; width, 1.6 mm.

Type locality—Cavinas (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26982, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique female collected at the type locality
during January, 1922.

PACHYSCHELUS BENIENSIS, new species

Male.—Ovate, distinctly longer than wide, broadly rounded in
front, more attenuate posteriorly, slightly narrower behind than in
front, and the surface nearly glabrous and moderately shining;
above bluish-black, with a more or less purplish tinge, the head and
sides of pronotum with an aeneo-viridis reflection, and the sides of
elytra more violaceous; beneath piceous.

Head feebly and evenly convex, deeply embedded in the pro-
thorax, and without a distinct longitudinal groove or any depres-
sions on the front; surface glabrous, densely and finely granulose,
with a few coarse, irregularly placed punctures intermixed. Pro-

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

notum moderately convex, three times as wide as long at middle,
much narrower in front than behind, and widest at base; sides
strongly obliquely arcuate from base to anterior angles, which are
acutely angulated; anterior margin broadly and deeply arcuately
emarginate; base transversely sinuate, acutely emarginate at elytral
lobes, and broadly obsoletely emarginate in front of scutellum;
posterior angles acute, not projecting, but fitting closely to the
elytron; surface glabrous, densely, obsoletely granulose, with a few
coarse, obsolete and irregularly placed punctures intermixed.
Scutellum wider than long, glabrous, obsoletely granulose, with the
anterior angles rectangular. Elytra slightly wider than pronotum
at base, and widest at basal fourth; humeral angles broadly
rounded; sides feebly arcuately rounded to near middle, then
strongly arcuately attenuate to the tips, which are conjointly
broadly rounded, the lateral margins rather strongly serrate pos-
teriorly, and when viewed from the side are nearly straight, with
a feeble sinuation for the posterior femora; each elytron with an
indistinct basal depression, but with a broad, deep one behind the
humerus, broadly flattened along lateral margin, and extending
forward to the humeral angle; surface sparsely, obsoletely and
irregularly punctate, the punctures not arranged in rows, coarser
on basal region, but becoming obsolete posteriorly, clothed with a
few very short inconspicuous hairs, and the intervals more or less
obscurely rugose. Abdomen beneath moderately convex, finely,
sparsely and obsoletely punctate, and clothed with a few very
short, inconspicuous hairs; intervals finely and obsoletely reticulate ;
last segment acutely rounded at apex, the portion in front of the
marginal groove acutely rounded, with a rather acute tooth at the
tip. Elytral epipleura narrow. Metasternum sparsely, deeply and
very coarsely punctate, and broadly, rather deeply arcuately
emarginate in front. Prosternum feebly arcuately emarginate in
front, the surface glabrous, smooth, and not distinctly punctate;
prosternal process three times as wide as the coxal cavities, sides
nearly parallel, and broadly rounded at apex.

Length, 2.25 mm.; width, 1.5 mm.

Type locality —Huachi (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26983, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique male collected at the type locality during
September, 1921.

PACHYSCHELUS MODICUS Kerremans
Pachyschelus modicus KErrEMANS, Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg., vol. 43, 1899, p. 355.

This species is represented by two examples, one collected near
the mouth of the Mapiri River during September, 1921, and the
other at Huachi (Beni River) during the same month.

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 35
BRACHYS TAKANA, new species

Female.——Broadly oblong, two times as long as wide, broadly
rounded in front, and more acuminate behind, moderately shining
and sparsely pubescent, the pubescence forming two more or less dis-
tinct fasciae on the elytra; head, pronotum, scutellum and body be-
neath piceous, with a feebly aeneous tinge; elytra black, with a strong
purplish and bluish tinge.

Head feebly convex, not depressed behind epistoma and without
gibbosities on the vertex, broadly and rather deeply longitudinally
grooved on the front, the groove becoming obsolete on the occiput
and at epistoma; surface finely, densely reticulate, with a few fine
scattered punctures, and very sparsely clothed with rather long re-
cumbent cinereous hairs, except for two glabrous spaces on the front;
epistoma narrow between the antennal cavities, elevated, and not
transversely carinate in front. Pronotum moderately convex, two
and one-half times as wide as long at middle, distinctly narrower in
front than behind, and widest at the base; sides obliquely attenunate
from base to anterior angles (when viewed laterally the margin is
feebly sinuate and more arcuate near the posterior angles for the
reception of the anterior legs); anterior margin truncate; base
transversely truncate to middle of each elytron, where it is feebly
arcuately emarginate, then turning obliquely backward to the
scutellum, in front of which it is feebly arcuately emarginate; pos-
terior angles nearly rectangular; surface broadly depressed at the
sides, the depression extending obliquely from the anterior angles to
the base at middle of elytron, then transversely along base (but not as
deeply depressed in front of scutellum), causing the antero-median
part of the disk to be feebly, regularly convex, there is also an ob-
long elevation, with a more or less distinct carina on each side near
the posterior angles; surface also densely, obsoletely reticulate, and
sparsely, irregularly punctate, the punctures fine and deep on the
convex area, but becoming ocellate-punctate in the depressed areas,
and from each puncture arises a moderately long, recumbent, cin-
ereous hair. Scutellum triangular, slightly wider than long, with
the anterior margin feebly arcuately rounded, and the surface dense-
ly, obsoletely reticulate. Elytra slightly narrower than pronotum
at base; humeral angles obtusely rounded; sides nearly parallel to
middle (feebly arcuately emarginate at basal fourth), then obliquely
attenuate (and obsoletely sinuate) to near the tips, which are con-
jointly broadly rounded, with the lateral margins entire; humeri
prominent. Each elytron with a deep, broad, transverse depression
at base, a narrower one between humerus and lateral margin, and
with a distinct lateral carina, which is sinuate, strongly elevated, and
extending from the humeral angle to near the apex, with a single

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66.

row of cinereous hairs extending from basal lobe to near middle, and
with two more or less distinct transverse fasciae composed of sparsely
placed, long, recumbent cinereous hairs arranged as follows: a broad
irregular one at middle, and a similar one covering the apical fourth,
there are also a few scattered hairs of the same color on the basal
third, and between the median and apical fasciae the surface is.
sparsely clothed with inconspicuous semi-erect black hairs; surface
finely and very irregularly punctate, and the intervals obsoletely
reticulate and shining. Abdomen beneath very sparsely, ocellate-
punctate, the punctures large, indistinct, open posteriorly, and from
each puncture arises a short, recumbent cinereous hair; intervals
finely and densely reticulate; last segment broadly obtusely rounded
at apex, the margin armed with a series of regularly placed, narrow,
parallel teeth, and the apical groove deep and following the outline
of the posterior margin.

Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.45 mm.

Type locality —Huachi (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26984, U.S.N.M.

Described from a single female collected at the type locality dur-
ing September, 1921.

BRACHYS MOSITANA, new species

Male—Broadly oblong, two times as long as wide, broadly
rounded in front, and more acuminate behind, moderately shining
and sparsely pubescent, the pubescence forming three more or less
distinct fasciae on the elytra; head, pronotum, and scutellum pice-
ous, with strong aeneo-cupreous tinge; elytra cyaneous, with the
more densely pubescent areas feebly greenish; beneath piceous,
with a feeble aeneous reflection.

Head feebly convex, broadly but feebly depressed behind the
epistoma, and without gibbosities on the vertex, broadly and rather
deeply longitudinally grooved from epistoma to the anterior part
of occiput, the groove becoming broader and more obsolete toward
epistoma; surface finely, obsoletely reticulate, with a few fine punc-
tures on the occiput and near epistoma, the punctures very sparsely
and irregularly spaced on the occiput, but becoming denser and
more regular at the epistoma, and from each puncture arises a
rather long semi-erect pale yellow hair, those on the occiput finer
and more recumbent; epistoma very narrow between the antennal
cavities, elevated, and not transversely carinate in front. Pronotum
moderately convex, two and one-half times as wide as long, slightly
narrower in front than behind, and widest at base; sides feebly arcu-
ately attenuate from base to anterior angles (when viewed laterally
the margin is abruptly arcuate near the posterior angles for the
reception of the anterior legs) ; anterior margin truncate; base trans-

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 37

versely truncate to middle of each elytron, where it is feebly arcu-
ately emarginate, then turning obliquely backward to the scutellum,
in front of which it is feebly arcuately emarginate; posterior angles
rectangular; surface strongly, broadly depressed at the sides, the
depression extending obliquely from the anterior angles to the base
at middle of elytron, then transversely along the base (but not quite
as deeply depressed in front of scutellum), causing the antero-
median part of the disk to be strongly, regularly convex, with scarcely
any elevation near the posterior angles, surface also densely,
obsoletely reticulate, and sparsely, irregularly punctate, the punc-
tures fine and deep on the convex area, but becoming ocellate-punc-
tate in the depressed areas, and from each puncture arises a moder-
ately long, recumbent, cinereous or fulvous hair. Scutellum trian-
gular, slightly wider than long, with the anterior margin feebly arcu-
ately rounded, and the surface densely, obsoletely reticulate. Elytra
slightly wider than pronotum at base; humeral angles obtusely
angulated ; sides nearly parallel to just behind the middle (strongly
arcuately emarginate to basal fourth), then obliquely attenuate to
near the tips, which are conjointly broadly rounded; with the lateral
margins entire; humeri very prominent. Each elytron with a broad,
moderately deep, transverse depression at base, a broad elongate one
between the humerus and lateral margin, and with a distinct lateral
carina, which is sinuate, very strongly elevated, and extending from
the humeral angle to near the apex, with a single row of closely
placed cinereous hairs extending from basal lobe to near the middle
of elytron, and with three more or less distinct transverse fasciae,
composed of sparsely placed, semierect cinereous hairs arranged
as follows: a broad, irregular, indistinct one at base, a narrower,
more regular one at middle, and a broad one covering the apical
fourth, and between these fasciae the surface is sparsely clothed
with inconspicuous semierect black hairs; surface finely and very
irregularly punctate, the punctures somewhat stelliform, and the in-
tervals obsoletely reticulate and shining. Abdomen beneath sparsely,
ocellate-punctate, the punctures large, shallow, open posteri-
orly, and from each puncture arises a rather short recumbent cinere-
ous hair; intervals finely and densely reticulate; last segment
broadly rounded at apex, with the margin entire, and the apical
groove deep and following the outline of the posterior margin.

Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.4 mm.

Type locality—Rio Colorado, Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26985, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique male collected at the type locality during
September, 1921. This species is named after one of the Indian
tribes.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66

TAPHROCERUS PARVUS, new species

Elongate, broadly rounded in front, more strongly attenuate
posteriorly, subcylindrical and moderately shining; above uniformly
dark brown, with a strong aeneo-cupreous tinge, and clothed with
a few short cinereous hairs, which form more or less obsolete spots
on the apical half of the elytra; beneath piceous.

Head much narrower than pronotum at base, feebly convex, and

narrowly flattened behind the epistoma, causing two round feeble

gibbosities on the front, with a broad longitudinal groove extending
from the occiput to epistoma, the groove obsolete on the occiput,
deeply impressed on the front and more broadly expanded at the
epistoma; surface finely, densely granulose, with a few obsolete

punctures intermixed, and clothed with a few scattered cinereous

hairs along theeyes. Pronotum moderately convex, two times as wide
as long, slightly narrower in front than behind, widest at basal
third; sides when viewed from above feebly arcuately rounded from
base to apical third, then obliquely attenuate to the anterior angles:
posterior angles nearly rectangular; anterior margin truncate; base
transversely truncate to middle of elytron, then turning obliquely
backward to the scutellum, in front of which it is narrowly, arcuately
emarginate; surface with a narrow transverse depression along
anterior margin, a broad one on each side along lateral margins,
extending obliquely from the anterior angles to scutellum, in front of
which it is broadly, but not deeply concave, these depressions caus-
ing the antero-median part to be regularly convex, and with a round
elevation on each side near the posterior angles, finely, densely, and
obsoletely granulose, with a few indistinct ocellate punctures inter-
mixed, and sparsely clothed with cinereous hairs similar to those on
head. Scutellum small, triangular, obsoletely granulose, and rounded
in front. Elytra rather strongly convex, and as wide as pronotum
at base; humeral angles obtusely angulated; sides parallel to middle
(strongly arcuately constricted at basal third), then strongly ob-
liquely attenuate to the tips, which are separately narrowly rounded,
and obsoletely serrate; humeri moderately developed; each elytron
with a deep, rather broad, transverse basal depression, and with a more
or less obsolete lateral carina extending from humerus to apex, the
carina strongly sinuate and following the outline of the lateral mar-
gin; surface with rows of coarse very shallow, obsolete punctures,
the punctures more distinct on basal area, but becoming obsolete
posteriorly, the intervals obsoletely granulose. Abdomen beneath
sparsely and obsoletely punctate, the punctures very shallow, obso-
letely impressed, oblong, and open on the one side, and clothed with
a few short obsolete hairs; intervals finely and densely reticulate ;
last segment broadly rounded at apex, with the apical groove deep

ll nti ee il

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 89

and following the outline of the margin. Metasternum more coarsely
and distinctly punctured than the abdomen. Prosternum coarsely
and densely granulose.

Length, 2.75 mm.; width, 1 mm.

Type locality —Tumupasa, Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26986, U.S.N.M.

Described from a single specimen collected at the type locality
during December, 1921.

LEIOPLEURA GORAIT, new species

Female.—Oblong, moderately convex, broadly rounded in front,
more arcuately attenuate posteriorly, nearly as wide behind as in
front, and strongly shining; uniformly black above and beneath, with
the front of head green, and the sides of the pronotum feebly nar-
rowly aeneous.

Head moderately, evenly convex, with an obsolete depression on
the front and a similar one on the vertex, and with a narrow
longitudinal groove extending between the two depressions, but
becoming obsolete on occiput and near the epistoma; surface glab-
rous, rather finely, very sparsely, and obsoletely punctate, the
intervals smooth posteriorly, but becoming finely and densely granu-
lose toward the epistoma; antennae short, piceous, with a feebly
aeneous tinge. Pronotum moderately convex, two times as wide
as long, distinctly narrower in front than behind, and widest at
base; sides strongly arcuately attenuate from base to anterior
angles; posterior angles feebly projecting and rather acute; an-
terior margin rather strongly arcuately emarginate; base trans-
versely truncate to middle of elytron, where it is feebly emarginate,
then turning obliquely backward to the scutellum, in front of which
it is truncate; surface broadly flattened along the sides, the depres-
sion extending obliquely from the anterior angles to base at middle
of elytron, then transversely along base, where it is broadly con-
cave in front of scutellum, and more deeply triangularly depressed
on each side near the posterior angles, causing the antero-median
part to be regularly convex, and with the lateral carina only feebly
indicated, finely, sparsely and irregularly punctate, the punctures
indistinct, and the intervals finely and obsoletely reticulate. Scutel-
lum triangular, sides about equal in length, and the surface nearly
smooth. Elytra moderately convex, as wide as pronotum at base,
and widest at middle; humeral angles broadly rounded; sides feebly
arcuately expanded to near middle, then strongly arcuately at-
tenuate to the tips, which are conjointly broadly rounded, with the
lateral margins finely serrate posteriorly; humeri strongly de-
veloped; each elytron with a broad, very deep, transverse depres-
sion at base, a narrow, deep one between the humerus and lateral

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

margin, extending along the margin from humeral angle to middle,
and broadly expanded behind the humerus; surface glabrous, finely,
sparsely and irregularly punctate, with the intervals smooth. Ab-
domen beneath finely and densely reticulate-striolate, with a few
fine obsolete punctures intermixed, and sparsely clothed with very
short inconspicuous hairs; first segment coarsely, longitudinally
striate at base. Prosternum glabrous, and smooth along anterior
margin; prosternal process broad, the surface densely and very
coarsely punctate. Metasturnum obsoletely reticulate, with a few
indistinct punctures and longitudinal striae intermixed; anterior
margin feebly arcuately emarginate.

Length, 2.7 mm.; width, 1.4 mm.

Type locality —Reyes, Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26991, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique female collected at the type locality
during October, 1921.

LEIOPLEURA BOLIVIANA, new species

Male.—Broadly oblong, rather strongly convex, about equally
rounded in front and behind, and strongly shining; head, pronotum
and elytra bright green, with the posterior margin of head, a narrow
oblong spot on disk of the pronotum, and scutellum fuscous, the
elytra more or less blackish-cyaneous on humeri and along the
lateral margins; beneath black.

Head moderately, evenly convex, not depressed on the front, but
with a very narrow longitudinal groove extending from the occiput
to a deep round pit behind the epistoma, the groove obsolete on the
occiput, but more distinct on the front; surface glabrous, sparsely,
coarsely and irregularly punctate, and the intervals smooth on the
vertex and occiput, but becoming finely and densely granulose
toward the epistoma; antennae short and entirely piceous. Prono-
tum moderately, evenly convex, two and one-half times as wide
as long, much narrower in front than behind, and widest at base;
sides feebly arcuate near base, then strongly obliquely attenuate to
the anterior angles; posterior angles feebly projecting and rather
acute; anterior margin broadly arcuately emarginate; base nearly
transversely truncate to middle of elytron, where it is feebly emar-
ginate, then turning obliquely backward to the scutellum, in front
of which it is truncate; surface strongly declivous toward the an-
terior angles, with a broad obsolete depression on each side at base
near middle of elytron, and without a lateral carina, coarsely, —
rather densely and irregularly punctate, the intervals nearly smooth —
on the disk, but becoming densely and rather coarsely reticulate
toward the sides. Scutellum triangular, sides about equal in length,

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 4]

and the surface nearly smooth. Elytra moderately convex, wider
than pronotum at base, and widest just behind the middle; humeral
angles broadly edtuded: sides feebly expanded from bast to just
behind the middle, then strongly arcuately attenuate to the tips,
which are conjointly, rather narrowly rounded, with the lateral
margins finely serrate to humeral angles; Hadiene) strongly devel-
oped; each elytron with a broad, deep depression at base, and a
narrow deeper one between the humerus and lateral margin, ex-
tending along the margin from the humeral angle to middle, and
broadly expanded behind the humerus; surface glabrous, rather
densely, coarsely and irregularly punctate, the intervals obsoletely
rugose toward the sides. Abdomen beneath finely and densely reticu-
late-striolate, with a few obsolete punctures intermixed, and without
distinct pubescence. Prosternum smooth and transversely suleate
along anterior margin; prosternal process finely and sparsely punc-
tate, and sparsely clothed with moderately long recumbent brownish
hairs. Metasternum very coarsely and densely punctate, the punc-
tures shallow, oblong, and more or less confluent; anterior margin
deeply arcuately emarginate.

Female.—Differs from the male in having the front of head fus-
cous, and the prosternal process smooth and not pubescent.

Length, 3.25 mm.; width, 2 mm.

Type locality —Canamina, Bolivia.

Type, allotype and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26992, U.S.N.M.

This species is described from a fairly large series of specimens
collected at the type locality during July, 1921.

CALLIMICRA ACUMINATA, new species

Male.—Oblong, moderately convex, broadly rounded in front,
strongly attenuate posteriorly, distinctly narrower behind than in
front, and moderately shining; head brilliant green, and feebly
cuperous on occiput; pronotum green, becoming more or less
cupreous and fuscous on disk; scutellum brownish-cupreous; elytra
black; beneath piceous.

Head moderately convex, with a broad, shallow longitudinal
groove, extending from the occiput to middle of front, where it
terminates in a round shallow depression; surface densely, coarsely
granulose, with numerous large obsolete punctures intermixed;
antennae slightly aeneo-viridis. Pronotum moderately convex, two
times as wide as long, distinctly narrower in front than behind, and
widest along basal third; sides feebly arcuate from base to near
middle, then more arendtdly attenuate to the anterior angles; pos-
terior angles rather acute; anterior margin feebly arcuately emargi-
nate ; Bass transversely sinuate to middle of elytron, then turning

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

obliquely backward to the scutellum, in front of which it is truncate ;
surface narrowly depressed along sides, and with a broad, deep,
transverse depression along base, extending nearly to the posterior
angles, and without a distinct lateral carina, finely, sparsely and ir-
regularly punctate, the intervals smooth on the disk, but finely,
densely granulose along the lateral margins. Scutellum smooth and
triangular. Elytra moderately convex, about as wide as pronotum
at base; humeral angles obtusely rounded; sides nearly parallel to
middle, then obliquely attenuate to the tips, which are conjointly
rather broadly rounded, with the lateral margins densely finely ser-
rate posteriorly; humeri rather strongly developed; each elytron
with a narrow, moderately deep, transverse basal depression, and
with a narrow deep depression between the humerus and lateral
margin; surface sparsely and irregularly punctate, the punctures
very irregular in size and nearly obsolete toward the apex, with
the intervals smooth. Abdomen beneath densely and finely reticu-
late, with a few fine obsolete punctures intermixed, and sparsely
clothed with very short inconspicuous hairs; last segment broadly
rounded at apex. Prosternum glabrous, smooth anteriorly, with a
few coarse, deep, closely placed punctures on the prosternal process,
which is rather short, broad, sides arcuate, and the apex broadly
rounded; anterior margin feebly arcuately rounded. Metasternum
feebly arcuately emarginate in front.

Length, 3.25 mm.; width, 1.4 mm.

Type locality—Huachi (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26987, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique male collected at the type locality dur-
ing September, 1921.

CALLIMICRA FESTIVA, new species

Female.—Oblong, moderately convex, rather broadly rounded in
front and behind, not distinctly narrower behind than in front, and
strongly shining; above bluish-green, with the pronotum and _ pos-
terior part of head slightly cupreous and aureous, the former with
a distinct violaceous tinge at base; beneath piceous.

Head moderately convex, the front with a broad, rather deep
longitudinal groove; vertex and occiput narrowly longitudinally
carinate; surface sparsely, coarsely, and irregularly punctate, the in-
tervals nearly smooth posteriorly, but becoming finely reticulate
toward the epistoma; antennae black, with a feeble aeneous tinge.
Pronotum moderately convex, two and one-fourth times as wide as
long, distinctly narrower in front than behind, widest along basal
third; sides feebly arcuate from base to near middle, then strongly
arcuately attenuate to the anterior angles; posterior angles obtusely

ee ee ee ee

» ‘
se aS we a. ee

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—-FISHER 43

angulated; anterior margin rather strongly arcuately emarginate,
with a broadly rounded obsolete median lobe; base transversely
feebly sinuate to middle of elytron, then turning obliquely backward
to the scutellum, in front of which it is broadly subtruncate; surface
broadly depressed along sides, and with a broad, transverse concave
depression along base, extending to exterior third, where the de-
pression is deeper and more triangular, and with an obsolete lateral
carina, extending from base to middle of pronotum, finely, sparsely,
and irregularly punctate, the punctures becoming coarser toward
the sides, the intervals smooth on the disk, but becoming finely,
densely reticulate along the lateral margins. Scutellum triangular,
and obsoletely reticulate. Elytra moderately convex, about as wide
as pronotum at base; humeral angles obtusely angulated; sides
nearly parallel to apical third (feebly arcuately constricted at
middle), then arcuately attenuate to the tips, which are separately
narrowly rounded, with the lateral margins finely and densely serrate
posteriorly; humeri rather strongly developed; each elytron with a
narrow, moderately deep transverse depression along base, and a
broad shallow one behind the humerus, and narrowly extended along
lateral margin to humeral angle; surface finely, sparsely, and irregu-
larly punctate, with the intervals smooth on the disk, but becoming
transversely uneven behind the humerus. Abdomen beneath finely
and densely reticulate, with a few fine obsolete punctures intermixed,
and sparsely clothed with very short, inconspicuous hairs; last seg-
ment broadly subtruncate at apex. Prosternum glabrous, and
coarsely sparsely, and irregularly punctate; prosternal process long,
broad, sides arcuate, and the apex broadly rounded; anterior margin
broadly arcuately rounded. Metasternum deeply arcuately emargi-
nate in front.

Length 5 mm.; width, 2.25 mm.

Type locality —Canamina, Bolivia.

Type.—Cat. No. 26988, U.S.N.M.

Described from a unique female collected at the type locally during
July, 1921.

CALLIMICRA CYANOPTERA, new species

Male—Oblong, moderately convex, about equally broadly rounded
behind and in front, and rather strongly shining; head and
pronotum bright green, with a distinct aureous tinge, the latter more
or less fuscous on the disk; scutellum piceous; elytra cyaneous, with
a strong violaceous tinge; beneath piceous.

Head moderately convex, broadly, obsoletely longitudinally de-
pressed from vertex to epistoma, with a round deep depression on
the front; occiput with a narrow longitudinal carina; surface
coarsely, densely granulose, with numerous large obsolete punctures

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

intermixed; antennae feebly aeneous. Pronotum moderately convex,
not quite two times as wide as long, narrower in front than
behind, widest along basal half; sides feebly arcuate from base to
middle, then more arcuately attenuate to the anterior angles;
posterior angles obtusely angulated; anterior margin feebly arcuately
emarginate, with a broadly rounded obsolete median lobe; base trans-
versely truncate to middle of elytron, then with a broadly arcuately
rounded median lobe; surface rather broadly depressed along sides,
with a deep, broadly concave, transverse depression along base,
extending to the posterior angles, and becoming deeper and more
triangular at the sides, and with a short lateral carina, which does
not extend to the base, sparsely, rather coarsely, and irregularly
punctate, and the intervals densely and finely reticulate. Scutellum
triangular, and obsoletely reticulate. Elytra moderatly convex,
slightly narrower than pronotum at base; humeral angles obtusely
angulated; sides nearly parallel to just behind the middle (feebly
arcuately constricted at middle), then arcuately attenuate to the tips,
which are separately narrowly rounded, with the lateral margins
obsoletely serrate posteriorly; humeri rather strongly developed;
each elytron with a rather broad, deep, transverse basal depression,
and a similar one along lateral margin, extending from humeral
angle to middle, and becoming broader posteriorly; surface finely,
sparsely and irregularly punctate, the punctures tending to form
rows on the disk, with the intervals smooth posteriorly, but be-
coming more or less rugose on the basal region. Abdomen beneath
densely, obsoletely reticulate, with a few obsolete punctures inter-
mixed, and sparsely clothed with very short inconspicuous hairs; last
segment rather narrowly rounded at apex. Prosternum clothed with
a few long erect hairs, subopaque, and finely and very densely
granulose; prosternal process long, broad, sides parallel, and the
apex broadly rounded; anterior margin broadly arcuately rounded.
Metasternum deeply arcuately emarginate in front.

Female.—Differs from the male in being more robust, scutellum
cupreous, lateral carinae on pronotum more distinct, last abdominal
segment more broadly rounded at apex. and the prosternal process
sparsely and coarsely punctate.

Length, 3.5 mm.; width, 1.3-1.5 mm.

Type locality—Huachi (Beni River), Bolivia.

Other localities —Rurrenabaque (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type, allotype and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26990, U.S.N.M.

Described from six specimens, two males and four females. ‘The
type, allotype and one female paratype collected at Huachi during
September, 1921, and one male and two female paratypes collected
at Rurrenabaque during October and November, 1921.

ee eT ital Tet le a, HR ali aon

ART. 31 BUPRESTID BEETLES FROM BOLIVIA—FISHER 45
CALLIMICRA VIRIDIFRONS, new species

Female.—Oblong, moderately convex, about equally broadly
rounded in front and behind, and strongly shining; head and preno-
tum bright green, with a distinct aureous tinge, the latter more or
less bluish-green on the disk; scutellum aureo-cupreous; elytra green,
with a violaceous tinge along the sides; beneath piceous, with a more
or less distinct aeneous tinge.

Head rather strongly convex, not distinctly longitudinally sulcate,
but with a rather deep triangular depression on the front; occiput
feebly longitudinally carinate; surface rather densely, coarsely and
irregularly punctate, the intervals smooth posteriorly, but becoming
densely and finely granulose toward the epistoma; antennae feebly
cupreous. Pronotum rather strongly convex, two times ‘as wide as
long, slightly narrower in front than behind, widest along basal
half; sides feebly arcuate from base to middle, then more arcuately
attenuate to the anterior angles; posterior angles obtusely angulated;
anterior margin deeply arcuately emarginate, with a_ broadly
rounded obsolete median lobe; base transversely truncate to middle
of elytron, then turning obliquely backward to the scutellum, in
front of which it is broadly subtruncate; surface rather broadly de-
pressed along sides, with a deep, broadly concave transverse depres-
sion along base, extending to the posterior angles, and becoming
deeper and more triangular toward the sides, and with a distinctly
elevated arcuate lateral carina, which extends from base to middle
of pronotum, finely, sparsely and irregularly punctate, the punctures
obsolete on the disk, but becoming coarser toward the sides, the in-
tervals nearly smooth on the disk, but finely, densely reticulate along
the lateral margins. Scutellum triangular, and obsoletely reticulate.
Elytra moderately convex, about as wide as pronotum at base, hu-
meral angles obtusely angulated; sides parallel to apical third (ob-
soletely arcuately constricted at middle), then broadly arcuately at-
tenuate to the tips, which are conjointly broadly rounded, with the
lateral margins finely and densely serrate posteriorly; humeri
strongly developed; each elytron with a rather broad, deep trans-
verse basal depression, and a similar one along lateral margin, ex-
tending from humeral angle to near the middle, and becoming
broader behind the humerus; surface finely and rather densely punc-
tate, the punctures more or less stelliform and very irregularly
placed, with the intervals obsoletely rugose. Abdomen beneath
densely and finely reticulate, with numerous fine, obsolete punctures
intermixed, and sparsely clothed with very short inconspicuous
hairs; last segment broadly rounded at apex. Prosternum clothed
with ‘a few rather long erect hairs, and sparsely, coarsely punctate;
prosternal process long, broad, sides parallel, and the apex broadly

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

rounded; anterior margin broadly, arcuately rounded. Metaster-
num deeply, angularly emarginate in front.

Length, 3.5 mm.; width, 1.6 mm.

Type locality—Huachi (Beni River), Bolivia.

Type and paratypes.—Cat. No. 26989, U.S.N.M.

Described from three specimens, probably females, collected at
the type locality during September, 1921.

HARPIDIUM, A NEW PENTAMEROID BRACHIOPOD
GENUS FROM SOUTHEASTERN ALASKA.

By Epwin Kirk

Of the United Siates Geological Survey

In an earlier paper’ I described the new genus Brooksina from a
series of sediments in southeastern Alaska tentatively referred to
the upper Silurian. In that paper will be found a brief discussion
of the faunal affinities of the series. A more detailed study of the
Brooksina fauna together with the faunas of lower and _ highe:
horizons strengthens the belief that the formations in question
should be assigned to the upper Silurian rather than to the lower
Devonian. There are certain elements suggestive of the Devonian,
but there is little to compel a correlation with the widespread and
characteristic lower Devonian or Helderbergian faunas. On the
other hand, our scant knowledge of latest Silurian normal marine
sediments with their contained faunas leaves a faunal gap into
which these Alaskan faunas may well fit. Within this time interval
should be placed, I think, those faunas of the Ural Mountains com-
monly referred to the lower Devonian.

In the limestone series characterized by Brooksina alaskensis is
another pentameroid of considerable interest. To this genus the
name Harpidium is here given. The genus is not represented else-
where than in this restricted zone of the upper Silurian of South-
eastern Alaska, so far as known. Conchidium (?) occidentalis Hall
from the Guelph dolomites of Ontario resembles Harpidiwm im
general form. Detailed knowledge of the structure of the species
is wanting. C. (?) occidentalis has, however, obscure radial plica-
tions that are wanting in the Alaskan species of Harpidium. Even
so its affinities may prove to be closer to Harpidium than to Conchi-
dium, to which it was doubtfully referred by Hall and Clarke.

GENERIC DIAGNOSIS

Harpidium may briefly be defined as a nonplicated pentameroid
of large size with highly arched valves. The pedicle valve has a

1 Kirk, E., Brooksina, a new pentameroid genus from the upper Silurian of southeast-
ern Alaska: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 60, art. 19, pp. 1-8, pl. 1, 1922.

No. 2569.—PrRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 32.
12049—24 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

high strongly incurved beak and is also characterized by long, well-
defined cardinal slopes. Well-developed, elevated, convex deltidial
plates are present. The brachial valve is also strongly incurved in
the apical portion. The valves are either smoothly convex (possibly
only in immature individuals) or have well-defined median sinuses.
The shell is much thicker than in most pentameroids and is fibrous.
The septum of the pedicle valve is relatively very short and supports
a spondyhum of great length. The septa of the brachial valve are
discrete, subparallel in relation to one another, and support crural
plates similar to those of Conchidium.

Genotype. arpidium insignis, new species, has been chosen as
the type of the genus.

Harpdium resembles Conchidium in the general proportions and
contours of its valves. The median sinus in each valve is also a
character that occasionally is to be found in Conchidium. It difiers
from Conchidium, however, in its nonplicated shell and in the
shortness of the septum in the pedicle valve. The heavy, convex,
elevated deltidial plates are also very different from the deltidial
plates of Conchidium. 'The spondylium is of about the size and
proportions to be found in Conchidium. The genus resembles Pen-
tamerus in that the shell is nonplicated. There its resemblance
ceases. ‘The highly arched incurving apical portion of the valves,
the long well marked cardinal slopes of the pedicle valve, the median
sinuses oi both valves, and the internal structures set the genus
clearly apart from Pentamerus. Harpidium and Conchidium are,
I believe, much closer genetically than either is to Pentamerus. In
this connection it is of interest to note that as yet no true Pentam-
erus has been found in faunas of the north Pacific type. In the
Porcupine River region of the interior of Alaska what appears to
be a Pentamerus has been found. This interior region of Alaska,
however, has as a rule closer affinities with the Rocky Mountain
Geosyncline and the interior of North America than it has with the
true Pacific region. The more or less complete separation of Pacific
and interior faunas seems to have held up to the time of the high
middle Devonian when there seems to have been fairly free com-
munication between the two faunal regions.

HARPIDIUM INSIGNIS, new species
Plate 1, figs. 1-6; plate 2, fig. 7

This species reaches a fairly large size. The largest fairly perfect
individual in the collections gives the following measurements:
Length (pedicle valve), 7.5-++ cm.; maximum breadth, 6.5 em.; maxi-
mum depth, 7.5+ cm. Fragmentary material indicates that the
species attained a size perhaps half again as large. Smaller speci-

AKT. 32 A NEW PENTAMEROID BRACHIOPOD—KIRK 3

mens are relatively narrower and less deep, as indicated by the
following measurements:

ETE Gti nee eens ween ey AA Aes YR ES 4.0 em. 5.6 em. 54 em.
Maximum breadth svete Vilestol 3.2 em. 4.4 em. 4.7 em.

Maximum. dépth, ies... uletouns 2.9= cm. 4.4 em. 4.8 em.

It is to be noted that the disproportion between the size of the valves
becomes more marked with age, in the adult specimen the pedicle
valve greatly exceeding the brachial valve in size.

The pedicle valve is narrow in its apical portion, highly arched,
and with a strongly incurved beak. Anteriorly it remains highly
arched, but gradually a flattened median area is developed that
changes to a broad, well-defined sinus. The cardinal slopes are long
and ‘are as sharply defined as in Conchidium, other than as not being
differentiated by being smooth as opposed to the plicated remainder
of the shell. The delthyrium is large and bordered on either side
by a well-developed heavy convex deltidial plat. When the del-
tidial plates are not present their former lines of attachment can
be seen as narrow, sharply incised grooves at the margins of the
delthyrium. The brachial valve is highly arched in the younger
specimens, becoming relatively less so with increasing age. The
apical portion is strongly incurved. As in the pedicle valve the
brachial valve develops a broad median sinus. The surface of the
shell is marked by fairly strong growth lines. The shell substance
is fibrous, with the fibers running longitudinally. When partially
exfoliated, under a magnifying glass the fine longitudinal fibrous
structure can occasionally be seen.

The septum of the pedicle valve is very short, but deep. It is
concave at the anterior wall. The spondylium, supported only in
its posterior portion, is a great sickle or scimitar-shaped affair, m
proportion to the septum, being much larger than in any other known
pentameroid. The septa of the brachial valve he subparallel or
slightly divergent, are low, and support the normal crural structures
for Conchidium.

Horizon and locality.—F rom the limestone of the Brooksina hori-
zon on the north shore of Heceta Island and the south shore of Kos-
ciusko Island, Southeastern Alaska.

Coty pes.—Cat. Nos. 70228, 70229, U.S.N.M.

HARFPIDIUM ROTUNDUS, new species
Plate 2, fig. 8

At a somewhat higher horizon than the main horizon of HZ. én-
signis occurs another Harpidium that seems to be distinct and for
which the name Harpidium rotundus is here proposed.

As known H. rotundus is a smaller species than 7. insignis, the
largest undoubted representative of the species giving the following

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

measurements: maximum length, 5.2 cm.; maximum breadth, 5.1
cm.; and maximum depth, 4 cm.

The pedicle valve is strongly incurved in its apical portion. An-
teriorally the vaive widens more rapidly than in 7. insignis, attain-
ing a maximum breadth approximately equal to the length. This
relative proportion of length to breadth holds in moderately small
as well as adult individuals. The cardinal slopes are well defined,
but relatively smaller than in H. tnsignis. The pedicle valve is
moderately and evenly arched. Although larger than the brachial
valve there is not the striking disproportion in size between the
valves that is characteristic of H. insignis. The brachial valve is
strongly incurved in its apical portion. In neither valve as seen is
a well defined median sinus developed, although there is a slight
median flattening and a well marked flexure of the anterior margin
of the valves.

The shell is thick and the surface is marked by fine concentric
growth lines.

H. rotundus may readily be distinguished from HZ. insignis by its
relatively greater breadth, the lack of sharply defined median sinuses
in the valves (although this character is developed in a larger
crushed specimen that is doubtfully referred to this species), and by
the less highly arched and relatively smaller pedicle valve.

Horizon and locality—The species is known only from the Brook-
sina-bearing limestone series on the north shore of Heceta Island,
Southeastern Island.

Holotype.—Cat. No. 70230, U.S.N.M.

HARPIDIUM LATUS, new species

Plate 2, figs. 1-6

In the Brooksina alaskensis zone on Kosciusko Island, South-
eastern Alaska, a small species of Yarpidium is found in fairly large
numbers.

This species, here named Harpidium latus, differs widely from the
younger stages of both H. insignis and H. rotundus. On the other
hand, being fairly common in a zone where hundreds of well pre-
served brachiopods were collected, it seems highly improbable that
the specimens represent immature stages of still another species of
large size. Measurements of a series of specimens are here given:

IGS thy eee Ra 2. Themse Be Jonta -2205Cm ys vf Sects ROO Rem:
Maximum breadth_____ Bod CMs BO), pp CMa. 2 OsCMees Is4oemih lad 4 em:
Maximum depth_.--__-_ 20 Cm: 3 Lato, sCM each on Cm. CTO ING Mo (Gane

The largest specimen seen, which has been badly weathered, has an
approximate length of 3. cm., maximum breadth of more than 3. cm.,
and a maximum depth of about 2.5 cm.

—

ART. 32 A NEW PENTAMEROID BRACHIOPOD—KIRK 5

The apical portion of the pedicle valve is incurved but not
strongly so. The valve is moderately arched, and there is a sugges-
tion of a median longitudinal flattening. The pedicle valve widens
very rapidly, and the cardinal slopes are sharply defined. This
gives a structure which so closely simulates the hinge and area of the
simpler smooth spiriferoids that as a matter of fact it is often diffi-
cult to distinguish between a young Harpidium latus and an associ-
ated spiriferoid. The apical portion of the brachial valve is sharply
incurved. The remainder of the valve is moderately arched. The
pedicle valve exceeds the brachial valve in size but not to the extent
found in either of the other species. The anterior margin of the
shell is gently sinuate. The exterior of the shell is smooth or
marked by fine concentric growth lines.

H. latus is readily distinguished from younger specimens of the
other species described by its greater proportionate breadth, the
nearly straight hinge-like union of the valves, the area-like cardinal
slopes, and the less preponderance of the pedicle over the brachial
valve.

Horizon and locality.—This species has only been found associated
with Brooksina alaskensis in the south-central part of Kosciusko
Island, Southeastern Alaska.

Cotypes.—Cat. No. 70231, U.S.N.M.

All the type specimens are in the collections of the United States
National Museum and were collected by the writer.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1

Harpidium insignis, new species

Fie. 1. Median section of an individual showing septa of the pedicle and
brachial valves, and the relatively enormous spondylium.
2. Pedicle valve of a medium sized individual.
8. Side view of a small individual.
4,5. Side and cardinal views of a small individual showing the deltidial
plates.
6. Anterior view of an adult individual of average size. The side view
of this same specimen is shown in plate 2, figure 7.
6

ak i ta rt tae a ti

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 32 PL. |

HARPIDIUM INSIGNIS, NEW SPECIES

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 32 PL. 2

HARPIDIUM LATUS, H. INSIGNiS, AND H. ROTUNDUS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 7

PLATE 2

Harpidium latus, new species

Fie.1. Median section of medium-sized specimen showing septa of pedicle
and brachial valves and spondylium.
2,3. Side and dorsal views of a medium-sized individual.
4,5,6. Ventral, side, and dorsal views of the largest well-preserved specimen
found.
Harpidiwm insignis, new species

%. Side view of the same individual as in plate 1, figure 6, showing the
great disproportion in size between the brachial and pedicle valves.

Harpidium rotundus, new species

8,9. Side and dorsal views of an adult individual.

NOTES ON THE FISHES OF HAWAII, WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF SIX NEW SPECIES

By Eric Knicur Jorpan

Of Stanford University, California

The present writer spent the month of August, 1924, at Honolulu,
in company with his father, David Starr Jordan, in attendance at
the Pan-Pacific Food Conservation Conference. All his available
time was spent in collection and study at the fish markets. Of the
large collections obtained, the first series was sent to Cornell Uni-
versity, the second to the University of Minnesota, and smaller
series to Chicago University, to the Imperial University of Tokyo,
and to Brigham Young University. The types of new species were
placed in the United States National Museum, which institution
publishes the present notes. The plates are the work of the late
William §S. Atkinson, artist in zoology and botany, at Stanford
University.

The writer is indebted to his father for many suggestions, es-
pecially for aid in the determination of species. Prof. Frederick G.
Krauss, of the University of Hawaii, has given him important assist-
ance in connection with this work, and the Matson Navigation Com-
pany has shown the special courtesy of transporting the collections
without charge to San Francisco.

In this paper I have included references to all species added to
the Hawaiian fauna since the publication in 1922 of Jordan and
Jordan’s List of the Fishes of Hawau.t The most important of
these additions are recorded in Henry W. Fowler’s New or Little
Known Hawaiian Fishes.? References to the additional species se-
cured by Mr. Fowler on his visit to Honolulu in the autumn of 1922,
are made in the present paper. In the time at my disposal, I was
able to examine or secure about 220 species, some fishes being too
large for convenient preservation. Many of the coral reef fishes
; 1 Memoirs of the Carnegie Museum, vol. 10, No. 1, Dec., 1922.

2 Oceasional Papers of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, vol. 8, No. 7, 1923.

No. 2570.—PROCEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL MuSEuM, VOL. 66, ART. 33
44916—25——_1 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

could not be obtained in the time I could spare, and I have reason
to believe that overfishing, and, more especially, the use of dyna-
mite, not yet effectually prohibited, has reduced the number of
shore fishes to less than one-fourth the abundance noted by Jordan
and Evermann in 1901.°

To this last work the present paper, and the previous one of
Jordan and Jordan, containing the complete list up to 1922, are
supplementary.

In this paper the following genera and species are described as
new:

Genera: Lethala, Opua.

Species: Lepidaplois atrorubens, Scaridea farrandi, Scarus krausst,
Scarus galena, Opua nephodes, Cantherines verecundus.

Family EULAMIIDAE
Genus EULAMIA Gill

EULAMIA MUNSING (Bleeker).
Mr. Fowler records this East Indian shark from Hononlulu.

Family ECHINORHINIDAE
Genus ECHINORHINUS Blainville

ECHINORHINUS BRUCUS (Bonnaterre).
Recorded by Fowler from Honolulu.

Family ISISTIIDAE

Genus ISISTIUS Gill
ISISTIUS, species.
Represented by a cast in the Bishop Museum. It is a very small
shark with the two dorsals set far back, and very small, about the
size of the ventrals which are opposite the interspace; no anal fin.

Family MOBULIDAE
Genus MANTA Bancroft
MANTA BIROSTRIS (Walbaum).
Recorded from Honolulu by Fowler.
Family DUSSUMIERIIDAE

Genus SPRATELLOIDES Bleeker
SPRATELLOIDES DELICATULUS (Bennett).

Recorded by Fowler from Honolulu as Stolephorus delicatulus,
but the name Stolephorus is now regarded as properly assigned to a

® The Aquatic Resources of the Hawaiian Islands, Bull. U. S. Fish Commission for 1903.
(Issued 1905.)

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 3

group of anchovies. As now understood by Jordan and Seale
Stolephorus differs from the New World anchovies (Anchoviella,
etc.), in the presence of ventral scutes, these beng absent in all the
American species.

Family ENGRAULIDAE

Genus ANCHOVIELLA Fowler

ANCHOVIELLA PURPUREA (Fowler).

This little anchovy, or Vehu, is very abundant about Honolulu.
It is used as bait, especially for the Akw, or Oceanic Bonito (Kat-
suwonus pelamys), the most abundant large fish now in the Hono-
lulu markets. Its coarse red flesh is again used as bait for the
various tunnies, spear-fish, and Ono (Acanthocybium).

Family CHANIDAE
Genus CHANOS Lacépéde

The genus Chanos is wide spread along the shores of the Pacific
from Lower California and Japan to the Red Sea and Australia.
Of late it has been assumed that (excepting Chanos lubina, which
has 19 dorsal rays) all the representatives of the genus belong to
one species. This conclusion is at least doubtful, as our Hawaiian
and Mexican examples have 86 scales in the lateral line, while the
species of the Red Sea (Mugil chanos Forskal or Chanos arabica
Cuvier and Valenciennes), has but 75. This form of the North
Pacific may be provisionally regarded as a distinct species, Chanos
cyprinella.

CHANOS CYPRINELLA Cuvier and Valenciennes.

This form was described from Honolulu (“Onoruru”), where it
is a valued food fish, the flesh of an excellent flavor though with
many small bones.

Family GONORHYNCHIDAE

Genus GONORHYCHUS (Gronow) Scopoli

GONORHYNCHUS MOSELEYI Jordan and Snyder.

Described and figured by Jordan and Snyder* from a specimen
taken at Honolulu by Professor Edward Lincoln Moseley. ‘Thesame
species is recorded by Fowler as Gonorhynchus gonorhynchus, from
which Australian species it differs in the longer head, —4 in length
to base of caudal, and in the shading of the fins, the dark area being
less extended.

4 Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 13, Sept., 1923, p. 347.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Family CONGRIDAE

Genus CONGER Cuvier

CONGER WILSONI (Schneider).
Recorded from Honolulu by Fowler. <A species described from
Australia, unknown to recent writers.

Family MURAENIDAE
Genus GYMNOTHORAX Bloch

The genus Gymnothoraz may ultimately prove to be divisible into
several genera, perhaps, however, not wholly along the lines attempted
by McClelland, Kaup, and others. Two species, Muraena nudivomer
Giinther, and Gymnothorax wanthostomus Snyder have no teeth on
the roof of the mouth. These have been separated by Fowler from
Gymnothorax proper, under the generic name of Ahynnodontophis,
the type being Gymnothorax stigmanotus Fowler’ from the West
Indies.

GYMNOTHORAX HEPATICUS (Riippell).
GYMNOTHORAX TILE (Buchanan-Hamilisn).
These two Morays are recorded by Fowler from Honolulu.

Genus SIDEREA Kaup

(Type. —Muraena siderea Richardson=Muraena picta Ahl.)
SIDEREA PICTA (Ahl).

In this abundant species the vomerine teeth are very small, rounded,
and arranged more or less in the form of a Y. For the group thus
defined the name Siderea (later spelled Sidera) may be revived.
Here beiong, in addition to picta, other Hawaiian species, Gymno-
thorax steindachneri Jordan and Evermann, G. Ailonis Jordan and
Evermann and G. nuttingt Snyder.

Genus ECHIDNA Forster

(Type.—Gymnothoraz echidna Schneider=Muaraena nebulosa Ahl and Mura-
ena variegata Richardson).

The Morays with the teeth mostly bluntish, hithertc grouped under
the name of /’chidna Forster, constitute several fairly well marked
groups; three of them occur in the waters of Hawaii.

The first is represented by the typical species of the genus ’chidna,
FE. nebulosa (Ahl). In this, and in others belonging to the same
group, there is a single row of conic but sharp canines in the front

of the upper jaw, one or two rows of blunt lateral teeth above, two or —

three blunt canines on the anterior part of vomer, and a narrower
band of molars in but one or two series running back along the

5 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 64, p. 29. 1912.

ART, 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—#E. K. JORDAN 5

middle line of the posterior portion of vomer, the remainder of the
roof of the mouth being bare. The vertical fins are well developed,
and the body is variously mottled rather than barred. In this sec-
tion belongs also Gymnothorax catenatus Bloch, a West Indian form
with similar dentition, the type of Poecilophis Kaup, a synonym of
Echidna. For these species the name Hchidna should of course be
retained.
LEIHALA E. K. Jordan, new genus

(Type.—Poecilophis tritor Vaillant and Sauvage—EHchidna leihala Jenkins.)

The second group of species, hitherto placed under #'chidna; is
distinguished by an extreme development of molars in the roof of
the mouth. Lateral teeth and anterior canines similar to these of
Echidna nebulosa; posterior part of the roof of the mouth, how-
ever, covered by a broad plaque of rounded, pebble-like teeth in 5 to
10 series; in youth somewhat fewer series are developed than in old
age; however, even in very young specimens (typical Hchidna
lethala Jenkins) the whole width of the palate is covered by molars;
anterior part of vomer supporting two or three conic but sharp
canines, these apparently lost with age, in LZ. tritor at least; vertical
fins well developed; body finely speckled, often more or less barred
with black.

LEIHALA TRITOR (Vaillant and Sauvage).

Plate 1, figs: 1, 2

(Echidna leihala Jenkins. )

A fine specimen of this species, about 3 feet in length, and very
much larger than any examined by Jenkins, was obtained in the
Honolulu market. Teeth as in the genus, the lateral teeth above in
but one series, the plate of vomerine teeth very large, in many
(8 to 10) series. Ground color of body gray, finely flecked, speckled,
dusted and reticulate all over with purplish brown; belly, back, head
and fins all colored and shaded alike, no vestige of bars anywhere
in life or after preservation in spirits. Angle of mouth slightly
darker. In Jenkins’s types of Echidna leihala, very much smaller,
a few crossbars appear toward the base of the tail. Otherwise, his
small specimens do not differ from our large one, nor apparently
from Poecilophis tritor, also described from the Hawaiian Islands.

LEIHALA ZONATA (Fowler).

Certainly distinct from Z. tritor, though similar in generic char-
acteristics, the vomerine patch narrower, are the following alleged
species, all described from Hawaii and all closely related: E'chidna
zonata Fowler (=F. vincta Jenkins), &. psalion Jenkins, FE’. obscura
Jenkins, E. zonophaea Jordan and Evermann and £. sauvaget

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Fowler. Below are given the distinctive characters claimed for
these species. The barred forms show large variation in the num-
ber and width of the dark cross bands, however, and the alleged
differences in dentition should be verified. It has been suggested
that all are variants of the East Indian &. polyzona Richardson,
but the teeth in that species differ considerably from those of the
Hawaiian forms.

In EF. psalion Jenkins, the jaws close completely; the lateral teeth
of the upper jaw are in but one series, and the dark cross bands are
narrower than the interspaces.

In E. obscura Jenkins, the mouth nearly closes, the lateral teeth
above are in two series, and the obscure dark bands are very much
wider than the narrow interspaces.

In F. zonata Fowler (= vincta Jenkins), the mouth does not
fully close; the lateral teeth above are in one series; and the sharply
defined black bands are about as wide as the speckled or mottled pale
interspaces.

In £. zonophaea Jordan and Evermann, the mouth does not close,
the lateral teeth above are in a single series; and the dark bands are
about as wide as the pale, much speckled interspaces. This form is
close to #. zonata and is probably the same, but for the present we
may accept all four, rather than exchange one doubtful opinion for
another. The oldest name of all is zonata of Fowler, 1900.

In £. sauvaget Fowler, the jaws close completely, the lateral teeth
above are in one outer series and three series within; vomerine plaque
large, of three or four series; body with 24 dusky crossbands with
diffuse edges, and about as broad as interspaces; angle of mouth
black. This species seems midway between ZL. tritor and L. zovata.

In £. polyzona there are no canines in either jaw; the arrange-
ment of the teeth is much the same as in the above species, but all
are reduced to molars, and the teeth on the back of the vomer are
fewer and somewhat separated. They are scattered across the whole
width of the roof of the mouth, however. The lateral teeth above are
in two series, and the dark brown crossbands are very much broader
than the yellow interspaces. None of the Hawaiian morays seen by
me can belong to this species although Fowler records it from
Hawaii.’

Genus GYMNOMURAENA Lacépéde

(Type—Gymnothorar zebra Shaw, 1797.)

Another moray generally included in Echidna, but differing con-
siderably from the others, was called Gymnothorax zebra by Shaw,
and is the type of Gymnomuraena Lacépéde as restricted by Kaup.

‘Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 64, p. 30. 1912.
7 Idem.

ce SE Akt ein te i ee’ = at to

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—-E. K. JORDAN 7

It is characterized by the very slight development of the vertical
fins, which are obscured by thick skin, and by the teeth, which are
wholly molar, with no canines in either jaw. The lateral teeth are
in several series in the upper jaw, and the whole roof and floor of
the mouth are paved with small, rounded teeth in about 6 series
above and 4 below, close set and suggesting cobblestones. In the
upper jaw this paved area extends from the tip, where it is slightly
expanded, back into the throat; below the arrangement is similar,
but the patch forks narrowly behind. As stated above there are no
canines, and the mouth is not wholly closing. For this group the
name Gymnomuraena Lacépéde must be restored. It originally in-
cluded the genus Uropterygius also, but it was restricted by Kaup in
1846, to zebra. .

Family BOTHIDAE

Genus PLATOPHRYS Swainson

PLATOPHRYS THOMPSONI Fowler.
Fowler describes this species from Honolulu as an ally of Plato-
phrys mancus (Broussonnet). Its rays are D. 86, A. 62; scales 132;
95 tubes. In the abundant species, Platophrys pantherinus (Riip-
pell), the dorsal rays are 92; anal 69; tubes of scales 88; the color
much the same.
Family BERYCIDAE

Genus BERYX Cuvier

BERYX DECADACTYLUS Cuvier and Valenciennes.
Recorded by Fowler from Honolulu.

Family HOLOCENTRIDAE
Genus MYRIPRISTIS Cuvier

The discrimination of species in Myripristis is very difficult, all of
them being bright red in life, and all fading to a similar dull pink-
ish in spirits, with partial loss of their characteristic markings. The
following key will assist in their recognition.

ANALYSIS OF THE HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF MYRIPRISTIS

a’. Seales large, those bearing pores 30 to 32 in lateral line, a few small
scales behind them; dorsal fin with 138 to 16 soft rays; anal with 13

or 14.
b'. Edge of opercle and base of pectoral with a black or dark blood-red

_ bar; depth 2.25 to 2.33 in length.
c’. Body deep red in life; no broad black areas on vertical fins.

d'. Spinous dorsal edged with orange; first soft ray of dorsal, anal and
ventral white, the rays behind them clear red, tipped with black-
ish except in full-grown specimens___-----------~---- murdjan.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ad’. Spinous dorsal deep red throughout in life; no white rays on dorsal,

anal ventral nor, Caudaliss fests es ee ee eee berndti.

c’. Body chiefly pale bluish or grayish in life; vertical fins each with a

broad black: area sposteriorly2—-_ <= 222 ee adustus,

b?. Edge of opercle without black; axil faintly dusky; depth 2.75 in length.

argyromus.

db’. Scales smaller, 34 to 42 in lateral line, a few smaller ones behind not
counted.

e'. Dorsal fin with 14 to 15 soft rays; seales 34 to 37.
f’. Edge of opercle and axil pale, without dark bar; soft dorsal 15;
anal 13; scales 87; depth 2.5 in length; colors pale____ sealei
f?. Edge of opercle and axil with a dark bar.
g’. Fins all red in life; soft dorsal rays 15, anal 14; scales 36.

symmetricus.
g. Fins mostly golden yellow in life, with red shades and edg-
ings; soft dorsal 14; anal 12; scales 84_______ chryseres.

a’, Dorsal fin with 16 to 18 soft rays; anal rays 15; scales smaller than in
other species, 40 to 43 with pores; edge of opercle and axil of pectoral
dark red, becoming black; body and fins deep red, with faint stripes
along the rows of scales; outer rays of soft fins white, some yellow
shades on dorsal; size averaging smaller than other species.

multiradiatus,

Of these species, the present collection includes mwrdjan, berndti,
symmetricus, and multiradiatus, all of which are common at Hono-
lulu. Of the last two I have nothing to add.

MYRIPRISTIS MURDJAN (Forskal).

This fish, known as U’u, is very abundant, constantly seen in the
markets, and usually more common than all other species of Myri-
pristis taken together. This is apparently the original Sczaena
murdjan of Forskal, described from the Red Sea. Riippell’s figure,®
drawn from a young example from the same region, shows the last
rays of dorsal and anal, and the next to outer rays of caudal, very
dark red or blackish. This coloration (var. intermedius Giinther)
is Shown in the young of murdjan, but disappears entirely with age.
In M. murdjan the developed scales of the lateral line, those bearing
pores, are 29 to 32, the soft rays in the dorsal 14. In Riippell’s
figure the number of scales represented is much too large, but
Klunzinger counts correctly 30 in his material from the Red Sea.
MYRIPRISTIS BERNDTI Jordan and Evermann.

This is certainly a valid species, distinguished from M. murdjan —

by the color. The body is a shade paler than in I. murdjan, with
paler shades or faint streaks along the margin of each row of scales.

(In the figure given by Jordan and Evermann, the pale shades are —

The dorsal fin in M. berndti is plain uniform red, the spinous part ,
red throughout; the first soft ray of dorsal, anal, and caudal is deep —

8 ¥ische Roth, Meer., p. 86, pl. 23, to fig. 2.

‘ArT. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 9

red, never white; the black or blood-red bar on opercle and shoulder
is present, but a little fainter than in I. murdjan, scarcely en-
croaching on the shoulder. After a time in spirits, these two species,
easily separated in the field, can hardly be told apart, for the bright
red on the fins fades to white, and can not be distinguished from
what was originally white in life, or what was orange or yellow.
MYRIPRISTIS ADUSTUS Bleeker.

The Bishop Museum contains a fine cast of this well-marked
species, made from a specimen taken in the Honolulu market. The
body is pinkish or bluish, barely red; posterior part of dorsal, anal,
and caudal are broadly black; spinous dorsal with two black stripes
with white between; opercle and axil with a black bar; scales 30.
This differs from Jf. murdjan mainly in color; the body is perhaps
a little deeper. Myripristis botche Cuvier and Valenciennes, with
the fins all pale, can not be this species, as Day has supposed. It is
more likely to be A. murdjan.

Genus HOLOCENTRUS (Gronow) Scopoli

‘Tn our collections of this interesting genus from Honolulu, I find
the identical species recorded by Jordan and Evermann, and in the
study of their nomenclature I have reached identical conclusions.
The key to the species given by Jordan and Evermann is, however,
of little value, and those plates which are copied from Giinther’s
Fische der Siidsee (micropterus, erythraeus, and punctatissimus)
are not very satisfactory. It is known that the key in question, as
well as some others in the Fishes of Hawaii, was not prepared by
either of the authors, but by an assistant called in in the press of
executive work. The use of the size of the eye as a character to
distinguish species is rarely of value. The genus /lammeo, based
on Holocentrus marianus Cuvier and Valenciennes of the West
Indies, is probably not tenable. The two species with large mouths
found in Hawaii bear little resemblance to HZ. marianus. The sub-
genus Sargocentron Fowler, is better justified.

ANALYSIS OF THE) HAWAIIAN SPECIBS OF HOLOCENTRUS

a’, Sargocentron. Body robust, the depth 2% in length; entire body and
fins deep brick red, the sides without pale stripes; faint shadings of
yellow on the soft fins; dorsal spines low, subequal.

b*. Opercular spines two, both strong; an area behind eye and in axil of
pectoral deep red; back of caudal peduncle with a quadrate white
blotch, disappearing with age; depth 2%§ in length; size large;
Deel ae jaw, di, scales, 46___ te penner spinifer.

a*. Holocentrus. Body more elongate, the depth 235 to 3 in length; sides
more or less distinctly striped with white, yellow, or blackish; ne
white blotch behind dorsal.

c’. Opercle with two spines, besides minor serrations.

44916—25——2

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

d'. Spinous dorsal with a large roundish black blotch on the first three
spines; the remainder of fin rosy-silvery with a row of white
spots at base; horizontal stripes on body dusky, consisting of
rows of blackish spots, these actually aggregates of minute black
punctations and not developed in the young, small specimens
being faintly striped with silvery; no yellow on body anywhere;
opercular spines small, subequal; preopercular spine short; anal
spine strong; body more slender than in other species; mouth
large, the maxillary reaching to below middle of eye__ sammara.

ad’. Spinous dorsal without distinct black blotch anteriorly on a fin
otherwise pale; horizontal stripes on body white, silvery, or
yellow.

e’. Horizontal stripes along sides of the body white on a red ground;
lower opercular spine not longer than upper.

f’. Spinous dorsal uniform dark red; opercular spines sharp, the

upper much the longer; body relatively slender; stripes on

body sharply marked; no yellow in life__-___ xantherythrus.
f?. Spinous dorsal variously shaded or spotted, not uniform red;
size small.

g. Spinous dorsal very dark red to black, with a curving or
broken stripe of white along its middle; body relatively
robust; upper opercular spine strong, longer than lower;

stripes; strongly, ;marked=_ 22 2.6) oe. eee diadema.
g°’. Spinous dorsal not as above; opercular spines short, sub-
equal.

h*. Dorsal fin low, the spines subequal, and the profile of the
fin little convex, the fin red, with a row of pale spots
along the membranes mesially; stripes on body not
sharply defined; mouth rather large________ erythraeus.

h’. Dorsal fin higher, its outline more convex; dorsal mar-
gined above with blood red, this color becoming black
in spirits; body pale, the white stripes rather conspicu-
ous; mouth small; preopercular spine short; opercular
spines small.

#. Body not dusted over with blackish dots; snout rather
pointed; dorsal with a broad pale median shade, the
base darker; anal spine strong, longer than the soft
TAYS U2 Sih bo Ea Se a he microstomus.

?. Body usually largely dusted over with fine dark specks or
punctulations; opercular spines insignificant; anal
spine slender, sometimes shorter than the soft rays,
sometimes longer (gracilispinis Fowler) ; smallest of
the Hawaiian species._______________~ punctatissimus.

e’. Horizontal stripes on body bright golden yellow; lower opercular
spine longer than upper, both sharp; body rather slender;
mouth large, the maxillary reaching to opposite middle of eye;
anal spine strong; spinous dorsal golden red, the membranes
of the first two spines blood-red; axil of pectoral pale.

scythrops.

c’. Opercle with a single strong spine; color bright red; the horizontal
stripes golden (becoming white in spirits) ; spinous dorsal low,
even, yellowish red; soft fins with pale borders; axil of pectoral
dark red; preopercular spine moderate; anal spine rather short and
slender; body rather deep; mouth large, the maxillary reaching

to below the middle of the eye; eye large_______________- ensifer.

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN il

Family EXOCOETIDAE
Genus CYPSELURUS Swainson

CYPSELURUS SPILOPTERUS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Recorded by Fowler from Honolulu.

Notwithstanding their abundance, swarming everywhere in the
open seas about Honolulu, no flying fishes were brought into the mar-
ket during my stay. Fishermen said that it did not pay to go after
them.

Family CENTRISCIDAE
Genus AEOLISCUS Jordan and Starks

AEOLISCUS STRIGATUS (Giinther).
Recorded as Centriscus strigatus by Fowler.

Family SYNGNATHIDAE

Genus CORYTHOICHTHYS Kaup

CORYTHOICHTHYS MATAAFAE Jordan and Seale.
Of this Samoan species, two specimens were obtained by Fowler
from Waikiki Beach.
Family GADIDAE

Genus PHYSICULUS Kaup

PHYSICULUS GRINNELLI Jordan and Jordan.

This is probably the species recorded as Physiculus kaupi Poey by
Fowler. That species from Cuba has the dorsal rays 10-60, the anal
60 (D. 73 in grinnelli; A. 65). The species of this genus, scantily
distributed at moderate depths through the warmer parts of both
oceans—dalwigki, haupi, japonicus, and grinnelli—are extremely
similar one to another. Others in deeper waters are better defined,
fulvus having much larger scales, nematopus produced ventrals and
rastrelliger numerous (7+18) gill rakers, these structures being
few, short and small in all the others.

II
Family SCOMBRIDAE

Genus NESOGRAMMUS Evermann and Seale

NESOGRAMMUS THOMPSONI Fowler.
This interesting fish, represented by a fine cast in the Bishop Mu-
seum, is described by Fowler.°

® Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 64, p. 376.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

Family THUNNIDAE

Genus THUNNUS South

THUNNUS THYNNUS (Linneaus), Ahi.

This great Tunny or Tuna of Hawaii and Japan, possibly distinct _

from Thunnus thynnus of the Atlantic, grows to a very large size,
one individual having’ been seen weighing 580 pounds; unfor-
tunately fins and finlets had been removed. As in the young of the
Tunny, immature individuals of 3 feet in length or less have the
sides marked by narrow cross-streaks of dull silver, broken up below
into whitish spots.

Pectorals reaching two-thirds distance to anal and falling an
inch short of soft dorsal, 114 in head, not edged with darker; dorsal
lobe 21% in head, its edge as well as that of anal darker; finlets 7/7,
dull yellow, clearly edged with black.

In Japanese specimens, called 7'hunnus orientalis, Doctor Jordan
found the dorsal finlets bluish, the anal dull yellowish, the finlets 8/9,
gill rakers below 13, dorsal spines XIII to XV. Steindachner’s
Orcynus schlegeli is the young of the species.

The only distinction apparent between Zhunnus orientalis and
Thunnus thynnus seems to lie in the color of the finlets, which, in
ZT. thynnus, are dark bluish, colored like the back. Perhaps they
grow darker with age.

The European Tunny (¢hynnus) has the finlets 8 or 9 above, 7
or 8 below.

Genus GERMO Jordan

GERMO ALALUNGA (Gmelin).

(Scomber germo Lacépéde; Thynnus pacficus Cuvier and Valenciennes.)

The common Albacore has the finlets bluish, without trace of
yellow. It was not observed by me, but is recorded as seen by Jordan
and Jordan in 1921.

Germo argentivitattus (Cuvier and Valenciennes), mentioned by
Jordan and Jordan, should be dropped from the list. The specimen
noted by Mr. Nichols was obtained by Dr. Evermann in Peru.

Genus PARATHUNNUS Kishinouye

PARATHUNNUS SIBI (Schlegel).
(Parathunnus mebachi Kishinouye.)

This species much resembles Veothunnus macropterus, but the
dorsal finlets, yellow in the center, are broadly margined with black
with a narrow edge of white; the long posterior tip is black. The
anal finlets are not yellow, but blackish with a whitish edge, the
center sometimes faintly yellow-shaded. Dorsal and anal lobes mod-

5
;
..
3
&

ART, 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 13

erate, 214 in head. Pectoral long, reaching second dorsal finlet:
preorbital narrower than in Veothunnus macropterus. Finlets 9/8.

This fish is apparently identical with the Shibi or Mebachi (wasp-
eye) of Japan. It is common in the markets both of Hawaii and
Japan. These large fishes are rarely obtained by native Hawaiian
fishermen, but are secured in great numbers by the adventurous
Japanese, who go far out to sea, and who now monopolize the island
fishing.

Genus NEOTHUNNUS Kishinouye
NEOTHUNNUS MACROPTERUS (Schlegel), Ahi.

The yellow finned Albacore is abundant in deep water about
Hawaii; common also in Southern Japan and about the Santa Bar-
bara Islands of California.

This species is known at once by its bright lemon yellow finlets
colored alike above and below, each one anteriorly edged with a
narrow line of black; pectoral edged with black, a little longer than
head and reaching almost to the second anal finlet; dorsal very
high, 1 3% in head, the lobes of dorsal and anal dull yellow, edged
with black; finlets 8/9.. Preorbital broad. No crosslines of spots
on body; some elongate spots of duil silvery sometimes present.

Genus KATSUWONUS Kishinouye

KASUWONUS PELAMYS (Linnzeus), Aku.

This species, the Aku or Oceanic Bonito, is the most abundant
of the large fishes in the Honolulu markets. It runs in great schools
in the open sea, where it probably spawns. Young fishes of this,
or other Tunnies and Albacores are almost never seen about Hono-
lulu, and they probably cast their spawn in the open sea. I have a
report apparently authentic, of a school of Aku, 96 miles long, once
passing Hawaii.

The flesh of the Aku is coarse and very red. About one fourth
the catch is used as bait for larger and better species; much of the
rest is canned as Tuna.

Genus EUTHYNNUS Liitken

EUTHYNNUS ALLETERATUS (Rafinesque).

This species, the Kawakawa of the markets, is a shore fish breed-
ing in the shallow waters of Hilo Bay, which is lined with lava
sand, not with coral.

Family ACANTHOCYBIIDAE
Genus ACANTHOCYBIUM Gill

ACANTHOCYBIUM SOLANDRI Cuvier and Valenciennes.
This huge mackerel, called Ono, which reaches a length of 6 to 8
feet, is now common in the markets of Honolulu, being brought in

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

by the open-sea fishermen. Its flesh is white and excellent. The
peculiar network structure of the gills, like that of the sword-fish
(Xiphias), the laminae of each arch joined into one plate by reticu-
lations, probably justifies the recognition of this genus as type of a
distinct family. The same structure of the gills occurs in /stio-
phorus and Tetrapturus.

Family GEMPYLIDAE

Genus RUVETTUS Cocco

RUVETTUS TYDEMANI (Weber).

Ruvettus pretiosus JoRDAN and EvERMANN (not of Cocco, Osservationes Pelo-
ritani, vol. 13, p. 18, 1833.)

Ruvettus tydemani Weser, Fische Siboga Exped., p. 401, 1913.

Ruvettus pacificus JorpAN and JorpANn, Memoirs of Carnegie Museum, vol. 10,
nose1 19225 p: 34:

This rare species, the Walu of the fisherman, was first described
as distinct from the Atlantic species, R. pretiosus, by Weber in 1913.
The name tydemani has priority over our designation of 2. pacificus.

Family ISTIOPHORIDAE

Genus TETRAPTURUS Rafinesque

TETRAPTURUS MITSUKURII Jordan and Snyder, A’u.

The spear-fish or marlin-fish, known as A’u, seems to be the same
as the Japanese species 7’. mitsukurii, and also identical with the
form found in Southern California and in New Zealand, no differences
appearing in photographs. It needs comparison with T'etrapturus
audax*° (Philippi) from Chile, as well as with the Mediterranean
species, Z'etrapturus belone Rafinesque. Both names, belone and
audax, have priority over mitsukurii. The still earlier name 2m-
perator of Schneider, was based on a bad drawing of the sword-fish,
Xiphias. According to Liitken all the species of Zetraptwrus are
reducible to two, Vetrapturus belone of the Atlantic and 7’. herschela
of the Pacific, the latter described from the Cape of Good Hope
(1838). A still earlier Pacific name is that of Tetrapturus indicus
(Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1831), from a drawing made in Sumatra.
Probably our species will ultimately stand as 7'etrapturus indicus,
but as there is little gain in substituting one doubtful opinion for
another, we may provisionally retain the name 7etrapturus mitsu-
kurit for the species of the North Pacific.

Genus CARANX Lacépéde

Teeth unequal, some of them enlarged; lateral line strongly arched ~
in front.

10 Histiphorus audaz Philippi, Anales de la Universidad de Chile, vol. 81, p. 35, 1887,
pl. 8, Iquique, Chile. Color dark, with whitish cross streaks as in 7. mitsukurii.

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN LS

CARANX MELAMPYGUS Cuvier and Valenciennes, Ulua.

This species is the common Ulua, one of the most valued food fishes
throughout the South Seas.

It may be distinguished from near relatives by its soft dorsal of
25 soft rays, the anal of 19, and by the completely scaled breast, a
character shown also by Carana stellatus, the common and almost
equally valued Omilu. In Caranx melampygus the pectorals are
bright clear yellow in life, the ventrals white, the anal and dorsal
pale at base, their produced tips black, the distal portion of the
anal especially so, and there are never any black spots or blotches on
the body. The longest dorsal ray is a little more than half base of
the soft fin, and about the same in depth of body. According to
Doctor Wakiya™ Caranx bixanthopterus Riippell, from Southern
Japan differs from Caranaz melampygus in having the lobe of the
soft dorsal 21% in the base of the fin. Caranx bixanthopterus, as
thus defined, has not been found in Hawaii. This species was
wrongly called Coranx forstert in Jordan and Evermann’s Fishes of
Hawaii (p. 191).

CARANX STELLATUS Quoy and Gaimard.

(Caranz melampygus Giinther and Jordan and Evermann, not of Cuvier and
Valenciennes. )

The Omilu, one of the largest members of this genus and a valued
food-fish, is closely related to the Ulua. It may be known at all
ages by the dusky ventral fins and the presence of small scattered
black spots over the body. The young are silvery, like the Ulua, but
with age the color becomes dusky, and the irregular black spots more
numerous and larger. In the young, the pectorals are pale, with a
median yellow stripe, becoming dusky with age. The dorsal, anal,
and ventrals are entirely black in the adult. Dorsal lobe about as
in the Ulua, 114 in head in adult, 114 in young.

CARANX MARGINATUS Gill.

This species, not rare at Honolulu, much resembles Caranaz me-
lampygus, but the soft rays of the anal number 16 instead of 19,
and the dorsal rays are 22. The soft dorsal is throughout broadly
edged with black, the anal pale, with a row of darker spots at base,
along the tips of the interhaemals; caudal edged with dark; ven-
trals and pectorals pale; a black spot in the axil; a small black
opercular spot.

In the account of Carana marginatus of Jordan and Evermann,””
from Panama, the soft rays of the dorsal are given as 19, the anal
15. The usual numbers, as recorded by Gilbert and Starks, run
higher (D. 20 or 21; anal 16 or 17), agreeing in this regard with

41 Ann, Carnegie Mus., vol. 15, p. 191, 1924.
12 Fish. North Mid. Amer., vol. 1, p. 922, 1896.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

the Hawaiian fish (D. 22, A. 16). The anal in the American fish
is golden yellow in life.
CARANX IGNOBILIS (Forskal).

This common species, the Pau’u’u, is known from other Hawaiian
forms of Caranaw by the naked breast with a small patch of scales
in the center as in its Atlantic analogue, Caranxz hippos (Linnaeus).
In the life the pectoral and ventral fins are pale, both dorsals and
caudal edged with blackish, the anal and lower lobe of caudal bright
yellow, no black spot on lower rays of pectoral.

This fish is very close to Caranu hippos, but in that species the
adult, always has a black blotch on the lower part of the pectoral.
CARANX XANTHOPYGUS Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Doctor Wakiya regards Caranz rhabdotus Jenkins as identical
with Caranxw wanthopygus which is not unlikely. He regards
Caranx sexfasciatus Quoy and Gaimard as a distinct species identi-
cal with Carana flavocoeruleus Schlegel of Japan.

CARANX KUHLII Bleeker.

To the list from Hawaii, Mr. Fowler adds Caranx kuhli Bleeker,
an ally of Caranx marginatus.
CARANX LUGUBRIS Poey.

Fowler adds this West Indian species also to the fauna of Hawai.
The body and fins, the pectoral excepted, are sooty black. The fish
was obtained from the Clarion Island, but the Pacific form needs
farther comparison with the types from Cuba.

Genus URASPIS Bleeker

Teeth in the jaws in a single series, none on vomer or palatines,
spines on scutes directed forward.
URASPIS HELVOLA (Forster).

This species is referred to by Wakiya to the genus Uraspis.
URASPIS CHEILIO (Snyder).

This species, notable for its thick lips, reaches a length of 3 feet
or more. It was three times seen in the market, but owing to its
large size only the head of one example was taken away. Only the
type, 30 inches long, was previously known.

Genus CARANGOIDES Bleeker

Teeth small, evén, persistent; lateral line little arched anteriorly ;
breast naked.
CARANGOIDES JORDANI Nichols.

(Carangoides ferdau Jordan and Evermann, not Scomber ferdau Forskal.)

This species, the Ulua Omilu of fishermen is an important food
fish of Honolulu, reaching a considerable size. It is distinguished

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—RE. K. JORDAN 17

from Carangoides ferdau by the numbers of rays (D. 20; A. 16,
instead of D. 23, A. 19) and by its dusky colors, the sides always
with a few rather large irregular bronze spots; pectorals pale, other
fins mostly dusky. The species needs comparison with others of the
same genus found in the East Indies.
CARANGOIDES DASSON (Jordan and Evermann).

This species, with the teeth all villiform, should be placed in
Carangoides (not Caranz).

Genus HYNNIS Cuvier
HYNNIS AJAX (Snyder).

The very large fish, described by Snyder as Carangoides ajax and
figured by Jordan and Evermann, belongs to the group called Hynnis
Cuvier and Valenciennes, which differs from the earlier genus
Scyris Cuvier only in the lack of filiform rays in the second dorsal,
perhaps a matter of age. Hynnis ajax is close to Hynnis hopkinsi
Jordan and Starks, from Mazatlan, differing mainly in the rather
more slender form. A single example 3 feet long was seen in the
Honolulu market, but not taken. It would be interesting to know
the changes with age in this species. Except for the much more
elongate form of the body and the lack of produced rays in the
known examples, Hynnis scarcely differs from Alectis. But the
type specimens of each of the known species of Hynnis (goreensis,
the type of the genus, cubensis, hopkinsi, and ajaw) were 2 to 3 feet
in length. In none is there any trace of spinous dorsal, or of fila-
ments on the fins.

But the filaments disappear in very old examples of Alectis ciliaris,
as sometimes seen in the market of Honolulu, one such having been
sent by us to the American Museum. Alectis has, however, the body
much deeper, at all ages, than in Hynnis (234 to 3 in Hynnis, 1%
to 2 in Alectis, 224 in the type of Scyris).

To avoid changing a doubtful opinion for another, I retain the
name Hynnis for this genus though it may eventually be merged
in Scyris, or both in Alectis.

In Fowler’s supplementary list he records “Seyris indica Riip-
pell” which corresponds to the form just mentioned as the probable
adult of Alectis ciliaris, the depth 2 in length. Hynnis ajaaz has the
depth about 3 in length, and no black spot on the upper angle of
the opercle, a trait which appears in all or nearly all the fishes
referred to Alectis and Scyris.

Hynnis may be characterized as follows: Head naked; body
rather elongate, the depth about one-third length, naked except for
an area along lateral line with smooth imbedded scales; profile of
head convex; mouth moderate, with villiform teeth on jaws, vomer,

44916—25——_3

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

palatines and tongue, dorsal and anal little elevated in front, with-
out filamentous rays so far as known; the dorsal with 18 or 19 soft
rays, the anal with 15 or 16. Scutes few and weak, spinous dorsal
disappearing with age; lateral line strongly arched.

Genus TRACHUROPS Gill

TRACHUROPS MAURITIANA (Quoy and Galmard).
(Trachurops crumenophthalmus Jordan and Evermann.)

In Wakiya’s subdivision of (Zrachurops Gill) the common Hawaiian
Akule is referable to Selar mauritianus. The earliest restriction of
Selar Bleeker to Caranx boops Bleeker can not hold, as boops is not
one of the species originally named by Bleeker, under Selar. The
proper type is Caranx hasselti=Caranx affinis, and the name Selar
must replace Atwle Jordan and Jordan.

Genus SCOMBEROIDES Lacépéde

SCOMBEROIDES TOLOOPARAH (Riippeli).

The common Lae of the Hawaiian markets corresponds to Scom-
beroides moadetta Ehrenberg, 1831, in Wakiya’s classification. But
S. tolooparah of Riippell (1828), described also from the Red Sea,
seems to be the same fish, as indicated by Jordan and Evermann.
The more slender form, called Scomberoides sancti-petri, was not

seen by us.
Family BRAMIDAE

Genus TARACTES Lowe

TARACTES STEINDACHNERI (Déderlein).
Recorded by Fowler.

Family NOMEIDAE
Genus CUBICEPS Lowe
(Ariomma Jordan and Snyder.)

The genus Ariomma differs from Cubiceps, if at all, in the rather
larger scales, 55 in A. lurida, 60 to 66 in Cubiceps.

Fowler describes another species of these fragile fishes as Cubiceps
thompsoni. It differs from Cubiceps luridus in having 14 rays in
the soft dorsal instead of 17. Cubiceps evermanni Jordan and
Snyder, also from Hawaii, has a blunter head and larger scales than
either of the others.

Family SERRANIDAE
Genus STEREOLEPOIDES Fowler

STEREOLEPOIDES THOMPSONI Fowler.

A huge “jewfish,” 6 or 7 feet in length, described as new by
Fowler.

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 19

Genus EPINEPHELUS Bloch

EPINEPHELUS SEPTEMFASCIATUS Thumberg.

This Japanese species is added by Fowler. Hitherto but one
species of this widespread genus, 7. guernus, has been noted in
Hawaii.

Genus CAESIOPERCA Giinther

CAESIOPERCA THOMPSONI Fowler.
An interesting new species described by Fowler.

Genus ODONTANTHIAS Bleeker

ODONTANTHIAS ELIZABETHAE Fowler.

Another bright colored fish described by Fowler.

Genus CAPRODON Schlegel

CAPRODON SCHLEGELI Giinther.

Omitted by inadvertance in the record of Jordan and Jordan.
Described, with a colored plate, by Jordan and Snyder *, from a
specimen from Honolulu, the only one known from the Hawaiian
Islands. According to Tanaka, this specimen and the one described
earlier by Jordan and Richardson from Japan, belong to a species
distinct from C. schlegeli, which he names Caprodon affinis.* C.
affinis is figured as having the body a little more elongate, and the
blackish blotches along the back extending, with interruptions, along
the whole base of the dorsal, while in C. schlegeli they are confined
to the posterior part of the spinous dorsal. On the Hawaiian speci-
men, figured by Jordan and Snyder, there is no black either on the
dorsal fin or on the back. This color probably disappears with age,
and Caprodon affinis would seem to be the young of Caprodon
schlegelt.
CAPRODON LONGIMANUS Giinther.

This species is recorded by Fowler.

Family PRIACANTHIDAE
Genus PRIACANTHUS Cuvier

PRIACANTHUS JAPONICUS Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Two specimens of this large and handsome fish were secured.
This is with little doubt the form recorded by Fowler as P. boops
Schneider, following Boulenger, who unites all the large Préacanthi
of both oceans under this name. P. boops was originally described
from the South Atlantic; it has about 95 scales in longitudinal
series, about 60 along lateral line and only 12-13 dorsal and anal

138 Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., vol. 20, p. 211, 1906.
“4 Wig. and Dese. Fishes Japan, vol. 33, Aug. 24, 1924, p. 611, pl. 158, fig. 408.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 64

rays. P. japonicus is related, but has fewer scales (about 80, lateral
line 40-45), and more fin rays. Our specimens agree well with an
example of this species from Japan. Color bright red all over, the
tips of the fins black; ventral fins very long; body deep, 21% or less
in length; Length 2 feet, a much handsomer and more powerful
looking fish, with larger scales, than others of the genus.

Family APHAREIDAE
Genus APHAREUS Cuvier and Valenciennes

APHAREUS THOMPSONI Fowler.

Described as new from a specimen obtained in the Honolulu fish
market by John W. Thompson, the artist of the Bishop Museum.
It has gill rakers 18+-24, while A. furcatus Cuvier and Valenciennes
has but 6-+-16. In the nominal species, Aphareus flavivultus Jenkins,
there are 5---15.

Iil

Family HISTIOPTERIDAE
Genus HISTIOPTERUS Schlegel

HISTIOPTERUS TYPUS Bleeker.
Fowler records a specimen from Hilo, perhaps the one of which
the cast was noted by Jordan and Jordan.

Family SCORPAENIDAE
Genus MERINTHE Snyder

MERINTHE MACROCEPHALA (Sauvage).

In this species we find a surprising variation in the development
of the orbital cirrus. In some especially large examples this ap-
pendage is long, worm-like, more than half the length of head. In
others it is variously shorter, about as long as eye, as in the figure
given by Jordan and Evermann (p. 461, pl. 55). In still others,
it is reduced to a small black filament much shorter than pupil, and
in some small individuals it is not traceable at all. Those with the
shorter filaments are smaller in size, presumably younger. No other
difference can be found on the specimens.

This species, taken from deeper water with telis, Etelinus, and
other red fishes, is in life bright scarlet, with dark olive or blackish
dots and markings. It is remarkable for the great length of the
head which is nearly, not quite, as long as the rest of the body.

Genus IRACUNDUS Jordan and Evermann

IRACUNDUS SIGNIFER Jordan and Evermann.
A third specimen of this rare species is recorded by Fowler.

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—RB. K. JORDAN oF

Genus TAENIANOTUS Lacépéde

TAENIANOTUS TRIACANTHUS Lacépéde.

Recorded by Fowler.
Family DACTYLOPTERIDAE

Genus DACTYLOPTENA Jordan and Richardson
DACTYLOPTENA ORIENTALIS (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

I can detect no difference between our specimens of this species
from Honolulu and others from Japan.

Family ZEIDAE

Genus ZENOPSIS Gill
ZENOPSIS OCELLATUS (Schlegel).
Fowler records this Japanese species.

Family CHAETODONTIDAE

Genus CHAETODON Linnaeus

CHAETODON SEMEION Bleeker.

A fine cast of this showy species is in the Bishop Museum.
CHAETODON RETICULATUS Cuvier and Valenciennes.

A cast of this handsome species, known by the bright red color of
the posterior part of the anal, is in the Bishop Museum. This is
the species recorded by Fowler as Chaetodon collaris, as it is the
Chaetodon collaris of Giinther, but not of Bloch nor of Schlegel.
Bloch’s species, recorded, doubtfully, from Japan, is probably Chae-
todon praetextatus of Cuvier and Valenciennes, of the East Indies.
The species called Chaetodon collaris in Japan is different from
either and should stand as Chaetodon auripes Jordan and Snyder,
the earlier name aureus being preoccupied in Chaetodon.
CHAETODON LINEOLATUS Cuvier and Valenciennes.

In Giinther’s figure (Fische der Siidsee), copied from Garrett,
the narrow crosslines like pencil marks in this species are repre-
sented as very oblique, directed forward below. Actually, however,
as stated in various descriptions, these lines descend almost vertically.
CHAETODON FREMBLYI Bennett.

This species, notable for its blue markings and for the absence of
the orbital bar, I found fairly common at Honolulu, only the small
Chaetodon miliaris exceeding it in abundance.

Genus TIFIA Jordan and Jordan

TIFIA CORALLICOLA (Snyder).
Several specimens of this rare species were obtained from the
reef,

44916—25——-4

bo
bo

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol.. 66

Genus HEMITAURICHTHYS Bleeker

HEMITAURICHTHYS POLYLEPIS Bleeker.
Recorded by Fowler.*®

HEMITAURICHTHYS THOMPSONI Fowler.
Described as new by Fowler.

Genus CHAETODONOPLUS Bleeker

CHAETODONTOPLUS ARCUATUS (Gray).
A specimen, the second known, recorded by Fowler.

Genus CENTROPYGE Kaup

CENTROPYGE FLAVISSIMUS (Cuvier).

A specimen of this brilliantly yellow fish of the South Seas
recorded by Fowler. Body and fins entirely yellow, except for blue
edgings and lines. A small example supposed to be of this species
was seen in 1921 in the aquarium at Waikiki.

Family ACANTHURIDAE

Genus ACANTHURUS Forska!l

(Hepaius Gronow; Teuthis Linnaeus in part, not as usually restricted.)
ACANTHURUS NIGRICANS (Linnaeus).

Recorded by Fowler.
ACANTHURUS THOMPSONI Fowler.

Described by Fowler.1®> A species everywhere almost black, with
a jet black blotch in its axil below.

Family LABRIDAE
Genus DIASTODON Bowdich

(Type—Diastodon speciosus Bowdich=Labrus scrofa Cuvier and Valen-
ciennes. )

DIASTODON MODESTUS Garrett.

This species, reported by Fowler, we have never seen. The figure
by Garrett ‘© shows small scales (about 53) and a large white blotch
below last rays of dorsal. The species can not therefore be referred
to Lepidaplots, in which genus the scales are about 33. It seems to
accord generically with the type of Diastodon.

Genus LEPIDAPLOIS Giil
(Gymnopropoma Gill.)

he fact that in the type of Lepidaplois (awillaris) the scales
cover most of the preopercle, while in di/unulatus (type of Gymno-

18 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 64, p. 384. 1912.
16 Wische der Siidsee; copied in Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of Hawaii, p. 279.

ART, 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—RE. K. JORDAN 23

propoma) the two limbs of the preopercle are almost scaleless,
hardly justifies the separation of the group into two genera.
LEPIDAPOLIS ATRORUBENS E. K. Jordan, new species,

Plate 1, fig. 3

Head 3.1 in length; depth 3; snout 2.9 in head; eye 6.7; interorbital
oe Dx, 11: A. TIT, 12; scales 7934-13.

Body oblong, stout, not greatly compressed; head longer than
deep, upper and lower profiles only weakly convex, almost similar;
snout rather long, pointed; jaws pointed, about equal; mouth large;
teeth strong, conic; 4 large canines on front of each jaw, and a
strong posterior canine tooth; lips fleshy; eye rather large, its pos-
terior margin slightly anterior to middle of length of head; pos-
terior margin of preopercle very finely serrate; interorbital fairly
broad, convex; nostrils in front of eye, the anterior smaller, and in a
very short fleshy tube; last dorsal spine 4.8 in head; seventh dorsal
ray 2.8; third anal spine 4; caudal deeply lunate, the outer rays pro-
duced and about one and two-thirds length of the inner, their total
length about 1.3 in head; base of caudal broad, about 2 in head;
pectoral rather small, about 1.7 in head; ventrals long, pointed, the
first few rays greatly produced, their length about 1.2 in head;
scales large, thin, flexible, small upon back in front of dorsal fin and
along base of dorsal and anal; scales smaller on chest than on rest of
body; no scales in front of eye, the interorbital wholly bare, part of
head posterior to middle of eye otherwise largely covered with small
scales; lateral line nearly concurrent with dorsal profile, uninter-
rupted, the pores distinct and rather complexly branched.

Color in life somewhat variable. One specimen, the type, had the
body a deep wine red, irregularly blotched with very dark brown,
approaching black, more dark dorsally than on belly, these blotches
arranged in no regular pattern and not corresponding on the oppo-
site sides of the fish; upper part of the body faintly striped longi-
tudinally with lighter and darker, these stripes corresponding to the
rows of scales and much more prominent on the darker areas, being
formed by a longitudinally oblong light patch on the center of each
scale; head reddish brown, lighter and more red in places, darker
and browner in others, two diffuse longitudinal streaks running back
from eye to edge of opercle, the upper meeting end of lateral line,
the chin practically black, with irregular dark red spots; dorsal
almost wholly dark or nearly black, a very black spot between the
second and third spines; a large, vague black blotch below last rays
of dorsal, anal very dark, margined with black; pectoral brown,
darker near the base, the axil of pectoral orange; ventrals and caudal
black.

24 PROCEEDINGS of THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Another specimen was dull grayish brown all over in life, the
body obscurely longitudinally striped, but generally uniform in
color and not heavily blotched with dark, a large vague black patch
on back under last rays of dorsal similar to that on LZ. albotaeniatus
but more diffuse; head without longitudinal streaks running back
from eye; the cheek, and most of opercle dark; chin yellowish
brown, darker in places; fins dark brown, but not black, a very
prominent black spot between second and third dorsal spines;
pectorals lighter in color than other fins, the axil dark rusty red.

Another specimen is in general similar to the above, but the dark
blotch under the last rays of dorsal is less evident; black spot
between the second and third dorsal spines conspicuous; axil of
pectoral rusty.

In spirits the appearance is not greatly altered. The deep red
fades more or less, however, becoming a light yellowish brown, with
pinkish stains, and the fish becomes generally lighter in color. This
species differs from Diastodon modestus, which it otherwise some-
what resembles, in the number of scales, 34 in this fish as against
53 in the other. In D. modestus a large whitish spot is figured
below last rays of dorsal.

Three specimens were taken in the Honolulu market. The type
1414 inches long is Cat. No. 87421, U.S.N.M.; cotypes, 1514 and 17
inches long, are in the collection of Stanford University.

Genus CORIS Lacépéde

If this genus is to be further subdivided, the prolongation of the
first dorsal spine will perhaps serve better than the size of the
scales. The type of Coris (aygula) has the anterior dorsal spines
elevated; no posterior canines; scales 61. In the type of Julis
(julis), the first spines are elevated, a posterior canine is present,
and the scales are 75. In the type of Hemicoris (variegata) the
first dorsal spine is lower than the others, a posterior canine is
present, and the scales are 52. For the present we may refer all
the Hawaiian forms to Corts. None of the Hawaiian species has
posterior canines. In gaimardi (scales 84) the front of the dorsal
is elevated; also in lepomis (scales 92), ballieut (scales 52), and
rosea (scales 53). The first spine is lowest in eydouxt (scales 81),
in flavovittata (scales 88), and in greenovii (scales 78).

CORIS GAIMARDI (Quoy and Gaimard).

(Coris pulcherrima Gitinther. )

Our specimens of this highly colored reef fish are apparently
referable to Coris pulcherrima. The species is extremely variable
and the bands on the head appear to be green, crimson, or violet
under different lights. They also vary much in width. Differ-
ent observers (Giinther, Jenkins, Jordan and Evermann) have tried

art. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 25

to show differences between the common form (pulcherrima) and
the longer known gatmardi, but without much success. I believe
the two to be identical. Giinther mentions a posterior canine in
C. gaimardi, but I fail to find it.
CORIS VARIEGATA (Riippell).

This strongly marked species is recorded by Fowler.
CORIS, species indetermined.

In the aquarium at Waikiki I saw a living species of Coris, ap-
parently undescribed. The following are its life colors:

Back with obscure broken greenish longitudinal stripes, below
lateral line these become rows of quadrate vertical spots much
deeper than long; top of head marbled, the sides of head with about
three rows of darker blotches on the side; dorsal and anal blue-
edged; caudal clouded at base, then black, becoming paler at tip;
ear spot blue, rimmed with black. A large fish, looking lke @.
lepomis and with the ear spot as in @. eydouwii (blue-black in color),
but apparently different from either. The first dorsal spine is
elevated.

Genus ANAMPSES Cuvier

ANAMPSES GODEFFROY! Giinther.

There can be no doubt that the painting of Garrett, on which
the name godeffroyi rests, was intended for the fish later called
Anampses evermanni by Jenkins. Garrett’s painting was hastily
made, but could represent nothing else.

Family POMACENTRIDAE

Genus CHROMIS Cuvier

CHROMIS SINDONIS Jordan and Evermann.

This fish, not obtained by me, cannot be placed in Abudefduf,
and is near Chromis, from which genus it differs only in having a
deeper body than others.

CHRONIS VERATER Jordan and Thompson.
Two specimens of this rare species taken.

IV
Family SCARIDAE

Genus LEPTOSCARUS Swainson

(Calotomus Gilbert: Callyodon Cuvier and Valenciennes, but not of Gronow,
nor of Scopoli, nor of Schneider, the type of these authors being Scarus crot-
censis Bloch, of the West Indies.)

The name Leptoscarus, given by Swainson to Scarus vaigiensis of
Quoy and Gaimard, a near ally of Leptoscarus irradians, is the oldest

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

applicable to the species of this genus. The name Sparisoma, for
Scarus abbildgaardi must apparently be retained for a related
genus, although the definitions assigned by Swainson to his various
genera of Scart are mostly without pertinence.

ANALYSIS OF HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF LEPTOSCARUS

a‘. Color of body and fins dull grayish or brownish.
b*. Dorsal fin with a small black spot between first and second spines;
caudal somewhat lunate.

c’. Sides above lateral line with a series of about five roundish white
spots as large as pupil; dorsal also with small whitish markings;
sides of body below lateral line with about 10 or 12 large round
spots; numerous smaller spots and irregular markings scattered
DN OE OES G2 ore eee ee, SE ae one Scere ee snyderi.

c’. Sides somewhat mottled with lighter but without distinct spots or
specks; dorsal obscurely marked with darker, not distinctly spotted
Witthinwihitesi: est) Th hed el Bb dabre dlp eer Lae sandvicensis.

b*. Dorsal fin without black blotch in front; caudal rounded____ cyclurus.
a’. Color of body and fins chiefly blue or green; about 8 pale or pink stripes
radiating from eye; scales each with a pink spot at base; fins mottled

or striped :-eaudal strumeate. Ss ae ee eee irradians.

LEPTOSCARUS IRRADIANS (Jenkins).

This handsome species is common about Honolulu. Giinther 2"
is apparently in error in identifying it with Leptoscarus genistriatus
(Bleeker) of the East Indies. In life, zrradians is blue and green,
the markings on the head pink, while genistriatus is a dark red fish
much mottled with darker; the head markings figured as a deep red.
Except for the general color the patterns on the two are quite
similar.

Genus SCARIDEA Jenkins

This genus, with Sparisoma, differs from all other Hawaiian
Scaridae in having stiff dorsal spines. From Sparisoma it is dis-
tinguished by the few series of nearly free teeth—at most three in
either jaw and not coalescent except at the base. The teeth of
Sparisoma are usually in many series—from six to nine—and all but
the outermost are firmly coalescent into a solid plate approaching
those of Scarus proper, Posterior canines are present in both genera.
As far as known, Scaridea is confined to the Hawaiian Islands,
while, except for one Mediterranean species, Sparisoma is found
only in the general region of the West Indies.

ANALYSIS OF ITAWAIITAN SPECIES OF SCARIDEA

a’. Body with a broad brassy yellow cross band just back of tip of pectoral;
lower part of head irregularly blotched with bright scarlet____ aérosa.
a’, Body without brassy crossband; no bright scarlet on head.

17 FWishe der Siidsee, vol. 3, p. 300.

tiie ate a

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—BE. K. JORDAN 27

b*. Body rather elongate, its depth less than one-third the length to base
of caudal, fins mottled with dusky but not strongly barred; sides of
Radyamon spoteed with white seo) 3225s nc ee ee ge farrandi.

b*. Body rather deep, its depth considerably more than one-third the
length.

é. Sides of body with scattered pale round spots; anal nearly plain,
MOGI S HONS DATE U hs <4) 08sec. be sagt ip eye sD balia.

c. Sides of body without prominent pale spots, sides obscurely cross-
banded with darker; and with three distinct oblique cross

ee a ee en AS NP AOS FUE Peake 2 ESS zonarcha.
SCARIDEA AEROSA Jordan and Snyder.

Two specimens were obtained in the Honolulu market, and, as the
original diagnosis was from preserved material, a description of the
life colors is here given.

Ground color of body dull brownish, passing into a bluish gray on
belly and somewhat mottled with lighter brown and grayish white,
the posterior margin of scales the lighter. A broad, nearly vertical
band of greenish golden brassy, four scales in width, on middle of
side, narrowing to one scale on belly and back, encircles body be-
tween sixth dorsal spine and the scale just before the anal opening.

Head generally brownish like body, but below level of mouth
largely covered by an irregularly outlined blotch of bright scarlet,
broken by a brown band uniting corners of mouth, and by another
across isthmus. An irregular orange line runs up along upper lip,
but not completely across snout. Behind eye are a few scattered
spots of golden orange; there is no suggestion of regular markings
on head however. Axil of pectoral flushed with rose.

Vertical fins dusky, irregularly mottled with lighter and darker;
a conspicuous black spot between first and second dorsal spines,
another on third from last dorsal ray. Ventrals bluish gray, with
faint brownish stains. Pectorals bluish and brownish, touched with
greenish gold toward their tips.

Teeth white; some scarlet on inside of mouth.

Another specimen is colored similarly except that the scarlet area
on head is slightly less extensive, and the brassy crossband is wider
and slopes more obliquely backward.

In spirits, the red colors are at once lost, changing to a dirty gray-
ish, quite inconspicuous. Consequently in the original description
and figure no mention is made of the most striking character of the
fresh fish. The brassy crossband seems to be reasonably permanent.

This is without doubt the species which Bryan,'* from a painted
cast in the Bishop Museum of Honolulu and the preserved specimen
from which the cast was made, described and photographed as
“ Scaridea zonarcha Jenkins, or else new species,” but to which he
gave no name.

18 Bryan, William Alanson, Occ. papers of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, vol. 2,
No. 4, p. 35.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 66

SCARIDEA FARRANDI E. K. Jordan, new species.
Plate 1, fig. 4

Head 3.4 in length; depth 3.1; eye 5.5 in head; interorbital 4.5;
scales 2-25-5; D. UX, 10; A. ITI, 9.

Snout blunt, the anterior outline steep between tip of snout and
interorbital space, then sloping gently backward to origin of dorsal;
jaws nearly equal, the lower slightly included; cleft of mouth not
quite reaching anterior edge of orbit; teeth of upper jaw on outer
edge of dental plate in 3 series for about half length of jaw, where
they are followed by a short space without teeth, then by a single,
strong curved canine which projects outward and backward; lower
jaw with 3 rows of teeth anteriorly, 2 laterally, and 1 posteriorly;
dorsal spines stiff and sharp; little difference in height of spinous
and soft dorsals; anal spines rather slender and flexible; anal rays
similar in height to soft dorsal, 2.4 in head; dorsal and anal extend-
ing an equal distance posteriorly; ventrals rounded; pectoral 1.5 in
head; caudal evenly rounded, the middle rays longest; lateral lime
parallel to dorsal profile to a point below posterior end of dorsal,
where it is abruptly bent downward, passing along middle of caudal
peduncle; tubes of lateral line prominent and greatly branched;
scales on occiput and opercles, a single row passing obliquely down-
ward on cheek below eye; three scales on median line anterior to
origin of dorsal.

Color of a specimen after about a month in formalin, light brown-
ish gray, indistinctly mottled with lighter gray, golden brown, and
nearly black on occasional scattered scales; belly hghter than sides
or back, and brown rather than gray in general color; a narrow
blackish line, formed by horizontal dark dashes on the center of each
scale, running backward to a point about opposite origin of anal,
above, another similar line a little longer but much fainter, below a
fairly distinct line a little shorter, and below that, on belly, a faint
suggestion of another, making four such lines in all, two of them
prominent; no other regular markings anywhere on body; head
without regular markings, similar in color to body; no suggestion of
the dull whitish color to which scarlet fades; a light yellowish patch
between the eyes; iris golden; teeth white; vertical fins pale, faintly
mottled with dusky, no distinct dark edgings or bands although
dark stains on dorsal are arranged to some extent along oblique
crosslines, very faint; no suggestion of banding on anal; a promi-
nent black spot between first and second dorsal spines; pectorals
pale, ventrals pale, the tip of first ray blackish.

But one specimen, the type, measuring 9 inches in length, was
obtained from the Honolulu market. Its catalogue number is 87416,

U.S.N.M.

i i i i i

ART. 33, NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 29

This species is of the same general type as Scaridea aérosa which
it resembles almost exactly in outline and other characters, but the
two species differ utterly in coloration. S. farrandi lacks the
golden or brassy crossband, lacks the large scarlet patches about
the head, is much lighter in ground color, and shows longitudinal
lines upon the lower side. From other species of the genus it differs
in the more elongate body and the strongly convex anterior profile.

I take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. Livingston Far-
rand, President of Cornell University, in recognition of his interest
in this collection of fishes.

SCARIDEA BALIA Jenkins. ‘

A second specimen is recorded by Fowler.
SCARIDEA ZONARCHA Jenkins.

A small, deep bodied, compressed species, with strongly obliquely
barred anal and generally mottled appearance, known only from
three specimens obtained by Jenkins at Honolulu in 1889.

°
Genus SCARUS Forskal
ANALYSIS OF HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF SCARUS (TEETH NOT BLUE)

a. General life color brownish, dull reddish or dull gray, with little or no
blue or green in markings or ground color.
bd’. Cheek with but one complete row of scales extending below eye; pos-
terior canine wanting; caudal scarcely emarginate.

c’. Head with scattered light olive spots, and with a light brown di-
vided saddle before eye, this area bordered with greenish blue, and
Marcined: with -purple:s’ AG sheteel Hk kraussi.

ce’. Head without distinct markings.

d'. Edge of dorsal and anal marked by a distinct bluish line, turning
GUESS REISS ie Sait Ree Sos Se Se miniatus.
a. Edge of dorsal and anal not marked by a dark line.
e’. Body rather deep, its depth notably more than one-third the
lencthi-shasenon caudal with ay pale bari= 2-2 ahula.
e*. Body rather elongate, its depth notably less than one-third the
length ; caudal fin uniformly shaded, without pale bar at base.
borborus.
b?. Cheek with two or more full rows of scales below eye; posterior canine
normally present, but often wanting; caudal more or less emarginate.
f'. Side of belly with three distinct whitish longitudinal stripes;
posterior Ecaniney wanting --2242 "a2 dubius.
f?. Side of belly without distinct white stripes.
g’.-General body color dark leaden gray verging on violet;
posterior canine usually but not always present.
h?. Upper lip, when fully extended, not completely covering
teeth; caudal lunate, with an abrupt white band at tips
(pA TS EANY (Ses he ca te ks galena.
h?. Upper lip, when fully extended, completely covering teeth ;
caudal practically truncate, without white band at tip.
erythrodon.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

g’. General body color reddish or brown, not dark leaden gray

nor violet.

#. Caudal fin deeply emarginate; posterior canine usually
wanting, occasionally present______________ brunneus.

+.’ Caudal fin truncate2:_-2UsU220% “Foes ie Ta paluca.

a’. General color in life largely brilliant blue or green.

j’ Head with a broad greenish or purplish saddle before
eye, this area continuous from side to side and bor-
dered by bright greenish blue; posterior canine
wanting or small; head and fins with elaborate

markings of blue and green; caudal subtruncate.
perspicillatus.
j’ Head without peculiar markings as above; caudal fin

lunate, with produced angles.

k*. Body relatively slender, the depth 2% to 8 in length;
dorsal fin largely red or orange, banded with blue
or green.

lt. Dorsal fin orange, with a broad undulating blue
band above, edged above and below with darker
blue; blue spots on base of each membrane; anal
similar; caudal edged all around with blue.
formosus.
?. Dorsal fin red, with a green median streak and
a blue margin; anal similar; caudal with four
curved blue cross bands____------- bataviensis.

k*. Body relatively deep, the depth 214 in length; dor-
sal fin not largely red or orange.

m’. Dorsal fin green at base and aiong edge, the
middle portion paler; caudal with green spots.
jenkinsi.

m’*. Dorsal fin narrowly blue on base and border,
the two areas separated by a broad, dusky
whitish band; caudal crossed by a_ subter-
terminal blackish line_-__--_--____-~- gilberti.

SCARUS KRAUSSI E. K. Jordan, new species.
Plate 2, fig. 1

Head 3 in length; depth 2.7; eye 6 in head, snout 2.6; interorbital
2.7; D. TX, 10; A. ILI, 9; P. 14; scales 2—24—6.

Body moderately deep, stout, not closely compressed; profile of
top of head straight, running into a dorsal profile that is evenly
convex from beginning of dorsal fin to caudal peduncle; snout very
blunt, as if chopped off, its tip slightly in advance of mouth; mouth
on axis of body; jaws unequal, the lower included; teeth pinkish
dusky, white at tip; no posterior canine; upper lip double only close
to corner of mouth, only covering about half the dental plate; lower
lip very narrow, covering less than half the dental plate; cheek with
but one complete row of scales; a second lower row is represented by
3 small scattered scales; lower limb of preopercle naked; opercle
scaled, scales on lower limb smaller or partially embedded; 4 scales on
median line in front of dorsal; lateral line interrupted under base of

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 81

last but one dorsal ray, reappearing two scales below and continuing
to caudal; tubes of lateral line variously branched, much so on some
scales, hardly at all on others; in general the complexity of branching
decreases posteriorly.

Dorsal spines flexible, their length about 3.8 in head; dorsal rays
slightly elevated, about 3 in head, and similar to soft anal; caudal
truncate; ventrals fairly long, about 2.2 in head; pectorals much
longer, 1.4 in head, the posterior edge evenly curved and the upper-
most rays not produced.

Color in life greenish brown, becoming pinkish below on breast
and belly; each scale with a rather broad border of dark reddish
brown; on sides of belly the greenish is reduced to light blue spots on
a pinkish ground; head somewhat reddish, marked with sky blue;
an irregular brown area, vertically oblong, bordered with bright blue
and margined with purple before each eye, these two patches not
quite united over median line; various light blue and olive spots and
dashes on sides of head; lips brownish pink; an irregular, oblong,
bluish area behind lower lip, extending to both sides; teeth pale rosy.
Pectorals brown, the first ray blue, a dull blue cross streak before
base; ventrals light orange, the first ray blue; caudal dusky, the
outer rays slightly darker; dorsal with a blue green stripe along
base, then light orange, then a diffuse stripe of pale green, then a
stripe of darker orange a bit wider than others, a narrow blue black
margin; anal similar, the orange and blue brighter.

Color in spirits dull brown, lighter below, the margins of scales
lighter; the markings on head retained, but the blue faded to yel-
lowish white and the purple to dusky; teeth rosy brown. Dorsal
and anal whitish, margined with dusky, this margin particularly
abrupt and prominent on anal, the dorsal obscurely darker at base;
pectoral clear, obscurely streaked with brownish, and darker at base;
ventrals pale, a little darker on first ray and at tip.

In a general way the life color pattern resembles that of S. per-
spicillatus, but this fish is essentially brownish in life and not bright
green. The fins, also, are not banded as in S. perspicillatus, the
saddle before the eye is more irregular and not continuous over the
top of head; and the lower lip lacks the broad, solid band.

A single specimen, the type, 1434 inches in length, was taken in
the Honolulu market. It is Cat. No. 87417 U.S.N.M. Named for
Prof. Frederick G. Krauss, of the University of Hawaii, with whose
family the writer resided while in Honolulu, and who kindness and
generosity were unfailing.

SCARUS DUBIUS Bennett.

Scarus dubius BENNETT, Zool. Journ., vol. 4, p. 828, no. 18, art. 3, p. 37. Oahu.

Scarus bennetti Cuvier and VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vol. 14, p. 270,
1839. Oahu, same example.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

Callyodon bennetti JoRDAN and EVERMANN, U.S. Fish Comm. Bull., vol. 23, pt:
1, p. 352, with plate. Honolulu.

Pseudoscarus dubius GUNTHER, Fische der Stidsee, vol. 8, p. 313.

This species has passed as Scarus bennetti Cuvier and Valen-
ciennes, which name, however, was given somewhat later than
dubius. The two species are said by Giinther to have been founded
on the same type specimen. Unfortunately, the name dubius was
later misapplied to the fish here named Scarus galena, and the name
bennetti accepted for the present form, which is distinguished by
the three longitudinal white streaks along side of belly; the ground
color is lead gray.

SCARUS GALENA E. K. Jordan, new species.

Pseudoscarus dubius GUNTHER (not Bennett) Cat., vol. 4, p. 229, 1862.
Callyodon dubius JorpAN and EyeERMANN (not Bennett), U. S, Fish Comm.

Bull. 23, pt. 1, p. 350, pl. 44, 1903.

Head 3.1 in length; depth 3.1; eyes 6 in head; snout 3; preorbital
5; interorbital 3.2; D IX, 10; A. II; P. 14; scales 2-25-6.

Body moderately elongate, not deep, and not greatly compressed ;
head short; snout short; mouth small, horizontal, slightly below axis
of body, lower jaw included; upper lip covering about two thirds
cf upper dental plate, lower lip leaving about one-half of lower
teeth exposed; a well developed posterior canine in upper jaw of
most specimens, this occasionally obsolete or lost; teeth white; eye
small, lower edge of orbit in line with axis of body; interorbital
space wide, broadly convex; scales large, 4 on median line before
dorsal; 2 complete rows of scales on each cheek below eye, a third
row occasionally represented by one or two small scattered scales,
partially embedded; subopercle with a single row; opercle scaled;
lateral line interrupted under last dorsal ray, to reappear again 2
rows farther down, 18 pores in the first and 7 in the last; tubes of
lateral line with very short branches.

Dorsal spines soft and flexible, their length scarcely equalling
snout; soft dorsal not elevated, the border of the entire fin uni-
formly rounded; anal similar to soft dorsal, its rays equalling snout;
caudal lunate, the outer rays somewhat, though not greatly pro-
duced, their relative length variable; pectoral not quite reaching
origin of anal.

Color of specimen after about a month in formalin but probably
little altered, deep leaden gray, very little lighter on belly, the center
of each scale darker; no distinct markings of any kind on body or
head; pectorals and ventrals pale; vertical fins all dark and uni-
form except for the caudal which is abruptly tipped with pale.

Four examples of this species were taken by me in the market of
Honolulu.

|
|
4

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 33

The type is Cat. No. 87418, US.N.M., taken by me in the market
of Honolulu. In the museum of Stanford University are No. 8781,
from Honolulu, and 8784, from Samoa. Also 23374, from Honolulu.

This fairly common species is well figured and described in Jor-
dan and Evermann (from whom the above diagnosis is modified)
as Callyodon dubius Bennett, following Giinther. The name dubius
however, has been shown to belong to the fish later called Scarus
bennetti, by Cuvier and Valenciennes, and the present form is left
nameless.

(Galena—lead ore, a dark gray lead sulfid mineral, from the life
color.)

SCARUS BRUNNEUS Jenkins.

A specimen about 2 feet in length, apparently belonging to this
species, was seen in the Honolulu market. The fish being so large,
only the head was taken, but this agrees well with Jenkins’s type.
The color was dark reddish brown, the vertical fins broadly edged
with a dusky wash. An inconspicuous posterior canine is present;
in a smaller fish, however, this would easily be overlooked. No
specimen of Scarus brunneus has previously been reported over 9
inches in length.

SCARUS BATAVIENSIS Bleeker.
Recorded from Honolulu by Steindachner.

Genus PSEUDOSCARUS Bleeker

Those species of Scarus having the jaws blue may properly be
regarded as generically distinct from those with the jaws whitish
or pale rosy. The blue coloration is permanent, is found at all ages,
and is not altered by preservation in spirits. It seems to represent a
very high degree of specialization. The body coloration in this
group, usually, but not always, green or blue, is more specialized
than that of Scarus proper.

ANALYSIS OF HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF PSEUDOSCARUS

a. Caudal rounded or simply lunate.
bd’. Caudal rounded, bright bluish green; belly pale green with several blue-
green longitudinal stripes; upper part of body between pectoral and
caudal peduncle yellow; pectoral blue-green; dorsal blue-green, with
TEC \SEMIPES— ete Ls SEAL DAI TCE LD A EO See vitriolinus,
b*. Caudal lunate, red; belly without stripes; body without large yellow
area on side; pectoral yellow with the first ray only blue; dorsal red
Wa bH OO SEBRING oer ee ca ea ee troscheli.
a*, Caudal with the outer rays much produced, often more than twice the

length of middle rays.

c’. Color below as above deep greenish blue, the middle of sides with a
rosy shade; head with yellowish streaks below, and another from
upper lip to eye; caudal blue-green, the middle rays tipped with

orange; pectorals broadly orange behind; orange on base of ven-
jordani.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

c’. Color on lower part of body not deep green nor blue as on back; sey-
eral streaks radiating from eye.

ad’. Streaks radiating from eye greenish; body brown above anteriorly,
posteriorly green; sides salmon red; head with brown and blue
markings; dorsal orange, edged with blue and with blue mark-

ings; caudal ochraceous, the outer rays blue and green, a sub-
terminal ‘green (bars: 4: #68) bat 4 paren Sls ee ke heliotropinus.

d. Streaks radiating from eye red; body greenish above over whole
length; sides pink, becoming yellow below and grayish green on

belly; head and snout with irregular red streaks, the upper lip

red; dorsal red, with a blue margin and a row of blue spots at

or near base; anal blue, with a rosy longitudinal band; caudal

with outermost rays blue, the next two red, the inner rays

green with a terminal ochraceous bar___________-_ xanthopleura.

PSEUDOSCARUS VITRIOLINUS Bryan.

This species was hitherto known only from a single example.
We secured a second in the market at Honolulu. After about a
month in formalin it shows the following coloration:

Dorsal-anterior part of body pale yellowish green, the anterior
portion of scales lighter, the posterior margin colorless; this greenish
becomes more and more yellowish posteriorly till beneath the soft
dorsal the sides of the body are a golden brown, with only a very
faint greenish cast; caudal peduncle quite abruptly bright blue-
green; belly anteriorly similar in color to sides, but striped longi-
tudinally with blue-green, there being three such stripes running
from a point opposite origin of ventrals horizontally backward as
far as the anal on each side, the median line of belly also blue-green ;
back of the origin of anal these stripes merge into a generally green
area that covers belly and extends to the blue caudal peduncle;
breast green, without distinct markings; back of body also more or
less green throughout, nowhere yellow or brown like sides. Upper
part of head and anterior portion of lower jaw blue-green; four
yellowish stripes radiating from eye; opercle mostly dark violet
brown, a blue scale over axil of pectoral, cheeks yellowish, snout and
lower lip gray. Dorsal bright blue-green, a single whitish band
along spinous part, on soft dorsal this sphts into two, the two bands
connecting again along the membrane between the last two rays;
anal similar, though with but one basal band; caudal bright blue,
more greenish toward center, spotted here and there with white;
pectorals bluish green, their tips white; ventrals dull greenish, the
first rays brighter. It seems likely that much of the area here
described as whitish was originally of some shade of red.
PSEUDOSCARUS TROSCHELI (Bleeker).

This species, recorded by Steindachner from Laysan, is reported
by Fowler from Honolulu.

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 85

PSEUDOSCARUS HELIOTROPINUS Bryan.

This species, known only from a single specimen and a painted
cast in the Bishop Museum, is extremely close to the East Indian
P. wanthopleura (Blecker), differing only in certain details of color.

Below I quote Bryan’s original description of Pseudoscarus helio-
tropinus from the Director’s report of the Bishop Museum for 1905
(p. 28, fig. 3). This paper, in which a number of Hawaiian Scari
are described, three of them new, is little known.

Head 3.2 in body; depth 3.1; eye 8 in head; interorbital 2.6; D. LX, 9;
A. II, 9; P. 14; scales 2-25-7.

Body very stout; head deeper than long; snout blunt, the dorsal outline
strongly convex, the anterior profile rising almost vertically from the lips;
teeth blue; upper jaw with one or two blunt canines; depth of caudal peduncle
2 in head; scales deeper than long; two rows of large scales on the cheek,
one row on the subopercle; lateral line interrupted under the last dorsal ray,
but continued on the second row below; pores with two or three irregular
branches; anal and dorsal about equal in height; caudal deeply lunate, the
outer rays extending beyond center rays twice the length of latter; ventral
1.8 in head, falling short of anal by 0.6 their length; pectoral broad, 1.2 in
head.

Color in formalin + alcohol. General color, grayish brown; brownish over
the snout; an indistinct greenish patch on the cheek and lower lip; ventral
margined and tipped with greenish, remaining portion pale; dorsal with a
greenish base and margin; caudal like the body, but with outer streamers and
two or three ill-defined spots greenish; base and outer third of the anal
greenish, portion between pale; pectoral pale, with an indication of green.
Teeth blue.

Color (based on piaster cast colored from life). General color of lower
half of body, pale salmon, varied with bluish scale markings; dorsal anterior
half of body back to tip of pectoral heliotrope brown; remainder of dorsal
portion as well as caudal peduncle pure green, varied with pinkish scale
markings; interorbital region greenish brown; upper lip green, edged with
orange-ochraceous; an ill-defined brown stripe over the middle of the snout; a
broad orange-ochraceous patch on the lower lip, which is bordered above and
below with blue, the latter color joining at the angle of the mouth, becoming a
greenish blue patch on the cheek which is crescent-shaped on its posterior
outline, one point of the crescent reaching to the eye; greenish stripes radiat-
ing from the eye, narrow greenish stripe connecting the points of the crescent
on the cheek ; scales on the cheek greenish; chin flesh color, with a few irregu-
lar blue spots; dorsal edged with blue; blue marks along the bases of the
third to sixth spine; remaining rays with serrate green ray marks; re
mainder of the fin salmon color; anal broadly margined with blue; blue mem-
brane spots at base, forming an irregular line; remaining portion salmon-
pink; caudal with the outer rays blue passing into green, the green extending
over most of the elongated rays; inner edge of the elongated rays and central
portion of the tail ochraceous-salmon; four large irregular green blotches on
the middle rays arranged so as to form a subterminal bar, with its posterior
edge one-fourth of the length of the middle rays from the margin of the
caudal; a few blue spots between the blotches and the base of caudal; ventrals
salmon color, the outer ray for its entire length, the second for its distal half
blue; pectoral green; iris yellow.

The type (B. P. B. Museum No. 3363) here described was secured in Hono-
lulu market February 8, 1903, and measures 22 inches.

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

PSEUDOSCARUS XANTHOPLEURA Bleecker.

This East Indian species is reported by Fowler from Honolulu.
Fowler regards it as distinct from P. heliotropinus Bryan, which it
certainly resembles.

Family ECHENEIDAE

Genus REMOROPSIS Gill

REMOROPSIS BRACHYPTERA (Lowe).

Reported by Fowler.
Family GOBIIDAE

OPUA E. K. Jordan, new genus
(Type.—Opua nephodes BH. K. Jordan, )

This genus, with A/ugilogobius and Vaimosa, differs from other
genera of Gobudae in having scales on the upper part of the opercle,
but none on the cheeks. From Vaimosa and Mugilogobius it is dis-
tinguished by the larger scales, which do not decrease in size an-
teriorly; by the larger teeth in several series, with two moderate
canines in the middle of the side of the lower jaw, and by the shape
of the head, the interorbital being much narrower and not flattened
above. The dorsal spines are not prolonged into filaments as in
Mugilogobius.

(O’opu—Hawaiian name for gobies. )

OPUA NEPHODES E. K. Jordan, new species.
Plate 2, fig. 2

Head 3.4 in length; depth 4.5; eye 3.2 in head; depth of caudal
peduncle 3; snout 4; D. VI-10; A. 10; P. 18; scales in lateral series
26, in transverse series 9.

Body elongate, moderately compressed, evenly tapering from the
greatest depth just behind the head to caudal peduncle; head not
large, rather narrow, moderately pointed, not flattened above; inter-
orbital space very narrow, slightly concave, its width about 5 in
diameter of eye; eyes large, directed laterally and more or less up-
ward, the lowermost point on orbit lying slightly above axis of
body ; snout blunt; mouth oblique, at a considerable angle, small, not
quite reaching anterior edge of pupil; jaws equal; upper side of
snout with a number of parabolic ridges parallel to each other and
opening forward; cheeks and snout naked, without scales or promi-
nent papillary ridges; lower part of opercle naked; upper third of
opercle scaly, there being two rows of large ctenoid scales similar
to those on body, 4 scales in lower row and 5 in upper, a few other
very small ones above; preopercular margin entire, no spines any-
where on head; teeth in upper jaw conic, simple, in many series, 3

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K.. JORDAN 37

series more strongly developed than others, no true canines in upper
jaw, though the outermost series approach canines in front; lower
jaw with numerous series of strong backward curved, thin, hook-like
teeth, the outermost series the strongest, 2 backward directed canines
much larger than other teeth in the outermost series at each side of
lower jaw, of these the posterior is the longer; no teeth on vomer;
tongue bluntly rounded at tip; body covered with large, ctenoid, ob-
securely longitudinally striated scales, these about equal all over body,
about as large anteriorly as posteriorly, the scales on back anterior
to first dorsal are a little smaller, however; dorsal fins rather low,
separate from each other, and from caudal, the middle spines of
first dorsal not prolonged into filaments; anal similar to soft dorsal;
pectoral moderately long, entire, the middle rays the longer; ventrals
completely united, free from belly; caudal somewhat pointed, the
middle rays longer than the outer.

Ground color yellowish white all over, much mottled, streaked,
and clouded with olive brown; under a lens the dark markings ap-
pear as closely spaced groups of fine dots; a row of about five dark
clouds down median line of each side; sides obscurely longitudinally
striped with dark, about 6 such stripes, the belly pale, somewhat
clouded, but without distinct markings; head rather dark, without
distinct markings, the interorbital space and the top of snout dark;
dorsal dark, obscurely longitudinally banded with lighter; anal
nearly black, not banded; caudal with distinct light and dark cross
bars; ventrals nearly black in male, dusky in female, not banded.
The above description is from alcoholic specimens, but applies
equally well to the color in life; in life the fish is perhaps a little
darker in general appearance, but there is no color anywhere other
than gray and olive brown.

Twelve specimens from 1 to 2 inches in length were taken in the
Honolulu market. They were picked out of a pile of small brack-
ish water gobies, and presumably came from one of the muddy
brackish lagoons near Honolulu.

Type—Cat. No. 87419, U.S.N.M.; paratypes are cat. no. 23612, in
Stanford University Collection; paratypes are in Cornell University
and in the University of Minnesota.

Genus GOBIOPTERUS. Bleeker
GOBIOPTERUS FARCIMEN Jordan and Evermann.
A second specimen of this little rock goby is recorded by Fowler.
Genus CHLAMYDES Jenkins

CHLAMYDES LATICEPS Jenkins.
A second specimen of this little fish is recorded by Fowler from

Laie, Oahu.

38 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM von. 66

Family TRICHONOTIDAE
Genus CRYSTALLODYTES Fowler

CRYSTALLODYTES COOKEI Fowler.

A minute translucent fish burrowing in the sand, described by
Fowler from Laie Beach, Oahu, where it was found by Charles
Montague Cooke, III.

Family BLENNIIDAE

Genus CIRRIPECTES Swainson

CIRRIPECTES ALBOAPICALIS Ogilby.

Recorded by Fowler.

Genus SALARIAS Cuvier

SALARIAS MELEAGRIS Valenciennes.
Recorded by Fowler from Laie.

Genus ENCHELYURUS Peters

ENCHELYURUS EDMONDSONI Fowler.

A very minute fish found on the reef of Homonumi, Molokai, by
William Alanson Bryan. From the equally minute /nchelyurus
ater it is distinguished by varied coloration, as ater (=brunneolus
Jenkins) is uniform black. These species, with Hviota epiphanes
and Enneapterygius atriceps, all less than 2 inches in length, inhabit
coral heads.

Family FIERASFERIDAE
Genus FIERASFER Cuvier

(Carapus Rafinesque in part.)

(The International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature has
decided that the name Carapus is eligible for this genus in place of
Fierasfer. It seems to me that in a case as doubtful as this we may
well follow common usage. )

FIERASFER HOMEI (Richardson).
An additional specimen is recorded by Fowler.

Genus JORDANICUS Gilbert

JORDANICUS UMBRATILIS (Jordan and Evermann).

This species, mottled black in life and not translucent, is oc-
casionally found in the body of a large black Holothurian. It is
perhaps the species noted by Fowler as Jordanicus gracilis (Bleeker)
from Kahala, Oahu. The two forms are regarded as identical by

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—RE. K. JORDAN 89

Giinther,’® but gracilis is described as “yellowish, blackish pos-
teriorly,” which does not correspond to the dark coloration of
umbratilis.

Family LOPHOTIDAE

Genus Lophotes Giorna

LOPHOTES CAPELLEI Schlegel.
Recorded by Fowler, from Laysan.

Family BALISTIDAE
Genus PARABALISTES Bleeker

Cheeks mostly naked; no spines on tail; ventral spine movable;
dorsal and anal elevated ; caudal lobes filamentous in the adult.
PARABALISTES FUSCUS Schneider.

Recorded by Fowler.

Genus CANTHIDERMIS Swainson

CANTHIDERMIS ANGULOSUS Quoy and Gaimard.

This rare species, figured by Jordan and Jordan, is probably the
one recorded by Fowler as Canthidermis maculatus Bloch. The
body is covered with round white spots.

CANTHIDERMIS ROTUNDATUS Procé.

Recorded by Fowler. This species, as described by Procé,”° is
said to be brown with black dots; D. III-26; A. 21. Scales tri-
cuspid; equal; tail unarmed.

Family MONACANTHIDAE
Genus CANTHERINES Swainson

Pseudomonacanthus Bleeker, with pronounced barbs on the dorsal
spine, can not be separated from Cantherines, in which the spine is
simply rough; there is a perfect gradation between the two types.
CANTHERINES SANDWICHIENSIS Quoy and Gaimard.

A common species, the body color in life nearly uniform black,
with orange dorsal and anal. The snout is hardly paler than the
rest of body; caudal nearly black, not barred with lighter. Ventral
flap not much enlarged; dorsal spine very long and slender, its
length nearly equal to that of head, the surface of the spine not
very rough. @. pardalis Riippell of the East Indies may be distinct,
but C. carolae Jordan and MacGregor, of the Revillagigedo Islands

19 Fische der Siidsee, vol. 8, p. 339, 1909. ; *
20 Sur plusieurs espéces nouvelles de Poissons et de Crustacés observeés par M. Marion
de Procé, Manila, 1822.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

off the west coast of Mexico, seems to be the same. In @. carolae the
dorsal spine is a little shorter than in C. sandwichiensis. The two
species are considered identical by Jordan and Evermann, as by Jor-
dan and Jordan.
CANTHERINES VERECUNDUS E. K. Jordan, new species.

Plate 2, fig. 3

Head 3 in length; depth 1 to 1.6; eye 3.6 in head; snout 1; inter-
orbital 3; D. 1-34; A. 31; P. 18.

Body oblong, moderately elevated; snout long; mouth small;
anterior profile gently concave, a little convex in front of eye; from
dorsal spine to caudal peduncle the dorsal outline is a long, low
curve; Jaws with strong incisors, the lower included, the teeth white
with golden brown tips; eyes high up, the interorbital elevated; gill
slit oblique; ventral flap wide; body uniformly sandpapery; dorsal
spine short, stout, straight, distinctly rough but without true super-
imposed hooks or spines, its length about 1.8 to 1.9 in head; dorsal
groove short, shallow posteriorly, reaching only about two-thirds of
the distance back from base of dorsal spine to origin of soft. dorsal;
distance between origin of soft dorsal and dorsal spine. slightly
greater than from snout to eye; dorsal relatively low; its rays from
about fourth to eighth somewhat elevated, their length about half
head; anal similar to soft dorsal; caudal truncate, slightly convex;
pectoral short, its length 2.5 in head; pelvic spine stiff, not movable,
projecting little beyond the broad ventral fiap.

Color in life dull olive brown, usually with about 4 obscure darker
saddles crossing belly between pelvic spine and snout; 2 similar sad-
dles crossing forehead, 1 just in front of eye, and 1 just above snout,
this obscurely connected around snout to the dark patch below, 2
similar saddles on back between dorsal spine and origin of soft dor-
sal, about 8 more crossing back and belly beneath soft dorsal and
anal, respectively; 2 narrow bands on top and bottom of caudal
peduncle, none of these bands or saddles connecting across sides of
body except just behind snout; sides of body mottled, blotched, and
clouded with lighter and darker, never uniform but with no distinct
or constant markings whatever; lips abruptly pale; vertical fins
dusky brownish, the rays darker, the membranes pale, no red,
orange, or clear yellow anywhere; caudal distinctly vertically
barred; pale at base, then nearly black, then pale, then broadly black
to tip, 2 light and 2 dark bars in all. Some specimens are almost
plain dark olive brown, the figure here presented being taken from
one of these. One example shows a row of round white spots along
base of anal.

Color in spirits not materially changed, the cloudings slightly
fading.

ART. 38. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 41

Seven specimens taken in the Honolulu market, all from 4 to 514
inches in length; two others in Stanford University (Cat. No. 8465)
collected by E. L. Berndt in Honolulu.

Type.—Cat. No. 87420, U.S.N.M. cotypes are Cat. No. 23373 in the
Stanford University collection; a paratype is at Cornell University.

This species is related to Cantherines sandwichiensis (Quoy and
Gaimard) the common species about Hawaii, but it differs markedly
in color, being a dull olive, mottled and clouded, but without black
or white spots; the fins are a paler olive. In (C. sandwichiensis the
body is uniform plain brownish black, not clouded with darker,
usually with small round black spots more or less numerous on head
and anterior parts. The dorsal and anal fins in (. sandwichiensis
are higher than in C’.. verecundus and bright orange red in life and the
caudal plain blackish. In C@. verecundus the caudal has two diffuse
crossbars of blackish with paler interspaces and the dorsal and anal
are plain dusky brown, without red or orange. The dorsal spine in
C. verecundus is shorter, stouter, and rougher, and the ventral flap
(more or less) deeper than in the other, this feature being subject to
some variation.

The third species of Cantherines recorded from Hawaii, C. albo-
maculatus Seale (C punctulatus Regan) has the body marked with
profuse white spots. C. armatus Garman from Fiji has more than
40 dorsal and anal rays. C’. nigricans Macleay from New Guinea
has the rays, D. 26, A. 23. C. fuliginosus Macleay also from New
Guinea, with long dorsai spine is apparently quite distinct.

(Verecundus, modest. )

Genus MONACANTHUS Cuvier

MONACANTHUS SPILOSOMUS Lay and Bennett.

The genus Stephanolepis, distinguished from Monacanthus by the
narrowness of the ventral fiap, can hardly be maintained as the
character is subject to intergradations.

Family TETRAODONTIDAE

Genus LAGOCEPHALUS Swainson

LAGOCEPHALUS OCEANICUS Jordan and Evermann.

In a cast in the Bishop Museum, the back is nearly black, the
sides abruptly silvery, but with no trace of the round black spots
seen in the original types. This species stands at the extreme of a
series, which in Japan shades off by degrees into the genus
Sphoeroides Lacépede. Sphoeroides is the original form of this
word first used in an unsigned review of Lacépéde 1798. Spheroides
dates from 1806.

49 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

TETRAODON HISPIDUS Linnaeus.

This fish is very common at Honolulu and its flesh has the reputa-
tion of being highly poisonous, producing the dreaded disorder
known in Cuba as Ciguatera. It is, however, brought into the
markets, where it is skinned and the viscera removed, the flesh itself
being regarded as innocuous. Fishermen say that the poison is in
the gall bladder. The pathology of Ciguatera is much in need of
study.

This fish is generally known as 7'etraodon hispidus though it may
not be the same as the original Aispidus of Linnaeus. This is based
on a specimen brought by Magnus Lagerstrém from China.

Dr. Einar Lonnberg, who has examined this type,” says of it:

“'The type of Zetraodon hispidus Linnaeus is probably the same
species as 7’. hispidus of other authors, but it can not be proved
certain without comparison with other types. The spines of the belly
are rather long and like bristles. The specimen is discolored.” In view
of this statement it is doubtless safest to retain the same hispidus,
rather than exchange one doubtful opinion for another. The next
name in point of time after hispidus is apparently Tetraodon per-
spicillaris Riippell, from the Red Sea, which agrees fairly with
Hawaiian examples. Ovoides erethizon Jordan and Gilbert from
Panama is c-rtainly the Hawaiian fish.

This species is not 7’. implutus Jenyns, nor 7’. laterna Richardson.
Bleeker regards these as identical but figures the species as having
the pale spots ringed with black, which is not the case with the Ha-
wailan form.

The stripes on the belly in 7. hispidus, black anteriorly, yellow
farther back, vary much with age, often fading as the fish grows
older.

There is some variation in the coloration of this fish in Hawaiian
waters, some individuals having few large round white spots on a
dark background to others with the back covered with many smaller,
pearly bluish spots. These forms can not be farther separated, but
no examples from Hawaii are without white spots.

Genus LIOSACCUS Giinther

LIOSACCUS CUTANEUS Giinther.

Recorded by Fowler.
Genus CANTHIGASTER Swainson

CANTHIGASTER MARGARITATUS (Giinther).
Recorded by Fowler.

21 Kong. Svensk Vet.-Akad., Handl., vol. 2, pp. 22, 30.

a a i i

ART. 33. NOTES ON FISHES OF HAWAII—E. K. JORDAN 43

Family OSTRACIIDAE
Genus OSTRACION Giinther

OSTRACION CUBICUS Linnaeus.

Recorded by Fowler.

Genus LACTORIA Jordan and Fowler

LACTORIA GALEODON (Jenkins).

Two rather small specimens, though larger than the original types,
about 3 inches in length, were obtained in the Honolulu market.
This species is apparently wholly distinct from ZL. diaphana of
Japan.

Nabe eee

ey, (sie ie most tated AGT
: ' ‘ Le ALt

5
Th
atone oe eater dates . yarey p
ISLWOo 't BLE, rnabrol PIFAOLI A,
* t ‘ ‘>
{ ;
tyne 4 “ :
Pg i343 ab} : 4 hi
- fr . a s
iS Set iS (TRAD i
‘ A Sag he Be
342 WS IOK : am Crs PyiiyRei4
o =
'
-
«
“ we
ew
y
7
‘
i -~ « r

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 33 PL. |

OR BP OO
SN

A)
oh

ORS
es

LEIHALA TRITOR (PAGE 5); UPPER TEETH OF SAME (PAGE 5); LEPIDA-
PLOIS ATRORUBENS (PAGE 23); SCARIDEA FARRANDI (PAGE 28)

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 33 PL. 2

As
Ay) WY

ie
Soaps
ia RH

i . a
oa te Sas >
PTE Ree ees >

Seteease S"
ee ao Sea ate
ea ae.

Sas
“*?
esa eS
"
ae

SCARUS KRAUSS! (PAGE 30); OPUA NEPHODES (PAGE 36); CANTHERINES
VERECUNDA (PAGE 40)

he
|

A FURTHER AND DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE
TYPE OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI HAY AND DESCRIP-
TIONS OF THREE REFERRED SPECIMENS

By Ottver P. Hay

Associate of the Carnegie Institution of Washington

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE SPECIMENS

In 1922* the writer characterized briefly a species of elephant to
which he applied the name Elephas roosevelti. As the type of this
Species were taken the right upper and lower hindmost molars of
an elephant found in 1901 at Ashland, Cass County, Illinois, and
now in the United States National Museum. The catalogue number
is 2195. In 1923? these teeth were mentioned under the name ZJephas
primigeniu:, for the reason that Publication 322 was already in
press when the name Z. roosevelti was proposed.

The teeth are well preserved, but not without deficiencies. They
had not been long in use, being worn back to about the twelfth ridge-
plate, but not to the base in front. The upper tooth (pl. 1) lacks
probably two or three of the hindmost plates. The lower tooth
(pls. 2, 3) has lost apparently two or three front plates and one or
two hinder ones. Both teeth are yet mostly covered with a layer
of cement. The roots consisted of only a thin layer of dentine over
the large pulp and were destroyed in exhumation of the specimen.
The front roots of the upper tooth appear to have supported 3 ridge-
plates. In the lower tooth one plate remains of those supported
by the front root.

The extreme diagonal length of the upper tooth in its present
state is 305 mm.; the length along the base on the outer face is 275
mm.; originally it was not far from 290 mm. The height between
the first and second thirds of the length, taken at right angles with
the base, is 172 mm. The thickness at the same place is 90 mm.
The inner face of the tooth is convex in the front half, concave in
the hinder half. The outer face is convex. There are present 23

1 Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 35, p. 100.
2 Pub. 322, Carnegie Inst. Wash., p. 141.

No. 2571.—PRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 34.

: 2
12052—25

2 PRECEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

ridgeplates; originally there were probably 25. Measured on the
outer convex face the tooth presents 8 plates in a 100 mm. line; on
the inner, concave, face there are 9. The enamel, as shown on the
abraded surface, is thin, delicate, and little folded. Its thickness
rarely exceeds one millimeter. The thickness of the cement plates
and that of the dentine plates enclosed by the enamel are, on an
average, equal.

A part of the upper right second molar (pl. 3, fig. 4) was yet in
use. During or after exhumation most of the outer half was lost.
It had been worn so that in front there remained only dentine and
behind this the bases of six or seven enamel plates. The part pre-
served is 98 mm. long and 78 mm. wide. The plates are divided at
the midline into an inner and an outer series of loops of enamel
and these loops are directed obliquely backward from the midline.
Wear had reached the level where the enamel of each ridgeplate
turns toward that of the adjacent plate and joins it. The loops
therefore enclose, not dentine, but cement. On the left side (right
side in the figure) there is a continuous band of enamel from the
first plate to the last one. The rear of this second molar fits quite
accurately against the front of the third molar. The two teeth
together had 18 ridgeplates in action.

The lower right third molar (pl. 2; pl. 3, fig. 1) presents 23 ridge-
plates; there were originally 25, perhaps one or two more. The
occlusal border of the tooth is concave from the rear forward. Where
the ridgeplates are worn down, there was doubtless originally a
rounded boss. The base of the tooth is convex, but would have been
less so when the rear plates had reached their full length. On the
outer concave face are 8 ridgeplates in a 100 mm. line; on the convex
face only 7. The hindmost plates are a little thicker than those in
front. The length of this tooth in its present condition, measured
from the middle of the summit of the ridgeplate in front to the
middle of the base of the hindmost, is 295 mm. The greatest length
was originally near 325 mm. The height at the hindmost worn plate
is 152 mm. The thickness is 90 mm.

A fragment of the lower second molar appears to belong on the
right side and has a surface for contact with the next molar behind;
but this third molar has lost the front plate and therefore the con-
tact surface. The loops of enamel of the second molar are divided
into two rows, as in the upper second molar, and the loops enclose
the cement. Only 4 ridgeplates are represented in this fragment.

The symphysis of the lower jaw is present and about 200 mm. of
the right ramus. The beak is moderately prominent. A little to one
side of the symphysis the height of the jaw is 120 mm. There is
present a fragment of the tusk about 400 mm. long and about 150
mm. in diameter.

ART, 34 TYPE OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI HAY—HAY 3

The remains above described appear to have been buried in the
doess which covers the linoian drift around Ashland. Apparently
the animal lived during the late Iowan stage or the early Peorian.

2. A PALATE OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI FOUND IN WISCONSIN

On plate 4 are presented two views of a palate of an elephant
which was found in Milwaukee and is preserved in the public
museum of that city. Figure 1 was originally published and the
specimen described by the writer in 1914.2 The specimen was there
referred to Hlephas primigenius, but it is now regarded as belong-
ing to #'. roosevelti. ‘The specimen presents the second and third
upper molars of both sides and a part of each maxillary bone that
runs upward and forward from the second molar.

Through the director, Dr. S. A. Barrett, and Prof. Ira Edwards,
curator of geology in the public museum, the writer has received a
photograph showing the palate as seen at right angles with the
grinding surfaces of the second molars (pl. 4, fig. 1). Of these
molars there remain only the hinder haif of the crown and the
great hinder root. The length of the grinding surface is 175 mm.
In front the teeth are worn down to the common base of dentine.
In one tooth there remain 12, in the other 13 ridgeplates. The
front 2 or 3 loops of enamel inclose cement instead of dentine. It
will be noted (pl. 4, fig. 2) that the grinding surfaces of these teeth
make little more than a right angle with the lower border of the
hinder tooth; also only slightly more than a right angle with the
sheath of the tusks. These features appear to indicate a shortened
skull. The hindmost molar was just coming into use and no roots
had yet been developed; probably about 4 plates were lost from the
hinder end in exhuming the specimen. Originally the greatest
diagonal measurement must have been close to 375 mm. There are
8 enamel plates in a 100 mm. line. This elephant died after the last
ice sheet had withdrawn beyond Milwaukee, but it is probably to
be credited to the Wisconsin glacial stage.

3. A MOLAR OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI FOUND IN OHIO

In the U. S. National Museum is an upper left hindmost molar
(catalogue number 4761) found in Ohio and referred to Llephas
roosevelti. The locality is in the northeast corner of Wayne Town-
ship, Darke County. The tooth is apparently the one mentioned by
A. C. Lindemuth in 1878.4 It had been found in a creek just north
of Versailles. A record of it as Zlephas primigenius is in the writer's
Pleistocene of North America east of the Mississippi, etc. (1923, p.

8 Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. 23, p. 409, pl. 59.
4Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. 3, pt. 1, p. 509.

4 PRECEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

136). Darke County is covered with Wisconsin drift. The animal
lived, therefore, after the last ice sheet had withdrawn from the-
locality. The tooth lacks little of being as complete as it was at the
death of the animal. Apparently one ridge-plate, possibly two, are
missing in front, and one or two are gone from the rear. 'Twenty-
one and a half are present. Nine are crossed by a 100 mm. line.
The enamel is thin. The pulp cavity was large and the transverse
ridges formed by the meeting of the enamel of two contiguous ridge-
plates are in view. The original length of the base was close to
260 mm. The height near the front and perpendicular to the base
is 154mm. The greatest thickness is 103 mm.

4, TEETH OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI FOUND IN INDIANA

Prof. H. F. Osborn ® described and figured teeth of an elephant
found in Indiana which he referred to Llephas primigenius. His fig-
ure is here reproduced. Calculated from the figure, the length of the

ToOTH AND PART OF THE SKULL REFERRED BY OSBORN TO ELEPHAS PRIMIGENIUS. X.25

hindmost molar from the base in front to the middle of the hinder
plate is about 255 mm.; the height at the middle of the length close
to 120 mm.; the mth of the grinding surface only about 65 mm.
It is thus very narrow, but doubtless on further wear it would in-
crease in width. Osborn states that 13 ridge-plates are compressed
into 100 mm. space. There is an error somewhere. The writer esti-
mates that there are only 10 plates in 100 mm. Indeed, on an aver-
age, there appear to be only 9 in this distance. In this Indiana
specimen, after it was worn on 8 plates, the unworn grinding border

5 Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 41, p. 8, fig. 8,

ART, 34 TYPE OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI HAY—HAY 5

is still at right angles with the grinding surface of the second
molar.

After this paper was put into type Prof. H. F. Osborn redescribed
his specimen under the name Mammonteus primigenius compressus
(Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 152, December 20, 1924). The present
writer believes that the remains belong to Hlephas roosevelti. The
rear of the tooth has the appearance of being restored by the artist.

Elephas roosevelti is most closely related to Hlephas boreus, as is
shown by the number of plates in the hinder molars, their thickness,
and the thinness and simplicity of the enamel. The species appears
to differ from /’. boreus in the approximate parallelism of the upper
and lower borders of the hinder upper molars and their perpendic-
ular position as they begin to function. This position is quite dif-
ferent from that of the hinder molars of the Indian and the African
elephants at the same stage. It is to be hoped that the early dis-
covery of a complete skull of Hlephas roosevelti will add to our
knowledge of the species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1

Hlephas roosevelti Hay. Right upper third molar seen from right side.
Type. X .465.

PLATE 2
Elephas roosevelti. Right lower third molar seen from right side. Type. X.487.
PLATE 3
Elephas roosevelti.

Fie. 1. Lower right third molar. Type. X.487.
2. Three ridgeplates of right upper third molar.X.1.
3. Four ridgeplates of right upper molar. Slightly farther back than
those of fig. 2.1.
4. Upper right second molar. Much worn.X.51.

PLATE 4

Hlephas roosevelti. Upper teeth and palate of specimen in Public Museum,
Milwaukee, Wis.

Fig. 1. Palate and upper second molars seen from below. Front end of teeth
directed downward. X.2.
2. Same specimen as that of fig. 1. Viewed from right side and showing
second and third upper molars. On the right side is a part of the
sheath of the tusk. X.36.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 34 PL. |

RIGHT UPPER THIRD MOLAR OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 34 PL. 2

RIGHT LOWER THIRD MOLAR OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELTI

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 34 PL. 3

MOLARS OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELT!

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 34 PL. 4

UPPER TEETH AND PALATE OF ELEPHAS ROOSEVELT!

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 6

ON REMAINS OF MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS,
ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS AND GOMPHOTHERIUM CIM-
ARRONIS

By Otiver P. Hay

Associate of the Carnegie Institution of Washington

In the course of his paleontological work the writer has had the
opportunity to study many interesting remains of mastodons found
in Texas. It is proposed in this paper to describe those of two
species.

A. ON ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS OF ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS HAY

1. ON A LARGE MOLAR FOUND IN TEXAS AND NOW IN THD BRITISH MUSEUM

In 1886 Lydekker? under Mastodon cordillerum, recorded a third
molar, said to be an upper, which had been found at an unknown
locality in Texas, at some time before 1869. In the United States
National Museum is a well-made cast of this tooth which was pre-
pared at the British Museum of Natural History. This cast shows
distinctly that the first crest of the crown is supported by a single
fang, which extends wholly across the tooth. In an upper tooth
there would be present two fangs, the inner of which would sup-
port likewise the inner end of the second crest. It must be con-
cluded, therefore, that the tooth in question is the lower right
third molar. From the British Museum of Natural History the
writer has received photographs of this tooth and these are here
reproduced (pls. 1, 2).

The molar is in a fine stage of growth and in a good state of
preservation. Wear due to mastication had attacked only slightly
the first and second crests. Apparently some of the enamel is
missing from the outer face of the hinder talon. The length of
the crown is 225 mm.; the width of the second crest is 90 mm.
The cones of the outer ends of the crests possess buttresses which,
when meeting those of columns in front and behind, block the
valleys. At an early stage of wear the cones and their buttresses
would present distinct trefoils, as is shown on the first crest. The
inner ends of the valleys are open and the inner cones of the first,

1Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus., pt. 4, p. 46.

No. 2572.—PRocEEDINGS U. S. NATIONAL Museum, VOL. 66, ART. 35.
12051—25 nt

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

second, and third crests are furnished with buttresses, narrow front
and aft, which do not meet to close the valleys, but which, at a
medium stage of wear, would produce trefoils. The basal lobes of
these would naturally be smaller than those of the outer trefoils.

In the United States National Museum is also a cast, the gift
of the British Museum of Natural History, of the left ramus of the
lower jaw figured in Falconer and Cautley’s Fauna Antiqua Sival-
ensis (on pl. 35, figs. 3 and 3a). This jaw was obtained in the
Pleistocene of Buenos Aires, and on the plate cited was referred
to as Mastodon andium; but in 1886 it was identified by Lydekker?
as M. humboldti. This species has been supposed to be distinguished
from M. andium by the presence of trefoils on both ends of the
crests, but the character is now recognized as variable. The but-
tresses of the inner ends of the crests of the Texas specimen are
more prominent than those of the jaw from Buenos Aires. The
writer does not see, therefore, why the Texas molar should not
be referred rather to 17. humboldti than to M. cordillerum. The
latter name is that employed by Lydekker for the mastodon called
by other authors /. andium or M. cordillerarum.

2. ON A LOWER JAW FOUND AT CAMERON, TEXAS

From Dr. Mark Francis, of the Texas Mechanical and Agricul-
tural College, College Station, Texas, the writer received in August,
1923, for examination, the horizontal portion of the left ramus of
a lower jaw of a mastodon whose teeth present trefoils. This jaw
was found in 1897, in a gravel pit near Cameron. From Judge
Jeft T. Kemp, of Cameron, it is learned that the gravel pit was about
2 miles north of Cameron, at a height of between 40 and 50 feet
above high water in Little River. The bone of this jaw extends
from the symphysis to a short distance behind the third molar. The
symphyseal region is injured and somewhat waterworn. The bone
on the inner face was broken away so that the hinder root of the great
molar was exposed. An additional part was lifted by the writer,
in order to expose the other fangs (pl. 2, fig. 2; pl. 3,-fig. 1). As
to the dimensions of the jaw, the distance from the hinder end of
the last molar to the hinder end of the symphysis was close to 235
mm. The depth of the ramus at the middle of the last molar is
160 mm.; the thickness, 1388 mm.; the height at the front of the
socket for the second molar is 190 mm.

In this mandible is present the socket for the second molar. This
molar may have fallen out just before the death of the animal or
afterwards. The cavity for its anterior fang is 50 mm. or more
deep. The hinder fang must have been mostly absorbed. From the

2 Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus., pt. 4, p. 42.

ART. 35 MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS—HAY 3

front of the anterior socket to the front of the third molar is 10(
mm. The tooth itself was probably several millimeters longer thar
this.

The hindmost molar is much injured. The rear is badly shattered,
so that most of the enamel of the fourth crest and of the talon is
missing. The enamel of the inner ends of the three front crests is
broken away. Notwithstanding the injuries, the structure of the
tooth is well shown on the anterior crests. The first crest is worn
down in front nearly to the base, and the part of the fourth crest re-
maining is well worn. When the second molar was yet in its place
beth it and nearly the whole of the third molar were in action. The
length of the last molar is, allowance being made for the enamel
missing in front, 225 mm.; the width at the second crest, 89mm. The
anterior crest presents a single lake of dentine and this opens into
another surrounded by the enamel of the outer end of the second
crest. The outer ends of the three front crests and the remaining
part of the fourth display large trefoils. The enamel is about 7 mm.
thick and is much folded, especially at the base of the trefoils. The
inner ends of the crests present only a part of each figure produced
by wear. It will be seen from the illustration (pl. 3, fig. 1) that tre-
foils with small basal lobes are developed.

It appears well to describe briefly the roots of this third molar:
In front, supporting the first crest, is one great fang, 70 mm. wide
near the crown and 179 mm. long, extending downward and backward
to opposite the middle of the length of the crown. Behind this is
a fang bearing the inner end of the second crest. The remainder of
the crown rests on the great hinder fang, 100 mm. long, 100 mm. fore
and aft near the crown, and 70 mm. at the distal end. The tips of
these fangs rest on the bone roofing the inferior dental canal. It
can hardly be that such powerful roots are required to hold the tooth
jn its place. Their great extent and the direction taken suggest that
their purpose is to distribute over a great surface the pressure
brought to bear on the crown during mastication.

On comparing the hindmost molar of this Cameron specimen with
that in the British Museum, one can hardly escape the conclusion
that they belong to the same species.

3. ON AN UPPER MOLAR FOUND NEAR WACO, TEXAS

In 1917 * the writer provisionally referred an upper right second
molar, found near Waco, to the then newly described species Gom-
photherium elegans (now recognized as Anancus mirificus). This
second molar is now believed to belong to Anancus brazosius. <A. re-
markable character of this tooth is the large hinder talon forming a
kind of half crest.

8 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, p. 221, pl. 26, fig. 3.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66
4. ON THE RELATION OF THE TEXAN MASTODON TO THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES

Boule and Thevenin* have shown how difficult it is in many cases
to identify isolated teeth of the two recognized species of South
American mastodons. They have demonstrated, furthermore, that
the skulls and the tusks of the two species are wholly different. Now,
in the case of the animal which bore such teeth as those represented
by the Cameron specimen and the one in che British Museum, we
know nothing about the skull or even the tusks. However much
the teeth may resemble those of /. humboldtiit or M. cordillerwm,
the upper tusks may have been straight or curved or twisted, or
spiral, with or without an enamel band. The skull may have been
in a stage of development like that of AZ. andiwm or in one like
that of AZ. humboldtii; or it may have been in an intermediate stage.

Furthermore, it is uncertain that there is a single species of
North American fossil vertebrate which is identical with a South
American form. There is finally another reason why the Texas
mastodon should not be referred to either of the species belonging
in South America. This is found in the greater height of the crowns
of the teeth. The height of the outer column of the third crest of
the British Museum specimen, measured from the lower edge of
the enamel to the summit, is 93 mm. The height of the corre-
sponding column of the tooth in the lower jaw No. 19951 of the
British Museum as represented by the cast mentioned above, is only
76 mm.

In the United States National Museum is the cast of another
tooth belonging to the British Museum and recorded by Lydekker >
by the number 19952e, and referred to M. humboldti. This tooth
is the lower right third molar and is 200 mm. long. In this, due
allowance being made for the slight wear, the height of the column
measured in the other specimens is little more if any than 60 mm.
It appears evident, therefore, that the Texas tooth is more hyp-
sodont than those of the South American species.

5. ON THE STATUS OF THE GENERIC NAMB ANANCUS

For certain species of mastodons, including the one described
above, the writer employs the generic name Anancus. This was
first used for mastodon remains by Aymard in 1854,° when he an-
nounced a supposed new species Anancus macroplus,; but he gave no
description of either the genus or the spécies. Falconer’ cited page
276 of the Congrés Scientifique de France, 1855, for the name.

*Mammiféres foss. de Tarija, 1920, pp. 44, 63, 64.

5 Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus., pt. 4, p. 44.

6 Ann. Soc. Agric. Sci. le Puy, p. 597.
7 Palaeont. Memoirs, vol. 2, p. 20, footnote.

ART. 35 MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS—HAY 5

There appears to be no copy of this work in America and the
librarian of the British Museum of Natural History informed the
writer that the name does not appear on that page, but that it oc-
curs on pages 241 and 271. Having received from the British
Museum photostats of those pages, I find that no description of
either the genus or the species was given by Aymard in this paper.
His name is therefore a nomen nudum.

In 1859, Lartet*® quoted Anancus macroplus as a synonym of
Mastodon arvernensis. This gave Anancus a nomenclatural stand-
ing; so that those who, like the writer, regard Mastodon arvernensis
as belonging to a genus distinct from Mammut and from Gompho-
therium, must accept the name Anancus Lartet. The writer, for
the present, at least, regards the mastodon remains described above
as belonging to the same genus.

6. ON THE SPECIFIC NAMES OF THE TEXAN SPECIMENS ABOVE DESCRIBED AND OF THE
TWO SoUTH AMERICAN SPECIES

In 1923° the writer described a species of mastodon under the
name Anancus brazosius, based on a right side of a mandible con-
taining the second and third molars. These teeth present trefoils
on the inner columns of the crests, but with the basal lobes smaller
than those of the outer columns. The hindermost molar has five
crests; but, as is usual, the fifth is relatively small. In the British
Museum specimen referred by Lydekker to M. cordillerum the talon
is so large as to simulate a crest (pl. 1). In the Cameron specimen
the fifth division of the crown was large, but its structure is un-
known. For the present the writer refers to Anancus brazosius the
Cameron specimen, the molar from Waco, and the Texas tooth as-
signed by Lydekker to M. cordillerum.

In the preceding discussion the writer has employed for one of
the South American species the names Mastodon andium, M. cordil-
lerarum, and M. cordillerum. As pointed out in the writer’s paper
just cited, Fischer de Waldheim’s name Mastotheriwm hyodon ante-
dates all three of those mentioned. The species dealt with in the
present paper will bear therefore the names Anancus humboldtii,
A. hyodon, and A. brazosius.

B. DESCRIPTION OF REMAINS OF GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS
(Cope)

1. HISTORY OF THE SPECIMENS

From Dr. Mark Francis, of College Station, Texas, the writer has
received for examination a collection of mastodon teeth and tusks
which had been made in 1915, on the farm of Ed. Noble, about 95

PRR nS ee

8 Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 2, vol. 16, p. 493.
® Pan-Amer. Geologist, vol. 39, p. 112, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 66

miles southeast of Navasota and half a mile south of Woods, Grimes
County, Texas. The remains had already been removed from the
ground when Doctor Francis learned of them. As is natural, when
persons undertake to collect such fossils without instructions or
previous experience, the remains suffered from the extraction. The
collection consists of teeth in good condition (except the loss of the
roots), portions of several upper tusks, a part of a lower tusk in a
fragment of a jaw, and parts of two tusks of a young mastodon.
From this same locality were collected some of the fossils which the
writer described in January, 1924,!° besides other species, not yet
determined. Rhinoceros bones are not uncommon. The remains
occur in the Fleming formation; and the writer concluded that this
belongs in the Upper Miocene. Doctor Francis deserves commenda-
tion for having rescued such: precious materials.

2. DBSCRIPTION OF THE PREMOLAR TEETH

What the writer takes to be the lower right and left third pre-
molars are in the collection, and they are in a fine state of preserva-
tion. It is doubtful if they were erupted, for they show no signs
of attrition. Photographs of these are here reproduced. The one of
the left side presents the grinding surface; that of the right, the
inner face (pl. 3, figs. 2, 3).

The base of the crown of these premolars is oval and slightly
wider behind than in front. The tooth of the left side is 28 mm.
long and 20 mm. wide. The crown consists of two parts, the an-
terior of which, occupying seven-tenths of the length, forms a
transverse crest rising 18 mm. from the base of the crown; the
posterior part presents a low crest of two conules. The two parts
are separated by a very distinct transverse valley. The inner face
of the crown slopes away from the summits of the crests more slowly
than the outer face. The anterior crest is composed of two closely
appressed cones, the inner of which is the larger, although the two
are of the same height. This inner cone consists of three conules,
one in front of and one behind the principal conule. The hindmost
forms a broad ridge which descends into the transverse valley, par-
tially blocking it. In front, at the base of the anterior crest, is a
small but distinct fold of enamel forming a talon. There is no
trace of a cingulum on the sides of the crown. The hinder portion
of the crown, occupying three-tenths of the length, presents a crest
consisting of two low conules well separated. The inner of these is
the larger. Applied rather closely to the rear of this is a smaller con-
ule, whose hinder border merges into a sharp minutely tuberculated
ridge. The conule and the ridge form a sort of talon at the rear of

10 Proc. Biol. Soe. Washington, vol. 27, pp. 1-20.

ART. 35 MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS—HAY %

the crown. The tooth of the right side is very similar to the left
one, but it is slightly smaller, the length being 26 mm., the width
19 mm.

The roots of these teeth had evidently attained considerable size
but both are broken off where they joined the crowns. In the base
of each crown is a pulp cavity 11 mm. long and 6 mm. wide; and this
was continued into the root. The walls of the root were from 3
to 5 mm. thick. There appears to have been one fang in front and
a larger one behind. The fourth premolar, if there was one, is not
in the collection. It will be further mentioned under the description
of the fourth milk molar. A fourth premolar was present in Gom-
photherium leptodon (Mastodon angustidens).

These teeth have the narrow oval form of the upper second pre-
molar described by Schlesinger ™ but this is only 22 mm. long and
15.7 mm. wide. On the other hand, the Navasota teeth are consider-
ably shorter, and relatively much narrower than the upper third
premolar described by Schlesinger ;?* and the structure is different.
Schlesinger gives the length as 39.4 mm., the width as 29 mm. It is
evident, however, that the Navasota animal was smaller than the one
in Schlesinger’s hands, and the lower premolars are likely to be
narrower than the upper ones.

The Navasota teeth differ from both the second and the third pre-
molars described by Schlesinger in having the two crests more sharply
separated by the transverse valley. Were it not that these premolars
have been found in place in the jaw (Schlesinger, as cited) one
might conclude that the left one belonged on the right side and
vice versa. The Navasota teeth appear to agree in structure with the
lower third premolar (designated as the first) of Gomphotherium
leptodon described and figured by Lartet in 1859.1° This appears,
however, to have had a cingulum on the outer face.

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE MILK MOLARS AND TRUE MOLARS

In the collection are the lower third milk molars, right and left.
The one of the left side is the most nearly complete, the crown being
wholly uninjured, but most of the hinder root and a part of the
front root are broken off. In the one of the right side the front
root is gone and with it a part of the first crest. The crown con-
sists of three crests and front and rear talons. The crests are
directed across the crown obliquely outward and backward. The
crown of the left tooth is 60 mm. long, 28 mm. wide at the first
crest, and 35 mm. at the third (pl. 4, figs. 1,2). On the inner side
the second crest is 23 mm. high. The summits of the cones of all

pe a ee pe eee
1 Denkschr. Naturh. Staatsmus., Vienna, vol. 1, p. 14, pl. 2, fig. 3.
2Tdem, same page and plate, fig. 4.
18 Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 2, vol. 16, p. 491, pl. 14, fig. 2; B.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 66

the crests are slightly worn, the dentine being exposed on the outer
ends of the first and second crests. The first valley is widely open,
the buttress on the outer half of the crests being feebly developed.
The second valley is partially blocked by the meeting of the but-
tress descending on the rear of the second crest and that on the
front of the third. There is also a buttress on the front of the outer
half of the third crest. At the front end of the crown is a distinct
talon, but it is not prolonged into a cingulum on the sides. At the
rear is a more considerable talon bearing four tubercles. On the
front end of the crown is a polished area 15 mm. wide, where the
tooth pressed against the hindmost milk molar. No pressure area
is seen on the hinder end. The root consists of two fangs (pl. 4,
fig. 2) the anterior of which supported the first crest; the second,
the other two crests. Near its base the hinder root is 28 mm. wide.
In the space between the front and the rear fangs of the right tooth
is a fragment of bone 18 mm. high, 20 mm. fore and aft, and 17 mm.
from side to side. If there was below this a fourth premolar, its
summit must have lain at least 18 mm. below the crown of the milk
molar or well at one side of the nodule of bone.

The upper right second molar presents a nearly perfect crown,
lacking only a fragment of enamel on the outer cone of the second
crest. Evidently this was splintered off during the life of the animal.
The roots are broken off near their bases. The crown is well worn
on the first and the second crests, only moderately so on the third
(pl. 3, fig. 4). The length is 106 mm.; the width at all of the crests
is 66mm. On the inner ends both the first and the second valleys‘are
obstructed by the strong buttresses of the rear and of the front of the
inner cones. The wear of the main cones and the buttresses pro-
duces trefoils. There are mere traces of inner buttresses and there are
no subsidiary cusps or conules produced in the valleys. There is
present, on the inner face of the crown, a heavy tuberculated
cingulum, which is carried around both the front and rear ends of the
crown. On the outer face are hardly any traces of this cingulum.
There are large polished pressure areas on both ends of the crown,
that on the hinder fitting accurately against the third molar. There
is in patches a thin layer of cement. The roots are disposed as is
usual in the mastodons (text-fig. 1). One fang supports the outer
end of the first crest; an inner fang supports the inner ends of the
first and second crests; while a third supports the inner end of the
third crest and the outer ends of the second and third.

The crown of the upper third molar lacks no part (pl. 3, fig. 5),
but the roots are broken off near their bases. The crown is 136 mm.
long and 73 mm. wide at the front crest. The height of the outer
cone of the second crest is 50 mm., measured from the base of the
crown. Only the summits of the cones of the first crest are worn,
and these slightly. Evidently the tooth abutted against the second

ART. 35 MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS—HAY 9

molar just described. The anterior buttress of the first inner cone
passes downward and outward in a broad ridge to join the well-
developed front cingulum. Buttresses from the confronting faces
of the first, second, and third crests join and close the first and sec-
ond valleys. The third valley is rather open, there being on the
hinder face of the third inner cone only a sharp ridge. The other
buttresses are composed of conules more or less free at their sum-
mits. On a proper amount of attrition trefoils would be produced
at the inner ends of the first, second, and third crests. No buttresses
are present on the outer cones, but there is on the hinder face of the
third one a tubercle which one may suppose might in some descend-
ant have developed into a buttress. The rear of the tooth is a low
mass of conules which represent an incipient crest fused with a talon.

Fics. 1—-3.—GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS. .5. DIAGRAMS TO SHOW POSITION OF THE
FANGS OF THE ROOTS. VIEWED WITH CROWN DIRECTED DOWNWARD. THE NUMERALS
INDICATE THE CRESTS SUPPORTED. 1, UPPER RIGHT SECOND MOLAR; 2, UPPER RIGHT
THIRD MOLAR; 3, LOWER LEFT THIRD MOLAR

At the inner end are two stout conules, the anterior of which appears
to represent the principal cone of a crest. The still larger conule
behind this may belong to the talon. Between these two conules
and the outer one is a row of three smaller ones. The talon is com-
pleted by two small conules one of which is applied against the large
hinder and inner conule. The second. outer cone shows at its summit
a row of five conules; while the third displays only two. Each in-
ner cone has a conule applied to its face next the median fissure.
The cingulum in front is continued on the inner face as a well de-
veloped tuberculated and beaded ridge. It ceases behind the third
transverse valley. In the valleys there is a considerable accumula-
ation of cement, and a coat of this covers the bases of the roots.
The roots are disposed as in the second molar described above (text-
fig. 2), but the hinder root is larger than in the second molar.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

The crown of the lower left hindmost molar (pl. 3, fig. 6) is in
perfect condition. The roots, except their bases, are missing, a re-
sult apparently, of rude methods of collecting. The left, or outer,
border of the crown is nearly straight, the inner border is slightly
convex. The wear from mastication has affected the summits of the
three crests. We may judge therefrom that this tooth did not belong
to the same individual as did the upper third molar.

The length of the crown is 136 mm.; the width at the first crest,
62 mm.; at the third, 64 mm. The height of the second inner cone,
slightly worn, is 45 mm. There may be said to be four crests, the
fourth not yet separated from the talon. The buttresses applied to
the front and rear faces of the outer cones join and block the val-
leys. On sufficient wear the cones and buttressing conules would
produce trefoils with large basal lobes. The buttress on the hinder
face of the third outer cone is composed of three or four conules.
The imperfect fourth crest and the talon fused therewith form a
rosette inclosing a pit. The crest portion is composed of an outer
and an inner pair of conules, the pairs being separated by the thin
fissure which traverses the crown from front to rear. In each pair
the conule next the fissure is the smaller. In the outer pair the
smaller conule is situated in front of the larger one and corresponds
to a buttress. The talon portion is composed of a curved row of six
closely appressed conules. There is no cingulum except the usual
ridge in front. A large tubercle at the outer end of the valleys may
represent the cingulum.

The inner cone of each crest is divided by a thin fissure into two
parts, a small inner one and a larger outer. Each outer cone is
divided by an oblique fissure which cuts off a conule forming the
anterior buttress.” A small amount of cement appears in the valleys
and in thin patches elsewhere. The roots (text-fig. 3) consisted of
an anterior fang which supported the anterior crest and a larger one
which sustained the remainder of the crown.

4. DDSCRIPTION OF THD TUSKS, UPPER AND LOWER

The fragments of upper tusks represent at least four individuals.
One is indicated by only one fragment about 95 mm. long, but its
diameters exceed all of the others, its greater axis being 66 mm., its
smaller 49 mm. A very young individual is represented by two
lower tusks. Four fragments of upper tusks contain the pulp
cavity. These appear to have belonged to two individuals. Of one
of these there are three pieces. The most important tusk consisted
of several fragments, one of which is missing. The pulp cavity
is 100 mm. deep, but it is estimated that it was originally at least
140 mm. deep. The fragment which connects with the one just
mentioned is 96 mm. long, and it came down near the end of the

ART, 35 MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS—-HAY 11

premaxilla (text-fig. 4). The base of this tusk is at the left end
of the figure. There is accurate contact between the two pieces
on the side not seen. The diameter of the tusk at the proximal end
is 60 mm., and 50 mm. at the end of the premaxilla. The cross-
section (text-fig. 5) is somewhat pear-shaped. The enamel band is

oy ce
oe Zz f
A)
eee i]
—_——

ane ——
= ——— ==

SS — > = SSF FS
= S
4 SS

Fig. 4.—GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS. VIEW OF BASE OF UPPER RIGHT TUSK, SEEN FROM
OUTSIDE. ma., FRAGMENT OF MAXILLA. pmgz., FRAGMENT OF PREMAXILLA. Seo

shown by the thick black line. Five fragments fitting accurately
and cemented together are believed to belong to this same tusk. At
its proximal end the greater diameter is 56 mm., the lesser 47 mm.
Inasmuch as the diameter at the distal end of the premaxilla is only

= SIS
. hax
= OO,

SS a
> ayy oe

Fics. 5—7.—GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS. 5, CROSS SBCTION OF TUSK OF FIGURE 4,
WHERE IT BMERGES FROM THE SKULL. SEEN LOOKING TOWARD THD SKULL. ENAMEL
BAND BLACK. .7. 6, CROSS SECTION OF TUSK 150 MM. ABOVE DISTAL EXTREMITY.
SEBN LOOKING TOWARD SKULL. \.6. ad. ENAMEL BAND; 0. UPPBR SURFACE; C. LOWER
SURFACE. 7, CROSS SECTION OF TUSK TAKEN 100 MM. ABOVE DISTAL BND. SEEN LOOKING
TOWARD SKULL. X.6. a, b, c. AS IN FIGURE 6

4 mm. more than this, the length of the piece missing can not be
great, but it can hardly be determined. This distal portion (pl. 4, fig.
3) is curved outward and slightly downward. The band of enamel
is on the concave side. This band becomes reduced in width at the
proximal end as age advances. On the fragments bearing the pulp

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 66

cavity the width of the band varies from 24 to 30 mm. On the
long fragment figured the width is 40 mm. ‘Toward the distal end
the form of the section varies. This happens because of the wear
to which the ivory was subjected. On the whole inner face of the
long fragment the ivory is worn, the amount increasing toward the
distal end. This was produced probably by the friction of the
proboscis. A cross-section 100 mm. from the distal end is shown by
text-figure 6; another, 150 mm. from tip, by text-figure 7. The
lower border of this area of attrition comes down to the lower edge
of the enamel band, and thus was formed a sharp cutting instrument
for a distance of nearly 250 mm. The distal end of the tusk is
likewise rounded off and polished.

It is evident that the tusk was subjected to rougher usage than
friction by the proboscis. It will be seen (pl. 4, fig. 3) that along

Fics, 8-9.—GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS. 8, CROSS SECTION OF AN UPPER TUSK TAKEN
A SHORT DISTANCE BELOW THE PROXIMAL END. THE BLACK CENTER REPRESENTS THB
PULP CAVITY ; THE BLACK BAND, THE ENAMEL. X.6. 9, CROSS SECTION OF DISTAL END
OF LOWER JAW, SHOWING RIGHT AND LEFT RAMI AND THB RIGHT TUSK. x OT

the upper edge of the enamel band and near the distal end are four
notches. Here the enamel had evidently had pieces broken out of it
as though it were glass. This had been done during the life of the
mastodon, for the broken edges are rounded off and from each notch
there runs a broad shallow groove in the ivory. These had probably
been produced by play of roots or vines or branches of trees. Text-
figure 8 represents a cross-section of the upper left tusk near its
base. This tusk probably belonged to the same individual as did the
one just described.

In the collection is a portion of the distal end of the lower jaw
containing a fragment 125 mm. long, of the right lower tusk. Text-
figure 9 represents a cross-section of this fragment of tusk and bone;
and figure 4 of plate 4 is a reproduction of a photograph of the
broken end of the tusk. It will be seen that the two tusks were, as
in Gomphotherium productum, separated by a bony septum. At the
rear of the fragment this septum is 7 mm. thick. It will be observed

ART. 35 MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS—HAY 13

also that the cross-section of the tusk is different from that of
G. productum. It is quite different, too, from that of G. angustidens,
as figured by Schlesinger ** It resembles more closely the section of
lower tusk figured by Cope in his descriptoin of G. productum,®
but is yet different. The long diameter is 49 mm., the shorter one 37
mm. There is a faint groove or channel on the lower side and a
similarly faint one on each side of the prominent upper ridge.

In the collection are parts of two tusks of a young specimen sup-
posed to belong to the same species as did the adult remains. The
larger piece, now 90 mm., must have been still longer, since no pulp
cavity is present. The cross-section is broadly oval, without any
ridge or channel. As in other cases, the narrow end of the oval is
taken to be away from the midline of the jaw. The rear part of the
fragment is yet covered with the thin coat of cement. Where this
is removed the surface is traversed by narrow parallel ridges and
grooves. At the distal end of these tusks are distinct evidences that
they were useful instruments. Figure 5 of plate 4 shows these
fragments of tusks as seen from above and of the natural size. It
will be noted that each has a large worn and polished surface 35 mm.
long. On the underside (fig. 6) is another polished surface not quite
so large. On the outer border the two surfaces round into each
other. On the face next to its fellow the tusk of the right side has
a flat worn surface 18 mm. long, not seen in the figure, as if it had
worked in contact with the other one, but this other shows no indi-
cations of any such friction. This worn surface is crossed by about
14 grooves. The ridges between these are possibly the outcropping
edges of the layers of ivory, but this is uncertain.

5. IDENTITY OF THE NAVASOTA MASTODON

The writer refers the Navasota remains here described to Cope’s
form which he named Zetrabelodon serridens cimarronis.© It is
therefore to be known as Gomphotherium cimarronis (Cope). Ac-
cording to Osborn,’ this was found in the Upper Miocene near
Clarendon, Texas. The type is a tooth said by Cope to be the left
lower last molar. To the writer the tooth has greatly the appear-
ance of being the left upper tooth. Possibly the arrangement of
the anterior fangs of the root might decide the matter. The
fact that there is in the type a cingulum called external appears
to show that the tooth is an upper one’ The upper hinder

44 Denkschr. Naturh. Staatsmus., Vienna, vol. 1, pl. 1, fig. 5.

1% Wheeler’s Sury., vol. 4, pl. 71, fig. 8.

10 Vert. Palaeont. Llano Estacado, 1893, pp. 18—20, pl. 3, figs. 1, 2.
47 Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1, p. &

18 Cope, Wheeler’s Surv., vol. 4, p. 19.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 66

molar of the Navasota mastodon is only 6 mm. shorter and 7
mm. narrower than Cope’s type. The principal known difference
between Cope’s Mastodon serridens and the form cimarronis is that
the former is much larger. The type of serridens was taken to be a
first or second molar whose length is 180 mm. The length of the
upper second molar of the Navasota mastodon is only 105 mm. It
does not show the original condition of the grinding surface; but
the hindmost molar does this; and the cross-crests and the but-
tresses present nearly the same tuberculated condition as does the
type of Cope’s Mastodon serridens. The differences in the tubercu-
lation of the two forms as pointed out by Cope are probably of
minor importance.

Schlesinger 1° describes a form of mastodon to which he gave the
name Mastodon angustidens subtapiroidea. This resembles in many
respects the G. cémarronis, so far at least as regards the molars; but
the latter species appears to be more advanced. If they should be
shown to be identical forms, cimarronis would supersede subtapi-
roideus. Gomphotherium cimarronis differs from G. productum in
that the teeth are less hypsodont.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE 1
Anancus brazosius

View of occlusal surface of the right lower third molar. X.83. No. 41652.
British Museum of Natural History.

PLATE 2
Anancus brazosius

Fie. 1. Same tooth as that figured on Plate 1. X.47.
2. Mandible and third molar from Cameron, seen from lingual side. X.21

PLATE 3

Anancus brazosius

Fic. 1. Same mandible and molar as that of Figure 2 of Plate 2, seen from
above. X.46.
Gomphotherium cimarronis

Fies. 2,3. Lower right and left third premolars. X.96.

2. Left seen from above.

38. Right seen from the lingual side.

4, Upper right second molar. X.5. View of occlusal surface.
5. Upper right third molar. X.5. Shows occlusal surface.

. Lower left third molar. X.5. Shows occlusal surface.

19Denksehr. Naturh. Staatsmus., Vienna, vol. q: pp. 30-38, pl. 7, fig. 3.

ART, 35

¥1e. 1.

MASTODONS FOUND IN TEXAS—HAY 15

PLATE 4
Gomphotherium cimarronis

Lower left third milk molar. *.94. Shows occlusal surface.

. Same milk molar. X.51. View of left, or outer, face.
. Part of upper tusk of right side. X.17. View of outer and upper

surfaces.

. Cross-section of a lower left tusk. X.91. Seen from front.
. Right and left lower tusks of young individual. X1. Seen from above.
. Left tusk of Figure 5. Seen from below.

NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 35 PL. |}

LowER MOLAR OF ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE I4

S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 35

LOWER MOLAR OF ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS

LOWER JAW OF ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14

Pee

PL.

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 35

NATIONAL MUSEUM

Ss.

TEETH OF ANANCUS BRAZOSIUS AND OF GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 14

Rise

PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 66, ART. 35

NATIONAL MUSEUM

U. S.

7 ry
asa en
ele sae

Cae a ;

TEETH AND TUSKS OF GOMPHOTHERIUM CIMARRONIS

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 16

: ate i
Si aa
i. se ,

o
w
ed
4
ive
z
=
z
o
E
>
Ee
e
o
2
z
<
z
o
a
x
=
=
“a

AVOWNININIIA TN

3 9088 01420 9472

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the United States National Museum"

See other formats